Top 10 Solutions KONICA MINOLTA

SSD SUPPORT SOLUTIONS
TOP 10 SOLUTIONS August 2011

This document contains information that was exported directly from Konica Minolta's SSD Support knowledge base. Some solutions may contain hyperlink references which originally contained links to graphic or text files. If you wish to view these files, you must access the solutions via SSD CS Expert Support on Konica Minolta's website, www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us.
Legal Notice This document is designed as a diagnostic tool, primarily for Konica Minolta's support personnel, and authorized service representatives. Konica Minolta recommends that all service be performed by an authorized service representative. Users are responsible for seeking advice of a Konica Minolta authorized service representative regarding the information, opinion, advice or content of this document. USER AGREES THAT USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS AT USER'S SOLE RISK AND THAT THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF TITLE OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OTHER THAN THOSE WARRANTIES THAT ARE IMPLIED BY LAW AND INCAPABLE OF EXCLUSION. IN NO EVENT WILL KONICA MINOLTA OR THOSE ACTING ON ITS BEHALF BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THIS DOCUMENT.
Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.
1015
Solution ID TAUS0601120EN* Solution Usage 88
Description F54. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. A fan irregularity signal, excessive current draw due to binding. Examine M4 for obstructions which may bind the fan. Check the M4 fan lock signal (main CB, CN26-4) in the 47 mode, input code 42. The voltage should be between 0.1 to 0.2V DC. If 5V DC is present, either the fan is binding or the fan is defective. Replace M4 (p/n 25HA80512). Note: If the fan lock signal is normal, install the version 17.0 EPROM (p/n 101517-17.0) to prevent false F54 errors as outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #15 . 2. IC7 on the main CB has shorted due to a failed total counter. IC7 shares the 24V DC control signal line with the exposure lamp, separation solenoid (SD1), registration solenoid (SD2), total counter, key counter, and cooling fan (M4). All loads except the total counter operate in diagnostics. Replace the total counter (p/n 466088201) and the main CB (p/n 25HE-7312). 3. A poor connection between the cooling fan (M4) and the main CB. Reseat CN73 at M4 (cooling fan) and CN26 on the main CB. Solution ID TAUS0606679EN* Solution Usage 75
Description Toner specks or spots on copies. Drum surface may look cloudy or have a film on it. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Possible toner contamination. Toner from the following lots '850725Z4A', '850725Z4B', and '850725Z4C' has been identified to cause this problem in high temperature and high humidity environments. Replace the toner and developer. If the drum cannot be cleaned using isopropyl alcohol, the drum and blade will also have to be changed. The failed drum can be returned using standard warranty program procedures. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #22 for information on toner filming. 2. T/S corona arcing can damage the drum, crow-feet shaped marks may occur on the OPC surface. Repair or replace the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) and replace the drum (PCUA 947124). Samples may be requested for this type of failure. 3. If a key counter is installed, a failed key receptacle may short the main CB causing HV(B) to stay ON continuously. This may result in drum surface breakdown and corona unit failure. Replace the key counter receptacle (p/n U120-1040), the main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) and the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) as needed. 4. Excessive developer spillage inside machine. Effected serial number range is below 26EE10176. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #21 . Solution ID TAUS0601141EN* Solution Usage 58
Description How to install a key counter. Solution The key counter is mounted in a separate box attached to the rear cover of the machine. For detailed installation instruction, see 1015 Technical Bulletin #3 . Solution ID TAUS0601285EN* Solution Usage 53
Description P81 after replacing the main CB. Solution CAUSE: Control boards for the 1015 have been changed to make the installation of a key counter easier as outlined in 1015 Technical Bulletin #17 . The jumper JP1 has been eliminated; relay wiring (p/n 26AA90270) must be on all machines that do not have a key counter installed. If the new style board is installed without the relay wiring, a P81 will be displayed. The new style main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) was installed on machines beginning with s/n 25HE11181. SOLUTION: Install the relay wiring (p/n 26AA90270) if the main CB is not outfitted for a key counter. Details of key counter installation per 1015 Technical Bulletin #3. Solution ID TAUS0601267EN* Solution Usage 50
Description P27 at power up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Older version firmware is installed on the main CB. Install EPROM p/n 101517-16.0 for the machine to correctly display F26 when the following cases occur: 2. Toner was added prior to adding developer and performing the TDS adjustment. Developer must be added FIRST at new machine set-up so that toner does not fall on the uncovered TDS sensor. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1015
Run 47 mode, output code 51 until the code does not reoccur (may take 5 to 10 attempts) OR open the developer unit and clean the excess toner from the area of the TDS sensor. Then tilt the developer unit to allow fresh developer into this area. 3. Poor connection at CN95. The toner density sensor (TDS) is abnormal (0.2 V DC or lower). Reconnect CN95 (located under the front of the developer unit). 4. TDS failure. If version 16.0 is installed, P27 is displayed when the TDS is disconnected or fails. Check for proper connection prior to replacing the TDS. See EPROM history hyperlink. Solution ID TAUS0603292EN* Solution Usage 50
Description F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect). Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Developer is overtoned or undertoned. Depleting the amount of toner in the developer (sky shots) or adding toner to the developer (47 mode, output code 01) resolves the problem. 2. Toner was added before performing the L-detect adjustment at new machine setup. See 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #5A . Developer must be added FIRST at new machine set-up so that toner does not fall on the uncovered TDS sensor. 3. A loose pin to CN95 on the developer unit. This connector is for the TDS sensor. Reseat all pins (4) to CN95 on the developer unit. 4. Incorrect TDS reading. Perform memory reset then run the TDS adjustment (47 mode, output code 51) until the code disappears (may take 5-6 attempts). 5. Component failure. Check the TDS sensor, M5 (toner supply motor). 6. Loose pins on the NOVRAM, IC28. Reform the NOVRAM pins and reinstall the IC on the main CB. Solution ID TAUS0601130EN* Solution Usage 49
Description F28. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. High voltage arcing. a. Reset F28 using the 25 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 2 and 5 keys), P45 to 0. b. Inspect the T/S corona, front and rear blocks. Note: If the HV is turned ON with the T/S corona removed, F28 will occur. c. Extend the HV contacting springs (front) and the contacting springs at the rear of the T/S assembly (grounding). d. Clean the contact points on the front T/S block - replace if needed. e. The transfer guide plate p/n 25HA-4561 is bent and too close to the transfer wire. The left edge of the plate should be 16mm above the inside bottom of the corona shell. 2. The corona currents are not set to specification. Set all currents to specification per 1015 Technical Bulletin #2. 3. Multiple devices on the same AC source. 4. Debris in the transfer corona shorts the corona wire to the transfer discharge plate (shell). Thoroughly clean the T/S corona. 5. No output from the high voltage unit due to an internal short. To verify HV unit failure, perform the following:: a. Remove the drum carriage and the T/S corona unit. b. Run the copier in the 36 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 3 and 6 keys); enter code 01, then press START PRINT. c. If the failure code reoccurs, inspect the high tension leads for insulation failure and replace if necessary. The high voltage unit (p/n 25HA84014) may also need replacing. d. If the problem does not occur, inspect the T/S corona unit, main charge unit and the drum carriage grounding. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 6. Arcing at the bias contact spring can cause an F28. Solution ID TAUS0604090EN* Solution Usage 41
Description Developer spew. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If the developing unit is not completely emptied during a PM, the residual developer will compact and cause wear to the developer shaft and shaft holder. To prevent damage install the improved shaft holder (G-seal, p/n 26AA-3060). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1015
Note: The replacement of the shaft holder and felt seal (p/n 26AA30060) is only effective on machines where the developer shaft has NOT been worn. If the shaft is worn, the developing unit (p/n 26AA-3001) must be replaced. 2. Developer sleeve fatique. To verify, remove the developer unit and spin the developing unit magnetic roller by hand 10 to 20 times. If developer falls from the sleeve, replace the developing unit (p/n 26AA-3001). Verify that developer bias and corona currents are set to specification. Solution ID TAUS0601129EN* Solution Usage 36
Description High pitched noise, no ADD TONER indication. Solution CAUSE: No add toner indication is due to short copy runs. ADD TONER will not be displayed until the toner motor is allowed to make 7-12 consecutive rotations during a copy run. SOLUTION: Run at least 50 to 75 consecutive copies to check the ADD toner indication. Add toner to the machine after confirming operation. Note: For immediate display of ADD TONER, install (p/n 101517-15.2). Caution: With version 15.2 installed, air pockets in the toner hopper may cause premature ADD TONER indications. Solution ID TAUS0602478EN* Solution Usage 35
Description Blurred copies after power up or after reduction/enlargement is selected. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The constant load spring of the fourth mirror assembly does not have sufficient pressure to return to its home position. Replace the load spring with the new style load spring (p/n 508065211). The pressure of load has been increased from 145g to 215g. Replacement of the constant load spring is outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #20 2. Heavy grease was used on the on the 4th mirror shaft. Clean the 4th mirror shaft and lubricate with multi oil. 3. The adjusting arm (p/n 25HA-6441) in the optics is out of position. Reposition the optics cam lever to push on the fourth mirror assembly. 4. The black idler roller mounted under the 4th mirror is binding. To free up the idler, relieve pressure from the side mount assembly, then clean and lubricate the assembly. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications.
August 2011
1018/1518L
Description How to set up SMB (PC) Scanning. Solution When setting up SMB (PC) Scanning on the 7145, three pieces of information must be obtained: 1. Host Name: This will be the network name of the workstation you wish to scan to. Right click My Computer, select Properties, User Profiles and note the Workgroup Name of the computer. Use only the name of the computer, do not include the domain name. Name has to be 13 characters or less. 2. Folder: This is set up on the workstation and must be shared with all attributes selected. 3. User Name and Password: This is what the customer uses to log their PC onto the network.( if you do not Results= ED09C7) Note: When setting up the Folder Name on the 7145, it must be designated with /. For example, if the shared folder on the workstation is Sample, it will be input on the 7145 as /Sample. Solution ID TAUS0615407EN* Solution Usage 39
Description How to update the firmware on a 7415 (fax option installed) via the serial port. Solution To upgrade the fax kit firmware via the serial port, perform the following: 1. Obtain the fax firmware upgrade files. a. Access KBT's Home Page (http://www.konicabt.com). b. In the left-hand menu, click on SECURED. c. Enter a User ID and Password and click [Login]. d. Click on TECHNICAL. e. Click on [Download EPROMS]. f. Click on [EPROMS For Plain Paper Fax]. g. Click on [List Files]. h. Select the desired version of 7415 firmware and download to folder. i. When the file is extracted, note where the file is created. 2. Connect a D sub 9-pin straight serial cable between the PC and the RS-232C port on the fax kit. 3. Set the 7415 to firmware upgrade mode by pressing the START and STOP keys at the same time while powering the 7415 ON. *WAIT PROGRAM* will display. 4. Down load the data by using the DOS prompt. a. Set your COM port to proper settings (for COM1 use C:\ mode com1:19,n,8,1). b. Ensure you are in the directory that the firmware file was downloaded to. During the download process see below: Status for device COM1: --------------------------------------------Baud: 19200 Parity: None Data Bits: 8 Stop Bits: 1 ect ect. then you would enter: copy command: (c. Use the file copy command (C:\ copy /b XXXXa.bin..bin com1). copy/b 151VXXXa.bin com1 Solution ID TAUS0606356EN* Solution Usage 21
Description Can the 7033 be used as a scanner? Solution A scanning option is available. The following is the minimum configuration for the scanning feature to function: 1. IP411 (PCUA 950401) installed. 2. HD104 (PCUA 950421) installed. 3. System software version 4.1.13. Note: To identify the system software version, print a system configuration page. If any other version earlier than 4.1.13 is identified, scanning is not available. Upgrading system software is not yet possible in the field. Contact the NSSG Hotline and request the procedure to upgrade the system software on the HD104. 4. The 7033/7040 MUST be at minimum firmware level 42 (system) and level 25 (image). Firmware can be downloaded from the Konica [[FTP site | URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]. Note: A finisher is not required for printing or scanning with the IP411. 5. The KN302 network interface card (PCUA 950400) must be installed. 6. The controller must have a minimum of 32MB of RAM (controller is shipped with 32MB installed). 7. Scanned documents can be retrieved via Scantrip which is available on the [[Konica SEC website| URL http://www.sec.konicabt.com/main.html]]. This utility allows downloading of files from the hard drive to the workstation. An FTP client (i.e. [[SmartFTP*| URL http://www.smartftp.com/download/]] or [[FTP Surfer*| URL http://www.whispertech.com/surfer/download.htm]].) or Microsoft* Internet Explorer minimum version 5x is required to allow viewing of the scanned documents. Note: Document handling procedures or recommendations are not the responsibility of Konica Business Technologies USA, Inc.
August 2011
1018/1518L
Description Memory specifications, 7255. Solution The standard memory of the main body E-RDH is 64MB. There is one additional slot for memory which can be expanded to a maximum of 576MB. Additional memory is installed on the image CB located at the rear of the unit. Notes: 1. Available Konica memory: ITEM # ITEM DIMM 950631 MU-401 64MB 950632 MU-402 128MB 950588 MU-303 256MB 960334 MU-304 512MB 2. Other 256MB memory DIMM that can be used are as follows: The recommended 256MB DIMM is as follows: a. Century Microelectronics, Inc.* (PC133/256MB/NON ECC), DTV6E8-CL3 (Hitachi)* [[http://www.century-micro.com| URL http://www.century-micro.com]] b. Melco Inc.* PC133/256MB/NON ECC, VS133-256M (Toshiba)* [[http://www.melcoinc.com/english/index.html| URL http://www.melcoinc.com/english/index.html]] SPECIFICATIONS 1. 256MB (64bitx32M composition)/[16Mword x 8bit) synchronous DRAM x 16 + serial EPROM]/Clock frequency : (CL=2) 80 MHz and more/168-pin DIMM (a gold terminal). 2. Banks on each SDRAM Device (BA1, BA0) : 4 Banks 3. Row Addresses :RA0-RA11 4. Column Addresses :CA0-CA9 * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0612301EN* Solution Usage 13
Description F26 at power up or following TDS adjustment. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The L-detect adjustment was performed with worn or depleted (not enough) developer; or a failed PCL. Replace the developer and perform the steps outlined below before performing the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, code 51). Check TDS ang (analog) signal at the main board CN3-A5 to GND while running 47 mode, code 40. 0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned 1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal 0.5V DC or less = bad TDS or lack of developer 2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned 4.0 or more = bad developer - replace the developer TDS sensor (p/n 083088110). Verify PCL operation: Enter the 47 mode output code 51 for 15 seconds. THEN TURN THE MACHINE OFF. Check the drum, there should be no toner build-up on the surface. If toner is on the drum, check the PCL using the bypass tray solenoid connector, and 47 mode output code 24. 2. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp per 2020 Technical Bulletin #32. Solution ID TAUS0602573EN* Solution Usage 11
Description Light copies, blotchy, poor density. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The toner hopper is empty, however, the TLD sensor is coated with toner, therefore it will not vibrate to indicate ADD TONER. Check the voltage reading from the TLD sensor at CN3-A2 on the main board: TLD coated with toner = +6.7 V DC. TLD not coated = +4.1 V DC. 2. To alleviate light copies, perform all procedures outlined in 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #16C . 3. Install version 16.0 EPROM as outlined in 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #16C. 4. Check the TDS analog voltage to determine the toner concentration of the developer. Use 47 mode, code 40 while monitoring the ang signal at the main board at CN3-A5 to GND. 0.5V DC to 1.5V DC = overtoned Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1018/1518L
1.5V DC - 2.0V DC = normal 0.5V DC or less = bad TDS or lack of developer 2.0V DC to 4.0V DC = undertoned 4.0V DC or more = bad developer - replace the developer 5. No add toner indication due to short copy runs. 6. The corona currents are not set to specification. 7. A worn drum, or improperly set drum currents. Install a new drum (PCUA 946211), and set the currents to specification. charge -600 10A DC transfer -400 50A DC separation 290 20A AC Procedure outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #11 . 8. PCL lamp failure will result in residual charge build-up on the drum in multi-copy set resulting in high toner usage. The long term effect is reduced toner concentration and developer failure (light copies). Replace the PCL with the new style (LED) lamp p/n 029487061. See 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #32 . 9. Too many high density images (originals with 50% or more black image area) or sky shots run concurrently. 10. Damp paper can cause poor density. Install the dew prevention heater kit p/n SE95-2810 to reduce the occurrence of damp paper. 11. The toner motor is not meshing with the toner addition drive. Adjust the toner motor position. 12. Dirty toner supply shaft assembly (p/n 5080-1560) and thrust spring (p/n 392015670). The spring is stuck in the depressed position and will not allow the shaft to engage with toner hopper auger. Clean shaft and spring. Solution ID TAUS0602815EN* Solution Usage 11
Description F35 at power up. Solution To reset: set 25 mode, P47 to 0. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. TS1 (thermstat) open. Replace p/n 5520-8510. 2. Non OEM (original equipment manufacturer) upper roller installed. Thicker aluminum or iron core upper rollers will cause extended warm-up resulting in F35. Install a new Konica upper roller p/n 508053150. 3. L2 CONT signal at CN15-4 (main CB) does not go L at power up after resetting the failure code. Replace the main CB (p/n 5522-9010). 4. Lamp holder failure. Install new style lamp holders and terminal covers per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #41. 5. Program bug in the early version EPROM's (before level 13.3) Replace IC6 with p/n 101816-13.3 or the latest production level. Solution ID TAUS0601564EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Excessive toner consumption, toner spill under the drum carriage. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. To alleviate this problem, it is critical to implement all the steps outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #16C. . 2. New PCL, new drum, currents set to specification. CEL failure. To verify the CEL, run a sky shot in 65% reduction on large paper. The pattern should reveal a reduced sky shot. If the entire copy is black, the CEL is not operating. Replace the CEL p/n 0830-7300 if necessary. 3. NOVRAM failure, memory scrambled. Replace NOVRAM (p/n Solution ID TAUS0602487EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Drum damage, developer spew, banding from lead-to-trail. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1018/1518L
Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The nylon DSD rollers on the developing unit become damaged (shrink) due to developer leakage. The magnetic roller is then too close to the drum, causing damage to the drum surface. Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030). Note: Drum casings do not include the following parts: drum, toner supply unit, LED unit, charge corona unit, blade unit, front cover, knob label, PCL cover, PCL protection sheet, PCL board, cleaning upper cover, PF stay and blade spring holder. Remove these parts before replacing the drum casing. 2. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #32 . Verify PCL operation: a. Run the 47 mode, output code 51, for 15 seconds. THEN POWER THE MACHINE OFF. b. Check the drum, there should be no toner build-up on the surface. If toner is on the drum, check the PCL using the bypass tray solenoid connector and 47 mode, output code 24. 3. The main agitator shaft is worn, allowing developer to leak from the sides of the unit. Install the main agitator kit per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #27A (p/n SE95-2940). 4. Drum shaft knob loose. Secure the drum knob. Solution ID TAUS0605800EN* Solution Usage 10
Description The toner cartridge can not be fully inserted. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. A 2020 toner supply cover has been installed on a model 1018. If the drum carriage is exchanged between models, the toner supply cover should be changed or a modified toner supply cover (p/n 0831-3210) should be installed. A 1018 cover is labeled 0832 and will not allow the toner cartridge to be fully inserted. The 2020 cover is labeled 0831 and does allow proper installation of the 2020 toner cartridge. 2. The toner cartridge shape has been changed. The green plastic cover for waste toner extends about 1-inch farther than before. The modified toner cartridge does fit in the copier, but toner build-up at the rear of the developing unit may inhibit full cartridge insertion. Verify the locking ears on the toner cartridge are flush with the drum carriage. If not, vacuum the rear area of the toner hopper to remove built up toner. 3. The incorrect toner cartridge is inserted. Check the rear of the toner cartridge to ensure that it is designated for the 1018. The plastic center should be the color blue. Note: Refer to the 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #44 .
August 2011
1020/1520/2020
Description Drum damage. Solution CAUSE: The nylon DSD rollers on the developing unit are damaged (smaller in diameter) due to developer leakage. This causes the magnetic roller to get too close to the drum, resulting in damage to the drum surface. SOLUTION: Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030). Note: Drum casings do not include the following parts: drum, toner supply unit, LED unit, charge corona unit, blade unit, front cover, knob label, PCL cover, PCL protection sheet, PCL board, cleaning upper cover, PF stay and blade spring holder. Remove these parts before replacing the drum casing. Solution ID TAUS0600043EN* Solution Usage 118
Description F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If the L-detect adjustment is performed with worn or depleted (not enough) developer F26 can occur. Determine the cause of F26 by checking the TDS analog signal at the main CB CN3-A5 to GND while running the 47 mode, output code 40. The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer: 0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned Detone by running black copies. 1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal 0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB. Check the level of developer in the developer unit. Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 083088110). 2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned Retone using the 47 mode, code 01. 4.0V DC or more = extremely undertoned Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp (p/n 029487061) as outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 . Note: When F26 occurs, the machine will allow a reattempt of the TDS adjustment only. All other functions will be inoperable unless the memory is reinitiallized (47 mode, output code 92). 2. Erroneous data in memory. The copier experienced a power problem which caused the memory data to be scrambled. Perform memory reinitialization using the 47 mode, output code 92. Note: L-detect data; drum and PM counters; CVR, registration and lead edge deletion data will be set to initial values. 3. Memory IC failure. The memory chip (IC8) on the main CB will not hold settings after performing memory initialization (47 mode, output code 92). Replace the memory chip. Solution ID TAUS0611708EN* Solution Usage 107
Description Excessive toner consumption, toner spilled under the drum carriage. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. To alleviate this toner consumption problems, it is critical to implement the procedures outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #16C . 2. PCL failure. Replace the PCL with the new style (LCD lamp). See 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 . 3. A worn drum, or improperly set drum currents. Install a new drum (PCUA 946211), and set the currents to specification. charge -600 10A DC transfer -400 50A DC separation 290 20A AC The adjustment procedure is outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #11 . 4. CEL failure. To verify the operation of the CEL, run a sky shot in 65% reduction on large paper. The pattern should reveal a reduced sky shot. If the entire copy is black, the CEL is not operating. Replace the CEL (p/n 0830-7300). Solution ID TAUS0600023EN* Solution Usage 65
Description Light copies, blotchy, poor density. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1020/1520/2020
Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The toner hopper is empty. However, the TLD sensor is coated with toner, therefore it will not vibrate to indicate ADD TONER. Check the voltage reading from the TLD sensor at CN3-A2 on the main board: TLD coated with toner 6.7V DC. TLD not coated 4.1V DC. 2. A failed TLD (toner level detecting sensor). If no voltage is read after performing step 1, replace the TLD (p/n 113687090). 3. To alleviate light copies, perform all procedures outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #16C . 4. Older version firmware is installed on the main CB. Install version 16.0 EPROM as outlined in Technical Bulletin #16C. 5. Check the TDS analog voltage to determine the toner concentration of the developer. Use the 47 mode, code 40 while monitoring the analog signal at the main board at CN3-A5 to GND. The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer: 0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned Detone by running black copies. 1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal 0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB. Check the level of developer in the developer unit. Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 083088110). 2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned Retone using the 47 mode, code 01. 4.0V DC or more = extremely undertoned Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating. 6. The developer unit auxiliary agitator gear is damaged or binding. Replace the gear (p/n 029420210). 7. No add toner indication is occurring due to short copy runs. 8. A worn drum, or improperly set drum currents. Install a new drum (PCUA 946211), and set the currents to specification. charge -600 10A DC transfer -400 50A DC separation 290 20A AC The adjustment procedure is outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #11 . 9. PCL lamp failure will result in residual charge build-up on the drum in multi-copy set resulting in high toner usage. The long term effect is reduced toner concentration and developer failure (light copies). Replace the PCL with the new style (LCD lamp). See 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 . 10. Multiple high density images (originals with 50% or more black image area) or sky shots run concurrently. 11. Damp paper can cause poor density. Install the dew prevention heater kit p/n SE95-2810 to reduce the occurrance of damp paper. 12. Incorrect toner was added. Purge the toning/developing system and replace the toner and developer with model 2020 supplies. Perform the L-detect and any necessary copy quality adjustments. 13. The developer agitator gears not turning. Agitation system is binding. Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030). 14. A defective wiring harness between the main CB and the operation board. Replace the operation board assembly which includes the wiring harness from the operation board to the main CB (p/n 5522-7002). Solution ID TAUS0611823EN* Solution Usage 45
Description High pitched noise, no ADD TONER indication. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. ADD TONER is not indicated due to short copy runs. ADD TONER will not be displayed until the toner motor is allowed to make 7-12 consecutive rotations during a copy run after the TLD has detected the absence of toner. Run at least 50 to 75 consecutive copies to verify the ADD TONER indication. Note: Operation panel lamps can be checked using the 47 mode, code 48: 1. Turn the machine off. 2. Hold down the 4 and 7 keys while turning the copier on to enter the diagnostic mode.. 2. Release the 4 and 7 keys. 3. Press the 4 key and then the 8 key. 4. Press the Copy key. All panel lamps should come on. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
10
1020/1520/2020
5. Turn the machine off then on to exit the diagnostic mode. Add toner to the machine after confirming operation. For immediate display of ADD TONER, install (p/n 202016-13.4). Caution: With version 13.4 installed, air pockets in the toner hopper may cause premature ADD TONER indications. 2. The latest EPROM version was installed, but the copier memory was not reinitialized. Reinitialize memory (47 mode, code 92). Solution ID TAUS0654979EN* Solution Usage 43
Description F24 at power up or while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open PCL lamp or loose CN64 on the drum carriage assembly. Reseat CN64 and replace the PCL lamp with the new style LED lamp (p/n 029487061) as outlined in 2020 Technical Bulletin #32 . TO VERIFY THE PCL: 1. Remove the PCL from the drum carriage 2. Plug it into the bypass tray solenoid connector. 3. Activate the lamp using 4/7 mode, code 24. If any segments do not light, replace the lamp with the new style assembly. 2. If the drum carriage becomes dislodged while copying the PCL circuit will open. Reinsert the drum carriage and install locking bracket (p/n 5520-1041). Solution ID TAUS0612250EN* Solution Usage 37
Description F23 power up, (M5) toner motor failure. Solution CAUSE: Toner packed in the hopper or reverse EMF generated by M5 when the motor stops damaging IC30 on the main CB. SOLUTION: Test the circuit by running M5 in 47 mode, code 01. Separate the gear drive so the motor can free spin without load. Replace the main CB and/or M5 as necessary. To reduce the failure of IC30 due to M5 binding or reverse EMF, install new toner supply wiring as outlined in 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #38. M5 p/n 4900-1610 Main CB p/n 5522-9010 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #38. Solution ID TAUS0654985EN* Solution Usage 35
Description F35 at power up. Solution To defeat the code, access the 25 mode, P47. Input 0 and press START PRINT. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Program bug in the early version EPROM's (before level 13.4). Replace EPROM IC6 with p/n 202016-13.4 or the latest production level (16.0 is latest 5/10/96). 2. TS1 (thermstat) open. Replace p/n 5520-8510. 3. Non OEM (original equipment manufacturer) upper roller installed. Thicker aluminum or iron core upper rollers will cause extended warm-up resulting in F35. Install a new Konica upper roller p/n 508053150. 4. L2 CONT signal at CN15-4 (main CB) does not go L at power up after resetting the failure code. Replace the main CB (p/n 5522-9010). 5. Lamp holder failure. Install new style lamp holders and terminal covers per 1018/2020 Technical Bulletin #41. 6. The power is being shared with other equipment. A dedicated AC circuit is recommended. Solution ID TAUS0604139EN* Solution Usage 31
Description How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 2020. Solution To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
11
1020/1520/2020
2. 3. 4. 5. Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator). Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero. Press the start/print key to enter the new data. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode.
Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately. Solution ID TAUS0612223EN* Solution Usage 30
Description Machine shuts down and resets while copying, J00 or J16 displayed. Solution CAUSE: Charge corona arcing. Dirty, coroded or loose connection from HV(A). Poor or no grounding for main charge corona assembly. SOLUTION: Verify that the charge corona contact with the spring on the high voltage power supply. Also verify front clip on main charge assembly is contacting drum carriage frame.
August 2011
12
1112
Description Light copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The L-detect has been performed improperly. Install new developer (do not cycle machine until all steps are complete); thoroughly clean the recycle tube, disengage the toner hopper from the developer unit. Perform the L-detect adjustment. 2. The worm gear may be worn at the point of contact and is not driving the toner conveyance screw. If the density cannot be increased by adding toner through the 47 mode output code 001. Check the toner supply motor, shaft angle (on hinge plate A) and the driving gears. Toner supply idler gear A (p/n 25SA77291) and gear B (p/n 25SA77311) as well as the hinge plate A (p/n 25SA-3310) should be modified as indicated in 7050 Technical Bulletin #27 . 3. If copies or prints become lighter during a long run: Inspect the transfer separation corona assemblies and the high voltage power supply. The transfer corona may have been disassembled for cleaning. This causes the relationship of the transfer guide material assembly (p/n 25SA-2660) to the rest of the corona to be incorrect. Due to the critical nature of the height of the transfer guide material assembly, the guide is factory set. It is not to be adjusted or disassembled in the field. If guide is adjusted or removed, replacement of the entire corona assembly is required (p/n 25SA-2600). Note: (p/n 25SA-2660) is listed in the parts catalog as a separate part but is no longer available. See 7050 Technical Bulletin #9 . For more information see parts view of transfer guide material assembly. Replace the corona assembly or the high voltage power supply. 4. The ADD TONER message is never displayed. Level 26 and above will allow display of the low toner indication as soon as the machine reaches that condition. 25 mode address 71 and address 13 are related. Address 71 will determine the amount of copies, after low toner is sensed, before the display will indicate ADD TONER. Address 13 will determine the copy cycle action once the ADD TONER message has been displayed. Address 71 settings 0 = After 100 copies (Default) 1 = After 1,000 copies 2 = After 2,000 copies 3 = After 3,000 copies Note: Address 71, settings 0-3 will allow the machine to continue to operate after ADD TONER is displayed, regardless of address 13. Only address 71, settings, 4-7 will perform the stop operation specified by address 13. Address 71 settings continued: 4 = After 100 copies 5 = After 1,000 copies 6 = After 2,000 copies 7 = After 3,000 copies 25 mode address 13 settings to specify copy cycle reaction at detection (ADD TONER). The machine will either try to finish the current sheet in progress or try to complete the entire job before stopping the unit. 0 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 100 additional copies) and stop 1 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 1,000 additional copies) then stop 2 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 2,000 additional copies) then stop 3 = Exit the sheet in progress (after 3,000 additional copies) then stop 4 = Complete the entire job (up to 100 additional copies) then stop 5 = Complete the entire job (up to 1,000 additional copies) then stop (Default) 6 = Complete the entire job (up to 2,000 additional copies) then stop 7 = Complete the entire job (up to 3,000 additional copies) then stop 5. The charge corona and bias are not set to the target values. Adjust the charge corona to 170 and the bias to 169. 6. Poor bias to the developer unit. Check for continuity from the bias pin on the developing unit to the developing sleeve. If extremely high, remove the developing bearing from the rear of the developing unit and check movement and continuity. If the bearing appears worn or has limited continuity, replace the bearing assembly (p/n 466078030). 7. Check for level 22.0 EPROMs. One symptom is low density which is noticed 1,000 copies/prints after power up. Level 22.0 has been identified as causing light copies. Replace with latest level. EPROM history hyperlink . 8. The toner supply unit shutter is damaged, resulting in a buildup of toner which has broken the driving gears on the supply unit. Check the condition of the shutter unit. Replace damaged parts, including drive gears. Note: This type of damage occurs when technicians push the toner supply unit into its home position without the drum carriage installed. See 7050 Technical Bulletin #8 . 9. The DCPS2 has failed and is outputting too much voltage to the projection lamp. The projection lamp voltage can be checked using 47 mode, output mode 000 while measuring the output to the lamp between CN385-1 and CN385-3 on the DCPS2. The voltage should be 60DC. Replace the DCPS2 (p/n 25SA84520). 10. There is an open in the wiring harness. Check the wire harness at CN22-B4. If it is a constant 7V DC and there is no change in voltage when the TLD sensor is replaced, the toner unit wire harness (p/n 25SA90260) may need replacement.
August 2011
13
1112
11. Faulty TLD, main CB. Machine never displayed add toner indication. Check the TLD for a change of signal by adding pressure to it out of the toner unit. If the signal does not change replace the TLD (p/n 25SA88030), if signal state changes replace the main CB. Note: New main CB from the part dept. are being shipped with the latest production level EPROMs however field machines may have different levels of Image Processing board EPROMs. This can create error codes and other problems. In addition the Dallas chip on the new boards require the machine to be reinitialized prior to use. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings will reset the total counter to 0. As such hotline assistance is required for this procedure. 12. Incorrect toner was added to this unit. This produced the light copies. Purge the toner and developer units and install fresh supplies. If developer spew is also present: 13. Carefully examine the drum for damage. The OPC material may be damaged exposing the aluminum core. This causes developer to adhere to the drum and spew. Replace drum, cleaning blade, toner guide roller, and developer. 14. Check machine to determine if key counters are used. In some cases, the timing of key counter removal can adversely affect the Dmax correction adjustment. If the key counter is removed during the period when the automatic Dmax adjustment is performed (every 1000 copies), the Dmax value may be set lower and undertoning may result. The firmware requires upgrading. Install minimum level 21 EPROMs which will prevent undertoning due to key counter interaction with Dmax. Installation of the latest level EPROMs is recommended. EPROM history hyperlink . Note: If, over a period of time, the problem does reoccur, disconnect the key count device. 15. Dmax data has been inadvertently reprogrammed Reinitialize the Dmax data with 47 mode, output code 18. 16. CN1 on the developing drive motor board (M3DB) is not fully connected. This causes the developing sleeve to rotate at an incorrect speed which affects Dmax readings. Check and reseat CN1. 17. Poor connection between the memory IC (or Dallas chip) and the main CB. Reseat memory IC on the main CB. 18. Loose pin on CN65-A3 of the main CB. This is the toner motor (M10) control signal. Reseat pins on CN65 of the main CB. 19. Failed NOVRAM on the main CB. The NOVRAM is losing the stored DMAX data. Initialize NOVRAM. If initialization fails to resolve the problem, replace NOVRAM (p/n DALLAS). The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings will reset the total counter to 0. As such hotline assistance is required for this procedure. 20. Partial light copies/prints only when fed through the bypass are a result of the improper output from HV2. Replace HV2. 21. Soiled write unit. Carefully remove the write unit and clean the polygon mirror. Follow the procedure in the Model 7050 Service Manual (2nd edition, 2/96) pages 2-47 to 2-50. 22. The mylar on the agitator plate, that wipes the TLD, is worn or missing. Replace the agitator plate (p/n 25SA-3270). 23. Dmax Error 3 count (veiwed in 47 mode output code 94) is high and increments each time a Dmax adjustment is attempted. TCSB is coated with toner or has failed. Clean or replace TCSB (p/n 25SA-9100) as necessary. NOTE: If the adjustment mode display cannot be access using 47 mode output code 94, access 47 mode output code 96 and press start print. This should enable the adjustment mode to be displayed using output code 94 and pressing start print. Solution ID TAUS0601815EN* Solution Usage 148
Description Code 26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect). Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Performing the L-detect adjustment with worn or depleted (not enough) developer will cause code 26 to occur. Replace the developer (PCUA 947106) and perform the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, output code 51). During the adjustment, measure the main CB at CN11-5 while in the 47 mode, output code 40 (main motor running). The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer: 0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned (lessen toner concentration by running black copies) 1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal 0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor: a. Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB. b. Check the level of developer in the developing unit. c. Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 587088010). 2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned (increase toner concentration by running the toner motor in the 47 mode, output code 01). 4.0V DC or more = extremely undertoned a. Replace the developer. b. Verify that the PCL is operating properly. If all of the TDS voltages are correct, then the main CB is not processing the signals correctly. Replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9302). 2. A poor connection at the rear of the fuser unit (CN69) for the temperature sensors. Reseat CN69. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
14
1112
3. The TDS has failed because the main CB is applying 24V DC to CN11-1 instead of the normal 10V DC. Replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9302) and the TDS (p/n 587088010). Note: The TLD (p/n 113687090) may also require replacement as it is powered by the same 10V DC source. 4. PCL failure or open wiring to PCL. PCL failure will cause excessive recycling of toner. The developing unit toner auger conveys the recycled toner only to the center where the TDS is located. Replace the PCL (p/n 113687060). Solution ID TAUS0600457EN* Solution Usage 97
Description Code 23 at power up or while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The toner hopper is binding. To inspect for binding, separate M3 from the driven gear then run the motor in 47 mode, code 01 to verify operation with no load. If the motor operates, the main board and motor are OK. Troubleshoot the hopper for binding. 2. M3 toner motor failure. If the motor is inoperable in diagnostics (separated from drive gear), replace the motor (p/n 3960-9050). 3. Main CB failure. If a new motor is installed and it does not operate in diagnostics, replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9301). CAUTION: If M3 or main CB failure is a possibility, install both parts when returning to the machine. Replace M3 first, then replace the main CB. 4. A failed optics unit wiring harness. Replace the optics unit wiring harness (p/n 585090201). Note: The wiring from M3 to the main CB is included in this harness. Solution ID TAUS0600451EN* Solution Usage 45
Description Background on the front half and light on the rear half of copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. PCL failure will cause excessive recycling of toner. The developing unit toner auger conveys recycled toner only to the center where the TDS is located. As a result, the rear side of the developing unit will undertone. If this situation is not corrected, developer spew will occur. To verify PCL operation, use a 9V DC battery to see if the all segments light. Replace the PCL if necessary (p/n 113687060). 2. Poor transfer current will also cause the amount of recycled toner to increase. Set the corona currents to specification using special meter lead (p/n SE95-1810): Charge: -505 5A DC Transfer: -251 16A DC Separation: 298 13A AC Refer to 1112 Technical Bulletin #2 for the adjustment procedure. 3. Main CB failure. The control signal to turn on the PCL, CN5-2 stays at 24V DC. Replace main CB (p/n 5850-9302). 4. Incorrect toner was installed. Background will occur at the rear of the copy first as new toner (not recycled) is introduced in the rear of the developer unit. Evacuate all toner and developer from the developer unit, cleaning unit (recycling system) and the toner hopper. Install the correct supplies (toner, 947-109) (developer, 947-106). Solution ID TAUS0600890EN* Solution Usage 39
Description Drum drive noise. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The drum carriage spring clip plate (L) (p/n 587020320) is installed incorrectly. Attach the spring clip to the inside of the drum carriage front plate. The spring should slide over guide pin and rest in the rear groove of pin. 2. Gear (E) is worn (p/n 392015051). Replace gear (E) and any other worn components. 3. The drum idler gear or drive shaft is worn. Install the drum idler gear shaft kit (p/n U081-2440) which was introduced in 1112 Technical Bulletin #3 . 4. The developer input spring has failed. Replace the developer input spring with the new style black spring (p/n 585015121). Refer to 1112 Technical Bulletin #1 . Note: The old style spring is silver in color. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
15
1112
5. The second feed drive bushings are not properly lubricated. Remove the second feed drive gear, clean with alcohol and apply a small amount of multi-oil. 6. A build-up of toner under the developer mag roller will cause binding of the developer drive unit, producing a grinding noise. Clean the developer unit thoroughly and install a fresh charge of developer (PCUA 947106). Solution ID TAUS0602606EN* Solution Usage 16
Description How to reset the PM message. Solution To reset the PM counter, perform the following steps: 1. Turn the copier OFF. 2. Hold down the 4 and 7 keys and turn the copier ON. 3. Enter 9 then 0 and press the start/print key. 4. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode. Solution ID TAUS0601652EN* Solution Usage 15
Description Code 25 will not clear after adding toner. Solution CAUSE: Toner is not contacting the TLD sensor due to an air pocket in the toner. SOLUTION: Knock on toner hopper to eliminate air pockets. Solution ID TAUS0601933EN* Solution Usage 14
Description Code 20 at power up or while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open wire or poor connection. No input at CN11-2 on the main CB (TLD signal not received). Verify 10V DC on CN11-1 (main CB). Check continuity from the drum carriage CN63 to the main CB CN11 (3 wires). Check for signal from the TLD to the main CB at CN11-2. It should measure 4V to 7V DC if operating correctly. 2. Failed TLD. Replace TLD (p/n 113687090). 3. No 10V DC to the toner level detect sensor (TLD) because ICP3, on the main CB, is open. Check CN11-1, on the main CB. If 10V DC is not indicated (operating voltage for the TLD) replace the main CB (p/n 5850-9302). Note: Confirm that the TLD wiring is not shorted or pinched to frame ground. Solution ID TAUS0611950EN* Solution Usage 14
Description How to add toner, 1112. Solution To add toner to the 1112: 1. Hold the toner tube so that the plastic strip in on top and the green handle is in the front. 2. Hold and pull the plastic strip toward you as you insert the rear of the tube into the machine, pushing until it stops and then remove the plastic strip completely. 3. Turn the green handle clockwise until it stops (the word LOCK should be horizontal and right side up). Solution ID TAUS0604126EN* Solution Usage 13
Description Developer spew from the rear of the developing unit. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Worn developer can cause developer spew. Developer (PCUA 947106) must be replaced every 15,000 copies. 2. Leakage from the developing unit can occur when all of the developer is not emptied when new developer is installed. The excess developer creates excessive force causing wear to the developing shaft holder and the developing shaft. If these areas are damaged and leaking, replace the developing unit (p/n 587A-3002). Note: A developing unit repair kit is not available for the 1112.
August 2011
16
1112
August 2011
17
1120
Description How to program APS default when the ADF is lifted (8.5x11 or 8.5x11R default). Solution To program the APS default, perform the following: 1. Disable smart glass, install EPROM (p/n 112019-12.1) EPROM history hyperlink . 2. Then set the following 25 mode addresses: a. P06 to 2 for 8.5x11 default when the ADF is opened. Setting 25 mode, P6 to 2, 3, 6, or 7 = 8.5x11 default. Setting 25 mode, P6 to 0, 1, 4, 5, 8, or 9 = 8.5x11R default. b. P15 to 1 to enable the first priority mode. c. P16 to 2 to enable 8.5x11 as priority. d. P56 to 5 for individual auto button selection (P58 dependant), ADF priority when originals are placed in the ADF and APS deselected when the ADF is opened. e. P58 to 2 for initial state: ADF priority, APS non-priority and AES priority. See 1120 Technical Bulletin #4 (the "NOTE" in bulletin #4 is incorrect - please disregard). Solution ID TAUS0602475EN* Solution Usage 64
Description J13. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The machine is programmed for PFU installation (P91 set to 3); however, no PFU is attached. In 25 mode, set P91 to 0 and confirm that no other addresses contain erroneous data. A power problem may have occurred, spiking the memory. 2. The wiring harness installed from the main CB to the PFU is incompatible. Review the instructions included in the PFU to determine which style harness is necessary. Refer to 1120 Technical Bulletin #1 for details. Solution ID TAUS0600723EN* Solution Usage 45
Description P25 while copying. Solution CAUSE: More than 300 copies were made after the toner LED began blinking. SOLUTION: Add toner. Replace developer if copy quality does not recover. Solution ID TAUS0612260EN* Solution Usage 33
Description Excessive trail edge deletion. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. An older version main CB EPROM is installed. Install the latest production EPROM, (p/n 112019-13.0). 2. The 25 mode and 36 mode adjustments are incorrect. a. Set the 25 mode, P70 to 3 (selection of original margin elimination) to allow the CEL to operate according to the paper size selected. (This compensates for odd sized originals placed on the platen glass). b. Set the 36 mode, code 80, P8 to 40 (trail edge deletion adjustment) fine tune as necessary. The adjustment range is 1 to 64. 3. The screws that mount the ADF lock plate unit to the mainbody are too long, obstructing the optics movement. Install the M3x4 screws (p/n 00Z193041) included with the DF204 installation parts. Solution ID TAUS0600756EN* Solution Usage 31
Description P26 at power up. Occurs at new machine setup or following a PM. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The L-detect adjustment was not performed following; a PM, memory initialization or new set-up. Perform the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, output code 51). Note: L-detect (47 mode, output code 51) must be performed before adding toner at new machine set-up or toner addition will occur during the adjustment resulting in an F26 code. 2. A poor connection at CN6 on the main CB. This will cause a problem where the code cannot be cleared and the 47, 25, and 36 modes cannot be accessed. Power the copier OFF, remove and reconnect CN6, and power the copier back ON. CN6 is located on the left side of the main CB near the top of the board. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
18
1120
Description Latest EPROM level, 1120. Solution EPROM history hyperlink . Solution ID TAUS0601912EN* Solution Usage 26
Description P27 at power up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Poor connection between the TDS sensor and the main CB. Verify continuity. 2. TDS failure. No output (less than 0.2V DC) when the control signal is low. Replace the TDS sensor. Solution ID TAUS0602001EN* Solution Usage 26
Description ST104, F77. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One or more of the sorter bins is out of position. Reposition the bins to allow the guide pins to ride in the slot of the front and rear cams. Verify that MS203 is being actuated. 2. The front and rear carrier supports (p/n 12QA48070) are installed incorrectly. Install the supports with the spring eyelet at the bottom. 3. The bushing that supports the shaft for the helical cam is installed backwards. This allows the shaft to drop and the beveled gears at the top to disengage. Reinstall the support bushing correctly. 4. The bin motor is binding. This caused the sorter CB to fail. Reinstall the bin motor to prevent binding, and replace the sorter CB (p/n 12QA-9900). Solution ID TAUS0606019EN* Solution Usage 25
Description Toner specks or spots on copies. Drum surface may look cloudy or have a film on it. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. A bad lot of toner. Toner from the following lots '850725Z4A', '850725Z4B', and '850725Z4C' has been identified to cause this problem in high temperature and high humidity environments. Replace the toner and developer. If the drum cannot be cleaned using isopropyl alcohol, the drum and blade will also have to be changed. The failed drum can be returned using standard warranty program procedures. Refer to 1120 Technical Bulletin #10 for information on toner filming. 2. T/S corona arcing can damage the drum, crow-feet shaped marks may occur on the OPC surface. Repair or replace the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) and replace the drum (PCUA 947124). Samples may be requested for this type of failure. 3. If a key counter is installed, a failed key receptacle may short the main CB causing HV(B) to stay ON continuously. This may result in drum surface breakdown and corona unit failure. Replace the key counter receptacle (p/n U120-1040), the main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) and the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) as needed. 4. Excessive developer spillage inside machine. Effected serial number range is below 26EE10176. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #21 for information on the new style shaft holders and felt. Solution ID TAUS0600757EN* Solution Usage 24
Description F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect). Solution CAUSE: Toner was added before performing L-detect during new machine setup. See 1120 Technical Bulletin #7 . SOLUTION: 1. Run 47 mode, code 40 (3 minutes) to allow the excess toner in the TDS area to mix the toner with the developer. 2. If code F26 reoccurs replace the developer (PCUA 947-226) and perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, code 51). Note: L-detect (47 mode, code 51) must be performed before adding toner at new machine set-up or toner addition will occur during the adjustment resulting in an F26 code. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
19
1120
August 2011
20
1212
Description How to install the key counter mounting kit. Solution A key counter kit (p/n SE95-3270) and EPROM (p/n 121217-12.0) are available. The installation procedure is outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #19 . Set 25 mode, P52 to 1 to enable the key counter. The 1212 key counter mounting kit contents: PART NUMBER ITEM 26AA73500 Key counter mounting plate 26AAK0010 Positioning indication label 00Z921321 Large wire clamp (2 pcs) 00Z921941 Small wire clamp (2 pcs) 00Z123062 Flat head screw (2 pcs) 26AA90270 Key counter wiring 26AA73500 Key counter installation instructions Solution ID TAUS0602418EN* Solution Usage 53
Description P27 at power up. P26 was previously indicated following the TDS adjustment (L-detect). Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Toner was added before performing the L-detect adjustment at new machine setup. See 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #5A . Only developer should be added during a new machine set-up so that toner does not cover the TDS sensor. To eliminate the code: a. Access the 47 mode, output code 40, and allow the main motor to run for approximately one minute. Any excess toner surrounding the TDS should mix with the developer. b. Perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, output code 51). c. If the problem remains, repeat steps a and b. d. If this does not correct the problem, replace the developer and perform the L-detect adjustment. 2. Disconnected or failed toner density sensor (TDS). Ensure that the TDS sensor is connected (CN95) at the drum carriage (behind the toner motor). Repair and/or reconnect the TDS connection. Replace the TDS (p/n 25HA88031) if deemed necessary. 3. Improperly seated memory IC (NOVRAM). Remove and reinsert the chip (IC28 on the main CB). Initialize the memory using the 47 mode, output code 92. After installing new developer, perform the TDS adjustment (L-detect) using the 47 mode, output code 51. 4. PCL failure. If the PCL does not operate during the L-detect adjustment, toner will adhere to the drum and reduce the toner concentration during the L-detect adjustment. Replace the PCL (p/n 25HA-9340). Solution ID TAUS0603887EN* Solution Usage 17
Description Trail edge deletion on copies. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect 4th mirror angle. SOLUTION: Adjust the 4th mirror ramp position by loosening the 2 screws and moving the ramp towards the exit of the machine. Verify operation. If trail edge deletion area is less, but still not acceptable, then adjust the 4th mirror adjusting screw (p/n 490061630) counterclockwise approximately 1/4 a turn; confirm image quality. If necessary, continue turning adjustment screw 1/4 turn each time until trail edge deletion is eliminated. Adjust the lead edge timing and lead edge deletion as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0612640EN* Solution Usage 15
Description Toner specks or spots on copies. Drum surface may look cloudy or have a film on it. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. A bad lot of toner. Toner from the following lots '850725Z4A', '850725Z4B', and '850725Z4C' has been identified to cause this problem in high temperature and high humidity environments. Replace the toner and developer. If the drum cannot be cleaned using isopropyl alcohol, the drum and blade will also have to be changed. The failed drum can be returned using standard warranty program procedures. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #22 for information on toner filming. 2. T/S corona arcing can damage the drum, crow-feet shaped marks may occur on the OPC surface. Repair or replace the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) and replace the drum (PCUA 947124). Samples may be requested for this type of failure. 3. If a key counter is installed, a failed key receptacle may short the main CB causing HV(B) to stay ON continuously. This may result in drum surface breakdown and corona unit failure. Replace the key counter receptacle (p/n U120-1040), the main CB (p/n 25HE-7313) and the T/S corona (p/n 25HA-4511) as needed. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
21
1212
4. Excessive developer spillage inside machine. Effected serial number range is below 26EE10176. Refer to 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #21 for information on the new style shaft holders and felt. Solution ID TAUS0605706EN* Solution Usage 14
Description How to program auto shut-off and power saver mode. Solution Auto shut-off will turn the machine OFF after a selected amount of non-use. Set 25 mode, P62 to: 0: 0 minutes (auto shut-off mode, OFF) 1: 2 minutes 2: 5 minutes 3: 10 minutes Power saver mode is enabled by pressing the POWER SAVER button above the PRINT button. The amount of time the copier remains in idle before the power saver mode is activated is determined by the data in 25 mode, P19: Data of 0 = 1 hour Data of 1 = 2 hours Data of 2 = 3 hours Solution ID TAUS0603572EN* Solution Usage 10
Description How to set paper sizes in cassettes. Solution The paper sizes are set up by configuring the buttons on the rear of the tray. To position the buttons, use the chart embossed on the paper tray. Solution ID TAUS0604840EN* Solution Usage 8
Description How to add toner, 1212. Solution To add toner. 1. Open the front door of the copier. 2. Lift the green flap labelled PRESS HERE. 3. Insert the cartridge. 4. Slide the green lever to the left to empty the toner cartridge Solution ID TAUS0612417EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Blurred copies after power up or after reduction/enlargement is selected. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The constant load spring of the fourth mirror assembly does not have sufficient pressure to return to its home position. Replace the load spring with the new style load spring (p/n 508065211). The pressure of load has been increased from 145g to 215g. Replacement of the constant load spring is outlined in 1015/1212 Technical Bulletin #20 . 2. Heavy grease was used on the on the 4th mirror shaft. Clean the 4th mirror shaft and lubricate with multi oil. 3. The adjusting arm (p/n 25HA-6441) in the optics is out of position. Reposition the optics cam lever to push on the fourth mirror assembly. 4. The black idler roller mounted under the 4th mirror is binding. To free up the idler, relieve pressure from the side mount assembly, then clean and lubricate the assembly. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications. Solution ID TAUS0612570EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Code 28 while copying. Solution CAUSE: Arcing within the main charge corona unit. The corona wire cleaner has dislodged and is contacting the charge grid wires. SOLUTION: Properly reposition the charge cleaner away from the grid wires.
August 2011
22
1212
Description Latest EPROM level, 1212. Solution EPROM history hyperlink .
August 2011
23
1216
Description How to extend the time for Auto Low Power mode and Auto Shut-off mode. Solution Auto Shut-off can be disabled by accessing the 25 mode address 20 and setting it to 1. To program the Auto Shut-off or Low Power Mode time, see below: To program Auto Low Power mode time, perform the following: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON). 2. Press P-03-P (Auto Low Power mode setting time selection). 3. Press 1 (setting time + 120 minutes). 4. Press the START/PRINT key. 5. Press P19P. 6. Input one of the following data choices: Enter 1: 122 minutes Enter 2: 125 minutes Enter 3: 130 minutes Enter 4: 135 minutes Enter 5: 150 minutes 7. Press the START/PRINT key. To program Auto Shut-off time, perform the following: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON). 2. Press P-07-P 3. Press 1 (Auto Shut-off time selection + 120 minutes). 4. Press the START/PRINT key. 5. Press P62P 6. Input one of the following data choices: Enter 0: 150 minutes Enter 1: 180 minutes Enter 2: 210 minutes Enter 3: 240 minutes 7. Press the START/PRINT key. 8. Power the machine OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. Solution ID TAUS0607964EN* Solution Usage 7
Description P25 at power up. Solution CAUSE: Memory address 92 in the 25 mode is set to 0 (300 copies after the add toner message, P25 is displayed and copying is prevented until toner is added). This function can be disabled by setting 25 mode address 92 to 1. It is recommended that this function be enabled to prevent damage to the developer caused by toner depletion. SOLUTION: Add toner. Solution ID TAUS0608266EN* Solution Usage 7
Description How to program small size original default. Solution CAUSE: Minimum Original Size Detection was not set for 8.5x11. SOLUTION: To set Minimum Original Size Detection, perform the following: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, then, while holding down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON). 2. Press P-4-5-P (memory address 45) and enter the required value (in this case,a value of 2). The following are the data selections for address 45: 0: 8.5x11R 1: 5.5x8.5 2: 8.5x11 3. Press the Print button. 4. Power the machine OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. Solution ID TAUS0607917EN* Solution Usage 6
Description How to install a Konica key counter. Solution To install the key counter, perform the following: 1. Open the bypass tray door. On the lower, right-side of the main body there is a plate. 2. Remove the plate, and disconnect the connector. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
24
1216
3. Connect the key counter to the main body connector. 4. Install the brackets from the key counter kit to the main body where the cover plate was removed. Solution ID TAUS0607960EN* Solution Usage 6
Description How to set APS default to 8.5x11. Solution To program the 8.5x11 paper tray as a default with any size original copied from the platen glass, perform the following: 1. Switch copier OFF. 2. Enter the 25 mode by holding down the 2 and 5 keys simultaneously and powering the copier ON. Release the 2 and 5 keys approximately 4 seconds after powering ON. 3. Enter address 56 by pressing P-56-P sequentially. a. Enter data of 4 (disables APS when the ADF is opened). b. Press the Start/Print button to load the data. 3. Enter address 51 (designates an initial tray when APS is cancelled) by pressing P-51-P sequentially. a. Enter data to select the 8.5x11 tray: 0= tray 1 1= tray 2 2= tray 3 3= tray 4 b. Press the Start/Print button to load the data. Solution ID TAUS0608097EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Corona current specifications, 1216. Solution VR CODE SPECIFICATION 1 02 -500A DC 2 03 -450A DC 3 04 500A AC
CORONA Charge Transfer Separation
To adjust the corona currents, perform the following: 1. Remove the T/S corona unit and drum carriage. 2. Close the clamshell and cheat the front interlock switch. 3. To adjust the charge current, connect the special red meter lead to the second of four HV contact springs from the right. 4. Connect the black lead to frame ground. 5. Set meter to A DC. 6. Access the 47 mode (hold down 4 and 7 at power ON), output code 02. 7. Press START/PRINT, adjust VR1 to -500A DC. 8. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 3rd HV contact spring (transfer) from the right. 9. Enter output code 03 and adjust VR2 to -450A DC. 10. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 4th HV contact spring (separation) from the right. 11. Set meter to A AC. 12. Enter output code 04 and adjust VR3 to 500A AC. Notes: a. A special red meter lead with an in-line 10Mohm resistor (p/n LX15-0020) must be used in substitute of the standard red meter lead. A standard black meter lead is still used for ground (GND). b. VR1, VR2 and VR3 are to the left of the separation corona spring recessed in 3 small holes located the front frame. VR1 is in the left hole, VR2 is in the right hole, and VR3 is the lower hole. Solution ID TAUS0608410EN* Solution Usage 6
Description F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect). Solution CAUSE: Toner was added before performing L-detect during new machine setup. Refer to 2223 Technical Bulletin #1 . SOLUTION: To prevent F26 error codes, perform the following: 1. Access the 47 mode (press the 4 and 7 keys simultaneously while powering the copier ON), output code 40 (approximately 3 minutes) to allow the excess toner in the TDS area to mix with the developer. 2. If F26 reoccurs, replace the developer (PCUA 947226) and perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, output code 51). Note: L-detect must be performed before adding toner at new machine setup or toner addition will occur during the adjustment, resulting in a F26 code. Solution ID TAUS0608122EN* Solution Usage 5
Description P27 at power up. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
25
1216
CAUSE: Incorrect toner concentration in the developing unit. SOLUTION: Replace the developer and perform a L-detect adjustment. To adjust L-detect, perform the following: 1. Enter the 47 mode, output code 51. 2. Press the start/print button. 3. The number 51 flashes in the display for approximately 90 seconds. 4. When 51 stops flashing, the adjustment is complete. 5. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode. Solution ID TAUS0617443EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How to reset the drum counter. Solution To reset the drum counter, perform the following: 1. Access 47 mode (power ON while holding 4 and 7 keys), output code 91. 2. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode. Note: To verify the drum count has been reset, hold the P key and press the 7 key. A two-digit number should flash (00) indicating the drum count X1000. Solution ID TAUS0609184EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Unable to select more than one copy at a time. Solution CAUSE: Copy quantity setting limit selection incorrect. SOLUTION: To program copy quantity setting, perform the following: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down on the 2 and 5 keys, power the machine ON). 2. Press P-13-P (Copy Quantity setting limit selection). 3. Press 0 (setting Max) unlimited. 4. Press the START/PRINT key. 6. Input one of the following data choices: Enter 0: MAX (unlimited up to 99) Enter 1: 1 limit Enter 2: 3 limit Enter 3: 5 limit Enter 4: 9 limit Enter 5: 10 limit Enter 6: 20 limit Enter 7: 30 limit Enter 8: 50 limit Enter 9: 99 limit
August 2011
26
1312
Description Multi-feeding from Tray 1 resulting in paper feed jams (J32). Solution CAUSE: Insufficient pressure applied to the paper feed stopping lever by the cam spring. SOLUTION: There is a new style cam spring available for machines with serial numbers between 26ME19201 and 26ME19966. Replace cam spring (p/n 26MA45391). Notes: 1. See 1312 Technical Bulletin #1 for complete installation instructions. 2. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0608739EN* Solution Usage 27
Description How to clear a fuser abnormality code (F34, F35, F36). Solution To clear a fuser abnormality code, perform the following: With the copier powered ON displaying the fuser failure code, simultaneously press and hold down the enlargement (up arrow) and reduction (down arrow) keys for approximately 5 seconds until a destination code (US) is displayed. 2. Press 0 within 2 seconds after the destination code (US) is displayed. Note: Do not press 0 too fast. 3. Access the 25 mode (enter 2 then 5, from the keypad, and then press START PRINT). a. [A- -] should now be displayed in the quantity window. 4. Enter address number 47, then press START PRINT. 5. Reset the fuser failure code data by pressing 0 twice, then press START PRINT. 6. Press the STOP/CLEAR button 3 times until the copier reverts to the normal mode. Note: When the STOP/CLEAR button is pressed only once, the copier returns to the previous diagnostic state. Solution ID TAUS0608749EN* Solution Usage 22
Description P29 during copier operation. Solution CAUSE: Developing unit requires replacement. Copy count reaches 25,000 (steady P29) or toner is depleted from the developing unit (blinking P29 with copier operation stopped). SOLUTION: Replace the developing unit (PCUA 947157) and perform the initialization. To initialize the developing unit, perform the following: 1. With the copier powered ON, press the SELECT PAPER button for approximately 5 seconds. [C- -] is displayed in the quantity window. 2. Enter 5, then 1, with the keypad. Press the START PRINT button. The initialization process starts. [C51] is displayed in the quantity window. Note: The process takes approximately 6 minutes. 3. On completion of the initialization, [C- -] appears again in the quantity window. Press the STOP/CLEAR button. 4. The copier reverts to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0608751EN* Solution Usage 18
Description How to adjust exposure. Solution To adjust exposure, perform the following: 1. With the copier powered ON in the 1:1 copy mode, simultaneously press the enlargement and reduction keys for approximately 5 seconds. 2. When the destination code (US) is displayed, press 0 within 2 seconds. Note: Do not press 0 too fast. 3. Access the 36 mode (enter 3, then 6 from the keypad). [ACC] is displayed in the quantity display. 4. Enter the desired address (code) number, then press START PRINT. CODE ADJUSTMENT 86 Center intensity (enlargement) 87 Center intensity (reduction) 88 Maximum intensity (life size) 89 Center intensity (life size) 90 Minimum intensity (life size) 5. Change the blinking setting data to the required data (adjustment range of 01 to 64 with a default of 32), then press START PRINT. 6. Press the START PRINT key again to make a test copy of the settings. 7. After copying, the status returns to step 5. Make any additional data adjustments, if required. 8. When adjustment is complete, press the STOP/CLEAR button until the copier reverts to the normal mode. Note: When the STOP/CLEAR button is pressed only once, the copier returns to the previous diagnostic state.
August 2011
27
1312
Description Background on copies after doing a PM and replacing the drum. Solution CAUSE: Main erase lamp is worn or disconnected. SOLUTION: Reseat drum and connectors, and/or replace the Main Erase Lamp (p/n 26MA10060). Solution ID TAUS0612130EN* Solution Usage 17
Description P26 after replacing developing unit. Solution CAUSE: Developing unit has not been initialized. SOLUTION: To initialize the developing unit, perform the following: 1. With the copier powered ON, press the SELECT PAPER button for approximately 5 seconds. [C- -] is displayed in the quantity window. 2. Enter 5, then 1, with the keypad. Press the START PRINT button. The initialization process starts. [C51] is displayed in the quantity window. Note: The process takes approximately 6 minutes. 3. On completion of the initialization, [C- -] appears again in the quantity window. Press the STOP/CLEAR button. 4. The copier reverts to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0608746EN* Solution Usage 16
Description P24 during copier operation. Solution CAUSE: The number of copies on the drum unit has reached 24,500 (steady P24 and copier operation continues). Drum replacement interval is 25,000 sheets. When 500 sheets are copied after the steady P24, a change drum condition is indicated (blinking P24). SOLUTION: Replace the drum unit (PCUA 947158) and perform initialization. To initialize the drum unit, perform the following: 1. With the copier powered ON, press the SELECT PAPER button for approximately 5 seconds. [C- -] is displayed in the quantity window. 2. Enter 5, then 0, with the keypad. Press the START PRINT button. The initialization process starts. [C50] is displayed in the quantity window. Note: The process takes approximately 1 minute. 3. On completion of the initialization, [C- -] appears again in the quantity window. Press the STOP/CLEAR button. 4. The copier reverts to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0608740EN* Solution Usage 13
Description How to enable/disable the power saving mode. Solution The power saver enable time is programmable from 2 minutes to 240 minutes (4 hours). If address 20 in the 25 mode is set to OFF, the power saving mode is disabled. To program the power saving mode, perform the following: 1. With the copier powered ON in the 1:1 copy mode, simultaneously press the enlargement and reduction keys for approximately 5 seconds. 2. When the destination code (US) is displayed, press 0 within 2 seconds. 3. Access the 25 mode (enter 2, then 5 from the keypad). Press START PRINT. [A- -] is displayed in the quantity display. 4. Enter address number 20, then press START PRINT. 5. Select and enter the desired time interval: DATA TIME (minutes) 1 Address 62 setting takes precedence (default) [allows 30, 2, or 5 minute setting] 2 OFF (disabled) 3 60 4 120 5 240 Note: If a power save mode setting of 30 minutes or less is desired, data setting of 1 must be input at address 20, then skip step (6) and proceed from step (7). Press START PRINT to set the data. 6. Press the STOP/CLEAR button 3 times until the copier reverts to the normal mode. 7. Enter address number 62, then press START PRINT. 8. Select and enter the desired time interval: DATA TIME (minutes) 1 30 (default) 2 2 3 5 Press START PRINT to set the data. 9. Press the STOP/CLEAR button 3 times until the copier reverts to the normal mode.
August 2011
28
1312
Description How to install a key counter. Solution Key counters are not compatible with this product and cannot be installed. Solution ID TAUS0619931EN* Solution Usage 11
Description d01' is displayed in the control panel window after replacing the main CB (p/n 26MA-9010). Solution CAUSE: The CB needs to be reset to factory defaults. SOLUTION: To reset the CB to factory defaults perform the following: 1. Press and hold the "Enlarge" and "Reduce" keys for 5 seconds. 2. Press 0 within 2 seconds after the destination code is displayed. 3. Input 47 and press the Start Print key. 4. Input 92 and press the Start Print key (CLR will be displayed). 5. Press the Start Print key immediately. 6. The display will return to 01.
August 2011
29
1512/112Z/1290RE
Description Code 34. Solution To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON). 2. Press 4-7-P on the keypad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator). 3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero. 4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Old style temperature sensor installed. Install the new style (convex) temperature sensor (p/n 490088033) and perform the AES adjustment (47 mode, code 98). See 1290RE Technical Bulletin #4C . 2. The lamp contact assemblies on the front and rear of the fusing unit are loose, resulting in poor lamp contact. Install the heater cover kit (p/n SE97-1990). See 1290RE Technical Bulletin #10. Kit contents: PART NUMBER ITEM 392053233 Terminal cover (2) 5850-5410 Heater cover unit (front) 5850-5420 Heater cover unit (rear) 00Z153081 Screw (SEMS I, M3x8) 00Z163081 Screw (SEMS II, M3x8) Note: Ensure that there are no power problems at the customer site. Solution ID TAUS0601581EN* Solution Usage 62
Description Light copies, blotchy, poor density. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Toner was not added by the user when the ADD TONER light came on. Add toner and perform 47 mode, output code 01 to tone up the developer. 2. The toner hopper is empty, however, the TLD sensor is coated with toner. In this case the TLD will not vibrate to indicate add toner. Check the voltage reading from the TLD sensor at CN3-A2 on the main CB: TLD coated with toner = +6.7 V DC. TLD not coated = +4.1 V DC. 3. Check the TDS analog voltage to determine the toner concentration of the developer. Use the 47 mode, code 40 while monitoring the ang signal at the main CB at CN3-A5 to GND. The voltages below indicate the condition of the developer: 0.5 to 1.5V DC = overtoned Detone by running black copies. 1.5 - 2.0V DC = normal 0.5V DC or less = no signal from the TDS sensor Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB. Check the level of developer in the developer unit. Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 113688110). 2.0 to 4.0V DC = undertoned Retone using the 47 mode, code 01. 4.0V DC or more = extremely undertoned Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating. 4. No add toner indication due to short copy runs. ADD TONER will not be displayed unless the machine calls for toner at least seven times (consecutively) during a run. If the TLD is audible, but the machine does not indicate ADD TONER, run about 10 copies in a row. 5. The corona currents are not set to specification. The drum currents and adjustment procedures are outlined in 1290RE Technical Bulletin #7 . Charge: -510 10A DC Transfer: -360 50A DC Separation: 270 20A AC 6. The toner supply coupling is broken. No drive is imparted to the toner supply unit. Replace the toner supply coupling (p/n 392015640). 7. PCL lamp failure will result in residual charge buildup on the drum in multi-copy set resulting in high toner usage. The long term effect is reduced toner concentration and developer failure (light copies). Replace the PCL (p/n 113687060).
August 2011
30
1512/112Z/1290RE
8. Too many high density images (originals with 50% or more black image area) or sky shots run concurrently. 9. Damp paper can cause poor density. Install the dew prevention heater kit (p/n SE95-2560) to reduce the occurrence of damp paper. 10. The rear ladder chain has fallen off the ladder wheel within the toner supply unit. Causing the toner supply shaft not to turn. Replace the ladder chain. 11. The developer sleeve is not turning because the spring for the developer drive is worn or missing. Replace the developer arm spring (p/n 490015320). Solution ID TAUS0612363EN* Solution Usage 58
Description Code 24. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One or more of the tungsten lamps within the PCL assembly are open. Replace the PCL assembly (p/n 113687060). 2. Drum carriage is not completely seated. Open the clamshell and reinsert the drum carriage. 3. Inspect the main CB, F1 (fuse). If open inspect the PCL wiring, repair as necessary. Replace the main CB (p/n 4900-9301). Solution ID TAUS0603965EN* Solution Usage 43
Description How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 1290RE. Solution To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON). 2. Press 4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator). 3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero. 4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately. Solution ID TAUS0655145EN* Solution Usage 38
Description Code 41. Only when AES is selected. Solution CAUSE: The optics photosensors are not being actuated properly. SOLUTION: Install the beam cutter extension (p/n U081-2400) as outlined in 1290RE Technical Bulletin #5 . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by WILLIE GONZALEZ, COPIERS PLUS INC. Solution ID TAUS0602373EN* Solution Usage 29
Description J31. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The upper guide pins that support the drum carriage may be bent up not allowing the rollers on the drum carriage to properly contact the 3rd feed rollers. Reform the pins so they are straight. 2. The 3rd paper feed roller is dirty causing the paper to slip. Clean the 3rd paper feed roller and the first feed rollers. 3. The front door interlock is not making proper contact with the switch. Ensure the actuator mounted on the door is contacting the bar. 4. The actuator for the exit sensor PS7 is binding, or PS7 has failed. Ensure the actuator moves freely. If necessary replace the photosensor (p/n 370085510). 5. The paper feed guide plate is warped. Replace the paper feed guide plate (p/n 490040021). 6. The optic sensors are dirty. Clean the optic sensors. 7. The upper fuser roller assembly is installed incorrectly. Paper is not conveyed properly through the fuser. Ensure that the upper fuser assembly is installed on the inside of the lower assembly frame. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
31
1512/112Z/1290RE
Description Code 26 is displayed following the L-detect adjustment. Solution CAUSE: PCL failure. If an excessive amount of toner is found in the waste container of the new toner cartridge then the PCL is not operating correctly. SOLUTION: The PCL should remain ON during L-detect to eliminate any drum charge condition. Replace the PCL lamp (p/n 113687060) and the developer (PCUA 946182). Clear the code 26 with a memory reset and perform the L-detect adjustment again. To adjust L-detect, perform the following: 1. Access the 47 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 4 and 7 keys), output code 51. 2. The copier should cycle for several minutes with [51] flashing in the quantity display. 3. When the copier stops cycling, a steady [51] is displayed signifying that the adjustment is successfully completed. If [26] is displayed, a problem occurred during the adjustment. 4. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode. Note: If the adjustment was run only one time, toner depletion should be minimal. Developer can be toned back up (47 mode, code 01). Solution ID TAUS0600775EN* Solution Usage 21
Description Code 45 shortly after power up. Solution CAUSE: A shorted bypass solenoid (SD2) or toner motor (M5) causes IC21 on the main CB to fail. The lens motor (M3) drive is affected, causing the failure code. SOLUTION: Replace SD2 (p/n 490082550) or M5 (p/n 4900-1610) and the main CB (p/n 4900-9303). Solution ID TAUS0601768EN* Solution Usage 21
Description Code 25. Solution CAUSE: The machine will indicate a flashing code 25 if 100 copies are run after the ADD TONER message is displayed. SOLUTION: Add toner to the machine. Solution ID TAUS0601947EN* Solution Usage 17
Description Blank copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The corona(s) and/or HV unit(s) are arcing. Rebuild or replace any arcing component. 2. The electrode ground plate for the transfer corona is not making good contact. Reform or replace the electrode ground plate (p/n 490015370). 3. The drum carriage connector is not making good contact. Clean and repair the drum carriage connection.
August 2011
32
1515/1590/115S
Description How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 1590. Solution To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON). 2. Press 4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator). 3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero. 4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately. Solution ID TAUS0600831EN* Solution Usage 26
Description F41 or F42 during copier operation. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Dust on the optics sensors, PS2, PS3, and PS4. Clean the optics sensors. 2. Older version EPROM installed. Install p/n 159013-13.4 (8.5x11R default) or p/n 159013-13.8 (8.5x11 default). 3. If the copier is not level (tilted toward the user) or the frame is deformed, the optics photosensors will not be actuated properly during operation. Verify that the copier is level and the optics frame is not deformed. To verify proper optics sensor actuation, use the 47 mode code 30 (PS2, home) and code 31 (PS3, restart) while moving the first mirror frame by hand. 4. 1st mirror to V-mirror distance is incorrect. To verfify, set the lateral magnification 0, is 1:1 OK? If not, adjust the 1st mirror to V-mirror position. 5. Poor AC power. If other devices are installed on the same AC line move the machine to another power source. 6. Failed optics motor (M2) and optics motor driver board (MDB). Replace M2 (p/n 490080080) and MDB (p/n 4900-9502) at the same time. 7. The drive gear (p/n 490015100) Is being stripped by M2 overdriving which is due to a failed motor driver board. All optics photosensors have been checked for proper operation. Check the wiring and connectors from main CB, CN2 to MDB, CN85, and 86. If the wiring appears normal, replace the MDB (p/n 4900-9500). Solution ID TAUS0655191EN* Solution Usage 24
Description How to change the paper size default selection. Solution Install EPROM (p/n 159013-13.8) for 8.5x11 default. Install EPROM (p/n 159013-13.4) for 8.5x11R default. EPROM history hyperlink . Solution ID TAUS0655125EN* Solution Usage 20
Description Drum damage. Solution CAUSE: The nylon DSD rollers on the developing unit have become damaged (shrink) due to developer leakage. The magnetic roller gets too close to the drum, causing damage to the drum surface. SOLUTION: Replace the drum casing (p/n 5520-K030). Note: Drum casings do not include the following parts: drum, toner supply unit, LED unit, charge corona unit, blade unit, front cover, knob label, PCL cover, PCL protection sheet, PCL board, cleaning upper cover, PF stay and blade spring holder. Remove these parts before replacing the drum casing. Solution ID TAUS0600887EN* Solution Usage 16
Description J13 at power up, no PFU modules are installed. Solution CAUSE: CN11 from HV(A) was placed on CN203 of MCB. This can occur if the main CB or HV(A) was recently replaced or removed. SOLUTION: Reseat CN11 on main CB. With no PFU modules installed, set the 25 mode, P86 to 0. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
33
1515/1590/115S
Description Toner spilling, overtoning. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The corona currents are not set to specification. Adjust corona currents as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #9 . - 600 10A (DC) = Charge - 450 50A (DC) = Transfer +265 20A (AC) = Separation Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] 2. PCL failure. Verify that the PCL is operating. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp (p/n 029487061) as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #17 . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] 3. Failed TDS (toner density sensor). If the TDS output voltage at CN3-A5 does not change regardless of whether toner is added or depleted (correct voltage should be between 1.5V DC and 2.0V DC), then replace the TDS (p/n 029488110) and developer. Perform the L-detect adjustment (47 mode, code 51). * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0600604EN* Solution Usage 12
Description F34, F35 or F36 at power up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Old style TH1. Install new style sensor (p/n 508088034) per 1590 Technical Bulletin #14. 2. Lamp holder failure. Install new style lamp holders and terminal covers per 1590 Technical Bulletin #19. Solution ID TAUS0603885EN* Solution Usage 12
Description F26 at power up or following the L-detect adjustment. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If the L-detect adjustment is performed with worn or depleted (not enough) developer. To determine the cause of F26, check the TDS analog signal at the main CB CN3-A5 to GND while running the main motor (47 mode, output code 51): 0.5 to 1.5V DC = Overtoned (deplete some toner by running black copies). 1.5 to 2.0V DC = Normal 0.5V DC or less = No signal from the TDS sensor. Check the wiring from TDS to the main CB. Check the level of developer in the developer unit. Replace the TDS sensor (p/n 029488110). 2.0 to 4.0V DC = Undertoned. Add toner using the 47 mode, output code 01. 4.0V DC or more = Extremely undertoned. Replace the developer. Verify that the PCL is operating. Install the new style LED type PCL lamp (p/n 029487061) as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #17 . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] 2. The corona currents are not set to specification. Adjust corona currents as outlined in 1590 Technical Bulletin #9 . - 600 10A (DC) = Charge - 450 50A (DC) = Transfer +265 20A (AC) = Separation Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] 3. The L-detect adjustment was performed with a color developer unit installed. The L-detect adjustment (47 mode, output code 51) should only be performed with the black developer unit installed. Insert the black unit and perform the L-detect adjustment. Note: When F26 occurs, the machine only allows another attempt of the TDS adjustment. All other functions are inoperable until the memory is reinitialized (47 mode, output code 92). * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0601177EN* Solution Usage 10
Description How to configure cassettes for different sizes in the PFU unit(s). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
34
1515/1590/115S
Solution Buttons in position A, B and D allow for 8.5x11 recognition. Buttons in position A and C allow for 8.5x11R recognition. Button in position B allows 8.5x14 recognition. Buttons in position A and D allow for 11x17 recognition. Solution ID TAUS0601103EN* Solution Usage 9
Description Erratic failure codes while copying (F85, J13, J12, F52). Solution CAUSE: The transfer and separation corona blocks are arcing or the corona shell is not grounded properly. SOLUTION: Replace the corona blocks and wires. Clean the corona shell and ground contacts.
August 2011
35
2028
Description How to reset an F86 code. Solution F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps: 1. Install a new (or empty the) waste toner collection box . 2. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON). 3. Enter 94 using the keypad. 4. Press the start/print key. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode. Solution ID TAUS0611426EN* Solution Usage 171
Description F41, F42, or F43. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. There is an open in the projection lamp (L1) circuit. Use the 47 mode, output code 00 to verify if the lamp lights. Ohm the lamp circuit from CN393-3 to CN393-1, the value should be under 10 ohms. Check for continuity of the lamp (p/n 25BA83010) and temperature fuse individually. If no faults are found, use the wiring diagram on page 3-19 in the service manual to locate the open in the wiring. 2. F42 at the start of the copy cycle. Fuse F3 on the ACDB is open causing a loss of drive to the optics motor (M2). This fuse protects the 28V DC bus on the board. Determine the cause of the open fuse. Possible causes include a shorted optics drive motor (M2), binding in the optics drive, or pinched wiring to M2. After correcting the fault, replace the fuse (p/n E64311-11). 3. A worn or loose optics drive cable and tension spring will cause the optics to bounce out of the home position after a reverse scan. Replace the cable (p/n 540061111) and tension spring (p/n 540061480) if more than 300,000 copies are on the copier. Note: When replacing the optics cable, use the exposure unit positioning gauge (p/n 00M6-1-00). Ensure that the cable is routed correctly on the right rear pulley. It should follow the rear groove on the pulley. 4. The first to second mirror frame position is incorrect. When the optics cable was replaced the optics positioning gauge (00M6-1-00) was not used. When replacing the optics cable ensure that the exposure unit positioning gauge is used. 5. The set screw to the optics drive pulley (p/n 540061130) is loose, causing a loss of drive to the optics. Tighten the set screw. 6. Reposition the brake sensor (PS4) to its leftmost position as viewed from behind the machine. This will allow more braking distance if the cable is worn. 7. The brake timing needs adjustment. Set the brake timing to 1. Use the 36 mode, code 96. 8. The optics shaft and bushings are worn. Replace the shaft (p/n 540061090) and (2) bushings (p/n 540076042) if the machine is over 600,000 copies. 9. The reflector and first mirror frame is contacting the frame or lens cover assembly during operation. Use the 47 mode, output code 31 to run the optics and verify there is no contact. 10. The code occurs only when using the RADF and the ADU. The DC power supply is failing under load. Check the 24V DC and 28V DC output from the DCPS while running the different copy modes (i.e., 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 2:2). Replace the DC power supply (p/n 540084512) if the voltage drops occur under increased load conditions. 11. There is a poor connection from the main CB to the AC driver board. This prevents the optics from moving from the home position. Remove and reseat CN69 on AC driver board and CN60 on the main CB. 12. The main relay (RL1) has failed. This may also cause an F55 code. Replace RL1 (p/n 540088460). 13. An early style AC driver board is installed. Install the latest AC driver board (p/n 5400-9085). 14. Premature failure of L1 (exposure lamp) due to excessive voltage. This is caused by an open F1 fuse on the ACDB. Replace L1 (p/n 25BA83010) and the ACDB (p/n 5400-9085). 15. F43 when using the bypass (feeding 11x17). The optics slide shaft holder (p/n 540061430) is dislodged from the main reflector base assembly (p/n 5400-6129) and/or the optics slide shaft (p/n 540061090) is dirty. This causes the reflector base assembly to bind on the optics slide shaft, affecting optics scan timing. Reposition the optics slide shaft holder and/or clean the optics slide shaft. Lubricate the shaft with light oil (see Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications). Note: When using the bypass the optics makes a complete scan with the exposure lamp ON.
August 2011
36
2028
16. F43 as second copy is fed due to a failed or dirty T/S corona unit causing a power interruption (arcing). Clean or replace the T/S corona (p/n 5400-2605). Solution ID TAUS0600513EN* Solution Usage 77
Description The LCD is blank, or the operation panel is locked up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The lens and scanner do not initialize. The drive pulley (A) (p/n 540076531) is slipping on the lens motor (M7) shaft, or the belt (p/n 540077520) has walked off the pulley and is lodged between the motor and the pulley. An interim repair for a slipping drive pulley (A) is to apply a small amount of instant adhesive between the drive pulley and motor shaft. For a permanent repair, replace M7 with the new-style (p/n 25BA-7404). M7 must be used with the new-style adjustable drive plate assembly (p/n 5400-6321). In addition, a new motor cover mylar (p/n 35AE61990) has been established to prevent M7 from interfering with the cover of the door detect wiring. The mylar is placed onto the bottom of the motor. These newer parts can not be mixed with the original parts. They must be used as a set. Note: For more detail, refer to Parts Information Bulletin #81. 2. An operation panel without a modified LCD is installed. See 2028 Technical Bulletin #83A to identify and modify the op panel with a new style LCD. 3. Verify that the operation panel is properly secured to the copier. Reseat any loose connections to the operation panel and secure it tightly to the main body. 4. A faulty harness from the operation panel CN212 to CN67 on the main CB. Repair as necessary, or replace the harness (p/n 540090010). Solution ID TAUS0600801EN* Solution Usage 73
Description How to program ECM, 2028. Solution To program the ECM, perform the following: 1. Power the machice OFF. 2. While holding down the 2 and 5 buttons, power the machine ON. 3. Enter the 8-digit master key code starting at address P72 through P79. Valid data is 0 through 9 at each address, press the start print button to enter the new data. 4. Set address P05 in the 25 mode (ECM limit features) based on key operators request. 0: ECM disabled. 1: ECM enabled (no stop at limit). 3: ECM enabled (natural stop at limit). 5: ECM enabled (forced stop at limit). 5. In standby mode hold down P then press 9, enter the Master Key Code. Access the following setting modes to perform the ECM functions: 1: Password Set. Create up to 20 5-digit individual passwords, from 01 to 20. 2: Limit Copy Count. Limit copy count for each password to a maximum of 999,999 copies. 3: Read Copy Count. Read the current copy count for each password. 4: Account Reset. Reset the copy count and copy limit for all passwords or selected passwords. Solution ID TAUS0601072EN* Solution Usage 66
Description Light copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The end user did not add toner when the copier displayed ADD TONER. The end user expects the copies to darken immediately. Run the 47 mode, output code 01 for 45 seconds, then make copies. Check at main CB CN8-B8 for 24V DC and CN8-B9 for a change of state while doing 47 mode output 01 and start/print button. 2. The developer unit bias clip is malformed and is not making proper contact with the bias pin. Reform the clip to ensure proper contact with the pin. 3. The toner motor (M6) and main CB have failed (M6 will not operate in the 47 mode, output code 01). If the machine was moved with a full toner hopper, the toner will pack down in the hopper and bind the auger. This will cause M6 to bind, fail and short TR24 on the main CB. Replace the main CB (p/n 5762-9016) and M6 (p/n 197080011 - new style; s/n cut-in 576211850 or p/n 396080042 - old style) at the same time. Note: The new style motor is larger (3135 style) and requires a larger mounting bracket (p/n 540032381) and shroud (p/n 540032191). Do not fill the toner hopper if the machine is to be moved. 4. No ADD TONER indication is displayed because the 25 mode, P71 is set to 2. Set address 71 to 0 or 1 for ADD TONER to be indicated after 100 (0) or 1000 (1) copies after the TLD element begins vibrating. 5. The CVR is at the darkest setting (value of 01) and the copies are light. The drum counter does not match the number of copies on the drum or the drum Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
37
2028
has exceeded 150,000 copies. The drum counter is boosting the CVR. Verify that the drum is new, set the corona currents and reset the drum counter (47 mode, code 91). 6. No toner addition during copy process. (M6 will run in 47 mode, code 01). The drum counter was not set to the current drum copy count after performing 47/92. Reset drum counter (25 mode, P39 to 44) to the correct drum count. 7. The zener diode has failed. Inspect the image on the drum surface, if light monitor the voltage drop across the zener diode. If the voltage measured is less than about 730V DC, replace the zener diode (p/n 540088341). Also, inspect the charge corona unit (p/n 5400-2500), replace if necessary. Then set the charge current (47/02/P to display or change the current data; set value to -600 30V DC ). 8. Drum fatigue, old or worn drum. Replace the drum (PCUA 947542). 9. There is no developer bias voltage output at CN65-1 on the main CB. There should be -150V DC when running the 47 mode, output code 10. Check for a cold solder joint. If necessary, replace the main CB (p/n 5762-9082). Solution ID TAUS0600515EN* Solution Usage 63
Description Incorrect paper size, indicates special. Will not recognize the universal trays. Solution CAUSE: The data in the 25 mode, for paper size is incorrect. SOLUTION: In the 25 mode, set the data for P67 for the correct combination of main body paper trays. 0: Both upper, and lower trays are conventional. 1: Upper tray is universal, and lower tray conventional. 2: Upper tray is conventional, and lower tray universal. 3: Both upper, and lower trays are universal. Solution ID TAUS0600532EN* Solution Usage 61
Description Half copies using the RADF; only with APS and AES deselected. Solution CAUSE: This is an EPROM bug. It only occurs with a 2028/ST205S sorter combination. SOLUTION: New EPROMs are available. See 2028 Technical Bulletin #89A ,. Order (p/n 202812-21.13), and (p/n 202813-21.13). The RADF EPROM must be (p/n DF30530-14.2). The sorter EPROM must be (p/n ST20563-18.0). Solution ID TAUS0600535EN* Solution Usage 43
Description Blank copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If the old style toner motor M6 (p/n 396080040) is installed, troubleshoot it for proper operation and perform a resistance check, as follows: take resistance readings at 3 different points, 120 ohms apart, of one rotation of the motor. These readings should be within 5 ohms of each other. If these readings are out of specification, replace the motor (p/n 396080042). Install the polyswitch (p/n 5400K0270), if necessary. See Technical Bulletin #79A, dated 2/22/95. 2. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor [separation bridge]). Slightly stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure proper contact. 3. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between each corona wire and its corresponding contact spring. The readings must not exceed 12 ohms. See Technical Bulletin #17A, dated 4/26/93. 4. Verify that the transfer ground springs (p/n 540026071) located on the underside of the ground plate, are formed so that the proper contact is made with the guide plate (p/n 540045331). 5. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrester mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is positioned correctly and shows no sign of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a steel pocket ruler. If reusing the guide plate, clean it with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrester mylar sheet and the underside of the plate. 6. No image on the drum. HVA contact spring fell off. Set the corona currents to specification. See Technical Bulletin #86. 7. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605) if cleaning it did not resolve the problem. 8. Check CN5 on the main CB. Ensure that the wiring is not pinched. 9. Check the terminal block for signs of arcing. If arcing is evident, or an old style block is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n 540073231). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
38
2028
10. Check the drum wiring connector (CN50 [p/n 5400K0190]) for cracks; replace it if necessary. 11. Check for corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). 12. Check for an open fuse (F2) on the main CB. Packed or binding toner may cause this fuse to blow. 13. With a multimeter, check for zener diode failure on the drum carriage. Enter the 47 mode, address 02, and press the print button. A value of -600 to -800V DC should be read across the diode. 14. Verify that all ozone filters (p/n 540073050) have been replaced during preventive maintenance. 15. Troubleshoot HV(B) (p/n 540084022) for arcing and proper grounding by checking for loose screws along the grounding path for the HV(B). Replace the unit if necessary. 16. Verify the drum ground: a. Clean the drum shaft and flanges. b. Apply conductive grease sparingly (see Technical Bulletin #45). c. Ensure the charging ground plate (p/n 540020310) is making good contact. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0600510EN* Solution Usage 32
Description DF305, J62 . Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The entrance sensor (PS302) is not adjusted to the correct voltage or has failed. To check/adjust PS302, perform the following: a. Adjust VR1 to 0.3V DC using CN906-7 and TP3 (ground). b. Adjust VR1 on the RADF CB two graduations past the point where LED 1 lights. If unable to adjust or the problem persists, ensure that the reflector plate (p/n 048040100) is attached to the main bottom plate (p/n 048012030). If reflector is not missing or mispositioned, replace PS302 (p/n 016085550). 2. The feed system is not adjusted to specifications. Perform the following adjustments illustrated in the DF305 service manual: a. Adjust the clearance of the original pressure plate and feed belt to 9mm. b. Adjust the original pressure plate spring tension to 220g with a 5mm plate deviation. c. Adjust the pressure of the double feed prevention roller to 250g. d. Stack 2 sheets of paper between the feed belt and the double feed prevention roller. e. Press the green lever on the underside of the RADF to release the driven roller. f. With a gram gauge slowly pull the bottom sheet from the bottom of the RADF. g. Adjust the double feed prevention height until the force required to pull the paper is 250g. Note: The adjustment pages of the service manual should have a revision level of at least 2/93. 3. The foam pad located in the center of the platen pressure plate (p/n 048040121) is worn. Replace the foam pad (p/n 048040520) and the platen pressure seat (p/n 048040510). 4. The original feed solenoid (SD301) has failed. Note: SD301 may have caused fuse F2 to open on the RADF CB. Replace SD301 (p/n 048082530). Replace the RADF CB (p/n 5670-9001) if F2 is open. 5. The mounting posts that support M301 may become broken or cracked due to vibrations that occur during shipment/transportation. All DF305 units within serial number range (048181365 through 048186490) must be inspected at the next PM or service call. Refer to [[DF305 Technical Bulletin #11|IMAGE v:\bitmaps\djc156.bmp SCROLL]] for details regarding inspection/repair for this symptom. To repair the motor mounts, perform the following: a. Install the collars (p/n U091-9630) to repair the cracked mounting posts. The instructions for the repair kit are included in the kit. The 5 minute epoxy required to install the metal collars must be purchased locally. b. Install the rubber holder part on top of the motor. I. Clean the underside of the metal cover (cover/B) and the top of M301 with alcohol. II. Remove the small adhesive strip from the bottom of the rubber holder. III. Mount the rubber holder on the motor (adhesive strip from front to rear). IV. Position the motor so that the drive belts are perpendicular to the drive gear. V. Remove the large adhesive strip on the top of the rubber holder. VI. Carefully reinstall the metal cover (you get one chance). The metal cover and rubber holder will now support M301 and eliminate vibrations resulting in noise and misfeeding. Solution ID TAUS0600509EN* Solution Usage 31
Description ST206, J72. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The paper drags on the front side of the paper deflect plate (p/n 074045070). This is due either to incorrect zoning of the main body paper drawer or Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
39
2028
incorrect positioning of the deflect plate. The problem usually effects 8.5x11 paper only. Verify that the paper drawer is zoned correctly. If so, reposition the deflect plate by placing a stopper ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift the plate to the rear frame of the sorter. 2. The encoder sensor (PS206) and encoder disc are dirty. Clean PS206 and the encoder disc. 3. The home position sensor (PS203) has failed. The bins are in the home position but PS203 is not detecting that the bins are there. CN14-2 (PS203 input signal) on the sorter CB should read 5V DC when flagged. If necessary replace PS203 (p/n 074084030). 4. The staple guide bar is overdriving. Adjust the staple guide bar movement. See the ST206 service manual page 17. Ensure the guide bar home sensor (PS207) is not dirty. If so, clean PS207. Also verify the guide bar motor (M203) is not out of position. If necessary adjust the mounting position of M203. 5. CN6 on the sorter CB is loose, not allowing the signal to be input from the guide bar sensor (PS207). Reseat connector 6 on the sorter CB. 6. CN7 on the sorter CB is loose causing no input from the entrance sensor (PS204), and the conveyance sensor (PS205). Reseat CN7 on the sorter CB. 7. The conveyance motor (M201) is not operating. M201 runs in diagnostics but the two conveyance sensors do not sense a jam condition. CN7 on the sorter CB is damaged or obstructed. Clean, repair and reseat the connector. 8. The stapler jaws are jammed closed by jammed staples. Repair the stapler.
August 2011
40
2124/3032/3132/3290/320Z
Description No power. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Drum unit is not fully inserted into the machine. Reinsert the drum carriage completely into the machine. 2. Loose CN300 on DCPS resulting in no AC to DCPS. Reseat CN300. 3. No DC output voltage from the DCPS at CN7. AC input at CN300 is OK. Replace the DCPS (p/n 340284032). Solution ID TAUS0612317EN* Solution Usage 10
Description P51 at power up or in idle. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The front door is not closed completely. Close the front door completely. 2. No 24V DC to the AC driver board. The white wires on RL2-2 are placed on the wrong contacts following replacement of RL1 and RL2. Reposition the wiring to RL2. 3. The fuser temperature fuse (F2) has failed. Replace F2 (p/n 4500-5430). Solution ID TAUS0601071EN* Solution Usage 9
Description DF301, J65. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Main CB failure. PS305 (original reverse detecting) changes from HI to LO at CN23-5 on the main CB, but it does not operate internally as verified in 47 mode, code 64. Replace the main CB (p/n 4502-9071) or (p/n 5302-9070 [3290M]). 2. The DF ground strap is disconnected causing static to build up. Reconnect the ground strap. 3. A faulty ADF DB was causing the improper operation of the DF301. After cleaning and verifying the operation of all photosensors and that all voltages are present on the ADF DB, replace the ADF DB (p/n 108087050). Solution ID TAUS0601800EN* Solution Usage 9
Description P71 at power up. No sorter is installed. Solution CAUSE: The sorter was recently removed and the hardware dipswitches on the main CB were left ON. SOLUTION: Turn off hardware dipswitches 2 and 3 on the main CB when no sorter is attached. Solution ID TAUS0601420EN* Solution Usage 8
Description F52. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Relay RL1 on the AC driver board will not energize. The 24V DC on the AC driver board is present. When RL1 is physically actuated, M8 and M10 will run but M1 will only hum with no movement. Replace M1 (p/n 4502-9010) and the AC driver board (p/n 450287101) or (p/n 530287100 [3290M]) as set. 2. There is no 24 V DC at the AC driver board CN201-1. This is caused by a loose pin on CN16. Reseat the connection at CN16. 3. No change of state from the encoder sensor (PS2) at CN 5-2. Clean or replace PS2. 4. Main motor (M1) or main CB failure. Determine whether M1 will turn ON in diagnostics, 47, output code 50. If the motor turns ON, check the M1 control signal at the MCB CN8-2. If no change of signal state replace the MCB (p/n 4502-9070). If M1 does not rotate, remove the main motor from the drive system and again turn on M1 in diagnostics 47 mode output code 50. If M1 does not rotate check the AC voltage at the ACDB. Measure across CN203 pins 6 and 8. In the 47 mode outpit code 50 the reading should be 0 prior to pressing the print button. Upon pressing the print button the AC V should read around 100 AC V. If the AC V is measured, M1 has failed. Replace M1, (p/n 4502-9010).
August 2011
41
2124/3032/3132/3290/320Z
Description How to program auto shut-off. Solution To program auto shut-off, perform the following steps: 1. Power the copier OFF. 2. Power ON the copier while holding down the 2 and 5 buttons. 3. Input 62 from the key pad. 4. Press the P key. 5. Input the desired data: 0 = no shut off 1 = 2 minutes 2 = 6 minutes 3 = 10 minutes. 6. Press the start/print key to set the changed data. 7. Turn the copier OFF/ON. Solution ID TAUS0605559EN* Solution Usage 6
Description How to adjust the projection lamp intensity (CVR). Solution To adjust the exposure intensity, perform the following: 1. Open the rear cover. 2. Locate the CVR board at the top center of the rear cover, to the left of the main CB. 3. Locate the variable resistor labeled V.ADJ on the CVR board. 4. Turn the machine power on. 5. Make a copy of the potential test chart (p/n 00VD-2002). 6. Adjust the variable resistor until the 0.1 blocks of the chart are not visible but the 0.2 blocks are. 7. Close the rear cover. Solution ID TAUS0600989EN* Solution Usage 5
Description The cooling fans continue to run more than 30 minutes after the copier is powered OFF. Solution CAUSE: The cooling fans generate electrical noise which effects the timing circuit for fan shut-off. SOLUTION: Install the surge killer kit (SE97-1440) as outlined in 3290 Technical Bulletin #4A . Note: This does not apply to the 3290M. Solution ID TAUS0602868EN* Solution Usage 5
Description P91 at power up. Solution CAUSE: The paper delivery section (exit) or the ADU unit is not fully inserted. SOLUTION: Verify that the paper delivery unit and ADU unit are fully installed. Solution ID TAUS0604420EN* Solution Usage 5
Description F41 or F42. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. PS5 (brake timing) sensor is not changing state. Verify PS5 operation using 47 mode, input code 32. If there is no change in state when PS5 is flagged, replace it (p/n 370085510). 2. A faulty optics drive motor (M2) caused the optics motor control board (M2CB) to fail leading to the failure codes. Ensure that all optics photosensors are clean and operating correctly. Ensure that 24V is present at CN77-1 and 5V at CN76-2 on M2CB. Replace M2 (p/n 340080081). If problem persists, replace M2CB (p/n 3400-7370).
August 2011
42
2125
Description How to program auto shut-off and 1:2 mode default. Solution For 1:1 default, set 25 mode, P55 to 1 (minimum level 12.0 EPROM required on the main CB). Auto shut-off can be disabled by a Konica trained technician if this mode represents a hardship for the customer due to their particular usage patterns. To defeat auto shut-off for a model 2125, perform the following steps: 1. Install EPROM (p/n 212512-14.6) in the main CB at IC2. Note: EPROM (p/n 212513-14.0) must be installed at IC3. 2. Set 25 mode, P62 to: 3 = 120 minute auto shut-off 4 = 240 minute auto shut-off 5 = NO auto shut-off The limitations of this firmware are outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #13 . Small size originals will be detected as 8.5x11. The auto reset function will not occur if the sorter is selected. The APS adjustment, 47-99, has been eliminated. Note: If the machine resets to the default settings after installing the correct firmware and programming the 25 mode as listed above, reseat the two EPROMs and the memory IC. EPROM history hyperlink . Solution ID TAUS0600716EN* Solution Usage 102
Description Blank copies and/or F28 occurring while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The T/S unit is dirty and arcing. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean it thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor [separation bridge]). Slightly stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure that there is proper contact. If necessary, rebuild the corona unit with new redesigned parts as outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #15 . 2. High resistance between the corona wire and HV unit. Measure the resistance between each corona wire and contact spring. Readings should be below 12+. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605), if cleaning it did not resolve the problem. 3. The transfer ground springs (located on the underside of the ground plate [p/n 540026071]) are dirty or deformed. Reform the spring so that the proper contact is made with the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Also, that ensure no corrosion has built up on the electrode guide plate. Sand the buildup away with emery paper to ensure good ground path contact. 4. The spark arrestor mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is dislodged. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrestor mylar sheet is positioned correctly and shows no sign of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a steel pocket ruler. Clean the guide plate with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrestor mylar sheet and the underside of the plate. 5. If the corona currents are set incorrectly, set the corona currents to specification. Refer to [[2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #7| IMAGE V:\bitmaps\djc019.bmp SCROLL]. 6. Pinched wiring to CN5 on the main CB. Repair and reposition the wiring harness. 7. The high voltage terminal block is arcing. If any arcing is evident, or an old style block (black) is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n 540073231). 8. Cracked drum wiring connector (CN50) located on the rear frame of the copier. Replace the connector (p/n 5400K0190) if it is damaged. 9. Corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Clean or replace the guide plate. 10. If F2 on the main CB is open due to packed or binding toner. Verify that M6 (toner motor) is not shorted or binding. Perform a resistance check to the motor (approximately 41 ohms). Replace F2 fuse. 11. Zener diode failure. Check the zener diode located on the drum carriage for failure by using the 47 mode, code 02. Carefully measure across the zener diode. A value of -600 to -800V DC should be read. 12. Poor HV(A) or HV(B) unit ground. Install star washers at all grounding points. 13. Cold solder joint in HV(A). If no image is present on the drum, check R26 on HV(A) for cold solder joints. 14. HV(A) or HV(B) failure. Check the corona currents to verify Charge, transfer and separation corona current output. Replace HV(A) (p/n 540084012) if no Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
43
2125
charge is measured or HV(B) (p/n 35AE84020) if transfer or separation currents are not measureable. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0603890EN* Solution Usage 74
Description The lead edge half of copy is faded. The remainder of the copy has proper density. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Failed electrode input connector (white block) and possible HV(B) failure. Replace the electrode connector (p/n 540073231). Then replace HV(B) (p/n 35AE84020] if necessary. 2. The charge correction board ground plate is not making full contact with drum shaft. Reform the ground plate and insure proper ground to the charge correction board. Solution ID TAUS0602423EN* Solution Usage 66
Description How to reset an F86 code. Solution F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps: 1. Install a new (or empty the) waste toner collection box . 2. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON). 3. Enter 94 using the key pad. 4. Press the start/print key. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode. Solution ID TAUS0604327EN* Solution Usage 45
Description F43 or F55. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. CN29 is not fully connected on the CVR board. Reconnect CN29. 2. Poor connection the the paper feed restart sensor (PS4). Verify PS4 using the 47 mode, input code 38. Inspect the connections and wiring from PS4 to the main CB. Replace PS4 (p/n 540085510) if necessary. 3. A loose pin on CN391. CN391 is a 6 pin connector using only 5 pins it located on the left side of the operation panel. This connector is part of the AC loop connecting the main switch, interlock switches and main relay (RL1). Ensure all pins on CN391 are fully seated. 4. Relay 1 failure. Ensure that there is 24V DC between the red and blue wires on the relay to energize the coil. If the relay is energized, there should be 115V AC hot measured from each black wire on the relay to the AC neutral. Replace RL1 (p/n 540088460). 5. After optics reset at power up, L1 stays ON. This causes L1 to open and F2 on the ACDB to open. The F55 is then displayed. Remove the fuser unit and ensure that it is moving freely and that the main drive is rotating freely. Replace L1 (p/n 25BA83010) and F2 with a properly rated 3.15A fuse. 6. CVR failure. Check the L1 FB signal at the main CB CN28-1. The signal should be HI in idle mode with power applied. If the signal is LO, the CVR is dragging down the 5V DC from the main CB. Replace the CVR (p/n 540083510). 7. Open exposure lamp (F43 code ONLY). Verify by removing L1 and checking it for continuity. Replace the exposure lamp (p/n 25BA83010). Note: Install L1 with the end that has the manufacturer's label toward the front of the main body, and the sealing tip (nipple) pointing away from the reflector, toward the paper exit side. Solution ID TAUS0603637EN* Solution Usage 43
Description Light copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. At installation, if the CVR is set to a low data value (00 or 01) and the baffles are closed significantly, the CVR can be adjusted to compensate. As a temporary countermeasure, perform the following: a. Clean locking material, on the CVR board, from VR1; access 36 mode, code 80, PRINT; set P5 (CVR data) to 64. b. Reset the drum counter. c. Place meter leads, on the CVR board, between CN393-3 (gray) and CN393-1 (black). d. Access 47 mode, code 00, PRINT. e. Turn VR1 until 57V AC is indicated on the meter. CCW to decrease; CW to increase. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
44
2125
f. Power off and lock VR1. Note: If the adjustment does not change the copy quality, replace the CVR board (p/n 540083510). 2. The PTL lamp is ON. The PTL should only be ON in extremely high humidity environments or copy quality problems will occur. To turn the lamp OFF, set 25 mode, P11 to 0. 3. 16lb paper is the main paper source. 20lb paper is OK. If 16lb paper is the main source, then set transfer and separation currents to the lower value, but stay within specification. Transfer -90 30A DC (do not go below -60) Separation 305 30A AC (do not go below -275) Note: Setting these values lower will adversely effect the performance of 20lb and higher. 4. No toner addition during copy cycle or in diagnostics (47 mode, output code 01). The drum carriage is not completely inserted. Reseat the drum carriage and inspect CN50 (rear of the machine) and CN12 (below the operation panel, above the toner hopper) for proper connection. 5. No toner addition during copy cycle. The toner motor (M6) operates normally in diagnostics. Debris is covering PS1 or it failed. Inspect and clean PS1. If the problem persists, replace PS1 (p/n 540088040). 6. Incorrect toner was added to the copier. Purge the developing/toning system and add the correct supplies. 7. The developing bias is out of adjustment. Adjust the developing bias to -150V DC. To adjust the bias, perform the following: a. Adjust the bias shift level to LO by pressing the P key and the 0 key at the same time. b. Power the machine OFF. c. Connect the positive lead of the multimeter to CN65-1 and ground (TP6) of the main CB. d. Set the multimeter range to read 200V DC. e. Use 47 mode, output code 10. f. Adjust VR1 on the main CB to achieve -150V DC. g. Press the Stop/Clear button. h. Power OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode. Solution ID TAUS0602902EN* Solution Usage 42
Description F23 while copying. Solution CAUSE: The toner hopper is binding. SOLUTION: Verify that the agitator plate assembly (p/n 5400-3322) is attached to the toner agitator shaft (p/n 540032171). To verify that the motor and main CB are operational, remove the toner motor from the drive gears. Then, check the operation using the 47 mode, code 01, to spin the motor. Caution: If the toner in the hopper is stirred with a screwdriver, the agitator plate assembly can become dislodged. If this occurs, the hopper will function normally for a while before binding reoccurs. Solution ID TAUS0603226EN* Solution Usage 41
Description ST102, J32 or J72. Accordion jam occurs at the sorter entrance. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Fuse F1 on the sorter CB and fuse F4 on the main CB (28V DC) are open. If either fuse is open check M201 for binding. If necessary replace M201 (p/n 197580011). 2. The sorter entrance guide plate is deformed, interfering with the paper. Reform the guide plate. 3. The paper pass detect photosensor (PS201) is dirty, misaligned or requires adjustment. Clean PS201 (located in the bottom of the sorter frame cavity) and adjust while in idle mode: a. Turn VR3 fully clockwise (LED 1 should be off or dim). b. Then turn VR3 counterclockwise until LED 1 lights. c. Adjust VR3 scale two gradations past the point where the LED lights. If the adjustment cannot be performed (no change of state), replace PS201 (p/n 059085510) and LED201 (p/n 059085530). 4. Damaged sorter bins. If the bin mounting clips break, the (paper) bracket guides (p/n 059046110) will not covey paper into the individual bins. Replace the damaged sorter bins (p/n 059046160) Note: To remove the bins, lift them up in front before pulling them out; this releases the clips. 5. Erroneous data in memory. Perform memory reinitialization ( 47 mode, code 92). Caution: Drum and PM counters; CVR, registration and lead edge deletion data will be set to initial values. 6. Model 2130 EPROMs are installed. Feed timing is affected, as well as sorter operation. Replace EPROMs with those for the model 2125. If problems Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
45
2125
remain, replace the main CB (p/n 35AE-9010). 7. The drive motor speed is not set correctly. To adjust M201 (ST102 only) speed, use 47 mode, code 70. Set the voltage between TP7 and TP1 to 1.55V DC 0.5. To increase the motor speed turn VR2 clockwise. 8. If the paper speed appears to slow down as the copy enters the bins, the conveyance system may be binding which causes the drive motor (M201) to labor, resulting in IC13 on the sorter CB to heat up and possibly fail. Confirm that the vertical conveyance belt and drive belt are not too tight and check for binding in the sorter conveyance system: With power OFF, rotate the conveyance motor by hand and check for binding or varying tension and repair. If necessary, replace the sorter CB (p/n 0590-9011; p/n 0590-9011 (ST102A)) and M201 (p/n 197580011) AS A SET. Ensure that no drive system binds exist prior to replacement. Solution ID TAUS0600704EN* Solution Usage 28
Description Corona current specifications. Solution MODEL 2125 drum currents: Charge (-680 30A DC) Transfer (-90 30A DC) Separation (305 30A AC) 2125/2130 corona currents adjustment chart. Solution ID TAUS0600885EN* Solution Usage 25
Description ST205S, J72. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Sorter drive system binding or PS202 set incorrectly. Adjust PS202 per ST205/205S Technical Bulletin #5A. Clean and lubricate the bushings in the main drive system. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications. 2. Sorter CB dipswitches are set incorrectly. Set the sorter CB dipswitches to: 1-1 ON; 2, 3, 4 OFF.
August 2011
46
2130
Description How to program auto shut-off and 1:2 mode default. Solution For 1:1 default, set 25 mode, P55 to 1 (minimum level 13.0 EPROM required on the main CB). Per. 2125/2130 Technical bulletin 2. Auto shut-off can be disabled by a Konica trained technician if this mode represents a hardship for the customer due to their particular usage patterns. To defeat auto shut-off, perform the following steps: 1. Install EPROM (p/n 213012-15.5) in the main CB at IC2. 2. Set 25 mode, P62 to: 3 = 120 minute auto shut-off 4 = 240 minute auto shut-off 5 = NO auto shut-off The limitations of this firmware are outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #13 ,. This EPROM must be used with 213013-15.0 at IC3 on the main CB. Small size originals will be detected as 8.5x11. The auto reset function will not occur if the sorter is selected. The APS adjustment, 47-99, has been eliminated. EPROM history hyperlink . Solution ID TAUS0600717EN* Solution Usage 45
Description Blank copies and/or F28 occurring while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The T/S unit is dirty and arcing. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean it thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor [separation bridge]). Slightly stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure that there is proper contact. If necessary, rebuild the corona unit with new redesigned parts as outlined in 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #15 . 2. High resistance between the corona wire and HV unit. Measure the resistance between each corona wire and contact spring. Readings should be below 12+. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605), if cleaning it did not resolve the problem. 3. The transfer ground springs (located on the underside of the ground plate [p/n 540026071]) are dirty or deformed. Reform the spring so that the proper contact is made with the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Also, that ensure no corrosion has built up on the electrode guide plate. Sand the buildup away with emery paper to ensure good ground path contact. 4. The spark arrestor mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is dislodged. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrestor mylar sheet is positioned correctly and shows no sign of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a steel pocket ruler. Clean the guide plate with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrestor mylar sheet and the underside of the plate. 5. The corona currents are set incorrectly. Set the corona currents to specification. Refer to 2125/2130 Technical Bulletin #7 . 6. Pinched wiring to CN5 on the main CB. Repair and reposition the wiring harness. 7. The high voltage terminal block is arcing. If any arcing is evident, or an old style block (black) is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n 540073231). 8. Cracked drum wiring connector (CN50) located on the rear frame of the copier. Replace the connector (p/n 5400K0190) if it is damaged. 9. Corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). Clean or replace the guide plate. 10. If F2 on the main CB is open due to packed or binding toner. Verify that M6 (toner motor) is not shorted or binding. Perform a resistance check to the motor (approximately 41 ohms). Replace F2 fuse. 11. Zener diode failure. Check the zener diode located on the drum carriage for failure by using the 47 mode, code 02. Carefully measure across the zener diode. A value of -600 to -800V DC should be read. 12. Poor HV(A) or HV(B) unit ground. Install star washers at all grounding points. 13. Cold solder joint in HV(A). If no image is present on the drum, check R26 on HV(A) for cold solder joints. 14. HV(A) or HV(B) failure. Check the corona currents to verify Charge, transfer and separation corona current output. Replace HV(A) (p/n 540084012) if no charge is measured or HV(B) (p/n 35AE84020) if transfer or separation currents are not measureable.
August 2011
47
2130
* Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0600697EN* Solution Usage 37
Description How to reset an F86 code. Solution F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps: 1. Install a new (or empty the) waste toner collection box . 2. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON). 3. Enter 94 using the key pad. 4. Press the start/print key. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 47 mode. Solution ID TAUS0603552EN* Solution Usage 34
Description How to add toner, 2130. Solution When adding toner, make sure toner cartridge has 2125, 2130, 3135, 4145, 4155 or 4255 (PCUA 947-228) 1. Remove the thin clear/pinkish plastic shield. 2. Insert cartridge as directed on label onto the toner hopper. 3. Pull the green slide toward you, away from the copier, this motion will unlock both the toner cartridge, and the toner box. 4. Tap on all sides of the cartridge (do not squeeze). 5. When a hollow sound is heard, slide green slide towards the copier, and remove the empty cartridge. 6. The empty cartridge can be discarded in the trash. Note: If the customer has difficulty moving the green toner lever when adding toner, remove the toner cartridge and place a small amount of pressure on the toner hopper inlet plate. While pressing the inlet plate, move the green lever away from its location. Advise customer to move the lever back and forth a few times before installing the toner cartridge. Solution ID TAUS0607674EN* Solution Usage 28
Description ST205S, J72. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The programming is incorrect. On the sorter CB, ensure that hardware dipswitch 1-1 is ON, and all other switches are OFF. In the 25 mode, ensure that software dipswitches P03, and P59 are set to 5. 2. The exit sensor (PS202) is out of adjustment. Perform the sensor adjustment. a. Power OFF the copier and remove the rear cover to expose the sorter CB. b. Check PS202 for dust or dirt; clean as required. c. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully clockwise. d. Set hardware dipswitches 1, and 2 to the ON position. Close all covers, including the lower linked interlock (MS203). e. Power ON the copier while pressing SW1 on the sorter CB. Press SW1 seven times; this will cause the indexer to begin to lower. When the indexer has reached the 11th, 12th, or 13th bin, press SW1 again to stop the lowering of the indexer. f. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully counterclockwise; LED A should be OFF. If not, block the LED 202 light path to PS202 with a piece of copy paper. g. Turn VR1 clockwise very slowly until LED A lights; then, continue turning one mark beyond that point. h. Reset hardware dipswitches 1 and 2, reinstall the rear cover, and check sorter operation to confirm that copies are properly fed to all 20 bins. 3. The sorter has a level 16 EPROM installed. Install the level 18 EPROM (p/n ST20563-18.0) on the sorter CB. 4. The conveyance shaft holders are dry, causing the shafts to bind. Clean and lube the conveyance shaft holders. 5. The indexer height is out of adjustment. Verify the indexer height , and retime the indexer pulleys (the timing belt may have jumped out of position). 6. The exit drive gear is worn and needs replacing. As a temporary countermeasure, remove the exit rollers attached to left side door. Replace the exit drive gear (p/n 048677080). Solution ID TAUS0602034EN* Solution Usage 19
Description F23 while copying. Solution CAUSE: Toner hopper binding. SOLUTION: Verify that the agitator plate assemby (p/n 5400-3322) is attached to the toner agitator shaft (p/n 540032171). To verify that the motor and main CB are operational, remove the toner motor from the drive gears. Then check operation using 47 mode, code 01, to spin the motor. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
48
2130
Caution: If the toner in the hopper is stirred with a screwdriver, the agitator plate assembly can become dislodged. The hopper will function normally for a while then the bind will come back. Solution ID TAUS0611958EN* Solution Usage 19
Description F54 at power up. Solution CAUSE: Main fan motor (M11) is binding (will not turn freely by hand). SOLUTION: Replace M11 (p/n 25AA80540). Solution ID TAUS0602468EN* Solution Usage 14
Description F55 at power up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Main CB EPROM is not seated properly. Reseat EPROM on the main CB. 2. Connection failure or corrosion build-up at CN51 to the main switch (SW1). Clean and repair the connector as necessary. 3. Loss of 24V DC from the DC power supply. Replace the DC supply (p/n 540084513). 4. CN28 on the main CB is loose. CN28 contains a zero cross reference signal that is interrupted. Reseat CN28 and verify copier operation. 5. Poorly seated CN69 on the ACDB, resulting in no 24V DC power supply to RL1. SOLUTION: To check CN69 on the ACDB, perform the following: a. Power the copier OFF. b. Remove CN69 from the ACDB. c. Ensure that all the pins for CN69 on the ACDB are straight and properly aligned. Then inspect CN69 on the wiring harness. Ensure that all the wires are properly attached to the connector. d. Reseat CN69 on the ACDB. Solution ID TAUS0604232EN* Solution Usage 14
Description DF305, J62. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. PS302 (entrance sensor) is not adjusted to the correct voltage. Adjust VR1 two graduations past the point where LED 1 lights. An alternate method is to adjust VR1 to 0.3V DC using CN906-7 and TP-3 (ground). 2. SD301 is not energizing due to a poor electrical connection on the RADF CB; causing the paper feed lift plate not to move. Reseat CN903-1 and 903-2 on the RADF CB. 3. The infeed guide plate is deformed. Reform the guide plate. 4. If the problem occurs as the last original is fed, the original feed set solenoid (SD301) has failed. Replace SD301 (p/n 048082530). 5. The mounting posts that support M301 may become broken or cracked due to vibrations that occur during shipment/transportation. All DF305 units within serial number range (048181365 through 048186490) must be inspected at the next PM or service call. Refer to [[DF305 Technical Bulletin #11|IMAGE v:\bitmaps\djc156.bmp SCROLL]] for details regarding inspection/repair for this symptom. To repair the motor mounts, perform the following: a. Install the collars (p/n U091-9630) to repair the cracked mounting posts. The instructions for the repair kit are included in the kit. The 5 minute epoxy required to install the metal collars must be purchased locally. b. Install the rubber holder part on top of the motor. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
49
2130
I. Clean the underside of the metal cover (cover/B) and the top of M301 with alcohol. II. Remove the small adhesive strip from the bottom of the rubber holder. III. Mount the rubber holder on the motor (adhesive strip from front to rear). IV. Position the motor so that the drive belts are perpendicular to the drive gear. V. Remove the large adhesive strip on the top of the rubber holder. VI. Carefully reinstall the metal cover (you get one chance). The metal cover and rubber holder will now support M301 and eliminate vibrations resulting in noise and misfeeding.
August 2011
50
2223
Description How to program auto shut-off and low power modes. Solution To activate auto shut-off, set 25 mode, address 20: 0 = ON 1 = OFF To program auto shut-off delay time, set 25 mode, address 62: 0 = 30 min. 1 = 60 min. 2 = 90 min. 3 = 120 min. With EPROM 2223138-18.1 installed on the main CB, the delay time can be programmed to 150 minutes by setting 25 mode, P19 to 5 (auto low power activates after 30 minutes of non-use) and P07 to 1 (adds 120 minutes to the original 30 minutes). [2223 Technical Bulletin #3] outlines the EPROM and associated enhancements. With EPROM 2223138-19.1 installed on the main CB, the delay time can be programmed to 240 minutes by setting 25 mode, P03 to 2 to add 210 minutes to the original 30 minutes. Restrictions: Version 19.1 EPROM must be used with 2223139-13.0 or higher. Notes: 1. Low power mode cannot be completely disabled. 2. When auto low power is activated, the copier requires approximately 30 seconds to come to ready. 3. Setting 25 mode, P07 to 1 also adds 120 minutes to the auto shut-off time programmed in 25 mode P62. For example, if P62 is set to a 3, and P07 to a 1, then the auto shut off time has been extended to 240 minutes. 4. 18.1 & 19.1 version EPROMs are the only versions that include the time extensions for the low power mode. 5. This solution identified as a common problem by Phillip d'Ayral, Konica BT Miami. EPROM history hyperlink . Solution ID TAUS0605017EN* Solution Usage 84
Description How to program small original detection. Solution To program small original detection, perform the following: 1. Switch copier OFF. 2. Access the 25 mode (hold down the 2 and 5 keys simultaneously while powering the copier ON), P45 to 'x' (where 'x' is the desired default). 2. Enter the desired data: 0 = 8.5x11R selected with small original 1 = 5.5x8.5 selected with small original 2 = 8.5x11 selected with small original 3. Press the Copy button to enter the data change. 4. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. Solution ID TAUS0604990EN* Solution Usage 70
Description F26 at power up or following the TDS adjustment (L-detect). Solution CAUSE: Toner was added before performing L-detect during new machine setup. See 2223 Technical Bulletin #1 . SOLUTION: To prevent F26 error codes, perform the following: 1. Access the 47 mode (press the 4 and 7 keys simultaneously while powering the copier ON), output code 40 (approximately 3 minutes) to allow the excess toner in the TDS area to mix with the developer. 2. If F26 reoccurs, replace the developer (PCUA 947226) and perform the L-detect adjustment again (47 mode, output code 51). Note: L-detect must be performed before adding toner at new machine setup or toner addition will occur during the adjustment, resulting in a F26 code. Solution ID TAUS0611703EN* Solution Usage 57
Description Intermittent F28 and blank copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. High voltage arcing. To eliminate the source of arcing: a. Inspect the T/S corona, front and rear blocks. b. Extend the HV contacting springs (front) and the contacting springs at the rear of the T/S assembly (grounding). c. Clean the contact points on the front T/S block (p/n 25HA45031) and replace if necessary. d. Ensure that the transfer guide plate (p/n 25HA-4561) is not bent and excessively close to the transfer wire. The left edge of the plate should be 16mm above the inside bottom of the corona shell.
August 2011
51
2223
2. The corona currents are not set to specification. To adjust the corona currents, perform the following: a. Remove the T/S corona unit and drum carriage. b. Close the clamshell and cheat the front interlock switch. c. To adjust the charge current, connect the special red meter lead to the second of four HV contact springs from the right. d. Connect the black lead to frame ground. e. Set meter to A DC. f. Access the 47 mode (hold down 4 and 7 at power ON), output code 02. g. Press START/PRINT, adjust VR1 to -500A DC. h. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 3rd HV contact spring (transfer) from the right. i. Enter output code 03 and adjust VR2 to -450A DC. j. Press STOP/CLEAR; connect the special red meter lead to the 4th HV contact spring (separation) from the right. k. Set meter to A AC. l. Enter output code 04 and adjust VR3 to 500A AC. Notes: I. A special red meter lead with an in-line 10Mohm resistor (p/n LX15-0020) must be used in substitute of the standard red meter lead. A standard black meter lead is still used for ground (GND). II. VR1, VR2 and VR3 are to the left of the separation corona spring recessed in 3 small holes located the front frame. VR1 is in the left hole, VR2 is in the right hole, and VR3 is the lower hole. 3. Multiple devices on the same AC source. Instruct the end user concerning powerline problems and the need for a dedicated line. 4. Loose connection from the main CB to the high voltage unit. Reseat CN10 on the main CB and verify that 24V DC is present at CN10-1, 8V DC is present at CN10-3. During the copy process, voltage at CN10-3 should drop to 0V DC. Solution ID TAUS0605497EN* Solution Usage 54
Description How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 2223. Solution To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON). 2. Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator). 3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero. 4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately. Solution ID TAUS0604881EN* Solution Usage 48
Description J93 when duplexing. Paper jams at the entrance to the duplexer. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the main body drive gears is not in contact with the ADU drive. Open the ADU access cover and verify that the inner conveyance changeover roller shaft turns when using diagnostics (47 mode, code 40). If not, check the drive train. Note: On the main body rear cover there are 3 small drive gear covers which prevent drive between the main body and the drawer base. Remove drive gear covers (A), (B), and (C). Refer to the DB307 installation instructions, pg. E-2, step 2 under Installation Procedure. 2. Incorrect 25 mode data setting. In an attempt to program ECM mode, the 25 mode, address P05 data is changed. The 2223 is not equipped with ECM mode. Set 25 mode, P05 to 5. If this address is set to a different value, ADU feed timing is affected, resulting in J93 codes. Solution ID TAUS0605084EN* Solution Usage 37
Description How to program ECM, 2223. Solution The model 2223 does not have ECM capabilities. The 2223 non-volatile memory capacity is not sufficient enough to incorporate this function. The 25 mode addresses 72 to 79 are not used on the 2223 for the ECM Master Key Code, but are used to program a Master Key Code for access to the Service Control Operation mode (technician function only). Solution ID TAUS0617564EN* Solution Usage 37
Description 2223T, after installing a coin vending system and changing the message language selection to French, using the 25 mode, address 14, with EPROM level C1-11 35EX and C2-12 35EX installed in the machine [P81 BOURRAE DE PAPER] (remove paper jam) is displayed while the machine is in the idle state. If Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
52
2223
money is inserted at this time, the machine will initiate a copy cycle. Proper message should read INSERRE MONNAIE (insert coin) during the idle state. Solution CAUSE: Firmware bug. SOLUTION: Install the 2223T special ROM for French language correction, which is available on the Konica web site (2223t-13.exe), access KBT's Home Page (http://www.koniccabt.com). Solution ID TAUS0612089EN* Solution Usage 35
Description Sorter conveyance unit information. Solution Install the 1015 paper conveyance unit (PCUA 947119) when installing a sorter on a 2223 with a pedestal stand or a DB607 (LCT+PFU). The DB107 (ADU) and DB307 (ADU+LCT+PFU) have a paper conveyance unit included. If the conveyance unit is lost prior to installation, it must be built from individual parts as the assemblies are not available. The only solution in this situation is to refer to the DB107/307/607 parts catalog and order the individual parts for each assembly. Contact part number information at 1-800-825-5664 ext 2649 for assistance. The difference between the two paper conveyance units is that the 1015 conveyance unit is front gear drive and the 2223 conveyance unit is rear gear drive. Solution ID TAUS0614599EN* Solution Usage 34
Description 2223T, P81 at power up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Key counter is enabled in the 25 mode. To disable the key counter in the 25 mode, perform the following: A. Access the 25 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 2 and 5 keys), P5 to 2, then press START PRINT. B. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: The model 2223T is pre-configured to accept a coin box attachment through a connector located on the lower, rear cover of the copier. If a coin box is not installed, a P81 code will occur. 2. The model 2223T is pre-configured to accept a coin box attachment through CN77-A, which is located on the rear of the machine. The P81 code will be eliminated after inserting CN77-B (p/n 26AA90270) into CN77-A. The CN77-B connector is the standard key counter loop connector found in all Konica copiers.
August 2011
53
2230
Description Intermittent jam position 7 with incorrect lead edge registration. Solution CAUSE: A dirty or worn paper feed connecting roller and/or shaft regulator. SOLUTION: Clean or replace (with new-style) the paper feed connecting roller (p/n 40AA45252) and/or shaft regulator (p/n 40AA45411). The paper feed connecting roller is the 6.75" long, gray roller visible when the top right-side door of the copier is opened. The new-style paper feed connecting roller and shaft regulator are installed in production machines beginning with serial number 35FE03900. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #11 for additional information. After cleaning/replacing the feed parts, perform the lead edge timing adjustment. To adjust the image lead edge timing, perform the following: 1: Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 3 and 6 keys). 2. Use the arrow buttons to select [2: Timing Adjustment Mode]. 3. Press the OK key. 4. Use the arrow buttons to select [4: Image Lead Edge Adjustment]. 5. Press the OK key. 6. Use the Next button to select the mode to be adjusted (normal, double, or book copy). 7. Enter the setting value (-99 to +99) with the quantity setting keys. Use the Stop/Clear button to enter a negative value. 8. Press the OK button. 9. Press the Test button to switch to the basic copy screen for test copies. 10. Press the Stop/Clear button while pressing the P button to return to the Image Lead Edge Adjustment screen. 11. Repeat steps 6 through 9 until the adjustment is accomplished. 12. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode. Solution ID TAUS0605190EN* Solution Usage 23
Description ST103 cannot be mounted on a plain stand. Solution CAUSE: There are no cut outs in the side of the original plain stands (PCUA 947-439) to accomodate the ST103 (PCUA 947-145) brackets. SOLUTION: The stands have been modified to accomodate this sorter. The modified stands can be identified by a red dot on the stand shipping box. All stands in boxes labeled 2230/2330/3240/3340 copier stand have also been modified. If a non-modified base was received, contact Order Processing at x2267 and explain the situation. This will be handled as a part mispick. Note: Stands without a red dot on the box can be used for all applications except for the installation of an ST103. Solution ID TAUS0605460EN* Solution Usage 23
Description How to disable 1:2 mode, auto shut-off and auto low power mode defaults. Solution To set 1:1 mode as the default: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press 1: Initial settings. 3. Press 1: Copy settings and press the OK key. 4. Use the arrows to select 1:1 and press the OK key. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual. To program auto shut-off mode: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key. 3. Press the up arrow key twice to access 3: auto shut off timer and press OK. 4. Choose from 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. To eliminate the auto shut-off feature: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key. 3. Press the down arrow key once to access 25: Auto shut off setting and press OK. 4. Choose ON or OFF and press OK. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual. The auto low power mode cannot be disabled, however it can be set to a 240 minute default. To program auto low power mode: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key. 3. Press the down arrow key once to access 2: Auto low power timer and press OK. 4. Choose from 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
54
2230
5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual. Solution ID TAUS0605903EN* Solution Usage 17
Description How to program platen default paper sizes. Solution To program the machine to default to a specific paper size (APS and AMS turned OFF) when the RADF is lifted, perform the following: 1. Access the key operator mode (power ON, while pressing the OK key) 2. Scroll (using the arrow keys) to [8: Memory switch setting] and press the OK key. 3. Scroll (using the arrow keys) to [11: Platen APS] and press the OK key. 4. Press either arrow key until OFF is displayed, then press the OK key. 5. Power the machine OFF to exit the help mode. 6. Access the 25 mode (power the copier ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys). 7. Select [1: Software switch set mode?] and press the OK key. 8. Scroll to, and set the software dipswitches as the follows (press the OK key to enter the new data): 6-0 to 1 (platen APS switching to 8.5x11); 6-0 to 0 for 5.5x8.5R 8-1 to 1 (no AMS selection when APS released) 9. Set software dipswitches 8-4, 8-5 and 8-6 to select the tray with the paper size you desire. Use the matrix below to determine which values to input to select a specific tray. DIPSW TRAY 8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 0: No preference 8-4 to 0 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 1: Bypass tray 8-4 to 1 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 0: Tray 1 8-4 to 0 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 2 8-4 to 1 8-5 to 1 8-6 to 0: Tray 3 8-4 to 0 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 4 8-4 to 1 8-5 to 0 8-6 to 1: Tray 5 10. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. Solution ID TAUS0611356EN* Solution Usage 14
Description Intermittent F34-x, F35-x and F36-x during operation. Solution CAUSE: The PFU DB is damaged, causing erratic fuser error codes and TH1 to intermittently open. On the PFU DB there are tray size detect switches which receive vibration from the paper feed tray during copier operation. CN44 of the PFU DB and the connector terminal of the main wiring contact each other due to the vibration, resulting in contact failure and possible connector damage. SOLUTION: Replace the PFU DB (p/n 40AA-9060). Notes: 1. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #13 . 2. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0605494EN* Solution Usage 12
Description How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 2230. Solution To clear fuser codes, perform the following steps: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machne OFF, hold down the 2 and 5 keys and power the machine ON). 2. Select 1: Software switch set mode? and press the OK key. 3. Set the software switches as follows (press the OK key to enter the new data): 3-5 to 0: resets F34 code 3-6 to 0: resets F35 code 3-7 to 0: resets F36 code 4. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately Solution ID TAUS0612496EN* Solution Usage 11
Description F10-1 at power up. Solution CAUSE: CN11 on the main CB is not fully seated and/or a wire has backed out of the connector. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
55
2230
SOLUTION: Verify that the wires are properly installed and the connector is fully seated. Solution ID TAUS0605452EN* Solution Usage 10
Description How to program ECM, 2230. Solution To program ECM mode: 1. Enter the 25 mode. 2. Select 7: Password setting and press OK. 3. Select 2: ECM master key code and press OK. 4. Enter an 8 digit master code and press OK. 5. Press F4 (previous screen) to complete setting. Turn the unit OFF. 6. Enter the Key Operator mode by pressing the OK button while turning the machine on. 7. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK. 8. Use the up and down arrows to go to desired function (i.e. Password setting, Count limit setting, and Count reset). 9. After the settings are complete, turn the unit OFF/ON to access normal operating mode. Note: The key operator MUST set the COUNT/LIMIT setting to a value, otherwise the "please enter ECM password" message will be displayed immediately after the password was entered. To enable/disable ECM after the above procedure is completed perform the following: 1. Access the Key Operator Mode by pressing the OK button while powering up the copier. 2. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK. 3. Select 4. ECM ON/OFF setting and press OK. 4. Select either OFF or ON, press OK, then PREV (previous). Solution ID TAUS0606339EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Please load paper in tray 1 message displayed. The tray is filled with paper. Solution CAUSE: The contact detect actuator is damaged, inhibiting the paper detect actuator (p/n 40AA40073) movement. SOLUTION: Remove the paper feed assembly and replace the contact detect actuator (p/n 40AA40082). CAUTION: After reinstalling a repaired or new PFU, perform the following: 1. Power the copier OFF. 2. Withdraw all trays of the main body and drawerbase. 3. Access the 47 multimode (power the main switch ON while pressing 4 and 7 simultaneously), output code 21, press P-01-P. 4. Press the START PRINT button. 5. Wait for a few seconds, and then press the STOP/CLEAR button. 6. Using the numeric keypad, press P-03-P. 7. Press the START PRINT button. 8. Wait for a few seconds, and then press the STOP/CLEAR button. 9. Power the main switch OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode. This adjustment ensures that the motor drive is properly aligned and meshed. Note: To prevent any damage, carefully handle the paper detect actuator. Solution ID TAUS0608526EN* Solution Usage 9
Description Universal paper tray is indicating metric sizes. Solution CAUSE: The destination code dipswitches in the 25 mode are set incorrectly. SOLUTION: Set the 25 mode dipswitches for USA destination: 2-7 = 0 3-0 = 0 3-1 = 0 3-2 = 1 Notes: 1. Metric sizes can be run through the machine, however A4 and A4R will appear as 8.5x11 and 8.5x11R in the LCD display. To program trays for metric paper, select 25 mode, Tray size setting and press OK. Select the required tray using the F1 (tray) button. Select the required paper size using the F2 or F3 button. A4 and A4R paper are the only available metric paper selections. 2. The destination code must be set for USA.
August 2011
56
2230
August 2011
57
2330
Description How to disable 1:2 mode, auto shut-off and auto low power mode defaults. Solution To set 1:1 mode as the default: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press 1: Initial settings. 3. Press 1: Copy settings and press the OK key. 4. Use the arrows to select 1:1 and press the OK key. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual. To program auto shut-off mode: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key. 3. Press the up arrow key twice to access 3: auto shut off timer and press OK. 4. Choose from 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. To eliminate the auto shut-off feature: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key. 3. Press the down arrow key once to access 25: Auto shut off setting and press OK. 4. Choose ON or OFF and press OK. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual. The auto low power mode cannot be disabled, however it can be set to a 240 minute default. To program auto low power mode: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key. 3. Press the down arrow key once to access 2: Auto low power timer and press OK. 4. Choose from 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual. Solution ID TAUS0606335EN* Solution Usage 47
Description PLEASE CLOSE TOP LEFT SIDE COVER message at power up. Cover is closed. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The rear portion of the paper exit actuator (p/n 40AA46040) is dislodged. This six-sided actuator is on the end of a black plastic shaft located on the lower guide (p/n 40BA48040) of the upper paper exit cover (p/n 40BA48010). When correctly positioned, it sits beneath the white paper exit driving gear (p/n 40AA77270). To reposition the paper exit actuator perform the following: a. Power OFF the copier. b. Open the left side door after removing the catch tray or sliding the sorter away from the main body. c. Carefully bend the black plastic shaft while inserting the dislodged end into a small hole on the upper paper exit cover. This hole can be seen when viewed from the front of the copier. d. When the actuator is in position, close the left side door, reinstall the catch tray or slide the sorter up to the main body of the copier. e. Power ON the copier. Note: After a fuser jam is cleared, the upper paper exit cover is able to close even if the fuser release plate (p/n 40AA53050) remains open. As the cover is closed, the fuser release plate contacts the lower guide portion of the upper paper exit cover. Either the paper exit actuator dislodges or the actuator shaft breaks. The design of the entrance guide plate (p/n 40BA48272) has been modified to prevent this. The serial number cut-in is 35GE03351. A countermeasure part, plastic spacer kit (p/n 40BAK0010), is available for older style machines. Two (2) spacers are packaged in each kit. The old style entrance guide has two cut out slots at the top. The spacers are positioned in each corner of the guide, in line with the slots. They attach to the exit guide by removing the sticky-back paper. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #10A for additional information. 2. Paper is jammed behind the left side cover. Remove the jam. Solution ID TAUS0611773EN* Solution Usage 33
Description How to program ECM, 2330. Solution To program ECM mode: 1. Enter the 25 mode. 2. Select 7: Password setting and press OK. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
58
2330
3. Select 2: ECM master key code and press OK. 4. Enter an 8 digit master code and press OK. 5. Press F4 (previous screen) to complete setting. Turn the unit OFF. 6. Enter the Key Operator mode by pressing the OK button while turning the machine on. 7. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK. 8. Use the up and down arrows to go to desired function (i.e. Password setting, Count limit setting, and Count reset). 9. After the settings are complete, turn the unit OFF/ON to access normal operating mode. Note: The key operator MUST set the COUNT/LIMIT setting to a value, otherwise the "please enter ECM password" message will be displayed immediately after the password was entered. To enable/disable ECM after the above procedure is completed perform the following: 1. Access the Key Operator Mode by pressing the OK button while powering up the copier. 2. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK. 3. Select 4. ECM ON/OFF setting and press OK. 4. Select either OFF or ON, press OK, then PREV (previous). Solution ID TAUS0605623EN* Solution Usage 30
Description How to program paper tray sizes. Solution To program paper tray sizes, perform the following procedure: 1. Access the 25 mode (turn machine ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys). 2. Select #2, PAPER SIZE SETTING MODE, press OK. 3. Select the tray to be programmed, (i.e. tray 2 is the first tray below the universal tray) and press OK. 4. Use arrows to select desired size, and press OK. 5. Repeat steps 3 & 4 for additional trays. 6. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. Solution ID TAUS0606364EN* Solution Usage 30
Description PLEASE LOAD A4 (or B4 or 8.5x11R) message when using APS through the ADF or platen glass. Solution CAUSE: The destination code dipswitches in the 25 mode are set incorrectly. SOLUTION: Set the 25 mode dipswitches for USA destination: 2-7 = 0 3-0 = 0 3-1 = 0 3-2 = 1 To program trays for metric paper, select 25 mode, Tray size setting and press OK. Select the required tray using the F1 (tray) button. Select the required paper size using the F2 or F3 button. A4 and A4R paper are the only available metric paper selections. Note 1: Metric sizes can be run through the machine, however in AMS mode the image will reduce to 97% if metric paper is copied onto from an identicle sized metric original. Note 2: The destination code must be set for USA. Solution ID TAUS0606899EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Erratic LCD operation. Lines on the display. Solution CAUSE: Faulty connection on the LCD. SOLUTION: Replace theLCD board (p/n 35FE-7102). Note: This problem has been corrected in production machines beginning with s/n 35GE05001. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #6 for additional information. Solution ID TAUS0606305EN* Solution Usage 25
Description How to clear a fuser failure code (F34, F35, F36). Solution To clear fuser failure codes, perform the following: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
59
2330
1. Power the copier OFF. 2. While pressing both the 2 and 5 keys, power the copier ON. The memory setting mode menu will appear with 1. Software switch set mode displayed. 3. Press OK. 4. Press the up and down arrows to display the correct software dipswitch setting for the jam code: dipswitch 3-5 for F34, dipswitch 3-6 for F35, or dipswitch 3-7 for F36. 5. Press on/off to change the dip switch data from 1 to 0. 6. Turn the copier off then on to exit the 25 mode. Solution ID TAUS0606624EN* Solution Usage 24
Description How to add toner, 2330. Solution To add toner, perform the following: 1. Vigorously shake the new toner cartridge, then remove the flexible outer cap (if present). 2. Open the copier front door, and pull toner unit out 90 degrees to the right. 3. Invert the toner cartridge over the unit with arrow pointing toward you, inserting it to the rear then to the front, until it is fully seated within the toner hopper. 4. Press down on rear of cartridge and slowly slide the toner release lever fully toward you to release toner, then move the lever back and forth a few times alternating with Step 5. 5. Tap cartridge several times to free the toner, until cartridge is empty. 6. Remove and discard empty cartridge. 7. Push toner unit back to original position. 8. Close the copier front door. The procedure above is outlined on a decal located inside the front door of the machine. The User's Reference Guide maintenance, and supplies section explains how to add toner. Note: Toner is very fine plastic powder, if toner gets on clothing, brush it off. DO NOT rub forcefully or use any liquid to remove toner from clothing, the toner may permanently fuse to clothing. Solution ID TAUS0606117EN* Solution Usage 23
Description The universal tray does not lift the paper or the copier does not recognize the universal cassette.. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The contact detect actuator or the paper detect actuator is bent or cracked causing it to remain in the tray upper limit detecting photosensor (PD1), falsely detecting that the paper has lifted. Remove the paper feed unit (p/n 40AA-4000) to inspect the contact detect (p/n 40AA40082) and paper detect (p/n 40AA40073) actuators. Replace either, if cracked or malformed. 2. The paper regulating (L) plate is broken where the upper, middle, and lower paper detect actuators make contact. Replace the paper regulating (L) plate (p/n 40AA47105). CAUTION: After reinstalling a repaired or new PFU, perform the following: 1. Power the copier OFF. 2. Withdraw all trays of the main body and drawerbase. 3. Access the 47 multimode (power the main switch ON while pressing 4 and 7 simultaneously), output code 21, press P-01-P. 4. Press the START PRINT button. 5. Wait for a few seconds, and then press the STOP/CLEAR button. 6. Using the numeric keypad, press P-03-P. 7. Press the START PRINT button. 8. Wait for a few seconds, and then press the STOP/CLEAR button. 9. Power the main switch OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode. This adjustment ensures that the motor drive is properly aligned and meshed. Note: To prevent any damage, carefully handle the paper detect actuator. Solution ID TAUS0606583EN* Solution Usage 23
Description PLEASE UNLOAD DUPLEX TRAY message when a duplex mode (1:2 or 2:2) is selected. Solution CAUSE: Paper remains in the ADU. SOLUTION: To clear the message, perform the following: 1. Pull out the drawer labeled ADU. 2. Pull up on the ADU top cover (bright green decal designates area to hold when lifting the cover). 3. Remove paper. 4. Lower the ADU cover and push in the ADU drawer.
August 2011
60
2330
August 2011
61
2560 Print System

Description How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program. Solution Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program . Items that can be returned : bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C351/C450/C450P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C300/C352/C352P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C451/C550/C650 Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box Items that cannot be returned : Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500. Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On PagePro 1100 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1200/1250 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1300 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 4100 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 6 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 8 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 12 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 18 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 20 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 25 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 1060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2560 Series Toner Cartridge Color Printers/All-In-Ones magicolor 330 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2200/2210 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
62
2560 Print System

magicolor 2300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2500 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 3100 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 3300 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 5400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 7300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black Color PageWorks Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802920EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Reloading Staples on the 2560 Print System (2560_op_7_7-9.htm) Solution Solution Number: 2560_op_7_7-9 Last Updated: 03/21/01
Reloading Staples on the 2560 Print System The following instructions apply to both the stacker/stapler/hole punch and the mailbox/stapler/hole punch. 1. Press the knob on the stapler unit well door to open the door. The well door is located on the upper-right side of the stacker/stapler/hole punch or mailbox/stapler/hole punch. 2. Using the green handle, pull the stapler unit out of the well. 3. While pressing down the green lever, pull out the staple cartridge. 4. Remove the empty staple clip from the staple cartridge. 5. Load a new staple clip into the staple cartridge, and carefully peel off the seal. 6. Insert the new staple cartridge into the stapler unit until it clicks into place. 7. Align the arrows, and firmly push the stapler unit down into the well. 8. Press and turn the knob to lock the cover.
Solution ID
TAUS0804237EN*
Solution Usage
Description Installing the Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 PostScript Printer Description (PPD), on the 2560 Print System for use with the Microsoft driver. Solution Pre-installation Notes : 1. During this install, you will prompted for you Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 CD-ROM to retrieve files. Please have this CD-ROM readily available before beginning this setup procedure. 2. If you are printing in a parallel environment, make sure that the parallel cable is less than 10 feet long (6 feet recommended) and that cable is in good working order and is securely connected to your PC and printer. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
63
2560 Print System

Installation Instructions : 1. Download the 2560nppd.exe driver file for use with the Windows NT 4.0 (Intel) Level 2 printer driver from the Corporate Web Site. These instructions assume that you will be installing to an Intel machine. If you have an Alpha machine or a PowerPC, you will download the PPD (PostScript Printer Description) for your particular platform. 2. Create a folder on your NT 4.0 PC on the desktop and name it driver. 3. Copy the file 2560nppd.exe into C:WINNT\PROFILES.....\DESKTOP\driver. After the file has been copied to the new folder, double-click 2560nppd.exe to extract the driver within the folder. At this point, we are ready to begin the driver installation using the Microsoft Printer Add Wizard. 4. At the desktop, with all applications closed, go to the Start menu, select Settings, then Printers. 5. Select Add Printer. 6. Select My Computer and Next. (see image below) To simplify these instructions, we will point the driver to LPT1. Instructions for printing over the network will be provided after the driver installation is complete in the Related Documents section. 7. Choose LPT1 from the list of available ports then select Next (see image below). 8. Choose Have Disk... (see image below). 9. At this point, type in the path to the driver that was previously downloaded (see image below). 10. You can also select the Browse button and browse to your downloaded driver (see image below). 11. Once the downloaded driver is located, the Oemsetup file will appear in the Locate File window. Click on the Open button (see image below). 12. The Install From Disk dialogue box will appear indicating the path that the PC will use to install the driver. Select the OK button. (see image below) 13. In the Add Printer Wizard dialogue box, the 2560 printer will be made available for you to select. Either highlight the printer by selecting on it and click on the Next button, as shown in the image below, or double click the printer in the list and you will advance to the next step. 14. Once the printer has been selected, the Add Print Wizard will prompt you to name the printer. You can use the default printer name, or you may assign it a name of your choice. Once a printer name has been selected, you can set the printer to be the default printer for the PC you are installing the driver too. The default setting is No. Select the OK button (see image below). 15. The Add Printer Wizard will prompt you whether to share the printer on the network. At this time, take the default Not shared and select the Next button to continue (see image below). Sharing the printer over the network will be addressed at the end of this driver installation procedure in the Related Documents section. 16. The Add Printer Wizard will prompt you to print a test page. - If you are printing parallel to your printer and you have a parallel cable hooked from your PC to your printer, select Yes at this point, then select the Finish button - If you are printing on a network or the printer is not hooked directly to the computer you are installing this driver on, select No then the Finish Button. (see image below) 17. Once the driver begins to load, the Files Needed dialogue box , as shown below, will appear requesting a file from your Windows NT 4.0 CD-ROM. Place this CD-ROM into your PC. 18. Once the NT 4.0 CD-ROM has been placed in your computer, browse to the CD-ROM, and go to the I386 folder and select OK. (see image below) 19. The Add Printer Wizard at this point will go to your NT 4.0 CD-ROM and install the necessary files to your PC. The installation at this point is complete if you are printing Parallel. Related Document(s): Configuring the LPR (Line Printer Requester)Port for network printing in Windows NT 4.0 environment Sharing a printer from Windows NT
Solution ID
TAUS0801791EN*
Solution Usage
Description How to change the printer name.
August 2011
64
3035
Description F43 while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The optics temperature fuse is open. Replace the fuse (p/n 540088412). 2. The L1 terminals are not making proper contact with the lamp. Reinstall the lamp, and ensure that there is good contact from the terminals. Verify that the lamp pressure spring (p/n 540061690) is not broken or detached. 3. Loose hardware has dropped into the optics area, and is causing the optics to stop short of the restart/brake sensor (PS5). Remove any loose hardware from the optics area. 4. The optics cable and spring are worn preventing the optics unit from reaching home. Replace the cable (p/n 540061111) and spring (p/n 540061480). Note: If the cable and spring were replaced recently, ensure that the optics positioning jig is used (p/n 00M6-1-00). 5. The glass stopper plate assembly is malformed, and the exposure unit is contacting it. See 3035 [[Technical Bulletin #33| IMAGE V:\BITMAPS\JRC071.BMP SCROLL]. Order the new style glass stopper plate assembly (p/n 5400-6363), and scale plate assembly (p/n 0481-1201). 6. The optics slide shaft holder has dislodged from the main reflector base assembly. This causes the lamp assembly to bind on the optics shaft. Reposition the optics slide shaft holder. 7. F43 intermittently. Faulty/binding toner motor (M6). Ensure there is no binding in the toner hopper and toner hopper drive gears. Replace toner motor. There is a new toner motor kit available (p/n 5400-K120). Order the new style toner motor cover also (p/n 540032191). See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 . 8. The optics cable, optics shaft, and optics bushings are worn. Replace the optics cable (p/n 540061111), optics shaft (p/n 540061090), and the optics bushings (p/n 540076042). 9. The machine has an old style AC driver board. Upgrade the AC driver board to the new style (p/n 5400-9085). The new style is identified by the letter T on IC2. The new style boards were put into production starting with s/n 542224652. 10. The optics drive motor (M2) has failed. Inspect the optics drive motor for sluggishness or binding. Replace M2 (p/n 540080020) as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0600800EN* Solution Usage 89
Description How to program ECM, 3035. Solution To program the ECM, perform the following: 1. In the 25 mode, enter the 8-digit master key code starting at address P72 through P79. Valid data is 0 through 9 at each address, press the start print button to enter the new data. 2. Set 25 mode, P05 (ECM limit features) based on key operators request. 0: ECM disabled. 1: ECM enabled (no stop at limit). 3: ECM enabled (natural stop at limit). 5: ECM enabled (forced stop at limit). 3. In the standby mode, hold down P then press 9, then enter your Master Key Code. Then, access the following setting modes to perform ECM functions: 1: Password Set. Create up to 20 5-digit individual passwords, from 01 to 20. 2: Limit Copy Count. Limit copy count for each password to a maximum of 999,999 copies. 3: Read Copy Count. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
65
3035
Read the current copy count for each password. 4: Account Reset. Reset the copy count and copy limit for all passwords or selected passwords. Solution ID TAUS0600961EN* Solution Usage 68
Description AD205, J94 or J95. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The changeover gate is not open. The spring for the gate solenoid (SD503) has fallen off. Replace the spring (p/n 048642240). 2. The changeover gate is binding and the copies feed back into the ADU stacker. Verify the operation of the gate solenoid (SD503) in the 47 mode, output code 84. Ensure the changeover gate does not bind. 3. The ADU motor (M501) is running too slow. Replace M501 with the new style motor (p/n 460080031). 4. The paper feed motor (M3) is running too slow. Replace M3 (p/n 5400-4071). 5. The conveyance roller is worn. Replace the conveyance roller (p/n 048645010). 6. There is insufficient pressure against the ADU conveyance roller. Adjust the conveyance roller. See AD205 Techncial Bulletin #5 adjustment to increase the spring pressure equally on both sides of the roller, to provide optimum paper drive. Note: Use this skew
7. Stray light is entering from the left side where the main body meets the drawer unit. This gap allows excessive light to shine on the photosensors. Use some form of weather stripping to block the light, or relocate the machine away from the direct light source. 8. The changeover gate is binding against roller (A) (p/n 048645120). Reform the gate to ensure it does not touch roller (A) when it is in the closed position. Solution ID TAUS0600962EN* Solution Usage 63
Description ST206, J72. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The paper drags on the front frame side of the paper deflect plate (p/n 074045070). This is caused by either incorrect zoning of the paper drawer, or incorrect positioning of the deflect plate. The problem usually affects 8.5x11 paper only. Verify the paper drawer is zoned correctly. If so, reposition the deflect plate by placing a stopper ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift the plate to the rear frame of the sorter. 2. The bin timing is incorrect. See page 23 of the ST206 service manual third edition dated October 1993 for the bin timing (lead cam position) adjustment. 3. The guide bar home position sensor (PS207) has failed. Ensure that the guide bar moves freely, and flags the sensor. If no change of state from the sensor, replace the sensor (p/n 074084030). 4. The conveyance motor encoder (PS206) has a poor connection. Reseat CN29 on PS206. 5. The stapler does not cycle to the nonstaple position. There is intermittent contact of the stapler positioning switch (MS206). Ensure that MS206 is actuating properly. 6. The lower limit sensor flag is loose. Retighten the sensor flag. 7. The flag which actuates the cam position sensor (PS202) is not turning. The flag should turn with the cam. Repair as necessary. 8. Error only when feeding from the DB201. There is a timing problem between the drawer base and the main body. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #16 . Adjust VR1 on the PFU drive board as necessary. 9. There is a poor connection on the sorter CB for the bin home position sensor (PS203). Reseat all the pins on CN14 on the sorter CB. 10. The rollers on the non-sort conveyance shaft are worn. This causes paper to hesitate when feeding into the bin(s). Replace the non-sort conveyance shaft (p/n 074045100). As a temporary countermeasure, cover the worn rollers with electrical tape cut to the proper width. 11. The guide bar and lower guide arm are missing from the sorter, therefore the guide bar home position sensor (PS207) is not actuated at power up. Replace the missing components related to the guide arm. See page 10 of the ST206 parts catalog. 12. The bin shift interlock (MS204) switch is actuated, this switch detects if the bin unit binds. The switch is located directly above the front helical cam. Perform the MS204 adjustment. Loosen the two adjusting screws, and adjust the switch so the distance between the switch (not the actuator) and the front Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
66
3035
cam holder is 2.5mm. 13. The stapler interlock switch (MS205) is faulty. The J72 may not occur until after the first copy has been sorted. Replace MS205 (p/n 074085020). 14. The sorter conveyance drive motor (M201) has failed, which can damage the sorter CB. Replace M201 (p/n 074088050), and the sorter CB (p/n 074089020) at the same time. 15. The sorter DCPS has failed. There is no 24V DC output. Replace the sorter DCPS (p/n 074089030). 16. The sorter CB has failed. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 074089020). 17. CN34 located on the base of the sorter, which is the power supply and logic control interface to the guide bar swing action motor (M203), is not firmly seated. To check CN34, perform the following: a. Power the copier OFF. b. Remove the splineguide cover (p/n 074042180), on the base of the sorter to gain access to CN34. c. Disconnect the female and male ends of CN34. Ensure that all pins are firmly inserted into the connector and that the female connector ends are properly shaped to provide firm contact with the male connector ends. d. Reseat CN34 together. Power the copier ON and check the guide bar swing action motor for proper operation. Solution ID TAUS0600605EN* Solution Usage 59
Description F41 or F42. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. There are poor electrical connections on the AC driver board for the optics motor (M2). Reseat CN63 and CN35 on the AC driver board. If necessary insert a meter lead into the pins to ensure good connections with the pins on the board. 2. F41 at the start of print cycle. The scanner does not move from the home position. The optics drive pulley (p/n 540061130) set screw, has backed away from the drive shaft on M2. Manually move the exposure unit until the set screw is visible in the drive pulley. Tighten the set screw, and test operation in the 47mode, output code 31. 3. The machine has an old style AC driver board. Check the AC driver board for T (modified version). This eliminates reverse motor voltage feedback. Order the new style board (p/n 5400-9085). 4. The optics does not actuate the reversing timing sensor (PS4). The optics cable was installed without using the optics jig. Use the optics jig (p/n 00M6-1-00) when replacing the cable. 5. The AC driver board and/or the optics motor (M2) has failed. Replace the AC driver board, (p/n 5400-9085) and the optics drive motor (p/n 540080020). 6. Fuse F3 on the AC driver board is open. Check the optics motor (M2) for binding and for any shorting to ground. Replace F3 (3.15A) (p/n E64311-11). 7. The optics drive shaft is warped. Replace the optics drive shaft (p/n 540061090). 8. Failed optics drive motor (M2). Replace M2 (p/n 540080020). Note: The optics scanner will slam to one side when operated in the 47 mode (hold down the 4 and 7 keys at power up), output code 31. Solution ID TAUS0600534EN* Solution Usage 58
Description Intermittent blank copies. Solution Perform the steps necessary to correct the problem: 1. Order the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if motor kit is installed. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 . 2. Remove the transfer/separation corona unit and clean it thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor [separation bridge]). Slightly stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure proper contact. 3. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between each corona wire and its corresponding contact spring. The readings must not exceed 12 ohms. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #17A . 4. Verify that the transfer ground springs (p/n 540026071) located on the underside of the ground plate, are formed so that the proper contact is made with the guide plate (p/n 540045331). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
67
3035
5. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrester mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is positioned correctly and shows no sign of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a steel pocket ruler. If reusing the guide plate, clean it with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrester mylar sheet and the underside of the plate. 6. Set the corona currents to specification. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #86 . 7. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2607) if cleaning it did not resolve the problem. Replace the worn components. Front block (p/n 5400-2613) rear block (p/n 5400-2620) front spark arrestor (p/n 540026053) transfer discharge plate (p/n 540026031) separating bridge (p/n 540026111) discharge wires (p/n 540026080). Caution: Do not use these parts on machines that have been modified according to the developing unit modification program introduced in Technical Operations Bulletin #A23 & D14 dated 12/19/95. Use only the parts listed in those bulletins. Mod kit T/S corona unit (p/n M400-2605), Mod kit front block (p/n M400-2610). 8. Check CN5 on the main CB. Ensure that the wiring is not pinched. 9. Check the terminal block for signs of arcing. If any arcing is evident, or an old style block is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n 540073231). 10. Check the drum wiring connector CN50 (p/n 5400K0190) for cracks; replace it if necessary. 11. Check for corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). 12. Check for an open fuse (F2) on the main CB. Packed toner may cause this fuse to open. 13. With a multimeter, check for zener diode failure on the drum carriage. Enter the 47 mode, address 02, and press the print button. A value of -600 to -800V DC should be read across the diode. 14. Verify that all ozone filters (p/n 540073050) have been replaced during preventive maintenance. 15. Troubleshoot the high voltage (B) unit (p/n 540084022) for arcing and proper grounding by checking for loose screws along the grounding path for the HV(B). Replace the unit if necessary. 16. If no image is present on the drum, check R26 on HV(A) for cold solder joints. Repair or replace as necessary. 17. Verify the center optics sensor (PS6) operation. Use the 47 mode, input code 35. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611488EN* Solution Usage 44
Description Light copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The main CB has failed. Check the toner motor control signal at CN8-B9 (gray wire) on the main CB. Use the 47 mode output code 01; the voltage should read 28V DC at idle, and drop to .6V DC when the start print is pressed. If there is no change of state, replace the toner motor and main CB (p/n 5402-9019) at the same time. Order the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 . 2. The H-cut plate is dirty. Clean the H-cut plate. 3. A high volume machine. Extensive testing has shown that when these models exceed 300,000 copies, there is a tendency for the surface of the magnet roller in the developing unit to become smooth. For dealers see Technical Operations Bulletin #D14 dated 12/19/95. For branches see Technical Operations Bulletin #A23 dated 12/19/95. See installation procedure. Note: Please look inside the cardboard tube in kit. The tube is not just packing material, but contains parts inside. 4. The toner hopper gears are worn. Replace the gears (p/n 540077410), (p/n 540077420), and (p/n 312077430). Ensure there is no binding in the toner hopper. 5. The copier is 4,000+ feet above sea level; this may contribute to poor copy quality. Order EPROM (p/n 303512-21.9). Note: This EPROM must be used with (p/n 303513-20.0). Set address 7 in the 25 mode to 0. Clean the corona wires, then check the currents. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #89A . 6. A loose ground and connector in the drum carriage is causing a bias problem which is allowing the developer to be pulled from the developing unit. Verify that all grounds are in place. Add a star washer if necessary. Verify that the bias connector on the developing unit is making proper contact with the bias pin. 7. CN5 on the main CB, which provides the power supply to the CEL, PTL, and toner density sensor (PS1), is not firmly seated. To check CN5 on the main CB, perform the following: a. Power the copier OFF. b. Remove CN5 from the main CB. c. Ensure that all the pins for CN5 on the main CB are straight and properly aligned. Then inspect CN5 on the wiring harness. Ensure that all the wires are properly attached to the connector. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
68
3035
d. Reseat CN5 on the main CB. Power the copier ON and check that the toner motor is energized during the copy cycle. Solution ID TAUS0600897EN* Solution Usage 43
Description No toner addition. M6 does not work in the 47 mode. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. CN8-B9 on main CB is not seated on both sides of connector. Ensure that CN8 is fully seated on main CB. 2. Check the control signal for the toner motor at CN8-B9 (gray wire) on main CB. Use the 47 mode output code 01, voltage should read 28V DC at idle, and drop to .6V DC when start print is pressed. If there is no change of state replace the toner motor and main CB (p/n 5402-9019) at the same time. Order the improved toner motor kit, (p/n 5400-K120). Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed. See 3035 Technical Bulletin #88 . Solution ID TAUS0600458EN* Solution Usage 41
Description Blank LCD. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Drive pulley (A) (p/n 540076531) is slipping on the lens motor (M7) shaft, or the timing belt (p/n 540077520) has fallen off and is lodged between the motor and pulley. An interim repair for a slipping drive pulley (A) is to apply a small amount of instant adhesive between the drive pulley and motor shaft. For a permanent repair, replace M7 with the new-style (p/n 25BA-7404). M7 must be used with the new-style adjustable drive plate assembly (p/n 5400-6321). In addition, a new motor cover mylar (p/n 35AE61990) has been established to prevent M7 from interfering with the cover of the door detect wiring. The mylar is placed onto the bottom of the motor. These newer parts can not be mixed with the original parts. They must be used as a set. Note: For more detail, refer to Parts Information Bulletin #81. 2. The 5V DC to the LCD needs adjustment. Adjust VR1 on the operation board.
August 2011
69
3135
Description How to reset an F86 code. Solution F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps: 1. Empty the waste toner collection box , or install a new collection box. 2. Power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON. 3. Enter 91 using the keypad. 4. From the keypad press P-02-P. 5. Press the start print button. 6. Press the stop/clear button. 7. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation. Note: If the box is emptied, ensure that the inside top portion is clean so that the toner collection level detector sensor will not give a false F86 indication. Solution ID TAUS0601075EN* Solution Usage 158
Description How to default to 8.5x11 for odd-size originals off the glass. Solution EPROMs are available to default odd-size originals off the glass to 8.5x11. Order (p/n 313512-20.0, 313513-22.1, 313514-22.1). See 3135 Technical Bulletin #48 . Solution ID TAUS0600132EN* Solution Usage 113
Description ST211, F77-2. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect programming of hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB. Ensure that all the switches are OFF for normal operation. 2. The circuit breaker on the sorter CB is open. Reset the circuit breaker on the sorter CB. 3. CN33 for the conveyance photosensor (PS206) is disconnected. Reconnect the connector. 4. The bin shift motor (M202) binds and causes ICP4 on the sorter CB to open. Test the operation of M202 with SW2/SW3 on the sorter CB. If M202 does not respond, check continuity across ICP4 (near CN15). If ICP4 is open, check bin movement to detect any binding, and repair as necessary. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500). 5. The bin unit has traveled past the home position sensor (PS203) and actuated the lower limit switch (MS203). Ensure that the EPROM IC2 on the sorter CB is level 10.0. If not order (p/n ST21162-10.0). Manually move the bin unit off the sensor, and test the sorter operation. 6. The fixed shaft is loose or the fixed roller is damaged, causing the bin unit to bind. This actuates the sort bin obstacle detection switch (MS204) over the front helical cam. Tighten the mounting screw (p/n 12FQ20510) for the fixed shaft, and/or replace the fixed roller (p/n 12FQ20380). Adjust MS204 if necessary. 7. The code occurs only when the bin unit has risen to bin 19 or 20. The bin unit upper limit microswitch (MS202) is out of position. It is getting actuated before the bin unit reaches the 20th bin. Reposition MS202 so it is not actuated when the bin unit is at the 20th bin. Caution: Do not position the switch too far away from the bin unit actuator. This switch prevents the sorter from overdriving; serious damage could occur. 8. The helical cams need lubrication. Lubricate the cams with Plas Guard*. Prior to lubrication, thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications. 9. The semicircle black actuator for the cam home position sensor (PS202) is out of position. The actuator is located beneath the rear helical cam. Position the actuator so that the semicircle side is against the frame, and parallel to it. 10. The sorter bins are not timed properly with the cam, or they are damaged and binding. Remove the bins and inspect for damage. Perform the bin/cam timing adjustment. 11. The sorter CB has failed. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500). 12. The stapler motor (M204) is binding. Attempt to manually rotate the stapler drive gears to ensure free movement. If necessary replace the stapler unit (p/n 12GQ21490). 13. CN15 on the sorter CB is not connected in the correct position resulting in loss of drive to M202 (bin shift motor). Reconnect CN15 on the sorter CB. Note: CN15 can be connected incorrectly by one pin in the up or down direction. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
70
3135
Description ST210, J72. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The gate solenoid (SD201) is out of adjustment. Perform the gate solenoid adjustment. a. Remove the sorter front cover. b. Remove the sorter top cover. c. Loosen the set screws for the solenoid. d. While holding the plunger in, position the solenoid so the clearance between the gate and the top guide is 2 0.3 mm. 2. The bushing behind the sorter conveyance motor (M201) is dirty. Clean the bushing behind the sorter conveyance motor. This bushing holds the drive shaft that runs front to rear. 3. M201 (conveyance motor) is binding, causing F2 on the sorter CB to open at power up. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FL87010) and M201 (p/n 037180010). 4. The exit detecting sensor (PS202) cannot be adjusted. Ensure there is no alignment problem between the exit detecting LED (LED202), and PS202. If the sensor still cannot be adjusted, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FL87010). 5. PS202 is dirty or out of adjustment. Clean PS202 (located in the bottom of the sorter below the two conveyance belts). To adjust PS202, perform the following: a. Remove the rear cover of the sorter exposing the sorter control board. b. Turn VR1 on the sorter control board fully counterclockwise. c. Enter the sorter test mode: I. Power the copier OFF. II. To enter the exit sensor adjustment mode, record the state of dipswitches 1 and 2, ensuring that they are both set to ON. III. With the sorter top cover open, power ON the copier while pressing PSW1 on the sorter CB. IV. Close the top cover and release PSW1. d. Press PSW1 twice. The indexer moves to the tenth bin. e. Rotate VR1 clockwise until LED1 is not lit. f. Rotate VR1 two divisions counterclockwise past the point where LED1 lights. g. Power the copier OFF. h. Return DIP switches 1 and 2 on the sorter CB to their original position. i. Power the copier ON. 6. The flanges on the lower paper exit roller (p/n 048644361) of the inversion unit are causing the copies to crease. This slows down paper conveyance timing. Remove the flanges from the paper exit roller. 7. The indexer is not horizontal with the bottom of the sorter. The indexer will then flag the upper limit sensor (PS205). Only the home position sensor (PS204) should be flagged in idle. Perform the indexer height adjustment. Refer to the third edition ST210 service manual page 18. 8. There is marginal contact of the linked interlock (MS203). Adjust the position of MS203. Ensure it is properly actuated. 9. The exit transmit guides and shafts (upper and lower) are worn or dirty. Clean or replace the the upper and lower exit transmit guides (p/n 037115010), and upper and lower exit transmit shafts (p/n 037115130). 10. The indexer home position sensor (PS204) or the indexer upper limit sensor (PS205) are faulty. Replace the sensors (p/n 037185010) as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0600810EN* Solution Usage 50
Description How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 3135. Solution To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON). 2. Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator). 3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero. 4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately. Solution ID TAUS0612180EN* Solution Usage 48
Description AD207, J15. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The copy paper contacts the paper retaining auxiliary plate (p/n 12EF42063) when entering the ADU stacker. This causes the paper to roll up in the stack Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
71
3135
tray. Reform the paper retaining auxiliary plate so the paper does not contact the plate as it enters the duplex stack tray. 2. The paper feed clutch spring (p/n 12EF40310) was installed incorrectly after cleaning. Reposition the clutch spring using the other hole of the stopper collar (p/n 190040540). 3. The last sheet of paper entering the ADU ends up on top of the hold down plate. The foam pad attached to the holder plate (p/n 12EF42192) is coming off; causing paper to catch on it. Tape the pad on, or replace the pad (p/n 12EF42233). 4. The paper guide plate (p/n 12EF42160) in the ADU is malformed slowing the paper down. This plate allows the paper into the ADU stacker. Reform the paper guide plate for proper operation. 5. A failed PS501 (paper passage detecting). The last sheet into the ADU stacker is on top of the paper feed pressure plate. Note: The problem may only occur when using the document feeder. Replace PS501 (p/n 070085510) which is located on the top left side, facing up. 6. Signal wire from PS503 (paper feed) is pinched between the front ADU cover and the frame. To check PS503 operation, perform the following: a. Access the 47 multimode (power the machine ON while holding down on the 4 and 7 keys), input code 82, press P-02-P. b. Actuate PS503 and look for a change of state on the control panel. c. If no change of state occurs, check the wiring to PS503 and see if it pinched between the front ADU cover (p/n 048610191) and frame ground. If there is no pinched wire, replace PS503 (p/n 070085510). Solution ID TAUS0600811EN* Solution Usage 43
Description How to disable platen glass APS. Solution APS off the glass can be defaulted to either 8.5x11 or 8.5x11R depending on the setting of P06 in the 25 mode. See Technical Bulletin #38A . Solution ID TAUS0602507EN* Solution Usage 41
Description Can the AMS/APS be disabled? Solution Firmware version 20.2 contains the programmable AMS/APS feature. Note: AMS/APS cannot be selected/deselected individually, either both options are on or off. APS off the glass will be defaulted to whatever size is selected (8.5x11, 8.5x11R). See 3135 Technical Bulletin #38A . Solution ID TAUS0600598EN* Solution Usage 33
Description DF306, J62 or P68. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The first set of conveyance rollers are turning too slow. Clean the shaft holders with alcohol, then lubricate shaft holders for the first set of conveyance rollers. 2. A non OEM double feed prevention roller is installed. Replace the double feed prevention roller (p/n 12ER40313). 3. The prefeed clutch (MC301) may bind causing undue stress to the original paper feed solenoid (SD301) mounting plate. This will break the two plastic bosses that secure the assembly in place. Ensure that MC301 is clean lubricated and operational to prevent repeat failure. 4. The original paper feed sensor (PS303) is ON. Verify the voltage at CN911-A5 on the RADF CB. With no paper present the voltage should read .9V DC, if it reads 5V DC, verify the connections and power to the sensor. If the checks are normal replace PS303 (p/n 12ER85511). 5. ICP3 on the RADF CB is open. Verify the 24V DC loads on the RADF. Replace any faulty loads; then replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ES-9012).
August 2011
72
3240
Description Intermittent F34-1 or F34-2. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Poor quality AC power being supplied to the copier. Ensure proper power requirements: a. 115V AC, 15A 10% b. An isolated ground with a dedicated line is strongly advised. c. Install a powerfilter device for added protection. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6771 for detailed information. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. Failed TH1 (temperature sensor). Check the voltage drop across TH1 at the PFUDB, CN44-A8 to CN44-A9. At a cold start, the voltage should measure about 4.8V DC. During warm up, the voltage should continue to drop and then stop dropping at about .48V DC when warm up is completed. Inspect the associated connectors at the rear of the fuser unit. Repair the connectors or replace TH1 (p/n 40AA88431) as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0607218EN* Solution Usage 19
Description F10-2 during the copy run when feeding from any paper tray. Solution CAUSE: Failed paper feed driving board. SOLUTION: Reseat CN32, CN33, CN38, CN37, and CN301 on the paper feed driving board. If problem persists, inspect the paper feed driving board for visible damage (i.e. cold solder joints or scorched components). Replace the paper feed driving board (p/n 40AA-9071) as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0611087EN* Solution Usage 11
Description DF309, jam position 13 and high pitched noise while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the belt regulating shaft holders (p/n 12QV45180) is out of position riding on top of the conveyance belt. Reposition the belt regulating shaft holder to the side of the belt and ensure that the belt tracks properly using 47 mode, code 60, multimode 04 to run the conveyance motor. 2. If the belt tracks to one side during diagnostic mode (above), check the original conveyance plate. The conveyance belt driven roller bearing holders may break due to a combination of excessive oil applied to the bearing and low temperatures. Refer to DF309 Technical Bulletin #1 . Note: New conveyance belt roller bearings have been installed on DF309 units above s/n 12QW16872. On DF309 units below s/n 12QW16873 perform the following procedure during setup: a. Remove the conveyance belt, and original conveyance plate (bottom). b. Remove the two bearings from the exit side conveyance belt roller. c. Thoroughly clean the bearings with alcohol. d. Reinstall bearings, plate, and belt. 3. The one-way drive gears are slipping on the regist driving roller shaft. This causes the roller to intermittently loose drive. The paper may have slightly folded or nicked areas at the lead edge when the jam occurs. Clean the one-way bearings and shaft with alcohol. Note: Refer to page 8 and 9, Item #'s 1, 18 and 19 in the DF309 Parts Catalog for location. Solution ID TAUS0605031EN* Solution Usage 9
Description The machine does not come to ready. The letter D is indicated in the upper left corner of the LCD. Solution CAUSE: The copier has shut down because the ADD TONER condition was present for more than 1500 copies. SOLUTION: Add toner (PCUA 947435) to the copier. If toner is not immediately available, the shut down cycle count can be extended by performing the following: 1. Enter the 25 mode (power the copier ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys). 2. Select [1: Software switch set mode?], and press the OK key. 3. Press the leftmost up arrow key three times, until 04 is displayed on the far left of the LCD. 4. Use the matrix below to determine which values to input at software dipswitches 4-2, 4-3, and 4-4 to control the shut down cycle count: 4-2 (Copy stop when ADD TONER is indicated): 0 - disabled (default); 1- enabled 4-3 to 00 4-4 to 00: 1500 copies 4-3 to 01 4-4 to 00 2000 copies 4-3 to 00 4-4 to 01 2500 copies 4-3 to 01 4-4 to 01 3000 copies Note: The D in the display is corrected by installing the latest EPROM level . With this EPROM installed, the display indicates the message TONER EMPTY/DO NOT COPY. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #7 for more detailed information. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
73
3240
Description Unable to adjust paper feed registration in 36 mode. Solution CAUSE: A failed optics driving motor (M2). SOLUTION: Replace the optics driving motor (p/n 40AA80020). Solution ID TAUS0607831EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Intermittent jam position 7 with incorrect lead edge registration. Solution CAUSE: A dirty or worn paper feed connecting roller and/or shaft regulator. SOLUTION: Clean or replace (with new-style) the paper feed connecting roller (p/n 40AA45252) and/or shaft regulator (p/n 40AA45411). The paper feed connecting roller is the 6.75" long, gray roller visible when the top right-side door of the copier is opened. The new-style paper feed connecting roller and shaft regulator are installed in production machines beginning with serial number 40AE00800. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #11 for additional information. After cleaning/replacing the feed parts, perform the lead edge timing adjustment. To adjust the image lead edge timing, perform the following: 1: Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 3 and 6 keys). 2. Use the arrow buttons to select [2: Timing Adjustment Mode]. 3. Press the OK key. 4. Use the arrow buttons to select [4: Image Lead Edge Adjustment]. 5. Press the OK key. 6. Use the Next button to select the mode to be adjusted (normal, double, or book copy). 7. Enter the setting value (-99 to +99) with the quantity setting keys. Use the Stop/Clear button to enter a negative value. 8. Press the OK button. 9. Press the Test button to switch to the basic copy screen for test copies. 10. Press the Stop/Clear button while pressing the P button to return to the Image Lead Edge Adjustment screen. 11. Repeat steps 6 through 9 until the adjustment is accomplished. 12. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode. Solution ID TAUS0607129EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Unable to complete the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment. The message may indicate COMPLETE after the adjustment has run for only a few seconds (the developer should be agitated for approximately one minute). Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The cleaning blade is not set in the correct position. Insufficient cleaning of the drum surface results, and the drum is coated with toner during the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment. Install the cleaning blade so that it contacts the drum and ensure correct operation. To reposition the cleaning blade perform the following procedure: a. Remove the drum carriage. b. Remove the two cleaning blade mounting screws. c. Lubricate the drum surface with setting powder or toner. d. Lower the cleaning blade against the drum surface. e. Install the mounting screws in the top holes. f. Physically drive the drum toward the developing unit. g. Perform the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment (see below) again. Note: If the IF voltage adjustment still does not run to completion, replace the developer. 2. Toner has deposited on the toner control sensor (TCS). Check the TCS (p/n 40AA-9181) on the drum carriage for toner contamination. Check for loose connectors or pins on the TCS (CN64), the drum carriage (CN60) and the main CB (CN43). Check for loose connectors on the toner control board and at the drum carriage. On the ADU DB, the voltage at CN43-B7 should read 0.4V DC. The voltage at CN43-B8 should read 3.7V DC. TONER CONTROL IF VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT Be sure to perform the following adjustment after adding developer to the developing unit: 1. While pressing the 3 and 6 keys simultaneously, power ON the copier. 2. Press the OK key. 3. Press the F3 (NEXT) key to display HV adj. (toner control IF voltage) on the screen. 4. Press the OK key. 5. Press the F2 (START) key. The copier will halt after the developing unit rotates for approximately one minute. 6. Power the copier OFF. Caution: The above adjustment should precede all others.
August 2011
74
3240
August 2011
75
3340
Description How to disable 1:2 mode, auto shut-off and auto low power mode defaults. Solution To set 1:1 mode as the default: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press 1: Initial settings. 3. Press 1: Copy settings and press the OK key. 4. Use the arrows to select 1:1 and press the OK key. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual. To program auto shut-off mode: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key. 3. Press the up arrow key twice to access 3: auto shut off timer and press OK. 4. Choose from 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. To eliminate the auto shut-off feature: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key. 3. Press the down arrow key once to access 25: Auto shut off setting and press OK. 4. Choose ON or OFF and press OK. 5. Turn the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual. The auto low power mode cannot be disabled, however it can be set to a 240 minute default. To program auto low power mode: 1. Access the key operator mode (hold the OK key and turn the copier ON). 2. Press the down arrow key once to access 8: Memory switch settings and press the OK key. 3. Press the down arrow key once to access 2: Auto low power timer and press OK. 4. Choose from 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120, 240 minutes and press OK. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the key operator mode. Refer to page 9-39 in the user's manual. Solution ID TAUS0611454EN* Solution Usage 91
Description PLEASE CLOSE TOP LEFT SIDE COVER message at power up. Cover is closed. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The rear portion of the paper exit actuator (p/n 40AA46040) is dislodged. This six-sided actuator is on the end of a black plastic shaft located on the lower guide (p/n 40BA48040) of the upper paper exit cover (p/n 40BA48010). When correctly positioned, it sits beneath the white paper exit driving gear (p/n 40AA77270). To reposition the paper exit actuator perform the following: a. Power OFF the copier. b. Open the left side door after removing the catch tray or sliding the sorter away from the main body. c. Carefully bend the black plastic shaft while inserting the dislodged end into a small hole on the upper paper exit cover. This hole can be seen when viewed from the front of the copier. d. When the actuator is in position, close the left side door, reinstall the catch tray or slide the sorter up to the main body of the copier. e. Power ON the copier. Note: After a fuser jam is cleared, the upper paper exit cover is able to close even if the fuser release plate (p/n 40AA53050) remains open. As the cover is closed, the fuser release plate contacts the lower guide portion of the upper paper exit cover. Either the paper exit actuator dislodges or the actuator shaft breaks. The design of the entrance guide plate (p/n 40BA48272) has been modified to prevent this. The serial number cut-in is 40BE04641. A countermeasure part, plastic spacer kit (p/n 40BAK0010), is available for older style machines. Two (2) spacers are packaged in each kit. The old style entrance guide has two cut out slots at the top. The spacers are positioned in each corner of the guide, in line with the slots. They attach to the exit guide by removing the sticky-back paper. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #10A for additional information. 2. Paper is jammed behind the left side cover. Remove the jam. Solution ID TAUS0612044EN* Solution Usage 69
Description Erratic LCD operation. Lines on the display. Solution CAUSE: Faulty connection on the LCD. SOLUTION: Replace the LCD board (p/n 40AE-7102). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
76
3340
Note: This problem has been corrected in production machines beginning with s/n 40BE07016. Refer to 2230/2330/3240/3340 Technical Bulletin #6 for additional information. Solution ID TAUS0604373EN* Solution Usage 58
Description PLEASE LOAD A4 (or B4 or 8.5x11R) when using ADF or platen glass APS. Solution CAUSE: The destination code dipswitches in the 25 mode are set incorrectly. SOLUTION: Set the 25 mode dipswitches for USA destination: DIPSW VALUE 2-7 0 3-0 0 3-1 0 3-2 1 Notes: 1. Metric sizes can be run through the machine, however A4 and A4R will appear as 8.5x11 and 8.5x11R in the LCD display. To program trays for metric paper, select 25 mode, Tray size setting and press OK. Select the required tray using the F1 (tray) button. Select the required paper size using the F2 or F3 button. A4 and A4R paper are the only available metric paper selections. 2. The destination code must be set for USA. Solution ID TAUS0604867EN* Solution Usage 54
Description Unable to complete the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment. The message may indicate COMPLETE after the adjustment has run for only a few seconds (the developer should be agitated for approximately one minute). Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The cleaning blade is not set in the correct position. Insufficient cleaning of the drum surface results, and the drum is coated with toner during the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment. Install the cleaning blade so that it contacts the drum and ensure correct operation. To reposition the cleaning blade perform the following procedure: a. Remove the drum carriage. b. Remove the two cleaning blade mounting screws. c. Lubricate the drum surface with setting powder or toner. d. Lower the cleaning blade against the drum surface. e. Install the mounting screws in the top holes. f. Physically drive the drum toward the developing unit. g. Perform the Toner Control IF Voltage adjustment (see below) again. Note: If the IF voltage adjustment still does not run to completion, replace the developer. 2. Toner has deposited on the toner control sensor (TCS). Check the TCS (p/n 40AA-9181) on the drum carriage for toner contamination. Check for loose connectors or pins on the TCS (CN64), the drum carriage (CN60) and the main CB (CN43). Check for loose connectors on the toner CB and at the drum carriage. On the ADU DB, the voltage at CN43-B7 should read 0.4V DC. The voltage at CN43-B8 should read 3.7V DC. TONER CONTROL IF VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT Be sure to perform the following adjustment after adding developer to the developing unit: 1. Access the 36 mode (while pressing the 3 and 6 keys simultaneously, power ON the copier). 2. Press the OK key. 3. Press the F3 [NEXT] key to display [HV adj. (toner control IF voltage)] on the screen. 4. Press the OK key. 5. Press the F2 [START] key. The copier halts after the developing unit rotates for approximately one minute. 6. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode. Caution: The above adjustment should precede all others. Solution ID TAUS0605173EN* Solution Usage 52
Description How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 3340. Solution To clear fuser codes, perform the following: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF, hold down the 2 and 5 keys and power the machine ON). 2. Select [1: Software switch set mode?] and press the OK key. 3. Set the software switches as follows (press the OK key to enter the new data): 3-5 to 0: resets F34 code 3-6 to 0: resets F35 code 3-7 to 0: resets F36 code 4. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately.
August 2011
77
3340
Description How to program ECM, 3340. Solution To program ECM mode: 1. Enter the 25 mode. 2. Select 7: Password setting and press OK. 3. Select 2: ECM master key code and press OK. 4. Enter an 8 digit master code and press OK. 5. Press F4 (previous screen) to complete setting. Turn the unit OFF. 6. Enter the Key Operator mode by pressing the OK button while turning the machine on. 7. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK. 8. Use the up and down arrows to go to desired function (i.e. Password setting, Count limit setting, and Count reset). 9. After the settings are complete, turn the unit OFF/ON to access normal operating mode. Note: The key operator MUST set the COUNT/LIMIT setting to a value, otherwise the "please enter ECM password" message will be displayed immediately after the password was entered. To enable/disable ECM after the above procedure is completed perform the following: 1. Access the Key Operator Mode by pressing the OK button while powering up the copier. 2. Select 3. ECM setting and press OK. 3. Select 4. ECM ON/OFF setting and press OK. 4. Select either OFF or ON, press OK, then PREV (previous). Solution ID TAUS0606099EN* Solution Usage 45
Description Varying lead edge registration. Solution CAUSE: A failed M2 motor. SOLUTION: Replace M2 motor (p/n 40AA80020). Ensure that other common causes of varying lead edge (the second paper feed clutch, the optics sensors, etc.) have been eliminated before replacing M2. Perform the lead edge timing adjustment after replacing the motor. To adjust the image lead edge timing, perform the following: 1: Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while pressing the 3 and 6 keys). 2. Use the arrow buttons to select [2: Timing Adjustment Mode]. 3. Press the OK key. 4. Use the arrow buttons to select [4: Image Lead Edge Adjustment]. 5. Press the OK key. 6. Use the Next button to select the mode to be adjusted (normal, double, or book copy). 7. Enter the setting value (-99 to +99) with the quantity setting keys. Use the Stop/Clear button to enter a negative value. 8. Press the OK button. 9. Press the Test button to switch to the basic copy screen for test copies. 10. Press the Stop/Clear button while pressing the P button to return to the Image Lead Edge Adjustment screen. 11. Repeat steps 6 through 9 until the adjustment is accomplished. 12. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode. Solution ID TAUS0604960EN* Solution Usage 42
Description ST216, code 77-00 when sorting. Solution CAUSE: The sorter indexer is out of alignment. SOLUTION: To properly adjust the indexer position, perform the following: 1. Power copier OFF. 2. Remove the front and rear covers. 3. On the sorter CB, set dipswitches SW1-1, SW1-2 and SW1-3 to the ON position. 4. Ensure both sorter interlocks are closed (PS208 and MS201). 5. On the sorter CB, press and hold PSW1 while powering ON the main body (code 70-00 will occur; this is normal). 6. Release PSW1, then press and release it one time. The indexer will lower to the adjustment position (approximately at the 4th bin). 7. Open the conveyance section. 8. Insert the indexer positioning shaft adjustment tool (p/n 7050K0020) into the access hole on the rear side frame of the sorter. The hole is located to the right of the conveyance door interlock switch (MS201). The shaft should be positioned under the indexer and into another hole in the front side frame. Note: The indexer positioning tool is the same tool used for optics alignment on the 7050. 9. Rotate the indexer motor encoder plate to lower the indexer until it contacts the adjustment shaft. 10. Loosen the fixed screw located on the front side of the indexer. 11. Slide the front of the indexer up or down until it is positioned parallel with the adjustment shaft. Retighten the indexer fixing screw. 12. Loosen the screw that secures the PS203 4-slot encoder plate and adjust the 4-slot encoder plate until LED 1 is lit. Retighten the encoder plate. Note: Either or both interlock sensor/switch (PS208/MS201) must be opened during this adjustment. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
78
3340
13. Remove the indexer positioning shaft and reset all 3 SW1 switches to the OFF position. 14. Power copier OFF/ON to return to the normal mode. Solution ID TAUS0612658EN* Solution Usage 41
Description F10-1 at power up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The operation LCD assembly has failed. Reseat CN11 and CN13 on the operation LCD assembly (on the operation panel) and inspect the wiring harness to ensure that no wires are pinched. If problem persists, replace the operation LCD assembly (p/n 40AE-7100). 2. A failed DCPS. Replace the DCPS (p/n 40AA84511).
August 2011
79
35C-4
Description Paper Test requirements. Solution
For initial test the dealer/branch must supply 1000 sheets of the media paper. Once the paper is received the ticket is transferred to ESS. If the initial test does not have any issues then a second test can be done. The dealer/branch must supply enough media to cover 1/3 of a PM cycle. There is a charge involved to cover labor and supplies. The dealer/branch will be notified byESS before the test to communicate the charges. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801765EN* Solution Usage 21
Description FS-xxx, first page not aligned properly/not stapled in stapled sets. Solution CAUSE:Static build-up onalignment plate which causes the first page to stick. SOLUTION:Wipe affected are with anti-static compound (Brillianize, Pledge, dryer sheet, etc.). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0656685EN* Solution Usage 12
Description C-C163 (CC163) at power up and the code cannot be cleared. Operation panel may be dimly lit. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. This error may occur afterflashing the MFP firmware. It signifies a ROM contents faultyerror due to incorrect or corruptedfirmware being installed. Reinstall thefirmware verifyingthat the firmware file and checksum corresponds to thecorrect machine. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 2. Early version base firmware installed. Please update firmware to most current base level available. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. bizhub C252 1. This error may occur intermittently afterreplacing PWB-MFP. It is possible the ribbon cable on PWB-MFP was not fully seated. Remove and reseat the ribbon cable on PWB-MFP. bizhub C300/C352 1.The DC Power Unit (DCPU) has failed. Replace the DCPU (p/n 9J06620101). bizhub C351/C450 1. This error may occur after replacing PWB-MC because the incorrect PWB-MC is installed. Install the correct PWB-MC (p/n 4037780402 for bizhub C351 and p/n 4037780303 for bizhub C450). bizhub C451/C550/C650 1. The PRCB ROM has failed. Replace the PRCB (p/n A00J H001 06) and reflash machine firmware. 2. Poorly seated connector on the PRCB board or failed PRCB board. Reseat all connectors on the PRCB board. Thoroughly, inspect CN12 of the PRCB board. Ensure all pins are straight and the connector is firmly attached to the board. Replace the PRCB (p/n A00J H001 06) as necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tom Kelly/Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD and Cesar Jimenez/Gregg Gallant/Ed Bellone/Gary Scimeca/Ted Young, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0630235EN* Solution Usage 11
Description Part number for the 128MB Compact Flash card which is used to install main body firmware.
August 2011
80
404/4090/6040
Description F22. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The charge corona cleaner is damaged. To reset the code set addresses 12 through 17 in the 25 mode to 0. This will clear the counter, repair the damage to the cleaner as necessary. 2. The charge cleaning drive wire is broken. Replace the charge cleaner drive wire (p/n 4600-2540). 3. The driver board has failed. Replace the driver board (p/n 4600-7320). Solution ID TAUS0601345EN* Solution Usage 26
Description F18 at power up. Solution CAUSE: Fuse F1 on the driver board is open, or the driver board has failed; due to a shorted lift tray motor (M9), or a pinched wire. SOLUTION: Replace the driver board (p/n 4600-7320), and M9, (p/n 460080050). Ensure the wires are not damaged. Tape the wires on M9 to protect them. See 4090 Technical Bulletin #7 , Solution ID TAUS0601350EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Erratic copy quality, normal to excessively light. Solution CAUSE: There is poor airflow through the machine, or the CVR board, and main CB may be faulty. SOLUTION: Verify the ozone filter replacement (every 100,000 copies) and the dustproof filter (every 200,000 copies) to ensure good airflow. Inspect CN24 on the drum carriage, and the female side inside the machine. Ensure there is no damage to the pins and they are clean. The CEL temperature sensor interfaces through this connector. If all checks are normal, replace the CVR board (p/n 460083510) and the main CB (p/n 4600-8510) at the same time. One board may be damaging the other. Solution ID TAUS0655009EN* Solution Usage 24
Description F55. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The exposure lamp (L1) is open. Replace L1 (p/n 326083010). 2. The main AC relay (RL1) is pitted. Clean or replace RL1 (p/n 370088070). 3. The lamp cord wiring assembly for L1 is faulty. Check the lamp cord by testing for continuity from CN34-1 to CN34-2 (connector is located at the rear of the copier by the ADF stopper solenoid) while moving the optics manually. If necessary replace the lamp cord (p/n 4600-8070). 4. The drive signal at CN62-4 on the driver board is not going LO. The main relay (RL1) does not energize resulting in the code. If the RL1 control signal at CN60-13 on the drive board goes LO, but does not stay LO; replace the drive board (p/n 4600-7320). Solution ID TAUS0603390EN* Solution Usage 23
Description How to clear fuser abnormality codes (F34, F35, F36), 4090. Solution To reset fuser codes, perform the following steps: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine OFF. Hold down the 2 and 5 keys, and power the machine ON). 2. Press P-4-7-P on the key pad. (1, 4, 5, or 6 will be displayed on the copy quantity indicator). 3. Press the 0 key to change the indication to a zero. 4. Press the start/print key to enter the new data. 5. Power the machine OFF then ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: If the F code reoccurs after powering the machine ON or following warm-up, contact service immediately. Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0601346EN* Solution Usage 15
81
404/4090/6040
J31 the paper stalls before the fuser. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The paper loop data is set too low. Adjust the paper loop in the 36 mode using code 94. 2. In a humid environment the trail edge of wet paper will arc to the T/S corona shell. Install a 2803 plunge arrestor (p/n 312026070) on the T/S corona unit. The paper will not touch the corona shell. Solution ID TAUS0601625EN* Solution Usage 13
Description Intermittent J11. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. There is a pinched wire (blue wire) to the bypass tray sensor (PS17). This causes the sensor to activate intermittently causing the paper tray to drop down for the bypass feed mode. Repair the damaged wiring to PS17 as necessary. 2. The motor driver board is not supplying the control voltage to the PFU motor (M3). Note: This may be difficult to monitor. Use the 47 mode output code 20. Check the control signal at CN61-4 (gray wire) for 28V DC at idle, and 0V DC when running. If necessary replace the motor driver board (p/n 4600-7320) and M3 (p/n 460080030) as a set. Solution ID TAUS0601354EN* Solution Usage 12
Description All LEDs on the operation panel are on. Solution CAUSE: The main AC relay (RL1) contacts are stuck closed after initial contact. SOLUTION: Clean or replace the relay (p/n 370088070). Solution ID TAUS0601521EN* Solution Usage 9
Description Can the charge corona cleaner be disabled? Solution There is no way to turn off the charge corona cleaner. To reset an F22 code until parts can be obtained; in the 25 mode set P10, and P11 to 9, and set addresses P12-P17 to 0. Solution ID TAUS0655143EN* Solution Usage 8
Description F52 at power up or in standby mode. Solution CAUSE: Fuse F2 on the DC motor CB is open. SOLUTION: The main motor (M1) drives the drum, developing unit, cleaning unit, second paper feed clutch, conveyance unit, and the fixing drive unit. Ensure there are no binds to any of these components. If necessary replace the DC motor CB (p/n 4600-8550).
August 2011
82
4045
Description ST206, J72. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect programming. Ensure all hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB are OFF. In the 25 mode ensure that software dipswitches P3, and P59 are set to 0. 2. The paper drags on the front frame side of the paper deflect plate (p/n 074045070). This is due to incorrect zoning of the paper drawer or incorrect positioning of the deflect plate. The problem usually affects 8.5x11 paper only. Verify that the paper drawer is zoned correctly. If so, reposition the deflect plate by placing a stopper ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift the plate to the rear frame of the sorter. 3. The paper sensor (PS201) is dirty, or needs adjustment. Clean the sensor, and adjust. On the sorter CB set hardware dipswitch 1 ON. Remove all paper from the bins. Check LED1 on the sorter CB, LED1 should be OFF. Adjust VR3 so LED1 goes OFF. Insert paper, and check that LED1 blinks. 4. The encoder sensor (PS206) for the paper conveyance motor (M201) is loose and out of position. Reposition PS206. 5. The non-sort conveyance shaft rollers are worn. Replace the conveyance shaft rollers (p/n 074045100). 6. There is a poor connection to the bin home position sensor (PS203). Reseat the connector. 7. The bin timing is off. See page 23 of the ST206 service manual third edition dated October 1993 for the bin timing (lead cam position) adjustment. 8. The staple guide bar is jammed too far into the bins and cannot return to the home position. Turn the copier OFF and push the guide bar toward the rear of the sorter until it stops. 9. The stapler unit is obstructing the movement of the bin unit preventing it from going to the home position. Reposition the stapler unit out of the path of the bin unit. 10. The bin shift interlock (MS204) switch is actuated. MS204 is located directly above the front helical cam. Perform the MS204 adjustment. Loosen the two adjusting screws, and adjust the switch so the distance between the switch (not the actuator) and the front cam holder is 2.5 mm. 11. A groove is worn in the non-sort conveyance shaft. Note: This shaft has the large white entrance rollers on it by the upper conveyance rollers. Replace the shaft (p/n 074045100). 12. The upper and lower fixed shafts (p/n 074042300) are loose causing the bin unit to bind in the lead cams (p/n 074010170) and (p/n 074010180). Ensure that the screws that secure the fixed shafts are tight. Replace the fixed rollers (p/n 074042310) or the lead cams if they are worn. 13. There is no DC output from the sorter power supply. Verify the sorter power supply output. If necessary replace the sorter power supply (p/n 074089030). Solution ID TAUS0600610EN* Solution Usage 85
Description ST205S, J72. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The programming is incorrect. First, verify the sorter CB EPROM is (p/n ST20563-18.0), and ensure that all hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB are OFF. In the 25 mode, verify software dipswitches P3, and P59 are set to 5. 2. The exit detect sensor (PS202) is dirty, or needs adjustment. Perform the following steps. a. Turn the power off and remove the rear cover to expose the sorter CB. b. Check PS202 for dust or dirt; clean as required. c. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully clockwise. d. Set sorter CB hardware dipswitches 1, and 2 to the ON position. Close all covers, including MS203 (the lower linked interlock). e. Turn the power ON while pressing SW1 on the sorter CB. Press SW1 seven times; this will cause the indexer to begin to lower. When the indexer has Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
83
4045
reached the 11th, 12th, or 13th bin, press SW1 again to stop the lowering of the indexer. f. Turn VR1 on the sorter CB fully counterclockwise; this should turn LED A OFF. If it does not, turn it off by blocking the LED 202 light path to PS202 with a piece of copy paper. g. Turn VR1 clockwise very slowly until LED A lights up; then, continue turning to one mark beyond that point. h. Reset the sorter hardware dipswitches 1, and 2. Reinstall the rear cover, and check the operation to confirm that copies are properly fed to all 20 bins. 3. The indexer height is off. Adjust the indexer height, and retime the indexer pulleys; the timing belt may have jumped out of position. 4. The paper conveyance of the sorter is binding, and slowing down. Clean all bushings, loosen all belts. The conveyance motor (M201) (p/n 037180010) may need replacement. 5. The paper feed roller in the sorter is worn. Replace the sorter paper feed roller (p/n 037145480). 6. A broken reel film is obstructing the paper path. Replace the broken reel film (p/n 037145751 for the two outer reel films and p/n 037145431 for the two inner reel films). The broken film may be removed to allow sorting operation until replacement can be made. 7. The indexer motor (M202) has failed. Replace M202 (p/n 037180020). 8. The sorter CB has failed. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 037187010). 9. Failed copier main CB. Replace main CB (p/n 5442-9017). Solution ID TAUS0611489EN* Solution Usage 67
Description Blank LCD. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Drive pulley (A) (p/n 540076531) is slipping on the lens motor (M7) shaft, or the timing belt (p/n 540077520) has fallen off and is lodged between the motor and pulley. An interim repair for a slipping drive pulley (A) is to apply a small amount of instant adhesive between the drive pulley and motor shaft. For a permanent repair, replace M7 with the new-style (p/n 25BA-7404). M7 must be used with the new-style adjustable drive plate assembly (p/n 5400-6321). In addition, a new motor cover mylar (p/n 35AE61990) has been established to prevent M7 from interfering with the cover of the door detect wiring. The mylar is placed onto the bottom of the motor. These newer parts can not be mixed with the original parts. They must be used as a set. Note: For more detail, refer to Parts Information Bulletin #81. 2. The 5V DC to the LCD needs adjustment. Adjust VR1 on the operation board. Solution ID TAUS0600799EN* Solution Usage 60
Description How to program ECM, 4045. Solution To program the ECM, perform the following: 1. Power the machine OFF. 2. While holding down the 2 and 5 keys power the machine ON. 3. Enter the 8-digit master key code starting at address P72 through P79. Valid data is 0 through 9 at each address, press the start print button to enter the new data. 4. Set address P05 (ECM limit features) based on the key operators request. 0: ECM disabled. 1: ECM enabled (no stop at limit). 3: ECM enabled (natural stop at limit). 5: ECM enabled (forced stop at limit). 5. In standby mode hold down P then press 9, then enter your Master Key Code. Then access the following setting modes to perform ECM functions: 1: Password Set. Create up to 20 5-digit individual passwords, from 01 to 20. 2: Limit Copy Count. Limit copy count for each password to a maximum of 999,999 copies. 3: Read Copy Count. Read the current copy count for each password. 4: Account Reset. Reset the copy count and copy limit for all passwords or selected passwords. Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0600974EN* Solution Usage 51
84
4045
Light copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. CN8-B9 on the main CB is not seated on both sides of the connector. Ensure that CN8 is fully seated on the main CB. 2. The copier ran too long after the add toner message appeared. Instruct the end user how to add toner in diagnostics (47 mode, output code 01). It is recommended to install toner as soon as the message appears. 3. Check the control signal at CN8-B9 (gray wire) on the main CB. Using the 47 mode, output code 01, the voltage should read 28V DC when at idle, and drop to .6V DC when START/PRINT is pressed. If no change of state, replace the toner motor and the main CB (p/n 5402-9019) at the same time. Install the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #88. . 4. The toner control sensor (PS1) failed. Verify power to the sensor, and the connections. If necessary, replace PS1 (p/n 540088040). 5. The drum carriage connector (CN50) at the rear of the unit is damaged. Replace the main wiring harness (p/n 540090010). 6. CN5 (PS1 control signals) on the main CB is not connected, or poorly connected. Connect/reseat the connector. Repair the connection as necessary. 7. Incorrect supplies are being used. Purge the toning/developing system, and replace with the correct supplies. 8. A high volume machine. Extensive testing has shown that when these models exceed 300,000 copies, there is a tendency for the surface of the magnet roller in the developing unit to become smooth. Order (p/n SE95-3060). For dealers see Technical Operations Bulletin #D14 dated 12/19/95. For branches see Technical Operations Bulletin #A23 dated 12/19/95. See installation procedure. Note: Please look inside the cardboard tube in kit. The tube is not just packing material, but contains parts inside. 9. The main charge corona assembly is not seated on the drum carriage. The CEL and PCL wiring at the rear of the drum carriage is caught on the rear of the drum carriage cavity, causing the charge assembly to dislodge (pop up in the front). Reroute/reposition the CEL and PCL wiring to provide proper clearance. Solution ID TAUS0601424EN* Solution Usage 47
Description ST103 is not recognized by the main body. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect EPROM level. Order EPROMs: (p/n 313512-20.0, 313513-20.0, 313514-20.0). See 3135 Technical Bulletin #38A . 2. CN114 for the sorter is disconnected at the main CB. Reconnect CN114. 3. The 24V DC, and 5V DC is missing at CN800-1, CN800-2 on the sorter. CN43 on the DCPS on the main body is unplugged. Reconnect CN43. 4. The ST103 was plugged in when power was on for the copier. The 5V DC ICP1 on the sorter DB is open. Replace the sorter DB (p/n 12KR-9012). 5. The ST103 is not sending the acknowledge signal to the main CB (CN801-3 reads 0V DC instead of 2.5V DC). Replace the sorter DB (p/n 12KR-9012). Solution ID TAUS0601620EN* Solution Usage 45
Description ST206, F70. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect programming. In the 25 mode ensure P3, and P59 are set to 0. Ensure that all hardware dipswitches on the sorter CB are OFF. 2. No power to the sorter CB. Check for 115V AC at the sorter power supply CN1001-1 to CN1001-3. Check for 24V DC output at the sorter power supply CN1002-1 to 1002-2 each to GND, and then on STCB at CN1-3 to CN1-4 GND. If no output, ensure the bin unit is not binding. Replace the sorter power supply (p/n 074089030). 3. A damaged power source harness. Replace the power source harness (p/n 074087050). 4. The sorter CB is not communicating with the main CB. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 074089020). 5. A faulty data harness between the main CB and the sorter CB. Replace the harness (p/n 074087060). Solution ID TAUS0600579EN* Solution Usage 34
Description J17 when duplexing. Solution CAUSE: There is a timing problem between the ADU and the main body. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
85
4045
SOLUTION: Order the increased diameter ADU timing pulley, (p/n U101-1240). It can be identified by the new gray color. Solution ID TAUS0611441EN* Solution Usage 32
Description Intermittent blank copies. Solution Perform the following steps. 1. If the old style toner motor M6 (p/n 396080040) is installed, troubleshoot it for proper operation and perform a resistance check, as follows: take resistance readings at 3 different points, 120 ohms apart, of one rotation of the motor. These readings should be within 5 ohms of each other. If these readings are out of specification, install the improved toner motor kit (p/n 5400-K120). Note: A new toner hopper cover (p/n 540032191) must be installed if the motor kit is installed. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #88. . 2. Remove the T/S corona unit and clean thoroughly (use soap and warm water on the plunging arrestor separation bridge). Slightly stretch the electrode contact springs (p/n 540026040) to ensure proper contact. 3. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between each corona wire and its corresponding contact spring. The readings must not exceed 12 ohms. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #17A . 4. Verify that the transfer ground springs (p/n 540026071) located on the underside of the ground plate, are formed so that the proper contact is made with the guide plate (p/n 540045331). 5. Remove the transfer guide plate (p/n 5400-4550) and verify that the spark arrester mylar sheet (p/n 540045150) is positioned correctly and shows no sign of wear. The overlap should be a consistent 0.5 to 1.0mm for the entire length, which can be checked using a steel pocket ruler. If reusing the guide plate, clean it with alcohol, then apply Brillianize*. Ensure that all the toner and debris are removed from the arrester mylar sheet and the underside of the plate. 6. Set the corona currents to specification. See 4045 Technical Bulletin #86 . 7. Replace the transfer/separation corona unit (p/n 5400-2605) if cleaning it did not resolve the problem. 8. Check CN5 on the main CB. Ensure that the wiring is not pinched. 9. Check the terminal block for signs of arcing. If arcing is evident, or an old style block is installed, replace it with the new style white block (p/n 540073231). 10. Check the drum wiring connector CN50 [p/n 5400K0190]) for cracks; replace it if necessary. 11. Check for corrosion on the electrode guide plate (p/n 540045331). 12. Check for an open fuse F2 on the main CB. Packed or binding toner may cause this fuse to open. 13. With a multimeter, check for zener diode failure on the drum carriage. Enter the 47 mode, address 02, and press the print button. A value of -600 to -800V DC should be read across the diode. 14. Verify that all ozone filters (p/n 540073050) have been replaced during preventive maintenance. 15. Troubleshoot the high voltage (B) unit (p/n 540084022) for arcing and proper grounding by checking for loose screws along the grounding path for the HV(B). Replace the unit if necessary. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
86
4065
Description Code 54 when duplexing. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Improper feedback signals from the optics cooling fans (M10) and (M11). Verify that the fans work in the 47 mode using output code 52. If the fans work, replace EPROMs IC5 (p/n 406515-23.0) and IC6 (p/n 406516-26.0) on the main CB. Ensure both fan filters get replaced every PM. Note: This firmware does not contain auto tray switching. See 4065 Technical Bulletin #60 . 2. The exhaust fan (M6) is binding. Repair the bind in the fan assembly. If necessary replace M6 (p/n 454080132). Solution ID TAUS0600521EN* Solution Usage 34
Description The copier stays in wait. The fuser lamp cycles normally. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the CA elements is touching the upper roller or the mounting bracket. Inspect both CAs for proper position: 1mm above and parallel to the upper roller. Ensure that the CA wires have not slipped off the insulating pads. 2. An open lamp or temperature fuse. Check continuity between CN190-2 (black wire) to the TCB CN151-4 (red wire) for L3 and TF2. Then check continuity from the TCB CN151-6 (white wire) to CN190-2 (black wire) for L2 and TF1. CN190 is located behind the TCB and is a 2 pin in-line connector. Replace the open lamp(s), or temperature fuse(s) as necessary. 3. CN190 at the rear of the machine is disconnected. This is the AC feed for the fuser lamps. Reconnect CN190. 4. The temperature control board (TCB) has failed. Replace the TCB (p/n 538287170). Solution ID TAUS0600528EN* Solution Usage 29
Description ST207, code 77-3. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The bin drive motor is disengaged. The sorters are shipped with the bin drive motor disengaged from the drive gears to avoid damage during shipping. Pull the bin unit out 60 10mm toward the front of the machine; and hold it in place while engaging and fixing the bin shift motor. 2. CN936 is disconnected causing an open in the interlock circuit. Reconnect CN936, this connector allows 28V DC to the coil of RL1. 3. One of the wires has been pulled off the sorter main relay (RL1). Reconnect any wires that have been pulled off. 4. An open interlock switch, SW1, SW2, SW3, or SW4 is not allowing 28V DC to the coil of the sorter main relay (RL1). Take a continuity check from the red wire on RL1 to CN812-1 (red wire) on the sorter CB. The reading should be approximately .8 ohms, repair or replace any bad switches as necessary. 5. Resistor R64 next to fuse F1 on the sorter CB has failed, causing no RL1 drive control. Turn the machine OFF and check CN812-1 to frame ground. If there is continuity to frame ground, inspect all interlock switches, and the wiring to them for any shorts to frame. Disengage the bin shift motor and slide the bin unit back and forth while watching the meter. Repair as necessary and replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011). Solution ID TAUS0601066EN* Solution Usage 20
Description Light copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Fuse F1 on the MCB3 board is open. If open, the toner motor (M4) will not operate. Ensure there are no binds in the toner hopper assembly. Replace the fuse 800ma 125V (p/n 216.800). Note: M4 does not operate in diagnostics the code was a misprint in the service manual. 2. The charge corona wires are contaminated or have failed. Clean or replace the corona wires (p/n 454025160). 3. The PTL lamp is past the recommended replacement interval. Replace the PTL (p/n 454083070). The recommended replacement interval is every 200,000 copies. 4. The toner patch is faulty or has been altered. Replace the toner patch (p/n 454061560). 5. The high voltage power supply is faulty. Replace the high voltage power supply (p/n 454084012). Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0600522EN* Solution Usage 17
87
4065
How to program ECM, 4065. Solution To program the ECM, perform the following: 1. Power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, power the machine ON. Press P-6-start print, set software dip 1-7 to 1 for the ECM option. 2. Program the master key code. Press P-9-start print. Use the keypad enter the 8 digit master key code, press the start print button to store. Ensure the key operator knows this code. Note: To enter the master key code or view it, power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, power the machine ON. Then press P-9-start print. 3. To access the ECM modes, hold down the P button and enter the 8 digit master key code, no change will occur on the op panel until the last digit is entered. 4. Press 1 on the keypad for Create Password. The number of passwords available is 255. Each password must be 5 digits long. Use the magnification arrows to scroll through the passwords. 5. Press 2 for Limit Copy Count: Set the copy count limit for each password (up to 999,999 copies.) 6. Press 3 for Read Copy Count: Read the current copy count for each password. 7. Press 4 for Count Reset: Clear all accounts or individual account. When each account is cleared, the copy count will automatically reset to zero. 8. To escape the ECM modes, while holding down the P button press the stop/clear button. Solution ID TAUS0600524EN* Solution Usage 17
Description Jam positions 1, 2, 3 no first paper feed from any paper drawers. Solution CAUSE: The reduction gear assembly on the PFU has split, causing no drive to the PFU timing belt. SOLUTION: Inspect the reduction gear assembly on the PFU. If necessary replace the assembly (p/n 0676-4650). Solution ID TAUS0601325EN* Solution Usage 17
Description Codes 41-1, 41-4, 41-5, and 52. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Code 41-1, 41-4, 41-5, and 52 when copying. The MCB1 board is faulty, pulling down the 35V DC causing a loss of 35V DC to the MCB2 board. If the front doors are open the code will stop. In the 47 mode verify the 35V DC at the MCB1 board CN63-1 (yellow wire) to CN63-3 (blue wire GND). If the voltage drops when the front doors are closed; replace the MCB1 board (p/n 5380-8590). 2. Code 41-1, 41-4, 41-5, and 52 when copying. The front door switches are damaged. If the switch assembly is cracked, or does not check good with an ohm meter; replace the switch assembly (p/n 4542-8300). 3. Code 41-5 at power up. The optics overrun right sensor (PS13) is faulty. Replace the sensor (p/n 454085510). Solution ID TAUS0605033EN* Solution Usage 16
Description Jam position 7. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. False jam position 7 at power up. The fusing jam sensor (PS506) and/or fusing jam LED (LED502) has failed. Replace PS506 (p/n 066085520) and if necessary LED502 (p/n 0900-8380). 2. Jam position 7 at idle. The door switches have failed. Replace the door switch assemblies for both the left and right doors (p/n 4542-8300). 3. Jam position 7 at idle. The fixing jam LED (LED502) is out of position. The LED is located in the top cover of the exit inversion unit. The LED shines light to the small mirror located near the lower fuser roller. This light is then reflected back to the fixing jam detect sensor (PS506), which is located to the left of the mirror under the black exit belts. Align the exit inversion unit so the LED properly shines light onto the reflective mirror. 4. Jam position 7, the toner patch is on the copies. The paper feed restart sensor (PS10) is faulty. Replace PS10 (p/n 454085510). Note: In the optics area, counting from the left side, PS10 is the third sensor in, as viewed from the front of the machine. 5. Jam position 7 only when duplexing. The inner exit detecting switch (MS502) has failed. Confirm the operation of MS502. Use the 47 mode input code 24. With the switch not actuated the display should be 0. With the switch actuated the display should be 1. If necessary replace the switch (p/n 1730-7560). Note: MS502 has the white actuator.
August 2011
88
4065
Description ST207, jam position 13. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. A level 12 EPROM is installed on the sorter CB. Check the EPROM on the sorter CB, the recommended minimum level is 13.2 Order (p/n ST20763-13.2) which eliminates user induced jams. 2. Incorrect positioning of the exit detect LED, the sensor always detects a jam. a. Turn ON dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB. b. Turn VR1 clockwise until LED1 turns ON, then turn VR1 counterclockwise and confirm the scale mark at which LED1 turns OFF. At this point, if VR1 is at the third scale mark or more (in the counterclockwise direction), confirm the position of the sensor. If VR1 is at a position of less than 3 scale marks, proceed with the following steps. c. Loosen the screw on the light emitting side of the exit detect sensor. d. Turn VR1 to the center of the scale and find the sensor position where LED1 turns OFF by moving the sensor up and down. e. Form the mounting plate using long-nose pliers so that the sensor can detect properly. f. Turn OFF dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB. 3. The horizontal conveyance drive pulley is broken causing no drive. Ensure that the horizontal conveyance section is free of binds. Replace pulley (B) (p/n 554077160). Solution ID TAUS0602570EN* Solution Usage 14
Description No power to the copier. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The leakage breaker has tripped. Reset the leakage breaker. The leakage breaker is located by the main relays and circuit breakers under the black plastic cover to the right of the ADU unit. 2. There is a short on the 5V DC bus. Disconnect all of the connectors on PSB1 except CN1. Read the 5V DC pins off the board to ensure that 5V DC is present. Put the connectors back on one at a time while monitoring the 5V DC. When the voltage drops when a connector is added, that load is the source of the problem. 3. The main switch (SW1) has failed. Replace the main switch (p/n 030086011). 4. Poor electrical connection to the leakage breaker is resulting in a loss of 208V AC to PSB1 on CN1-1 and 1-3. Reseat electrical connections to the leakage breaker. Note: The leakage breaker is located by the main relays and circuit breakers under the black plastic cover to the right of the ADU unit.
August 2011
89
4145
Description DF306, F60 or F67. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The interlock microswitch (MS301) has failed. This switch may check good with a meter but is failing under load. Install the DF306 F60/67 kit (p/n 12ER-K080) if the RADF serial number is under 12ES31833 and the new style actuator and mounting plate are in place (see important note below). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B . Important note: There are three different configurations of MS301: a. Original switch (internal dual contact), first revision actuator (attached to switch) and first revision mounting plate. b. Original switch, second revision actuator (separate) and second revision mounting plate (with hole to support actuator). See Technical Bulletin #20 . c. Second revision switch (internal single contact), second revision actuator and second revision mounting plate. See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B. Caution: The first revision mounting plate will not support the second revision switch and actuator. The latest MS301 is (p/n 12ER85020) the latest mounting plate is (p/n 12ER-1122), and the latest actuator is (p/n 12ER10190). If MS301 was not updated per Technical Bulletin #20, then the new style MS301 actuator will not mount. In this case order mounting bracket (p/n 12ER-1122) and actuator (p/n 12ER10190). 2. There is an early revision EPROM installed on the RADF CB. Install EPROM (p/n DF30632-16.0). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #8 . 3. The 5V DC ICP on the RADF CB is open. Inspect the 5V DC loads for any shorts. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ES-9012). 4. Fuse F1 on the main CB (near CN4) is open due to EPROMs improperly installed. The EPROM label was used as a reference to install the chip rather than using the notch on the EPROM. Replace the main CB (p/n 25ME-9014). 5. A loss of 24V DC to the DF306 due to a shorted wire from a 24V DC load. Check for 24V DC at any load off the RADF CB. If 0V DC is read, disconnect one load at a time until 24V DC is read. Repair the wiring to that load and then verify proper operation. 6. The main body to RADF connector (CN927) has failed. Open the connector body (which plugs into the main body) remove the tie wrap and cord holder. Apply three wraps of tape around the cord to increase the diameter, then reinstall the cord holder and reassemble the connector. If code returns, replace the RADF main wiring harness p/n 12ER90041. Solution ID TAUS0600133EN* Solution Usage 66
Description ST211, F77-2. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The bin shift motor (M202) binds and causes ICP4 on the sorter CB to open. Test M202 operation with SW2/SW3 on the sorter CB. If M202 does not respond, check continuity across ICP4 (near CN15). If ICP4 is open, check the bin movement to detect any binding, and repair as necessary. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500). 2. The bin unit has traveled past the home position sensor (PS203) and has actuated the lower limit switch (MS203). Manually raise the bin unit off the lower limit switch, and test the sorter operation. Note: Ensure that IC2 on the sorter CB is level 10.0; if not order p/n (ST21162-10.0). 3. The upper limit switch (MS202) has failed. The switch can be checked at CN15-2 on the sorter CB. CN15-2 should change from 24V DC to 0V DC when MS202 is actuated. If necessary replace MS202 (p/n 12FQ21540). 4. The fixed shaft is loose or the fixed roller is damaged, causing the bin unit to bind. Tighten the mounting screw (p/n 12FQ20510) for the fixed shaft, and/or replace the fixed roller (p/n 12FQ20380). 5. One of the bins is out of position. Perform the bin timing/cam timing adjustment. 6. The stapler swing action motor (M205) is bound and pulling down the 24V DC. Replace the stapler unit (p/n 0740-5100). The motor is not available as a separate part. Solution ID TAUS0601077EN* Solution Usage 61
Description Can odd-size originals default to 8.5x11? Solution EPROMs are available to default odd-size originals off the glass to 8.5x11. Order (p/n 414512-20.0, 414513-20.2, 414514-20.2). See 4145 Technical Bulletin #38A . Solution ID Description DF306, P69. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0602771EN* Solution Usage 49
90
4145
PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The original paper feed solenoid (SD301) needs adjustment. Clean the solenoid. Adjust the stroke of SD301 so that the end of the plunger is 4.5 0.2 mm from the noise damper pad when the solenoid is ON. 2. The original paper feed solenoid (SD301) has failed. Verify the connections to the solenoid. If necessary replace the solenoid (p/n 12ER82510). 3. The spring clutch for the paper lift up plate is slipping. Clean the spring clutch. If necessary replace the spring clutch (p/n 12ER40460), input gear (p/n 12ER77010), and the lift up cam (p/n 12ER40221). 4. The wires to the original exit clutch (MC304) is rubbing against the clutch. As the clutch spins, the wire insulation wears down and the 24V DC shorts to frame ground (through the clutch); this damages the RADF CB. Replace MC304 (p/n 12ER82030). Reroute the clutch wires as necessary so they do not touch the clutch. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ES-9012). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B . 5. The original paper feed sensor (PS303) has failed. Verify the sensor operation using the 47 mode, input code 67. With no paper present a HI should be displayed. With paper present a LO should be displayed. If necessary replace PS303 (p/n 12ER85521). 6. The plunger of the original paper feed solenoid (SD301) is sticking to the label material (noise damper pad). Note: This usually will cause an intermittent P69. As an interim solution remove the noise damper pad , and remove any glue from the bracket. If damaged, replace the damper pad (p/n 12ER40350) and the support sheet (mylar) (p/n 12ER40650). This mylar sticks to the damper pad to prevent the plunger from adhering to it. After replacing the parts verify the solenoid stroke adjustment. 7. The one way bearing in feed roller (A) is slipping on the paper feed assembly. Clean the bearing, and shaft with alcohol. If necessary replace the paper feed roller (p/n 12ER40180). Solution ID TAUS0603150EN* Solution Usage 36
Description ST210, J72. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The bushing behind the sorter motor (M201) is dirty. Clean the bushing behind the sorter motor. This bushing holds the drive shaft that runs front-to-rear. 2. The paper exit sensor cannot be adjusted. Ensure there is no alignment problem between LED202 and PS202. If the sensor still does not adjust, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FL87010). 3. The flanges on the lower paper exit roller (p/n 048644361) of the inversion unit are causing the copies to crease. This slows down the paper, resulting in a J72. Cut the flanges off the paper exit roller. 4. The indexer is not horizontal with the bottom of the sorter. The indexer flags the upper limit sensor (PS205). Only the home position sensor (PS204) should be flagged in idle. Perform the indexer height adjustment. Refer to the third edition ST210 service manual page 18. 5. The upper entrance frame guide (p/n 037145140) is malformed obstructing the movement of the indexer. This prevents the home position sensor (PS204) from being flagged. Reform the malformed guide plate and ensure there is proper clearance for the indexer. 6. J72 only on the last copy. The copier has 3135 EPROMs installed. Install 4145 EPROMs. See 4145 Technical Bulletin #38A, . 7. The white plastic portion of the flapper gate connecting to SD201 (gate solenoid) is broken. The gate is unable to open and direct paper into the indexer. SD201 is located on the top front of the sorter. Replace the flapper gate (p/n 037145550). Note: Perform the Solenoid Mounting Position Adjustment after replacing the flapper gate. Refer to the ST210 Service Manual (3rd edition, 1/97), page 19. Solution ID TAUS0600371EN* Solution Usage 26
Description AD207, J15 when copying from the ADU. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The ADU clutch spring (p/n 12EF40310) is slipping. This may have occurred when the clutch was removed for cleaning. Reposition the clutch spring using the other hole of the stopper collar (p/n 190040540). 2. The entrance spring (p/n 048642240) has fallen off the paper guide plate (p/n 12EF42160) keeping the plate closed. This prevents the paper from entering the stacker. Reinstall the spring and add tape to help keep it in place. 3. The first feed rollers and the double feed prevention roller in the ADU are worn. Replace the two worn first feed rollers (p/n 460040181) and the double feed prevention roller (p/n 396077090). 4. The copy paper contacts the paper retaining auxiliary plate (p/n 12EF42063) when entering the stacker, causing it to roll up in the duplex stack tray. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
91
4145
Reform the paper retaining auxiliary plate so that it does not contact the copy paper as it enters the duplex stack tray. 5. The upper right side door ribs have notches cut into them from paper contact. The paper will catch on the notches. Either sand the ribs on the door smooth, or replace the upper right side door (p/n 540012085). 6. J15 when duplexing 8.5x11. The rear guide is crushing the trail edge of the copy. Adjust the rear guide home position sensor (PS504) so the rear guide lightly contacts the trail edge of the copy. Solution ID TAUS0600415EN* Solution Usage 24
Description ST211, J72. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The paper drags on the front (frame side) of the deflect plate (p/n 12FQ21100). This is due to the way the deflect plate is zoned to the main body, or how the 8.5x11 paper tray is zoned. The problem will occur using 8.5x11 paper only. Check the zoning of the 8.5x11 paper tray. If correct, place a stop ring (p/n 396040680) between the bushing (p/n 074075540) and the C-clip on the rear frame side of the deflect plate. This will shift the deflect plate to the rear frame of the sorter. 2. The ADU side guides are out of adjustment, causing incorrect zoning on second side copies. Adjust the ADU side guide zoning. 3. The one way exit gear in the inversion unit is worn. The gear is slipping in both directions. Replace the exit gear (p/n 048677080). Solution ID TAUS0612204EN* Solution Usage 22
Description DF306, J63. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The customer is using three hole punched paper. The center hole aligns with the original paper exit sensor (PS305) and throws off the timing. Rezone the paper infeed system. 2. The original exit sensor (PS305) is dirty or faulty. Clean the sensor and verify the operation using the 47 mode input code 63. With no paper present a LO should be displayed. With paper present a HI should be displayed. If necessary replace the sensor (p/n 12ER85521). 3. The conveyance roller shaft holders, and lift plate bushings are dirty, causing the original not to exit quick enough. Clean the conveyance roller shaft holders, and lift plate bushings. 4. J63 when copying 8.5x11 originals. The encoder sensor (PS307) is dirty or has failed. Clean PS307 and the encoder disc. If necessary replace PS307 (p/n 12ER-9021). Solution ID TAUS0600423EN* Solution Usage 20
Description The main body does not recognize the RADF. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The interlock microswitch (MS301) has failed. This switch may check good with an ohm meter, but is failing under load. If the serial number on the DF306 is under 12ES31813 order (p/n 12ER-K080) for the F60/67 countermeasure kit. See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B . Note: Depending on which switch was used to replace MS301 previously, the switch actuator (also called the switch cover) may be missing. If so, order (p/n 12ER10190). Verify that the EPROM on the RADF CB is a level 16.0. If not, order (p/n DF30632-16.0). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #8 . 2. The 5V DC ICP on the RADF CB is open. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ER-9010). 3. The symptom occurred after installing the level 16.0 EPROM on the RADF CB. There is a restriction with the level 16.0 EPROM. If installed, the 3135/4145 main body firmware must be version 20 or above. See 4145 Technical Bulletin #38A . Solution ID TAUS0600937EN* Solution Usage 20
Description Latest EPROM level, 4145. Solution EPROM history hyperlink .
August 2011
92
4155
Description DF306, F60 or F67, clicking noise. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The interlock microswitch (MS301) is faulty. This switch may check good with a meter, but is failing under load. If the RADF serial number is under 12ES31833 and the new style actuator and mounting plate are in place (see important note below); install the DF306 F60/67 kit (p/n 12ER-K080). See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B . Important note: There are three different configurations of MS301: a. Original switch (internal dual contact), first revision actuator (attached to switch) and first revision mounting plate. b. Original switch, second revision actuator (separate) and second revision mounting plate (with hole to support actuator) see 4155 Technical Bulletin #20 . c. Second revision switch (internal single contact), second revision actuator and second revision mounting plate. See DF306 Technical Bulletin #11B. CAUTION: The first revision mounting plate will not support the second revision switch and actuator. Latest MS301 (p/n 12ER85020). Latest mounting plate (p/n 12ER-1122). Latest actuator (p/n 12ER10190). If MS301 was NOT updated per Technical Bulletin #20, then the new style MS301 actuator will not mount. In this case, order mounting bracket (p/n 12ER-1122) and actuator (p/n 12ER10190). 2. There is an early revision EPROM installed on the RADF CB. Install EPROM (p/n DF30632-16.0). For more detail, refer to DF306 Technical Bulletin #8 . 3. The main body to RADF connector (CN927) is failing. Open the connector body (which plugs into the main body) remove the tie wrap and cord holder. Apply three wraps of tape around the cord to increase the diameter, then reinstall the cord holder and reassemble the connector. If code returns, replace the RADF main wiring harness p/n 12ER90041. 4. The RADF CB failed. Replace the RADF CB (p/n 12ER-9014). Solution ID TAUS0612158EN* Solution Usage 84
Description ST211, F77-2. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The bin unit has traveled past the home sensor (PS203) and has actuated the lower limit switch (MS203). Manually lift the bin unit off of MS203. Ensure that the EPROM IC2 on the sorter CB is a level 10.0, if not order (p/n ST21162-10.0). 2. The bin shift motor (M202) binds and causes ICP4 on the sorter CB to open. Test the M202 operation with SW2/SW3 on the sorter CB. If M202 does not respond, check continuity across ICP4 (near CN15). If ICP4 is open, check the bin movement to detect any binding, and repair as necessary. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12FQ21500). 3. One of the bin rail screws has loosen, and is interfering with the home position of the bins. Tighten the screw. 4. The connector to the cam position photosensor (PS202) is loose. Reseat, or repair the connector as necessary. 5. The bin shift sensor (PS209), or the encoder disk attached to the bottom of the bin shift motor (M202) is dirty. Clean the sensor and the encoder disk. 6. There is a poor connection to the bin home position sensor (PS203). Reseat, or repair the connector, as necessary. 7. The fixed shaft is loose or the fixed roller is damaged, causing the bin unit to bind. Tighten the mounting screw (p/n 12FQ20510) for the fixed shaft, and replace the fixed roller (p/n 12FQ20380). 8. The lead cams are improperly installed. When installing the lead cams, it should be noted that the front and rear cams are different and must be installed in the correct locations. Solution ID TAUS0601217EN* Solution Usage 81
Description J31 while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Perform the following steps. a. Ensure the protection mylar strip (p/n 083647050) is installed. b. Ensure the updated HV connector (p/n 540073231) is installed. c. Replace the T/S blocks if excessive arcing is present. Note: It is important to clean the corona shell to restore it to its original reflective condition or replace it. d. When rebuilding the corona unit, replace the separation arrestor guide bridge (p/n 466026042). In time this guide becomes conductive and causes a loss of separation currents. e. Remove the HV B power supply, confirm all grounding points on the power supply. This is done by adding star washers to all areas that supply a path Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
93
4155
to ground for HV B. This includes the bleeder resistor located underneath the transfer guide plate. f. In the 47 mode set the corona currents to their specified values, ensure the DC separation bias data is set to 01 for the models 3135/4145/4155/4255. g. Enter the 25 mode set address 01 to 3, and address 02 to 6 for proper on/off timing of the claws on the models 3135/4145/4155/4255. 2. The temporary stop sensor fixed plate for PS19 (p/n 25BA40210) is malformed, causing improper actuation of the sensor. Reform or replace the sensor fixed plate. 3. The return spring for the actuator of the optics synchronization sensor (PS9) is hanging up on the photosensor. This may also cause erratic optics scanning. Form the end of the return spring so that the spring does not contact PS9 during operation. If necessary glue the end of the spring to the actuator. 4. The mounting tab for the exit sensor (PS20) is bent down allowing the copy to ride over the actuator. Reform the sensor mounting bracket upward. Ensure that the paper actuates the actuator, without catching on it. 5. The paper loop data is too low. The paper is getting to the temporary stop sensor (PS19), but not to the second paper feed rollers. Adjust the bypass loop timing in the 36 mode, code 94 until a good loop is formed at the second feed rollers. 6. The fuser entrance guide is not touching the bearings on the front and rear of the fuser. Raise the plate so both sides touch the bearings. 7. The exit sensor (PS20) has failed. Verify the sensor operation in the 47 mode using input code 22. With paper present a HI should be displayed. With no paper, a LO should be displayed. If necessary replace the sensor (p/n 540085510). 8. J31, the paper is still in the second feed rollers. There is an intermittent loss of drive to either the middle or lower paper conveyance rollers in the upper PFU. This is caused by a broken clutch gear assembly to these rollers. Rebuild the broken clutch gear assemblies as necessary. Clutch gear (p/n 540077060), clutch lock gear (p/n 540077020) (2 are needed), clutch base gear (p/n 540077010). See page 32 and 33 of the 4155/4255 parts catalog. 9. The conveyance unit plate (p/n 540045010) is misaligned and interfering with the paper path as paper separates from the drum. Loosen the screw that secures the conveyance unit plate. This screw is located under the conveyance unit on the center plate. Apply downward pressure to the conveyance unit so that it sits flat against the bottom frame of the main body. Retighten the screw. 10. The upper or lower fuser bearings are worn. If necessary replace the upper bearing (p/n 454075040), and the lower bearing (p/n 25BA76030). 11. The main motor (M1) is faulty. Ensure the copier drive system is free of binds. Replace the main motor (p/n 25BA-1592). Solution ID TAUS0600995EN* Solution Usage 78
Description How to reset an F86 code. Solution F86 occurs when the waste toner collection box is full. To reset an F86 code, perform the following steps: 1. Empty the waste toner collection box , or install a new collection box. 2. Power the machine OFF, hold down the 4 and 7 keys, and power the machine ON. 3. Enter 91 using the key pad. 4. From the key pad press P-02-P. 5. Press the start print button. 6. Press the stop/clear button. 7. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation. Note: If the box is emptied, ensure that the inside top portion is clean so that the toner collection level detector sensor will not give a false F86 indication. Solution ID TAUS0600996EN* Solution Usage 72
Description Jamming, severe static on second side copies when duplexing. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Perform the following steps. a. Ensure the data for the DC separation bias is set to 01. In the 47 mode, enter code 06, then press P set the data to 01. b. Set the PTL ON. In the 25 mode set P13 to 1. c. Install the new style neutralizing brush (p/n 048645461). d. Ensure the copier ground paths have star washers behind the contact points. e. Try a different brand of paper, if paper is suspect. 2. The transfer current is too high for the second side copy. Order EPROMs (p/n 415513-23.7), and (p/n 415514-23.7) this firmware lowers the transfer current value when the second side is copied. Ensure IC22 is level (p/n 415512-23.0), and IC2 on the DF306 is (p/n DF30632-14.0). 3. The T/S corona is arcing. Replace the T/S corona (p/n 5400-2605). 4. The conveyance suction fan motor (M9) is not working. The fan wires may have been cut, or pulled out of the connector by catching on the side guide of the universal cassette. No failure code will be generated, if the suction fan is not working. Ensure the fan is working. To prevent the wires from catching on the universal cassette, perform the following steps. a. Power the machine down, and unplug the copier. b. Remove the left, and right external covers of main body. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
94
4155
c. Remove the ADU inversion unit. d. Remove the toner collecting box. e. Remove the 2 screws that stop the universal cassette from being withdrawn from the copier, and remove the cassette. f. Clean the bottom of the suction motor, and the area where the tape will go with alcohol, see the view of the bottom plate. g. Ensure the wires are not hanging down. Use a piece of tape approximately 50 mm wide, and 150 mm long to prevent the wires from catching on the side guide of the universal cassette. DO NOT use vinyl, or cellophane tape. Ensure that a good quality tape is used that will not come loose over time. h. Install the universal cassette, and slide it in, and out. Check that the tape, and the suction fan wiring do not interfere with the universal cassette. i. Reinstall the two limit screws for the universal cassette. j. Reinstall the ADU inversion unit, toner collecting box, and external panels that were previously removed. Solution ID TAUS0612264EN* Solution Usage 71
Description Blur areas or jitter from front-to-rear. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The pad that slides on the front optics rail does not slide smoothly. Order the optics jitter countermeasure roller assembly (p/n 25BA-K060). The pad that rides on the optics front rail is removed and replaced with a roller like the model 3135. Perform the following steps to install the roller: a. Turn the power OFF, and unplug the machine from the wall outlet. b. Remove the platen glass. c. Open the front door and remove the screws for the operation panel, and the lower cover. Remove the operation panel and the lower cover. d. Raise the front of the exposure unit and remove the pad that slides on the front optics rail. e. Align the exposure unit with an opening in the front frame. f. Remove the the black M3 screw from the front end of the exposure unit through the opening in the front frame. g. Install the new roller assembly by hooking the provided clip on the roller assembly to the exposure unit frame, and secure it to the side of the exposure unit with the screw removed in the previous step. h. Move the exposure unit to check for binding. i. Reinstall the operation panel, lower cover, and the platen glass. j. Run copies and check to see that the jitter has been eliminated. 2. The center of the developing input gear is worn. Replace the gear (p/n 25BA77132). 3. The developing regulating plate (H-cut plate) is worn. The H-cut plate is not available as a separate part. Replace the developing unit (p/n 25BA-3005). 4. The developing unit agitator shafts are worn. Replace the developing unit (p/n 25BA-3005). 5. The drum drive gear is missing teeth. Replace the drum drive gear (p/n 25BA77202). Solution ID TAUS0600991EN* Solution Usage 67
Description Incorrect APS from the platen glass. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect firmware on the main CB. Install (p/n 415512-23.0) for IC22, (p/n 415513-23.4) for IC23, (p/n 415514-23.4) for IC24. Ensure the EPROM on the RADF is (p/n DF30632-14.0). See 4155 Technical Bulletin #43 . 2. The APS sensor located at the front of the machine, or the platen glass is dirty. Clean both sides of the platen glass and ensure that the APS sensor is clean. If necessary replace the APS sensor (p/n 25BA85521). 3. If level 23.2 or level 23.7 firmware is installed, the APS selects 8.5x11 when 8.5x11R is placed on the glass. Upgrade/downgrade the firmware to the 23.4 version. This allows programmable paper size default and ATS/APS/AMS. See 4155 Technical Bulletin #43 (level 23.4). See, also, 4155 Technical Bulletin #50 (level 23.7) . Note: Level 23.4 EPROMs do not enhance the drum counter operation for the new style long life drums (PCUA 947542). You must reset the drum counter at drum replacement and the first PM after drum replacement. 4. CN142 is not connected. This is a common connector for the APS timing 1 sensor (PS16), and the book copy sensor (PS17). Reconnect CN142. 5. The unit was converted to a 4155 from a 4255, and is missing the platen sensor and wiring. Install platen sensor (p/n 552085510) and wiring (p/n 25BA90190). Also install the sensor actuator (p/n 25BA61761) and spring (p/n 25BA61830). Use another 4155 for reference. 6. The incorrect wiring harness was installed for the APS sensor (PS16) and the book sensor (PS17). The wire colors to PS16 should be red, orange, yellow. The wire colors to PS17 should be red, brown, yellow. Install the correct harness (p/n 25BA90190). Note: This harness is the same as a 3135 and 4145. 7. CN22 on the main CB is not connected. CN22 is the input from the 2 APS sensors (PS12, PS14). Reconnect CN22 on the main CB. Solution ID Description No power. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0600352EN* Solution Usage 55
95
4155
Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Fuse F1 or F5 (5V DC solid state fuses) on the main CB may be open. Check the continuity of the fuses. If the fuses are good, check the output from DCPS board (A). If there is no DC output, but there is AC input, the DCPS board (A) has failed. If the fuse or fuses are open, replace the main CB (p/n 25BA-9012) or the fuse (p/n 963012300). If necessary replace the DCPS board (A) (p/n 25BA84512). Note: Konica Business Technologies is not responsible for misapplication of any parts or fuses. Boards damaged by improper field fuse replacement will not be accepted for the Board Repair Program. 2. CN131 wiring on the AES board may be shorted to ground. Repair as necessary, and inspect F1 on the main CB, it may be open. 3. Fuse F1 (5V DC solid state fuse) on the main CB is open. The screws mounting the APS sensor have loosened, and the board has contacted the frame. Repair the APS sensor, and replace the main CB or the fuse (p/n 963012300). Install a insulating sheet under the sensor see 3135/4145/4155/4255 Technical Bulletin #37 . Note: Konica Business Technologies is not responsible for misapplication of any parts or fuses. Boards damaged by improper field fuse replacement will not be accepted for the Board Repair Program. 4. No power is being supplied to the DCPS board (A) due to a faulty main switch (SW1). Check for AC voltage at CN397-1. If necessary replace SW1 (p/n 25BA-8300). 5. A shorted AC wire or component in the fixing unit (L2 or L3 circuit) causes the leakage breaker to OPEN. Remove the fixing unit and restore power. If the leakage breaker does not OPEN, then inspect the fixing unit wiring for a short circuit. Repair or replace the AC wiring harness (p/n 25BA90081) as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0600401EN* Solution Usage 46
Description LT251, skew or varying registration from Tray 3. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The paper feed loop data set too low. Adjust the loop data to a higher value (maximum data value is +99) for more paper loop at the registration rollers. Loop data settings above 30 are not uncommon. 2. The paper feed rubber is worn. Replace the double feed prevention roller (p/n 5400406562) and paper feed rubber (p/n 540040562), (p/n 25BA40320). See page 14 and 16 of the LT251 parts catalog for location of the feed rubber. 3. The black colored rollers (p/n 540040110) located in the upper right side door are the old style. Install the new style rollers (p/n 12EJ40120). The rolllers are 2mm larger in diameter, and white in color. Note: Unequal tension of the 4 idler roller tension springs can also cause skew. Confirm that each spring is the same length, stretch the smaller spring to equal the longer spring; reassemble and verify the operation. 4. The lower right side door is loose. Ensure that the lower right side door closes securely. If the drawer base unit is below s/n 12FH03771 install the paper feed door modification (p/n 12EJK0010) on early style side doors. See 4155 [[Technical Bulletin #18,| IMAGE V:\BITMAPS\JRC130.bmp SCROLL]. 5. The paper tray is not level. Check the scribe marks to ensure that the tray is level. Perform the tray tilt adjustment. See page 19 of the LT251 service manual. 6. The rear frame is malformed. Check the rear right corner of the drawer. If the rear panel is warped, a reinforcing bracket is available. Install the reinforcing bracket. See LT251 Technical Bulletin #4 . 7. The side guides are too far from the edge of the paper. Raise the paper tray and adjust the side guides so that they lightly touch the paper. 8. The double feed prevention torque limiter spring is binding. Clean and lubricate the spring with Plas Guard*. See page 14 of the LT251 parts catalog for location of the spring. Prior to lubrication, thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications. 9. The double feed prevention shaft is malformed. Replace the double feed prevention plate assembly (p/n 12EJ-4240). 10. The paper feed spring clutches are binding. Clean and lubricate the clutches with Plas-Guard. 11. The upgraded rear side guide is not installed. Install the upgraded rear side guide (p/n 25SA-K011). See LT251 Technical Bulletin #6 . 12. The paper feed open/close plate is warped. Replace the guide plate (p/n 12EJ40092). 13. See 4155 Technical Bulletin #36A . This bulletin is a checklist intended to help resolve paper skew. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0600805EN* Solution Usage 35
Description How to program ATS (auto tray switching). Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
96
4155
To program ATS, access the 25 mode (press the 2 and 5 keys while simultaneously powering the copier ON), P06 to the desired data: 1. ATS not selected: set address 06 to 0, 2, 4, or 6. 2. ATS selected: set address 06 to 1, 3, 5, or 7. Notes: a. If level 23.2 or level 23.7 firmware is installed, the APS selects 8.5x11 when 8.5x11R is placed on the glass. Upgrade/downgrade the firmware to the 23.4 version. This allows programmable paper size default and ATS/APS/AMS. See 3135/4145/4155/4255 Technical Bulletin #43 . See, also, 4155 Technical Bulletin #50 (level 23.7). Level 23.4 EPROMs do not enhance the drum counter operation for the long life drums (PCUA 947542). The drum counter must be reset at drum replacement and the first PM after drum replacement. b. ATS will ONLY operate in full auto mode while using the RADF. c. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode.
August 2011
97
4255
Description J62 when copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The one-way clutch is slipping, causing a loss of drive to the conveyance roller. For location, see the DF402 parts catalog pages 20-21, items #24 and #27. Clean the one-way clutch (p/n 12EV23310) and the conveyance roller with alcohol. Lightly score the end of the conveyance roller with emery cloth or a nylon scrub pad to create better grip. Replace both parts if necessary. 2. The original paper exit sensor (PS712) is cracked. Replace the sensor (p/n 12EV21930). 3. The original scale plate is not depressed by the RDH, causing the originals not to exit. Ensure that the scale plate is depressed below the top of the glass when the RDH is in the closed position. 4. The feed rollers and conveyance rollers are worn. Replace the separate belts (p/n 12EV23250) 6 are needed, and the conveyance roller (p/n 12EV23170); or replace the complete assembly (p/n 12EV23150). 5. The coating on the platen glass has worn off causing a build up of static, affecting the paper conveyance. Check the continuity of the platen glass to the static discharge tabs (80K ohms). If the measured reading is greater than this, ensure that the tabs are making contact with the glass. If there is no change in the reading, replace the platen glass (p/n 25GA61720). 6. Clean with alcohol, wipe dry and adjust PTR701, PTR702, PTR703, and PTR704 as followed: a. Set dip RDHCB hardware dipswitch #4 to the ON position with all others OFF. Turn ON the main switch. b. PTR701 (original detect) RDHCB, CN16-1 to GND, adjust VR4 to 1.5V DC with no paper. c. PTR702 (skew detect) RDHCB, CN16-2 to GND, adjust VR3 to 1.5V DC with no paper. d. PTR703 (temp stop) RDHCB, CN16-3 to GND, adjust VR2 to 1.5V DC with no paper. e. PTR704 (orig side) RDHCB, CN16-4 to GND, adjust VR5 to 1.5V DC with no paper. f. Turn OFF power, set all hardware dip switches to the OFF position. Turn power ON and verify operation. Solution ID TAUS0601983EN* Solution Usage 16
Description Can the 4255 be converted to a 4155? Solution The DF306 document feeder is not available as a separate item, therefore the 4255 cannot be converted to a 4155. Solution ID TAUS0602253EN* Solution Usage 15
Description FS102, F77-3 during copier operation. Solution CAUSE: The circuit protector ICP6 is open on the finisher CB. This ICP protects the 2nd paper exit motor (M803) drive circuitry. SOLUTION: Verify that M803 is not binding. Note: To access this motor the shift tray and trim plate must be removed. Replace the finisher CB (p/n 12FU22720). Solution ID TAUS0603408EN* Solution Usage 14
Description DF402, P69 or P68-3 when the RDH tries to feed. Solution CAUSE: The separation belts and conveyance roller are worn. SOLUTION: Replace the separation belts (p/n 12EV23250) and the conveyance roller (p/n 12EV23170). Solution ID TAUS0600554EN* Solution Usage 9
Description Incorrect APS when using the RDH. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The temporary stop sensor (PTR703) is dirty or needs adjustment. See page 43 of the DF402 service manual to clean and adjust PTR703. See DF402 Technical Bulletin #1A . 2. The separate conveyance assembly on the RDH is mounted too far to the rear, causing gear (Z-29) to rub against the rear frame. Reposition the separate conveyance assembly (p/n 12EV23150) to achieve at least a 1mm gap between the frame and gear (Z-29) (p/n 12EV23320).
August 2011
98
4255
Description Blur areas or jitter from front-to-rear on the copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The first mirror is loose within the frame. Reform the first mirror retaining clip to hold the mirror secure. 2. The pad that slides on the front optics rail does not slide smoothly. Order the optics jitter countermeasure roller assembly (p/n 25BA-K060). The pad that rides on the optics front rail is removed and replaced with a roller like the model 3135. Perform the following steps to install the roller. a. Turn the power off, and unplug the machine from the wall outlet. b. Remove the platen glass. c. Open the front door and remove the screws for the operation panel, and the lower cover. Remove the operation panel and the lower cover. d. Raise the front of the exposure unit and remove the pad that slides on the front optics rail. e. Align the exposure unit with an opening in the front frame. f. Remove the the black M3 screw from the front end of the exposure unit through the opening in the front frame. g. Install the new roller assembly by hooking the provided clip on the roller assembly to the exposure unit frame, and secure it to the side of the exposure unit with the screw removed in the previous step. h. Move the exposure unit to check for binding. i. Reinstall the operation panel, lower cover, and the platen glass. j. Run copies and check to see that the jitter has been eliminated. 3. The optics slide shaft holder within the optics first mirror frame assembly is loose causing the mirror to bounce on the return scan. Install the optics reinforcement plate (p/n 25BA62020). If the reinforcement plate does not eliminate the symptoms, replace the reflector base (p/n 25BA-6212) and the mylar (p/n 490061570). Install the reinforcement plate on the new reflector base to prevent the optics slide shaft from loosening. Solution ID TAUS0602048EN* Solution Usage 7
Description The up/down motor (M804) of the finisher will not drive up. Solution CAUSE: The tray upper limit detect switch (MS802) is failing under load causing a loss of drive to M804. Note: This switch may test good with an ohm meter, but can fail under load. SOLUTION: Replace MS802 (p/n 12FU21140). Solution ID TAUS0601958EN* Solution Usage 6
Description LT251, J13 and J17 when feeding from the LCT. Solution CAUSE: The LCT feed motor (M401) has failed, damaging the LCT driver board. SOLUTION: Replace M401 (p/n 544080021) and the LCT driver board (p/n 12EJ-9011). Solution ID TAUS0600553EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Original skew. Solution CAUSE: The platen glass is installed incorrectly. SOLUTION: Install the platen glass so the positioning marker (white dot on side of glass) is located at either the right rear or left front corner of the machine. Note: Check the continuity between the platen glass and the grounding tabs with an ohmmeter. Bend the tabs downward to ensure contact. Solution ID TAUS0601053EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to default to 8.5x11R. Solution To default to 8.5x11R, install EPROMs (p/n 415513-23.4, and 415514-23.4). See 4255 Technical Bulletin #43 .
August 2011
99
4345
Description ST217, conveyance motor runs continually, or does not operate. The sorter cannot be selected. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Conveyance motor continually runs due to a loss of 5V DC from the ST217 DCPS (transformer board). F102 (0.4A fuse) is open. This fuse has been upgraded to eliminate the open condition that can occur in certain situations. Check for 5V DC at CN102-3 of the sorter transformer board. If not present, remove the connector and check directly off of the pin. Check all 5V DC loads off of the sorter CB for shorting to ground. If F102 is open, replace it with a 0.8A (250V) slow-blow, or replace the sorter transformer board (p/n 12TA84510) using the warrantee procedures outlined in ST217 Technical Bulletin #1 which is a mandatory modification. Note: Ensure that the front and rear elevation auxiliary pins (p/n 12TA48060) or the bin guide plate (front p/n 12TA48020 and rear p/n 12TA48030) are not bent or binding; replace or lubricate (thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated) as required. If no results, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010). See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications. 2. No sorter conveyance because fuse F3 on the sorter CB is open. F3 fuses the M201 (conveyance) driver circuit. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010). 3. No sorter conveyance because of a failed or binding M201 (conveyance). The sorter CB may also be damaged and require replacement. Loosen the motor drive belt tension. If the problem still occurs, replace the motor (p/n 12TA80020) and sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010) at the same time. Solution ID TAUS0603825EN* Solution Usage 88
Description Black copies intermittently. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Front door interlock (MS2, p/n 392085020) is faulty, or opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2. Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311), or replace MS2 as necessary. The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly. Note: MS2 is the switch on the left and is activated by the long actuator on the front door. 2. Internal (exposure) lamp cord has failed. Replace the lamp cord (p/n 25BA90162). Solution ID TAUS0603254EN* Solution Usage 87
Description F43 shortly after power up or during an optics scan. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Damaged L1 (projection lamp) lamp cord. Refer to 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #11 . Check for continuity between CN380-1 and CN380-6 on DCPS2. The lamp cord may become damaged if the wire clamp is not at a 90 angle in relation to the wire. The distance between the clamp and CN384 should be less than 5mm. Replace the lamp cord with (p/n 25BA90163). Note: Affected s/n range: 45FE02396 through 45FE03851. 2. DCPS2 has failed. The L1 CONT signal is received at CN29-2 on the power supply. The lamp cord, lamp, and F1 are good. The fuser lamps come on at power up, and disconnecting the RADF and sorter from the power supply does not change the symptom. No L1 DRIVE to the lamp. Replace DCPS2 (p/n 45AA84520). 3. CN29 is (mistakenly) plugged into the main CB at CN135. CN29 should be connected to the DCPS2. Solution ID TAUS0603823EN* Solution Usage 76
Description F35-1 or F35-2 shortly after power up.. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Lower roller thermostat (TS2) height is incorrect in machines below s/n 45BE02232. Adjust the gap between the lower roller and TS2 using the thermostat positioning jig (p/n 00M8-2-00). If the jig is not available, use 18 sheets of 20lb. paper as outlined in 4355 Technical Bulletin #2. 2. The fusing temperature sensors are not adjusted properly. Ensure that the entire surface of the sensor touches the upper roller. The thermostats must be adjusted with the positioning jig (p/n 00M6-3-00 for upper roller and p/n 00M8-2-00 for lower roller). 3. Loose contact at CN380-2. Reseat CN380.
August 2011
100
4345
4. Front door interlock (MS2) is faulty, or opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2. Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311), or replace MS2 (p/n 392085020) as necessary. The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly. 5. An open exists in the fuser unit (wiring, lamps or thermostats) as indicated by taking a resistance reading from CN392-11 to CN392-22 (blue connector at rear of fusing unit). If an open exists, check the resistance of individual components (L3, TS1 and TS2). TS2 (lower temperature thermostat, p/n 25BA88470). 6. A loose connection at TH1 CN69-2. Reseat CN69. 7. CN81, which supplies power and the control signal to RL1, is open or not properly connected. Inspect CN81 (2-pin black inline connector near DCPS2 with a red and a blue wire leading to RL1. Relay 1 is located behind where the power cord enters the machine) and reconnect as necessary. Note: Reset the failure code in the 25 mode. Set software dipswitch 3-6 to 0. Solution ID TAUS0602992EN* Solution Usage 69
Description ST216, jam position 13. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Sorter hardware dipswitches are set incorrectly. Confirm that the sorter CB dipswitches are all OFF. 2. The paper passage photosensors are dirty. Clean PS202 and LED202. Inspect each to ensure proper installation of the cover. 3. The paper entrance detect sensor (PS201) actuator is binding. Inspect the actuator movement, repair as necessary. Confirm PS signal change by monitoring sorter CB, CN11-2 to GND while in the 47 mode (no code, just check). When the actuator is in the normal position, the signal should be LO, when paper is present, the signal goes to HI. Reseat the wiring to PS201. If no results, replace PS201 (p/n 12TK85530) and/or the actuator (p/n 12TK45470). 4. The indexer is not aligned properly. To properly adjust the indexer position, perform the following: a. Power copier OFF. b. Remove the front and rear covers. c. On the sorter CB, set dipswitches SW1-1, SW1-2 and SW1-3 to the ON position. d. Ensure both sorter interlocks are closed (PS208 and MS201). e. On the sorter CB, press and hold PSW1 while powering ON the main body (code 70-00 will occur; this is normal). f. Release PSW1, then press and release it one time. The indexer will lower to the adjustment position (approximately at the 4th bin). g. Open the conveyance section. h. Insert the indexer positioning shaft adjustment tool (p/n 7050K0020) into the access hole on the rear side frame of the sorter. The hole is located to the right of the conveyance door interlock switch (MS201). The shaft should be positioned under the indexer and into another hole in the front side frame. Note: The indexer positioning tool is the same tool used for optics alignment on the 7050. i. Rotate the indexer motor encoder plate to lower the indexer until it contacts the adjustment shaft. j. Loosen the fixed screw located on the front side of the indexer. k. Slide the front of the indexer up or down until it is positioned parallel with the adjustment shaft. Retighten the indexer fixing screw. l. Loosen the screw that secures the PS203 4-slot encoder plate and adjust the 4-slot encoder plate until LED 1 is lit. Retighten the encoder plate. Note: Either or both interlock sensor/switch (PS208/MS201) must be opened during this adjustment. m. Remove the indexer positioning shaft and reset all 3 SW1 switches to the OFF position. n. Power copier OFF/ON to return to the normal mode. 5. If PS201 is operational and not binding, and the indexer unit is set to specification and the problem still occurs, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TK-9010). 6. Flapper assembly (p/n 12TK-4510) is not in the home position which is up an open, the flapper spring (p/n 12TK45410) is not attached to the front leg frame. 7. Paper stops at the sorter entrance rollers due to a malformed inner paper guide plate. Reform the inner paper guide (p/n 12TK45150) so that the upper edge of the plate is 2mm below the surface of the inner rollers (p/n 12TK45070). Verify operation. Note: The paper guide may become malformed as a result of improper shipping techniques (lifting of the sorter by the top cover). Solution ID TAUS0601974EN* Solution Usage 55
Description How to program ECM. Solution To program ECM mode, first, create the 4-digit key operator password: 1. Access the 25 mode (hold down the 2 and 5 keys while powering the machine ON). 2. Press 6: Password setting 3. Press 1: Key operator password setting 4. Enter a 4-digit password (write this number down for future referrence). 5. Press SET. 6. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
101
4345
Next, create the 8-digit master key code password: 1. Press 2: ECM master key code setting. 2. Enter an 8-digit password (write this number down for future referrence). 3. Press SET. 4. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN. 5. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN again. 6. Press 1: Software switch setting 7. Set dipswitch 10-1 to 1 (ON), to enable the up down arrows for programming users. 8. Power the machine OFF. To program the initial user in the ECM mode: 1. Access the Key operator mode (hold down the help key while the machine ON). 2. Enter the Key operator password and press OK. 3. Press 3: ECM. 4. Enter the 8-digit master key code and press OK (twice if necessary). 5. Press 1: ECM password setting. 6. Press Set Password. 7. Create a 5-digit user password for user 000 and press OK. 8. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN. 9. Press 2: ECM Count Limit setting. 10. Enter the maximum number of copies allowed for this user and press OK. Next, program what the display will read when the users reach their limit. 1. Press 5: Copy Limit Reached effect. 2. Select one of the three modes and press OK: Immediately : machine stops when the limit is reached (this setting may disturb some users). After Job : machine stops after the end of the current copy job (recommended) Warning : a warning is displayed when the limit is reached (recommended). Next, turn the ECM mode ON. 1. From the ECM menu press 4: ECM ON/OFF setting. 2. Press ON, then press OK. 3. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the Key operator mode. Solution ID TAUS0611989EN* Solution Usage 39
Description LT251, misfeed, skew, incorrect or varying registration from Tray 3. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The paper feed loop data is incorrect. To adjust the paper feed loop timing, perform the following: a. Power the copier OFF. b. Enter the 36 mode (power the copier ON, while holding the 3 and 6 keys). c. Touch [2 TIMING ADJUSTMENT] on the LCD. d. Touch [4 PAPER FEED LOOP ADJUSTMENT] on the LCD. e. Press [NEXT ADJUSTMENT] on the LCD twice, until PAPER LOOP ADJ. (DB/ADU) is displayed at the top of the LCD. f. The number displayed at the top right of the LCD is the current loop timing setting for the (DB/ADU). The adjustment range is (-20 to +99). Using the numeric keypad displayed on the LCD enter a lower number then the current loop timing setting. g. Touch the [SET] key, followed by the [COPY SCREEN] key. h. Make a copy and check for proper copy quality. i. Press the STOP/CLEAR key, while holding the P key to return to the paper feed loop adjusting screen. j. Repeat step 6 through 9 until the registration is correct. k. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode. 2. Older style white idle rollers (p/n 540040110) are installed. These rollers are located in the right side door. Install the new style roller (p/n 12EJ40120 - 2mm larger diameter). Note: Unequal tension of the (4) shaft holder springs also cause skew. Confirm that each spring set is the same length. Replace springs (p/n 12EJ40470 lower set and p/n 12EJ40530 - upper set) if necessary, reassemble, and verify operation. 3. The right side door is loose. Ensure that the right side door closes securely. Install the block modification (p/n 12EJK0010) on early style side doors as per 3135 Technical Bulletin #18. 4. The paper tray is not level. Check the scribe marks to ensure that the tray is level. Perform the tray tilt adjustment as outlined on page 19 of the LT251 service manual. 5. The rear frame is deformed. Check the rear right corner of the drawer. If the rear panel is warped, a reinforcing bracket is available. Install the reinforcing bracket. See LT251 Technical Bulletin #4 . 6. The side guides are too far from the edge of the paper. Raise the paper tray and adjust the side guides so that they lightly touch the paper. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
102
4345
7. The double feed prevention torque limiter spring is binding. Clean and lubricate the spring with Plas Guard*. See page 14 of the LT251 parts catalog for location of the spring. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications. 8. The double feed prevention shaft is deformed. Replace the double feed prevention plate assembly (p/n 12EJ-4240). 9. The feed rubber is worn. Replace the double feed prevention roller (p/n 5400406562) and paper feed rubber (p/n 540040562, p/n 25BA40320). See page 14 and 16 of the LT251 parts catalog for location of the feed rubber. 10. The paper feed spring clutches are binding. Clean and lubricate the clutches with Plas Guard*. 11. The upgraded rear side guide is not installed. Install the upgraded rear side guide (p/n 25SA-K011). See LT251 Technical Bulletin #6 for details. 12. The paper feed open/close plate is warped. Replace the guide plate (p/n 12EJ40092). 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #7 outlines the tray 3 skew checklist. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0604212EN* Solution Usage 37
Description PLEASE UNLOAD DUPLEX TRAY message when a duplex mode (1:2 or 2:2) is selected. Solution CAUSE: A sheet or sheets of paper remaining in the ADU. SOLUTION: To empty the ADU, perform the following: 1. Pull out the ADU. 2. Lift the conveyance plate by the green handle. 3. Remove paper. 4. Insert the ADU unit.
August 2011
103
4355
Description ST217, cannot select sort/staple mode. Sort, group, and manual staple operate individually. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect or mismatched firmware is installed in the main body. Install the latest firmware to allow the use of ST216 or ST217 on the 4355 (main CB, IC24, level 24.1). For a complete list of the latest firmware, see 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #10A . 2. A poor RADF to main body connection, allows the RADF to operate but would not allow sort/staple to be selected. Power OFF the machine and disconnect/reconnect the RADF, then power ON. EPROM history hyperlink . Note 1: To display the current EPROM levels on the LCD: 1. Enter 25 mode. 2. Select #9 (indication of ROM version). Note 2: The (4) operation panel EPROMs are located under the staple tray on the left side of the op panel. To access, open the front door and remove one screw. Solution ID TAUS0603766EN* Solution Usage 85
Description ST217, conveyance motor runs continually or does not operate. The sorter cannot be selected. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Conveyance motor continually runs due to a loss of 5V DC from the ST217 DCPS (transformer board). F102 (0.4A fuse) is open. This fuse has been upgraded to eliminate the open condition that can occur in certain situations. Check for 5V DC at CN102-3 of the sorter transformer board. If not present, remove the connector and check directly off of the pin. Check all 5V DC loads off of the sorter CB for shorting to ground. If F102 is open, replace it with a 0.8A (250V) slow-blow, or replace the sorter transformer board (p/n 12TA84510) using the warrantee procedures outlined in ST217 Technical Bulletin #1 which is a mandatory modification. Note: Ensure that the front and rear elevation auxiliary pins (p/n 12TA48060) or the bin guide plate (front p/n 12TA48020 and rear p/n 12TA48030) are not bent or binding; replace or lubricate (thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated) as required. If no results, replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010). See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications. 2. No sorter conveyance because fuse F3 on the sorter CB is open. F3 fuses the M201 (conveyance) driver circuit. Replace the sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010). 3. No sorter conveyance because of a failed or binding M201 (conveyance). The sorter CB may also be damaged and require replacement. Loosen the motor drive belt tension. If the problem still occurs, replace the motor (p/n 12TA80020) and sorter CB (p/n 12TA87010) at the same time. Solution ID TAUS0601974EN* Solution Usage 55
Description How to program ECM. Solution To program ECM mode, first, create the 4-digit key operator password: 1. Access the 25 mode (hold down the 2 and 5 keys while powering the machine ON). 2. Press 6: Password setting 3. Press 1: Key operator password setting 4. Enter a 4-digit password (write this number down for future referrence). 5. Press SET. 6. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN. Next, create the 8-digit master key code password: 1. Press 2: ECM master key code setting. 2. Enter an 8-digit password (write this number down for future referrence). 3. Press SET. 4. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN. 5. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN again. 6. Press 1: Software switch setting 7. Set dipswitch 10-1 to 1 (ON), to enable the up down arrows for programming users. 8. Power the machine OFF. To program the initial user in the ECM mode: 1. Access the Key operator mode (hold down the help key while the machine ON). 2. Enter the Key operator password and press OK. 3. Press 3: ECM. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
104
4355
4. Enter the 8-digit master key code and press OK (twice if necessary). 5. Press 1: ECM password setting. 6. Press Set Password. 7. Create a 5-digit user password for user 000 and press OK. 8. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN. 9. Press 2: ECM Count Limit setting. 10. Enter the maximum number of copies allowed for this user and press OK. Next, program what the display will read when the users reach their limit. 1. Press 5: Copy Limit Reached effect. 2. Select one of the three modes and press OK: Immediately : machine stops when the limit is reached (this setting may disturb some users). After Job : machine stops after the end of the current copy job (recommended) Warning : a warning is displayed when the limit is reached (recommended). Next, turn the ECM mode ON. 1. From the ECM menu press 4: ECM ON/OFF setting. 2. Press ON, then press OK. 3. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the Key operator mode. Solution ID TAUS0603967EN* Solution Usage 45
Description Black copies intermittently. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Front door interlock (MS2, p/n 392085020) is faulty, or opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2. Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311), or replace MS2 as necessary. The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly. Note: MS2 is the switch on the left and is activated by the long actuator on the front door. 2. Internal (exposure) lamp cord has failed. Replace the lamp cord (p/n 25BA90162). Solution ID TAUS0601850EN* Solution Usage 44
Description F35-1 or F35-2. Solution Low temperature abnormality detected. Reset the failure code in the 25 mode. Set switch #3-6 to 0. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Lower roller thermostat (TS2) height is incorrect in machines below s/n 45BE02232. Adjust the gap between the lower roller and TS2 using the thermostat positioning jig (p/n 00M8-2-00). If the jig is not available, use 18 sheets of 20lb. paper as outlined in 4355 Technical Bulletin #2. 2. The fusing temperature sensors are not adjusted properly. Ensure that the entire surface of the sensor touches the upper roller. The thermostats must be adjusted with the positioning jig (p/n 00M6-3-00 for upper roller and p/n 00M8-2-00 for lower roller). 3. Loose contact on CN380-2. Reseat CN380. 4. Front door interlock (MS2) opens intermittently and shuts down DCPS/2. Install the new style switch mounting plate (p/n 45AA12311). The mounting holes in the new plate are 0.2mm smaller in diameter, to eliminate play between the switch and the mounting assembly. 5. An open exists in the fuser unit (wiring, lamps or thermostats) as indicated by taking a resistance reading from CN392-11 to CN392-22 (blue connector at rear of fusing unit). If an open exists, check the resistance of individual components (L3, TS1 (p/n 540088420) and TS2). TS2 (lower temperature thermostat, p/n 25BA88470). Solution ID TAUS0603673EN* Solution Usage 44
Description Code 5500h at power up. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect or mismatched firmware is installed. SOLUTION: Install the latest firmware as outlined in 4345/4355 Technical Bulletin #10A . Notes: 1. To display the current EPROM levels on the LCD: a. Enter 25 mode. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
105
4355
b. Select #9 (indication of ROM version). 2. The (4) operation panel EPROMs are located under the staple tray on the left side of the op panel. To access, open the front door and remove one screw. 3. EPROM history hyperlink Solution ID TAUS0602256EN* Solution Usage 40
Description How to program mixed original mode as the initial setting. Solution To set the mixed original mode for initial setting, perform the following: 1. Select mixed originals on the LCD screen. 2. Press the job memory key. 3. Store the job under #10. 4. Access the key operator mode (turn the machine ON while pressing the HELP key 5. Press 9: MEMORY SWITCH 6. Press 21: Job Memory Auto Recall Function and set it to ON. Job memory #10 will now be recalled automatically when power is turned ON or when Auto-reset is initiated. Solution ID TAUS0603829EN* Solution Usage 33
Description PLEASE REMOVE PAPER FROM ADU is displayed. Where is the paper? Solution Pull out the ADU. Lift up on the green handle and completely raise the conveyance cover. Remove the copy paper.
August 2011
106
5076/7490/760ZA
Description How to program ECM, 7490. Solution To program the ECM, perform the following: 1. Power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, and power the machine ON. Press P-6-start print, set software dipswitch 1-7 to 1 for the ECM option. To change the second digit use the AUTO button. 2. Program the master key code. Press P-9-start print. Use the key pad to enter the 8 digit master key code, press the start print button to store. Ensure the key operator knows this code. Note: To view the master key code power the machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, and power the machine ON. Press P-9-start print. 3. To access the ECM modes, with the machine at idle, holding down the P button, enter the 8 digit master key code, no change will occur on the op panel until the last digit is entered. 4. There are 4 options in the ECM mode. Press 1 on the key pad for Create Password. The number of passwords available is 144. Each password must be 5 digits long. Use the magnification arrows to scroll through the passwords. 5. Press 2 for Limit Copy Count: Set the copy count limit for each password (up to 999,999 copies.) 6. Press 3 for Read Copy Count: Read the current copy count for each password. 7. Press 4 for Count Reset: Clear all accounts or individual account. When each account is cleared, the copy count will automatically reset to zero. 8. To escape the ECM modes, while holding down the P button press the stop/clear button. Solution ID TAUS0600617EN* Solution Usage 12
Description Code 41-1 at power up. Solution CAUSE: The MCB1 board and or the main motor (M1) is faulty, pulling down the 35V DC to the MCB2 board. If the front doors are open at power up, the code will not occur until a copy is attempted. SOLUTION: Ensure the drum carriage, and entire drive system is free of any binding. If necessary replace MCB1 (p/n 5380-8590) and M1 (p/n 454080010) as a set. Solution ID TAUS0602601EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Code 54. Solution CAUSE: The exhaust fan (M6) is faulty. SOLUTION: Replace M6 (p/n 454080130). Solution ID TAUS0600558EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Code 37 at power up. Solution SOLUTION: Perform the following steps. 1. Ensure the fuse on PSB2 (6.3A 250V) it is not open. 2. Power the machine OFF, and remove all connectors from PSB2, except for CN83 (AC in) and CN88 (24V DC and control). 3. Power the machine ON in the 47 mode, and verify the 28V DC output from CN86-1 to ground, to determine if the power supply is faulty. Power the machine OFF and connect the other connectors one at a time while monitoring the 28V DC in the 47 mode. If voltage drops trace the bad load by the connector number: CN86 feeds 28V DC to MCB2. CN87 feeds 28V DC to MCB3, MCB5, and M6. CN89 feeds 28V DC to PFU driver board, ADU driver board, RADF CB, and the sorter CB. To further isolate which control or driver board is bad, reconnect CN89 on the power supply. Then remove the following connectors. CN401 on the PFU driver board. CN501 on the ADU driver board. CN301 on the RADF CB. CN801 on the sorter CB. Replace the shorted board after confirming the loads that go to that board are not faulty. Solution ID TAUS0601046EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Jitter 90mm from the trail edge. Solution CAUSE: The second paper feed rollers are turning off too soon, or the copy paper is skewed. SOLUTION: Install EPROM (p/n 749015-16.0) on main CB. See 7090S Technical Bulletin #44 .
August 2011
107
5076/7490/760ZA
Description Code 41-5. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The left optics overrun sensor (PS8) has failed. Replace PS8 (p/n 454085510). 2. The optics drive motor (M2) is faulty. Verify there is no binding in the optics drive system. Ensure that all photosensors are clean, and there are no cracked optics pulleys. If necessary replace M2 (p/n 454080020). 3. The MCB2 board has failed. Replace the board (p/n 5380-8540). Solution ID TAUS0600613EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Blurry copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Blurry copies in reduction or enlargement 1:1 is normal. The mirror solenoid (SD2) is binding or has failed. This will not allow the roller bearing on the V-frame to stay in contact with the magnification cam. Clean the solenoid and ensure that the locking plates are clean and not binding. If necessary replace SD2 (p/n 454082030). 2. Intermittent blur on the copies. The optics slide pulley or optics slide roller is cracked. If necessary replace the optics slide pulley (p/n 454062430), or the optics slide roller (p/n 454062460). 3. Intermittent blur on the copies. The second paper feed motor (M9) is faulty. Run the motor using the 47 mode output code 28. If the motor body is hot after running, ensure there is no binding on the unit. If necessary replace M9 (p/n 454080060). 4. A narrow blurred line on 11x17 copies approximately 2.5 inches from the lead edge. The retaining clip on the paper conveyance clutch (MC602) on the RADF is not fully seated. Reseat the retaining clip. Solution ID TAUS0600625EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Jam position 11. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Jam position 11. The original will not fully exit the RADF, and or half copies. The one-way clutch inside the paper reverse drive pulley on the RADF is dirty or binding. When the prefeed operation takes place the first original that was fed to the scale plate is pulled away due to the reverse drive causing the rollers to reverse. Clean the one-way bearing with alcohol or replace the reverse drive (p/n 016076530). 2. RADF height is out of adjustment. The rear side is too high above the glass. Adjust the height to specification. The procedure is detailed on page 10 of the DF303/303A/304 service manual. Solution ID TAUS0600734EN* Solution Usage 5
Description What is the difference between the 7490 and 7490M? Solution The serial number prefix 538 indicates the model is a 7490. The serial number prefix 555 indicates a 7490M. The 7490M can accept the staple sorter (ST207) and has increased duplex productivity. Solution ID TAUS0601054EN* Solution Usage 5
Description The copier stays in wait. The fuser lamp cycles normally. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the fuser lamps is open. Verify the L2/L3 circuit paths. Replace the open component. Temperature fuse (p/n 4542-8381). L2 short lamp (p/n 454083020). L3 long lamp (p/n 454083030). 2. The triac for L2 is shorted causing L2 to stay ON, which opens the temperature fuse. Replace the triac (p/n 496088420) and the temperature fuse assembly (p/n 4542-8381). 3. The temperature CB (TCB) has failed. Replace the TCB (p/n 538287170).
August 2011
108
5076/7490/760ZA
August 2011
109
5080/5082
Description Code 54 when duplexing. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Improper feedback signals from the optics cooling fans (M10, M11). Ensure the fans work in the 47 mode with output code 52. If the fans work, replace EPROM IC5 (p/n 508015-14.2) on the main CB. Note: Ensure both fan filters get replaced every PM. 2. One of the optics cooling fans (M10, M11) are faulty. Ensure the fans work in the 47 mode using output code 52. Replace the faulty fan motor (p/n 454080110). Ensure both fan filters get replaced every PM. Solution ID TAUS0600686EN* Solution Usage 23
Description ST207, code 77-3. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open interlock switch, SW1, SW2, SW3, or SW4. This opens the 28V DC to the coil of relay 1. Perform a continuity check from the red wire on RL1 to CN812-1 (red wire) on the sorter CB. The reading should be approximately 0.8 ohms, repair or replace any bad switches as necessary. 2. Resistor R64 next to fuse F1 on the sorter CB has failed. This causes no RL1 drive. Turn the machine OFF and check CN812-1 to frame ground. If there is continuity to frame ground, inspect all interlock switches and the wiring to them for any shorts to frame (disengage the bin shift motor and slide the bin unit back and forth while watching the meter). Repair any faults as necessary, then replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011). 3. The code occurred after the ST208 was removed. A jumper must be installed to the 2 pin connector (CN936). The connector is located near the bottom of the sorter DC power supply. 4. The sorter power supply board is not outputting 28V DC. Replace the DC power supply board (p/n 554184510). 5. There is no AC input to the sorter power supply. CN847 on the sorter power supply is loose. Ensure that CN847 is fully seated. Solution ID TAUS0600676EN* Solution Usage 17
Description Jam position 4. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The loop (MC2) and second feed (MC1) clutches are dirty. Clean and adjust the gap (two sheets 20lb paper) of MC1, and MC2. 2. The tension of the paper feed timing belt on the PFU may be too tight. Adjust the tension of the paper feed timing belt. For best results, start the adjustment at the midpoint of the belt tension unit. 3. The paper feed unit drive system is binding due to excessive toner buildup in the drive assemblies. Clean any toner from the drive belt and all the gears and shafts. Replace any damaged or worn parts. Note: Jam position 4 may only occur with 8.5x11 paper and may not occur in copy face down or at 99% reduction. 4. The paper feed motor (M9) is faulty, causing fuse F2 (3.15A, 125V) on the MCB3 board to open. Replace M9 (p/n 454080060) and the MCB3 board (p/n 5740-9012). 5. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 5742-8625). Solution ID TAUS0600675EN* Solution Usage 15
Description Fusing unit lamps, L2 or L3, do not light and no error codes are displayed. Poor fusing results. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. A thermocouple (CA) is contacting the upper roller or the CA mounting bracket. Inspect both CA1 and CA2 for proper positioning (1mm above, and parallel to, the upper roller). Ensure that the CA wires have not slipped off the insulating pads. 2. An open lamp or temperature fuse. Check continuity between CN190-2 (black wire) to the TCB CN151-4 (red wire) for L3 and TF4. Then check continuity from the TCB CN151-6 (white wire) to CN190-2 (black wire) for L2 and TF2. CN190 is located behind the TCB and is a 2 pin in-line connector. Replace the open lamp(s), or temperature fuse(s) as necessary. 3. There is a poor connection at the fuser drawer connector. Inspect each pin in the male and female connectors. Reform the pins as necessary to ensure a good connection. 4. The temperature CB (TCB) is faulty. Replace the TCB (p/n 538287170).
August 2011
110
5080/5082
Description Code 26 at idle or while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The IF voltage for PS1 is set too low or too high. Ensure that PS1 is clean and aligned correctly. Set the IF voltage to 2.5V DC, measuring between TP3 (IF voltage) and TP6 (GND); on the process CB. Perform this adjustment in the 58 mode with output code 8 selected. Adjust VR1 as necessary. 2. A Katun drum is installed. Replace the drum with a Konica drum (PCUA 947805), and verify the PS1 adjustment. 3. The cleaning blade release lever attached to the blade release motor (M5) is not contacting the release lever on the cleaning unit. This results in poor cleaning. Repair the release lever(s), and ensure proper contact. Use the 47 mode output code 41 to operate M5. 4. Incorrect supplies were used. Purge the toning/developing, and recycling systems, and add the correct supplies. Instruct the operator(s) how to identify the correct supplies. 5. Code 26 occurs approximately 50,000 copies into a PM cycle. Due to an environment that affects the charge current on the drum (print shop effect), the copy quality degrades over a period of time. Install the optional charge corona fan unit (p/n 454080160). Note: The fan should be positioned so the airflow goes into the drum cavity. 6. The process CB has failed. Replace the process CB (p/n 5740-8533). Solution ID TAUS0600690EN* Solution Usage 13
Description ST207, jam position 13. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The positioning of the exit detect LED (LED201) is off. The sensor always detects a jam. Perform the following steps. a. Turn ON hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB. b. Turn VR1 clockwise until LED1 goes ON, then turn VR1 counterclockwise, and confirm the scale mark at which LED1 turns OFF. At this point, if VR1 is at the third scale mark or more (in the counterclockwise direction), confirm the position of the sensor. If VR1 is at a position of less than 3 scale marks, proceed with the following steps. c. Loosen the screw on the light emitting side of the exit detect sensor. d. Turn VR1 to the center of the scale and find the sensor position where LED1 turns OFF by moving the sensor up and down. e. Form the mounting plate using long-nose pliers so that the sensor will detect properly. f. Turn OFF hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB. 2. A level 12 EPROM is installed on the sorter CB. Ensure that IC3 on the sorter CB is at least a level 13.1 (p/n ST20763-13.1). This eliminates user induced jams. 3. The large vertical conveyance door is closed too tight slowing down the paper feed. Adjust the large vertical door for proper operation. 4. The paper is hitting the paper hold lever assembly (p/n 5540-5290) as it enters the bin. Perform the paper miscentering adjustment. This adjustment is on page ST-31 of the ST207/208/297 service manual (2nd edition April 93). Solution ID TAUS0603028EN* Solution Usage 13
Description Jam position 7. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The fusing jam LED (LED502) in the exit reversing unit has failed. Replace LED502 (p/n 0900-8380). 2. There is a cold solder joint on the fusing jam sensor (PS506). Repair or replace PS506 (p/n 066085520). Solution ID TAUS0600678EN* Solution Usage 12
Description Code 52. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One or both of the door switches (MS11 and MS12) has failed or is not actuated. Ensure that the switches are actuated. Check CN62-1 (24V DC) to CN62-4 (GND) on the MCB1 board. If 24V DC is not present, inspect MS11 and or MS12. Ensure that 24V DC is originating from CN10-8 on PSB1. If necessary replace any faulty switches (p/n 454285030). 2. CN64 on the MCB1 board is not fully seated. Reseat CN64 on the MCB1 board. 3. The main motor (M1) is faulty. Replace M1 (p/n 454080010). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
111
5080/5082
4. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 5742-8625). Solution ID TAUS0600673EN* Solution Usage 11
Description How to program ECM, 5080. Solution To program the ECM, perform the following: 1. Power the machine OFF. Hold down the P button and the start print, and power the machine ON. Press P-6-start print set software dipswitch 1-7 to 1 to enable the ECM option. 2. Program the master key code. Press P-9-start print. Use the keypad to enter the 8 digit master key code, press the start print button to store. Ensure the key operator knows this code. Note: To enter the master key code or view it power machine OFF, hold down the P button and the start print, power the machine ON. Then press P-9-start print. 3. To access the ECM modes, with the machine at idle, hold down the P button and enter the 8 digit master key code, no change will occur on the op panel until the last digit is entered. 4. Press 1 on the keypad for Create Password. The number of passwords available is 144. Each password must be 5 digits long. Use the magnification arrows to scroll through the passwords. 5. Press 2 for Limit Copy Count: Set the copy count limit for each password (up to 999,999 copies.) 6. Press 3 for Read Copy Count: Read the current copy count for each password. 7. Press 4 for Count Reset: Clear all accounts or individual account. When each account is cleared, the copy count will automatically reset to zero. 8. To escape the ECM modes, while holding down the P button press the stop/clear button. Solution ID TAUS0600681EN* Solution Usage 11
Description ST201, missorting. Solution CAUSE: Incompatible firmware is installed on the sorter CB, or incorrect programming in the P6 mode. SOLUTION: Ensure that IC3 on the sorter CB is a revision 01.0 (p/n 609063-01.0). This EPROM is recommended for faster machines with an ST201 installed. In the P6 mode set software dip 4-0 to 1. Note: Depending on the firmware on the main body, when this dipswitch is set to 1 it can disable the P3 adjustments.
August 2011
112
5370
Description Code 36-06 or PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message (the machine does not come to the ready state). Solution Note: To reset the failure code use the 25 mode, and set dipswitch 3-5 to 0. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The fuser lamps are installed incorrectly or a lamp is open. If the lamps were replaced recently, make sure the makers mark (Toshiba (L2), Ushio (L3)) is toward the front of the fuser. An open lamp within the upper roller CANNOT be detected by eye. Continuity must be checked to determine if a lamp is open. To check the lamps: a. Slide out the fuser unit. b. Set meter to 20 ohm scale. c. Measure individual lamps from the ceramic mounting blocks, front and rear. d. Replace the open lamp. 2. M3 (fusing motor) has failed in the reverse direction (pressure). PS13 (pressure ON/OFF) is not being flagged, therefore the copier will not go to the ready state. Replace M3 (p/n 25AA80032). To prevent this problem from reoccurring, install the new style AUX levers (p/n 25AA-5281 [front], 25AA-5291 [rear]) as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #38 for new part ordering and installation information. The bearing (cam shaft holder) of the new levers protrudes further downward to catch the pressure cam at an earlier point in its cycle. This minimizes drag during pressure up of the fuser rollers. Also, inspect the condition of the AUX lever mounting posts (p/n 25AA53370). Replace these posts if necessary. 3. TH4 failure or TH4 wiring was reversed during replacement of the temperature sensors for the fuser unit. Replace TH4 (TH1 and TH4 are on the same harness (p/n 25AA88051)) and ensure that the wiring for CN131-3 and CN131-11 is correct. 4. Worn fuser lamps. Lamp replacement cycle is 1.2M copies. Replace all 3 fuser lamps at 1.2M copies. CAUTION: Do not mix old (6190) and new (5370/6190) style lamps. Install only the following for 5370. L2 (240V, 1800W) p/n 25AE83080 L3 (240V, 1000W) p/n 25AE83090 L4 lower roller lamp p/n 25AA83041. L2 (thick lamp) for s/n cut off 25AE00598 order p/n 25AE83030. L2 (thick lamp) for s/n cut in 25AE01001 order p/n 25AE83080. L3 (thin lamp) for s/n cut off 25AE00598 order p/n 25AE83020. L3 (thin lamp) for s/n cut in 25AE01001 order p/n 25AE83080. Refer to page 8-9 in the service manual for details regarding replacement items at 1.2M. 5. If L3 or L4 (lower roller lamp) opens, the machine may remain in warm-up mode indefinitely. Codes 35-04 (L3 open) and 35-05 (L4 open), were deactivated from the machine shut down menu due to problems with false codes in cold environments. Occurrence of these codes can be viewed in 25 mode, data collection 5, 131 (L3) and 132 (L4). Engineering has requested a firmware update to reactivate 35-04 and 35-05 for open lamp conditions. The request will also include increasing the warm-up time window so that false codes are not generated. 6. The upper roller is not made by Konica and the thickness or material used is incorrect. Install the correct upper roller (p/n 25AA53431). 7. Failed upper roller temperature sensors. (TH2, TH3, CA1, CA2). Replace the sensors which are available as an assembly (p/n 25AA88043). Note: Use the gap gauges when installing these sensors. Adjust the height of the fusing temperature sensors. This can be accomplished through the use of approved sensor adjustment jigs (p/n SPRF-0040, SPRF-0050, SPRF-0060, SPRF-0070, SPRF-0080) or by using the following specifications: TH2 and TH3 - 1 0.3mm TH1 and TH4 - 2 0.3mm CA1 and CA2 - 1 0.15mm TS2 and TS3 - 1 0.15mm TS4 - 3 0.15mm. Solution ID TAUS0600547EN* Solution Usage 73
Description DF307, code 60-01 (RADF communication failure). Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open ICP1 (2.0A DC), 5V DC protection on the DFDB (upper board). Check for 5V DC at TP7 and at CN550-3. The ICP is electrically in between these points. If the voltage is present at CN550-3, but absent at the test point, the ICP is open. Replace the RADF drive board (p/n 12AA-9023). Notes: a. When cleaning RADF sensors, ensure that power is OFF. b. To open the paper drawers when 60-01 is displayed, set 25 mode, dipswitch 3-0 to 1 to deselect the RADF. The paper drawers can now be opened. 2. ICP1 on the DFCB (lower board) may be open if the original width detection board (OWDB) is loose and shorted to the underside of the platen pressure Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
113
5370
plate. Reattach the OWDB to the platen pressure plate (p/n 12AA-4201). The OWDB is located on the underside, front of the platen pressure plate. Replace the DFCB (p/n 12AA-9019). Solution ID TAUS0603108EN* Solution Usage 57
Description The LCD touchscreen is locked up, inoperable, erratic, or damaged. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open ICP1 on the operation board. Replace the 5V DC ICP. 2. Loss of 5V DC from DCPS1, CN7, pin 6. Replace DCPS1 (p/n 25AA84510). 3. Touch beeper is not ON, this causes key operators to push too hard on the display damaging the membrane (dead spots). Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) and activate the beeper function. Note: To activate the beeper function on 5370, perform the following: a. Power the machine ON while holding the HELP key. b. Select Key click sound. c. Select ON (and LONG or SHORT response) d. Power machine OFF/ON. 4. Backup battery failure (memory board, located on the main CB). Check the battery output with the machine OFF. The output should be at least 3V DC. Replace the memory board if necessary (p/n 25AA-9100). 5. Blank LCD due to operation panel failure. Erratic operation continues after replacing the LCD component. Replace the operation panel complete (p/n 25AE-7006). 6. Dead spots on the touch membrane. Faulty operation board 1 is not processing the signal received from the touch screen leading to non selection in a particular LCD area. Replace OB1 (p/n 25AA-9322). 7. Improperly grounded LCD unit can lead to screen lock up (KONICA is displayed). Install a ground wire from the op panel ground to the right side of the LCD. Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) if erratic operation continues. 8. LCD fades out at power up or goes blank during operation after the EPROM's were replaced. Verify that the latest production firmware is installed as a set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A . Main CB - 537018-31.0 Main CB - 537019-31.0 Operation board - 537022-30.0 Operation board - 537026-30.0 Operation board - 537027-31.0 Operation board - 537028-31.0 ADF CB - DF30733-23.0 Sorter CB - ST21265-17.0 Note: The operation board EPROMs are accessed by lifting up the toner hopper lid, remove the screw sercuring the metal plate. The four operation panel EPROMs should be visible. 537022-30.0 537026-30.0 537027-31.0 537028-31.0 EPROM history hyperlink . 9. Failed RADF main harness. Replace the RADF-to-main body harness (p/n 12AA90053). Solution ID TAUS0602245EN* Solution Usage 51
Description Code 26-01. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The toner control sensor reference voltage is not adjusted properly: a. Open the front door and remove the cover (secured by one screw) on the operation panel. b. Connect the probes of the meter to TP2 (toner PS) and TP3 (GND) of CB1. c. Turn ON the main switch. d. Adjust VR2 on CB1 to 2.5V DC 0.05V See page 6-24 in the 5370/6190 service manual. 2. A loss of ground at the charge corona shell. Ensure that the grounding tab located on the rear of the drum carriage contacts the charge corona shell. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
114
5370
3. Incorrect toner was added in the machine. Purge all supplies from the toner hopper, developer, cleaning unit and recycling system. Install new 6190 toner and developer. Note: 2028 and 3135 toner cartridges will fit in the 6190 hopper. 4. The 4th mirror is dislodged from its mounting. Reposition the 4th mirror correctly. 5. VR2 (If Adj) has failed on the main CB. This VR is used to adjust the necessary voltage required for PS1. Replace main CB (25AA-9010). VR2 is not a replaceable component. 6. On high volume machines a build-up of toner on the H-cut blade located in the developer unit may result in poor image development. The problem is more prevelent toward the front of the machine, where PS1 is located. Because of this, the patch is under-developed, which will cause the machine to eventually overtone. To remedy the situation the doctor blade must be removed from the developer unit and the build-up carefully removed. When replacing the blade, carefully set the gap on each end to 0.3-0.35mm with non-ferris feeler gauges (brass). Solution ID TAUS0601136EN* Solution Usage 47
Description Site requirements, 5370. Solution Site Requirements 20 and 30 Ampere Machines . See also Konica Minolta Site Requirements Forms ( FO-9 and FO-10 ) which provide the site requirements to which customers must conform before having any Konica Minolta 20 or 30 ampere models installed. Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0601746EN* Solution Usage 42
Description Code 11-07 or 11-08 when using Tray 1, Tray 2, or the bypass tray. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The bypass tray is not locked, allowing MS3 to open during copy process. MS3 is located on the main body and becomes actuated when the MT101 tray is fully inserted. Repair lock and ensure MS3 is fully actuated. 2. Failed MS3 (bypass interlock switch). Replace MS3 (p/n 197085010). Solution ID TAUS0601238EN* Solution Usage 39
Description Latest EPROM level, 5370. Solution The latest 5370 firmware must be installed as a set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A . Main CB - 537018-31.0 Main CB - 537019-31.0 Operation board - 537022-30.0 Operation board - 537026-30.0 Operation board - 537027-31.0 Operation board - 537028-31.0 ADF CB - DF30733-23.0 Sorter CB - ST21265-17.0 Note: The operation board EPROMs are accessed by lifting up the toner hopper lid, remove the screw sercuring the metal plate. The four operation panel EPROMs should be visible. 537022-30.0 537026-30.0 537027-31.0 537028-31.0 5370 EPROM history hyperlink . Solution ID TAUS0601964EN* Solution Usage 39
Description Code 54-08 or 54-02 following warm-up or while copying. Solution CAUSE: The EM (return) signal from one or more of the optic fan motors (M33, M34, M35, M36 or M37) is unstable (binding) due to a build-up of dirt on the fan motor which slows the rotation of the fan. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
115
5370
SOLUTION: Clean blades of the cooling fans and ensure proper operation. 1. Remove the ST212/ST213 if installed. 2. Remove the right side cover. 3. Pull out the fuser unit. 4. Remove the two mounting screws for the fan assembly mounting bracket. 5. Disconnect the wiring harness for the fan assembly. 6. Remove and clean the assembly. To test cooling fan operation: 1. Set 25 mode, 1-2 and 1-3 set to 0 to allow the machine to operate with the sorter(s) detached . 2. With the fan section removed, power the machine ON while observing all the fans. 3. The fan that does not spin before 54-08 is displayed is the failed fan. Inspect for damaged wiring or loose connections. 4. Replace any non operating fan(s) (p/n 25AA80540). WARNING: Do not try to start a non-moving fan by pushing the fan blade with your finger. The fan may start and injury may result. Solution ID TAUS0602714EN* Solution Usage 37
Description How to program auto shut-off and 1:2 mode default. Solution New 5370 units (above s/n 25QE01630) are Energy Star compliant. These machines will shut off after 30 minutes of non-use and will default to 1:2 mode at power up and initialization. Auto shut-off (power saver) and 1:2 default can be disabled by a Konica trained technician if these modes create a hardship for the customer due to their particular usage patterns. To defeat auto shut-off on 5370 (above s/n 25QE01630) set 25 mode dipswitch 14-6 to 1. To change the default to 1:1: 1. Enter the key operator mode by pressing the Help button while turning the machine ON. 2. Select Initial Setting [1]. 3. Select Copy Mode [1]. 4. Select the desired initial mode (i.e. 1:1). 5. Verify correct selection by pressing the Check button. 6. Turn machine OFF then turn back ON. If level 31.0 EPROMs are not installed, auto shut-off can be set to a 2 hour interval: Set 25 mode dipswitch 9-3 and 9-4 to 1. Note: The latest production firmware must be installed as a set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A . Main CB - 537018-31.0 Main CB - 537019-31.0 Operation board - 537022-30.0 Operation board - 537026-30.0 Operation board - 537027-31.0 Operation board - 537028-31.0 ADF CB - DF30733-23.0 Sorter CB - ST21265-17.0 EPROM history hyperlink . Solution ID TAUS0603133EN* Solution Usage 36
Description Blur areas and/or jitter from front-to-rear. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If the problem is 2 inches from lead edge and about 2mm wide, then the optics cable tension adjustment plate (p/n 25AA-6770) is loose or damaged. This tension plate is located in the back left corner near the optics drive motor (M2). Tighten or replace the tension plate. Refer to page 6-17 of the 6190/5370 service manual (2nd edition) for tension plate adjustment specifications. 2. The optics cable has worn a groove in the cable tension pulley. Replace the optics tension pulley (p/n 454061461). Note: The old style pulley is plastic; the current style is metal. 3. The optics cable is over-lapped within the drive capstan. Reseat or restring the optics cable. 4. If belt holder (C) (p/n 25AA62230) is out of position, reposition the holder on the belt (refer to parts catalog, page 20 item 14). 5. Optics components are binding due to lack of lubrication. Lubricate the lens slide rail with multi oil. Lubricate the lens drive gears with plas guard. Prior to lubrication, thoroughly clean the area to be lubricated. See Technical Education Bulletin #7A regarding lubricant applications. 6. The corner of the fourth mirror is chipped. Replace the fourth mirror (p/n 25AA61050). 7. Drive pulley (magnifying Z=100), p/n 25AA77130, is broken. Inspect the drive from the pulley to the driving coupling (p/n 25AA62261). If broken, replace the drive pulley. Refer to second edition parts catalog, dated JUNE 1995, pages 14 and 15.
August 2011
116
5370
Solution ID
TAUS0603169EN*
Solution Usage
15
Description Can NCR PAPER be used as copy paper? Solution NCRPAPER has only been approved for use in the bizhub PRO C500/920/1050. Konica Minoltarecommends an NCR PAPER named Xero/Form II fromAppleton Papers in Wisconsin. Xero/Form II is a vegetable-based product that works extremely well. Note : For the bizhub PRO C500 and 920, refer to Bulletin #5349 . For the bizhub PRO 1050 series see Marketing Bulletin #05-GB-014 . To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0634060EN* Solution Usage 2
Description List of equipment that is no longer being supported. Solution Please see attached Product & Technical Support Bulletins 1792 and 2443 andMarketing Bulletin#07-GB-016. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link. Solution ID TAUS0617472EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Code 49-08 when pressing the print button. Solution CAUSE: M27 (optics cooling fan) did not come ON. SOLUTION: To check M27, perform the following: 1. Access the 47 mode (power the machine ON while holding down on the 4 and 7 keys), output code 37. 2. Press the print button and see if M27 comes ON. 3. If M27 does not come ON, replace the fan motor (p/n 25AA80520).
August 2011
117
6190
Description Code 36-06 or PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message (the machine does not come to the ready state). Solution Note: To reset the failure code use the 25 mode, and set dipswitch 3-5 to 0. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The fuser lamps are installed incorrectly, a lamp is open or M3 (fuser drive motor) is not cycling. To check M3 operation, use 47 mode, code 46, P-01-P start/print. Replace the M3 motor (p/n 25AA80032) if inoperable in diagnostics. If the lamps were replaced recently, make sure the makers mark (Toshiba (L2), Ushio (L3)) is toward the front of the fuser. An open lamp within the upper roller CANNOT be detected by eye. Continuity must be checked to determine if a lamp is open. To check the lamps: a. Slide out the fuser unit. b. Set meter to 20 ohm scale. c. Measure individual lamps from the ceramic mounting blocks, front and rear. d. Replace the open lamp. 2. M3 (fusing motor) has failed in the reverse direction (pressure). PS13 (pressure ON/OFF) is not being flagged, therefore the copier will not go to the ready state. Replace M3 (p/n 25AA80032). To prevent this problem from reoccurring, install the new style AUX levers (p/n 25AA-5281 [front], 25AA-5291 [rear]) as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #38 for new part ordering and installation information. The bearing (cam shaft holder) of the new levers protrudes further downward to catch the pressure cam at an earlier point in its cycle. This minimizes drag during pressure up of the fuser rollers. Also, inspect the condition of the AUX lever mounting posts (p/n 25AA53370). Replace these posts if necessary. 3. While replacing the temperature sensors for the fuser unit, the wiring for TH4 was reversed. Reposition the wiring on CN131-3 and CN131-11. 4. The fuser lamps are worn. Lamp replacement cycle is 1.2M copies. Replace all 3 fuser lamps at 1.2M copies. CAUTION: Do not mix old and new style lamps. Additionally, verify that your machine has the correct style lamps installed based on the s/n. See the p/n's and s/n cut-ins listed below. Old style L2 is 240V, 1410W (p/n 25AE83030) for machines below s/n 25AE01001. New style L2 is 240V, 1800W (p/n 25AE83090) for machines above s/n 25AE01001. Old style L3 is 240V, 830W (p/n 25AE83020) for machines below 25AE01001. New style L3 is 240V, 1000W (p/n 25AE83080) for machines above 25AE01001. L4, lower roller lamp (p/n 25AA83041). Refer to page 8-9 in the service manual for details regarding replacement items at 1.2M. 5. If L3 or L4 (lower roller lamp) opens, the machine may remain in warm-up mode indefinitely. Codes 35-04 (L3 open) and 35-05 (L4 open), were deactivated from the machine shut down menu due to problems with false codes in cold environments in Japan. Occurrence of these codes can be viewed in 25 mode, data collection 5, 131 (L3) and 132 (L4). Engineering will request a firmware update to reactivate 35-04 and 35-05 for open lamp conditions. The request will also include increasing the warm-up time window so that false codes are not generated. 6. The upper roller is not made by Konica and the thickness or material used is incorrect. Install the correct upper roller (p/n 25AA53431). 7. One or more of the fuser unit thermostats are open. With an ohmmeter, check across the terminals of each thermostat. If any are found open, they must be replaced. The 2 upper roller thermostats are (p/n 25AA88410) and the lower roller thermostat is (p/n 25AE88430). 8. The fixed connection plate assembly is not installed on the ADU carriage. This allows the fuser unit to be extracted without first extracting the ADU assembly, which results in the PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message being constantly displayed. Install the fixed connection plate assembly (p/n 25AA-0910) on the ADU carriage assembly. This will force the ADU carriage assembly to be extracted prior to extracting the fuser unit, which will prevent the constant display of the PLEASE WAIT COPIER WARMING UP message. Solution ID TAUS0600172EN* Solution Usage 77
Description DF307, jam position 10 or 11. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Laser printed originals that exceed 10mm curl may have feed problems when run through the RADF. Production units (from July 96) will feature modified upper infeed guide plates and original guides that will tolerate higher curl and Z-fold type originals. Refer to DF307 Technical Bulletin #1 for new part ordering and installation information. 2. The RADF sensors are dirty. All sensors should be cleaned and adjusted at each PM cycle. Note: PS605 (passage detect) is hidden from view. It is located underneath the lower conveyance guide plate (item #2 on page 22, DF307 parts manual) . Clean PS605 as outlined in [[DF307 Technical Bulletin #2|IMAGE v:\bitmaps\djc098.bmp SCROLL]] using the new special tool. To adjust PS605 sensitivity, rotate VR5 on the DF CB until LED 5 lights, then continue to rotate clockwise three graduations. 3. The RADF unlatches while in use. The hold down magnets have been modified to eliminate the DF from popping up during operation. If the DF307 does not close firmly, install the new style hold down magnets (p/n 12AA-1141). See DF307/DF307M Technical Bulletin #3A . 4. Original exit jams may be caused by a damaged original stopper plate actuator. The new style actuator is designed to increase the amount of pressure applied to the original stopper plate. See DF307 Technical Bulletin #4 for information regarding this new part.
August 2011
118
6190
5. A damaged original registrating sheet is impeding the movement of the stopper assembly. Replace the original registrating sheet (p/n 25AA61552). It is mounted on the left hand side of the optics (A) bracket (p/n 25AA61743). The original registrating sheet is installed in production units beginning with s/n 25AE00438. 6. The paper exit belts (A) and (B) are loose (p/n 12AA77510, 12AA77520). Tighten the paper exit belt to specification. Refer to DF307 service manual page 45 adjustment #14. 7. The brake clutches are dirty or out of adjustment. Clean and adjust the exit and conveyance brake clutches (MB602 and MB601) particularly on high volume machines (1M+). Set the clutch gap to .1mm. 8. PS601 is out of alignment due to loose screws, partially obstructing the sensor light path. Reseat PS601. 9. The platen glass is not grounded. To verify that the glass is grounded properly: a. Slide a sheet of paper under the glass tabs, if paper fits the tabs must be reformed. b. Verify continuity with an ohmmeter, the reading should be less than 100K ohms. Reform the glass holders so they 'dig in' to the surface coating of the glass. 10. The reinforcing plate located under the white conveyance belt is damaged. The plate can be damaged if the customer forces the DF307 closed with a book or three dimensional object on the glass. The DFPR assembly mounts to the reinforcing plate. If deformed, it will cause incorrect pressure from DFPR to feed rollers, resulting in multiple feeding. Replace reinforcing plate (p/n 12AA10053). 11. The originals are soaked with fuser oil. Do not use copies as originals following a PM or new machine set-up. The copies have excessive fuser oil on the print side and will misfeed when run through the RADF. If you have done this, run 500 to 1000 clean originals through the RADF to absorb fuser oil on the feed rollers. 12. A faulty wiring harness from the DF307 to the main body is not allowing proper communication to occur. Reseat the connectors on the RADF CB and check for pinched wiring. Check the main body connector for loose or damaged pins. If problem persists, replace the RADF wiring harness (p/n 12AA90052). Solution ID TAUS0601009EN* Solution Usage 58
Description DF307, code 60-01 (RADF communication failure). Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open ICP1 (2.0A DC), 5V DC protection on the DFDB (upper board). Check for 5V DC at TP7 and at CN550-3. The ICP is electrically in between these points. If voltage is present at CN550-3, but absent at the test point, the ICP is open. Replace the RADF drive board (p/n 12AA-9023). Notes: a. When cleaning RADF sensors, be sure that power is OFF. b. To open the paper drawers when 60-01 is displayed, set 25 mode, dipswitch 3-0 to 1 to deselect the RADF. 2. ICP1 on the DFCB (lower board) opens if the original width detection board (OWDB) loosens and shorts to the underside of the platen pressure plate. Reattach the OWDB to the platen pressure plate (p/n 12AA-4201). The board is located on the underside, front of the platen pressure plate. Replace the DFCB (p/n 12AA-9019). Solution ID TAUS0600157EN* Solution Usage 51
Description Site requirements, 6190. Solution Site Requirements 20 and 30 Ampere Machines . See also Konica Minolta Site Requirements Forms ( FO-9 and FO-10 ) which provide the site requirements to which customers must conform before having any Konica Minolta 20 or 30 ampere models installed. Notes: 1. Current 6190s (above s/n 25AE01000) are designed to operate on 208-240V AC, 30A service. Machines below s/n 25AE01001 were designed for 230V AC, 20A service. These machines require an external transformer when used with 208V AC service. 2. 6190 Technical Bulletin #10A outlines the power changes and s/n cut-ins for main body and sorters. 3. To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0612190EN* Solution Usage 49
Description Code 26-01. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The toner control sensor reference voltage (PS1) is not adjusted properly. To adjust PS1, perform the following: a. Open the front door and remove the cover (secured by one screw) on the operation panel. b. Connect the probes of the meter to TP2 (toner PS) and TP3 (GND) of CB1. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
119
6190
c. Power ON the copier. d. Adjust VR2 on CB1 to 2.5V DC 0.05V DC See page 6-24 in the 5370/6190 Service Manual (2/96). Note: It is very important to NOT cheat the front door interlock switch. The display should indicate FRONT DOOR IS OPEN PLEASE CLOSE when performing this adjustment. 2. A loss of ground at the charge corona shell. Ensure that the grounding tab located on the rear of the drum carriage contacts the charge corona shell. 3. Incorrect toner was added in the machine. Purge all supplies from the toner hopper, developer, cleaning unit and recycling system. Install new 6190 toner and developer. Note: 2028 and 3135 toner cartridges fit in the 6190 hopper. 4. The 4th mirror is dislodged from its mounting. Reposition the 4th mirror correctly. 5. The developing unit shaft holder front (bias bearing) has failed. Replace the shaft holder front, (p/n 25AA75011). 6. VR2 (If Adj) has failed on the main CB. This VR is used to adjust the necessary voltage required for PS1. Replace main CB (25AA-9010). VR2 is not a replaceable component. 7. On high volume machines a build-up of toner on the H-cut blade located in the developer unit may result in poor image development. The problem is more prevalent toward the front of the machine, where PS1 is located. Because of this, the patch is under-developed, which will cause the machine to eventually overtone. To remedy the situation the doctor blade must be removed from the developer unit and the build-up carefully removed. When replacing the blade, carefully set the gap on each end to 0.3-0.35mm with non-ferrous feeler gauges (brass). 8. A failed drum temperature sensor (TH5). Replace the drum temperature sensor (p/n 25AA88061). Solution ID TAUS0602180EN* Solution Usage 48
Description Light copies, undertoned, poor density, poor solid fill. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The drum counter was not reset and/or the drum was not stabilized following the installation of a new drum. a. To reset the drum counter, set the 25 mode, dipswitch 4-2 to 1. After a copy is made, the counter will reset to 0. Note: The drum counter cannot be set to a specific number, it can only be reset to 0. b. After installing a new drum, it is recommended to run at least 140 copies (of test chart TP-8) prior to performing copy quality adjustments. This procedure, referred to as drum stabilization, is outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #15 . Note: TP-8 is attached to the bulletin, to order, contact Forms Distribution x2676. 2. The PTL and drum are worn. PTL life is 300,000 copies and drum is 600,000 copies. 3. If the customer is using high toner coverage originals, the following items must be replaced or adjusted: Charge corona wires, if worn, replace. Developer, if worn, replace. Set the currents to specification. Scrub the PCC corona shell and metal mounting plate to remove corosion. Set the standard bias value from 143 to 173 to decrease the density of the patch. Adjust the patch creation rest data (25 mode). Set the rest cycle from 2 to 1. Note: Extended copy runs with originals exceeding 50% solid toner coverage may result in light copies. 4. The light distribution plates behind the lens are loose, dislodged, or out of position. This causes copies to be very dark for the first 2 to 3 inches. The rest of the copy will be washed out and increased contrast does not operate. Also, the CVR is probably set to the maximum position. This problem usually occurrs during enlargement or reduction copying. Adjust the light distribution plates to the proper position. (p/n's 25AA61871, 25AA61860, and 25AA61880) and verify that the CVR is set correctly. 5. A failed HV power supply (A) not providing proper bias voltage. Replace HV power supply (A) (p/n 25AA84012). 6. The T/S corona unit failed. Replace the T/S corona unit (p/n 25AA-2603). This unit can checked in 36 mode, however arcing may not be evident. Solution ID TAUS0602235EN* Solution Usage 48
Description ST212, codes 77-07, 77-08 or 77-17, 77-18. Erratic stapler operation. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The stapler unit shipping bracket was not removed at set up. Ensure that all shipping brackets are removed at set up. 2. The indexer unit drive gear is damaged or missing. Inspect the drive gears at the rear side of the indexer unit. Repair or replace as necessary. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
120
6190
3. The up/down cable tension and stapler height are improperly adjusted. Perform the cable tension and stapler height adjustments as outlined in the ST212/213 service manual pages 50 and 51. 4. PS211 (stapler up/down position detection photosensor) has a coating of lubrication on it. Clean PS211. 5. PS212 (stapler upper limit sensor) wiring is loose or damaged. Repair wire. 6. PS212 failure. Powering the copier OFF/ON will cause the stapler to jog down to the 3rd or 4th bin location, and then return to the top. At this point, the error code is indicated. Replace PS212 (p/n 540085510) and perform the stapler height adjustment outlined on page 50 of the ST212/213 service manual. 7. PS213 failure (stapler lower limit detection photosensor). Verify PS213 using 47 mode, input code 77, multi code 03. A LO should appear in display when sensor is not flagged. Replace PS213 (p/n 540085510). 8. The wire driving pulley (p/n 12AR76510) is damaged. Check the bottom of the pulley to see if the cut-outs (keyholes) are broken which causes excessive play between the pulley and the wire driving gear (p/n 12AR77020). Replace the wire driving pulley (p/n 12AR76511) with the new style pulley which has been upgraded with strengthening ribs. Note: This problem may also cause damage to guide plate (A) p/n 12AR-5040 which pulls the bins to the stapler. 9. M206 (stapler up/down motor) failure. Replace M206 (p/n 460080031). Solution ID TAUS0602639EN* Solution Usage 48
Description Background, overtoning, dark copies or poor fill. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Parts replacement has not occurred at the scheduled maintenance intervals. Replacement of the exposure lamp, PTL, all corona wires and filters (every 150K) must be done at the 300K PM . 2. Incorrect toner was added in the machine. Purge all supplies from the toner hopper, developer, cleaning unit and recycling system. Install new 6190 toner and developer. Note: 2028 and 3135 toner cartridges will fit in the 6190 hopper. 3. Incorrect installation of the PTL. The foil coating should be facing down, away from drum. 4. Incorrect PTL installed. For a short period in January 1997, 7490 PTLs were mistakenly shipped in 5370 and 6190 boxes. The correct PTL (5370/6190 style) will have FL12A60BDU/48T16BX printed on the lamp and 25AA83050 stamped on the box. The incorrect (7490 style) PTL will have FL12SSA-BDU-42/60 printed on the lamp and 25AA83050 stamped on the box. The 7490 lamp will not operate in the 6190 or 5370. 5. Incorrect angle of the sixth mirror. Ensure that the sixth mirror is contacting the adjusting screw and is not binding. 6. Dirty exposure lamp contacts or lamp terminals. Clean the exposure lamp contacts and the lamp terminals. If they are pitted, replace the lamp (p/n 25AA83011) and the terminals (p/n 25AA-6780). 7. The two (2) main charge corona wires are installed incorrectly. The corona wires are installed in the end blocks with the wires resting above the positioning tabs. This incorrect installation causes the corona wires to be excessively close to the drum when the charge unit is installed. The corona wires will then overcharge the drum during the copy process. Reinstall the corona wires in the end blocks so that the they rest on the outside ends of the first positioning tabs and on the lower tier of the second positioning tab. Solution ID TAUS0612162EN* Solution Usage 47
Description The LCD touchscreen is locked up, inoperable, erratic, or damaged. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open ICP1 on the operation board. Replace the 5V DC ICP. 2. Poor DCPS1 connections (in particular, 5V DC). Diagnostics and memory cannot be accessed. When the RADF is disconnected, and the copier powered up, code 60-01 is displayed (this is normal). At this point, the 47 and 25 modes can be accessed. Reseat the DCPS1 connections, the EPROMs on OB1, and verify proper connections between the operation unit and CB1. If reseating the connectors does not resolve the problem (5V DC cannot be measured from DCPS1, CN7, pin 6). Replace DCPS1 (p/n 25AA84510). 3. Touch beeper is not ON, this causes key operators to push too hard on the display damaging the membrane (dead spots). Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) and activate the beeper function. Note: To activate the beeper function: 1. Turn the machine ON while holding the HELP key. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
121
6190
2. Select Key click sound. 3. Select ON (and LONG or SHORT response) 4. Turn machine OFF then ON. 4. Backup battery failure (memory board, located on the main CB). Check the battery output with the machine OFF. The output should be at least 3V DC. Replace the memory board if necessary (p/n 25AA-9100). 5. Blank LCD due to operation panel failure. Erratic operation continues after replacing the LCD component. Replace the operation panel complete (p/n 25AE-7006). 6. Dead spots on the touch membrane. Faulty operation board 1 is not processing the signal received from the touch screen leading to non selection in a particular LCD area. Replace OB1 (p/n 25AA-9322). 7. Improperly grounded LCD unit can lead to screen lock up (KONICA is displayed). Install a ground wire from the op panel ground to the right side of the LCD. Replace the LCD unit (p/n 25AA87520) if erratic operation continues. 8. LCD fades out at power up or goes blank during operation after the EPROM's were replaced. Verify that the latest production firmware is installed as a set as outlined in 5370/6190 Technical Bulletin #29A . Main CB - 619018-41.0 Main CB - 619019-41.0 Main CB - 619010-17.0 Operation board - 619022-40.0 Operation board - 619026-40.0 Operation board - 619027-40.0 Operation board - 619028-41.0 ADF CB - DF30733-23.0 Sorter CB - ST21265-17.0 Note: The operation board EPROMs are accessed by lifting up the toner hopper lid, remove the screw sercuring the metal plate. The four OP Board EPROMs should be visible. 619022-40.0 619026-40.0 619027-40.0 619028-41.0 EPROM history hyperlink . 9. Loose connectors on the LCD cause a loss of transferred data. Reseat the connectors on the operation panel. Solution ID TAUS0601780EN* Solution Usage 35
Description Code 99-01 in idle or when duplexing. ADU rear or side guides are not positioned correctly. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Paper dust, toner and fuser oil residue build up in the stacker unit will cause binding of the ADU rear and side guide plates. Clean the stacker unit thoroughly, then check the side guide operation using the 47 mode, code 89. 2. Front guide, torque limiter failure. Replace the torque limiter (p/n 25AA52540). 3. The rear guide is moving in too close to the paper due to toner contamination of the torque adjust gear (see explanation in 5370/6190 manual page 2-149). Replace the torque limiter (p/n 25AA52540) and install the Collar C modification (p/n U141-1040) which is a nylon washer designed to eliminate toner from contaminating the assembly. This modification is outlined in 5370/5370M/6190 Technical Bulletin #34 . 4. M22 failure (rear/side guide motor). The guide plates do not operate. Replace M22 (p/n 25AA-0261). 5. Faulty operation of DB3. Ensure that all ADU clutches and the torque limiter are in good operational order. If the problem continues to occur, replace DB3 (p/n 25AA-9083) may be functioning improperly. Replace if necessary. Note: This code is not listed in the jam list in the 5370/6190 service manual. Refer to page 7-18 (25 mode section) in the service manual for additional error codes.
August 2011
122
6190M
Description Can NCR PAPER be used as copy paper? Solution NCRPAPER has only been approved for use in the bizhub PRO C500/920/1050. Konica Minoltarecommends an NCR PAPER named Xero/Form II fromAppleton Papers in Wisconsin. Xero/Form II is a vegetable-based product that works extremely well. Note : For the bizhub PRO C500 and 920, refer to Bulletin #5349 . For the bizhub PRO 1050 series see Marketing Bulletin #05-GB-014 . To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0605553EN* Solution Usage 9
Description Site requirements, 6190M. Solution Site Requirements 20 and 30 Ampere Machines . See also Konica Minolta Site Requirements Forms ( FO-9 and FO-10 ) which provide the site requirements to which customers must conform before having any Konica Minolta 20 or 30 ampere models installed. Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606723EN* Solution Usage 8
Description PLEASE SELECT CFF/SDF MODE ACCORDING TO ORIGINAL PLACEMENT message at power up, or when an original is placed in the RADF. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Paper dust is covering the CFF original detection sensor (PS60). Clean the photosensor and verify operation using 47 multimode, input code 62, press P-08-P (the RADF must be closed when testing this photosensor). The state of PS60 is displayed at the top of the LCD. If no paper is present at the sensor, LO is displayed, and if paper is present at the sensor, HI is displayed. 2. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) sensitivity is not adjusted correctly. On the RADF CB, adjust VR4 until LED4 lights, plus three scale divisions. Check that the LED goes OFF/ON when paper is present/not present. 3. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) connector (CN593) is disconnected. Inspect the connector, which is located under the CFF lift plate. 4. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) reflector, located on the RADF guide plate (E) (p/n 12AA-4640), is incorrectly positioned or missing. Reposition or replace the reflector (p/n 12AA46420). 5. The CFF original detect photosensor (PS60) has failed. Replace PS60 (p/n 25QA85511). If necessary, replace the RADF power source wiring harness (p/n 12WA90050). Note: CFF mode cannot be disabled. Solution ID TAUS0608725EN* Solution Usage 7
Description No power. Solution CAUSE: Fuse 2 on the relay board (behind the noise filter) is open, or CN67 on the relay board is not seated correctly. SOLUTION: Replace the relay board (p/n 50BA-9261) and/or ensure that all connectors are secure. CAUTION: Isolate power from the copier before working in this area. Solution ID TAUS0604632EN* Solution Usage 5
Description ST212 compatibility. Solution The ST212, cannot be used on the model 5370M and model 6190M. If the ST212, is installed on a model 5370M or model 6190M, code 77-78 will displayed on the LCD at power up, due to wiring differences to the bin alignment arm motor (M205). Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0609963EN* Solution Usage 5
123
6190M
Jam positions 7 and 8 during copy mode. Solution CAUSE: The conveyance roller (C), or regulating belts, in the ADU paper reverse exit unit are worn. SOLUTION: Replace the conveyance roller (p/n 25AA48190) or all six regulating belts (p/n 50BA48221). Solution ID TAUS0605192EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How to identify a 6190M, ST212M, ST213M and DF307M. Solution The serial number prefix for a 6190M is 50BE. The serial number prefix for an ST212M is 12WN. The serial number prefix for a ST213M is 12WT. The serial number prefix for the DF307M is 12WE. Solution ID TAUS0606324EN* Solution Usage 4
Description DF307M, jam position 10 or 11. Solution CAUSE: The double feed torque limiter spring can become deformed when an operator pulls a misfed original out without releasing the spring tension handle. SOLUTION: Reposition the spring within the torque limiter at the next PM or service call per DF307/DF307M Technical Bulletin #6 . Solution ID TAUS0607703EN* Solution Usage 3
Description PLEASE SELECT CFF/SDF MODE message at power up. Solution CAUSE: Paper dust covers the CFF original detection sensor (PS60). This sensor is located to the right of the platen glass, approximately 3 inches from the rear. SOLUTION: Clean the photosensor and verify operation using 47 multimode, input code 62, press P-08-P (the RADF must be closed when testing this photosensor). The state of PS60 is displayed at the top of the LCD. If no paper is present at the sensor, LO (LOW) is displayed, and if paper is present at the sensor, HI (HIGH) is displayed. If necessary, replace PS60 (p/n 25QA85511) and/or the RADF power source wiring harness (p/n 12WA90050).
August 2011
124
7020
Description NVRAM Troubleshooting Procedure used to identify NVRAM problems and and information concerning damaged or missing NVRAM/BRU. Solution bizhub C250/C252/C300/C350/C351/C450 NVRAM trouble codes (C-D3xx codes) can occur at any time. Mostly these codes happen when updating firmware. A NVRAM Data Restore procedure was announced a few months ago to address these codes: Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9, * What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to the NVRAM. There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times. WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup. This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM. If this is the case, then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set. Known unrecoverable NVRAM symptoms: 1. Stuck on hourglass screen 2. Incorrect meters 3. When performing the NVRAM restore procedure the codes repeat themselves Note : One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a quality power line conditioner on these machines. Known fixes for various codes: C-D36E and C-E002 Install Phase 3.01 firmware (H5 or H6 depending on model). If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear. This can be found in the Tech Rep mode. CAUTION : All programmed addresses will be cleared. Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero. This is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input. 8020/CF2002/8031/CF3102 Codes C-3C00 through C-3C40 indicate a corrupt BRU. Codes C-3C50 through C-3C90 indicates a problem with the PWB-C board or the scanner to main body cable. 8050/CF5001/bizhub PRO C500 The NVRAM for the bizhub PRO C500 cannot be replaced in the field. The only way to correct a corrupt NVRAM is to send the OACB, NVRAM, and PRCB into Konica Minolta to be reset. Known defective NVRAM symptoms: 1. Meters or default adjustment values are extremely high. 2. Adjustments do not hold after powering the machine OFF/ON. Note : On the Black and White machines verify that the NVRAM is bad by swapping a good NVRAM from another machine in the same product family. This will save significant time and expense in getting back the machine in working condition. bizhub 200/250/350 Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary: 1. Machine not going to ready state. 2. Not printing to a host name with DHCP. 3. Not scanning to E-mail. 4. On startup, abort code 0x0000999a . 5. Abort code 0x00f00b00 . 6. Not printing. 7. Machine rebooting every few minutes. 8. Screen freezing in Konica Minolta logo. 9. Keep losing machine settings when power OFF. bizhub 420/500 Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary: Note : First try to flash the machine to the latest firmware before swapping the NVRAM because the firmware fixes many of the following symptoms: 1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo. 2. Fax unit locking up theMFP or not recognized. 3. C-E084 error code. 4. Cannot PING the MFP. 5. C-D203 error code. 6. Display resetting to Japanese. 7. Losing network settings after firmware upgrade. 8. C-E002 error code. 9. Scan to E-mail or FTP. 10. Loss of adjustment data. 11. Total counter is reset. 12. Display TCR adjustment. 13. C-284x error code. bizhub 600/750 Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
125
7020
1. Screen freeze in Konica Minolta logo. 2. Cannot recognize document feeder. 3. Error code SC2203 . 7145/7255 Common symptoms when NVRAM replacement may be necessary: 1. Blank screen. 2. Loss of E-mail addresses. 3. Loss of settings. 4. Error code E56-01 . Ordering Procedures Call the SSD Hotline at 800-825-5664, to open a Problem Ticket. IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated.If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Login to MKM.com. 2. Select the Service tab. 3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). 4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). 5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program. Updates/Status Call Logistics at 201-934-5339. Notes : a. Refer to the attached RA formand Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail.The bulletin may be a bit out-of-date concerning actual ordering procedures and applicable models. b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD and Cesar Jimenez and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0613183EN* Solution Usage 773
Description Background, streaks, toner misting, and/or excessive toner build up in the recycler unit. Solution CAUSE: Failed toner recycling auger assembly attached to the rear of the drum carriage and/or insufficient sealing of the developing unit causing toner misting onto the charging corona unit. SOLUTION: Install the following: 1. Toner Packing Countermeasure Kit (p/n 26NA-K040). Note : Technical Bulletin 9A indicates that only 4 mylars are to be removed from collect cover/C. This is incorrect, remove ALL mylars from collect cover/C. 2. Charging Corona Soilage Countermeasure Kit 1 (p/n 26NA-K010) and Kit 2 (p/n 26NA-K020). 3. Due to timing changes in M1 (Main motor) it is critical that minimum level 32 System firmware and minimum level 31 Image firmwarebe installed when performing this modification. Notes : a. Please refer to 7020/7025/7030/7035 Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS) for the complete installation procedures and for the proper parts ordering procedures. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . b. Be sure to reset drum and developer/PM counters when either is replaced. Drum counters can be reset in both 36 mode (8. COUNTER CLEAR) and 25 mode fixed parts counter (4. PARTS COUNTER). When developer is replaced both PM counter [25 mode (2. PM COUNT/CYCLE)] and developer fixed parts counter [25 mode (4. PARTS COUNTER)] should be reset. To help alleviate unnecessary copy quality problems, instruct customer to pull both the small green corona cleaner and the write unit slit glass cleaner several times whenever toner is replaced. CAUTION : The L-detection adjustment must never be performed on used developer. L-detection adjustment must only be performed after developer is replaced and before any copies are made. Developer will overtone if L-detect is performed more than once on the same developer or if copies are made prior to performing L-detect on new developer. If black lines or streaking continue after installing Technical Bulletin #9A (MODIFICATION KITS), clean or replace the Charge wire (p/n 26NA25060) and Charging control plate (p/n 26NA25160) as necessary. c. The kits are no longer FOC and the following parts may need to be ordered separately: 26NA-K010 - KIT 1 Developing cover assembly - p/n 26NA-3062 (1) Developing seal T - p/n 26NA30980 (1) Developing cover part/A assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1) Developing seal U - p/n 26NA30990 (1) 26NA-K020 - KIT 2 Developing cover part A/assembly -p/n 26NA-3050 (1) 26NA-K030 - KIT 3 ADU lock claw - p/n 26NA50963 (2) Lock part - p/n 26NA10181 (2) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
126
7020
26NA-K040 - KIT 4 Screw guide part/rear assembly - p/n 26TA-2050 (1) Collect cover/C assembly - p/n 26TA-2270 (1) Agitating plate/A - p/n 26TA21510 (1) Toner conveyance gear/1 - p/n 26TA21460 (1) Spewing PV sheet/B - p/n 26TA21610 (1) Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description NVRAM/BRU replacement form. Solution The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Login to MKM.com. 2. Select the Service tab. 3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). 4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). 5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0611568EN* Solution Usage 84
Description DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail. Solution CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF. SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following: 1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear side. 2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water, or an anti-static cleaner. 3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass. 4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure. The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass. After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller. CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies. 5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation). The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination. The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50. It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT. Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting on page 4-45. CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF. Notes : a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier. b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
127
7022
128
7022
Description DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail. Solution CAUSE: Paper dust, white out, etc. is being deposited and adhering to the RADF original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131). This will cause a black line to occur, in a lead-to-trail direction, when copying from the RADF. SOLUTION: To help minimize this problem, perform one or more of the following: 1. Replace the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131) with themodified original slit glass (p/n 40LA-6280). Themodified original slit glasshas a fluorine coating on the surface of the glass to help prevent debris from adhering. When installing the modifiedoriginal slit glass ensure that the black dot mark is on the right, rear side. 2. Thoroughly clean the original slit glass (p/n 26NA61131), located to the left of the original scale plate, with a clean soft cloth dampened slightly with water, or an anti-static cleaner. 3. Apply a couple of drops of Rain-X and rub onto the slit glass which may reduce the occurrence of foreign debris sticking to the slit glass. 4. Check the RADF height adjustment and adjust as necessary. The procedure can be found onpage E-2 of the attached DF-314 Installation Procedure. The DF-314 reading roller (p/n 13GL45520) may apply too much pressure to the slit glass if the DF-314 height is adjusted too high. This added pressure might contribute to debris adhering to the slit glass. After performing the height adjustment, it may be beneficial to readjust the height positioning screw approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of turn counterclockwise. The position of the white pointer should slide down to the left of center slightly; this will relieve additional pressure away from the slit glass by the reading roller. CAUTION : Adjusting the RADF height too high may cause RADF jamming at the slit glass area or blurred copies. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
129
7022
5. Adjusting the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT, in the 36 mode, may also help to minimize this problem (see attached documentation). The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT moves the first mirror to a different home position and consequently a different position under the slit or scan glass. By moving the read point of the first mirror and adjusting RESTART TIMING (see attached documentation), you can effectively move the read point of the scan glass so it is not directly under the DF-314 reading roller. This is the area that appears to be the most susceptible to slit glass contamination. The READ POINT ADJUSTMENT procedure can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) page 4-50. It may be necessary to readjust paper RESTART TIMING for both the main body and the RADF to have the image properly aligned after changing the READ POINT ADJUSTMENT. Information pertaining to RESTART TIMING PROCEDURES can be found in the 7020/7022/7025/7030/7035/7130/7135 Service Manual (10/2002) starting on page 4-45. CAUTION : Excessive adjustment to the READ POINT position will cause copy density to be lighter when copying from the RADF. Notes : a.Never use paint solvents, such as benzene or thinners, to clean any portion of the copier. b. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
130
7025
131
7025
132
7025
August 2011
133
7030
134
7030
135
7030
Description Thick line from front-to-rear 1/4 inch thick and 4 inches long, appearing on first copy out. Solution CAUSE: The PCL (Pre Charge Lamp) is coming ON while the machine is at idle, causing a slight charge on the drum. SOLUTION: Install level 32-CIDO image control firmware which will stabilize the drum potential by making a conditioning rotation before copying the first page. Note: This does not apply to the bypass tray. Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description DF-314, intermittent line(s) on copies from lead-to-trail.
August 2011
136
7033
137
7033
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers? Solution Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners. For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement: "The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with minor issues." Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly. Notes : 1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista. 2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html 4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
138
7033
Description Intermittent FRONT DOOR OPEN message, or copies are very light, have lines, unreadable characters, gray background or a portion of the image is missing. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The door switch (MS1) actuator on some machines is too short to actuate the door switch. A modified actuator (p/n 55GA12240) is available to correct this problem. It has been installed during production beginning with serial number 55QE04588. Refer to 7033/7040 Technical Bulletin #8 for additional information. Note: To prevent future problems, replace MS1 (p/n 40AA85010) when replacing the actuator. 2. The front door switch (MS1) has failed. Check the operation of the front door switch by performing the following: a. Power the copier ON. b. Monitor the voltage at CN82-5 (gray wire) to ground, and CN82-6 (white wire) to ground. Note: CN82 is a 6-pin connector located on the rear upper right corner of the copier approximately 1.5 inches below the main power switch (SW1). c. A steady 24V DC should be observed at both CN82-5 and CN82-6. Any fluctuation in the observed voltage would be indicative of internal arcing within the front door switch. d. Replace the front door switch (p/n 40AA85010) as necessary. Note: As a temporary measure, the switch contacts can be carefully cleaned.
August 2011
139
7035
140
7035
141
7035
August 2011
142
7040
143
7040
Description F46-8 during warm-up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The write unit index sensor is out of adjustment or has failed. There is no field adjustment or part number for this sensor. Replace the write unit. If the 7040 serial number is above 55HE08835, order the current style write unit (p/n 55HA-6500) which is only compatible with the current style polygon drive board (p/n 55HA-9250). Notes: a If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the current style (p/n 55GA65021) for machines above serial number 55HE08835. b. If the 7040 serial number is below 55HE08836, order the original style write unit (p/n 55GA-6504) which is only compatible with the original style polygon drive board (p/n 55GA-9250). If ONLY a write unit cover needs replacing, order the original style (p/n 55GA65020). 2. Loose connectors on the write unit. Reseat all connectors on the write unit. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606333EN* Solution Usage 91
Description Light copies. Toner fill is insufficient. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. When copying using the ADF in AES mode, lighter density may occur due to the process used to recognize the differences between light and dark on the original. To improve toner fill, install minimum of level 22.0 (system) and 20.0 (image processing) FlashROMs. These ROMs improve density by altering the light/dark recognition process when using the ADF in the AES mode. To flash the 7040 ROMs, use the Microsoft* Windows flash procedure. The latest FlashROMs can be downloaded from the Konica FTP site . Notes: a. DF311 EPROM must be a version 16.0 or higher prior to flashing the latest level into the main body. This EPROM can be downloaded from the Konica FTP site . b. This EPROM can not be flashed into the DF311 like the main body. It must be removed from the DF311 and rewritten or replaced with the latest version. c. The density shift setting can also be changed using the P mode to achieve the desired copy quality: I. With the machine in the idle mode, hold down P and press the 5 key. II. Press the start/print key. III. The density shift setting will be displayed. Change this value to achieve an acceptable density fill. A setting of 0 is darkest. IV. Press stop/clear to return to the basic screen. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
144
7040
2. CN49 on HV2, which provides the 24V DC power supply for HV2 and also communicates T/S corona control and shift signals, is not properly seated. To check CN49 on HV2, perform the following: a. Power the copier OFF. b. Remove CN49 from HV2. c. Ensure that all the pins for CN49 on HV2 are straight and properly aligned. Then inspect CN49 on the wiring harness. Ensure that all the wires are properly attached to the connector. d. Reseat CN49 on HV2. Remove any tie wraps, which may restrict the length of the wire harness and cause CN49 on HV2 to become dislodged. 3. Toner motor (M11) failed. To check M11, perform the following: a. Open the front door and remove the toner motor cover (p/n 55GA32030). b. Access the 47 mode (power the machine OFF, then, while holding down on the 4 and 7 keys, power the machine ON), output code 55. c. Verify that the toner motor comes ON. If M11 does not come ON, replace the motor (p/n 55GA-3280). d. Power the machine OFF/ON to exit the 47 mode. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606487EN* Solution Usage 90
Description DF311, when an odd-size original is fed through the RADF, a portion of the image is deleted. Solution CAUSE: The RADF APS is unable to correctly detect odd-size scanned originals. The document feeder processes odd-size originals to the closest standard size. A FlashROM upgrade is required. SOLUTION: Upgrade FlashROMs to minimum level 37 (system), level 25 (image), DF311 level 16 and FS105 level 18. The latest firmware provides the RADF ability to detect odd-sized originals. Note: This function is enabled/disabled (ON/OFF) by a Key Operator Mode memory switch setting for RADF odd-sized original (last memory switch screen, last item). Note: Connect to the FTP site to download the firmware. Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description How to upgrade the 7040 system and image FlashROMs using a computer and the Windows* 9x ISW Trns utility. Solution The 7040 main body does not have EPROMs installed on the main CB or image processing board. The machine is equipped with FlashROMs which are updated via a computer/laptop or using the ISW tool. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: Windows 95 (version B recommended), Internet Explorer* 3.x or higher, or Windows 98 (Internet Explorer 4.0 included), Pentium* 100Mhz, parallel printer cable, standard parallel port settings (other than ECP and EPP modes). Note: Verify the parallel port setting and make any changes utilizing the CMOS Setup Utility (refer to your motherboard manual for instructions). Parallel port verification (but not changes) is made by right-clicking on My Computer click on Properties click on Device Manager tab click on the [+] symbol to open Ports double-click on Printer Port (LPT1) to view the type of port [Manufacturer:]. FlashROM FILES: The latest FlashROM files can be acquired via the Konica website (www.konicabt.com) under [Eproms For Low Volume Copiers] located in the NSSG Web Support area. Website file designations: ISWTRNSV332e.EXE (PC ISW utility file) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
145
7040
Contents of 7040 FlashROM files (7040-m46zr.exe version 46.0 PC files and 7040-i26r.exe version 26 Image): 55gai26.001 (image processing ROM) 55hec46.001 (system CB ROM) 55hec46.002 (system CB ROM) 55hec46.003 (system CB ROM) 55hec46.004 (system CB ROM) Refer to the 7033-40-46.pdf file for level 46 enhancements on the Konica NSSG website. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] PERIPHERALS: FS105, EPROM version 18.0 (p/n FS105A04-18.0); and DF311, EPROM version 16.0 (p/n DF311303-16.0) are available on the website in the EPROMS section (Eproms for Accessories). The file name for the FS105 is FS105-18.EXE, and the file name for the DF311 is DF311-16.EXE. The FS105 EPROM enhancement is: correction of stapling mis-alignment A4R size paper. The DF311 enhancement is: availability for odd-sized originals. DOWNLOADING AND INSTALLING THE UTILITY: Use the following procedure to download and install the ISW Trns Utility and FlashROM files on the hard drive of the computer: 1. Obtain the ISW Trns utility file from the Konica web site. To download the ISW Trns utility program, perform the following: a. Access KBT's Home Page (http://www.konicabt.com). b. In the left-hand menu, click on SUPPORT. c. Under [4 Technical], click on SECURED for NSSG Web Support. d. A disclaimer is offered. Read it and click on [I Accept] to access the NSSG Web login page. e. Enter a User ID and Password and click [Login]. f. Click on the [Download EPROMs] link in the left margin. g. Click on [EPROMs for Accessories]. h. Click on the [List Files] button. i. Select ISWTRNSV332e.exe link and follow download instructions. 2. While at Konica's web site, download the 7040 firmware. To download the firmware programs, perform the following: a. Click on the back arrow to return to the previous page. b. Click on [Eproms for Low Volume Copiers]. c. Click on the [List Files] button. d. Click on the latest firmware files link(s) to download, and follow prompted instructions. 3. Install the ISW application program onto a PC or laptop . 4. Set up the ISW Trns utility by following the setup directions. 5. Set up the folders for the BIN files. 6. When the ISW Trns utility main window pops up, the BIN file data can be selected, verified, and sent to the machine for flashing the firmware. Notes: a. There are two types of data sources - ORIGINAL (batch data) and DIVIDED (divided data). The 7040 utilizes the DIVIDED selection for the Control BIN files and the ORIGINAL selection for the Image files. b. The Country selection must be KBT for the USA. COPYING TRANSFER DATA (UPDATE DATA) Run the ISW Trns program to copy transfer data (update data) to the PC. CONNECTING Connect a parallel interface cable to the copier. CAUTION: If a parallel data transfer is to be executed with the ISW Trns program, the ECP mode setting of the PC parallel port should be cleared. ISW Trns does not support parallel data transfers. If a parallel data transfer is launched with the PC set in ECP mode, the transfer could be aborted by an error occurring in between. It would be necessary, therefore, to disable ECP mode before run ISW Trns on a PC with the ECP setting. UPDATING Update the ROM data on each control board using ISW Trns. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611455EN* Solution Usage 67
Description How to program platen APS for small size originals. Solution FlashROM version 37 is the minimum level to allow small sized original (business card size) detection to default to 5.5x8.5 or 8.5x11 size paper based on software dipswitch 7-3 and 7-4 setting (see below). All ROMs must meet minimum levels listed below. FlashROM FILES: The latest FlashROM files can be downloaded from the FTP site . PERIPHERALS: FS105, EPROM version 18.0 . and DF311, EPROM version 16.0 are also available on the FTP site. The FS105 EPROM enhancement is: correction of stapling mis-alignment A4R size paper. The DF311 enhancement is: availability for odd-sized originals. To program platen APS, perform the following: 1. Access the 25 mode (power the machine ON while holding down the 2 and 5 keys). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
146
7040
2. Press [1: Software SW]. 3. Scroll to, and set software dipswitch 21-3 to a 1. 4. Scroll to, and set software dipswitch 7-3 and 7-4 as the follows: a. Set DIPSW No. 7-3 and 7-4 to a 0 for 5.5x8.5R default. b. Set DIPSW No. 7-3 to a 1 and 7-4 to a 0 for 8.5x11default. 4. Power the copier OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. Note: Platen APS will detect 5.5x8.5 and 5.5x8.5R originals. The default to 8.5x11 only applies to small originals the approximate size of a business card. To have platen APS select 8.5x11 with either 5.5x8.5 or 5.5x8.5R, position original approximately 30 mm away from the scale plate. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
147
7045
148
7045
Description Intermittently, a one inch gray background band in the front-to-rear direction is present on the lead edge of a copy produced after the machine has sat idle for 30 or more minutes. Solution CAUSE: Use of non - Konica Minolta drum. SOLUTION: Replace the drum with an authentic Konica Minolta drum. Solution ID TAUS0614076EN* Solution Usage 149
Description Intermittent E56-01 at power up. Solution CAUSE: Loss of communication from the image control board (ICB) to the main CB. SOLUTION: Separate the ICB from the main CB and inspect the connection point (CN10) for any obstruction or damage. Reseat the ICB and verify operation. If problem persists, replace the ICB (p/n 55YA-9020). Solution ID TAUS0614635EN* Solution Usage 146
Description Intermittent J16 when copying from the platen glass or document feeder. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect Software SW setting. Note: While copying from the glass, when touching the print button and L1 is performing APS the paper will prematurely feed causing a J16. SOLUTION: To change software SW setting perform the following; 1. Access the 25 mode (power machine OFF/ON while pressing the 2 and 5 keys). 2. Memory setting mode will be displayed. 3. Press [1. Software SW]. 4. Software SW will be displayed. 5. Scroll to dipswitch 2-2. 6. Press the OFF button on the touchscreen to change the setting to a 0. 7. Press [RETURN] to exit the Software SW mode. 8. Power OFF/ON. Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
August 2011
149
7045
Description FS109, FINISHER TRAY FAILURE message during initialization. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. PS806 (tray lower limit detect sensor) is not being actuated. Visually inspect PS806 to see if it is being actuated. If PS806 is not being actuated, inspect for any binding in the paper exit tray. To check the operation of PS806, perform the following: a. Access the 47 multimode (power the copier ON, while simultaneously holding the 4 and 7 keys), input code 70, press P-06-P. The touchscreen should indicate ON if PS806 is being actuated. b. If PS806 is actuated, and the touchscreen indicates OFF, check for 5V DC at CN703-A3 on the FNCB (finisher control board)(p/n 13LP-9010). c. If 5V DC is not present at CN703-A3, power the machine OFF and remove CN703. d. Power the machine ON, and check CN703-A3 for 5V DC. e. If 5V DC is present, check for any pinched wires going to PS806 and replace as necessary (p/n 12QV85510). Note: If the finisher is disconnected and a management list is printed, F77-2 will be incremented on the jam list. 2. MS804 is not providing 24V DC to CN709-1 when it is ON. MS804 is wiring normally open. When the stapler safety (PV) plate is engaged the contacts of MS804 should be closed. Confirm 24V DC at CN709-1 when MS804 is actuated. If voltage is not present, replace MS804 (p/n 12QR86010). Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers?
August 2011
150
7050
151
7050
Description Latest EPROM level, 7050. Solution Latest EPROM level, 7050. and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7050 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7050.txt]] Solution ID TAUS0611382EN* Solution Usage 401
Description E46-08. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. MS2 and MS3 front door interlock switches are not functioning electrically. Interlocks may ohm out good. Perform the following checks: a. Check the resistance on CN8-B6 and CN8-B8 on the main CB. With the connector disconnected from the CB and the front door closed, there should be no resistance. b. With the machine powered on, front door closed and CN8 connected to the main CB, approximately 8V DC should be present on CN8-B8 to frame ground and CN8-B6 to frame ground should also have 8V DC. c. With power on and front door open, CN8-B8 should have about 3V DC and CN8-B6 should have 8V DC. With the front door closed, if 8V DC is present on 8-B6 and not present on 8-B8 or if resistance is high or unlimited, check wiring, replace the set of 2 front door switches (p/n 197085010). 2. MS2 and MS3 are not actuating in proper sequence. When the front door is closed MS2 and MS3 must be actuated prior to the door switch (AC switch) or a E46-08 will occur. Examine switch actuation and move switches, within mounting holes, to actuate as early as possible. 3. There is a loss of 8V DC to the main CB. If 8V DC is not present on either connector, check the DCPS1 voltages. If the DCPS1 voltages are bad replace DCPS1, (p/n 25SA84510). If DCPS1 voltages are good, replace the main CB, (p/n 25SE-9010). 4. Failed or poorly connected E-RDH. Reseat the connectors on the E-RDH and if the problem persists, replace the board (p/n 25SA-9610). 5. A constant E46-08 is a symptom of a failed write unit. The 3rd mirror may be out of position. The write unit should be examined to ensure that the 3rd mirror and cylindrical lens 2 are properly positioned . This is especially true if this code appears on set-up after machine transport. The mirror and lens can be reinstalled to their proper position. If necessary replace the write unit (p/n 25SA-6500). Note: There are 2 styles of write units. One contains much less hardware than the original write unit. Less hardware in the unit does not equate to a failed unit. 6. If the error code is intermittent and double imaging is present, the index detecting board has failed. Replace the index detecting board, (p/n 25SA-9540).
August 2011
152
7050
7. Communication between the write unit and the image processing board is corrupted. Replace image processing board (25S0-9500). 8. A connector to the video interface card is loose which is creating a loss in communication. Reseat the connectors on the V/I card and verify proper operation. 9. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 25SE-9010). 10. If the error code is continuously displayed, check the EPROM set for a mismatch between the Image processing board and main CB. Also check the EPROMs on the image processing board for bent pin or missing pin. Replace EPROMs to latest level and configuration. EPROM history hyperlink . 11. An incompatible SIMMs memory module is installed. Proper performance is guaranteed ONLY with Konica specified SIMM memory modules. Konica 16 MB SIMM modules (PCUA 950760) and 32 MB SIMM modules (PCUA 950761) are available at 60 or 70ns, with parity. These modules have tin plated contacts. The original 16MB SIMM in the E-RDH is GOLD plated. Note: Some 60ns SIMMs are provided. 60ns memory can be used in combination with 70ns as long as a 70ns SIMM is installed in bank 0 (in the first slot). The E-RDH does not require parity memory. 12. Signal is being lost or corrupted. Check presence of 5V DC. Check all connector pins on the IPDB (Inclination Paper Detection Board) CN64, CN145, CN68 and CN144. Examine the pins on the connectors closely to determine if one pin has backed away from its proper seating position (In one case a pin on CN68 had backed out). Replace or repair as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0601788EN* Solution Usage 163
Description The zoning is incorrect or cannot be adjusted. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The first side zoning or centering adjustment needs to be done. Follow the procedure on page 7-33 through 7-35 of the 7050 service manual (4/97 3rd edition). 2. If the zoning for the second side is off. Check for a dirty sensor or LED on the Inclination Paper Detection Board (IPDB). Clean both areas. 3. There is a poor connection at the IPDB. Reseat the connectors on the IPDB (Inclination Paper Detection Board). 4. The Inclination Paper Detection Board (IPDB) is faulty. Replace the IPDB, (p/n 25SA-9200), or the paper detect LED (p/n 25SA-4150). Solution ID TAUS0601739EN* Solution Usage 142
Description How to set APS default to 8.5x11with Non Image Area Erase ON. Solution Special EPROMs have been developed for setting the APS default to 8.5x11 if the original detected is smaller than 8.5x11R. They are presently available on the Konica website. To access the EPROM file, perform the following: 1. Access Konica's Homepage (www.konicabt.com). 2. Click on Support (top of page). 3. Scroll down the page and click on NSSG Web Support. 4. Log on to NSSG Web Support and click on the EPROMS icon. 5. Select Eproms for High Volume Copiers and click on [List]. 6. Scroll down to the 7050-28D.EXE file, click on it, and save it to disk. Note: Refer to 7050/FORCE 50 Technical Bulletin #28 for additional information. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7050 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7050.txt]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611484EN* Solution Usage 138
Description J30 during copying or printing. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect EPROM level. The problem appears as inconsistent loop and can be prevalent in one sided and duplex modes. Install minimum level 26 EPROMs. Latest EPROM level, 7050. and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7050 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7050.txt]] EPROM history, 7050 . 2. The transfer guide plate is too low in reference to 2nd paper feed guide plate. Adjust the 2nd paper feed guide plate to 1mm above the transfer guide by installing two washers (p/n 00Z610401). For more detail, see 7050 Technical Bulletin #3B . Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
153
7050
3. The 2 mylars on the lower paper feed resist plate, in the 2nd paper unit, are missing or damaged: a. Some machines may not have any mylars installed. b. Some machines have the original style rear mylar (p/n 25SA41240) and front mylar (p/n 25SA41230). c. Machines with s/n 25SE03894 and above have an updated front mylar (p/n 25SA41231), rear mylar (p/n 25SA41241) and conveyance mylar (previously not used) (p/n 25SA41250) . This modification eliminates (p/n 25SA41150 and 25SA41160). d. Machines with s/n 25SE09221 and above have an updated conveyance mylar (p/n 25SA41251). This minor change to the mylar improves A4 and A3 feed capabilities (now standard on all machines). All mylars are to be replaced as a set. The newest style configuration is recommended. For more detail, see 7050 Technical Bulletin #3B .Note: The 7050 Parts Catalog (11/95), pages 46 and 47 is incorrect. Part numbers for items 4 and 5 only apply to the upper plate mylars. 4. Paper feed clutches slipping or not operating properly. Clean or replace if necessary, 2nd paper feed (MC3) (p/n 25SA82010), upper paper feed (MC5) (p/n 25SA82030), lower paper feed (MC6) (p/n 25SA82030), bypass (MC7) (p/n 25SA82020) and PFU conveyance (MC8) (p/n 25SA822030). Slipping can occur on new machines and cleaning clutches on setup may be beneficial. Check the allen screws on the clutches to ensure they are tightened properly. 5. A pinched (shorted) wire to the second paper feed clutch (MC3). Repair the wire as an interim solution. Replacing MC3 (p/n 25SA82010) is the permanent solution. 6. Separation claw does not activate prior to the lead edge of the paper. First eliminate paper feed related problems and verify AC and DC separation currents are properly adjusted. Separation claw timing is adjustable in 25 mode (identical to other models such as the 4155). This information in not published in the 7050 service manual. Address 01 is for claw ON timing: setting range 0-9 (3) with a 10mm increment for each change of value. Address 02 is for claw OFF timing (6) with the same ranges and specifications. 7. Copy accordion jams between 2nd feed and the drum are the result of a faulty rocking clutch is causing the drum separator claws to stay down and catch the paper as it conveys under the drum. Replace rocking clutch (p/n 25SA20520) and rocking lever (p/n 25SA20540). These are located at the rear of the drum carriage and attached to the end of the drum claw shaft. 8. Check the flag on the pre-feed sensor, upper (PS20) for binding or weak/not attached return spring (p/n 25SA40560). The same checks should be performed to the pre-feed sensor, lower (PS21). Disassemble flag mechanism and repair or replace as necessary. The plate that PS20 mounts to can get bent down causing the bottom of the flag to rub on the T/S HV supply. Note: This problem results in a symptom J31 with the paper not reaching the second paper feed roller. 9. Upper claws do not contact upper fuser roller. With the fuser pulled out, check the green handle latching mechanism (used to lift the upper exit guide). When closed the upper claws must contact the fuser roller. If latch binds and prohibits claws from contacting roller, replace the following parts with new style: Separate release plate (p/n 25SA53182) and paper exit guide plate (p/n 25SA-5442) Note: these must be replaced as a set, cannot mix old and new styles. Countermeasure fixing jam removal lever 10. The paper loop timing is improperly adjusted on the first side, causing excessive curl of the paper. This creates feed problems on the second side. Adjust the paper loop on the first side by using 36 mode address 94, range -20 to 50, while selecting the appropriate tray. One step is equal to approximately 0.1% change (a value of 35 has worked well in field tests). To view the loop: remove the toner supply cover (p/n 25SA32060). Note: If toner supply unit is pulled out to view loop, toner may compact in the toner supply unit. 11. The PFU guide mylars are rough or nicked. Inspect and replace the guide mylars PFU resist Rear (p/n 25SA41150) and PFU resist Front (p/n 25SA41160). 12. If the jam occurs in the 35 adjustment mode such as the Printer Gradation Adjustment ask the technician if he is using 11x17 paper. If 11x17 is not selected and the originals are printed on 8.5x11, a jam will occur. This information is not in the IP-201 service manual. Insure technician selects 11x17 paper. 13. Failed high voltage power supply (B). Insufficient transfer. Replace the HVPS (p/n 25SA84020). 14. A failed M1(main motor) or the motor speed is slow. The image may also be reduced in the lead-to-trail direction. To check M1 operation, perform the following: a. Access the 47 mode (power ON the machine while pressing the 4 and 7 keys), input code 040. Press the P button to display the current data (normally set to 16. b. Enter a higher value (maximum is 31), and press the P button, again, to store the change. This data change increases M1 speed during copier operation which, in turn, alters paper feed timing. If the problem persists, replace M1 (p/n 25SA-1520). Notes: A. Ensure that the M1 drive system is free of any binding. M1 drives the fusing unit, conveyance belt, toner conveyance screw and the 2nd paper feed clutch (MC3). B. Return the data in the 47 mode, input code 040 to 16. 15. Excessive wear on registration sensor in the second PFU. Possibly caused by too much loop. Replace the Resist Actuator (p/n 540041112) and adjust the loop timing. Note: May be evident only in the 600dpi mode. 16. If the paper stopping slightly before the second feed rollers, the one-way bearing in the regulating gear (p/n 25SA77260) of the paper feed unit is over lubricated. Clean the one-way bearing. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
154
7050
17. If the paper is stopping partially out of the fuser, check for a missing or broken paper exit actuator (p/n 25BA53250). 18. The stop and start timing of the paper is incorrect. Copies may jam on the conveyance and exhibit creases or folds (the crease/fold may be more visible on 8.5x11 and 8.5x11R paper) Clean the second feed clutch (MC3) and conveyance clutch (MC8). Clean, then check the paper feed restart photosensor (PS4). Verify change of state at the main CB CN9-A5. When cleaning is complete, signals and power check good, yet the problem remains, replace the conveyance clutch (p/n 25SA82030) and/or the 2nd paper feed clutch (p/n 25SA82010). Note: Also, check loop timing (36 mode, code 94, START/PRINT, P). 19. Worn 2nd paper feed rollers, bushings and clutch. Replace worn parts: Upper 2nd feed roller (p/n 25SA41060), Lower 2nd feed roller (p/n 25SA41050), Upper bushings 2 (p/n 540076020), Lower bushings 2 (p/n 540076030), 2nd feed clutch (p/n 25SA82010). 20. When feeding from universal tray or non-standard sizes. All other trays feed fine. The paper size detection board failed. Replace the paper size detection board (p/n 25BA-9100). 21. When feeding metric size paper (A4). Check the direction the paper is loaded. For example, A4 should not be loaded in the 'R' direction. If unit is set up as COPIER ONLY, install A4/B5 Special EPROM set. EPROM history hyperlink . 22. If, after a PM, copy quality is poor, the transfer corona was reassembled incorrectly. The relationship of the transfer guide material assembly (p/n 25SA-2660) to the rest of the corona is incorrect. Due to the critical nature of the transfer guide material assembly height (the guide is set at the factory), if guide is adjusted or removed, replacement of the entire corona assembly (p/n 25SA-2600) is required. It must not be adjusted or disassembled in the field. Note: In the parts catalog, the transfer guide material assembly is listed as a separate part, but is no longer available. This information is contained in 7050 Technical Bulletin #9 . For more information see parts view of transfer guide material assembly. 23. Charge corona grid plate is not correctly installed. Ensure that the grid plate is correctly installed. 24. The T/S corona unit is not operating properly in the duplex mode. Replace the T/S corona unit (p/n: 25SA-2604). 25. Reduction of copy size may also accompany the error code. Corrupted data in memory or a failed NOVRAM is the cause. Reinitialize memory. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings resets the total counter to 0. As such, hotline assistance is required for this procedure If the problem reoccurs, replace the NOVRAM (p/n DALLAS). The NOVRAM is located on the main CB (IC21). 26. When feeding from universal tray or non-standard sizes. Jams occur from the universal tray only. All other trays feed fine. The paper size detection board has failed. Replace the paper size detection board (p/n 25BA-9100). 27. When running non-inch size such as A4 size paper. Check the direction the paper is loaded. For example A4 should not be loaded in the A4R direction. Install A4/B5 Special EPROM set. Solution ID TAUS0603042EN* Solution Usage 131
Description J13-02 while copying. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Conveyance clutch wiring (for the 1500 sheet tray) is being pinched or cut. Check wiring on the conveyance unit for damage. Replace wiring (clutch assembly) or repair wiring. 2. The paper tray is not coming up to the feed tires due to the LCT cable (front or rear) coming off the pulley. Restring the cable. Verify the tension and operation of the cable and pulley system. 3. The paper detect actuator for Tray 3 is catching on the lift up lever (p/n 25SA58130) causing the paper tray not to raise while copying. File the contact area on the paper detect actuator. Ensure the actuator does not catch on the lift up lever. 4. The LCT pre-write sensor (PS210) is dirty. Clean PS210. 5. The LCT paper feed clutch (CL1) is dirty. Clean CL1. 6. The LCT paper feed solenoid (SD141) is dirty. Clean SD141. 7. The one-way bearing on the reverse roller (or torque limiter) (p/n 25AA40220) is worn and slipping. Replace the bearing and inspect the shaft for wear. If necessary replace the shaft, (p/n 25SA58190). 8. The paper tray is not coming up to the feed tires due to broken tray rails. Replace the tray rails. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
155
7050
9. Paper feed stay/middle has been slightly redesigned in the FORCE 50 as well as newer 7050 serial number 25SE08007. Replacement of this paper feed stay/middle (p/n 25SA-0611) may assist paper travel. 10. The paper feed open/close plate is deformed. Repair or replace the paper feed open/close plate (p/n 25SA58060). If J13-02 (1000 LCT) or J14-02 (1500 LCT) only when duplexing and/or sorting and stapling, check: 11. Failed LCT motor assembly (M140). This motor is the drive for both LCT trays. Replace the LCT motor assembly (p/n 25SA-1830). 12. Failed DCDB. Replace the DCDB (p/n 25SA-9040). Solution ID TAUS0602212EN* Solution Usage 118
Description The copies/prints are dark or have background. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The scorotron grid is seated incorrectly, damaged or mounted upside down. Repair or replace the grid, (p/n 25SA25080). 2. The charge corona wire is not positioned correctly within the block. Check the position of the corona wires within the block and reseat as required. 3. The toner guide roller or cleaning blade is worn. Replace the worn component: toner guide roller assembly (p/n 25SA-2080), cleaning blade (p/n 25SA-2060). 4. Developer breakdown due to over or undertoning. Remove the drum carriage, clean the existing developer from the developer unit and replace with fresh developer. Clean the toner recycling path to remove any toner from the system. Replace the drum carriage and developer unit. Record all existing 25 mode settings and 47 mode charge and transfer settings. Perform machine initialization. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings will reset the total counter to 0. As such hotline assistance is required for this procedure. Note: To web users, the preceding hyperlink is not available for viewing from the web. Perform an L detect (47 mode, output code 95). Now make another copy and check for the absence of background. Replace the toner unit and add toner. Restore all 25 mode special settings. 5. Incorrect toner was added. Monitor the TDS voltage. It should be approximately 1.2V DC. If it increases to 2.0V DC and keeps increasing slowly; the incorrect toner was probably installed. Purge the toner hopper and developer, and recycling tube. Install the correct supplies. 6. If the internal test patterns are normal, then the CCD unit is defective. Replace the CCD unit (p/n 25SA-6400). 7. The drum is past the recommended replacement interval. Replace the drum. The recommended replacement interval is every 120,000 copies. 8. A defective high voltage power supply A. Replace high voltage power supply A (p/n 25SA84010). 9. Incorrect charge corona current data in memory. The value range is very low (1 - 10). The target value is 170. Ensure that the charge corona is seated properly. Perform the charge corona current adjustment. If unable to attain the correct value, inspect the condition of the charge corona grid (plate) and wires. If deemed necessary, replace the charging control plate (p/n 25SA25080), charge corona wire (p/n 25SA25090), or the complete corona assembly (p/n 25SA-2500). 10. The toner auger (unavailable part) is lightly scraping the toner density sensor causing it to fail. The damaged TDS, unable to properly regulate the toner density, initiates an overtoned condition. Replace the TDS (p/n 25SA88030) and the developing detect seal (p/n 25SA30160) which is also damaged by contact with the auger. The toner auger shaft holders (p/n 318076190) also need replacing. 11. Defective toner level detecting sensor. Replace the toner level detecting sensor (p/n 540088030).
August 2011
156
7055
157
7055
August 2011
158
7055
Description Intermittent J17-4, J17-5, J17-6, jamming from all trays (especially Tray 3) and/or lock-up. The paper feed timing is inconsistent. Solution CAUSES: Timing error. SOLUTION: If this issue is occurring, upgrade to level 23.0 EPROMs. Notes: 1. See the Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7055 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7055.txt]] for more information. d. When upgrading to level 23.0 EPROMs, the Operation Panel EPROMs also must be upgraded regardless of written or displayed levels. Level 23.0 EPROMs are available from Konica's website as 7055-23a.exe and through the Parts Distribution Center as the following part numbers: Main CB C1 (p/n 7055122-23.0) C2 (p/n 7055123-23.0) Image processing board I1 (p/n 7055B29-13.0) I2 (p/n 7055B30-13.0) Operation Panel O1 (p/n 7055216-21.0) O2 (p/n 7055217-20.0) O3 (p/n 7055212-20.0) O4 (p/n 7055218-21.0) Note: The Operation Panel EPROMs are new and MUST be installed when installing level 23.0 EPROMs. They replace the O1/O4-12.0, O2/O3-11.0 EPROMs to allow compatibility with future machines. DF312 (p/n DF312303-14.0) FS106 (p/n FS106BA02-20.0) FS108B Copier and printer (p/n FS108BAO2-40.0)
August 2011
159
7060
160
7060
Description DF310, intermittent jam position 14 when using the RADF. This jam will register as J62 in the data logs. Solution Important note concerning changes to the DF310. PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The platen glass is dirty. Clean the platen glass with an approved glass cleaner. 2. The RADF is out of position. Check the RADF position using the RADF positioning blocks (p/n 12ER12073). See the DF310 service manual page 5 and 6 (dated 9/97). 3. The RADF height is not within specification. Use the height spacers (p/n 12ER12110). See the DF310 service manual page 6 and 7 (dated 9/97). 4. The paper supply rubber (B) on the feed assembly is worn. Replace the supply rubber (p/n 12VR40100). The recommended replacement interval of the supply rubber is every 150,000 feeds. 5. The paper supply rubber (B) is installed backwards on the feed roller assembly. Remove the feed roller assembly and verify that the white dot on the supply rubber (B) (p/n 12VR40100) faces the same side as the coupling (p/n 12VR40460). 6. The original feed sensor (PS305) does not recognize the original. Clean PS305, and reseat the connector to the sensor. Verify the operation of PS305. Measure the voltage at CN102-5 (yellow wire) on the RADF CB to TP5 (power GND). With no paper present the reading should be 0.1V DC. With paper present the reading should be 4.9V DC. If necessary replace PS305 (p/n 12ER85521). 7. The physical distance between the original transmission sensor (PS302) and the original feed sensor (PS305) is too far apart. Physically shift the position of both sensors as closely together as possible, without creating a constant jam indication. 8. The original push pressure plate has excessive tension (upward force). Adjust the pressure plate by loosening the mounting screw and altering the spring tension with the adjustment screw (one or both are paint locked screws). With the plate raised, use a gram gauge to push the plate down. The pressure plate should break away from the feed tire at 115 to 135 grams. Note: For accurate adjustment it is recommended that a 300g gram gauge (p/n 00TL-3040) be used. 9. Machines within the serial number range 55FE00001 to 55FE02088 are equipped with paper supply rubber (B) (p/n 12VR40100) and torque limiters (p/n 12VR40620 on the DF310, which can potentially cause original misfeeds. Order the paper feed kit (p/n DF310-001) which contains a new torque limiter and paper supply rubber (B). Note: For best machine performance it is strongly recommended that all main body EPROMs be upgraded to the latest release when the kit is installed. See DF310 Technical Bulletin #1, EPROM history, DF310 . EPROM history, 7060. . [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7060.txt]]
August 2011
161
7060
Description EPROM history, 7060. Solution EPROM history, 7060. . Latest EPROM level hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7060.txt]] See 7060 EPROM Release Notification version 21.1 . See 7060 EPROM Release Notification version 21.2 . See 7060 EPROM Release Notification version 21.3 . Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] See 7060/FORCE 60 Technical Bulletin #21 for features of Level 18.0 EPROMs. See 7060/FORCE 60 Technical Bulletin #18 for features of Level 16.0 EPROMs. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0605050EN* Solution Usage 151
Description How to program the default paper tray. Solution Note: In order to program the default paper tray, a minimum EPROM level of 13 is required. The firmware listed above provides selection of default paper tray at power up under the following conditions: 1. APS and ATS are both enabled. 2. If using Intersheet mode, chapter (copy insertion setting) and OHP are selected. 3. When the priority tray for APS is not selected or the tray is empty. 4. When ATS is selected during printer operation. Set 25 mode dipswitches: 15-2 15-1 15-0 0 0 0 Standard search order - start at Tray 2 (Default) 0 0 1 Start at Tray 1 (1= 2= 3= 4= 5) 0 1 0 Start at Tray 2 (2= 3= 4= 5= 1) 0 1 1 Start at Tray 3 (3= 4= 5= 1= 2) 1 0 0 Start at Tray 4 (4= 5= 1= 2= 3) 1 0 1 Start at Tray 5 (5= 1= 2= 3= 4) 1 1 0 Standard search order - start at Tray 2 1 1 1 Standard search order - start at Tray 2 ALTERNATIVE METHOD If older firmware is installed, the following procedure can be used: 1. To select Tray 5 as the default tray when APS is turned OFF, set 25 mode dipswitches 8-4 to 1, 8-5 to 0 and 8-6 to 1. 2. In the Key Operator Mode (power machine ON while pressing help), select memory switches. a. Select #7 and turn OFF Platen APS. b. Select #11 and turn OFF ATS/APS for Tray 3. c. Select #14 and turn OFF Platen AMS. The above programming allows the 7060 to default to the LT351 when copying from the platen glass or when using the RADF in ATS/APS mode. Image rotation and mixed sized originals will function as well. Note: (Alternative solution) ATS for 8.5x11 Tray 3 will not operate and 8.5x11 will be the default size when copying from the platen glass. Latest EPROM level hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7060.txt]] Solution ID TAUS0605167EN* Solution Usage 144
Description Light copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. DMAX and GAMMA initial settings were not performed at setup. Perform the DMAX and GAMMA initial setting (47 mode code 18). This adjustment must be performed after the L detect adjustment and before the laser gradation adjustment. This information is located on page 6-57 of the 7060 Service Manual. 2. Density shift is displayed properly (data = 3), however the main CB does not recognize the value. Reset density shift values: a. In idle mode press [P], then [5], then [START PRINT]. b. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT]. c. Enter [3] and press [START PRINT]. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
162
7060
d. In idle mode press [P], then [6], then [START PRINT]. e. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT]. f. Enter [3] and press [START PRINT]. g. In idle mode press [P], then [7], then [START PRINT]. h. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT]. i. Enter [3] and press [START PRINT]. j. In idle mode press [P], then [8], then [START PRINT] k. Enter [0] and press [START PRINT]. Note: P, 8 remains at 0. 3. Toner buildup at the entrance of the developer unit has caused a bind in the toner supply unit damaging the toner drive gears. Replace damaged toner hopper drive gears. The worm gear may be worn at the point of contact and is not driving the toner conveyance screw. Toner supply idler gears A and B have been redesigned and are available as (p/n 25SA77291) for gear A and (p/n 25SA77311) for gear B. The new gears are black (old style are white). Note: Replacing developer and performing L-detect is highly recommended after repairs have been completed. After installing new developer, do not cycle machine until the following steps are complete: a. Thoroughly clean the recycle tube. b. Disengage the toner hopper from the developer unit. c. Perform the L-detect adjustment. This information is found in 7060/FORCE 60/7150 Technical Bulletin #2B . 4. No ADD TONER indication. Open the toner hopper and inspect the level of toner. If the amount of toner is below the Toner Level Detect (TLD) sensor, and no ADD TONER indication is displayed perform the following; a. Remove the TLD sensor. b. Clean the sensor of all toner residue. c. Reinstall the TLD. d. Run 105 blank copies. e. Verify the ADD TONER indication is on. If it is, add toner. If the ADD TONER indication does not go on, replace the TLD sensor (p/n 540088030). 5. The mylar on the agitator plate, that wipes the TLD, is worn or missing. To prevent the toner agitating seal from deforming and to ensure proper cleaning of the TLD sensor, a pressure spring has been added to toner agitating plate B of the agitating plate assembly closest to the toner detection sensor. Replace the agitator plate/2 assembly (p/n 25SA-3320) and the agitator plate assembly (p/n 25SA-3271) as needed. Machines starting with serial number 55FE05655 have been factory upgraded with this modification. See 7060/7065/7150/FORCE 60 Technical Bulletin #30 for more information. 6. The main CB has failed. Replace the main CB (p/n 55FA-9010). Solution ID TAUS0605039EN* Solution Usage 135
Description Unable to adjust lead edge registration. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The wrong mode was selected when performing the lead edge adjustment. There are two modes, copier and printer. Ensure the correct mode is selected before performing the adjustment. To perform the lead edge adjustment perform the following: a. Enter the 36 mode. b. From the adjustment mode screen, select 2 for timing adjustment. c. From the timing adjustment mode screen, select 2 for restart timing adjustment. d. The copier mode will adjust the lead edge position for all copies made in the VERY HIGH MODE. Copier collective will adjust all trays to the same value. Pressing the next adjustment button will allow individual adjustment of each tray. Note: After using the copier collective mode and the machine is powered OFF/ON the data will read 0. The setting has been stored and can be viewed in the individual settings. e. Set an 11x17 original on the platen glass. f. Press the copy screen button on the touchscreen. Note: The VERY HIGH light on the operation panel will go on to indicate this mode is being adjusted. g. Select 11x17 for the paper size. h. Press the start print button, and visually check the lead edge timing. i. If the lead edge timing is not within standard, press the C button while holding down the P button; to return to the restart timing adjustment screen. j. Enter a value from the numeric keypad on the touchscreen, then press the set key. Input range -99 to 99. Note: One step is equal to 0.1 mm. Press the copy screen button and make a copy. k. Repeat the above steps until the standard is achieved. Standard: Main body without rotation 3mm Full system without rotation 4mm Main body with rotation 4mm Full system with rotation 6mm l. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation. Note the following, common problem, unable to adjust: To perform the lead edge adjustment for all copies NOT utilizing the VERY HIGH mode (E-RDH memory), perform the following: a. Enter the 36 mode. b. From the adjustment mode screen, select 2 for timing adjustment. c. From the timing adjustment mode screen, select 2 for restart timing adjustment. d. Press the next adjustment button to scroll to (printer: collective). Note: This adjustment will adjust all trays to the same value. Pressing the next adjustment button will allow individual adjustment of each tray, or SIDE TWO. Note: After using the printer collective mode and the machine is powered OFF/ON the data will read 0. The setting has been stored and can be viewed in the individual settings. e. Press the copy screen button on the touch screen. f. Press the start print button, the machine will exit a self-generated 11x17 test chart. Visually check the lead edge timing. g. If the lead edge timing is not within standard, press the C button while holding down the P button; to return to the restart timing adjustment screen. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
163
7060
h. Enter a value from the numeric keypad on the touchscreen, then press the set key. Input range -99 to 99. Note: One step is equal to 0.1 mm. Press the copy screen button and make a copy. i. Repeat the above steps until the standard is achieved. Standard: Main body without rotation 3mm Full system without rotation 4mm Main body with rotation 4mm Full system with rotation 6mm j. Power the machine OFF/ON to return to normal operation. 2. The adjustment value was changed by only one digit. Enter a value at least 10 higher, or 10 smaller, than the existing value. This will input a value that will change the registration by approximately 1mm. This allows the change to be observed. Note: 1 step change = 0.1mm. Once the registration is close, smaller values can be used to fine tune the image. Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description NVRAM/BRU replacement form. Solution The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Login to MKM.com. 2. Select the Service tab. 3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). 4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). 5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
164
7065
165
7065
Description F36-2 during initial warm-up. Solution CAUSE: Some early production main CBs are susceptible to experiencing this failure code during warm-up after being in low power mode. SOLUTION: The 7065 main CB has been modified to correct this problem. Modified main CBs have a part number of 55TA-9015 or above. The main CB can be replaced under an FTR program until January 31, 2002. Please reference 7065 Technical Bulletin #37 for complete program details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0609659EN* Solution Usage 195
Description DF312, intermittent double feeding. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Multi-feeding of originals has been determined to be caused by the pad material . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] The part number for the pad (p/n 129H-4580) remains unchanged because the design is the same; only the material has been changed. The Parts Department inventory has been purged of all Type 2A pads and only Type 1 or Type 3 pads will be shipped. 2. Worn separator (DFP) pad. A new style separator pad (p/n 129H-4580) and fanning spring (p/n129H45220) are available to prevent double feeding. These parts must be installed as a set. The serial number cut-ins when the new parts were added to the machines during production are as follows: 7055 - 55WE04211 7065 - 55TE07923 Note: 1. The fanning spring tension has been decreased. The original fanning spring was 25.5mm in length. The new fanning spring is 22mm in length and may be either gold or silver colored. 2. The pad material has changed. The current pad is gray; the new pad is white. 3. Under no circumstances should the new pad be cleaned with alcohol. Cleaning it with alcohol will increase the friction and no-feed jamming can result. If alcohol is used accidentally, it may take 150 original feeds to correct the problem. 4. If the current fanning spring is used with the new pad, noise will be generated during original feed. 5. The torque limiter (p/n 129H-4740) must either be left in place or replaced if it was previously removed. 6. Both pickup springs (p/n 120A45470) must be installed if they were previously disengaged. See DF312 Technical Bulletin #2 . Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
166
7065
Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611832EN* Solution Usage 126
Description Intermittent J17-4, J17-5, J17-6, jamming from all trays (especially Tray 3) and/or lock-up. The paper feed timing is inconsistent. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Timing error. If this issue is occurring, upgrade to minimum level 23.0 EPROMs. Notes: a. See the Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7065 EPROM information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7065.txt]] for more information. b. When upgrading to level 23.0 EPROMs, the Operation Panel EPROMs also must be upgraded regardless of written or displayed levels. Dipswitch 17-0 should be set to 1. Level 23.0 EPROMs are available from Konica's website as 7065-23a.exe and through the Parts Distribution Center as the following part numbers: Main CB C1 (p/n 7065122-23.0) C2 (p/n 7065123-23.0) Image processing board I1 (p/n 7065B29-13.0) I2 (p/n 7065B30-13.0) Operation Panel O1 (p/n 7065216-21.0) O2 (p/n 7065217-20.0) O3 (p/n 7065212-20.0) O4 (p/n 7065218-21.0) Note: The Operation Panel EPROMs are new and MUST be installed when installing level 23.0 EPROMs. They replace the O1/O4-12.0, O2/O3-11.0 EPROMs to allow compatibility with future machines. DF312 (p/n DF312303-14.0) FS106 remains at level 20.0 FS108B Copier and printer (p/n FS108BA02-40.0) 2. A bind in the LCT and PFU components driven by the LCT paper feed motor (M140). Inspect mylar guide (p/n 55FA-4150) for damage. Replace as necessary. Refer to the drive system diagrams in the service manual to determine which drive components to check. Do not lubricate bushings. Clean them with alcohol. Ensure that drive belts are adjusted to the proper tension. 3. The movement of the lower paper exit guide (located in the reverse paper exit unit) is sluggish, due to a weak solenoid holder spring, or binding between the shaft of the lower paper exit guide and the bushings, resulting in improper sensor actuation. To ensure proper movement of the lower paper exit guide, perform the following: a. Power the copier OFF. b. Remove the reverse paper exit unit. c. Inspect the solenoid holder spring for any signs of damage or weakness. Increase the tension, or replace the spring (p/n 55TA43240) as necessary. d. Remove the e-clips (p/n 00Z670406) from each end of the lower paper exit guide shaft. e. Remove and clean the paper feed delivery shaft bushings. Replace the paper feed delivery shaft bushings (p/n 466076020) as necessary. f. Thoroughly, clean the ends of the lower paper exit guide shaft. Replace the lower paper exit guide shaft (p/n 55TA43090) as necessary. 4. Rick Kubal, Konica BT Minneapolis, has identified that the black idler rollers (p/n 55TA40160) are binding against the roller cutouts in paper feed guide plate (A) (p/n 55FA40632). Reform the cutouts in the guide plate to ensure the idler rollers spin freely. Solution ID TAUS0609547EN* Solution Usage 122
Description Light copies, poor fill at setup. Solution CAUSE: Performing various setup adjustments out of sequence. SOLUTION: Use the following procedures to ensure proper setup of a new machine. COPIER ONLY SETUP Order in which setup procedures are done is critical: 1. Charge Grid Voltage. 2. L-Detection. 3. Dmax. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
167
7065
4. LD1 and LD2 Offset (strive for the darkest density of the spec). 5. Sub Pitch Offset. 6. Perform Gamma Correction after all others are done. Although, the density may appear weak at setup when compared to a model 7050 or 7150, it actually is within the technical specifications for this model. The Engineering Department has analyzed numerous sample copies from the field on a densitometer. In all cases, the density met the technical specifications for the model 7065. Differences will be noted in the density level when comparing 7050 print samples to a 7065. However, this difference is by design and is not indicative of a problem with the 7065. IF CONNECTING THE COPIER AS A PRINTER AT A LATER DATE, USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE: Refer to Image Processor Manual Models IP302/IP302 PLUS/IP303 (6/99). The manual recommends on page 2-4, step #3, under Preparation, to perform the 47 mode, output code 18 adjustment (Gamma and Dmax together) prior to performing LD1 and LD2 Offset for 600dpi. If performed, an incorrect laser output power reference results when Gamma is adjusted. Instead, the following order is recommended: 1. Use 47 mode, output code 120 to adjust the printer mode to be automatically set in the NOVRAM. 2. Dmax only for 600dpi. (47 mode, output code 113). 3. Perform all LD1 and LD2 offset adjustments for 600dpi, which includes "Thick Paper Gradation" (strive for the darkest density of the spec). 4. Perform Gamma Correction for 600dpi (47 mode, output code 114). Note: A dirty Dmax sensor (located on the TCSB (Toner Control Sensor Board)) can also cause light copies. Verify that the sensor is clean before performing the above adjustments. Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description Latest EPROM level, 7065. Solution Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7065 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7065.txt]] 7065 level 24.6 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . 7065 level 24.5 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . 7065 level 24.4 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . 7065 level 24.1 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . FS108/FS108B level 41.0 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . 7065 level 23 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . FS106 level 20.1 firmware enhancement list in Adobe Acrobat format. . FS106 level 20 firmware enhancement list in Adobe Acrobat format. . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] See DF312 Technical Bulletin #1 for information on DF312 EPROMs.
August 2011
168
7075
169
7075
Description Why toner/developer is spewing and falling onto the T/S corona resulting in light areas and marks/blotches on copies. Solution These symptoms can normally be corrected by following the recommendations as listed in the 7075/7085 Correction Checklist for Background and Spewing and the Toner Spill Troubleshooting document. IMPORTANT : The magnet angle area should be checked. If the part is cracked and developer is spilling out from the developing unit refer toattachedBulletin Number 4832 for corrective measures.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0610779EN* Solution Usage 117
Description How to flash the 7075 firmware with the ISW Trns utility. Solution Note: To view some of the hyperlinks, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] PRECAUTIONS: 1. It is not recommended to perform the flash procedure with a laptop in battery mode. It is possible that weak batteries can corrupt the process. If flashing causes erratic operation or unexpected displays, repeat the procedure two or three times. 2. If unable to access the 25 mode due to firmware failure, or circuit board replacement, access the non-graphical ISW mode by holding the HELP and CHECK keys while powering on. If the LCD is blank and the timer LED is flashing the HELP and CHECK mode will not function. At this point, connect the laptop and send the Image files while the machine is ON and the timer LED is flashing. Then follow the text instructions on the display. To flash the firmware, perform the following: SETTING UP THE ISW UTILITY 1. Obtain the ISW Utility from the Konica FTP site. CAUTION: Read the ISW PDF prior to attempting a flash of the machine. 2. Install the ISW application program onto a PC or laptop . 4. Set up the ISW Trns utility by following the setup directions. 5. Set up the folders for the BIN files. 6. When the ISW Trns utility main window pops up, the BIN file data can be selected, verified, and sent to the machine for flashing the firmware. Notes: a. There are two types of data sources - ORIGINAL (batch data) and DIVIDED (divided data). The 7075 utilizes the DIVIDED selection for the Op panel BIN files and the ORIGINAL selection for the Image Processing, Main Control, and DF313 BIN files. b. The Country selection must be KBT for the USA. COPYING TRANSFER DATA (UPDATE DATA) Run the ISW Trns program to copy transfer data (update data) to the PC. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
170
7075
CONNECTING Connect a parallel interface cable to the ISW interface connector located in the front of the 7075 behind the toner hopper. CAUTION: If a parallel data transfer is to be executed with the ISW Trns program, the ECP mode setting of the PC parallel port should be cleared. ISW Trns does not support parallel data transfers. If a parallel data transfer is launched with the PC set in ECP mode, the transfer could be aborted by an error occurring in between. It would be necessary, therefore, to disable ECP mode . UPDATING Update the ROM data on each control board using ISW Trns. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0613307EN* Solution Usage 110
Description Shadows (halo) around portions of the print and/or gray background. F29 failure code(s) may be indicated. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Dust proof glass is dirty. Pull the drum carriage out until access to the dust proof glass is available. Remove the dust proof glass and clean it. 2. T/S wire cleaning assembly is not fully disengaging from the wire when at home position. Install a redesigned separator cleaning assembly (p/n 55VA-2771). The assembly has been modified for a more positive disengagement of the cleaning assembly. 3. Failed toner control sensor board (TCSB) or dirty sensor causing Dmax failure codes (check the data collection for F29 failure codes). Clean or replace the toner control sensor board (p/n 55VA-9510), and perform the Dmax adjustment. 4. Copy quality adjustments have not been performed after developer replacement. Perform High Voltage and Drum Peculiarity adjustments in 36 mode. 5. Developer bias bearing resistance is high. Verify the resistance from the inner race to the outer race of the bearing does not exceed approximately 10 ohms while the sleeve is rotating. If necessary, replace the devleoper unit (p/n 55VA-3000). 6. The AC separation current was set incorrectly. To increase the AC Separation current, perform the following: a. Access the 36 mode (power the copier ON while simultaneously pressing the 3 and 6 keys). b. Select [1] Process Adjustment. c. Select [1] High Voltage Adjustment. d. High voltage adjustment consists of the following: [1] High Voltage Auto Adjustment [2] High Voltage Adjustment (Charge) [3] High Voltage Adjustment (Transfer) [4] High Voltage Adjustment (Separation AC) [5] High Voltage Adjustment (Separation DC) [6] High Voltage Adjustment (Charging grid voltage) [7] High Voltage Adjustment (Bias of development) [8] Transfer Guide Confirm e. Select [4] High Voltage Adjustment (Separation AC). f. Decrease the current value of 117 to 65 using the numeric keypad. g. When the adjustment completes, the screen returns to the High Voltage Adjustment Screen. h. Press PREVIOUS SCREEN. i. Power OFF/ON to exit the 36 mode. Note: This is not a standard adjustment and should be performed after all other options have been met. Solution ID TAUS0611311EN* Solution Usage 109
Description PLEASE LOAD 5.5x8.5 message when small size originals are placed on the platen. Solution The inability of the machine to default to 8.5x11 when small originals are placed on the platen is a limitation of the product. Paper size and magnification ratios must be manually selected. SOLUTION: To make it easier for a customer that copies large quantities of small originals from the platen, it is recommended to select the desired paper tray and magnification ratio and then store the selections under a job in job memory. Whenever small originals are to be copied, the customer selects this job from job memory which will eliminate making paper size and ratio selections for every copy. Any requests for specification changes should be directed to our marketing department using the following URL: http://www.konicabt.com/konicode/KoniNav/MKT Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
171
7075
NVRAM/BRU replacement form. Solution The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Login to MKM.com. 2. Select the Service tab. 3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). 4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). 5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0614129EN* Solution Usage 83
Description SC56-04 after installing scanning firmware and IP601 system software. Solution CAUSE: Software switch 23-4 is not set to 1. SOLUTION: To set software switch 23-4 to 1, perform the following: 1. Hold the 'P' button down until the message, Enter 4-digit Password To Change, is displayed. Note: The button must be pressed for about 5 seconds before the message is indicated. 2. Enter the password 9272 and press the Start Print button. Note: This is a fixed password and cannot be changed. 3. The selections below will be offered; select the 25 mode. [1] Basic Screen [2] 36 mode [3] 25 mode [4] Key Operator mode [5] 47 mode [6] Exit 4. Press item 1 Software SW setting. 5. Use the UP/DOWN ARROW keys to scroll to software dipswitch 23, bit 4 (23-4). 6. Press ON. 7. Press Mode Change and then EXIT to return to normal operation.
August 2011
172
7085
173
7085
Description E56-02 followed by a no power condition. Solution CAUSE: A failed image processing board. SOLUTION: To diagnose, perform the following: 1. With the machine powered ON in 47 mode, measure the AC input to DC power supply 2. At the bottom of DC power supply 2, insert the meter leads into Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
174
7085
the black and white connectors labeled FT3 and FT4. When the machine is powered ON, 208/230V AC should be measured. The voltage must be measured with one meter lead in the black wire and the other lead in the white wire. Do not measure each individually to frame ground. If the correct voltage is measured, DC power supply 2 is defective and must be replaced (p/n 56GB84520). 2. If 0V AC is measured in step 1, check the voltage at CN900-1 and CN900-5 on the power supply management board. Each pin should have 5V DC. 3. Next, check CN903 pins 1-4 on the power supply management board. If no voltage is present, on any of the pins, the power supply management board is defective and must be replaced (p/n 55VA-9130). If 5V DC is measured on all the pins, the image processing board is defective and must be replaced (p/n 56GA-9010). Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
175
7115
176
7115
Description FK117, intermittently unable to print received faxes (the fax unit appears locked up). Solution CAUSE: Firmware upgrade required: SOLUTION: Upgrade firmware to level 6.37. See M20040029A1 for firmware correction. Notes: 1. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] 2. The latest firmware is available at [[http://www.konicabt.com/konicode/PubBrowser/eproms| URL http://www.konicabt.com/konicode/PubBrowser/eproms]]. 3. To temporarily resolve the lock up, initialize SRAM (received faxes in memory will be lost). To initialize SRAM perform the following: a. Press Initial Set. Machine Setting will be displayed. b. Press Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1. Service Mode will be displayed. c. Press the up arrow once. Clear Data will be displayed. d. Press Yes. Clear Data DRAM will be displayed. e. Press the down arrow once. Clear Data SRAM will displayed. f. Press Yes twice. g. Press Auto Reset to return to normal mode. Note: There are two methods upgrade the firmware version, via fax to fax or PC to serial port. * Trademark ownership information Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
177
7115
August 2011
178
7118
179
7118
August 2011
180
7118
Description SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007. Solution CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server. SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list. 1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall. 2.Select Exceptions and Add Port. 3.Add a name and Port number. 4.Click on Change Scope. 5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
181
7130
182
7130
183
7130
August 2011
184
7135
185
7135
186
7135
August 2011
187
7145
188
7145
Description F35-xx codes at power up. Solution CAUSE: Failed fuser lamps (L2), and (L3). SOLUTION: Replace L2 (p/n 40LE83020) and L3 (p/n 40LE83030). Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description Intermittent E56-01. Solution The main CB has been modified to prevent this code . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
189
7145
Description There is now a type 1 and type 2 System Control board available for the model 7145. There is System Control firmware for each type board, be sure to use the correct version of firmware for the correct type System Control board. Solution To identify if the System Control board as type 1 or type 2, view the ROM version in the 25 mode. System Control Board Type (type1 or type2) will be displayed on operation panel. System Control board (p/n 40LA-930x) is a type 1 board and needs to be flashed with System Control firmware 32 or lower. System Control board (p/n 40L0-930x) is a type 2 board and needs to be flashed with System Control firmware 41 or higher. Note: ISW tool Ver. 3.48 is available for the new style board. Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
190
7150
191
7150
Description EPROM history, 7150. Solution EPROM history, 7150 . Latest level 7150 EPROM hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150.txt]] See 7150 EPROM Release Notification version 21.2 . See 7150 EPROM Release Notification version 21.3 . Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] See 7150 Technical Bulletin #8A for more details on the new features of Level 14.0 EPROMs. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description NVRAM/BRU replacement form. Solution The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Login to MKM.com. 2. Select the Service tab. 3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). 4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). 5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID Description No power. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0608665EN* Solution Usage 70
192
7150
Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The DCPS has failed. To check the DCPS, perform the following: a. With the main switch (SW1) ON, check for 115V AC at CN397-1 and CN397-2 on the DCPS. b. If present, check for 24V DC at CN2-1 and CN2-2 and 5V DC at CN8-9 and CN8-10 on the DCPS. c. If not present, power the machine OFF and remove all connectors from the DCPS except CN395, CN396, CN397, CN398 and CN8 power the machine ON. d. Check for 24V DC on the bare pins at CN2-1 and CN2-2 and 5V DC at CN8-9 and CN8-10 on the DCPS. e. If voltages are still not present, power machine OFF disconnect CN5 and check for 5V DC on the bare pins at CN8-10 and CN8-9 on the DCPS. f. If 5V DC is still not present, replace the DCPS (p/n 55FA84511). 2. Either IC 22 or IC 23, which are located on the main CB is not firmly seated. This results in the DCPS not receiving the RL1 control signal at CN8-4, which originates at CN60-B7 on the main CB. As a result, the DCPS is not energized. Visually inspect both IC22 and IC23, ensure that all the EPROM legs are properly inserted into the main CB, then reseat both IC22 and IC23. 3. The connector that plugs into CN4, on the main CB, is missing. CN4-1 and CN4-2 are 5V DC inputs that come from the DCPS board CN8-10 and CN8-9. The Copier will not power up without this 5V DC input to the main CB. Note: Although this problem is extremely rare, it has been confirmed with one machine in the field at setup. If you have a machine that has this problem, please submit a new problem through Expert Web* including serial number and meter reading. These submissions will allow proper tracking of field impact. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0607455EN* Solution Usage 67
Description FS103B, not recognized. Paper jams at the entrance of the finisher, but no jam code is indicated. Solution CAUSE: The copier needs an EPROM level upgrade to provide recognition of the FS103B finisher. SOLUTION: Upgrade the EPROMs to latest level 7150 copier/printing/tandem printing EPROMs or the latest level 7150 tandem copier EPROMs . Internal Link for Faxing/Printing [[7150 copier/printing/tandem printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150.txt]] or the [[7150 tandem copier EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150t.txt]] Further information is available in the Info Source publication to dealers, released 12/11/98, issue no. 82-98. Solution ID TAUS0606788EN* Solution Usage 56
Description NO TABLE DATA. UNDEFINED SCREEN CODE 1003H message when Universal tray is selected. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect EPROMs installed on the operation panel board. SOLUTION: Install the minimum of level 12 EPROMs (available from Konica's website as 7150-12A.EXE and through the Parts Distribution Center). Main C B IC22 (p/n 7150122-12.0) IC23 (p/n 7150123-12.0) Operation panel ROM1, IC16 (p/n 7150216-14.0) ROM2, IC17 (p/n 7150217-13.0) ROM3, IC12 (p/n 7150212-13.0) ROM4, IC18 (p/n 7150218-13.0) Image processing board IC29 (p/n 7150B9-11.0) IC30 (p/n 7150B0-11.0) The above list is the minimum configuration. Level 12 enhancements: Corrects problem (unique to level 11) when interrupt job completes, the remainder of the original or interrupted job is lost or cleared. Latest level 7150 EPROM hyperlink and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7150.txt]] Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers? Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
193
7150
August 2011
194
7155
195
7155
Description How to program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass. Solution To program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass, perform the following: 1. Flash the machine to firmware versions Image control 52, and Printer control 36 or higher. 2. Hold the [P] key down until the message [Enter 4-digit password to change Mode] is displayed at the top of the touchscreen. Note: The key must be held down for about 5 seconds before the message is displayed. 3. Enter the password 9272 and press the START key. 4. Touch [4. Key operator mode] on the touchscreen. 5. Touch the down-arrow which is located at the lower left corner of the touchscreen one (1) time. 6. Touch [13. Memory switch setting] on the touchscreen. 7. Touch the down-arrow on the lower left corner of the touchscreen two (2) times. 8. Using the down-arrow located on the right side of the touchscreen, scroll to [17. Platen org. size detect (SMALL)]. 9. Repeatedly touch [Change Setting Contents] until 8.5x11 is displayed as the setting. 10. Touch [RETURN] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen. 11. Touch [MODE CHANGE] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen. 12. Touch [EXIT] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen to return to the normal mode. Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description NVRAM/BRU replacement form. Solution The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Login to MKM.com. 2. Select the Service tab. 3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). 4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). 5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
196
7155
Description Toner leakage (or scattering) and/or developer leakage, causing soiled copies, developer carryover on copies, white spots in solid image areas, T/S corona contamination and other copy quality defects. Solution CAUSE: The above symptoms can be caused by the following conditions: 1. Write unit failure - the toner density control system attempts to compensate for decreased image density by increasing the amount of toner added, eventually resulting in toner leakage. 2. Large amounts of paper dust or recycled toner mixes with the developer causing the toner charge value to decrease which effects its adherence to the developer and causes toner to leak. 3. A gap between the toner supply opening and developing unit through which toner can leak and scatter onto copies. As a result of the above, developer/toner spillage occurs contaminating the charging grid which results in abnormal potential control. The covered (blocked) charge corona grid causes the drum potential to increase and developer to adhere to the photoconductive drum surface. This developer is then deposited onto the transfer guide plate, T/S corona, and copies. SOLUTION: Please refer to 7155/7165 Technical Bulletin #8 for detailed information. Use the 7155/7165 Toner Misting Counter Measures Checklist to help resolve the problem. To prevent the toner from spilling the REGIST CLEANER ASSY has been changed. See KOM060445.pdf for details. NOTE: Disregard instruction 5b in Tech Bulletin #8 regarding setting change of dipsw. 23-2. (Can cause SC29-03 after developer change in high humidity areas.) The bulletin is being revised to remove this step and add more information. CAUTION: If there is no problem with the write unit and the dipswitch settings are correct, replace the developing unit cover . Note: To view a PDF hyperlink, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0617452EN* Solution Usage 60
Description DF316, intermittent J62 codes, multi-feeding and or erratic operation. Solution CAUSE: The unit has not been modified with the new style DFP roller modification (p/n 13QA-K010FOC) as outlined in DF316 Technical Bulletin #1 . Note: To view the above link, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] SOLUTION: Install the new style DFP roller modification for units with serial numbers below the cut in. Note: The serial number cut-ins are as follows: 7155 56EE00462 and above do not requrie the modification 7165 56AE01665 and above do not require the modification * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
197
7165
198
7165
Description Toner leakage (or scattering) and/or developer leakage, causing soiled copies, developer carryover on copies, white spots in solid image areas, T/S corona contamination and other copy quality defects. Solution CAUSE: The above symptoms can be caused by the following conditions: 1. Write unit failure - the toner density control system attempts to compensate for decreased image density by increasing the amount of toner added, eventually resulting in toner leakage. 2. Large amounts of paper dust or recycled toner mixes with the developer causing the toner charge value to decrease which effects its adherence to the developer and causes toner to leak. 3. A gap between the toner supply opening and developing unit through which toner can leak and scatter onto copies. As a result of the above, developer/toner spillage occurs contaminating the charging grid which results in abnormal potential control. The covered (blocked) charge corona grid causes the drum potential to increase and developer to adhere to the photoconductive drum surface. This developer is then deposited onto the transfer guide plate, T/S corona, and copies. SOLUTION: Please refer to 7155/7165 Technical Bulletin #8 for detailed information. Use the 7155/7165 Toner Misting Counter Measures Checklist to help resolve the problem. To prevent the toner from spilling the REGIST CLEANER ASSY has been changed. See KOM060445.pdf for details. NOTE: Disregard instruction 5b in Tech Bulletin #8 regarding setting change of dipsw. 23-2. (Can cause SC29-03 after developer change in high humidity areas.) The bulletin is being revised to remove this step and add more information. CAUTION: If there is no problem with the write unit and the dipswitch settings are correct, replace the developing unit cover . Note: To view a PDF hyperlink, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description NVRAM/BRU replacement form. Solution The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim formis referencedin attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
199
7165
The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Login to MKM.com. 2. Select the Service tab. 3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). 4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). 5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0617397EN* Solution Usage 78
Description DF316, intermittent J62 codes, multi-feeding and or erratic feeding operation. Solution CAUSE: The unit has not been modified with the new style DFP roller modification (p/n 13QA-K010FOC) as outlined in DF316 Technical Bulletin #1 . Note: To view the above link, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] SOLUTION: Install the new style DFP roller modification for units with serial numbers below the cut in. Note: The serial number cut-ins are as follows: 7155 56EE00462 and above do not require the modification 7165 56AE01665 and above do not require the modification * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0616459EN* Solution Usage 70
Description How to program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass. Solution To program the machine to default to 8.5x11 when a small size original is placed on the platen glass, perform the following: 1. Flash the machine to firmware versions Image control 52, and Printer control 36 or higher. 2. Hold the [P] key down until the message [Enter 4-digit password to change Mode] is displayed at the top of the touchscreen. Note: The key must be held down for about 5 seconds before the message is displayed. 3. Enter the password 9272 and press the START key. 4. Touch [4. Key operator mode] on the touchscreen. 5. Touch the down-arrow which is located at the lower left corner of the touchscreen one (1) time. 6. Touch [13. Memory switch setting] on the touchscreen. 7. Touch the down-arrow on the lower left corner of the touchscreen two (2) times. 8. Using the down-arrow located on the right side of the touchscreen, scroll to [17. Platen org. size detect (SMALL)]. 9. Repeatedly touch [Change Setting Contents] until 8.5x11 is displayed as the setting. 10. Touch [RETURN] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen. 11. Touch [MODE CHANGE] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen. 12. Touch [EXIT] on the lower right corner of the touchscreen to return to the normal mode. Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
200
7216
201
7216
August 2011
202
7216
August 2011
203
7218
204
7218
August 2011
205
7218
August 2011
206
7220
Description FK118, unable to receive faxes, but able to send. Solution CAUSE: Ring Frequency detection is set to low and Ring on time to ignore ring off time at 1st cycle is disabled. SOLUTION: Change soft switch 6 (Ring on time to ignore ring off time at 1st cycle(ms)) default is 06=00000000 some of the switchs may have been changed, make all zeros, next soft switch, 09 switch (Ring Frequency detection) 09=00000000 change to 09=10000000 to 20-75Hz, bit 8. Solution ID TAUS0630321EN* Solution Usage 0
Description FK118, how to change the default Transmission Mode to ADF Tx instead of Memory Tx. Solution To change the default Transmission Mode, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility button 7 times. TX Operation will display. 2.. Press Yes. 3. Press the down arrow until Default Tx displays. 4. Press Yes. 5. Press the right arrow so that the star (*) is next to ADF Tx. 6. Press Yes to save the setting. Press Panel Reset to return to normal mode. Solution ID TAUS0641225EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Thermostat replacement precautions for all models using Faston Terminals. Solution CAUSE: Damage to the Faston terminal when replacing the thermostat to the Faston terminal can result in the generation of heat and cause the plastic insulating material around the terminal to melt. SOLUTION: See Bulletin Number 5005 for details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0641541EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When scanning mixed originals to box, the retrieved documents are rotated when viewed. Solution CAUSE: An incorrect original direction default is chosen. SOLUTION: To change the original direction default, perform the following: 1. Access the Key Operator mode. 2. Select Scanner. 3. Select Initial setting. 4. Scroll down to Orig. direction default. 5. Select EDIT until the desired default is displayed. 6. Select RETURN three times to return to copier mode. Solution ID TAUS0644077EN* Solution Usage 0
Description FK102, 'Please load A4R' message when receiving. Solution CAUSE: Destination switchover in the dipswitches is set incorrectly for metric or Japan. SOLUTION: Access the 25 mode and select 1. Software dipswitches. 5-0 to 1 and 5-1 to 0 for (inch). Solution ID TAUS0644206EN* Solution Usage 0
Description No finisher indicated; rotate and sort are grayed out. Solution CAUSE: DSW for finisher isolation has been enabled to 1 (ON). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
207
7220
SOLUTION: Access the 25 mode and 1. Software dipswitch, bit 20, switch 4 to 0 for OFF. Note: Rotate and Sort will be grayed out if the finisher is set for isolation. The FS should be removed completely to use the sort and rotate mode. Solution ID TAUS0644298EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Information for parts number - Control Panel. Solution See KOM050583 for details. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0644316EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Part number for parts of hopper unit. Solution See KOM050662 for details. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0647840EN* Solution Usage 0
Description NIC F/W ver.2.07 for NC6 and KN419. Solution See DLBT0501588EN00 for details. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0648500EN* Solution Usage 0
Description AFR19 and DF321 distortion problem. Solution Refer to bulletin 5033 details. Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
208
7222
209
7222
August 2011
210
7222
August 2011
211
7228
212
7228
August 2011
213
7228
August 2011
214
7235
215
7235
August 2011
216
7235
August 2011
217
7255
218
7255
August 2011
219
7255
Description SC90-01 at power up.
August 2011
220
7272
221
7272
August 2011
222
7272
August 2011
223
7310
Description Black copies/SYSTEM ERROR 03. Black copies and SYSTEM ERROR 03 occur intermittently in copy or print mode. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Static charge build up. Per 7310 Technical Bulletin #3A . a. Plating must be removed from a specific area of the print head. b. A ground kit (p/n 25VE-1500), which has two grounding plates and a grounding spring, must be installed c. Install a ferrite core (p/n 7310SYS03) onto the print head wiring harness (CN417 on the Main CB). The ground kit has been installed on production machines beginning with serial number 25VL02441. The ferrite core has been installed in production machines with serial numbers beginning with the prefix 25VL. Before modifying and machines, be sure to complete the checks and procedures listed in bulletin 3A. 2. Abnormal detection of low or high temperature of FUSER. Follow the steps related to the fuser as outlined in Technical Bulletin #3A . Solution ID TAUS0600597EN* Solution Usage 122
Description What printer driver should be used with the 7310? Solution The HP LaserJet III* or HP LaserJet IIID drivers can be used with the 7310. If your software does not have these specific printer drivers (printer types), you may have to choose other settings, such as 'Laser Printer'. In the case of older software, contact your software vendor for updated printer drivers. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611485EN* Solution Usage 106
Description SYSTEM ERROR 09. Abnormal detection of toner in the developing unit. Toner detection sensor detects more than 1.925V DC or less than 1.875V DC. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Poor contact between the toner addition motor gear and the side gear of the developing unit. Wrap black electrical tape around the locating pins in the top cover to increase the gear mesh. 2. Poor connection of the toner motor connectors. Reseat the connectors on the toner motor. 3. While initializing a developing unit, the print head does not come on and neutralize the charge on the drum. This will cause the drum unit to pull developer from the developing unit, eventually causing this error. Check the print head and it's connector. Replace the print head (p/n 25VE87040) as needed. Note: If developer has been pulled from the developing unit, replacement of the developing unit is required. See page 7-1 in the 7310 Service Manual for more information on the toner circuit. 4. Bad toner sensor or developing unit. Replace the developing unit (PCUA 950736). 5. Bad printer head (power supply) board. Replace the printer head board (p/n 25VE84510) as needed. 6. Failed High Voltage Unit. Replace High Voltage Unit (p/n 25VE87030). Solution ID TAUS0600280EN* Solution Usage 95
Description How to initialize the 7310. Note: This procedure should ONLY be performed by a technician. Solution To initialize the 7310, perform the following steps. 1. Turn machine off and disconnect the power cord. 2. Remove the back cover (four screws). 3. Set dip switch #1, bit 1 to the up position (On). The switch is located in the top right corner of the main CB. 4. Connect the power cord and turn the power back on. 5. Press [MENU] twice and [ENTER]. 6. Display should show SETUP OT-KEY 7. Press [MENU] repeatedly until the display shows SET MEMORY SW. 8. Press [ENTER]. 9. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [0] and [START]. 10. Press [ENTER], [1] and [START]. 11. Press [ENTER], [2] and [START]. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
224
7310
12. Press [ENTER], [3] and [START]. 13. Press [ENTER], [4] and [START]. 14. Press [ENTER], [6] and [START]. 15. Press the yellow [STOP] key. 16. Turn the power off and disconnect the power cord. 17. Return dip switch #1, bit 1, to the down position (Off). Note: Leave bit 2 in the up position. 18. Replace the back cover, connect the power cord and turn the power back on. Image of the Dip Switches . Picture of the operation panel . Solution ID TAUS0602258EN* Solution Usage 68
Description Dark background on copies from the glass only. Printouts are O.K. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Dirty optical section. Thoroughly clean the optics. 2. Lamp terminals for the exposure lamp are corroded. Clean the lamp terminals. 3. The light quantity of the exposure lamp (AVR) is too low. Adjust the light quantity of the exposure lamp using the following steps. a. Turn the 7310 off. b. Remove the back panel (four screws). c. Turn on dip switch 1 on the Main CB. d. Turn the 7310 on and press [ENTER]. e. The display should show TEST MODE. f. Press one-touch key [11]. g. The display should show AVR ADJUSTMENT 1-3. h. Press one of the following selections. Press [1] to adjust the center setting of the density slide knob. Press [2] to adjust the minimum position setting of the density slide knob. Press [3] to adjust the maximum position setting of the density slide knob. i. Enter a value from 00-64 and then press [START]. Note: The default ranges for each position is as follows. Position #1 (center), 52-58. Position #2 (minimum), 48-51. Position #3 (maximum), 60-66. The higher the number, the lighter the copy. j. To program another density setting, go to step 8. To end programming, turn the 7310 off, set dip switch 1, on the Main CB, to the off position. Install the back panel and turn the 7310 back on. See page 4-4 in the 7310 Service Manual. 4. The exposure lamp is bad. Replace the exposure lamp (p/n 25VE83020). 5. The drum is worn. Replace the drum. Solution ID TAUS0600845EN* Solution Usage 52
Description How to enable/disable the TCR (Transmit Confirmation Report). Solution To enable/disable the TCR, perform the following steps. 1. Press [MENU] twice, [ENTER] and [MENU] five times. 2. Press [ENTER], [0], [9] and [ENTER]. 3. Press [1] to enable TCR or [2] to disable TCR*. 4. Press the green [START] key and then the yellow [STOP] key. * TCR will still print if a communication error occurs or if [STOP] is pressed. Solution ID TAUS0612373EN* Solution Usage 47
Description INITIALIZE DEVE shows in the display. Solution CAUSE: The developer unit needs to be initialized. SOLUTION: initialize the developer unit by pressing [MENU] three times, [ENTER], [1] and [START/COPY]. See page 2-17 in the User's Reference Guide for details. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
225
7310
Description SYSTEM ERROR 05 Solution CAUSE: Abnormal analog scanner operation when copying. Timing of mirror home position. SOLUTION: The 3 red shipping knobs may remain installed, holding the optics unit in place. If optics will not scan at all, the optics motor driver board (p/n 25VE87080) may be bad. Also, check the home position sensor. Solution ID TAUS0600561EN* Solution Usage 41
Description Dark lines or bands on all prints, lead-to-trail. Solution CAUSE: Check for toner on the drum, (usually appearing as a band around the drum). This indicates the cleaning blade is not working properly. SOLUTION: Replace the drum unit. Solution ID TAUS0600183EN* Solution Usage 34
Description SYSTEM ERROR 03 Solution CAUSE: Fuser abnormality. SOLUTION: Check the fuser lamp, thermostat, thermistor, main relay, etc.
August 2011
226
7410
Description General information on the printer options. Solution There are 4 different printer options for the 7410. Cables are not included with the interface and must be purchased separately. 1. PCL5e* (bi-directional parallel), PCUA 950717. Standard memory is 2MB. Optional memory is 4MB (PCUA 950723) or 16 MB (PCUA 950760). 2. PCL5e PostScript* Level 2 (bi-directional parallel), PCUA 950718. Standard memory is 2MB. Optional memory is 4MB (PCUA 950723) or 16 MB (PCUA 950760). 3. GDI printing (bi-directional parallel), PCUA 950716. Standard memory is .5MB. Optional memory is 4MB (PCUA 950723). 4. CLASS 1 interface kit (standard modem cable, serial), PCUA 950719. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611471EN* Solution Usage 146
Description How to initialize the 7410. Solution To initialize the 7410, perform the following steps. 1. Initialize the test mode by setting Dip SW 102-1 on. Note: Dip SW 102 is located on the main CB. 2. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice. 3. Press [4], [6] and [ENTER]. 4. Select one of the following. 0: clear all data. 1: File/Command Data Clear. 2: OT-key/AD-key/P-key/B-key Data Clear. 3: Report Data Clear. 4: Memory SW Table Data Clear. 5: Counter Data Clear (except DRUM/DEVELOPER/TOTAL COUNTER/TONER CONTROL]. 6: Activity Report TX/RX Count Clear. 7. Press [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER] to return to the standby mode. Solution ID TAUS0604526EN* Solution Usage 130
Description What print driver should be used on a Microsoft* Windows NT 4.0 workstation? Solution To select a print driver for the 7410, the type of printer interface must be determined first. To determine the installed printer interface, perform the following: 1. Press [MENU], [7], [4] and [ENTER] twice to print the printer configuration. The printout will indicate the type of interface if PCL* or PostScript*. If the command is not accepted, a GDI interface is installed. 2. If a GDI interface is installed, as in a 7410+, no driver is available for Windows NT. 3. If PCL or PostScript is indicated, then select the HP LaserJet* 4 PLUS for PCL* or HP LaserJet 4/4M PLUS PS printer driver for PostScript. Note: These drivers are available through Windows NT. Konica Windows NT drivers are not required for the 7410 * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0604166EN* Solution Usage 129
Description How to set the transmission report (TCR). Solution To set the transmission report, adjust Memory Switch 09 using the following steps. 1. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice. 2. Press [0], [9] and [ENTER]. 3. Select one of the following options: [0] to disable printing of transmission report. [1] to enable printing of transmission report. [2] to enable printing of transmission report only if a communication error occurs. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
227
7410
4. Press [ENTER]. 5. Press [1] to end programming. Solution ID TAUS0604186EN* Solution Usage 110
Description What is needed to use the 7410 as a scanner? Solution To use the 7410 as a scanner, a CLASS 1 interface kit (PCUA# 950-719) is required. Either a CLASS 1 interface software such as WinFaxPro* or HydraFax* or the Konica TWAIN Software Driver (PCUA# 950-725) must be used. Note: If the serial number of the 7410 is below 25TK03014, the printer will require a level D EPROM (p/n 7410-11-D) to use the TWAIN driver. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0604848EN* Solution Usage 104
Description Cannot transmit or receive from certain fax machines. The 7410 will answer and send its handshakes but the other fax does not respond. May occur with Canon* or Sharp* fax machines. Solution CAUSE: Level A, B, D and F work OK with these models, but level C EPROMs are programmed to send the handshake once, and may result in disconnects when attempting to communicate to the 7410. SOLUTION: Confirm EPROM level by performing a MENU 55. Replace with level F EPROM (p/n 7410F211-F). The level of the EPROM is designated in the upper right hand corner of the first page of the MENU 55 print out. EPROMs are also available for download from Konica's website, www.konicabt.com. To perform the 55 print out, perform the following: 1. Remove back access panel 2. Locate the dip switches on the control board and turn dip switch 1 ON. 3. Using the operation panel, press MENU and 5 twice. 4. Press ENTER twice. 5. After print out is complete, turn main switch OFF and dip switch 1 OFF. Reinstall panel and turn machine ON. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0608644EN* Solution Usage 90
Description How to determine which printer interface card is installed on a 7410. Solution The installed options are printed at the bottom of the menu 55 preset list from service mode. 1. Put the 7410 in service mode by removing the metal cover on the back of the machine. It is held in place by a single screw. 2. Set the service switch 1 in the up or on position. 3. Press [MENU] [5] [5] [ENTER] [ENTER]. 4. The installed options will be printed at the bottom of the first page of the printout from step 3 above. The appropriate driver can then be installed. Solution ID TAUS0604724EN* Solution Usage 86
Description Can the 7410 be networked? Solution In order to network the 7410 you must have the PCL5e* or PCL5e/PostScript*. A third party print server device may be required if you cannot connect the 7410 to the server. An Ethernet Print Server option (PCUA 950-724) is available for the 7410 that allows a customer with 2-5 users to print to the 7410. This option must be used in conjunction with either the PCL5e* Printer I/F Kit (PCUA 950-717) or the PCL5e/PostScript* I/F Kit (PCUA 950-718). Both of these interfaces support the network printing capability of the 7410 and the Ethernet Print Server Option. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0604218EN* Solution Usage 83
Description How to clear the red communication error lamp. Solution To clear the communication error lamp, perform the following steps. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
228
7410
1. Press [MODE] repeatedly until you are in Fax Mode. 2. Press the [STOP] key. Solution ID TAUS0604007EN* Solution Usage 82
Description Can the 7410 print in a Macintosh* environment? Solution Yes, the 7410 will print in a Macintosh environment given the following conditions. SINGLE CONNECTION 1. A PCL5e* Printer I/F Kit (PCUA 950-717) must be installed in the 7410. 2. HP LaserJet 4* emulation must be used. 3. A GDT PowerPrint* adapter must be connected to the 7410 and GDT PowerPrint software must be loaded on the Macintosh when connecting to the Konica 7410. PowerPrint is a combined software and hardware printer driver package which enables Macintosh computers to print to output devices which would otherwise be incompatible. It consists of a serial to parallel cable, a background printing program and drivers that let the Macintosh users print to many printers. GDT PowerPrint is available at many local computer stores. The GDT PowerPrint allows one 7410 to operate in a single Macintosh environment. GDT does offer two network products. One is a LocalTalk version with a LocalTalk-to-parallel converter and the other is designed for Netware environments. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
229
7415
230
7415
Description FK116, blank LCD display, no power or machine not coming to a ready state after installing the FK116. If the fax kit is removed, 7415 will operate properly. Solution CAUSE: Failed FK116. SOLUTION: Reseat the connectors on PWB(I) for the fax control board and the operation panel. If problem persists, reinitialize by performing the following: 1. With power ON, enter the Utility Mode by pressing Utility, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1. 2. Press the up arrow (Delete) until 8. CLEAR DATA is displayed. 3. Press Yes. 4. Press the down arrow (Space) until SRAM CLEAR is displayed. If DRAM is selected, only memory file data will be cleared. 5. Press Yes. 6. Press No until unit is in standby. 7. If 7415 is still inoperable with the FK116, replace the fax control board. To obtain the fax control board, the fax kit (PCUA 950703) must be ordered since the fax control board does not have a part number. Note: When the unit is initialized, the counters on the machine are reset to zero. Entry of the previous count is not available. Previous to initialization, keep a record of the count in the service log for future reference.
August 2011
231
7415
Description How to initialize the 7415. Solution To initialize the 7415 without the fax option installed, perform the following: Note: When the unit is initialized, the counters on the machine are reset to zero. Entry of the previous count is not available. Previous to initialization, keep a record of the count in the service log for future reference. See Service Manual page D32 for procedure. 1. Enter the Tech Rep Mode by pressing Clear/Stop, Exposure Control Lighter ( ). 2. Press the 1 key (up arrow) until c is displayed. 3. Press Start. 4. Press the 1 key (up arrow) until c6 is displayed. 5. Press Start. 6. Using the 10 key (down arrow) and 1 key (up arrow), select data of 8 (User's/Tech Rep Choice). 7. Press Start to confirm. 8. Turn 7415 OFF/ON to complete clearing of data. To initialize the 7415 with the fax option, perform the following: 1. With power ON, enter the Utility Mode by pressing Utility, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1. 2. Press the up arrow (Delete) until 8. CLEAR DATA is displayed. 3. Press Yes. 4. Press the down arrow (Space) until SRAM CLEAR is displayed. If DRAM is selected, only memory file data will be cleared. 5. Press Yes. 6. Press No until unit is in standby. Note: When the unit is initialized, the counters on the machine are reset to zero. Entry of the previous count is not available. Previous to initialization, keep a record of the count in the service log for future reference. Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
232
7490M
Description ST207, jam positions 12 or 13 when sorting. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Jam positions 12 or 13 when sorting. The vertical conveyance belts are slipping which allows the paper to hesitate and or buckle at the turn around guide. Clean or replace the vertical conveyance belts (p/n 554048320) and the belt driving roller (p/n 554048090). Ensure the belts and roller are completely dry after cleaning. 2. Jam position 13. Incorrect positioning of the exit detect LED, the sensor always detects a jam. Perform the following: a. Turn ON hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB. b. Turn VR1 clockwise until LED1 turns ON, then turn VR1 counterclockwise and confirm the scale mark at which LED1 turns OFF. At this point, if VR1 is at the third scale mark or more (in the counterclockwise direction), confirm the position of the sensor. If VR1 is at a position of less than 3 scale marks, proceed with the following steps. c. Loosen the screw on the light emitting side of the exit detect sensor. d. Turn VR1 to the center of the scale and find the sensor position where LED1 turns OFF by moving the sensor up and down. e. Form the mounting plate using long-nose pliers so that the sensor can detect properly. f. Turn OFF hardware dipswitch 1 on the sorter CB. 3. Jam position 13. A level 12.0 EPROM is installed on the sorter CB. Ensure IC3 on the sorter CB is at least a level 13.1 (p/n ST20763-13.1). This EPROM eliminates user induced jams. Solution ID TAUS0600646EN* Solution Usage 4
Description ST207, code 77-3. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the interlock switches (SW1, SW2, SW3, or SW4) is open, preventing 28V DC to the sorter main relay (RL1). Perform a continuity check from the red wire on RL1 to CN812-1 (red wire) on the sorter CB. The reading should be approximately .8 ohms, repair or replace any bad switches as necessary. 2. Resistor R64 next to fuse F1 on the sorter CB has failed, resulting in no RL1 drive. Turn the machine OFF and check CN812-1 to frame ground. If there is continuity to frame ground, inspect all interlock switches and the wiring to them for any shorts to frame (disengage the bin shift motor and slide the bin unit back and forth while watching the meter). Repair as necessary and replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011). 3. CN936 is disconnected, causing an open in the interlock circuit. This connector allows 28V DC to the coil of the sorter main relay (RL1). Reconnect CN936. Solution ID TAUS0600662EN* Solution Usage 3
Description ST207, code 77-1. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The stapler unit mounting height is not within specification. #12A .
Adjust the mounting height of the up/down base assembly. See ST207 Technical Bulletin
2. The bin rotation motor (M204) is binding or has failed. Adjust the mounting height of the up/down base assembly. See Technical Bulletin #12A. Replace M204 (p/n 460080031) if the motor has failed. Solution ID TAUS0602517EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Latest EPROM level, 7490M. Solution EPROM history hyperlink . Solution ID TAUS0600643EN* Solution Usage 2
Description ST201, missorting. Solution CAUSE: The wrong EPROM is installed on the sorter CB, or incorrect programming in the P6 mode. SOLUTION: Ensure that IC3 on the sorter CB is revision 01.0 (p/n 609063-01.0), which is recommended for faster machines with the ST201 installed. In the P6 mode set software dipswitch 4-0 to 1. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
233
7490M
Description Jam position 11 using the RADF. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Jam position 11. The original will not fully exit the RADF, and or half copies. The one-way clutch inside the paper reverse drive pulley on the RADF is dirty or binding. When the prefeed operation takes place the first original that was fed to the scale plate is pulled away due to the reverse drive causing the rollers to reverse. Clean the one-way bearing with alcohol or replace the reverse drive (p/n 016076530). 2. RADF height is out of adjustment. The rear side is too high above the glass. Adjust the height to specification. The procedure is detailed on page 10 of the DF303/303A/304 service manual. Solution ID TAUS0600647EN* Solution Usage 2
Description ST207, code 77-2 when sorting. Solution CAUSE: Fuse F2 on the sorter CB is open, possibly due to a shorted or binding up/down motor (M202), bin shift motor (M203), or bin arm rotating motor (M204). SOLUTION: Check the motors and wiring for any shorts or binding. Repair any faults as necessary, then replace the sorter CB (p/n 5540-9011). Solution ID TAUS0601055EN* Solution Usage 2
Description The copier stays in wait. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the fuser lamps is not coming on. Verify L2/L3 circuit paths one lamp or temperature fuse may be open. Replace any open components. Temperature fuse (p/n 4542-8381), L2 short lamp (p/n 454083020), or L3 long lamp (p/n 454083030). 2. The CA element is touching the upper roller or the mounting bracket. Inspect both CAs for proper position: 1mm above and parallel to the upper roller. Ensure that the CA wires have not slipped off the insulating pads. 3. CN190 is disconnected causing no AC source voltage to the fuser connector CN103-1, CN103-11, and CN103-13. Reconnect CN190 located at the back of the machine near the fuser drawer connector. 4. The lens cover is incorrectly installed obstructing the optics movement, preventing the optics to perform the home search. Reinstall the lens cover correctly. Ensure the optics moves freely in both directions. Solution ID TAUS0604406EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to enable automatic tray switching (ATS). Solution To enable ATS install the following firmware at IC6 on the main CB (p/n 7490M16-14.1), or (p/n 7490M16-15.2) if the machine is equipped with the staple sorter (ST207). Solution ID TAUS0604647EN* Solution Usage 2
Description What is the PCUA number for ST207 staples? Solution Staples (PCUA 946762)
August 2011
234
7728
235
7728
August 2011
236
7728
Description Paper Test requirements.
August 2011
237
7812DXN
Description Error code 140, 141 or 142 at power-up. Solution CAUSE: Poor connection between the ID unit and the mainbody pin connectors. SOLUTION: On the main body, check the three brass colored pins that are near the white drive gear toward the rear for the ID unit. They should be spring loaded, verify proper movement. If they don't move freely, pop off the cap and repair the movement. Solution ID TAUS0618345EN* Solution Usage 11
Description No power when machine is turned ON. Solution CAUSE: A loose or unplugged connector on the LED control PWB in the top cover. SOLUTION: Reseat all connectors on the LED control PWB. Solution ID TAUS0655049EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Microsoft* Windows XP driver support. Solution Native Windows XP print drivers are not currently available. The Windows 2000 print drivers use the same driver files that are used in Windows XP and should function correctly in that operating system. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0619060EN* Solution Usage 7
Description FATAL ERROR 131, 132, 133, or 134 on the display at power up. Solution CAUSE: One of the LED print heads is disconnected. SOLUTION: 1. Reconnect the ribbon cable to the print head. 2. Try swapping an LED head with another, the error should change to find defective head. FATAL ERROR 131 = yellow FATAL ERROR 132 = magenta FATAL ERROR 133 = cyan FATAL ERROR 134 = black Solution ID TAUS0616111EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Test Synopsis verifying loading and functionality of the Konica 7812/7821 PostScript* driver and PCL* driver version 1.2.6 final candidate printer driver. Solution Test Synopsis results . Note: To view the above link, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0616528EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Improper fusing or flaking toner on prints. Solution CAUSE: Improper media settings in the driver. SOLUTION: In the print driver, under the Media type or Paper Type setting, select the proper paper weight. Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0619091EN* Solution Usage 5
238
7812DXN
Paper jams entering the fuser unit. Solution CAUSE: One or both of the transfer belt latches is broken causing improper alignment with the fuser unit. SOLUTION: Replace the left side latch (p/n 40843001) and/or the right side latch (p/n 41479601) as needed. These parts are not listed in the 7812 Service Manual. Solution ID TAUS0622642EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Consumable counter does not reset when a consumable is replaced. Solution CAUSE: Machine has defaulted to Factory Mode SOLUTION: The machine must be put back into "Shipping Mode". To place the printer back in "Shipping Mode" do the following: 1. Hold the '1' and '5' keys down while turning the printer power on. (Hold until "MAINTENANCE MENU" is displayed) 2. Press '0' five times until "ENGINE DIAG MODE XX.XX" is displayed. 3. Press the '2' and '4' keys simultaneously , "ENGINE DIAG LEVEL 3" should now be displayed. 4. Press the '5' key once, "LOCAL PARAMETER SET" should now appear on the display. 5. Press the '6' key three times until "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed. 6. Once "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed, press '3' once so "Shipping Mode" (Fuse Cut Enabled) is displayed in the bottom line. 7. Next press and hold '3' and '7' together, until "Shipping Mode" stops flashing. 8. Power the printer OFF, and then back ON, Solution ID TAUS0616879EN* Solution Usage 4
Description 'Enter Network Password' dialog box is displayed when attempting to browse to the printer. Solution CAUSE: The User ID and Password was incorrectly entered. SOLUTION: The User ID and Password is case sensitive and as follows: User ID: admin Password: NetLAN Note: The Password is incorrectly given as 'extendnet' in some user documentation. Solution ID TAUS0617709EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How to display the total count. Solution To display the total count, perform the following: 1. Press the Menu button repeatedly until [USAGE MENU] is displayed. 2. Press the Select button. The total count will be displayed. 3. Press the On Line button to return to the normal screen.
August 2011
239
7812N
Description How to reset the counter for the imaging units. Solution When a new imaging unit is installed, a fuse on the unit opens to reset the counter. The counter cannot be reset manually. Solution ID TAUS0617615EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Paper jams entering the fuser unit. Solution CAUSE: One or both of the transfer belt latches is broken causing improper alignment with the fuser unit. SOLUTION: Replace the left side latch (p/n 40843001) and/or the right side latch (p/n 41479601) as needed. These parts are not listed in the 7812 Service Manual. Solution ID TAUS0617729EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Unable to connect to the 7812/7821 using the USB connection and Microsoft* Windows 98 or WIndows ME. The drivers on the User CD are not recognized as being correct for the printer. Solution CAUSE: There is a problem with the USB firmware on the printer. The USB device name is not correct and won't allow loading of drivers for Windows 98 or WIndows ME. SOLUTION: There is a firmware patch available under the print driver section of the Konica FTP site that corrects this problem. The update is copied through the parallel port of the printer. The parallel port must be enabled to apply this patch. There are 4 patches available. Each patch is model specific. Note: The firmware patch is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP site index on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0618536EN* Solution Usage 4
Description The toner cartridge does not fit into imaging unit. The toner cartridge does not sit flat and the blue locking handle will not latch. Solution CAUSE: The toner cartridge is for an Okidata* machine. SOLUTION: Okidata and Konica toner cartridges are keyed differently and are not interchangeable. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0621059EN* Solution Usage 4
Description FATAL ERROR 142 at power up. Solution CAUSE: The one-way bearings on the transfer belt are slipping. SOLUTION: Clean the one-way bearings located on the rear of the transfer belt or replace the transfer belt (Item #950-192) as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0616526EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Enter Network Password dialog box is displayed when attempting to browse to the printer. Solution The user id and password is case sensitive and as follows: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
240
7812N
User ID: admin Password: NetLAN Note: The password is incorrectly given as 'extendnet' in some user documentation. Solution ID TAUS0617122EN* Solution Usage 3
Description SERVICE CALL 034 error after installing extra DIMM memory. Solution CAUSE: The expansion memory was installed in the incorrect slot. SOLUTION: The DIMMs must be fitted in ascending order in slots 1, 3, 2, and 4. The original DIMM is in slot 1. Solution ID TAUS0618943EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Toner is flaking or bubbling on the prints. Solution CAUSE: Improper media settings causing the fuser temperature to be too low. SOLUTION: To adjust the fuser temperature to match the paper weight, perform the following: 1. Press MENU until MEDIA MENU is displayed. 2. Press ITEM+ until the correct tray's MEDIAWEIGHT is displayed. 3. Press VALUE (+ or -) until the correct weight is selected. If the correct weight is selected, select the next heavier weight. 4. Press SELECT to accept the setting. 5. Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu. Print from the application by using the printer default paper weight or selecting a heavier media setting. If the machine is already at the heaviest weight setting, use a lighter paper. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by Jim Boyic, KBT Portland. Solution ID TAUS0619054EN* Solution Usage 3
Description The lead edge image of copies from the scanner are too close to the edge. Solution CAUSE: The scanner paper size is set to A4. SOLUTION: To set the scanner size to default to LETTER size, perform the following: 1. Press MENU to display paper size. 2. Press the arrow keys to display LETTER size. 3. Press SELECT to save. 4. Press ALL CLEAR to exit. Note: Scanner's factory default is A4 and holding down the ALL CLEAR key for over 5 seconds will reset the scanner to the default settings.
August 2011
241
7820DXN
Description Toner not fusing when printing on envelopes. Solution CAUSE: Engine firmware needs to be updated. SOLUTION: Install the latest Engine Control firmware (v1.06 or higher). Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Solution ID TAUS0624028EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Error code 140, 141 or 142 at power-up. Solution CAUSE: Poor connection between the ID unit and the mainbody pin connectors. SOLUTION: On the main body, check the three brass colored pins (the pins are spring loaded) that are near the white drive gear toward the rear for the ID unit. Verify proper movement. If the pins do not move freely, remove the cap and repair the movement. Solution ID TAUS0620931EN* Solution Usage 3
Description System Configurator, 7820. Solution 7820 System Configurator . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] Solution ID TAUS0621421EN* Solution Usage 2
Description What is the toner yield for all colors per cartridge? Solution Based on 5% coverage, the toner cartridge for Black, Cyan Magenta and yellow will yield 10,000 pages. Solution ID TAUS0623240EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Paper feed jam, where the paper constantly jams under the image drums, just before the fuser. Solution CAUSE: Broken right blue transfer belt latch. SOLUTION: See attached document for the replacement procedure. . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0623791EN* Solution Usage 2
Description New Scanner Options for the 7820/7830 Series Color Printers. Solution New Scanner Options are now available for the 7820/7830 Series Color Printers See Info Source Bulletin #75-03 for details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0627918EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Light grey background on all prints. Solution CAUSE: Drum cleaning has been disabled in the system adjustment menu. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
242
7820DXN
SOLUTION: Turn drum cleaning ON from the system adjustment menu using the operation panel. . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0638850EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Fatal Error 020 message. Solution CAUSE: An error has occurred in the controller board (CU) or the program ROM. SOLUTION: Replace the ROM DIMM (p/n 42277502). If the ROM DIMM does not correct the issue, then replace the (CU) controller board (p/n 41884009). Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Specifications, 7820DXN. Solution 7820/7830 Specifications . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
243
7820N
Description Toner not fusing when printing on envelopes. Solution CAUSE: Engine firmware needs to be updated. SOLUTION: Install the latest Engine Control firmware (v1.06 or higher). Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Solution ID TAUS0622115EN* Solution Usage 2
Description NO PAPER SENSE ERROR message displays when the paper is feeding. Solution CAUSE: The media thickness sensor assembly is out of adjustment. SOLUTION: Adjust the media thickness sensor using the procedure in the Service Manual . Notes: 1. Do not attempt to turn the lever adjuster past its mechanical stop. 2. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622920EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to add toner, 7820N. Solution See the 7820DXN/7820N Reference Guide, pages 349 to 354 Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622974EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Consumable counter does not reset when a consumable is replaced. Display reads FACTORY MODE Solution CAUSE: Machine has defaulted to Factory Mode SOLUTION: The machine must be put back into "Shipping Mode". To place the printer back in "Shipping Mode", perform the following: 1. Power OFF the printer and remove the main controller board. 2. Hold the 1 and 4 keys down while turning the printer power ON until "ENGINE DIAG MODE XX.XX" is displayed. 3. Press the 2 and 4 keys simultaneously , "ENGINE DIAG LEVEL 3" should now be displayed. 4. Press the 5 key once, "LOCAL PARAMETER SET" should now appear on the display. 5. Press the 6 key three times until "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed. 6. Once "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed, press 3 once so "Shipping Mode" (Fuse Cut Enabled) is displayed in the bottom line. 7. Next press and hold 3 and 7 together, until "Shipping Mode" stops flashing. 8. Power the printer OFF, and then back ON, Solution ID TAUS0624726EN* Solution Usage 2
Description 'Enter Network Password' dialog box is displayed when attempting to browse to the printer. Solution CAUSE: The User ID and Password was incorrectly entered. SOLUTION: The User ID and Password is case sensitive and as follows: User ID: admin Password: NetLAN Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
244
7820N
When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link. Solution ID TAUS0620915EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Color Paper Media Kit. Solution Konica Business Technologies, Inc. is pleased to announce a new Color Media Kit sales tool designed for our full color product line. See InfoSource Bulletin Number 8-03 for details . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622215EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to properly use the Multi-Purpose Tray. Solution The Multi-Purpose tray can be selected by choosing either the Multi-Purpose Tray or the Manual Feed Tray option from the Driver. How the paper is handled is different for each selection. MANUAL FEED Manual Feed will not print until the ONLINE button is pressed on the machine operation panel and must be pressed for each page that is printed. This allows for changing the media source in the tray and the printing of media that could cause misfeeds if more than one sheet is in the tray. MULTI-PURPOSE The Multi-Purpose Tray selection will automatically print if the machine settings for media matches the print driver settings for media. If there is a media mismatch, the machine's display will indicate it and hold the print job to allow you to change the media in the tray. Once again the ONLINE button on the machine operation panel must be pushed in order to print after the media has been verified that it is correct and the entire job will then print out. Solution ID TAUS0623003EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Prints are not duplexing with the duplex unit installed and selected. Solution CAUSE: Media setting is set too high in the MEDIA MENU or print driver. (Ultra Heavy/Labels/Transparency). SOLUTION: To change the media settings to a lower weight, perform the following: 1. Press MENU until MEDIA MENU is displayed. 2. Press ITEM+ until the correct tray's MEDIAWEIGHT is displayed. 3. Press VALUE (+or-) until AUTO weight is selected. 4. Press SELECT to accept the setting. 5. Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu. 6. Verify that the paper weight is 32 lbs. or less. 7. Verify that the paper weight in the driver is set to PRINTER SETTINGS or a lighter setting. Solution ID TAUS0623241EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Paper feed jam, where the paper constantly jams under the image drums, just before the fuser. Solution CAUSE: Broken right blue transfer belt latch. SOLUTION: See attached document for the replacement procedure. . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
245
7820N
August 2011
246
7821DXN
Description Background on prints when using any color. Solution CAUSE: Excessive toner agitation is packing toner into drum unit causing toner leakage/misting. SOLUTION: Update the firmware to version 1.54.28 or greaterand remove packed in toner from drum units. Note : Machines below date code January 2002 (the first 3 digits of the OKI serial number represents the date code - i.e., 109A1000429 would have a date code of September 2001) will need a Cable with Resistor (p/n 42037601) installed between the paper lift up motor and the engine control board before firmware can be upgraded. To update the firmware, perform the following: Note : It is imperative to follow this procedure or permanent damage may occur to printer: 1. Download file firmwarePRN file from the the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 2. Remove the Network Interface card, if one is installed, before beginning the flash process. 3. Check the printer LCD to be sure that no error messages/warning messages are appearing. If there are any message(s) indicating consumable levels are low (CHANGE DRUM SOON, xxxx TONER LOW, PAPER LOW TRAY 1, etc.), clear the message(s) by replacing the required consumable(s). 4. Wait until the printer has completed initialization (i.e., WARMING UP, etc.) before starting the firmware download procedure. Make sure the printer is displaying an 'ON LINE' ready condition without any error messages. 5. Type 'COPY /b xxxxxxxxx.prn LPT1' from a DOS prompt over an IEEE 1284 bi-directional cable, not from a Microsoft Windows DOS Prompt window. IMPORTANT : Under no circumstances should the printer be power-cycled during the flash procedure, even if it appears that it is not working. Once this process is started, it must run to completion (the end result may still be FAILED).Stopping in the middle results in a dead (unrecoverable) color printer. 6. The printer willindicate 'PASSED' when completed. At this point, cycle the power OFF/ON and let the machine come to a ready state. To remove the packed in toner from the drum units, perform the following: 1. Remove a Drum/Toner unit from the printer. 2. Turn the Drum/Toner unit upside down so the drum is on top and the toner unit is on the bottom. 3. Gently tap the complete unit on a hard surface 10 times. This will dislodge any packed in toner in the drum unit. 4. Return the Drum/Toner unit to the printer. 5. Repeat steps 1- 4 for the remaining Drum/Toner units. Solution ID TAUS0617616EN* Solution Usage 15
Description 'Enter Network Password' dialog box is displayed when attempting to browse to the printer. Solution CAUSE: The User ID and Password was incorrectly entered. SOLUTION: The User ID and Password is case sensitive and as follows: User ID: admin Password: NetLAN Note: The Password is incorrectly given as 'extendnet' in some user documentation. Solution ID TAUS0618944EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Toner is flaking or bubbling on the prints. Solution CAUSE: Improper media settings causing the fuser temperature to be too low. SOLUTION: To adjust the fuser temperature to match the paper weight, perform the following: 1. Press MENU until MEDIA MENU is displayed. 2. Press ITEM+ until the correct tray's MEDIAWEIGHT is displayed. 3. Press VALUE (+ or -) until the correct weight is selected. If the correct weight is selected, select the next heavier weight. 4. Press SELECT to accept the setting. 5. Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu. Print from the application by using the printer default paper weight or selecting a heavier media setting. If the machine is already at the heaviest weight setting, use a lighter paper. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by Jim Boyic, KBT Portland. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
247
7821DXN
Description Improper fusing or flaking toner on prints. Solution CAUSE: Improper media settings in the driver. SOLUTION: In the print driver, under the Media type or Paper Type setting, select the proper paper weight. Solution ID TAUS0617789EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How ro reset the counter for the imaging units. Solution When a new imaging unit is installed, a fuse on the unit opens to reset the counter. The counter cannot be reset manually. Solution ID TAUS0618327EN* Solution Usage 4
Description TONER SENSOR ERROR message at power up. Solution CAUSE: One of the contacts under the imaging unit is dirty or stuck down. SOLUTION: Remove the imaging unit and check the three round contacts on the right side. Ensure that they are clean and that they spring back up when pushed down. Solution ID TAUS0618425EN* Solution Usage 4
Description The image has a yellow band in the lead-to-trail direction. The band does not occur on internally generated images. Solution CAUSE: The LED Assembly has failed. SOLUTION: Replace the LED Assembly (p/n 41370101). Solution ID TAUS0617118EN* Solution Usage 3
Description SERVICE CALL 034 error after installing extra DIMM memory. Solution CAUSE: The expansion memory was installed in the incorrect slot. SOLUTION: The DIMMs must be fitted in ascending order in slots 1, 3, 2, and 4. The original DIMM should be in slot 1.
August 2011
248
7821N
Description Background on prints when using any color. Solution CAUSE: Excessive toner agitation is packing toner into drum unit causing toner leakage/misting. SOLUTION: Update the firmware to version 1.54.28 or greaterand remove packed in toner from drum units. Note : Machines below date code January 2002 (the first 3 digits of the OKI serial number represents the date code - i.e., 109A1000429 would have a date code of September 2001) will need a Cable with Resistor (p/n 42037601) installed between the paper lift up motor and the engine control board before firmware can be upgraded. To update the firmware, perform the following: Note : It is imperative to follow this procedure or permanent damage may occur to printer: 1. Download file firmwarePRN file from the the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 2. Remove the Network Interface card, if one is installed, before beginning the flash process. 3. Check the printer LCD to be sure that no error messages/warning messages are appearing. If there are any message(s) indicating consumable levels are low (CHANGE DRUM SOON, xxxx TONER LOW, PAPER LOW TRAY 1, etc.), clear the message(s) by replacing the required consumable(s). 4. Wait until the printer has completed initialization (i.e., WARMING UP, etc.) before starting the firmware download procedure. Make sure the printer is displaying an 'ON LINE' ready condition without any error messages. 5. Type 'COPY /b xxxxxxxxx.prn LPT1' from a DOS prompt over an IEEE 1284 bi-directional cable, not from a Microsoft Windows DOS Prompt window. IMPORTANT : Under no circumstances should the printer be power-cycled during the flash procedure, even if it appears that it is not working. Once this process is started, it must run to completion (the end result may still be FAILED).Stopping in the middle results in a dead (unrecoverable) color printer. 6. The printer willindicate 'PASSED' when completed. At this point, cycle the power OFF/ON and let the machine come to a ready state. To remove the packed in toner from the drum units, perform the following: 1. Remove a Drum/Toner unit from the printer. 2. Turn the Drum/Toner unit upside down so the drum is on top and the toner unit is on the bottom. 3. Gently tap the complete unit on a hard surface 10 times. This will dislodge any packed in toner in the drum unit. 4. Return the Drum/Toner unit to the printer. 5. Repeat steps 1- 4 for the remaining Drum/Toner units. Solution ID TAUS0616527EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Enter Network Password dialog box is displayed when attempting to browse to the printer. Solution The user id and password is case sensitive and as follows: User ID: admin Password: NetLAN Note: The password is incorrectly given as "extendnet" in some user documentation. Solution ID TAUS0619094EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Error code 140, 141, 142 at power up. Solution CAUSE: On of the three spring loaded contacts located below each one of the color imaging units is stuck in. SOLUTION: Remove the color imaging units and look for the cluster of three small,round spring loaded contacts and ensure that none of them are stuck down. It may be necessary to reform the springs below the contacts to resolve the problem. Solution ID TAUS0621061EN* Solution Usage 4
Description FATAL ERROR 142 at power up. Solution CAUSE: The one-way bearings on the transfer belt are slipping. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
249
7821N
SOLUTION: Clean the one-way bearings located on the rear of the transfer belt or replace the transfer belt (Item #950-192) as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0619486EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Recommended envelopes. Solution Envelopes with the square folded flap are recommended, rather than ones with the diagonal fold, because they are less likely to wrinkle. One of the brands researched is manufactured by Quality Park for Laser Printers #10 size, Readi-Strip 24lb. paper. Note : If still experiencing wrinkling, place a folded sheet of paper into the envelope before printing. This may help to eliminate some of the wrinkling. Solution ID TAUS0622750EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Consumable counter does not reset when a consumable is replaced. Solution CAUSE: Machine has defaulted to Factory Mode SOLUTION: The machine must be set back into "Shipping Mode". To place the printer back in "Shipping Mode", perform the following: 1. Turn the machine ON, while pressing the 1 and 5 keys (hold down the 1 and 5 keys until "MAINTENANCE MENU" is displayed). 2. Press 0 five times until "ENGINE DIAG MODE XX.XX" is displayed. 3. Press the 2 and 4 keys simultaneously. "ENGINE DIAG LEVEL 3" should now be displayed. 4. Press the 5 key once. "LOCAL PARAMETER SET" should now be displayed. 5. Press the 6 key three times until "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed. 6. Once "FACTORY WORKING MODE" is displayed, press 3 once so "Shipping Mode" (Fuse Cut Enabled) is displayed in the bottom line. 7. Next press and hold 3 and 7 together, until "Shipping Mode" stops flashing. 8. Power the printer OFF, and then back ON. Solution ID TAUS0616531EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Improper fusing or flaking toner on prints. Solution CAUSE: Improper media settings in the driver. SOLUTION: In the print driver, under the Media type or Paper Type setting, select the proper paper weight. Solution ID TAUS0617027EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Horizontal line(s) on image. Solution CAUSE: Soiled LED Print Head(s) SOLUTION: Clean the LED Print Head(s) as needed. Solution ID TAUS0617790EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to reset the counter for the imaging units. Solution When a new imaging unit is installed, a fuse on the unit opens to reset the counter. The counter cannot be reset manually.
August 2011
250
7823
251
7823
Description Poor color reproduction or image quality. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Color calibration abnormality. Perform Gradation Adjustment as outlined in 7823 Service Manual. It is crucial to reset PRT Highlight and PRT Max Density values to zero before each adjustment is performed. After setting the values to zero, power OFF/ON the 7823 to allow the data to be completely written Compare to attached samples of Gradation Chart and Image Processing Data Sheets to determine if calibration is properly completed. Notes: 1. Use high quality paper of a Brightness Scale of 96 or better when performing the Gradation Adjustment. For optimal performance, the end user should also use this type of paper. 2. While the 7823 Service Manual recommends performing the Gradation Adjustment three times to ensure stability, the Gradation Adjustment may need to be done 8 to 10 times to properly stabilize. See pages D-137 , S-17 and S-32 in the 7823 Service Manual for information on performing the Gradation Adjustment and resetting the PRT Highlights/PRT Max Density to zero. 2. The AIDC sensor mylar cover has become damaged or scratched. Replace the AIDC sensor (p/n 25TU-9100). 3. View the Drum Memory Document hyperlink for steps to troubleshoot drum problems. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
252
7823
[[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] 4. Failure to properly clean and replace parts at the required intervals. To ensure the optimal operation of the 7823, perform the 7823 Service Call Checklist below: Each visit or 5K, clean the following: 1. Oil regulating blade (p/n 1144-5803-05) 2. Oil collecting blade (p/n 1154-5852-01) Each visit between 5K to 15K, clean the following: 1. Fuser entrance guide 2. Fuser roller thermistor - upper and lower 3. Fuser roller thermostat - upper and lower 4. Toner anti-spill seal (p/n 25TU55340) 5. Auxiliary erase lamp (p/n 25TU37240) 6. AIDC sensor (p/n 25TU-9100) 7. Mirror (1st, 2nd and 3rd) 8. Lens filter 9. Original glass 10. Paper separation corona assembly (p/n 11UM-2600) 11. Paper separation finger (p/n 11UM53980, 11UM53770, and 11UM53800) 12. Static charge roller (p/n 25TU45390) 13. Static charge roller rubber (p/n 25TU45010) 14. Static charge roller scraper (p/n 25TU45380) 15. Static charge roller cover (p/n 25TU45340) 16. Static charge roller assembly (p/n 11UM45370) 17. Transport sprocket (p/n 25TU77780) Note: Failure to clean the fuser roller thermistor and thermostat (items 2 and 3) may cause a buildup that could cause intermittent fuser High/Low temperature codes and generate unnecessary service calls. Replace at 10K: 1. Grid mesh (p/n 25TU25140) Replace at 15K: 1. Cleaning roller (p/n 25TU53200) 2. Oil filter (p/n 25TU53610) 3. PC drum charge corona wire assembly (p/n 11UM25090) 4. Cleaning blade (p/n 25TU55400) 4. Clean the corona wire with cotton swab and alcohol, wipe wire with clean cloth to remove any residual. 5. Clean the grid with a Scotchbrite* pad. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
253
7830DXN
Description Will the 7830 PostScript* printer driver for Macintosh* OS10.1 function in a Macintosh OS10.3 environment? Solution CAUSE: Macintosh OS10.3 specific drivers are not available for this product. SOLUTION: A spot test was completed on the 7830dxn OS10.1 PS Driver. The driver was installed on Macintosh OS 10.3. The driver installed easily and seemed to perform tested functions. Printing was successful from various applications including Internet Explorer, MAC Word, Adobe Acrobat, and Text Edit. During installation, the driver was automatically configured with the options. Notes: 1. While our test results were successful, please be advised that full functionality and compatibility with all applications can not be fully guaranteed as the driver is specifically for OS10.1, not OS10.3. Please know that the full functionality of this driver in the OS10.3 environment is not supported as there will be no drivers made available specifically for OS10.3 for this product. 2. The latest version system software, print drivers, firmware and utilities are available on the Konica FTP site . * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0620933EN* Solution Usage 2
Description System Configurator, 7830. Solution 7830 System Configurator . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] Solution ID TAUS0622116EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Prints are not duplexing with the duplex unit installed and selected. Solution CAUSE: Media setting is set too high in the MEDIA MENU or print driver. (Ultra Heavy/Labels/Transparency). SOLUTION: To change the media settings to a lower weight, perform the following: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
254
7830DXN
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Press MENU until MEDIA MENU is displayed. Press ITEM+ until the correct tray's MEDIAWEIGHT is displayed. Press VALUE (+or-) until AUTO weight is selected. Press SELECT to accept the setting. Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu. Verify that the paper weight is 32 lbs. or less. Verify that the paper weight in the driver is set to PRINTER SETTINGS or a lighter setting. TAUS0623793EN* Solution Usage 2
Solution ID
Description Printer displays "Replace Transfer Belt" message. Once the belt is replaced, the message will go away for approx 200 pages and then comes back. Transfer belt life on the Menu Map shows that the belt still has over 90% life remaining. Solution CAUSE: The spring that is on the waste toner sensor is missing. SOLUTION: Replace the Waste Toner Sensor Actuator (P/N 42199601) and Waste Toner Sensor Spring (P/N 42251501) as needed. Solution ID TAUS0638725EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Fatal Error 020 message. Solution CAUSE: An error has occurred in the controller board (CU) or the program ROM. SOLUTION: Replace the ROM DIMM (p/n 42277504). If the ROM DIMM does not correct the issue, then replace the (CU) controller board (p/n 41884019). Solution ID TAUS0639953EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Error code 140, 141 or 142 at power up. Solution CAUSE: Failure of the drum lifting mechanism on the transfer belt to properly raise and lower the ID unit. SOLUTION: Replace the transfer belt unit (Item #960884). Note: ID = Image Drum, 140 is the Yellow unit, 141 is the Magenta, 142 is the Cyan. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link.
August 2011
255
7830N
Description 'Enter Network Password' dialog box is displayed when attempting to browse to the printer. Solution CAUSE: The User ID and Password was incorrectly entered. SOLUTION: The User ID and Password is case sensitive and as follows: User ID: admin Password: NetLAN Solution ID TAUS0629287EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Printer displays "Replace Transfer Belt" message. Once the belt is replaced, the message will go away for approx 200 pages and then comes back. Transfer belt life on the Menu Map shows that the belt still has over 90% life remaining. Solution CAUSE: The spring that is on the waste toner sensor is missing. SOLUTION: Replace the Waste Toner Sensor Actuator (P/N 42199601) and Waste Toner Sensor Spring (P/N 42251501) as needed. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to properly use the Multi-Purpose Tray. Solution The Multi-Purpose tray can be selected by choosing either the Multi-Purpose Tray or the Manual Feed Tray option from the Driver. How the paper is handled is different for each selection. MANUAL FEED Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
256
7830N
Manual Feed will not print until the ONLINE button is pressed on the machine operation panel and must be pressed for each page that is printed. This allows for changing the media source in the tray and the printing of media that could cause misfeeds if more than one sheet is in the tray. MULTI-PURPOSE The Multi-Purpose Tray selection will automatically print if the machine settings for media matches the print driver settings for media. If there is a media mismatch, the machine's display will indicate it and hold the print job to allow you to change the media in the tray. Once again the ONLINE button on the machine operation panel must be pushed in order to print after the media has been verified that it is correct and the entire job will then print out. Solution ID TAUS0622391EN* Solution Usage 1
Description FATAL ERROR 142 after installing a cyan toner cartridge. Solution CAUSE: The cyan toner cartridge was incorrectly keyed. SOLUTION: Remove the keys from the bottom of the toner cartridge and correctly install them using the empty cartridge as a reference. Solution ID TAUS0622976EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Prints are not duplexing with the duplex unit installed and selected. Solution CAUSE: Media setting is set too high in the MEDIA MENU or print driver. (Ultra Heavy/Labels/Transparency). SOLUTION: To change the media settings to a lower weight, perform the following: 1. Press MENU until MEDIA MENU is displayed. 2. Press ITEM+ until the correct tray's MEDIAWEIGHT is displayed. 3. Press VALUE (+or-) until AUTO weight is selected. 4. Press SELECT to accept the setting. 5. Press ONLINE to save the settings and exit the menu. 6. Verify that the paper weight is 32 lbs. or less. 7. Verify that the paper weight in the driver is set to PRINTER SETTINGS or a lighter setting. Solution ID TAUS0623245EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Paper feed jam, where the paper constantly jams under the image drums, just before the fuser. Solution CAUSE: Broken right blue transfer belt latch. SOLUTION: See attached document for the replacement procedure. . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
257
7832
258
7832
August 2011
259
7832
August 2011
260
7915
261
7915
August 2011
262
7915
Description How to upgrade the main body firmware. Solution A software utility for Windows* 2000/XP laptop computers (p/n U192-0300) is available to replace the system made available in 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin 3. The new software utility enables a laptop computer to program the same 8MB flash card (p/n U192-0200) or 16MB flash card (p/n U192-0250) using the PCMCIA slot on the laptop computer instead of the SwapBox. Installation instructions are included with the utility. Refer to Tool Technical Bulletin 71A. If you already have the old style SwapBox running on a Windows 95 PC, it can still be used for upgrading the main body software. Refer to 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin 3 for details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
263
7920
264
7920
Description How to upgrade the main body firmware. Solution A software utility for Windows* 2000/XP laptop computers (p/n U192-0300) is available to replace the system made available in 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin 3. The new software utility enables a laptop computer to program the same 8MB flash card (p/n U192-0200) or a 16MB flash card (p/n U192-0250) using the PCMCIA slot on the laptop computer instead of the SwapBox. Installation instructions are included with the utility. Refer to Tool Technical Bulletin 71A . If you already have the old style SwapBox running on a Windows 95 PC, it can still be used for upgrading the main body software. Refer to 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin 3 for details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers? Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
265
7920
Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners. For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement: "The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with minor issues." Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly. Notes : 1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista. 2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html 4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
266
8010
267
8010
August 2011
268
8010
August 2011
269
8020
270
8020
Description C3C50 (C-3C50)at power up.Control panel may constantly indicate the MFP is warming up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Loose connectors or failed PWB-C board. Reseat all connectors and replace PWB-C board (p\n 65FA-9360 for 8020/8031 or p\n 4581-0103-02 for CF2002/CF3102) if necessary. 2. Poor connectionfor theinterface cable between theMFP and scanner. Reseat theMFP-to-scanner interface cable (p/n 4581-6876-01). 3. Failed PWB-F board. Replace PWB-F board (p/n 4025-0103-27).FlashMFP with most current firmware. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 4. Incorrect scanner serial number. Access service mode and select System Input. Verify the correct scanner serial number has been input under Serial #Input. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Don St. Onge, Workgroup/SSD and Gregg Gallant/Cesar Jimenez/Chuck Tripp/Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
271
8020
August 2011
272
8028
273
8028
August 2011
274
8028
August 2011
275
8031
276
8031
Description How to upgrade the machine firmware. Solution A utility for Windows* 2000 and Windows XP (p/n U192-0300) is available to replace the system made available in 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin #3. The new utility uses the PCMCIA slot of a Windows 2000/XP laptop to program the flash card, instead of the old style Swap box. The 8020/8031 requires the 16MB flash card (p/n U192-0250), the 8MB flash card for the 7915/7920 will not work. Refer to Tool Bulletin 71A.See Tool Bulletin #71a for details. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0648537EN* Solution Usage 55
Description C3C50 (C-3C50)at power up.Control panel may constantly indicate the MFP is warming up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.Loose connectors or failed PWB-C board. Reseat all connectors and replace PWB-C board (p\n 65FA-9360 for 8020/8031 or p\n 4581-0103-02 for CF2002/CF3102) if necessary. 2. Poor connectionfor theinterface cable between theMFP and scanner. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
277
8031
Reseat theMFP-to-scanner interface cable (p/n 4581-6876-01). 3. Failed PWB-F board. Replace PWB-F board (p/n 4025-0103-27).FlashMFP with most current firmware. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 4. Incorrect scanner serial number. Access service mode and select System Input. Verify the correct scanner serial number has been input under Serial #Input. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Don St. Onge, Workgroup/SSD and Gregg Gallant/Cesar Jimenez/Chuck Tripp/Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
278
8050
Description Streaks on copies and prints in the lead-to-trail direction when using glossy paper or selecting gloss mode. Solution CAUSE: The 8050 uses polymerized wax-bearing toner. By design, the wax in the toner is melted to the paper during the fusing process, and then hardens evenly following this process as the paper temperature uniformly decreases. However, the uniformity of this temperature decrease is adversely affected as the output paper from the fusing unit contacts the guide plates and rollers on the conveyance section of the main body and finisher units, causing the melted wax to harden unevenly, resulting in optical unevenness and streaks. Notes: 1. When the 1/2 or 1/3 speed mode is selected, the paper and toner temperature increases. This, in conjunction with a slower paper conveyance speed, causes an uneven temperature decrease to occur. 2. When the facedown mode is selected, the image side of the paper contacts the guide plates and rollers of the conveyance section several times after it exits the fusing unit. 3. When the 2-sided mode is selected, the paper and toner temperature increases and the fused image side (underside) of the paper contacts the guide plates and rollers of the conveyance section. 4. When the finisher unit mode is selected, both the main body and finisher conveyance units are employed, resulting in more paper/conveyance components contact. SOLUTION: The 8050 paper exit unit has been modified to improve airflow to increase the cooling efficiency of the machine and to reduce the conveyance roller-to-paper contact area to minimize the adverse effect that the rollers have on the paper. This has been accomplished, among other things, by reshaping the paper exit guide plate and by changing the material and shape (spur design) of the conveyance rollers. In addition, the fusing temperature for heavy stock, coated, and gloss paper has been reduced from 200C to 180C. The paper exit guide plate on finisher units FS115 and FS215 has also been modified to replace the standard conveyance rollers with the spur-design type roller. Notes: 1. Refer to the 8050 Technical Bulletin #5 for additional information. 2. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] 3. IMPORTANT: The following is a list of tips which may aid in improving the print quality by reducing the amount of Wax Streaking that occurs on the final print. a. Maintain a 1/1 print speed on all print jobs (achieved by setting paper drawers for paper weights below 106 g/m2. This will lower fuser temperature and increase print speed). b. Print all jobs face up (This reduces the number of guide plates that the paper contacts after fusing). c. As mentioned, less streaking will occur if fewer guide plates are contacted by the paper after fusing. d. Avoid glossy mode if possible (Print speed will not be reduced and fuser temperature will not increase if glossy mode is avoided). e. Reduction of fixing temperature for thick paper, coated paper and for glossy mode (200 C to 180 C). f. Duplexed jobs have a longer paper path and are more susceptible to Wax Streaking. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description White spots on copies and prints. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Deterioration of toner caused by continuous copy/print of low coverage original (5% or less). 2. When the number of copies/prints is 5,000 or less. 3. Paper transferring performance is lowered when low transfer ability paper (high absorbent paper, etc.) is used. SOLUTION: Install v40 firmware and perform the following: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
279
8050
1. Set software dipswitch 29-2 to 1 (increases 1st transfer current by 10mA). 2. Set software dipswitch 28-3 to 1 (enables automatic toner refresh). 3. The interval of the above automatic toner refresh mode performance can be changed by using software dipswitch 29-0 and 29-1. Please refer to the following table: DIPSW SETTINGS DESCRIPTION 29-0 29-1 0 1 every 250 counts 1 0 every 600 counts 0 0 every 1000 counts (default) Note: When changing the first transfer current with the dipswitch, ensure that the First Transfer Manual Adjustment is default value: 35 mA +/- 2 mA. (36 mode - 1. Process Adjustment, - 1. High Voltage Adjustment, - 1. First Transfer Manual Adjustment). If there is a color with different value set, return the value to 35 mA before executing this mode. If this is not successful then replace the developer. When replacing the developer make sure to remove the cover and vacuum beneath the developer sleeve. This will remove any broken down developer from the unit. Use caution when replacing the developer unit lid. Do not malform the mylar. Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers? Solution Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners. For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement: "The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with minor issues." Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly. Notes : 1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista. 2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html 4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0646171EN* Solution Usage 46
Description F23-09 with lines, smudges or spots on copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Insufficient airflow during idle causing internal machine temperature to rise. Toner is backing up or solidifying in the cleaning unit box for the transfer belt causing the transfer belt drive motor (M18) to bind. Replace the Belt Cleaning Unit (p/n 65LA R702 00) and install attachedSpecial Printer Control firmware(version 51-PBF0 for the 8050/CF5001 and version 12-PBF0 for the bizhub PRO C500 ).This firmwarekeeps M11 (Transfer Belt Cooling Fan) ON for a period after the copy process has completed which helps keep the internal temperature at normal levels. The firmware can also be download from the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : Firmware version 51-PBF0 is primarily for the 8050, but can be usedfor the CF5001. When using the ISW tool to download the firmware please select the 8050 from the drop down. If the CF5001 is selectedthe ISW tool will not see the file. 2. The paper exit fans (M61/M62/M63) DIPswitch is not turned ON. Set software DIPSW 21-0 = 1 to enable the paper exit fans. 3. Dirty or failed transfer belt drive motor encoder disk sensor assembly. Clean the transfer belt drive motor encoder disk and sensors. Replace the assembly (p/n 65AA -909 1E) as necessary. 4. Failed M18 transfer belt drive motor. Replace M18 transfer belt drive motor (p/n 26WA 8001 3). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0648263EN* Solution Usage 42
Description SC45-20 at power up or while making copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Color registration failure. Perform the color correction calibration of the sensors PS8 and PS9 (p/n 4969-1729-01). To calibrate the sensors, perform the following: a. Disable Color Registration Correction Control in the 25 mode, software dipswitch 25, bits 3 to 1 (ON) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
280
8050
b. Run [Auto Color Registration Adjustment] in the 36 mode. c. Enable Color Registration Control (software dipswitch 25, bits 3 to 0 (OFF) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF)). d. Perform Auto Color Registration adjustment. 2. The shutter that covers the registration sensors PS8 or PS9 is not opening. Clean the mechanism and ensure that the shutter functions correctly. 3. Color registration sensors have failed. Replace the color registration unit (p\n 65AAR75800). 4. Failed PRCB. Replace the PRCB (8050/CF5001 - p/n 65AA-9033 and bizhub PRO C500 -p/n 65AA-9035). 5. Stripped developer gearsor binding developing unit. Note : When printing black and white prints, the black is missing on the page. Gradually the frequency of the voids increases and the SC45-20 is indicated when the machine is powered ON. Pull the transfer belt unit when the SC45-20 is indicated andobserve the CMYK pattern. If the K pattern is missing, then check the K developing unit (p/n1 65AA-972 2). Look for stripped developing gears (p/n 65AA 7721 0 orp/n 65AA 7722 0) and replace if necessary. If K developing unit is binding, replace the assembly. 6. The toner level detection sensor located inside the corresponding color toner hopper will register a false full state. The sensor itself becomes caked with toner. Note : Developer will run completely out of toner even though all relevant systems are operating normally. Open the toner hopper and clean the toner level detection sensor. This will allow the toner bottle to begin supplying the hopper with fresh toner.It maybe necessaryto manually tone up the developer. This is accomplished by using the 47 mode. a. First access the toner density sensor at switch 58 bit 0=yellow, bit 1=magenta, bit 2=cyan, bit 3=black. b.Check the level, it should be between 150-180. Ifthe value is greater than 180,add toner to the developer. c.To add toner to the developer, use switch 01 bit 1= yellow, bit 4=magenta, bit 7=cyan, bit 10=black. d.Continue to add toner untilreaching the desired value. e.When finished, cycle the machine power, then run some test copies to verify the correction ofthe problem. 7.Failed Transfer Belt Assembly. Replace the Transfer Belt Assembly (p/n 65AA-261 0). 8.Imaging Unit not fully seated intoMFP causing a poor electrical connection and resulting in developer being depleted ( 8050/CF5001 only ). Lubricate alignment pins on front right side of imaging unit. Replace developer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
281
9028
282
9028
August 2011
283
9028
Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
284
AHT Onerip
Description Are OneRIP* 1 and OnCore* supported products? Solution Any support for the AHT products, OneRIP 1 and OnCore, is handled by AHT directly. These are ex-Minolta/AHT solutions and, by contract, AHT provides hotline support. From within the U.S. Tel: 877-330-0868 Fax: 310-214-8697 E-mail: support@aht.com From outside the U.S. Tel: 1-310-214-8600 Fax: 1-310-214-8697 E-mail: support@aht.com * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0634060EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Slow printing issue when utilizing Macintosh OS 10.4.x. Solution CAUSE: Issue with the CUPS daemon configuration file on Macintosh OS 10.4.x. being corrupt. SOLUTION: The old CUPS daemon configuration file must be deleted and a new one created. Please see the attached document for instruction on how to remove and re-create the daemon configuration file. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tim Blevins - KMBS/Cleveland Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0617899EN* Solution Usage 1
285
AHT Onerip
How to physically connect the OneRIP* controller to the main body printer. Solution The main body printer (7920/7915) must be equipped with the print controller interface kit (PCUA 950470). The custom cable is included with the OneRIP controller. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0617937EN* Solution Usage 1
Description OneRIP* User's Guide. Solution OneRIP User's Guide 100 records (requires Adobe* Acrobat) Note: To view the above links, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0619577EN* Solution Usage 1
Description When printing from Microsoft* PowerPoint* on a Windows* 2000 workstation, gray background is in the image area that is not displayed on the monitor. Solution CAUSE: An early version Windows 2000 OneRIP* printer driver is installed. SOLUTION: Install the latest version driver by performing the following: 1. Access the Konica Digital FTP site and download the latest version of the driver required. The latest driver version as of August 28th, 20002 is V1.0.12. The file name is located in the Color folder found in the OneRIP folder. 2. Delete any pre-existing OneRIP printer drivers from the OneRIP server and the workstation(s). 3. Install the latest printer driver on the server and set to share. 4. Re-install the printer driver on the workstation via the share. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
286
AHT Onerip Di250/350

Description Slow printing issue when utilizing Macintosh OS 10.4.x. Solution CAUSE: Issue with the CUPS daemon configuration file on Macintosh OS 10.4.x. being corrupt. SOLUTION: The old CUPS daemon configuration file must be deleted and a new one created. Please see the attached document for instruction on how to remove and re-create the daemon configuration file. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tim Blevins - KMBS/Cleveland Solution ID TAUS0700244EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to determine what version of Sun Java is installed on a Microsoft Windows workstation. Solution To determine what version of Sun Java is installed, perform the following: 1. From a command prompt type:java -version 2. Press Enter. 3. The version of Sun Java will be indicated. If the command is not recognized then Sun Java is not installed. Solution ID TAUS0801045EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to check Java version on a Macintosh OS 10.X. Solution To check Java version on a Macintosh OS 10.X: Open a Finder window=> select the base HD=> select Applications=> select Utilities=> select Java.All installed versions of Java will be listed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0801980EN* Solution Usage 0
287

"Device can not print in accordance w/guidelines pick another printer" message when trying to print postage from Stamps.Com.
August 2011
288

289

August 2011
290

291

August 2011
292

293

August 2011
294

295

August 2011
296
AHT Onerip Di750

297
AHT Onerip Di750

August 2011
298
AHT Onerip Di850

299
AHT Onerip Di850

August 2011
300
Alchemy
Description How can I get support for Alchemy* products? Solution [[Alchemy contact information| URL http://newcustomerhub.imrgold.com/contact.asp]] [[Support for Alchemy customers| URL http://www.imrgold.com/en/support/]]. Note: The product serial number is required for technical assistance. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0624447EN* Solution Usage 1
Description When importing a PDF, message that Plugin is missing and the application shuts down. Solution CAUSE: Updated version of Adobe* Acrobat* is required. SOLUTION: Install Acrobat version 5.1 or greater. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0626010EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to import multi-volume CD or DVD Alchemy* database into a server local folder. Solution To import multi-volume database to local folder, perform the following: 1. Copy the ALD (database file) to folder on the workstation or server. 2. Copy the database folder (has the same name as the ALD file). The database will have all the indexing files (TOB, TID, RID, etc.) and the data000 folder will contain DAT and PRO files). * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0615474EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Information/specifications on Alchemy* 7 Professional document storage software. Solution Alchemy is a document management software application that enables companies to efficiently manage, archive and distribute all of their desktop application documents an scanned images into one repository that is easily searchable by users in stand-alone environments or on a network. The Alchemy software helps companies capture, index, store, retrieve and share information from unstructured documents-quickly and cost effectively. Note: Printing from the Alchemy viewer is NOT RECOMMENDED. Alchemy software includes file viewers for the formats listed below. These viewers are not intended as a full-featured replacement for the original applications; they are provided by IMR for quick viewing and searching of the files stored in Alchemy databases. IMR cannot guarantee that the performance of any viewer will meet a specific user application requirement. In some cases, the viewer may not perform the same as the native application. All printing must be done from the native application (i.e. Word, Excel, Adobe Acrobat) which can be launched from within the Alchemy viewer. Note: For additional detail refer to the Alchemy spec sheet . * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0617405EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Sales Engineering Support (SES) Third Party Solutions matrix. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
301
Alchemy
SES Third Party Solutions matrix . Note: To view the above link, Microsoft* Word must be installed. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0618198EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Microsoft* Word documents viewed in Alchemy* are not identical to the view in the native application. Solution CAUSE: The Alchemy preview mode is not a duplicate of the page layout view in Word. The Alchemy viewer displays as close to the original as possible. However, documents using non-standard fonts, and complicated formats do not always view the same in Alchemy as they do in their native application. SOLUTION: To see the correct view, use the 'rocket ship' icon in Alchemy to launch the application native to that document. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0618373EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When printing a TIFF* from Alchemy*, the Konica Printer is printing a thumbnail image in the upper right corner of the page instead of the entire page. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect program settings. SOLUTION: To select the proper settings, perform the following: 1. Select the File Menu, select Print, choose the name of the Konica Printer in the drop down box in the Print dialog box. 2. Click the OPTION button in the lower left corner of the Print dialog box. 3. In the Print Option dialog box select "Fit in Page" selection in the "Scale Print to:" section. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0621888EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Konica Dispatcher for Alchemy* software information. Solution Dispatcher for Alchemy is a task automation software solution developed by Konica's Systems Engineering Center (SEC). Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622632EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Will Dispatcher for Alchemy* work on the same machine that is running Alchemy Server? Solution Dispatcher for Alchemy must be running on a separate workstation than the Alchemy Server, and a build license must be available. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
302
Barr
Description Barr* Enterprise Print Server (BEPS*) Information. Solution Barr Enterprise Print Server information. Barr Enterprise Print Server spec sheet Note: To view the above links, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0615602EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Barr* Enterprise Print Server (BEPS*) evaluation results for the IP421/431/304/601. Solution The Barr Enterprise Print Server produces PCL* from line data print jobs (Carriage and Line Feed controls). Testing was accomplished by setting up Line Printer Daemons (LPD) on the workstation. The test print job was created by the Generic/Text only Microsoft* Windows driver that was directed to the Barr Enterprise Print Server. The print job, after being transformed into PCL, was sent to the KN card installed in the IP. The procedure worked correctly - the print job printed as expected. This product performed satisfactorily and is recommended to the field. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0617400EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Sales Engineering Support (SES) Third Party Solutions matrix. Solution SES Third Party Solutions matrix . Note: To view the above link, Microsoft* Word must be installed. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
303
bizhub 160
304
bizhub 160
August 2011
305
bizhub 160
Description Machine may cycle ON/OFF repeatedly (keeps rebooting), will not power ON (no boot-up), no message on the operation panel, LCD displays extraneous characters and/or error code C14A3. Machine may output black copies, but print output is OK.
August 2011
306
bizhub 160f
307
bizhub 160f
Description Machine may cycle ON/OFF repeatedly (keeps rebooting), will not power ON (no boot-up), no message on the operation panel, LCD displays extraneous characters and/or error code C14A3. Machine may output black copies, but print output is OK. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The PCL board draws too much current, causing PWB-P to fail. There is no problem with GDI versions of the machine; only machines with PCL boards are affected. The PCL board has been modified to limit current draw. If the symptoms described above occur, replace both the PCL and PWB-P board. The modified PCL board can be identified by a yellow sticker. Machines that had the modified board installed during production have a yellow sticker near the serial number plate. Either PWB-P board may be used; they can be distinguished by the part number on the box.The boards are identical except for the installed firmware.
Description Part Number Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
308
bizhub 160f
PWB-P board (1610fp) 4980 1019 02 PWB-P board (161f) 4980 1228 01 PCL board 4980 1021 03 Note : Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6586. The Special Exchange Program described inthe bulletinexpired on April 30, 2009. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. The CCD unit has failed. Replace the CCD unit (p/n 4980 1001 02). 3. Failed controller/mechanical board (PWB-P). Replace the PWB-P.
Model PWB-P Part Number bizhub 160 4980 1225 01 bizhub 161 4980 1226 01 bizhub 160f 4980 1227 01 bizhub 161f 4980 1228 01 Di1610 4980 1016 01 Di1610p 4980 1017 01 Di1610f 4980 1018 01 Di1610fp 4980 1019 02 Workgroup/SSD SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Felix Burgen, ESS; Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Don St. Onge,
August 2011
309
bizhub 160f
August 2011
310
bizhub 161f
311
bizhub 161f
August 2011
312
bizhub 161f
August 2011
313
bizhub 162
314
bizhub 162
August 2011
315
bizhub 162
August 2011
316
bizhub 180
317
bizhub 180
August 2011
318
bizhub 180
August 2011
319
bizhub 181
Description SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007. Solution CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server. SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list. 1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall. 2.Select Exceptions and Add Port. 3.Add a name and Port number. 4.Click on Change Scope. 5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description The entire print job is stapled instead of each set when printing multiple stapled sets from Microsoft Word. Solution CAUSE:The Collate option in the Microsoft Word dialog box is selected. SOLUTION:When printing and stapling multiple sets, the Collate option in the Microsoft Word dialog box must be deselected. Please refer to attached example. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMark D'Attilio and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801765EN* Solution Usage 21
Description FS-xxx, first page not aligned properly/not stapled in stapled sets.
August 2011
320
bizhub 20
Description Citrix compatibility. Solution Citrix has published a list of KMBS products and their compatibility with different versions of Citrix . These are known as Citrix Ready products. KMBS has also done some testing that might notdocumented on theCitrix Ready products web page.Attached is a document with additional information on Konica Minolta's Citrix Ready Certified products. Also, refer to the attached Citrix compatibility list for additional information.Some products not listed below arelisted in the attached document.It covers other MFPs like the bizhub 600/601/750/751/360/361/362/420/421/500/501/162/180/210/222/282, the bizhub C350/C353/C253/C203, the bizhub PRO 1050/920 and controllers like theIC-303 and IC-409. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : The test resultsfor bizhub C652DS/C552DS and C360/C280/C220with XenApp 6.0 are included. bizhub 652/602 for XenApp 5.0 are included. bizhub C20 for XenApp 5.0 are included. Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driverare included. IC-202 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1, the Adobe PostScript driver version 1.0.0 or the PCL driver version 1.01 the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-203 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003/Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 2.0.28, the Adobe PostScript driver version 2.0.28 or the PCL driver version 2.0.0, the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-205 Tested in both theCitrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and theCitrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the GDI driver version 1.00 or the PCL driver version 1.00 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. Cancelled print jobs may stay in queue when using the GDI driver. 2. The printer icon may disappear when cancelling a print job when using the GDI driver. 3. Print jobs may hang when printing from two or more workstations simultaneously using the GDI driver. IC-302 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. IC-401 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PostScript driver version 1.0. The following restrictions: 1. The mixed media function may not be used. 2. Enabling the "Delete pending print jobs at logout" on the Metaframe server does not result in the print jobs being deleted. 3. Print job access codes should not be used. IC-402 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The following are restrictions that were found: 1. Custom Size setting is not available. 2.Owner Information, Lock Job and Copier store print functions are not available. 3. The client default settings are not saved. IC-405 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 2.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were thatMedia Mixed function is not available by network printer. IC-611 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.0.7, the PostScript Adobe driver version 1.0.0.7 or the PCL driver version 1.0.1 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The watermark function will not function when using the PCL driver. 2. The PostScript Visual driver is not available with Microsoft Windows 2003 Server. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
321
bizhub 20
3. Booklet mode may not function when called within Adobe Acrobat. IP-901 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1 and 2.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. bizhub C350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PCL driver version 1.0 with the following restriction: The watermark feature will not be available on a locally installed printer. bizhub 200/250/350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1 or the PCL driver version 1.0.2 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The custom paper size setting is not available. 2. The default selections made on client workstations will not be reflected on the printer properties screens. bizhub C650/C550/C451/C450/C352/C351/C300/C252/C250 Tested withCitrix Metaframe. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.No restrictions were found in testing. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS1100026EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 locks up when printing using Konica Minolta PostScript or PCL drivers. Solution CAUSE: "PopUP Authentication Dialog When Printing" is selected. SOLUTION: Disable "Print in background" in PowerPoint 2007. 1.Click onthe OfficeButton on the top left-hand corner. 2. Select PowerPoint Options at the bottom. 3.Click onAdvanced on the left pane. 4. Deselect Print in background under the "Print" section. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Victor Miranda, SSD District Service Manager/East Region Solution ID TAUS0700734EN* Solution Usage
Description How to make a screen shot on Macintosh OS X. Solution Creating a screen shot on Macintosh OS X: Taking a picture of the whole screen: Command-Shift-3 Taking a picture of part or region of the screen: Command-Shift-4 , and then drag the crosshair pointer to select the area.When you lift your finger from the mouse button, Macintosh OS X will record that real estate and place a PNG file on your desktop. Note : Please see the attacheddocument for details. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002375EN* Solution Usage
Description How to default the machine to Copy Mode. Solution Follow these steps to make the machine default to Copy Mode. 1.Press the Menu button. 2. Select [1. General Setup]. 3. Select [1. Mode Timer]. 4. Scroll down and select OFF. 5. Select OK. 6. Pressthe Stop/Exit key. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS Solution ID TAUS1103527EN* Solution Usage
August 2011
322
bizhub 20
Description "Error Validating PPD file" message when trying to install a PPD on an AIX server. Solution CAUSE: The downloaded PPD file was not decompressed correctly. SOLUTION: Use the program WinRAR to extract the PPD. Other programs like WinZip do not decompress the file correctly. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Randy Marquardt, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1103653EN* Solution Usage
Description What can cause Adobe Acrobat 9.4 to stop responding after the first page is scanned when carrying out a TWAIN scan? Solution Adobe Acrobat 9.4may stop responding after the first page is scanned when carrying out a TWAIN scan if the presets for the scanner have not been configured. Please use the following steps to configure the presets for the scanner. 1. In Acrobat, choose Create . 2. From the drop down, select PDF from Scanner . 3. Select Configure Presets . 4. Set Memory Mode to NO . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Dave Bruni, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
323
bizhub 200
324
bizhub 200
August 2011
325
bizhub 200
Solution ID Description Abort codes. 0x0000999A 0x00000999 0x00500000 0x00790B02 0x007D0100 0x00800000 0x01100551 0x0300A504 0x00D00000 0x00D80000 0x00D82130 0x00DC0652 0x00E00100 0x00E00133 0x00E00317 0x00E004F0 0x00F00005 0x00F00201 0x00F00B00 0x01100300 Note : Please refer to attached Abort Code list from the Service Manual for additional information. TAUS0655903EN* Solution Usage 52
August 2011
326
bizhub 222
Solution ID Description Abort codes. 0x0000999A 0x00000999 0x00500000 0x00790B02 0x007D0100 0x00800000 0x01100551 0x0300A504 0x00D00000 0x00D80000 0x00D82130 0x00DC0652 0x00E00100 0x00E00133 0x00E00317 0x00E004F0 0x00F00005 0x00F00201 0x00F00B00 0x01100300 Note : Please refer to attached Abort Code list from the Service Manual for additional information. Solution 0x0000999A Failed MFBS and/or MEMS. Replace the MFBS (p/n 4551 R900 00) and/or MEMS (p/n 4551 2039 01). Note : To achieve parts standardization with the othermachine models not manufactured for the U.S. market, the MFBS board has been changed. The originalboard, MFBS (p/n 4551 2038 01),had a fixedclock frequencyof 300MHz. The modifiedboard, MFBS2 (p/n 4551 R900 00), has aclock frequency that can be set to 300MHz or 400MHz. IMPORTANT : When installing theMFBS2 board into bizhub 200/250/350 and bizhub 222/282/362 Phase1 machines, make sure to set the jumper located on themodified board to the 300MH z position. When installing theMFBS2 board into bizhub 222/282/362 Phase 2 machines, make sure to set the jumper located on themodified board to the 400MHz position. The followingare serial numbers cut-ins for bizhub 222/282/362 Phase 2 machines. A11W011002051 and above ? bizhub 222 Phase 2 A11V011001338 and above ? bizhub 282 Phase 2 A11U011001706 and above ? bizhub 362 Phase 2 Serial numbers below thoselisted for bizhub 222/282/362are Phase 1 machines. Phase 2 machines. Main memory is not functioning properly. Clean the contacts for main memory. TAUS0655903EN* Solution Usage 52
Phase 1 bizhub 222/282/362 machines CANNOT be converted to
Early version of firmware. bizhub 200/250/350 Flash the machine to version 62 or higher. The latest version of firmware, system software or print drivers is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. DHCP is being used when the machine is set to a fixedTCP/IP address. Set the machine for DHCP so it may acquire a TCP/IP address. Once the machine has a TCP/IP address assigned, it verifies the problem is with the setting. Reserve a TCP/IP address for the machine and then the machine can be set back to a fixed TCP/IP address. Note : This occurs when the Ethernet cable is plugged in. The machine works fine when the Ethernet cable is not plugged in. 0x00000999 Early version of firmware. bizhub 200/250/350 Flash the machine to version 62 or higher. The latest version of firmware, system software or print drivers is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : Codeis displayed randomly when the machine is idle. 0x00500000
August 2011
327
bizhub 222
The MFBS board has failed. Replace the MFBS board (p/n 4551 R900 00). 0x00790B02 Poor connection of memory module,module is missing from the first SIMM slot or memory has failed. Reseat the memory module,install memory in the correct slot or replace a failed module (EM-303 Item #4551641 -32MB, EM-304 Item #4551651 -64MB, EM-305 Item #4551661 -128MB). Failure of MFBS board. Replaced the MFBS board (p/n 4551 R900 00). 0x007D0100 CN8 pin(s)bent (pin 3, 5, 7, 4, 6 or8) on the MFBS. When removing the MFBS, the connectors are notdisconnected completelyso they (connectors) stay between the frame and CN8. And the pins become bent.See the attached file for reference. Carefully re-form the bent pin(s). Use caution when removing the MFBS. Note : No printor black spots on the print image may also occur. 0x00800000 AG3 protocol processing failure due to afaulty fax board (FK-503). Replace the fax board(Item #4551613). 0x01100551 There is a poor connection on the MFBS board or the MFBS has failed. Power down and unplug the machine. Remove the MFBS board which is located on the upper right side of the machine. Reseat all connectors, the parameter memory board, and any additional memory. Reinstall the board, plug in machine and power up. If this does not resolve the code, replace the MFBS (p/n 4551 R900 00). 0x0300A504 Improper connection of the MFBS board. MFBS board failure. Check MFBS connection and replace the board if necessary (p/n 4551 R900 00). Note : This error is listed as a network processing system failure abort code 0x03000000 to 0x030FFFFF. 0x00D00000 Insufficient memory. Add additional memory to the machine, EM-305 (Item #4551661 - 128MB). 0x00D80000 The original width adjustment for the document feeder (DF-605)is incorrect or not adjusted. bizhub 200/250/350 Adjust the paper width guides: 1. Enter the Service Mode. 2. Select Function. 3. Select Original width adjust. 4. Select Maximum and open the document feeder guides all the way to their maximum. 5. Press the Print key. 6. Select Minimum. 7. Close the guides to their minimum. 8. Press the Print key. 9. Exit the Service Mode and reboot the machine. Note : The abort code occurs when scanning originals through the document feeder. Other scan abort codes may also be indicated (0x00DC0000 to 0x00DFFFFF). 0x00D82130 Firmware update required for the document feeder (DF-605). bizhub 200/250/350 Download and install the firmware (4344G101.exe) described in the attached Release Notes. The latest version of firmware, system software or print drivers Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
328
bizhub 222
is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more' (the file is also attached below for accessibility in case the Download Selector cannot be accessed). 0x00DC0652 Scanner is in the locked position. Access the scanner locking mechanism on the upper left side of the main body. Ensure that the locking switch arrow is pointing to the unlocked setting.Please refer to steps 8 and 9 on page 4 of theattached Installation Guide for an illustration. Power Supply failure. Check the Power Supply Unit (PU1) at connector PJ5PU1. The voltages should read as follows: PIN # DC VOLTAGE 1 3.3 35 7 24 9 12 Note : If these voltages do notmatch the above readings,replace the Power Supply unit (p/n 4040 6201 01). Open 24V DCfuse (F222) on the BCRS due to M12 (Scanner) harness pinched by the right cover. bizhub 200/250/350 Change routing of the M12 harness (p/n 4040 1505 01) for theScanner motor (p/n 4551 2013 01) thenreplace the BCRS (p/n 4551 2033 01 for bizhub 350 and p/n 4551 2034 01 for bizhub 200/250 ). Note : Please see the attached file for harness rerouting procedure. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Failed MFBS. Please reseat the connections to the MFBS. If the issue is not resolved, replace the MFBS (p/n 4551 R900 00). 0x00E00100 The BCRS board has failed. bizhub 200/250/350 Replace the BCRS board (p/n 4551 2033 01 forbizhub 350 andp/n 4551 2034 01 forbizhub 250/200 ). Note : The abort code is indicated at power up and the MFP never comes to a ready state. 0x00E00133 The interface cable for the HDD is not fully seated or NVRAM has failed. Please confirm the HDD cable is fully seated to the MFBS or the Encryption Kit. Replace the NVRAM.If the problem is not resolved, please replace the MEMS board (p/n 4551 2039 01). If necessary, replace the MFBS (p/n 4551 R900 00). Note :To obtain a new NVRAM, call the SSD Hotline at 800-825-5664and open a Problem Ticket. Go to www.mykonicaminolta.com and select Service tab g Warranty, Repair & Special Programs g RA Form.Fill out the RA Form.
Optional HDD (HD-504) is not installed but HDD is setting in machine is incorrect. Enter the service mode, select System Input, then select Hard Disk and change the setting to No.
Optional HDD (HD-504) installed without any extra memory. Install the optional memory module (Item #4551641 - 32MB) 0x00E00317 The MFBS is not communicating properly with the machine. Please reseat the connections on the MFBS and if the problem continues, please replace the MFBS (p/n 4551 R900 00). 0x00E004F0 Failed PWB-A board. Replace the PWB-A board (p/n 4040 0101 0E for bizhub 200/250/350 and p/n A11U H001 02 for bizhub 222/282/362 ). Note : May occur with a C-7001 code. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
329
bizhub 222
0x00F00005 The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) has beenenabled when there is nodrive installed. Perform a total clear and then set the Hard Disk to "No" in the Service Mode. 1. When the machine reboots look for the dot to appear on the left side of the splash screen. 2. Enter the Initial mode by pressing the 3-key on the 10-key pad when you see the dot. 3. Enter the service password when the screen appears. Touch END to enter the Initial mode. 4. Touch Total clear and press "End". 5. When the machine comes to ready, enter the Service Mode. 6. Touch System input. 7. Touch Hard disk. 8. Set the Hard Disk to "No". 9. Exit Service Mode. 10. Power cycle the machine. 0x00F00201 Failure of drum unit and developing unit. Replace the DR-310 drum unit (Item #4068612) and developing unit (p/n 4040 0752 00).
FailedPWB-A. Replace the PWB-A (p/n 4040 0101 0E for bizhub 200/250/350 and p/n A11U H001 02 for bizhub 222/282/362 ). 0x00F00B00 Resetting a fuser error codewithout first replacing a failed fusing unit related part. Replace the failed part prior to resetting theerror code. Total counter is unplugged from circuit board. Reconnect total counter circuit connector, CN2. Note : Start light blinks but MFP will not copy. Machine operation panel displays ready condition. Abort codeappearswhen front door opened. Memory board failure. Replace the memory board (p/n 4551 2039 01). 0x01100300 Failed NVRAM. Replace the NVRAM. Note :To obtain a new NVRAM, call the SSD Hotline at 800-825-5664and open a Problem Ticket. Go to www.mykonicaminolta.com and select Service tab g Warranty, Repair & Special Programs g RA Form.Fill out the RA Form. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Bill Hall/Mike Galletta/Jim DiSarro/John Miller, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0655275EN* Solution Usage 41
Description C2557 error code. Code may be intermittent.
August 2011
330
bizhub 223
Description No Konica Minolta logo at power up ("Planets" only), Configuration Page header is printing as Generic andp rinter driverfails when trying to acquire the device information. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect settings. SOLUTION: To change the Configuration Page header to Konica Minolta bizhub, please perform the following: 1.Access the Service Mode. 2. Select System 2. 3. Select Software Switch Setting. 4. Enter Switch No. "10". 5. Bin Assignment "00000000". 6. Hex Assignment "02". 7. Click on Fix. 8. Click on End. 9.Power theMFP OFF/ON. 10. Print another Configuration Page.Page Header should now be changed to Konica Minolta. Note :Header Information: Generic 20C-4= C203 Generic 22C-1 = C220 Generic 25C-1 = C250 Generic 25C-4= C253 Generic 28C-1 = C280 Generic 35C-3= C352 Generic 35C-4= C353 Generic 36C-1 = C360 Generic 35C-1= C450 Generic 45C-2= C451 Generic 45C-1= C550 Generic 50C-1= C650 To change the Configuration Page header to Konica Minolta bizhub (for Printer-only models), perform the following: 1. Press the Menu/Select key. 2. Press the down arrow key 4 times to select Tech. Rep. Mode. 3. Press the right arrow key. Enter the Tech. Rep. Mode password 9, 2, 7, 2, 9, 2, 7, 2. 4. Press the Menu/Select key. 5. Press the down arrow key 16 times. Software SW will appear. 6. Press the right arrow key. Switch No. and 1 will appear. 7. Press the Menu/Select key. 1 will start blinking. 8. Press the up key and change this number to 10. When pressing Menu/Select key, the above settings will be saved and the display will show Bin Assignment and 00000000. 9. Press the down arrow key and the display will change to HEX Assignment and 00. Then press the down Menu/Select key. The 00 will blink. 10. Press the right arrow key and the 1st digit will blink. Change setting to 02. 11. Press the Menu/Select key to fix the value. The display will change to Software SW. 12. Cycle the main power switch OFF/ON. Note :Header Information: Generic 25C-1P= C250P Generic 35C-1P= C450P Generic 35C-3P= C352P Generic 35C-4P= C353P Please see the attachment for the visual symptom. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Worgroup/SSD and Greg Lantowski/Ian Lynch/Mark D'Attilio/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD, SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Dave Bruni, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900860EN* Solution Usage 24
Description At idle, the following message is indicated on the screen: "No Animation Guide data available. Contact your administrator." Solution CAUSE: The Movie Data may not be installed or the firmware may have been updated. Formatting the HDD will also remove the Movie Data. SOLUTION:Ensure thatBase firmwareis the most current version. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Please ensure that the Movie Data file isalso installed.To install the Movie Data file please perform the following: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
331
bizhub 223
1. Download the Movie Data file (Movie Data.exe) from the Download Selector Special Firmware section and extract the .tar file. 2. Procure a USB memory stick formatted in FAT32. Without security function Capacity 1GB to 2GB recommended Compatible with to USB 2.0 3. Copy the .tar file to the root of a USB drive. 4. Enter Service mode. 5.Select System 2 ? HDD and make certain that it is installed. 6.Reboot machine if HDD state was changed to Installed and reenter Service Mode. 7. Connect the USB drive to the Service USB Port. 8. Select System 2? Install Data. 9. Touch Movie Data. 10. Touch Set. 11. Press Start. 12. Check result and when OK is displayed, touch END. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Bill Hall/Jim Behrends/Malcolm Hibbert/David Silverstein, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1001919EN* Solution Usage 18
Description Jam code 30-01 when feeding from the PC-409. A "crunching" noise may be heard. Solution CAUSE: Firmware update is necessary. SOLUTION:Please install Special firmware version GE6-B5 or Base firmware version G00-C2 . Note : Please refer to attacheddocumentation prior to firmware installation. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS and KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS0657371EN* Solution Usage 15
Description Citrix compatibility. Solution Citrix has published a list of KMBS products and their compatibility with different versions of Citrix . These are known as Citrix Ready products. KMBS has also done some testing that might notdocumented on theCitrix Ready products web page.Attached is a document with additional information on Konica Minolta's Citrix Ready Certified products. Also, refer to the attached Citrix compatibility list for additional information.Some products not listed below arelisted in the attached document.It covers other MFPs like the bizhub 600/601/750/751/360/361/362/420/421/500/501/162/180/210/222/282, the bizhub C350/C353/C253/C203, the bizhub PRO 1050/920 and controllers like theIC-303 and IC-409. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : The test resultsfor bizhub C652DS/C552DS and C360/C280/C220with XenApp 6.0 are included. bizhub 652/602 for XenApp 5.0 are included. bizhub C20 for XenApp 5.0 are included. Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driverare included. IC-202 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1, the Adobe PostScript driver version 1.0.0 or the PCL driver version 1.01 the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-203 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003/Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 2.0.28, the Adobe PostScript driver version 2.0.28 or the PCL driver version 2.0.0, the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-205 Tested in both theCitrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and theCitrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the GDI driver version 1.00 or the PCL driver version 1.00 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
332
bizhub 223
1. Cancelled print jobs may stay in queue when using the GDI driver. 2. The printer icon may disappear when cancelling a print job when using the GDI driver. 3. Print jobs may hang when printing from two or more workstations simultaneously using the GDI driver. IC-302 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. IC-401 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PostScript driver version 1.0. The following restrictions: 1. The mixed media function may not be used. 2. Enabling the "Delete pending print jobs at logout" on the Metaframe server does not result in the print jobs being deleted. 3. Print job access codes should not be used. IC-402 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The following are restrictions that were found: 1. Custom Size setting is not available. 2.Owner Information, Lock Job and Copier store print functions are not available. 3. The client default settings are not saved. IC-405 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 2.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were thatMedia Mixed function is not available by network printer. IC-611 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.0.7, the PostScript Adobe driver version 1.0.0.7 or the PCL driver version 1.0.1 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The watermark function will not function when using the PCL driver. 2. The PostScript Visual driver is not available with Microsoft Windows 2003 Server. 3. Booklet mode may not function when called within Adobe Acrobat. IP-901 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1 and 2.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. bizhub C350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PCL driver version 1.0 with the following restriction: The watermark feature will not be available on a locally installed printer. bizhub 200/250/350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1 or the PCL driver version 1.0.2 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The custom paper size setting is not available. 2. The default selections made on client workstations will not be reflected on the printer properties screens. bizhub C650/C550/C451/C450/C352/C351/C300/C252/C250 Tested withCitrix Metaframe. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.No restrictions were found in testing. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS0658329EN* Solution Usage 8
Description FK-502, Off-Hook is missing from the main fax screen and unable to send faxes. Solution CAUSE: Prefix/Suffix Auto Setting is enabled. SOLUTION: To change the Prefix/Suffix Auto setting, perform the following: 1. Press the Utility key. 2. Enter Administrator Setting. 3. Select System Connection. 4. Select Prefix/Suffix Auto Setting. 5. Select OFF. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD and Dave Bruni, Workgroup/SSD Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
333
bizhub 223
August 2011
334
bizhub 250
335
bizhub 250
August 2011
336
bizhub 250
August 2011
337
bizhub 282
August 2011
338
bizhub 282
339
bizhub 282
340
bizhub 282
August 2011
341
bizhub 283
Description Network menu button is missing from Admin Mode. Solution CAUSE: Corrupt NVRAM and/or failed PWB-MFP. SOLUTION:To correct: 1. Perform an"All Data Clear"under Service Mode ? System 1 ? Initialization. 2.If that does not work, perform the NVRAM Recovery Procedure (not available for all models). Notes : a. Before performing the NVRAM reset please perform a NIC RESET which is also located on the NVRAM reset firmware utility.This will likely solve the issue without having to completely initialize the machine.Please be sure to back up all network settings before performing this function.This only pertains to the models which have the NVRAM reset utility. bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P/C300/C352/C352P bizhub C451/C550/C650 bizhub C351/C450/C450P b.Please wait approximately 10 minutes for the tabs to appear. Be patient; DO N OT power cycle the machine as that only restarts the wait process. 3. If the NVRAM Recovery Procedure is unsuccessful, replace the PWB-MFP, PRCB on C300/352,(see part numbers below)and NVRAM. Note : To receive a replacement NVRAM, please utilize the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: a. Login to MyKonicaMinolta.com. b. Select the Service tab. c. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). d. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). e. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program. f. Fill out the form. IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. PART NUMBERS (PWB-MFP/OACB) bizhub C220 (p/n A0ED H021 02) bizhub C280/C360 (p/n A0ED H020 06) bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06) bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06) bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06) bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06) bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15) bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07) bizhub C650 (p/n A00J H021 00) bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03) bizhub C652 (p/n A0P0 H021 03) bizhub C552DS (p/n A0P0 H022 00) bizhub C652DS (p/n A0P0 H023 00) bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02) bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02) bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06) bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04) Note : Please see attached documentationfor NVRAM Recovery Procedure. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byChuck Tripp/Mike McCarthy/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Randy Marquardt/Stephen Schmelcke, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701329EN* Solution Usage 24
Description No Konica Minolta logo at power up ("Planets" only), Configuration Page header is printing as Generic andp rinter driverfails when trying to acquire the device information. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect settings. SOLUTION: To change the Configuration Page header to Konica Minolta bizhub, please perform the following: 1.Access the Service Mode. 2. Select System 2. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
342
bizhub 283
3. Select Software Switch Setting. 4. Enter Switch No. "10". 5. Bin Assignment "00000000". 6. Hex Assignment "02". 7. Click on Fix. 8. Click on End. 9.Power theMFP OFF/ON. 10. Print another Configuration Page.Page Header should now be changed to Konica Minolta. Note :Header Information: Generic 20C-4= C203 Generic 22C-1 = C220 Generic 25C-1 = C250 Generic 25C-4= C253 Generic 28C-1 = C280 Generic 35C-3= C352 Generic 35C-4= C353 Generic 36C-1 = C360 Generic 35C-1= C450 Generic 45C-2= C451 Generic 45C-1= C550 Generic 50C-1= C650 To change the Configuration Page header to Konica Minolta bizhub (for Printer-only models), perform the following: 1. Press the Menu/Select key. 2. Press the down arrow key 4 times to select Tech. Rep. Mode. 3. Press the right arrow key. Enter the Tech. Rep. Mode password 9, 2, 7, 2, 9, 2, 7, 2. 4. Press the Menu/Select key. 5. Press the down arrow key 16 times. Software SW will appear. 6. Press the right arrow key. Switch No. and 1 will appear. 7. Press the Menu/Select key. 1 will start blinking. 8. Press the up key and change this number to 10. When pressing Menu/Select key, the above settings will be saved and the display will show Bin Assignment and 00000000. 9. Press the down arrow key and the display will change to HEX Assignment and 00. Then press the down Menu/Select key. The 00 will blink. 10. Press the right arrow key and the 1st digit will blink. Change setting to 02. 11. Press the Menu/Select key to fix the value. The display will change to Software SW. 12. Cycle the main power switch OFF/ON. Note :Header Information: Generic 25C-1P= C250P Generic 35C-1P= C450P Generic 35C-3P= C352P Generic 35C-4P= C353P Please see the attachment for the visual symptom. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Worgroup/SSD and Greg Lantowski/Ian Lynch/Mark D'Attilio/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD, SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Dave Bruni, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900860EN* Solution Usage 24
Description At idle, the following message is indicated on the screen: "No Animation Guide data available. Contact your administrator." Solution CAUSE: The Movie Data may not be installed or the firmware may have been updated. Formatting the HDD will also remove the Movie Data. SOLUTION:Ensure thatBase firmwareis the most current version. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Please ensure that the Movie Data file isalso installed.To install the Movie Data file please perform the following: 1. Download the Movie Data file (Movie Data.exe) from the Download Selector Special Firmware section and extract the .tar file. 2. Procure a USB memory stick formatted in FAT32. Without security function Capacity 1GB to 2GB recommended Compatible with to USB 2.0 3. Copy the .tar file to the root of a USB drive. 4. Enter Service mode. 5.Select System 2 ? HDD and make certain that it is installed. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
343
bizhub 283
6.Reboot machine if HDD state was changed to Installed and reenter Service Mode. 7. Connect the USB drive to the Service USB Port. 8. Select System 2? Install Data. 9. Touch Movie Data. 10. Touch Set. 11. Press Start. 12. Check result and when OK is displayed, touch END. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Bill Hall/Jim Behrends/Malcolm Hibbert/David Silverstein, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1001919EN* Solution Usage 18
Description Citrix compatibility. Solution Citrix has published a list of KMBS products and their compatibility with different versions of Citrix . These are known as Citrix Ready products. KMBS has also done some testing that might notdocumented on theCitrix Ready products web page.Attached is a document with additional information on Konica Minolta's Citrix Ready Certified products. Also, refer to the attached Citrix compatibility list for additional information.Some products not listed below arelisted in the attached document.It covers other MFPs like the bizhub 600/601/750/751/360/361/362/420/421/500/501/162/180/210/222/282, the bizhub C350/C353/C253/C203, the bizhub PRO 1050/920 and controllers like theIC-303 and IC-409. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : The test resultsfor bizhub C652DS/C552DS and C360/C280/C220with XenApp 6.0 are included. bizhub 652/602 for XenApp 5.0 are included. bizhub C20 for XenApp 5.0 are included. Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driverare included. IC-202 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1, the Adobe PostScript driver version 1.0.0 or the PCL driver version 1.01 the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-203 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003/Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 2.0.28, the Adobe PostScript driver version 2.0.28 or the PCL driver version 2.0.0, the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-205 Tested in both theCitrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and theCitrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the GDI driver version 1.00 or the PCL driver version 1.00 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. Cancelled print jobs may stay in queue when using the GDI driver. 2. The printer icon may disappear when cancelling a print job when using the GDI driver. 3. Print jobs may hang when printing from two or more workstations simultaneously using the GDI driver. IC-302 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. IC-401 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PostScript driver version 1.0. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
344
bizhub 283
The following restrictions: 1. The mixed media function may not be used. 2. Enabling the "Delete pending print jobs at logout" on the Metaframe server does not result in the print jobs being deleted. 3. Print job access codes should not be used. IC-402 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The following are restrictions that were found: 1. Custom Size setting is not available. 2.Owner Information, Lock Job and Copier store print functions are not available. 3. The client default settings are not saved. IC-405 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 2.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were thatMedia Mixed function is not available by network printer. IC-611 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.0.7, the PostScript Adobe driver version 1.0.0.7 or the PCL driver version 1.0.1 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The watermark function will not function when using the PCL driver. 2. The PostScript Visual driver is not available with Microsoft Windows 2003 Server. 3. Booklet mode may not function when called within Adobe Acrobat. IP-901 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1 and 2.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. bizhub C350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PCL driver version 1.0 with the following restriction: The watermark feature will not be available on a locally installed printer. bizhub 200/250/350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1 or the PCL driver version 1.0.2 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The custom paper size setting is not available. 2. The default selections made on client workstations will not be reflected on the printer properties screens. bizhub C650/C550/C451/C450/C352/C351/C300/C252/C250 Tested withCitrix Metaframe. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.No restrictions were found in testing. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS0658329EN* Solution Usage 8
Description FK-502, Off-Hook is missing from the main fax screen and unable to send faxes.
August 2011
345
bizhub 350
346
bizhub 350
August 2011
347
bizhub 350
August 2011
348
bizhub 360
349
bizhub 360
Description C-2403. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: bizhub 360/420/500/361/421/501 1. Damaged wires on the Toner Density sensor (TCRS). Note : C-2303may also be indicated with "Toner recharging" message. Replace the TCRS sensor (p/n 26NA 8804 1). 2. The Toner Bottle Drive motor (Toner Supply motor)failed. To test the motor: a. Enter the Service mode. b.Select State/Confirmation, then Load Check. c.Enter code 56, multi-code 001 and press the print key. Verify the tonerbottle drive motor turns smoothly in a clockwise direction. d.Press stop. e.Enter multi-code 002 and press the print key. Verify the tonerbottle drive motor turns smoothly in the counterclockwise direction. If the motor hesitates in either direction, replace the tonerbottle drive motor (p/n 26NA 8006 1). 3. Toner bottle is not turning. Ensure that the toner bottle does not have any manufacturing defects. Also ensure that the Pressing spring inside the Pressing assembly (p/n 50GA -332 1) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
350
bizhub 360
is applying sufficient pressure when locked into place. 4. Excessive pressure from the Toner Bottle Door. Remove the pressure springs (Toner Supply Unit (TSU), Item #7 - see attached) located in toner door. 5. Excessive toner misting due to openings in Toner supply holding main body (p/n 26NA 3231 1E). Clean the partthoroughly with alcohol.Applya coveringlike electrical tape to cover the openings as shown in the attached file. CAUTION :Do not cover the opening from which the toner is added to the developer. 6. If the tray is pulled outwhen a toner bottle is being removed, the toner supply index part may turn from thecorrect position. Atoner supply guide tray is pushed downwhen removing, and also the bottle ispulled outwithout drawing the tray out completely. Please mark the positionshown theattached filewith a whitemarking pen. If the white mark andthe arrow of index part has a gap, please fix the position and reload. Note :To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . bizhub 360/420/500 1. When an empty toner bottle is rotated while removing it from the machine, the alignment tab goes out of home position. Then, when a new bottle is inserted, it does not rotate correctly. A modification is available. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 5775 and follow the procedures outlined. Note : To reset C-2403 after replacing the toner bottle, perform the following: a. Power OFF the main switch (SW2, inside front door). b. Slide the toner bottle cradle and remove spent toner bottle. c. Prepare new toner bottle per instructions and place toner bottle in the cradle (line up the two notches at the rear so the cartridge is laying level in the cradle). d. Turn bottle completely around and line up the arrow at the 12 o'clock position clockwise or counterclockwise and push cradle in and lock toner door. e. The power should be re-enabled to ON while holding the Utility key; the Konica Minolta blue screen within 6 minutes, then the white screen with Trouble Reset. Touch and OK will appear. f. Power OFF/ON and should go to Ready. This procedure may have to be redone several times. 2.The toner bottle position sensor (PS28) may have shifted when the drive section on the back of the machine was removed or installed. As a result, PS28 cannot detect rotation of the toner bottle. Install a new Mounting Plate/B (p/n 50GA 3316 1E) and Stopper seal (p/n 4470 4024 01) for PS28. These parts prevent PS28 from becoming dislodged. Complete details are in attached Bulletin Number 6078. 3. Contact between parts around the bottle guide section. Please install the Toner supply auxiliary cover countermeasure as explained in the attached Parts Modification Notice. 4. If toner bottle is not installed correctly and the customer forces it then it may cause tearing of the drive tabs on the toner bottle. This will cause the bottle not find the home position generating this error. Please ensure that the toner bottle is inserted correctly. Refer to Bulletin Number5471 for details on a modification to the toner guide assembly. 5. Even though the correct procedure was used per Bulletin Number 5471 , there still may be burrson theflange tips at neck of the toner bottle.Also,PS4 and PS28 may not be sensing properly. Verify the correct operation of PS4 and PS28. Check for burrson theflange tips at neck of the toner bottle. Use Scotch-Brite to remove the burrs on the toner bottle. Note : The service documentation does not include a procedure for checking PS4 (Toner Bottle Sensor) and the PS28 (Toner Bottle Position Sensor). To check: a. Enter the State Confirm mode=>'Service Mode screen'; press [State Confirmation]. b.'State Confirmation screen'; press [Sensor check]. c. 'Sensor Check screen'; press [Check Code] and, when entering the sensor check code in 3-digit format through the copy count setting button, a state (ON/OFF) or value is displayed in the Result area. d. For the multi-mode, press [Multi Code] and enter a three-digit multi-code through the copy count setting key. When conducting the sensor check of other signal sources, repeat stepscand d. IMPORTANT : Code 57, multi-mode 2, which is not listed in the bizhub 420/500 Service Manual, is used to monitor the output signals ofPS4 (Toner Bottle Sensor), and multi-mode 3 for monitoring the output signal ofPS28 (Toner Bottle Position Sensor). These sensors are located at the rear of the hopper assembly at the 11 oclock position forPS28 and at the 12 oclock position forPS4. The state of these sensors will switch from 0 to 1 if the bottle is moved. 6.Certain parts involved with the toner bottle become misaligned during the process of changing toner bottles. When the toner bottle is replaced, the toner bottle index part could rotate out of position. Subsequently, a customer would install a new toner bottle while the index part was out of home position. A boss has been added to the toner supply guide part assembly, and a corresponding notch has been made in the toner supply index part. Replacing these two parts will eliminate accidental rotation of the index part as a cause of this error code. Replace these parts as a set. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6496 for more detail.To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byKMBT (Japan); Val Kenney, Southern Region DSM;Paul Speicher,Charlotte Copy Data and Mike Galletta/John Miller/Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD.
August 2011
351
bizhub 361
Description What to do if a "License Management error occurred" message is indicated after upgrading firmware or replacing the NVRAM or EEPROM board. Solution Whenever this message is indicated, it is necessary to perform the Repair operation (see attached "Repair Procedure"). Notes : 1. When replacing the NVRAM or the EEPROM board, if the parts are replaced with used parts, the License Management error condition cannot be resolved by performing the repair operation. In this scenario, Initialization would then be necessary and support must be contacted. Additionally, if both the NVRAM and the EEPROM board are replaced, Initialization will be necessary. IMPORTANT : Perform the Repair Procedure first, then the Initialize procedure. If initialization is required, collect the following information before calling support: If i-Optionwas ever licensed on the MFP and if the additional 512MB of memory was ever installed at any time Thefirmware levelprior to the machinebeing upgraded to version 88 (bizhub C353 and bizhub C650 series models only) If the machine ever had firmware version 85 or 86 A history of recent NVRAM or EEPROM board replacement Obtain a machine Management List and have it ready to attach to the ticket. A screenshot of the message returned from the LMS if "Repair" was unsuccessful A "Request Code" from the MFP and the S/N must be obtained in order to start the "Initialization" procedure (see attached "Obtain Request Code" and "Initialize") 2. Make sure to enter the MFP Serial Number, Repair Demand Code and the Request Code inuppercase letters when entering data in License Management Server online. 3.Version 88 firmware refers to the bizhub C353 and bizhub C650 series models.Other models have the correct firmware from factory. 4. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD and Cesar Jimenez/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0657486EN* Solution Usage 79
Description C-2403. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: bizhub 360/420/500/361/421/501 1. Damaged wires on the Toner Density sensor (TCRS). Note : C-2303may also be indicated with "Toner recharging" message. Replace the TCRS sensor (p/n 26NA 8804 1). 2. The Toner Bottle Drive motor (Toner Supply motor)failed. To test the motor: a. Enter the Service mode. b.Select State/Confirmation, then Load Check. c.Enter code 56, multi-code 001 and press the print key. Verify the tonerbottle drive motor turns smoothly in a clockwise direction. d.Press stop. e.Enter multi-code 002 and press the print key. Verify the tonerbottle drive motor turns smoothly in the counterclockwise direction. If the motor hesitates in either direction, replace the tonerbottle drive motor (p/n 26NA 8006 1). 3. Toner bottle is not turning. Ensure that the toner bottle does not have any manufacturing defects. Also ensure that the Pressing spring inside the Pressing assembly (p/n 50GA -332 1) is applying sufficient pressure when locked into place. 4. Excessive pressure from the Toner Bottle Door. Remove the pressure springs (Toner Supply Unit (TSU), Item #7 - see attached) located in toner door. 5. Excessive toner misting due to openings in Toner supply holding main body (p/n 26NA 3231 1E). Clean the partthoroughly with alcohol.Applya coveringlike electrical tape to cover the openings as shown in the attached file. CAUTION :Do not cover the opening from which the toner is added to the developer. 6. If the tray is pulled outwhen a toner bottle is being removed, the toner supply index part may turn from thecorrect position. Atoner supply guide tray is pushed downwhen removing, and also the bottle ispulled outwithout drawing the tray out completely. Please mark the positionshown theattached filewith a whitemarking pen. If the white mark andthe arrow of index part has a gap, please fix the position and Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
352
bizhub 361
reload. Note :To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . bizhub 360/420/500 1. When an empty toner bottle is rotated while removing it from the machine, the alignment tab goes out of home position. Then, when a new bottle is inserted, it does not rotate correctly. A modification is available. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 5775 and follow the procedures outlined. Note : To reset C-2403 after replacing the toner bottle, perform the following: a. Power OFF the main switch (SW2, inside front door). b. Slide the toner bottle cradle and remove spent toner bottle. c. Prepare new toner bottle per instructions and place toner bottle in the cradle (line up the two notches at the rear so the cartridge is laying level in the cradle). d. Turn bottle completely around and line up the arrow at the 12 o'clock position clockwise or counterclockwise and push cradle in and lock toner door. e. The power should be re-enabled to ON while holding the Utility key; the Konica Minolta blue screen within 6 minutes, then the white screen with Trouble Reset. Touch and OK will appear. f. Power OFF/ON and should go to Ready. This procedure may have to be redone several times. 2.The toner bottle position sensor (PS28) may have shifted when the drive section on the back of the machine was removed or installed. As a result, PS28 cannot detect rotation of the toner bottle. Install a new Mounting Plate/B (p/n 50GA 3316 1E) and Stopper seal (p/n 4470 4024 01) for PS28. These parts prevent PS28 from becoming dislodged. Complete details are in attached Bulletin Number 6078. 3. Contact between parts around the bottle guide section. Please install the Toner supply auxiliary cover countermeasure as explained in the attached Parts Modification Notice. 4. If toner bottle is not installed correctly and the customer forces it then it may cause tearing of the drive tabs on the toner bottle. This will cause the bottle not find the home position generating this error. Please ensure that the toner bottle is inserted correctly. Refer to Bulletin Number5471 for details on a modification to the toner guide assembly. 5. Even though the correct procedure was used per Bulletin Number 5471 , there still may be burrson theflange tips at neck of the toner bottle.Also,PS4 and PS28 may not be sensing properly. Verify the correct operation of PS4 and PS28. Check for burrson theflange tips at neck of the toner bottle. Use Scotch-Brite to remove the burrs on the toner bottle. Note : The service documentation does not include a procedure for checking PS4 (Toner Bottle Sensor) and the PS28 (Toner Bottle Position Sensor). To check: a. Enter the State Confirm mode=>'Service Mode screen'; press [State Confirmation]. b.'State Confirmation screen'; press [Sensor check]. c. 'Sensor Check screen'; press [Check Code] and, when entering the sensor check code in 3-digit format through the copy count setting button, a state (ON/OFF) or value is displayed in the Result area. d. For the multi-mode, press [Multi Code] and enter a three-digit multi-code through the copy count setting key. When conducting the sensor check of other signal sources, repeat stepscand d. IMPORTANT : Code 57, multi-mode 2, which is not listed in the bizhub 420/500 Service Manual, is used to monitor the output signals ofPS4 (Toner Bottle Sensor), and multi-mode 3 for monitoring the output signal ofPS28 (Toner Bottle Position Sensor). These sensors are located at the rear of the hopper assembly at the 11 oclock position forPS28 and at the 12 oclock position forPS4. The state of these sensors will switch from 0 to 1 if the bottle is moved. 6.Certain parts involved with the toner bottle become misaligned during the process of changing toner bottles. When the toner bottle is replaced, the toner bottle index part could rotate out of position. Subsequently, a customer would install a new toner bottle while the index part was out of home position. A boss has been added to the toner supply guide part assembly, and a corresponding notch has been made in the toner supply index part. Replacing these two parts will eliminate accidental rotation of the index part as a cause of this error code. Replace these parts as a set. Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6496 for more detail.To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byKMBT (Japan); Val Kenney, Southern Region DSM;Paul Speicher,Charlotte Copy Data and Mike Galletta/John Miller/Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD.
August 2011
353
bizhub 362
August 2011
354
bizhub 362
355
bizhub 362
356
bizhub 362
August 2011
357
bizhub 363
358
bizhub 363
359
bizhub 363
360
bizhub 363
August 2011
361
bizhub 40P
Description Where to find paper recommendations/specifications forB/W andColorMFPs/printers. Solution Please refer to the attachedMedia Guide for the products listed. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description Microsoft Windows 7 printer drivers included with the OS. Solution Please refer to attached document for a list of drivers included with the Microsoft Windows 7 operating system. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS0902848EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Macintosh OS X version 10.6 (Snow Leopard) printer driver information. Solution Pleasesee theattached documentation concerningdetailed information on Macintosh OS X version 10.6 drivers and supported devices. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0603556EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Power consumption data. Solution Please see attachedpower consumption data for warm-up, standby, and running modes. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0901684EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Konica Minolta Universal PostScript/PCL Printer Drivers. Solution Updated versions of the Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driver (PostScript) and Universal Printer Driver (PCL) are available. This recent printer driver release includes the following new features: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2/Microsoft Windows 7 WHQL support Enhancements to Network Search a Printer Status You can make sure that a printer does not have an error or warning to prevent printing a Number of Jobs Waiting to Print Check the backlog of jobs Additional Individual Child Driver Support for: a Konica Minolta bizhub C652 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C360 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C35 a Konica Minolta bizhub C35P a Konica Minolta magicolor 4750EN/DN Note : Function version 3 requires the latest firmware to be installed on the bizhub C652 series/C360 series in order to take advantage of the Individual Printer Driver. If you do not have the latest firmware installed on those devices, the UPD will use the bizhub Common Child Driver instead. New version available for download: Universal Printer Driver PCL version 1.10.1.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.1.0) Universal Printer Driver PostScript version 1.10.0.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.0.0) These printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : This is a new release version and not a patch update. If a previous version of the UPD driver exists you will have to uninstall the old version first. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
362
bizhub 40P
Please refer to the attachedUniversal Printer Driver (UPD) brochure for more detailed information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0800648EN*
Solution Usage
Description Configuration information.
August 2011
363
bizhub 40PX
Solution ID
TAUS0800648EN*
Solution Usage
Description Configuration information. Solution See attachment (40PX_Config_v5.pdf) for information. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html Solution ID TAUS0800946EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to find/display a MAC address. Solution To find the MAC address of a specific device in a Microsoft Windows environment, such as a main body internal NIC, access the command prompt,PING the TCP/IP address of the device and then perform the command, arp a . The attached procedures are for Microsoft Windows 98/NT/2000/2003/XP, DOS/Microsoft Windows 3.11/Microsoft Windows for Workgroups, Microsoft Windows Vista and Macintosh OS X. To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Note : Also attached is the Technitium MAC Address Changer freeware program. This software is not supported by Konica Minolta and is to be used at your own risk. To open the ZIP file, WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900454EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Fuser error0500. Solution CAUSE:Heating roller warm-up failure. The fusing temperature does not reach the predetermined value after the lapse of the predetermined period of time. The heater lamp remains ON for 10 seconds or more in the standby state. The fusing temperature is 125 degrees C. or less during a print cycle. The fusing temperature is 220 degrees C. or more. An open-circuited thermistor is detected. SOLUTION:To correct: 1.Check Fuser assembly for proper installation. 2.Check the Fuser assembly, DCPU and PRCB for proper connection and correct as necessary. 3.Change Fuser assembly. 4.Change PRCB. 5.Change DCPU. PARTS Fuser assembly (p/n A0DX PP1W 00 for bizhub 40P/40PX/PagePro 5650EN or p/n A0DX PP1S 00 for PagePro 4650EN) DCPU (p/n A0DX PP0Q 00 for bizhub 40P/40PX/PagePro 5650EN or p/n A0DX PP0N 00 for PagePro 4650EN) PRCB (p/n A0DX PP2T 01 for bizhub 40P/40PX/PagePro 5650EN or p/n A0DX PP2S 01 for PagePro 4650EN) SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by SSD Printer Support
August 2011
364
bizhub 420
365
bizhub 420
366
bizhub 420
August 2011
367
bizhub 421
368
bizhub 421
August 2011
369
bizhub 423
370
bizhub 423
371
bizhub 423
372
bizhub 423
August 2011
373
bizhub 500
374
bizhub 500
375
bizhub 500
August 2011
376
bizhub 501
377
bizhub 501
August 2011
378
bizhub 552
Description FS-517/FS-518/FS-519/FS-526/FS-608, The part indicated by is open. Ensure that it is properly closed. message. Solution bizhub C451/C550/C650/C552/C552DS/C652/C652DS/552/652 with FS-517/FS-518/FS-526 or FS-608 PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. SW1 settings on the Transport Control Board (p/n A07R H090 12) are incorrect. Please setSW1-1 and SW1-2 from OFF to ON (SW1-1: OFF a ON andSW1-2: OFF a ON). Please refer to attachments for supporting information. 2. The finisher (FS-517, FS-518, FS-526 or FS-608) is not plugged into horizontal transport assembly when horizontal transport assembly is plugged into engine. Connect thefinisherto the horizontal transport assembly. bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P/C451 and magicolor 8650DNwith FS-519 PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Microswitch (SW2) under the shutter drive assembly of the finisher is in the incorrect position. RepositionSW2(p/n 9331 2200 31) actuator under the tab as illustrated in the attached documention. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. Shutter Bracket holding the shutter is broken. Replace the Shutter Bracket (p/n 4349 2083 02). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez/Mike McCarthy/Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD and Tom Kelly, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
379
bizhub 600
380
bizhub 600
Description FK-502,using VoIP. Solution More and more customers are changing their PBX systems from analog or ISDN to VoIP-based PBX systems. Note : A digital-to-analog converter can be usedand will work, but Konica Minolta will not provide any support if there arephone/fax issues . Due to the general incompatibility of fax and VoIP,certain settings may not work. The problem is not caused by the Fax Unit, butis caused by: the general design of VoIP using TCP/IP Packets. VoIP PBX systems. the general specification of VoIP and its * Codecs * Coding and decoding timings * Fax fixed timings * LAN Packet losses * Quality of Services * ITU/RFC Specification implementation * Bugs * Interpretation of technical terms within the specifications of the ITU-T and RFC documents. VoIP is still not supported offically by Konica Minolta , but may work in some instances. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
381
bizhub 600
Performing these suggested settings may solve the problem.Follow the step-by-step procedures: From Service Mode : FAX Settings =>Communication =>Protocolset "ON" for the "V.29 EP Tone" Protocol and set "OFF" for all other faster protocols. FAX Settings =>Communication =>Others we have set "OFF" for the "ECM Function" FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0012 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Calling FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0013 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Called System 2 =>Software Switch =>SoftSwitch 21 Bit 5=1 (HEX 20 = over 4.5 sec) for T4 Waiting time between start Identification Notes : a. Before performing the above-mentioned settings it is recommended to upgrade the firmware to the latest versionor to check if the FK-502has the latest available version installed. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. b.Expect more communication problems thanwith anISDN or analog line (approximately 15% more). Workaround : If the aforementioned settingsdo not showan acceptable result,offer as alternative: Unimessage Pro Fax Server Solution where Scan to E-mail with auto prefix-suffix setting is used (depending on the machine series, prefix-suffix will be added automatically or can be selected manually). RightFax Server with "Setup Utility for RightFax" using OpenAPI. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU) and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD, SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
382
bizhub 601
Description FK-502,using VoIP. Solution More and more customers are changing their PBX systems from analog or ISDN to VoIP-based PBX systems. Note : A digital-to-analog converter can be usedand will work, but Konica Minolta will not provide any support if there arephone/fax issues . Due to the general incompatibility of fax and VoIP,certain settings may not work. The problem is not caused by the Fax Unit, butis caused by: the general design of VoIP using TCP/IP Packets. VoIP PBX systems. the general specification of VoIP and its * Codecs * Coding and decoding timings * Fax fixed timings * LAN Packet losses * Quality of Services * ITU/RFC Specification implementation * Bugs * Interpretation of technical terms within the specifications of the ITU-T and RFC documents. VoIP is still not supported offically by Konica Minolta , but may work in some instances. Performing these suggested settings may solve the problem.Follow the step-by-step procedures: From Service Mode : FAX Settings =>Communication =>Protocolset "ON" for the "V.29 EP Tone" Protocol and set "OFF" for all other faster protocols. FAX Settings =>Communication =>Others we have set "OFF" for the "ECM Function" FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0012 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Calling FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0013 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Called System 2 =>Software Switch =>SoftSwitch 21 Bit 5=1 (HEX 20 = over 4.5 sec) for T4 Waiting time between start Identification Notes : a. Before performing the above-mentioned settings it is recommended to upgrade the firmware to the latest versionor to check if the FK-502has the latest available version installed. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. b.Expect more communication problems thanwith anISDN or analog line (approximately 15% more). Workaround : If the aforementioned settingsdo not showan acceptable result,offer as alternative: Unimessage Pro Fax Server Solution where Scan to E-mail with auto prefix-suffix setting is used (depending on the machine series, prefix-suffix will be added automatically or can be selected manually). RightFax Server with "Setup Utility for RightFax" using OpenAPI. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU) and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD, SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702927EN* Solution Usage 45
Description Network menu button is missing from Admin Mode. Solution CAUSE: Corrupt NVRAM and/or failed PWB-MFP. SOLUTION:To correct: 1. Perform an"All Data Clear"under Service Mode ? System 1 ? Initialization. 2.If that does not work, perform the NVRAM Recovery Procedure (not available for all models). Notes : a. Before performing the NVRAM reset please perform a NIC RESET which is also located on the NVRAM reset firmware utility.This will likely solve the issue without having to completely initialize the machine.Please be sure to back up all network settings before performing this function.This only pertains to the models which have the NVRAM reset utility. bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P/C300/C352/C352P bizhub C451/C550/C650 bizhub C351/C450/C450P b.Please wait approximately 10 minutes for the tabs to appear. Be patient; DO N OT power cycle the machine as that only restarts the wait process. 3. If the NVRAM Recovery Procedure is unsuccessful, replace the PWB-MFP, PRCB on C300/352,(see part numbers below)and NVRAM. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
383
bizhub 601
Note : To receive a replacement NVRAM, please utilize the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: a. Login to MyKonicaMinolta.com. b. Select the Service tab. c. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). d. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). e. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program. f. Fill out the form. IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. PART NUMBERS (PWB-MFP/OACB) bizhub C220 (p/n A0ED H021 02) bizhub C280/C360 (p/n A0ED H020 06) bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06) bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06) bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06) bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06) bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15) bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07) bizhub C650 (p/n A00J H021 00) bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03) bizhub C652 (p/n A0P0 H021 03) bizhub C552DS (p/n A0P0 H022 00) bizhub C652DS (p/n A0P0 H023 00) bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02) bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02) bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06) bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04) Note : Please see attached documentationfor NVRAM Recovery Procedure. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byChuck Tripp/Mike McCarthy/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Randy Marquardt/Stephen Schmelcke, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0653988EN* Solution Usage 42
Description Warm-up sequence is stuck at the Konica Minolta logo screen. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Bare wires exposed on the wiring harness connector for VR3. VR3 no longer works and ICP12, ICP13or ICP14 on the PRCB is OPEN. Tape the exposed wires and replace both VR3 (p/n 56AA 8560 1) and PRCB (p/n 57AA -902 1J). As a highly recommended preventivecountermeasure,cover the sharp edge of the underside of the metal tray with electrical tape. This should be done for both Tray 3 and Tray 4. Please see attached Bulletin Number 7463 for more detail. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. Failed Scanner Driver Board. Replace the Scanner Driver Board (p/n 57AA -909 2H).If the problem persists replace System Control Board CF Assembly (p/n57AE -9522H for bizhub 600/750 and p/n A0PN R722 00 for bizhub 601/751 ) and System Control Board (p/n 57BA -9063H for bizhub 600 ; p/n 57AA -9063H for bizhub 750 and p/n A0PN H010 04 for bizhub 601/751 ). Note : There is a different part number for the bizhub 601/751 CF card if version 20 firmware or later is installed. (p/n A0PN R722 11) 3. Corrupt code on CF card in the System CB and/or on theCF card in the Image CB; the MFP HDD(HD-503) or the NVRAM has failed. (bizhub 600/750 only) Disconnect the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) from the MFP (if one is installed). Download the base code for both CF cards and install. Instead of deleting the files from the CF cards, cut-and-paste them to a temporary folder and then install the new code. This process seems to be more stable than just deleting the files. Once the files are placed on the CF cards, delete the old files. At the completion of rewriting the CF cards, the MFP firmware level will be at version 10. IMPORTANT : Change the administrator password before upgrading firmware beyond the base level.To do this, perform the following: a. Enter Service Mode. b. Press Stop,0, Clear on the 10-key pad of the control panel. c. Touch Administrator Password. d. Enter the administrator password. e. Touch End. If the Konica Minolta Logo is still being displayed, the NVRAM may need to be replaced. Upgrade the firmware after determining that the MFP starts properly. Install version 17, 20, and then 31. Reconnect the MFP HDD. Replace the HDD (p/n 56UA M720 00) ifit has failed. Note : The latest version firmware and system software are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. 4. PRCB failed. Replace PRCB(p/n 57AA -902 1J). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
384
bizhub 601
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD;Arnold Tuazon -CPO, LTD; Steve Gates, SSD District Service Manager/South Region; Craig Blyther, ESS and Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0800962EN* Solution Usage 40
Description C-4707 shortly after power up. Solution CAUSE: Loose connection between the Write unit and IPB (Image Processor Board) or the Write unit has failed. SOLUTION: Please reseat all connectors on all boards including the Write unit. Replace the Write unit if needed (p/n 57AA -6501 for bizhub 600/750 orp/n A0PN R706 00 for bizhub 601/751 ). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution provided by Tim Fisher, United Office Systems Solution ID TAUS0801968EN* Solution Usage 29
Description FK-502, Fax Forward function. Solution To use the Fax Forward function with an installed FK-502, the incoming fax can be sent to: Fax E-Mail FTP SMB Box To be able to forward a Fax, E-Mail, FTP, SMB or Box, store the recipient into the machine in advance. Check the functionality of the stored recipient in advance before using it within the Fax forward function. To store an E-Mail address for Fax forwarding to E-Mail: 1. Enter a One Touch Dial, Fax, FTP or SMB recipient via [Utility/Counter] g One Touch Registration g Scan g Address Book g E-Mail g New. 2. Enter a NAME for the Button. 3. Enter the E-Mail address. 4. Press OK. 5. Press Close 4 times. Enable the Fax forward function via [Utility/Counter] g Administrator setting g Password g Fax Setting g Function Setting g Fax Forward g Select from Address Book g E-Mail g select your preferred address. Note : Speed Dial , E-Mail , FTP , SMB or Group is available. Groups may include a Box, but a Box will be ignorred in combination with forwarding functions. Known Limitations/Problems : No sophisticated selective line forwarding if Multi-line is installed. This means, you cannot forward all Fax received on Line 1 to E-Mail Address A and forward all received Fax on Line2 to Address B.If the unit has a dual line kit, the lines cannot be forwarded separately, the lines are tied together. No Fax forward function to stored "Programs". No attachment file type selection (TIFF/PDF) for forwarded Fax. Fax forward to Box and Group at the same time is NOT possible. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
385
bizhub 601
Fax Forward to E-mail and FTP/SMB is not possible. Known Workarounds : No sophisticated selective line forwarding. You may use a Fax Server with Installed Unimessage Pro or RightFax. The price for a simple Server Hardware (Pentium 4 desktop) and the Unimessage Pro software is nearly the sameas for the Fax Unit (FK-502). In addition you can sell "Service for UMP" and a "Solution offering more flexibility and functionality. RightFax is more focused on Major Account business and is much more expensive but will provide more functions. You may use a bizhub 250/350 with FK-503 and Multi-line Kit, because this machine is able to have a sophisticated Fax forwarding function. If more than one of the above mentioned machines are installed at customer site, each machine can be equipped with a FK-502 and may be used for Fax forwarding even if there is no Fax Kit needed. But the FK-502 line can be used to forward a Fax to a second address, because the place of the Fax number is easy to switch within a PBX. No Fax forwarding to stored programs. No Workaround available. No attachment file type selection (TIFF/PDF) for forwarded Fax. Press the [Utility/counter] g User Setting g Initial Setting g Current Setting g OK g Close g Close. PDF becomes default for all scans and attachments (except programmed Program destinations). Note : The bizhub C353/C253/C203 firmware version 88/E3/G3 is not capable to forward a Fax document with TIFF format. To support this featurei-Option 2/Gx0-J8 is available. This firmware will provides asoft switch to support TIFF/PDF in a different way. Switch Number: 28 HEX Assignment: 00 Forwarding TX by PDF format [Default] HEX Assignment: 08 Forwarding TX by TIF format Fax forward to a Box and Group membership at the same time is NOT supported It is a specification limitation that a Group, containing a Box, can be selected, but the Box forward will be ignored. Fax Forward to E-mail and FTP/SMB within a group is not possible. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU); Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD and Malcolm Hibbert/John Miller, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0657847EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Corner(s) at leading edge of papersoiled black. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Toner density is high. Check the developing magnet angle again and adjust it if necessary, referencing the attached Bulletin(Bulletin 5405). Clean the toner recycle section, drum peripherals and paper feed path. Notes : a. If gray background is also occurring: Changedipswitch 23-2 and 23-3 from 0 to 1.This decreases toner density by 1.5%. Outputtest pattern No.12 on A3 in duplex mode (25 to 30 sheets). b. If the problem persists,changedipswitch 5-0 from 0 to 1.This decreases the toner density even further.However, it also decreases the image density.Do not perform this for users who wish darker images. c. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. Papergeneratesexcessive paper dust. Clean the paper dust removal brush.Use a different brand of paper (low dust). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
386
bizhub 652
Description FS-517/FS-518/FS-519/FS-526/FS-608, The part indicated by is open. Ensure that it is properly closed. message. Solution bizhub C451/C550/C650/C552/C552DS/C652/C652DS/552/652 with FS-517/FS-518/FS-526 or FS-608 PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. SW1 settings on the Transport Control Board (p/n A07R H090 12) are incorrect. Please setSW1-1 and SW1-2 from OFF to ON (SW1-1: OFF a ON andSW1-2: OFF a ON). Please refer to attachments for supporting information. 2. The finisher (FS-517, FS-518, FS-526 or FS-608) is not plugged into horizontal transport assembly when horizontal transport assembly is plugged into engine. Connect thefinisherto the horizontal transport assembly. bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P/C451 and magicolor 8650DNwith FS-519 PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Microswitch (SW2) under the shutter drive assembly of the finisher is in the incorrect position. RepositionSW2(p/n 9331 2200 31) actuator under the tab as illustrated in the attached documention. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. Shutter Bracket holding the shutter is broken. Replace the Shutter Bracket (p/n 4349 2083 02). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez/Mike McCarthy/Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD and Tom Kelly, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
387
bizhub 750
388
bizhub 750
Description FK-502,using VoIP. Solution More and more customers are changing their PBX systems from analog or ISDN to VoIP-based PBX systems. Note : A digital-to-analog converter can be usedand will work, but Konica Minolta will not provide any support if there arephone/fax issues . Due to the general incompatibility of fax and VoIP,certain settings may not work. The problem is not caused by the Fax Unit, butis caused by: the general design of VoIP using TCP/IP Packets. VoIP PBX systems. the general specification of VoIP and its * Codecs * Coding and decoding timings * Fax fixed timings * LAN Packet losses * Quality of Services * ITU/RFC Specification implementation * Bugs * Interpretation of technical terms within the specifications of the ITU-T and RFC documents. VoIP is still not supported offically by Konica Minolta , but may work in some instances. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
389
bizhub 750
Performing these suggested settings may solve the problem.Follow the step-by-step procedures: From Service Mode : FAX Settings =>Communication =>Protocolset "ON" for the "V.29 EP Tone" Protocol and set "OFF" for all other faster protocols. FAX Settings =>Communication =>Others we have set "OFF" for the "ECM Function" FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0012 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Calling FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0013 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Called System 2 =>Software Switch =>SoftSwitch 21 Bit 5=1 (HEX 20 = over 4.5 sec) for T4 Waiting time between start Identification Notes : a. Before performing the above-mentioned settings it is recommended to upgrade the firmware to the latest versionor to check if the FK-502has the latest available version installed. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. b.Expect more communication problems thanwith anISDN or analog line (approximately 15% more). Workaround : If the aforementioned settingsdo not showan acceptable result,offer as alternative: Unimessage Pro Fax Server Solution where Scan to E-mail with auto prefix-suffix setting is used (depending on the machine series, prefix-suffix will be added automatically or can be selected manually). RightFax Server with "Setup Utility for RightFax" using OpenAPI. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU) and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD, SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
390
bizhub 751
391
bizhub 751
Description Warm-up sequence is stuck at the Konica Minolta logo screen. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Bare wires exposed on the wiring harness connector for VR3. VR3 no longer works and ICP12, ICP13or ICP14 on the PRCB is OPEN. Tape the exposed wires and replace both VR3 (p/n 56AA 8560 1) and PRCB (p/n 57AA -902 1J). As a highly recommended preventivecountermeasure,cover the sharp edge of the underside of the metal tray with electrical tape. This should be done for both Tray 3 and Tray 4. Please see attached Bulletin Number 7463 for more detail. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. Failed Scanner Driver Board. Replace the Scanner Driver Board (p/n 57AA -909 2H).If the problem persists replace System Control Board CF Assembly (p/n57AE -9522H for bizhub 600/750 and p/n A0PN R722 00 for bizhub 601/751 ) and System Control Board (p/n 57BA -9063H for bizhub 600 ; p/n 57AA -9063H for bizhub 750 and p/n A0PN H010 04 for bizhub 601/751 ). Note : There is a different part number for the bizhub 601/751 CF card if version 20 firmware or later is installed. (p/n A0PN R722 11) 3. Corrupt code on CF card in the System CB and/or on theCF card in the Image CB; the MFP HDD(HD-503) or the NVRAM has failed. (bizhub 600/750 only) Disconnect the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) from the MFP (if one is installed). Download the base code for both CF cards and install. Instead of deleting the files from the CF cards, cut-and-paste them to a temporary folder and then install the new code. This process seems to be more stable than just deleting the files. Once the files are placed on the CF cards, delete the old files. At the completion of rewriting the CF cards, the MFP firmware level will be at version 10. IMPORTANT : Change the administrator password before upgrading firmware beyond the base level.To do this, perform the following: a. Enter Service Mode. b. Press Stop,0, Clear on the 10-key pad of the control panel. c. Touch Administrator Password. d. Enter the administrator password. e. Touch End. If the Konica Minolta Logo is still being displayed, the NVRAM may need to be replaced. Upgrade the firmware after determining that the MFP starts properly. Install version 17, 20, and then 31. Reconnect the MFP HDD. Replace the HDD (p/n 56UA M720 00) ifit has failed. Note : The latest version firmware and system software are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. 4. PRCB failed. Replace PRCB(p/n 57AA -902 1J). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
392
bizhub 751
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD;Arnold Tuazon -CPO, LTD; Steve Gates, SSD District Service Manager/South Region; Craig Blyther, ESS and Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0649345EN* Solution Usage 34
Description C-4707 shortly after power up. Solution CAUSE: Loose connection between the Write unit and IPB (Image Processor Board) or the Write unit has failed. SOLUTION: Please reseat all connectors on all boards including the Write unit. Replace the Write unit if needed (p/n 57AA -6501 for bizhub 600/750 orp/n A0PN R706 00 for bizhub 601/751 ). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution provided by Tim Fisher, United Office Systems Solution ID TAUS0801968EN* Solution Usage 29
Description FK-502, Fax Forward function. Solution To use the Fax Forward function with an installed FK-502, the incoming fax can be sent to: Fax E-Mail FTP SMB Box To be able to forward a Fax, E-Mail, FTP, SMB or Box, store the recipient into the machine in advance. Check the functionality of the stored recipient in advance before using it within the Fax forward function. To store an E-Mail address for Fax forwarding to E-Mail: 1. Enter a One Touch Dial, Fax, FTP or SMB recipient via [Utility/Counter] g One Touch Registration g Scan g Address Book g E-Mail g New. 2. Enter a NAME for the Button. 3. Enter the E-Mail address. 4. Press OK. 5. Press Close 4 times. Enable the Fax forward function via [Utility/Counter] g Administrator setting g Password g Fax Setting g Function Setting g Fax Forward g Select from Address Book g E-Mail g select your preferred address. Note : Speed Dial , E-Mail , FTP , SMB or Group is available. Groups may include a Box, but a Box will be ignorred in combination with forwarding functions. Known Limitations/Problems : No sophisticated selective line forwarding if Multi-line is installed. This means, you cannot forward all Fax received on Line 1 to E-Mail Address A and forward all received Fax on Line2 to Address B.If the unit has a dual line kit, the lines cannot be forwarded separately, the lines are tied together. No Fax forward function to stored "Programs". No attachment file type selection (TIFF/PDF) for forwarded Fax. Fax forward to Box and Group at the same time is NOT possible. Fax Forward to E-mail and FTP/SMB is not possible. Known Workarounds : No sophisticated selective line forwarding. You may use a Fax Server with Installed Unimessage Pro or RightFax. The price for a simple Server Hardware (Pentium 4 desktop) and the Unimessage Pro software is nearly the sameas for the Fax Unit (FK-502). In addition you can sell "Service for UMP" and a "Solution offering more flexibility and functionality. RightFax is more focused on Major Account business and is much more expensive but will provide more functions. You may use a bizhub 250/350 with FK-503 and Multi-line Kit, because this machine is able to have a sophisticated Fax forwarding function. If more than one of the above mentioned machines are installed at customer site, each machine can be equipped with a FK-502 and may be used for Fax forwarding even if there is no Fax Kit needed. But the FK-502 line can be used to forward a Fax to a second address, because the place of the Fax number is easy to switch within a PBX. No Fax forwarding to stored programs. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
393
bizhub 751
No Workaround available. No attachment file type selection (TIFF/PDF) for forwarded Fax. Press the [Utility/counter] g User Setting g Initial Setting g Current Setting g OK g Close g Close. PDF becomes default for all scans and attachments (except programmed Program destinations). Note : The bizhub C353/C253/C203 firmware version 88/E3/G3 is not capable to forward a Fax document with TIFF format. To support this featurei-Option 2/Gx0-J8 is available. This firmware will provides asoft switch to support TIFF/PDF in a different way. Switch Number: 28 HEX Assignment: 00 Forwarding TX by PDF format [Default] HEX Assignment: 08 Forwarding TX by TIF format Fax forward to a Box and Group membership at the same time is NOT supported It is a specification limitation that a Group, containing a Box, can be selected, but the Box forward will be ignored. Fax Forward to E-mail and FTP/SMB within a group is not possible. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU); Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD and Malcolm Hibbert/John Miller, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0657847EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Corner(s) at leading edge of papersoiled black. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Toner density is high. Check the developing magnet angle again and adjust it if necessary, referencing the attached Bulletin(Bulletin 5405). Clean the toner recycle section, drum peripherals and paper feed path. Notes : a. If gray background is also occurring: Changedipswitch 23-2 and 23-3 from 0 to 1.This decreases toner density by 1.5%. Outputtest pattern No.12 on A3 in duplex mode (25 to 30 sheets). b. If the problem persists,changedipswitch 5-0 from 0 to 1.This decreases the toner density even further.However, it also decreases the image density.Do not perform this for users who wish darker images. c. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. Papergeneratesexcessive paper dust. Clean the paper dust removal brush.Use a different brand of paper (low dust). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
August 2011
394
bizhub C10
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description Incorrect image rotation of prints after updating to Macintosh OS 10.6.5.(image outputs as portrait direction on landscape sheet) This issue may only occurwith Adobe applications, especially InDesign, but can occurwith any application. Solution CAUSE:The Macintosh OS 10.6.5 update modifies the CUPS filter. Thisis an industry-wide issue and is notrelated to any issues with Konica Minolta drivers and/or software. SOLUTION: Apple has identified the root cause of the issuewhichis resolvedwith the version 10.6.6 update. Please update to Macintosh OS 10.6.6. Note : To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS0902848EN* Solution Usage 4
Description "Device can not print in accordance w/guidelines pick another printer" message when trying to print postage from Stamps.Com. Solution CAUSE: Driver incompatibility. SOLUTION: Stamps.com states that they will not work with Konica Minoltadrivers.The only thing they will do is print labels, and you have to purchase the Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
395
bizhub C10
labels from Stamps.com. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
14
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description "Device can not print in accordance w/guidelines pick another printer" message when trying to print postage from Stamps.Com. Solution CAUSE: Driver incompatibility. SOLUTION: Stamps.com states that they will not work with Konica Minoltadrivers.The only thing they will do is print labels, and you have to purchase the labels from Stamps.com. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0804817EN* Solution Usage 0
Description 'Invalidaccess; Offending command: def' PostScript error with Acrobat v5.5. (q0402003)
August 2011
396
bizhub C20
397
bizhub C20
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description Setting up Scan-to-SMB (Microsoft Windows File Sharing) with Macintosh 10.5.8 and Macintosh 10.6.3. Solution The attacheddocumentation will guide you on whatrequired in order to share a folderthen make it available on the network, andwhatsettings must beentered on the various machines via a web browseror as a walk-up. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Related Topics Macintosh 10.5.8 and Macintosh 10.6.3 setup procedure: Confirm the User and available Shared Folders Verify the network information of the Workstation Create and Share a Folder Checkthe firewall Check from another computer Review Procedure via a Web Browser oras a walk-up Scan to a Sub-Folder (Web Browser and walk-up setup) Create a Favorite SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and SSD Printer Support Solution ID TAUS1002380EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Incorrect image rotation of prints after updating to Macintosh OS 10.6.5.(image outputs as portrait direction on landscape sheet) This issue may only occurwith Adobe applications, especially InDesign, but can occurwith any application. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
398
bizhub C20
CAUSE:The Macintosh OS 10.6.5 update modifies the CUPS filter. Thisis an industry-wide issue and is notrelated to any issues with Konica Minolta drivers and/or software. SOLUTION: Apple has identified the root cause of the issuewhichis resolvedwith the version 10.6.6 update. Please update to Macintosh OS 10.6.6. Note : To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS1001264EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to set up Scan-to-SMB (file sharing): in a Domain environment. in a Workgroup (Peer-to-Peer environment). Solution The attacheddocumentation will guide you on whatrequired in order to share a folderthen make it available on the network, andwhatsettings must beentered on the various machines via a web browseror as a walkup. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Related Topics Microsoft Windows XP setup procedure: Confirm the User and available Shared Folders Verify the network information of the Workstation Create and Share a Folder Checkthe firewall Check from another computer Review Procedure on a Domain via a Web Browser oras a walkup Scan using a Host Name Set up a hidden Share Scan to a hiddenShare (Web Browser and walkup settings) Scan to a Sub-Folder (Web Browser and walkup setup) Create a Favorite SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
399
bizhub C200
Description How black and white versus color increment the machine counters. Solution The reason that many ofthe color printers will count a page as color, even though the page content looks like Black and White or Gray, is that many Office applications create or use graphics using RGB data. Even though a graphic may be black, it uses RGB values of 0-0-0 to achieve black or will use equal values of RGB to represent gray. As far asa Konica Minoltaprinter is concerned, this is color information and will therefore count the page as a color page. This scenario applies to applications like Microsoft OfficeWord, Excel and Publisher, to name a few. Higher end applications like Adobe PageMaker/InDesign/Illustrator and Quark typically use the CMYK color space. A job can consist of just K (Black), with no CMY components. This will print as just black. If printing a gray shade from one of these applications, a halftone screen would have to be used using just K or using equal values of CMYK, which would count as color. Note : If the files have been converted to a PDF, Acrobat 6 and7 Pro have built-in Preflighting tools under the Advanced menu. Preflighting the document will provide detail of what color components each graphic is composed. Other add-ons, such as Enfocus PitStop Professional will also provide the same capabilities from within Acrobat. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0900736EN* Solution Usage 24
400
bizhub C200
How to load a 32-bit driver on a 64-bit operating system.
August 2011
401
bizhub C203
Description DF-610/DF-611, intermittent jamming with possiblejam codes 6601, 6602, 6603or malfunction code C8103. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: DF-610/DF-611 1. The M6 lift assembly has failed. The lift-up motor shaft may break, resulting in failure of the lift-up mechanism. Failure may occur within a few months of installation. Replace themotor assembly(p/n 9J07 R707 00). Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 7113 for important details. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. The correct position of the lift motor is decided by theaccurate locationof the mounting plate. There might be aspace, and when the space is largethe motor is not positioned properly,thereforedrive is not correctly transmitted. A spacer is required to correct this issue. Put the spacer (p/n A01H 5617 00)between the motor and the mounting plate. Please refer the attached file for details. 3. Worn or damaged beveled gear/cam that lifts the paper tray. Replace the beveled gear/cam (p/n 4641 3417 02). 4. Double feeding/multi-feeding. Trim back the mylar on the Separator Pad Assembly (p/n A01H R704 00) to the glue line (approximately 3mm) exposing more of the rubber underneath which prevents multiple sheet paper feed. See the attached photo for reference. 5. The lift plate is not producing strong enough pressure. Install mylar shims (p/n A01H 5615 00 and A01H 5616 01) under the lift plate to increase pressure. Multiple sheets can be used. See attachedBulletin Number 6278for location and details. 6. Fluctuations of sensor read signal. Slightly raise the lift plate. For more details see the attached file. 7. The spring pressure for the separation roller is too weak or too strong. Increase/decrease the spring pressure for theseparation roller to determine the best results. 8. PS14(paper empty sensor) has failed or the actuator is not moving correctly. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
402
bizhub C203
If the actuator is moving freely, please replace PS14 (p/n 9335 1300 61). 9. The cam lever riding against the cam needs to be modified so that the lever firmly contacts the cam. Take a piece ofmylar and place it on the upper portion of the cam leverwhere ithits. DF-610 (bizhub C650 only) The DF lift plate lowers in the middle of a job due to a failed DF control board. Replace the DF control board (p/n A07H RA01 01). DF-611 1. Oil residue from the torque limiter creates a misfeed condition. Clean ALL document feeder rollers. If all rollers are not cleaned, oil residue will continue to cause paper to misfeed and jam. Please refer to attached document as a reference. 2. Excessive grease from drive assembly section. Please take apart paper drive clutchto remove grease and rustwith a tiny bit of alcohol and a dust-free cloth. See attachment for removal procedure and location of grease. 3. The lift plate does not reach the required height and fails to activate PS16. Note : Multi-sheet feeding and jamming when attempting to feed between one and five originals through the document feeder may occur. Install theLever/Spacer Kit (p/n U226-0300). Please seeattached Bulletin Number 6687 for the details. 4. The DF lift plate lowers in the middle of a job due to a failed DF control board. Replace the DF control board (p/n A01H RA01 02). 5. Document feederis positioned straight up at power ON. Change the set position of the DF-611 hinge stopper to the upper side and secure it in position. 6. Paper detect actuator "bouncing" at the end of each sheet of paper causing a false jam. Replace torsion spring with a torsion spring from a DF-610 (p/n A07H 5707 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byFreddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD;Pat Boykin/Val Kenney/Scott Shaffer, SSD/DSM;Walter Frazier - KMBS/Jacksonville, FL; KMBT (Japan); Clinton Marquardt/Craig Blyther, ESS andBill Hall/David Silverstein/Tom Kelly, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703679EN* Solution Usage 87
Description Error code C4551, C4552, C4553 or C4554. Solution CAUSE: The angle of the Start-of-Scan (SoS) mirror has changed due to low temperature abnormalities. SOLUTION: Please install the following firmware version as a minimum: Model Minimum Firmware Version bizhub C353P C353P_A02E-0Y0-0050-G2A-0900 bizhub C353 A02E0Y0-F000- GWH -R6 bizhub C253 A02E0Y0-F000- GXH -R6 bizhub C203 A02E0Y0-F000- GYH -R6 The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. IMPORTANT : If Special firmware version GWD-R6 for bizhub C353; GXD-R6 for bizhub C253; GYD-R6 for bizhub C203 is already installed, please update to the latest version shown above. This firmware will force the polygon mirror to rotate causing the temperature to rise in the PH unit.The machine will then attempt the SoS 10 times at one minute intervals.If the SoS still cannot be obtained, the machine will code with C4551 (Cyan), C4552 (Magenta), C4553 (Yellow) orC4554 (Black).If this happens, please replace the print head assembly(p/n A02E R702 00 for the bizhub C203/C253 and p/n A02E R701 00 for the bizhub C353/C353P ) with the modified print head assembly(p/n A02E R702 11 FOC for the bizhub C203/C253 and p/n A02E R701 11 FOC for the bizhub C353/C353P ). Notes : 1.The current andmodified print heads look alike. After being removed from the packaging, themodified print heads can be identified by the print head serial number. 2.Under normal circumstances all 4 write units should be replaced as a set. An order quantity of 1 provides the 4 write units needed for a machine. In case of an emergency situation only, replacing individual units (from a returned machine, demo room machine, etc.) can be done. 3. The following serial numbers already have the modified print head assembly installed. Model Serial Number bizhub C353P A02E013000060 and onward bizhub C353 A02E010005614 and onward bizhub C253 A02E011005565 and onward bizhub C203 A02E012004274 and onward FOC PARTS and LABOR REIMBURSEMENT PROCEDURE : Free-of-charge (FOC) parts (p/n A02E R702 11 FOC for bizhub C203/C253 and p/n A02E R701 11 FOC for bizhub C353/C353P) can be ordered via the On-line Technical (FOC) & Special Program order form, located within MyKonicaMinolta.com (Service ? Warranty, Repair & Special Programs). Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6878 for procedure. IMPORTANT :See attached Bulletin Number 7354 for a changeconcerning theFOC Print Head labor reimbursement and return program.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
403
bizhub C203
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contributions by Rich Raynor/Clinton Marquardt, ESS; Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and John Miller, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0657405EN* Solution Usage 73
Description Control panel "hangs" at the hourglass screen. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The firmware is corrupt. Re-flash the machine to the latest firmware.The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. The following Special firmware specifically addresses the MFP "freezing" withKONICA MINOLTA or the hourglassdisplayed. ModelMinimum Firmware Version bizhub C353 A02E0Y0-F000- GWH -R6 bizhub C253 A02E0Y0-F000- GXH -R6 bizhub C203 A02E0Y0-F000- GYH -R6 bizhub C650 A00 H 0Y0-F000-GWH-R6 bizhub C550 A00 J 0Y0-F000-GWH-R6 bizhub C451 A00 K 0Y0-F000-GWH-R6 IMPORTANT : If Special firmware version GWD-R6 for bizhub C650/C550/C451/C353; GXD-R6 for bizhub C253; GYD-R6 for bizhub C203 is already installed, please update to the latest version shown above. bizhub C650/C550/C451/C353/C253/C203 only 2. The NVRAM is corrupt or has failed. Perform a NVRAM recovery procedure using the attached firmware files and associated instructions/procedures. If the NVRAM recovery procedure does not resolve the problem, please contact the SSD Hotline. IMPORTANT : Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. Note : To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. The machine freezes with the hourglass displayed. When attempting to flash the MFP firmware, "NG" might be indicated. 3. Failed memory modules. Replace the memory modules located on PWB-MFP. bizhub C451/C550/C650 (p/n V865 3000 12) bizhub C203/C253/C353 (p/n V865 3000 14) Display may also be blank. 4. Incorrect settingof SW600 on the MFP board. Please check SW600 on the MFP board and make sure this is set to OFF. ON is for the printer-only models (bizhub C353P/magicolor 8650). Please see the attached SW600 documentation. bizhub C650/C550/C451 only There is a possibility that the hourglass may remain displayed on the screen when turning OFF/ON the main switch repeatedly before MFP is started. 5. Anomaly in the BOOT program. Please upgrade the BOOT program which is included in Base firmware version G00-R5 (modified from card version G00-R6). Refer to the attached documentation for detailed information and the upgrade procedure.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. At power up the the hourglass appears and then the machine shuts down. When attempting to flash the machine thescanner firmware fails to load. 6. Failed relay board. Note : The IPB (Image Processing Board) has already been replaced. Replace the scanner relay board (p/n A00J H00A 02). Cannot get into Tech Rep mode, unable to hold Utility button to access Service mode and NVRAM and MFP-PWB have been replaced as a set. 7. Failed PRCB. Replace the PRCB (p/n A00J H001 06). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca/Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD;Jeff Swenson, The Swenson Group;Jolin Putrus, KMBS/San Diego and John Miller/Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0800104EN* Solution Usage 71
Description FK-502,using VoIP. Solution More and more customers are changing their PBX systems from analog or ISDN to VoIP-based PBX systems. Note : A digital-to-analog converter can be usedand will work, but Konica Minolta will not provide any support if there arephone/fax issues . Due to the general incompatibility of fax and VoIP,certain settings may not work. The problem is not caused by the Fax Unit, butis caused by: the general design of VoIP using TCP/IP Packets. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
404
bizhub C203
VoIP PBX systems. the general specification of VoIP and its * Codecs * Coding and decoding timings * Fax fixed timings * LAN Packet losses * Quality of Services * ITU/RFC Specification implementation * Bugs * Interpretation of technical terms within the specifications of the ITU-T and RFC documents. VoIP is still not supported offically by Konica Minolta , but may work in some instances. Performing these suggested settings may solve the problem.Follow the step-by-step procedures: From Service Mode : FAX Settings =>Communication =>Protocolset "ON" for the "V.29 EP Tone" Protocol and set "OFF" for all other faster protocols. FAX Settings =>Communication =>Others we have set "OFF" for the "ECM Function" FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0012 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Calling FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0013 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Called System 2 =>Software Switch =>SoftSwitch 21 Bit 5=1 (HEX 20 = over 4.5 sec) for T4 Waiting time between start Identification Notes : a. Before performing the above-mentioned settings it is recommended to upgrade the firmware to the latest versionor to check if the FK-502has the latest available version installed. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. b.Expect more communication problems thanwith anISDN or analog line (approximately 15% more). Workaround : If the aforementioned settingsdo not showan acceptable result,offer as alternative: Unimessage Pro Fax Server Solution where Scan to E-mail with auto prefix-suffix setting is used (depending on the machine series, prefix-suffix will be added automatically or can be selected manually). RightFax Server with "Setup Utility for RightFax" using OpenAPI. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU) and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD, SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
405
bizhub C20P
406
bizhub C20P
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description Konica Minolta Universal PostScript/PCL Printer Drivers.
August 2011
407
bizhub C20P
Solution ID
TAUS0800508EN*
Solution Usage
14
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description What is the PageScope Web Connection password for the administrator? Solution PageScope Web Connection (PSWC) admin password is administrator (lowercase). Solution ID TAUS0808494EN* Solution Usage 1
Description When scanning, the "Scan Color" setting is "Color", but output is black and white.
August 2011
408
bizhub C220
409
bizhub C220
Description C-B003 (CB003) code. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The fax board is installed in the incorrect slot. Install the fax board in the rearmost slot. 2. The Fax (Sub) was set to SET at installation. Change the Fax (Sub) to Unset in Service Mode by performing the following: a. Access the Service Mode. b. Select the Option Board Status. c. Select UNSET of Fax (Sub). d. Select End and Exit to return to copy screen. 3. The FK-502 board is not seated properly. Remove and reseat the fax board. bizhub C451/C550/C650 4. Poor connection between the Fax board and the PCI board. Ensure the connection between the Fax board and PCI board is secure. Note : Pleasereference the attached "Fax Board Error" documentwhen checking the connection between the Fax board and PCI board. 5. The mounting brace for the PCI interface board into whichthe FK-502connectshas been pushed back, not making a complete connection. Note : C-B016 code may also be indicated. Reform the mounting brace for the PCI interface board and ensure that the FK-502 is properly seated intothe connection.If the problem persists initialize the Fax board (Service Mode ? Fax ? Initialization). 6. Fax misconfiguration. The fax option isenabled when there is no fax kit installed. Disablethe fax option: a. Enter the Service mode. b. Select System 2. c. Select option Board Status. d. Check that Fax Circuit 1 and Circuit 2 are set to UNSET. e. Touch End andback out of Service mode. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
410
bizhub C220
f. Power cycle the machine using the main power switch. bizhub C452/C552/C652 7. Damaged PCI board (PWB-PCI). The IC1 pin (soldered legs) on the PCI board is damaged and then short-circuited. (see attached documentation and associated Bulletin Number 7660for details) Replace the PCI board (p/n A0P0 H026 01). bizhub C220/C280/C360/C452/C552/C652 8. The fax PWB was installed in the incorrect slot. When installing the fax PWB, it should be in the left slot when viewed from the right side of the MFP. That slot is labeled "1" in the attached image. If the dual line kit is to be installed, that PWB would be installed in the right slot. That slot is labeled "2" in the attached Fax Install photo. bizhub C351/C450 9. PWB-PCI board (p/n 4037 0141 03) is damaged during installation. If the PWB-PCI board is inserted into the middle slot instead of the rear slot, or if the board is mishandled, damage to the board may occur. Notes : a.Damage may be caused by scratching the board with Board Guide when installing PWB-PCI and Board Guide. b. C-B001 may also be indicated and it is impossible to send/receive a fax. Replace PWB-PCI (a part of MK-703 used for connection with optional board) taking care not to scratch or damage the board. Please refer to attached documentation for details. bizhub C250 10. Power supply (PU1) problem. Replace the DC power supply(p/n 4038 6201 02). bizhub 600/750/601/751 11. The FK-502 was not deinstalled in Tech Rep mode SYSTEM 2 when removed. Uninstall the FK-502 in Tech Rep mode by performing the following procedure: a. Power OFF the machine with the main power switch. b. Press and hold the Utility Key and power ON the machine. Hold the Utility key until the Konica Minolta logo appears and or Trouble reset. c. Press Trouble Reset and enter Stop 0, 0 Stop, 0, 1. Press System 2 and then FAX. d. Select Fax Not Installed. bizhub 361/421/501 12. FK-502 firmware is below version 10. Please install FK-502 version 10 firmware or above to prevent the intermittent display of a C-B003.The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. bizhub 360/420/500/361/421/501 13. Internal softwarefor the circuit board of ML-503 (FAX multi-line kit) has been changed for bizhub 501/421/361. When using the previous ML-503 (before the modification), the FK-502 might not recognize the ML-503. Use the modified ML-503 whichcan be used for bizhub 501/421/361 and bizhub 500/420/360. The modified ML-503 has a yellow tag seal on the side of the box as shown.
Please refer to attached documentation for ML-503 installation procedure. 14. The machine may display a C-B003 after the ML-503 is installed if the switch on the second fax kit has not been set to Line 2. Please confirm SW2 on the second FK-502 is set to Line 2. Refer to the attached ML-503 InstallationManual providing the location of SW2 (page E-2). bizhub 360/420/500 15. Problem withoptional HDD if the fax option is also installed. To correct, please perform the following: a.Enter the Service mode and set thefax unit to "Uninstalled."(Service Mode ? System 2 ? Option ? Fax#1) b. Power down machine and unplug.Disconnect thefax unit. c.Perform the HDD setup described on pages E-2 and E-3 of the HD-505 Installation Manual. d. If the setup is unsuccessful, replace the HD-505 (Item #16GA). e. PowerOFF the machine. f. Install the Fax unit. g. Power onthe machineand set the fax unit to "Installed." (Service Mode ? System 2 ? Option ? Fax#1) h.If necessary,initialize the fax unit. (Service Mode ? Fax ? Initialization ? Fax Function Parameters) Note : Please refer to attached HD-505 Installation Manual.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byDavid Hansen, KMBS/Seattle; Cesar Jimenez/Gary Scimeca/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD; Dave Bruni/Bill Hall/David Silverstein/John Miller/Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD and KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS0701329EN* Solution Usage 24
Description No Konica Minolta logo at power up ("Planets" only), Configuration Page header is printing as Generic andp rinter driverfails when trying to acquire the device information. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
411
bizhub C220
Solution CAUSE: Incorrect settings. SOLUTION: To change the Configuration Page header to Konica Minolta bizhub, please perform the following: 1.Access the Service Mode. 2. Select System 2. 3. Select Software Switch Setting. 4. Enter Switch No. "10". 5. Bin Assignment "00000000". 6. Hex Assignment "02". 7. Click on Fix. 8. Click on End. 9.Power theMFP OFF/ON. 10. Print another Configuration Page.Page Header should now be changed to Konica Minolta. Note :Header Information: Generic 20C-4= C203 Generic 22C-1 = C220 Generic 25C-1 = C250 Generic 25C-4= C253 Generic 28C-1 = C280 Generic 35C-3= C352 Generic 35C-4= C353 Generic 36C-1 = C360 Generic 35C-1= C450 Generic 45C-2= C451 Generic 45C-1= C550 Generic 50C-1= C650 To change the Configuration Page header to Konica Minolta bizhub (for Printer-only models), perform the following: 1. Press the Menu/Select key. 2. Press the down arrow key 4 times to select Tech. Rep. Mode. 3. Press the right arrow key. Enter the Tech. Rep. Mode password 9, 2, 7, 2, 9, 2, 7, 2. 4. Press the Menu/Select key. 5. Press the down arrow key 16 times. Software SW will appear. 6. Press the right arrow key. Switch No. and 1 will appear. 7. Press the Menu/Select key. 1 will start blinking. 8. Press the up key and change this number to 10. When pressing Menu/Select key, the above settings will be saved and the display will show Bin Assignment and 00000000. 9. Press the down arrow key and the display will change to HEX Assignment and 00. Then press the down Menu/Select key. The 00 will blink. 10. Press the right arrow key and the 1st digit will blink. Change setting to 02. 11. Press the Menu/Select key to fix the value. The display will change to Software SW. 12. Cycle the main power switch OFF/ON. Note :Header Information: Generic 25C-1P= C250P Generic 35C-1P= C450P Generic 35C-3P= C352P Generic 35C-4P= C353P Please see the attachment for the visual symptom. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Worgroup/SSD and Greg Lantowski/Ian Lynch/Mark D'Attilio/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD, SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Dave Bruni, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900860EN* Solution Usage 24
Description At idle, the following message is indicated on the screen: "No Animation Guide data available. Contact your administrator." Solution CAUSE: The Movie Data may not be installed or the firmware may have been updated. Formatting the HDD will also remove the Movie Data. SOLUTION:Ensure thatBase firmwareis the most current version. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Please ensure that the Movie Data file isalso installed.To install the Movie Data file please perform the following: 1. Download the Movie Data file (Movie Data.exe) from the Download Selector Special Firmware section and extract the .tar file. 2. Procure a USB memory stick formatted in FAT32. Without security function Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
412
bizhub C220
Capacity 1GB to 2GB recommended Compatible with to USB 2.0 3. Copy the .tar file to the root of a USB drive. 4. Enter Service mode. 5.Select System 2 ? HDD and make certain that it is installed. 6.Reboot machine if HDD state was changed to Installed and reenter Service Mode. 7. Connect the USB drive to the Service USB Port. 8. Select System 2? Install Data. 9. Touch Movie Data. 10. Touch Set. 11. Press Start. 12. Check result and when OK is displayed, touch END. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Bill Hall/Jim Behrends/Malcolm Hibbert/David Silverstein, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0646730EN* Solution Usage 21
Description How to change the Administrator password. Solution To change the Administrator password, perform the following: 1. Enter the Service mode. 2. Press STOP-0-CLEAR to enter the Enhanced security mode. 3. Select Administrator Password. 4. Enter NEW Administrator password. 5. Click on END. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902658EN* Solution Usage 19
Description What is Memory Check and how is it used?
August 2011
413
bizhub C25
Description bizhub vCare/CSRC Toner Coverage/Gas Gage support. Solution The attached document provides a table showing bizhub vCare/CSRC support for the Toner Coverage/Gas Gage (Gauge)functions via the vCare/CSRC Web Application Portal. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Rick Veale, ESS Solution ID TAUS1100447EN* Solution Usage
Description Paper feed problems when feeding from theOptional Paper Tray. Skew Paper jam (around vertical conveyance section) Fold on the leading edge Solution CAUSE:The Guide (Conveyance Sheet) by the holding non-handle part (rear side) of the bottom edge of the right door might be malformed when unboxing/setup or carrying the unit. SOLUTION: Please order the FOC Conveyance Sheet (p/n A0VD161600FOC). FOC PART(S) ORDERING PROCEDURE (U.S. market only) : Free-of-Charge (FOC) part(s) can be ordered via the online KMBS Technical (FOC) & Special Programs order form which is accessible in MyKonicaMinolta.com a Service a Warranty, Repair& Special Programs a Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs a SSD Technical Solution Claims a SSD Solution: Select Solution ID. Upon receipt and verification of the online claim information, KMBS Logistics Operations will process a Free-of-Charge parts order. All parts will be shipped via UPS Ground Service. KMBS will ship all parts at no-charge; no invoice will be generated. Questions related to an FOC parts claims may be directed to KMBS Logistics Operations by calling 201-934-5339. IMPORTANT REMINDER : The FOC program will end when theamount of FOC Conveyance Sheetsis depleted. Note : Please refer to the attached documentation regarding this issue and the conveyance sheet install instructions. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS Solution ID TAUS1103527EN* Solution Usage
Description "Error Validating PPD file" message when trying to install a PPD on an AIX server. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
414
bizhub C25
CAUSE: The downloaded PPD file was not decompressed correctly. SOLUTION: Use the program WinRAR to extract the PPD. Other programs like WinZip do not decompress the file correctly. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Randy Marquardt, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
415
bizhub C250
416
bizhub C250
Description MFP comes to Ready with the basic screen, but unable to select anything. The Operation Panel is locked up and the Touch Panel Adjustment cannot be performed. A different key may respond when any key is selected on the Touch Panel. One side of the Touch Panel (touchscreen) may be OK, but the other side appears to be out of adjustment. Solution CAUSE: Touch Panel/Control Panel failure. Due to the environment, over time, conductivity of the Touch Panel (touchscreen) connection deteriorates because of high temperature/high humidity. Consequently, the area between the conductive cover and glass expands and loses connection. For more detail please refer to the attached documentation. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SOLUTION:TheTouch Panelhas been modified and shouldbe replaced when the symptom occurs. An FOCTouch Panelis available. To obtain a free-of-chargeTouch Panel(p/n 9981 0003 67FOC) pleaseadhere tothe following procedure: SSD REPLACEMENT PART(S) CLAIM ORDERING PROCEDURE Part(s) can be ordered via the online SSD Solutions RA/Claim form which is accessible in MyKonicaMinolta.com => Service => Warranty, Repair & Special Programs => Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs => SSD Technical Solutions Claim => SSD Solutions RA/Claim form. Select the appropriate Solution ID from the SSD Solutions pop-up box in the SSD Solutions RA/Claim Form. The choice will then display a description of the associated part that will be shipped. Under this SSD program, KMBS will ship the Touch Panel at LDN Pricing. Upon receipt of the defective Touch Panel at the KMBS Warranty Recovery Center, KMBS will issue a credit to reverse the Touch Panel Warranty Advance Exchange charge. All parts will be shipped via UPS 2-day Air Service, and an automated E-mail will be sent to the submitting KMBS Customer confirming the shipment. In addition the E-mail will provide KMBS claim number, part(s) order status and the UPS Tracking Number for the delivery. IMPORTANT : Please create a ticket via the web and perform the FOC procedure. Callingthe Hotline for an SSD ProblemTicket number is not required to order the FOC parts. Ifyou do not want to order the FOC part, replace the Touch Panel (p/n 4037 7807 01). Note : Either the Touch Panel or Control Panel assemblycan be replaced when the symptom occurs. The Touch Panel is modified and is part of theControl Panel assembly (p/n 4038 6052 07 for bizhub C250/C252/C300/C352 and p/n 4037 6052 06 for bizhub C351/C450 ). There are no cut-in serial numbers because production of these models has already been discontinued. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
417
bizhub C250P
418
bizhub C250P
Description FS-514, C7503 and jam codes 7502 or 7503 intermittently.All of the pages from one set do not exit with that set,but areincludedin the next set. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One-way gear on the shaft with the FN6 knob. Clean or replace the one way gear(s) (p/n 4349 1611 01 - 19T, small and inside) and (p/n 4349 1633 01 - 32T, large and outside). 2. Shear pin on the shaft holder is broken, stopping the exit paddle roller from turning. Replace the shaft holder (p/n 9J08 1602 01) and paddle (p/n 9J08 1605 01)if holder is cracked or paddleis worn. Note : Please see attached pages from Parts Manual for location of the shaft holder. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 3. The FS-514 is not properly supported by the castors, causing misalignment. Ensure that the castors and adjusting plates are set so that they touch the floor as illustrated in the installation instructions. 4. Modification to lower exit rollers is necessary. Wrap electrical tape around the lower exit rollers to improve the diameter as described in the Microsoft Windows Media video attachment. To view the video, you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
419
bizhub C250P
5. Insufficient roller pressure. Replace the 4 pressure springs that push down the exit rollers with a set from the FN-117. The FN-117 springs have less force. Springs are on page 4 of the FN-117 Parts Manual (p/n 4349 1732 02). Please refer to the Parts Manual for component identification and the attached Parts Modification Notice for additional detail. 6. Exit roller timing. Install the attached firmware which will improve the timing of the exit rollers. This firmware is alsoposted onthe Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Notes : a.Useeither the Firmware Imaging Tool or Cygwin utility. FS-514 firmware files are: bizhub C352/C300 - 9J06-F050-G01-07-000(00).EXE bizhub C252 - 4038-F050-G01-07-000(00).EXE Checksum for the bizhub C352/C300/C252 is F989 . b. To open the attached ZIP files, WinZip may need to be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run. 7. The gear cam is 180 degrees out of position. Remove the gear (p/n 9J08 1705 01),rotate it 180 degrees and install it back onits shaft. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS andCesar Jimenez/Ian Lynch/Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
420
bizhub C252
421
bizhub C252
August 2011
422
bizhub C252P
423
bizhub C252P
424
bizhub C252P
August 2011
425
bizhub C253
426
bizhub C253
427
bizhub C253
428
bizhub C253
August 2011
429
bizhub C280
430
bizhub C280
431
bizhub C280
432
bizhub C280
433
bizhub C280
August 2011
434
bizhub C300
435
bizhub C300
August 2011
436
bizhub C30P
Description Intermittent No Reply from PING; no printing and cannot browse; requires reboot to recover. Solution CAUSE:A vulnerability was corrected in early firmware where excessive SMB traffic can causethe NICto drop off. SOLUTION:Please use the following firmware version or higherto correct this issue. IC-611 (bizhub PRO 1050) Ver.30-COC0 IC-203 (bizhub PRO 920) Ver.20-COC0 IC-202 (bizhub 600/bizhub 750) Ver. 30-CH bizhub 360/420/500 Version 30 bizhub C450/C351/C250/C252/C352/C300 (Phase3.03/Ver.I8) Notes : 1. If the issue is not resolved by the new firmware, please obtain details to further the investigations. Currently, here are the first items to confirm and provide. a. Provide answers to the following questions: What type of network environment is the customer using? What is the network speed? What is the NIC speed on our engine? When the device goes down can it be PINGed orbrowsed to? What protocols are on the network? Is the machine in a power save or sleep mode at the time of failure? Does the machine have a static TCP/IP address or is it dynamic (DHCP)? How often does the incident occur? Are there any routers, switches or hubs involved on the network segment(s)which aretrying to utilize the machine? What type of special applications are utilized by people who print to the device? b. If a bizhub 600/750/PRO 920, you can perform a Hyperterminal session and set transfer to text to create text file that shows the controller activity. c. Perform an Ethereal network packet capture. Instructions are attached. 2. The latest version firmware and system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 3. Refer to the attached PDF for reference. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mahen Shukla, ESS/BSE Solution ID TAUS0657371EN* Solution Usage 15
Description Citrix compatibility. Solution Citrix has published a list of KMBS products and their compatibility with different versions of Citrix . These are known as Citrix Ready products. KMBS has also done some testing that might notdocumented on theCitrix Ready products web page.Attached is a document with additional information on Konica Minolta's Citrix Ready Certified products. Also, refer to the attached Citrix compatibility list for additional information.Some products not listed below arelisted in the attached document.It covers other MFPs like the bizhub 600/601/750/751/360/361/362/420/421/500/501/162/180/210/222/282, the bizhub C350/C353/C253/C203, the bizhub PRO 1050/920 and controllers like theIC-303 and IC-409. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : The test resultsfor bizhub C652DS/C552DS and C360/C280/C220with XenApp 6.0 are included. bizhub 652/602 for XenApp 5.0 are included. bizhub C20 for XenApp 5.0 are included.
August 2011
437
bizhub C30P
Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driverare included. IC-202 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1, the Adobe PostScript driver version 1.0.0 or the PCL driver version 1.01 the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-203 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003/Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 2.0.28, the Adobe PostScript driver version 2.0.28 or the PCL driver version 2.0.0, the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-205 Tested in both theCitrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and theCitrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the GDI driver version 1.00 or the PCL driver version 1.00 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. Cancelled print jobs may stay in queue when using the GDI driver. 2. The printer icon may disappear when cancelling a print job when using the GDI driver. 3. Print jobs may hang when printing from two or more workstations simultaneously using the GDI driver. IC-302 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. IC-401 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PostScript driver version 1.0. The following restrictions: 1. The mixed media function may not be used. 2. Enabling the "Delete pending print jobs at logout" on the Metaframe server does not result in the print jobs being deleted. 3. Print job access codes should not be used. IC-402 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The following are restrictions that were found: 1. Custom Size setting is not available. 2.Owner Information, Lock Job and Copier store print functions are not available. 3. The client default settings are not saved. IC-405 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 2.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were thatMedia Mixed function is not available by network printer. IC-611 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.0.7, the PostScript Adobe driver version 1.0.0.7 or the PCL driver version 1.0.1 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The watermark function will not function when using the PCL driver. 2. The PostScript Visual driver is not available with Microsoft Windows 2003 Server. 3. Booklet mode may not function when called within Adobe Acrobat. IP-901 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1 and 2.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. bizhub C350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PCL driver version 1.0 with the following restriction: The watermark feature will not be available on a locally installed printer. bizhub 200/250/350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1 or the PCL driver version 1.0.2 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The custom paper size setting is not available. 2. The default selections made on client workstations will not be reflected on the printer properties screens. bizhub C650/C550/C451/C450/C352/C351/C300/C252/C250 Tested withCitrix Metaframe. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.No restrictions were found in testing. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
438
bizhub C30P
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description Macintosh OS X version 10.6 (Snow Leopard) printer driver information. Solution Pleasesee theattached documentation concerningdetailed information on Macintosh OS X version 10.6 drivers and supported devices. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
August 2011
439
bizhub C31P
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
August 2011
440
bizhub C35
441
bizhub C35
Description The printer freezes at the"Registering" message when initial setup communication is sent to the bizhub vCare system. A limited number of MFPs will not communicate with Microsoft IIS (Internet Information Services) virtual directory properly if there are a large number of child folders under the WebDAV folder. Solution CAUSE: Firmware bug. SOLUTION:Apply special controller firmware version 30G0062605 to correct this issue. The firmware is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Rick Veale, ESS
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description vCare/CS Remote Care HTTP (One-Way) setup instructions for bizhub C35. Solution See the the attached file for vCare/CS Remote Care HTTP (One-Way) setup instructions for the bizhub C35. Note:The instructions also can be downloaded from the Konica Minolta Download Selector. 1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com 2. Select the "Service" tab located at the top of the page. 3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located to the left. 4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page. 5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located to the left. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Rick Veale, ESS
August 2011
442
bizhub C35
Description Konica Minolta Universal PostScript/PCL Printer Drivers. Solution Updated versions of the Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driver (PostScript) and Universal Printer Driver (PCL) are available. This recent printer driver release includes the following new features: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2/Microsoft Windows 7 WHQL support Enhancements to Network Search a Printer Status You can make sure that a printer does not have an error or warning to prevent printing a Number of Jobs Waiting to Print Check the backlog of jobs Additional Individual Child Driver Support for: a Konica Minolta bizhub C652 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C360 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C35 a Konica Minolta bizhub C35P a Konica Minolta magicolor 4750EN/DN Note : Function version 3 requires the latest firmware to be installed on the bizhub C652 series/C360 series in order to take advantage of the Individual Printer Driver. If you do not have the latest firmware installed on those devices, the UPD will use the bizhub Common Child Driver instead. New version available for download: Universal Printer Driver PCL version 1.10.1.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.1.0) Universal Printer Driver PostScript version 1.10.0.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.0.0) These printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : This is a new release version and not a patch update. If a previous version of the UPD driver exists you will have to uninstall the old version first. Please refer to the attachedUniversal Printer Driver (UPD) brochure for more detailed information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1001452EN*
Solution Usage
Description How to set up Scan-to-SMB (file sharing)for Microsoft Windows Vista andMicrosoft Windows 7: in a Domain environment. in a Workgroup (Peer-to-Peer environment).
August 2011
443
bizhub C350
444
bizhub C350
Description C3E02 at power up. Solution CAUSE: A failed or damagedNVRAM(IC418 on the PWB-MFP). SOLUTION: To receive a replacement NVRAM, pleaseutilize the online ordering form. Note : IMPORTANT: All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Login to MKM.com. 2. Select the Service tab. 3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). 4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). 5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0628661EN* Solution Usage 144
Description Copy is overlaid with a dark gray patch. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect setup procedure or firmware upgrade to version 28. DO NOT USE THE SET UP INSTRUCTIONS THAT COME WITH THE MACHINE! The instructions packed with the machine are incorrect. Follow the new set up instructions in the link below. The instructions packed with the machine INCORRECTLY instruct to power the machine OFF/ON after the serial number input. DO NOT turn the machine OFF until the last step, List Output, is complete and the Image Processing data has been printed. The date and time must be entered in both the Admin. and Factory Set modes. SOLUTION: From FW ver. 28 implemented in production since mid June 2004, new condition is required at the new installation of the machine in order to strengthen the security level of the machine, to secure product quality and to keep the service level. If the installation is not correctly done, the output of copy is overlaid with a dark gray patch to protect from using the machine with improper condition (sample is also attached). It is necessary to follow exactly the procedures as mentioned in Installation guide and keep each step listed below in the right order so as to make the machine run normally and to cancel the protection. All steps are important for product quality and later support and none of them should be missed. DO NOT power the machine OFF/ON until all of the adjustments are complete. Notes: 1. See the C350 Installation Instructions for more details (Installation Manual is also attached). 2. This is concerned only when the machine is newly installed, or the updating of FW and/or replacing PWB. 3. If the machine is turned OFF during the installation before completing all steps, it is required to start the procedure from the beginning. 4. If any steps are skipped, it is necessary to return the step skipped then to carry out all the following steps correctly. 5. The Serial number cut-in of the applicable machines are as follows: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
445
bizhub C350
Legacy Minolta - 31102601 Legacy Konica - 65JE02601 6. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0701604EN* Solution Usage 86
Description C-D3xx codes. Solution CAUSE: The machine performs a CRC check on the NVRAM against the NVRAM image stored on the MFP board. The C-D3xx codes will be indicated if the checksums do not match. SOLUTION: C-D3xx codes can be cleared by pressing Stop, 0, 7, 1, 3, 9. This will display a "*" button. Press this button andpower the machine OFF/ON. What this procedure does is take a good image of the NVRAM off the MFP board (created when you performed the NVRAM Data Backup) and restore it to the NVRAM.There are approximately 30 registers that can be corrupt, so the above procedure may have to be done as much as 30 times. WARNING : If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, DO NOT perform the NVRAM Data Backup.This will take the corrupt NVRAM image and back it up to the MFP board. If this is done, and the NVRAM is replaced, the corrupt data that was just backed up will be transferred to the new NVRAM.If this is the case then the NVRAM and MFP board will have to be replaced as a set. Notes : 1.One thing that has been noticed is these machines seem to be highly susceptible to voltage sags and spikes. It is HIGHLY recommended to install a quality power line conditioner on these machines. 2. If a corrupt NVRAM is suspected, please try performing a Data Clear.This can be found in the Tech Rep mode. IMPORTANT : All programmed addresses will be cleared.Please backup the address data using PageScope Web Connection to backup the data before performing the Data Clear. If NVRAM replacement is necessary, please be aware that the meters may not be transferred and they might be reset to zero.This is unrecoverable and the correct meters cannot be input. Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
446
bizhub C351
447
bizhub C351
August 2011
448
bizhub C352
449
bizhub C352
August 2011
450
bizhub C352P
451
bizhub C352P
452
bizhub C352P
August 2011
453
bizhub C353
454
bizhub C353
455
bizhub C353
456
bizhub C353
August 2011
457
bizhub C353P
Description Error code C4551, C4552, C4553 or C4554. Solution CAUSE: The angle of the Start-of-Scan (SoS) mirror has changed due to low temperature abnormalities. SOLUTION: Please install the following firmware version as a minimum: Model Minimum Firmware Version bizhub C353P C353P_A02E-0Y0-0050-G2A-0900 bizhub C353 A02E0Y0-F000- GWH -R6 bizhub C253 A02E0Y0-F000- GXH -R6 bizhub C203 A02E0Y0-F000- GYH -R6 The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. IMPORTANT : If Special firmware version GWD-R6 for bizhub C353; GXD-R6 for bizhub C253; GYD-R6 for bizhub C203 is already installed, please update to the latest version shown above. This firmware will force the polygon mirror to rotate causing the temperature to rise in the PH unit.The machine will then attempt the SoS 10 times at one minute intervals.If the SoS still cannot be obtained, the machine will code with C4551 (Cyan), C4552 (Magenta), C4553 (Yellow) orC4554 (Black).If this happens, please replace the print head assembly(p/n A02E R702 00 for the bizhub C203/C253 and p/n A02E R701 00 for the bizhub C353/C353P ) with the modified print head assembly(p/n A02E R702 11 FOC for the bizhub C203/C253 and p/n A02E R701 11 FOC for the bizhub C353/C353P ). Notes : 1.The current andmodified print heads look alike. After being removed from the packaging, themodified print heads can be identified by the print head serial number. 2.Under normal circumstances all 4 write units should be replaced as a set. An order quantity of 1 provides the 4 write units needed for a machine. In case of an emergency situation only, replacing individual units (from a returned machine, demo room machine, etc.) can be done. 3. The following serial numbers already have the modified print head assembly installed. Model Serial Number bizhub C353P A02E013000060 and onward bizhub C353 A02E010005614 and onward bizhub C253 A02E011005565 and onward bizhub C203 A02E012004274 and onward FOC PARTS and LABOR REIMBURSEMENT PROCEDURE : Free-of-charge (FOC) parts (p/n A02E R702 11 FOC for bizhub C203/C253 and p/n A02E R701 11 FOC for bizhub C353/C353P) can be ordered via the On-line Technical (FOC) & Special Program order form, located within MyKonicaMinolta.com (Service ? Warranty, Repair & Special Programs). Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 6878 for procedure. IMPORTANT :See attached Bulletin Number 7354 for a changeconcerning theFOC Print Head labor reimbursement and return program.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contributions by Rich Raynor/Clinton Marquardt, ESS; Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and John Miller, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703444EN* Solution Usage 58
Description C2152 at power up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Detecting Plate not positioned properly. Shape of the detecting plate has been modified. Install the modified Detecting Plate (p/n A02E 5033 01). Please refer to the attached procedure for instructions on how to install the modified bracket. Note :The following are the serial number cut-inswith themodified Detecting Plate installed: bizhub C353 - A02E010005899 and onward bizhub C203 - A02E012005777 and onward bizhub C253 - A02E011005566 and onward bizhub C353P - A02E013000060 and onward magicolor 8650 - no cut-in available 2. Transfer Belt Retraction Sensor (PS31) mounting bracket (p/n A02E 1121 00) is fixed with a screw and it can be tilted while assembling. If the bracket is tilted, the sensor cannot detect the Transfer Belt position properly. In order to avoid tilting the bracket, the shape of the bracket has been changed.The shape of the sensor actuator has also been changed because the actuator could touch the other parts. PARTS A02E 1121 00 -current Bracket A02E 1121 11 - modified Bracket A02E 1122 01 - current Actuator A02E 1122 12 - modified Actuator Notes : a.When at the machine, please check the condition of Sensor Bracket and change the Sensor Bracket and Actuator if necessary. b. Please refer to details in attachedBulletin Number 6252 (applies tobizhub C203/C253/C353). To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
August 2011
458
bizhub C353P
3. Somepacking material was not removed froma new Transfer belt before installation. Ensure that allpacking material has been removed before the Transfer belt is installed. 4. Failure of the Transfer Belt Retraction clutch (CL7). Check for wiring being pinched from bypass door and replace the failed parts. PARTS CL7 (p/n A02E M200 00) bizhub C353 Drive Wiring/1(p/n A02E N10F 02) bizhub C253 Drive Wiring/2 (p/n A02E N117 02) bizhub C203 Drive Wiring/3 (p/n A02E N10Y 02) bizhub C353P Drive Wiring/4 (p/n A02E N11A 00) magicolor 8650 Drive Wiring/6 (p/n A02E N11C 00) SPECIAL NOTE :Solution contribution by Rich Raynor, ESS; Freddie Burnham/Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends/Don St. Onge, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702927EN* Solution Usage 45
Description Network menu button is missing from Admin Mode. Solution CAUSE: Corrupt NVRAM and/or failed PWB-MFP. SOLUTION:To correct: 1. Perform an"All Data Clear"under Service Mode ? System 1 ? Initialization. 2.If that does not work, perform the NVRAM Recovery Procedure (not available for all models). Notes : a. Before performing the NVRAM reset please perform a NIC RESET which is also located on the NVRAM reset firmware utility.This will likely solve the issue without having to completely initialize the machine.Please be sure to back up all network settings before performing this function.This only pertains to the models which have the NVRAM reset utility. bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P/C300/C352/C352P bizhub C451/C550/C650 bizhub C351/C450/C450P b.Please wait approximately 10 minutes for the tabs to appear. Be patient; DO N OT power cycle the machine as that only restarts the wait process. 3. If the NVRAM Recovery Procedure is unsuccessful, replace the PWB-MFP, PRCB on C300/352,(see part numbers below)and NVRAM. Note : To receive a replacement NVRAM, please utilize the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: a. Login to MyKonicaMinolta.com. b. Select the Service tab. c. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). d. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). e. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program. f. Fill out the form. IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. PART NUMBERS (PWB-MFP/OACB) bizhub C220 (p/n A0ED H021 02) bizhub C280/C360 (p/n A0ED H020 06) bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06) bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06) bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06) bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06) bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15) bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07) bizhub C650 (p/n A00J H021 00) bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03) bizhub C652 (p/n A0P0 H021 03) bizhub C552DS (p/n A0P0 H022 00) bizhub C652DS (p/n A0P0 H023 00) bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02) bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02) bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06) bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04) Note : Please see attached documentationfor NVRAM Recovery Procedure. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
459
bizhub C353P
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byChuck Tripp/Mike McCarthy/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Randy Marquardt/Stephen Schmelcke, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701083EN* Solution Usage 34
Description C255x. Code can be cleared butmay reoccur. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P/C252/C300/C352/magicolor 8650 1. Toner is not supplied due to abnormal position of coupling. After toner installation, codemay occur withina few hundred prints. Push the couplinglightly and release it from the bracket. (see attached documentation) bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P/C300/C350 2. Toner cartridge, Imaging Unit or ATDC connection issues. Please refer to the attached documentation addressingC255x codes. bizhub C250/C250P/C300/C352/C352P 3. Toner is not replenished properly from the Toner Cartridge to the Imaging Unit. TCR sensor detected abnormal low toner density (C2551 - Cyan, C2553 Magenta, C2555 - Yellow, C2557 - Black). Part of the mylar film from the toner bottle blocks the toner replenishment entrance or Toner Cartridge is not set properly. Remove any obstruction; reseat toner cartridge. Note :See attached TNI (Technical Notice & Information)for additional information. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. bizhub C252/C300/C352 4. Failed Imaging Unit. Replace Imaging Unit. bizhub C252 Image Units: Black(Item #4062201) Yellow(Item #4062301) Magenta(Item #4062401) Cyan(Item #4062501) bizhub C300/C352 Image Units: Black(Item #4062221) Yellow (Item #4062321) Magenta (Item #4062421) Cyan(Item #4062521) SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0642074EN* Solution Usage 31
Description PLEASE WAIT message on the display. Solution CAUSE: A possible failed or corrupt NVRAM. SOLUTION: Verify the NVRAM by swapping it to a known good PWB-MFP. If the results are the same please fill out the online NVRAM/BRU ordering form to obtain a new NVRAM.Refer to the attached Bulletin Number 5783 for more detail and the BRU form.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Login to MKM.com. 2. Select the Service tab. 3. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). 4. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). 5. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form. Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS
August 2011
460
bizhub C353P
August 2011
461
bizhub C35P
462
bizhub C35P
August 2011
463
bizhub C35P
Description What is the PageScope Web Connection password for the administrator? Solution PageScope Web Connection (PSWC) admin password is administrator (lowercase).
August 2011
464
bizhub C360
465
bizhub C360
466
bizhub C360
467
bizhub C360
468
bizhub C360
August 2011
469
bizhub C450
470
bizhub C450
August 2011
471
bizhub C450P
472
bizhub C450P
August 2011
473
bizhub C450P
Description White void, uneven image or toner leakage at the front of the machine.
August 2011
474
bizhub C451
475
bizhub C451
Description Creaking, chattering, or squeaking noise from the paper exit area. Solution IMPORTANT : PLEASE REFER TO ATTACHED BULLETIN NUMBER 7676, BULLETIN NUMBER 7677 AND "DRYSURF APPLICATION" DOCUMENT for the recommended repair procedure to eliminate fusing unit noise. The following information can be utilized as a guideline when troubleshootingabnormal fuser noise. As a temporary measure, please replace the FusingUnit (p/n A00J R721 22) on machines below the following serial numbers: bizhub C650 A00H010001659 bizhub C550 A00J010008998 bizhub C451 A00K010009747 Fusing Unit for the bizhub C652/C652DS/C552/C552DS/C452 (p/n A0P0 R733 00). If the noise still persists, some other probable causes/solutions are: 1. The Paper Exit Guide assembly needs cleaning. To clean thePaper Exit Guide assembly: a. Open the right side door and locate the exit unit mounted on it. It has a yellow warning label. b. Remove the two gears on the rear side (there is a sensor on the opposite side of the gears). c. After you remove the gears, close the door and listen for the squeaking noise while in idling mode. d. If the noise is gone, clean shaft (p/n A00J 8978 00) and idle rollers (p/n A0P0 9011 00 for the bizhub C652/C652DS/C552/C552DS/C452 and p/n 4004 5974 02 for the bizhub C650/C550/C451 ) as seen in the attached Parts Manual document. If deemed necessary, replace the Paper Exit Guide assembly (p/nA0P0 R737 11 for the bizhub C652/C652DS/C552/C552DS/C452 and p/nA00J R755 00 for the bizhub C650/C550/C451 ). 2. Fusing Shaft/2 (p/n A00J 2315 00) has front-to-rear play allowing the shaft retaining clip (C-clip) to ride against the bearing. Install a nylon spacer (p/n 56AA 4269 0) between the clip and bearing at the front and rear of theshaft. Please refer to the attached Fuser Squeak At Idle document for detailed information. bizhub C650/C550/C451 only 3. Movement of the cam gear on the shaft located on the rear of the fixing unit causes a clicking sound. Please install the countermeasure kit which is outlined in the attached Bulletin Number 5947. 4. The bushing which holds the brush roller in the fusing unit is slightly angled to the roller shaft; the edge of the bushing is "vibrating". Please apply heat-resistant conductive grease like SANKOL ECG25 (p/n A00J PP00 00) between the brush roller and bushing. Please refer toattached Fusing Noise Countermeasure document. 5. The Fusing Drive Unit Paper Exit Bearing and/or Eject Drive Gear 16Thas failed. Replace the Paper Exit Bearing (p/n A00J 2321 00) and/or Gear (p/n A00J 8953 00). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
476
bizhub C451
6. The Cam Gear, Heat Roller Rotation Sensor or the Engagement Lever needs lubrication. Use HP-300(s)to lubricate the parts outlined in the attached Lubricate-Replace document.A modified Engagement Lever is available for replacement. 7. Paper Exit Bearing/1 is excessively worn due to stress transferred from the Eject Drive unit and a squeaking noisemay begenerated. The Eject Drive unit exhibits stress because the Cam on the Eject Drive unit slants. Paper Exit Bearing/1may also cause the Paper Exit shaft/1 to slant whichincreases backlash between Gear 18T and Gear 21T. Consequently, a chattering noisemay beheard. Please replace the Cam and Bushingwithmodified ones. Replace Paper Exit Bearing/1 (p/n A00J 2321 00) and, if necessary, Gear 18T in theFusing Drive Unit (p/n A00J 2308 00)and Gear 21T in the Eject Drive Unit (p/n A00J 8944 00). Cam Current: p/n A00J 8973 00replace withbizhub C652 series cam (p/n A0P0 8973 00) Bushing Current: p/n 1200 3221 04 replace with modified bushing(p/n A00J P890 00) Note : Refer to attached Paper Exit - Eject Drive document for more detail. IMPORTANT : The attached Fuser Section Noise-Related Corrections document is a compiledhistory of the abnormal noises (fuser and otherwise) for these MFPs. 8. One or more of the shafts attached to the Fusing Drive Frame are no longer straight.This creates incorrect tracking of the associated gears (noise)and "wavy" copies. Please replace the Fusing Driveassembly (p/n A00J R758 00). Refer to attached Parts Manual pages showing the affected area. bizhub C452/C552/C652 9. The Black Auxiliary Roller has travelled back to the rear heat sleeve (gear side), roller is rubbing up against the rear hear sleeve and a frog like croaking noise is genereated in the idle state of the MFP. Please refer to attached Noise during idle document for recommendations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byKMBS/Alameda and KMBS/Foster City; Jorge Pineda, KMBS/Torrance;Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD;Stephen Schmelcke/Alonzo Smith, Workgroup/SSD and Bill Ehmke/Clinton Marquardt/Craig Blyther, ESS Solution ID TAUS0800843EN* Solution Usage 155
Description DF-610/DF-611, intermittent jamming with possiblejam codes 6601, 6602, 6603or malfunction code C8103. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
477
bizhub C451
Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: DF-610/DF-611 1. The M6 lift assembly has failed. The lift-up motor shaft may break, resulting in failure of the lift-up mechanism. Failure may occur within a few months of installation. Replace themotor assembly(p/n 9J07 R707 00). Please refer to attached Bulletin Number 7113 for important details. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. The correct position of the lift motor is decided by theaccurate locationof the mounting plate. There might be aspace, and when the space is largethe motor is not positioned properly,thereforedrive is not correctly transmitted. A spacer is required to correct this issue. Put the spacer (p/n A01H 5617 00)between the motor and the mounting plate. Please refer the attached file for details. 3. Worn or damaged beveled gear/cam that lifts the paper tray. Replace the beveled gear/cam (p/n 4641 3417 02). 4. Double feeding/multi-feeding. Trim back the mylar on the Separator Pad Assembly (p/n A01H R704 00) to the glue line (approximately 3mm) exposing more of the rubber underneath which prevents multiple sheet paper feed. See the attached photo for reference. 5. The lift plate is not producing strong enough pressure. Install mylar shims (p/n A01H 5615 00 and A01H 5616 01) under the lift plate to increase pressure. Multiple sheets can be used. See attachedBulletin Number 6278for location and details. 6. Fluctuations of sensor read signal. Slightly raise the lift plate. For more details see the attached file. 7. The spring pressure for the separation roller is too weak or too strong. Increase/decrease the spring pressure for theseparation roller to determine the best results. 8. PS14(paper empty sensor) has failed or the actuator is not moving correctly. If the actuator is moving freely, please replace PS14 (p/n 9335 1300 61). 9. The cam lever riding against the cam needs to be modified so that the lever firmly contacts the cam. Take a piece ofmylar and place it on the upper portion of the cam leverwhere ithits. DF-610 (bizhub C650 only) The DF lift plate lowers in the middle of a job due to a failed DF control board. Replace the DF control board (p/n A07H RA01 01). DF-611 1. Oil residue from the torque limiter creates a misfeed condition. Clean ALL document feeder rollers. If all rollers are not cleaned, oil residue will continue to cause paper to misfeed and jam. Please refer to attached document as a reference. 2. Excessive grease from drive assembly section. Please take apart paper drive clutchto remove grease and rustwith a tiny bit of alcohol and a dust-free cloth. See attachment for removal procedure and location of grease. 3. The lift plate does not reach the required height and fails to activate PS16. Note : Multi-sheet feeding and jamming when attempting to feed between one and five originals through the document feeder may occur. Install theLever/Spacer Kit (p/n U226-0300). Please seeattached Bulletin Number 6687 for the details. 4. The DF lift plate lowers in the middle of a job due to a failed DF control board. Replace the DF control board (p/n A01H RA01 02). 5. Document feederis positioned straight up at power ON. Change the set position of the DF-611 hinge stopper to the upper side and secure it in position. 6. Paper detect actuator "bouncing" at the end of each sheet of paper causing a false jam. Replace torsion spring with a torsion spring from a DF-610 (p/n A07H 5707 00). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byFreddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD;Pat Boykin/Val Kenney/Scott Shaffer, SSD/DSM;Walter Frazier - KMBS/Jacksonville, FL; KMBT (Japan); Clinton Marquardt/Craig Blyther, ESS andBill Hall/David Silverstein/Tom Kelly, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703835EN* Solution Usage 94
Description P-14at power up possibly with incorrect color registration (P-21 and/orP-22 may also be indicated).
August 2011
478
bizhub C452
Description Creaking, chattering, or squeaking noise from the paper exit area. Solution IMPORTANT : PLEASE REFER TO ATTACHED BULLETIN NUMBER 7676, BULLETIN NUMBER 7677 AND "DRYSURF APPLICATION" DOCUMENT for the recommended repair procedure to eliminate fusing unit noise. The following information can be utilized as a guideline when troubleshootingabnormal fuser noise. As a temporary measure, please replace the FusingUnit (p/n A00J R721 22) on machines below the following serial numbers: bizhub C650 A00H010001659 bizhub C550 A00J010008998 bizhub C451 A00K010009747 Fusing Unit for the bizhub C652/C652DS/C552/C552DS/C452 (p/n A0P0 R733 00). If the noise still persists, some other probable causes/solutions are: 1. The Paper Exit Guide assembly needs cleaning. To clean thePaper Exit Guide assembly: a. Open the right side door and locate the exit unit mounted on it. It has a yellow warning label. b. Remove the two gears on the rear side (there is a sensor on the opposite side of the gears). c. After you remove the gears, close the door and listen for the squeaking noise while in idling mode. d. If the noise is gone, clean shaft (p/n A00J 8978 00) and idle rollers (p/n A0P0 9011 00 for the bizhub C652/C652DS/C552/C552DS/C452 and p/n 4004 5974 02 for the bizhub C650/C550/C451 ) as seen in the attached Parts Manual document. If deemed necessary, replace the Paper Exit Guide assembly (p/nA0P0 R737 11 for the bizhub C652/C652DS/C552/C552DS/C452 and p/nA00J R755 00 for the bizhub C650/C550/C451 ). 2. Fusing Shaft/2 (p/n A00J 2315 00) has front-to-rear play allowing the shaft retaining clip (C-clip) to ride against the bearing. Install a nylon spacer (p/n 56AA 4269 0) between the clip and bearing at the front and rear of theshaft. Please refer to the attached Fuser Squeak At Idle document for detailed information. bizhub C650/C550/C451 only 3. Movement of the cam gear on the shaft located on the rear of the fixing unit causes a clicking sound. Please install the countermeasure kit which is outlined in the attached Bulletin Number 5947. 4. The bushing which holds the brush roller in the fusing unit is slightly angled to the roller shaft; the edge of the bushing is "vibrating". Please apply heat-resistant conductive grease like SANKOL ECG25 (p/n A00J PP00 00) between the brush roller and bushing. Please refer toattached Fusing Noise Countermeasure document. 5. The Fusing Drive Unit Paper Exit Bearing and/or Eject Drive Gear 16Thas failed. Replace the Paper Exit Bearing (p/n A00J 2321 00) and/or Gear (p/n A00J 8953 00). 6. The Cam Gear, Heat Roller Rotation Sensor or the Engagement Lever needs lubrication. Use HP-300(s)to lubricate the parts outlined in the attached Lubricate-Replace document.A modified Engagement Lever is available for replacement. 7. Paper Exit Bearing/1 is excessively worn due to stress transferred from the Eject Drive unit and a squeaking noisemay begenerated. The Eject Drive unit exhibits stress because the Cam on the Eject Drive unit slants. Paper Exit Bearing/1may also cause the Paper Exit shaft/1 to slant whichincreases backlash between Gear 18T and Gear 21T. Consequently, a chattering noisemay beheard. Please replace the Cam and Bushingwithmodified ones. Replace Paper Exit Bearing/1 (p/n A00J 2321 00) and, if necessary, Gear 18T in theFusing Drive Unit (p/n A00J 2308 00)and Gear 21T in the Eject Drive Unit (p/n A00J 8944 00). Cam Current: p/n A00J 8973 00replace withbizhub C652 series cam (p/n A0P0 8973 00) Bushing Current: p/n 1200 3221 04 replace with modified bushing(p/n A00J P890 00) Note : Refer to attached Paper Exit - Eject Drive document for more detail. IMPORTANT : The attached Fuser Section Noise-Related Corrections document is a compiledhistory of the abnormal noises (fuser and otherwise) for these MFPs. 8. One or more of the shafts attached to the Fusing Drive Frame are no longer straight.This creates incorrect tracking of the associated gears (noise)and "wavy" copies. Please replace the Fusing Driveassembly (p/n A00J R758 00). Refer to attached Parts Manual pages showing the affected area. bizhub C452/C552/C652 9. The Black Auxiliary Roller has travelled back to the rear heat sleeve (gear side), roller is rubbing up against the rear hear sleeve and a frog like croaking noise is genereated in the idle state of the MFP. Please refer to attached Noise during idle document for recommendations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byKMBS/Alameda and KMBS/Foster City; Jorge Pineda, KMBS/Torrance;Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD;Stephen Schmelcke/Alonzo Smith, Workgroup/SSD and Bill Ehmke/Clinton Marquardt/Craig Blyther, ESS Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
479
bizhub C452
Description Jam code 3001 (30-01) is indicated, yet 3201 (32-01) or 7216 (72-16) may also be displayed. Paper may be stopped in the 2nd image transfer section. The jamming occurs from all trays and is most frequent when using letter paper in the portrait direction. Jamming at the exit with the first sheet of paper half-way out of the fuser and remaining paper jamming internally. Jamming when duplexing. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Broken/missing latch (front or rear) on the right side door. Open the right side door and check the latches which keep the door closed. There are three (3) unique parts; the Lock Levers ( Lock Lever/Front - p/n A00J 7065 00 and Lock Lever/Rear - p/n A00J 7066 00) and the Lock Claw/Holder (p/n A00J 7077 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 7077 01 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). Replace any broken or missing latch. Note : There are two (2) Lock Claws/Holders, one in the front and one at the rear.See attached Parts Manual pages and photo as references. 2. Damaged gears in the Eject Drive Unit (Paper Exit Belt Drive assembly). Replace the Eject Drive Unit (p/n A00J R726 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 R736 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). Note : Please refer to attached documentation if an abnormal noise is also present. Paper may be stopped in the 2nd image transfer section. The jamming occurs from all trays andis most frequent when using letter paper in the portrait direction PROBABLE CAUSES: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
480
bizhub C452
1. A damaged Guide Assembly is either catching the paper or is bent and not pushing the 2nd transfer roller holder into place. Re-form or replace the Guide Assembly (p/n A00J R724 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 R750 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). The Guide Assembly is located in the paper path directly underneath the Transfer Unit. Two issues can occur which will cause paper misfeeds. The Mylar can become deformed and catch the paper. Metal part of the guide can get bent which will cause the 2nd transfer roller holder not to fully seat when the right side door is closed. Either one of these issues will cause paper misfeeds in the 2nd image transfer section of the machine. 2. Failed one-way gear (Gear 16T). Replace the one-way gear located at the exit unit (p/n A00J 8951 00). 3. A stalled exit roller drive motor (M4). Replace the exit roller drive motor (p/n A00J M120 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 M124 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). 4. Incorrect fuser drive speed. Increase or decreasethe fuser drive speed within the Service Mode ? Machine Adjustments. 5. Transfer belt not turning. Check to make sure that the M1 drive motor (p/n A00J M113 00 - Brushless motor/12) is operational, drive gears (Gear 44/70T- p/n A00J 2200 01and Gear 88T - p/n4004 2540 01 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/nA0P0 2208 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ) are not broken, stripped and are meshed and engaged properly. 6. The secondary transfer roller is faulty. The roller is either worn so the circumference is less than when new, or it is beginning to bind. Replace the secondary transfer roller (p/n A0P0 R719 00 for the bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS or p/n A00J R715 00 for the bizhub C451/C550/C650 ). Jamming at the exit with the first sheet of paper half-way out of the fuser and remaining paper jamming internally CAUSE: Broken exit roller drive gear(s). SOLUTION: Replace gear 16T (p/n A00J 8951 00) and/or gear 16T/26T (p/n A00J 8911 00). Jamming when duplexing (jam code 7216 or 72-16). CAUSE: Failed switchback gate control. SOLUTION: Check the switchback gate for dragging, staying up or increased tension and replaceSwitch Solenoid (SD1) if necessary (p/n 9321 2200 32). Check/inspect the Pulling Spring. If the pulling spring has failed, replace it(p/n A00J 8938 00). Note : Please refer to attached Reversal Unit parts document for parts information. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Abel Villasenor, Pacific Office Automation;Ian Lynch/Mike McCarthy/David Aekus/Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD; Pete Peters, COPYPRO Inc. and John Miller/Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702927EN* Solution Usage 45
Description Network menu button is missing from Admin Mode. Solution CAUSE: Corrupt NVRAM and/or failed PWB-MFP. SOLUTION:To correct: 1. Perform an"All Data Clear"under Service Mode ? System 1 ? Initialization. 2.If that does not work, perform the NVRAM Recovery Procedure (not available for all models). Notes : a. Before performing the NVRAM reset please perform a NIC RESET which is also located on the NVRAM reset firmware utility.This will likely solve the issue without having to completely initialize the machine.Please be sure to back up all network settings before performing this function.This only pertains to the models which have the NVRAM reset utility. bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P/C300/C352/C352P bizhub C451/C550/C650 bizhub C351/C450/C450P b.Please wait approximately 10 minutes for the tabs to appear. Be patient; DO N OT power cycle the machine as that only restarts the wait process. 3. If the NVRAM Recovery Procedure is unsuccessful, replace the PWB-MFP, PRCB on C300/352,(see part numbers below)and NVRAM. Note : To receive a replacement NVRAM, please utilize the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: a. Login to MyKonicaMinolta.com. b. Select the Service tab. c. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
481
bizhub C452
d. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). e. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program. f. Fill out the form. IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. PART NUMBERS (PWB-MFP/OACB) bizhub C220 (p/n A0ED H021 02) bizhub C280/C360 (p/n A0ED H020 06) bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P (p/n 4038 0121 06) bizhub C203/C253 (p/n A02E H342 06) bizhub C300/ C352/C352P (p/n 9J06 0121 06) bizhub C353/C353P (p/n A02E H341 06) bizhub C351/C450/C450P (p/n 4037 0131 15) bizhub C451/C550 (p/n A00J H020 07) bizhub C650 (p/n A00J H021 00) bizhub C452/C552 (p/n A0P0 H020 03) bizhub C652 (p/n A0P0 H021 03) bizhub C552DS (p/n A0P0 H022 00) bizhub C652DS (p/n A0P0 H023 00) bizhub 223/283 (p/n A1UD H020 02) bizhub 363/423 (p/n A1UD H021 02) bizhub 361/421/501 (p/n A0R5 H010 06) bizhub 601/751 (p/n A0PN H010 04) Note : Please see attached documentationfor NVRAM Recovery Procedure. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byChuck Tripp/Mike McCarthy/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Randy Marquardt/Stephen Schmelcke, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702374EN* Solution Usage 30
Description C0105 code at power up and touch panel may be unresponsive. Solution CAUSE:FailedPower Supply board. SOLUTION:Replace theDCPS(p/n A00J M404 05 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 and p/n A0P0 R704 11 for bizhub C452/C552/C652 ). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702513EN* Solution Usage 26
Description How to install/connect an Equitrac device. Solution There are 2 different methods for connecting the device. Key counter connector = 4-pin Vendor connector = 8-pin Please note that Production models only support the Key Counter Only 4-Pin Connector (Plug and Play).They DO NOT support Vendor 2 connections. To install/connect Equitrac : 1.Equitracmust have thesupply cable (Item #CABX0094)along with any adaptersfor the product. 2.Move the control panel up and then left. 3.Remove the curved, beige/white cover/panel (two screws) behind the control panel (noticea 4-pin connector).Depending upon the Equitraccable, the adapteron top of it may have to be removed. 4. Remove the black cover on the right side of the platen glass and break off the cut-out nearest the control panel/front. 5.Connect the Equitraccable referenced in step 1 into the to cable behind the control panel. 6.Run the cable through the outlet that was broken off. 7.Replace all the covers and powerON the machine. 8.Go to the Tech Rep mode, then billing mode (stop-9). 9.Select "management function choice" toenable the counter. 10. Select "key counter only" tab. 11. Select "End". 12. Select "Exit". 13. There should be a red box on the main screen that indicates "Insert Plug-In counter".Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate the Equitrac device. Vendor Connector 1. Equitrac must have the supply cable (Item #CABX0813) along with any adapters for the product. 2. Remove Back Cover. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
482
bizhub C452
3.Connect the Equitraccable referenced in step 1 into the to cable behind the control panel. 4.Run the cable through the outlet that was broken off. 5.Replace all the covers and powerON the machine. 6.Go to the Tech Rep mode, then billing mode (stop-9). 7.Select "management function choice" toenable the counter. 8. Select "Vendor 2 (+Key Counter)" tab. 9. Select "End". 10. Select "Exit". 11. There should be a red box on the main screen with a Vendor Message. Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate the Equitrac device. Note :The Production Models do not have a Billing Mode. Once you connect the cable (connector) the appropriate message will be displayed automatically. Please see the attached connector documents and attached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-028 for more details. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Earnest Newson - KMBS/Carrollton, TX and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0647541EN* Solution Usage 24
Description C-B003 (CB003) code.
August 2011
483
bizhub C550
484
bizhub C550
485
bizhub C550
486
bizhub C550
August 2011
487
bizhub C552
488
bizhub C552
Description FK-502,using VoIP. Solution More and more customers are changing their PBX systems from analog or ISDN to VoIP-based PBX systems. Note : A digital-to-analog converter can be usedand will work, but Konica Minolta will not provide any support if there arephone/fax issues . Due to the general incompatibility of fax and VoIP,certain settings may not work. The problem is not caused by the Fax Unit, butis caused by: the general design of VoIP using TCP/IP Packets. VoIP PBX systems. the general specification of VoIP and its * Codecs * Coding and decoding timings * Fax fixed timings * LAN Packet losses * Quality of Services * ITU/RFC Specification implementation * Bugs * Interpretation of technical terms within the specifications of the ITU-T and RFC documents. VoIP is still not supported offically by Konica Minolta , but may work in some instances. Performing these suggested settings may solve the problem.Follow the step-by-step procedures: From Service Mode : FAX Settings =>Communication =>Protocolset "ON" for the "V.29 EP Tone" Protocol and set "OFF" for all other faster protocols. FAX Settings =>Communication =>Others we have set "OFF" for the "ECM Function" FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0012 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Calling FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0013 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Called System 2 =>Software Switch =>SoftSwitch 21 Bit 5=1 (HEX 20 = over 4.5 sec) for T4 Waiting time between start Identification Notes : a. Before performing the above-mentioned settings it is recommended to upgrade the firmware to the latest versionor to check if the FK-502has the latest available version installed. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. b.Expect more communication problems thanwith anISDN or analog line (approximately 15% more). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
489
bizhub C552
Workaround : If the aforementioned settingsdo not showan acceptable result,offer as alternative: Unimessage Pro Fax Server Solution where Scan to E-mail with auto prefix-suffix setting is used (depending on the machine series, prefix-suffix will be added automatically or can be selected manually). RightFax Server with "Setup Utility for RightFax" using OpenAPI. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU) and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD, SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802064EN* Solution Usage 48
Description Jam code 3001 (30-01) is indicated, yet 3201 (32-01) or 7216 (72-16) may also be displayed. Paper may be stopped in the 2nd image transfer section. The jamming occurs from all trays and is most frequent when using letter paper in the portrait direction. Jamming at the exit with the first sheet of paper half-way out of the fuser and remaining paper jamming internally. Jamming when duplexing. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Broken/missing latch (front or rear) on the right side door. Open the right side door and check the latches which keep the door closed. There are three (3) unique parts; the Lock Levers ( Lock Lever/Front - p/n A00J 7065 00 and Lock Lever/Rear - p/n A00J 7066 00) and the Lock Claw/Holder (p/n A00J 7077 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 7077 01 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). Replace any broken or missing latch. Note : There are two (2) Lock Claws/Holders, one in the front and one at the rear.See attached Parts Manual pages and photo as references. 2. Damaged gears in the Eject Drive Unit (Paper Exit Belt Drive assembly). Replace the Eject Drive Unit (p/n A00J R726 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 R736 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). Note : Please refer to attached documentation if an abnormal noise is also present. Paper may be stopped in the 2nd image transfer section. The jamming occurs from all trays andis most frequent when using letter paper in the portrait direction PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. A damaged Guide Assembly is either catching the paper or is bent and not pushing the 2nd transfer roller holder into place. Re-form or replace the Guide Assembly (p/n A00J R724 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 R750 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). The Guide Assembly is located in the paper path directly underneath the Transfer Unit. Two issues can occur which will cause paper misfeeds. The Mylar can become deformed and catch the paper. Metal part of the guide can get bent which will cause the 2nd transfer roller holder not to fully seat when the right side door is closed. Either one of these issues will cause paper misfeeds in the 2nd image transfer section of the machine. 2. Failed one-way gear (Gear 16T). Replace the one-way gear located at the exit unit (p/n A00J 8951 00). 3. A stalled exit roller drive motor (M4). Replace the exit roller drive motor (p/n A00J M120 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 M124 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). 4. Incorrect fuser drive speed. Increase or decreasethe fuser drive speed within the Service Mode ? Machine Adjustments. 5. Transfer belt not turning. Check to make sure that the M1 drive motor (p/n A00J M113 00 - Brushless motor/12) is operational, drive gears (Gear 44/70T- p/n A00J 2200 01and Gear 88T - p/n4004 2540 01 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/nA0P0 2208 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ) are not broken, stripped and are meshed and engaged properly. 6. The secondary transfer roller is faulty. The roller is either worn so the circumference is less than when new, or it is beginning to bind. Replace the secondary transfer roller (p/n A0P0 R719 00 for the bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS or p/n A00J R715 00 for the bizhub C451/C550/C650 ). Jamming at the exit with the first sheet of paper half-way out of the fuser and remaining paper jamming internally CAUSE: Broken exit roller drive gear(s). SOLUTION: Replace gear 16T (p/n A00J 8951 00) and/or gear 16T/26T (p/n A00J 8911 00). Jamming when duplexing (jam code 7216 or 72-16). CAUSE: Failed switchback gate control. SOLUTION: Check the switchback gate for dragging, staying up or increased tension and replaceSwitch Solenoid (SD1) if necessary (p/n 9321 2200 32). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
490
bizhub C552
Check/inspect the Pulling Spring. If the pulling spring has failed, replace it(p/n A00J 8938 00). Note : Please refer to attached Reversal Unit parts document for parts information. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Abel Villasenor, Pacific Office Automation;Ian Lynch/Mike McCarthy/David Aekus/Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD; Pete Peters, COPYPRO Inc. and John Miller/Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702927EN* Solution Usage 45
Description SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
491
bizhub C552
Solution CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server. SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list. 1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall. 2.Select Exceptions and Add Port. 3.Add a name and Port number. 4.Click on Change Scope. 5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
492
bizhub C552DS
493
bizhub C552DS
494
bizhub C552DS
495
bizhub C552DS
Description FS-517/FS-518/FS-519/FS-526/FS-608, The part indicated by is open. Ensure that it is properly closed. message.
August 2011
496
bizhub C650
497
bizhub C650
498
bizhub C650
499
bizhub C650
August 2011
500
bizhub C652
501
bizhub C652
Description FK-502,using VoIP. Solution More and more customers are changing their PBX systems from analog or ISDN to VoIP-based PBX systems. Note : A digital-to-analog converter can be usedand will work, but Konica Minolta will not provide any support if there arephone/fax issues . Due to the general incompatibility of fax and VoIP,certain settings may not work. The problem is not caused by the Fax Unit, butis caused by: the general design of VoIP using TCP/IP Packets. VoIP PBX systems. the general specification of VoIP and its * Codecs * Coding and decoding timings * Fax fixed timings * LAN Packet losses * Quality of Services * ITU/RFC Specification implementation * Bugs * Interpretation of technical terms within the specifications of the ITU-T and RFC documents. VoIP is still not supported offically by Konica Minolta , but may work in some instances. Performing these suggested settings may solve the problem.Follow the step-by-step procedures: From Service Mode : FAX Settings =>Communication =>Protocolset "ON" for the "V.29 EP Tone" Protocol and set "OFF" for all other faster protocols. FAX Settings =>Communication =>Others we have set "OFF" for the "ECM Function" FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0012 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Calling FAX Settings =>Function Parameter =>Address "000e0013 = 01111000 (decimal 78 = 120 sec) for T1 Timer for Called System 2 =>Software Switch =>SoftSwitch 21 Bit 5=1 (HEX 20 = over 4.5 sec) for T4 Waiting time between start Identification Notes : a. Before performing the above-mentioned settings it is recommended to upgrade the firmware to the latest versionor to check if the FK-502has the latest available version installed. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. b.Expect more communication problems thanwith anISDN or analog line (approximately 15% more). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
502
bizhub C652
Workaround : If the aforementioned settingsdo not showan acceptable result,offer as alternative: Unimessage Pro Fax Server Solution where Scan to E-mail with auto prefix-suffix setting is used (depending on the machine series, prefix-suffix will be added automatically or can be selected manually). RightFax Server with "Setup Utility for RightFax" using OpenAPI. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KM Europe (BEU) and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD, SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802064EN* Solution Usage 48
Description Jam code 3001 (30-01) is indicated, yet 3201 (32-01) or 7216 (72-16) may also be displayed. Paper may be stopped in the 2nd image transfer section. The jamming occurs from all trays and is most frequent when using letter paper in the portrait direction. Jamming at the exit with the first sheet of paper half-way out of the fuser and remaining paper jamming internally. Jamming when duplexing. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Broken/missing latch (front or rear) on the right side door. Open the right side door and check the latches which keep the door closed. There are three (3) unique parts; the Lock Levers ( Lock Lever/Front - p/n A00J 7065 00 and Lock Lever/Rear - p/n A00J 7066 00) and the Lock Claw/Holder (p/n A00J 7077 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 7077 01 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). Replace any broken or missing latch. Note : There are two (2) Lock Claws/Holders, one in the front and one at the rear.See attached Parts Manual pages and photo as references. 2. Damaged gears in the Eject Drive Unit (Paper Exit Belt Drive assembly). Replace the Eject Drive Unit (p/n A00J R726 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 R736 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). Note : Please refer to attached documentation if an abnormal noise is also present. Paper may be stopped in the 2nd image transfer section. The jamming occurs from all trays andis most frequent when using letter paper in the portrait direction PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. A damaged Guide Assembly is either catching the paper or is bent and not pushing the 2nd transfer roller holder into place. Re-form or replace the Guide Assembly (p/n A00J R724 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 R750 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). The Guide Assembly is located in the paper path directly underneath the Transfer Unit. Two issues can occur which will cause paper misfeeds. The Mylar can become deformed and catch the paper. Metal part of the guide can get bent which will cause the 2nd transfer roller holder not to fully seat when the right side door is closed. Either one of these issues will cause paper misfeeds in the 2nd image transfer section of the machine. 2. Failed one-way gear (Gear 16T). Replace the one-way gear located at the exit unit (p/n A00J 8951 00). 3. A stalled exit roller drive motor (M4). Replace the exit roller drive motor (p/n A00J M120 00 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/n A0P0 M124 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ). 4. Incorrect fuser drive speed. Increase or decreasethe fuser drive speed within the Service Mode ? Machine Adjustments. 5. Transfer belt not turning. Check to make sure that the M1 drive motor (p/n A00J M113 00 - Brushless motor/12) is operational, drive gears (Gear 44/70T- p/n A00J 2200 01and Gear 88T - p/n4004 2540 01 for bizhub C451/C550/C650 or p/nA0P0 2208 00 for bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS ) are not broken, stripped and are meshed and engaged properly. 6. The secondary transfer roller is faulty. The roller is either worn so the circumference is less than when new, or it is beginning to bind. Replace the secondary transfer roller (p/n A0P0 R719 00 for the bizhub C452/C552/C652/C552DS/C652DS or p/n A00J R715 00 for the bizhub C451/C550/C650 ). Jamming at the exit with the first sheet of paper half-way out of the fuser and remaining paper jamming internally CAUSE: Broken exit roller drive gear(s). SOLUTION: Replace gear 16T (p/n A00J 8951 00) and/or gear 16T/26T (p/n A00J 8911 00). Jamming when duplexing (jam code 7216 or 72-16). CAUSE: Failed switchback gate control. SOLUTION: Check the switchback gate for dragging, staying up or increased tension and replaceSwitch Solenoid (SD1) if necessary (p/n 9321 2200 32). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
503
bizhub C652
Check/inspect the Pulling Spring. If the pulling spring has failed, replace it(p/n A00J 8938 00). Note : Please refer to attached Reversal Unit parts document for parts information. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Abel Villasenor, Pacific Office Automation;Ian Lynch/Mike McCarthy/David Aekus/Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD; Pete Peters, COPYPRO Inc. and John Miller/Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702927EN* Solution Usage 45
Description SERVER CONNECT ERROR message and unable to scan to E-mail viaMicrosoft Exchange Server 2003 and 2007. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
504
bizhub C652
Solution CAUSE: An exception for the printer was not added to the Microsoft Exchange Server. SOLUTION: Have theserver Administrator add an exception for the printer to the Exchange exceptions list. 1.Open the Control panel and select Windows Firewall. 2.Select Exceptions and Add Port. 3.Add a name and Port number. 4.Click on Change Scope. 5.Select Custom List and add the TCP/IP address for the exception. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMalcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
505
bizhub C652DS
506
bizhub C652DS
507
bizhub C652DS
508
bizhub C652DS
August 2011
509
bizhub PRESS C6000

Description How to transfer Management Lists to a USB drive and capture the Management Lists electronically. Solution bizhub PRO C6500 series To capture the Management Listselectronically (sample attached), perform the following: 1. Insert the USB drive into the Service Port on the bizhub PRO C6500 series model. 2. Press the following keys in this order: a. Utility/Counter b. Detail c. Help d. Utility/Counter e. Mode Check bizhub PRESSC8000 series Note : The following DIPSWs need to be set, preferably during installation. When setting DIPSW30-1 to 1, the Parameter List and the Communication Log List are also stored. When setting DIPSW15-0 to 1, the ORU-M Maintenance History and the RFID Information List. Perform the following: 1. Service Mode. 2. Select List Output. 3. Insert a USB Memory into the Service Port. 4. Select Output All to USB (located in the lower left side of the screen). 5. Select OK. File naming convention listprint <Machine code> + <Destination code> + <Serial No.>_<YMD>_<Time>.txt Example: listprint505A000123456_20100107_1010.txt The list output mode menu includes the following items : Machine Management List Adjustment Data List Coverage data list Parameter List Font Pattern Communication Log List Maintenance History ORU-M Maintenance History RFID Information List Memory Dump List SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0657371EN* Solution Usage 15
Description Citrix compatibility. Solution Citrix has published a list of KMBS products and their compatibility with different versions of Citrix . These are known as Citrix Ready products. KMBS has also done some testing that might notdocumented on theCitrix Ready products web page.Attached is a document with additional information on Konica Minolta's Citrix Ready Certified products. Also, refer to the attached Citrix compatibility list for additional information.Some products not listed below arelisted in the attached document.It covers other MFPs like the bizhub 600/601/750/751/360/361/362/420/421/500/501/162/180/210/222/282, the bizhub C350/C353/C253/C203, the bizhub PRO 1050/920 and controllers like theIC-303 and IC-409. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : The test resultsfor
August 2011
510
bizhub PRESS C6000

bizhub C652DS/C552DS and C360/C280/C220with XenApp 6.0 are included. bizhub 652/602 for XenApp 5.0 are included. bizhub C20 for XenApp 5.0 are included. Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driverare included. IC-202 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1, the Adobe PostScript driver version 1.0.0 or the PCL driver version 1.01 the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-203 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003/Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 2.0.28, the Adobe PostScript driver version 2.0.28 or the PCL driver version 2.0.0, the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-205 Tested in both theCitrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and theCitrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the GDI driver version 1.00 or the PCL driver version 1.00 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. Cancelled print jobs may stay in queue when using the GDI driver. 2. The printer icon may disappear when cancelling a print job when using the GDI driver. 3. Print jobs may hang when printing from two or more workstations simultaneously using the GDI driver. IC-302 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. IC-401 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PostScript driver version 1.0. The following restrictions: 1. The mixed media function may not be used. 2. Enabling the "Delete pending print jobs at logout" on the Metaframe server does not result in the print jobs being deleted. 3. Print job access codes should not be used. IC-402 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The following are restrictions that were found: 1. Custom Size setting is not available. 2.Owner Information, Lock Job and Copier store print functions are not available. 3. The client default settings are not saved. IC-405 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 2.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were thatMedia Mixed function is not available by network printer. IC-611 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.0.7, the PostScript Adobe driver version 1.0.0.7 or the PCL driver version 1.0.1 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The watermark function will not function when using the PCL driver. 2. The PostScript Visual driver is not available with Microsoft Windows 2003 Server. 3. Booklet mode may not function when called within Adobe Acrobat. IP-901 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1 and 2.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. bizhub C350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PCL driver version 1.0 with the following restriction: The watermark feature will not be available on a locally installed printer. bizhub 200/250/350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1 or the PCL driver version 1.0.2 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
511
bizhub PRESS C6000

1. The custom paper size setting is not available. 2. The default selections made on client workstations will not be reflected on the printer properties screens. bizhub C650/C550/C451/C450/C352/C351/C300/C252/C250 Tested withCitrix Metaframe. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.No restrictions were found in testing. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS1002393EN* Solution Usage 14
Description Code C-6703or C-6704 (scanner malfunctions). If no code is indicated, the printed image may be distorted or garbled.See the attached image samples. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Poor connection of the video I/F cable. Check the connection the video I/F cable. The left side of the connector might not be fully connected. If so, please insert the connector firmly after taking it out and inserting it several times, then fasten the lock-screws tightly. Secure the video I/F cable as shown in attached documentation. A new modified cable is available as outlined in the attached Technical Bbulletin #7899. 2. Patch installation is required for the Fiery controller. Please install attached patch 1-1A5EUN . Thepatch is also available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Notes : 1.Please refer to attached "Fiery Patch" Release Notes prior to patch installation. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. To open a ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website .The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan);Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801972EN* Solution Usage 13
Description SD-501/SD-506, SC77-95 (bizhub PRO 1050 series only) or C-1411shortly after power up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Loss of 5V DC on SDDB(green LED not lit).OPEN ICP1 on SDDB (ICP1 is located near CN100 on bottom middle of PWB). Replace SDDB (p/n 15AN -932 1F). Note : Attached is the troubleshooting procedure to resolve SDDB ICP1 failures as there are many components connected to this ICP. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. SD-501 control board has failed. Replace the SD-501 CB (p/n 15AN-931 3H). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Benjamin Geary, KMBS/Fort Worth; Mike McCarthy/Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD and Felix Burgen, ESS Solution ID TAUS0901640EN* Solution Usage 13
Description How to perform a file capture. Note : IC-601 will support bizhub PRESScolor MFPsin April of 2011. Solution Pleaseunzip the attached WinZip file to accessthe procedure.WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. To viewthe zipped PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Thedocument addresses the topics: USB memory Key files for log acquisition Setting of the controller Situation of needed controller log and captured files Procedure of acquisition of the controller defective log Procedure of acquisition of the controller capture The required key files (showalllog and getcapture) are also included. Key file for acquisition of the defective log of the controller: showalllog Key file for acquisition of the controller capture: getcapture Store either key filein the USB memory.If both key files are stored in the USB memory at the same time, the files may not be captured correctly. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
512
bizhub PRESS C6000

Description On certain files, digital scan scan lines or other image defects may appear across portions of the ouput. (See attached filefor one type ofexample.) Solution Escalated to KMBT This issue has been escalated to Konica Minolta Business Technologies in Japan. KMBS/SSD is working with partners in support and R & D in Japan to obtain a resolution for this issue as quickly as possible. If viewing this solution via the web, please establish a ticket via either the web or by calling the contact center at 1-800-825-5664. Once a ticket has been established an E-mail will be sent when this solution is updated. For phone advisors, please attach to this solution for an automatic E-mail that will be sent to the technician when this solution is updated. End the call with call code "Escalated to Japan". This appears to be an issue with the IC-306/IC-413 as it relates to specific Image Quality settings. As a workaround, please try one of more of the following settings under the "Image" tab of the print driver. Change the setting of Image Quality from "Normal" to "Best". Change the setting of Resolution from "1200dpi" to "600dpi". Change the setting of Image Smoothing "OFF" or "ON". Notes : 1.Settings are dependent on the Image field and/or Engine being used. In most cases, when using 1200dpi, setting the quality to "Best" will resolve the issue. 2. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS Solution ID TAUS1002380EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Incorrect image rotation of prints after updating to Macintosh OS 10.6.5.(image outputs as portrait direction on landscape sheet) This issue may only occurwith Adobe applications, especially InDesign, but can occurwith any application.
August 2011
513
bizhub PRESS C7000

August 2011
514
bizhub PRESS C7000

515
bizhub PRESS C7000

August 2011
516
bizhub PRESS C7000

Description Incorrect image rotation of prints after updating to Macintosh OS 10.6.5.(image outputs as portrait direction on landscape sheet) This issue may only occurwith Adobe applications, especially InDesign, but can occurwith any application.
August 2011
517
bizhub PRESS C7000P

August 2011
518
bizhub PRESS C7000P

519
bizhub PRESS C7000P

August 2011
520
bizhub PRESS C7000P

Description Incorrect image rotation of prints after updating to Macintosh OS 10.6.5.(image outputs as portrait direction on landscape sheet) This issue may only occurwith Adobe applications, especially InDesign, but can occurwith any application. Solution CAUSE:The Macintosh OS 10.6.5 update modifies the CUPS filter. Thisis an industry-wide issue and is notrelated to any issues with Konica Minolta drivers and/or software. SOLUTION: Apple has identified the root cause of the issuewhichis resolvedwith the version 10.6.6 update. Please update to Macintosh OS 10.6.6. Note : To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)
August 2011
521
bizhub PRESS C70hc

Description Code C-6703or C-6704 (scanner malfunctions). If no code is indicated, the printed image may be distorted or garbled.See the attached image samples. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Poor connection of the video I/F cable. Check the connection the video I/F cable. The left side of the connector might not be fully connected. If so, please insert the connector firmly after taking it out and inserting it several times, then fasten the lock-screws tightly. Secure the video I/F cable as shown in attached documentation. A new modified cable is available as outlined in the attached Technical Bbulletin #7899. 2. Patch installation is required for the Fiery controller. Please install attached patch 1-1A5EUN . Thepatch is also available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Notes : 1.Please refer to attached "Fiery Patch" Release Notes prior to patch installation. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
522
bizhub PRESS C70hc

2. To open a ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website .The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan);Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801972EN* Solution Usage 13
Description Pitchlines in the main scan direction, very close together andrepeating down the entire page. Thepitch linesare most noticeablein black halftones. Thepitch linesare more pronounced on thicker gloss stock paper. Solution The following items are needed to help develop a resolution. Samples of the problem. Send samples to: KMBS 550 Marshall Phelps Rd Windsor CT 06095 Attn: Ed BelloneC6000/C7000 Banding The files used to print the samples. Attach the files to the ticket. ESCALATED TO JAPAN. This issue has been escalated to our solutions team in Japan and SSD is currently working with our Japanese partners in Support and R&D to duplicate/confirm the problem. A resolution will be obtained for this issue as quickly as possible. If viewing this solution via the web, please establish a ticket via either the web or by calling the contact center at 1-800-825-5664. Once a ticket has been established an E-mail will be sent when this solution is updated. For phone advisors, please select "Email primary contact" for an automatic E-mail to be sent to the technician when this solution is updated. End the call with call code 'Escalated to Japan'. Note :See the attached PDF file for an example of the banding. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, ESS
Problem Ticket number ?
August 2011
523
bizhub PRESS C70hc

Description C-D0E2 after installing the PH-102/HD-514. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the two Memory Control Boards is not seated correctly. Remove and reseat the boards. 2. Memory Control Board/1 and Memory Control Board/2 are installed in the incorrect positions on the PH-102 board. Reinstall the memory control boards in the correct positions. Please refer to the attached PH-102 install guide for more detailed information on board locations and the correct installation positions. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1001602EN* Solution Usage 4
Description C-4840 error code. Error may occur only when machine is powered ON for the first time each day.
August 2011
524
bizhub PRESS C8000

Description Scratches running from lead-to-trail.This is seen primarily on heavier coated stock. Solution CAUSE: Edges in the turn guides of the peripherals are causing very light surface scratches in the images. SOLUTION:Install a kit of mylars in the peripherals that connect to the bizhub PRESS C8000.The kit (p/n U226-0550) can be obtained free of charge using the procedure described in attached Bulletin Number 7840. Installation instructions are contained in the kit. Note : To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt and Gabe Smith, ESS
August 2011
525
bizhub PRESS C8000

Description How to perform a file capture. Note : IC-601 will support bizhub PRESScolor MFPsin April of 2011. Solution Pleaseunzip the attached WinZip file to accessthe procedure.WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. To viewthe zipped PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Thedocument addresses the topics: USB memory Key files for log acquisition Setting of the controller Situation of needed controller log and captured files Procedure of acquisition of the controller defective log Procedure of acquisition of the controller capture The required key files (showalllog and getcapture) are also included. Key file for acquisition of the defective log of the controller: showalllog Key file for acquisition of the controller capture: getcapture Store either key filein the USB memory.If both key files are stored in the USB memory at the same time, the files may not be captured correctly. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1001986EN* Solution Usage 13
Description No power to the EF-101 (2nd Fusing Unit) after a C-5024 code. Solution CAUSE: ICP15 on the EF-101control board is OPEN. Note : ICP15 is located just above CN113 and CN125. It controls the5V DCsupply received from the main bodyat CN125, pin 2, to the EFCB. When ICP15 is OPEN, the 5V DCfeed from CN113, pin 3, is not sent to the DC Power relay (RL1). This stops the 220V ACinput from being supplied to the DCPS. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
526
bizhub PRESS C8000

SOLUTION:Before replacing the EFCB (p/n A1RJ H010 03), please inspect sensors and harnesses within the EF-101 for damage. The wire saddle for the wire harness may have come loose (see attached photo for a known problem location). In most cases anOPEN ICP is a secondary issue caused by damage to another component. For example, this issue wascaused by the Cooling Relay Harness/Upper (p/n A1RJ N130 00) becoming frayed and shorting to the frame. The wire saddle for the harness has been modified on the EF-101 starting with serial number A1RJW11000321 . Note : Detection Relay Harness/2 (p/n A1RJ N150 00) may also need to be replaced. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byClinton Marquardt, ESS; Harold Kammerer, KMBS/Witchita and Chuck Tripp/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002151EN* Solution Usage 12
Description Density or gloss changes exactly 10" from the lead edge of the paper.
August 2011
527
bizhub PRO 1050

528
bizhub PRO 1050

August 2011
529
bizhub PRO 1050

Description Toner spilling/dumping or poor fill.
Solution ID
TAUS0702803EN*
Solution Usage
Description Unable to perform Scan to SMB to a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 domain controller environment. Solution CAUSE: Printer controller firmware does not support Scan to SMB on a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 domain controller environment. SOLUTION: Load the below print controller firmware version (or later) to support Scan to SMB on a Microsoft Windows Server 2003 domain controllers environment.
Model/Controller Controller Firmware 1050 PRO series/IC-611 Minimum version 30-CON0 920 PRO/IC-203 Minimum version 20-CON0 SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0656454EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to update firmware on the bizhub PRO 920 (IC-203), bizhub PRO 1050 (IC-611) and bizhub PRO C6500 (IC-303) using the Internet ISW method. Solution To update firmware using the Internet ISW method (FTP) pleasereview the attached documentation. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0642343EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Separate jobs based on name or address are required yet when using Mail Merge, all pages are stapled together. Solution CAUSE: A macro should be copied into the normal.dot document. SOLUTION: Import word_mail_merge_printing macro into normal.dot. Set up the driver you want to use as the default and then set the finishing features desired in Printing Preferences. Run normal.dot under macros; you should be presented with a question of how many sections are in the merge (i.e., how many pages before the next name or address in the merge). Solution ID TAUS0642727EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Is tab printing available on a Macintosh?
August 2011
530
bizhub PRO 1050e

531
bizhub PRO 1050e

August 2011
532
bizhub PRO 1050e

Description Toner spilling/dumping or poor fill.
August 2011
533
bizhub PRO 1050P

534
bizhub PRO 1050P

Description No ADD TONER indication. May be accompanied by a high pitched noise. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Older Level EPROMs do not display toner addition under certain conditions. Level 26 and above allow display on the low toner indication as soon as the machine reaches that condition. Minimum level 26 is required and installation of the latest level EPROM is recommended. EPROM history hyperlink . The 25 mode, address 71 and address 13 are related. Address 71 determines the amount of copies, after low toner is sensed, before the display will indicate ADD TONER. Address 13 determine the copy cycle action once the ADD TONER message has been displayed. Address 71 settings: 4 = After 100 copies (Default) 5 = After 1,000 copies 6 = After 2,000 copies 7 = After 3,000 copies Note: Address 71, settings 4-7 allow the machine to continue to operate after ADD TONER is displayed, regardless of address 13. The 25 mode, address 13 settings specify copy cycle reaction at detection (ADD TONER). The machine either finishes the current set in progress or completes the entire job before stopping the unit. Adress 13 settings: 0 = Complete the set in progress (after 100 additional copies) and stop 1 = Complete the set in progress (after 1,000 additional copies) then stop Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
535
bizhub PRO 1050P

2 = Complete the set in progress (after 2,000 additional copies) then stop 3 = Complete the set in progress (after 3,000 additional copies) then stop 4 = Complete the entire job (up to 100 additional copies) then stop 5 = Complete the entire job (up to 1,000 additional copies) then stop (Default) 6 = Complete the entire job (up to 2,000 additional copies) then stop 7 = Complete the entire job (up to 3,000 additional copies) then stop An additional aspect of level 26.0 and above is decreased toner consumption. In order to realize this benefit, both laser power 1 and laser power 2 must be adjusted to 88 (47 mode address 36 and address 37: press P to adjust). For tray priority, check and adjust 25 mode, address 16 to 2, address 68 to 3, and address 08 to 1. 2. The TLD sensor failed or toner is adhering to the TLD. Replace the the TLD (p/n 25SA88030). Note: The 12V DC to the TLD, CN22-B3 on the main CB, is only present under the following conditions: a. When the 7050 is switched ON. b. When the front door is opened and closed. c. During a copy operation. 3. The main CB was replaced and now there is no add toner indication. The new control boards are shipped with the latest production level EPROMs, however field machines may have different levels of Image Processing board EPROMs. This can create error codes and other problems. In addition, the Dallas chip on the new boards requires the machine to be reinitialized prior to use. The procedure to reinitialize the machine to factory settings resets the total counter to 0. As such, hotline assistance is required for this procedure. Note: To web users, the preceding hyperlink is not available for viewing from the web. 4. Note: Machine setup as a printer. Some of the codes and messages are programmed as copier messages and are designed to be displayed in that mode. As a result of the printer configuration, the messages are not displayed until the machine is powered OFF/ON while holding F3 (copier mode boot). Level 26 and above EPROMs allow the add toner display. Installation of the latest EPROMs are recommended. 5. Mylar on the toner hopper agitator plate is removed or damaged. Replace agitator plate (p/n 25SA-3270). Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
536
bizhub PRO 1051

537
bizhub PRO 1051

Description FS-521 main tray does not lower correctly. Error J-7217 may occur. The tray may not move downward, even with a large stack of paper. The tray may move upward too far, causingan abnormalcrunching sound. The tray may simplyjitter up-and-down erratically. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Nearby light sources are falsely triggeringthe the main exit tray lift detection sensor. Ensure that FS-521 Control firmware version G00-30 or greater is installed. Replace the sensor mounting plates (p/n A0GY 899111 and p/n A0GY 8993 13). Note : The Prevention Kit(p/n U226-0410) originally referred to inattached Bulletin Number 7355 is no longer available. The sensor mounting plates must be ordered instead. J-7217 when large size paper jobs are sent to the Main tray of thefinisher, yet8.5x11 paper exits to the Main tray normally. 2. One of the red shipping brackets had not been removed. Remove the shipping bracket and test finisher operation.The location of this particular bracketisbehind a gray cover (see attached Page E3 of the FS-521 Installation Manual). Removepaper from the Main tray message. There is no paper in the Main tray. 3. The tray position sensor (Top) detects the incorrect position of the paper ejection paddle of Main tray.A firmware update is required. As a temporary countermeasure, openthe front door of the finisher. The paddle is then rotated by initializing the FS-521 andthe incorrectmessage is no longer indicated. To prevent the message from reoccurring, please install updated Base firmware version A0GY0Y0-00 N1-G00-40 . The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 4. Faulty or malfunctioning paper exit level sensor (LED1). Check the sensor in the I/O mode and replace defective sensor (p/n 13QJ 8551 0) if necessary. Please refer to attached Parts Manual pages, Item 38 on page 15.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt/Gabe Smith, ESS;KMBT (Japan) andFreddie Burnham/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
August 2011
538
bizhub PRO 1051

Description How to load a 32-bit driver on a 64-bit operating system. Solution Please follow this step-by-step procedure and refer to the attached video. 1. Load the 64-bit driver on the server and share it out. 2. Load a 32-bit driver on a workstation locally. 3. From the workstation perform the Run command to connect to the server (example: \\11.11.5.33) and press enter. This should bring up the server. 4.Navigate to the previously shared out printer on the server. 5. Right-click on the shared out printer and select properties. 6. Select the sharing tab and then click on the Additional Drivers button. 7. Select or check-off the 32-bit driver to be added to the 64-bit system. 8. Select OK and then browse to the folder that houses the 32-bit driver to be installed and select OK. The Additional Drivers window should now have the 32-bitand 64-bit checked off. 9. Check the Additional Drivers of the Server to make sure that the 32-bit has been pushed up (right-click on the shared out printer of the server =>Properties =>Sharing Tab =>Additional Drivers). Notes : a.This was tested on like versions of 32-bit and 64-bit drivers. b.To viewthis procedure, Apple QuickTimeshould be installed.It can be downloaded for free at http://www.apple.com/quicktime/download/ . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801765EN* Solution Usage 21
August 2011
539
bizhub PRO 1200

540
bizhub PRO 1200

August 2011
541
bizhub PRO 1200

August 2011
542
bizhub PRO 1200P

543
bizhub PRO 1200P

August 2011
544
bizhub PRO 1200P

August 2011
545
bizhub PRO 1600P

Description Technician license information. Solution Every technician who is trained to service these models must have their SDS (Service Diagnostic System) license renewed annually. In addition, a new license must be obtained if the technicians laptop computer is replaced. Attached Bulletin Number 6837 describes the processes to maintain a current license. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Notes : 1. Please let us know if this is a: Re-Host (Laptop was replaced) Re-Issue (Renew License) 2.Phone advisers please end the support call with Escalate to Gregg M. Gallant or Ronald P. Reed, and send them an E-mail. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byCesar Jimenez and Freddie Burnham , Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description FS-xxx, first page not aligned properly/not stapled in stapled sets. Solution CAUSE:Static build-up onalignment plate which causes the first page to stick. SOLUTION:Wipe affected are with anti-static compound (Brillianize, Pledge, dryer sheet, etc.). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
546
bizhub PRO 2000P

August 2011
547
bizhub PRO 2500P

August 2011
548
bizhub PRO 920

549
bizhub PRO 920

August 2011
550
bizhub PRO 920

Solution ID Description J31-02. TAUS0657168EN* Solution Usage 42
August 2011
551
bizhub PRO 950

Description How to install/connect an Equitrac device. Solution There are 2 different methods for connecting the device. Key counter connector = 4-pin Vendor connector = 8-pin Please note that Production models only support the Key Counter Only 4-Pin Connector (Plug and Play).They DO NOT support Vendor 2 connections. To install/connect Equitrac : 1.Equitracmust have thesupply cable (Item #CABX0094)along with any adaptersfor the product. 2.Move the control panel up and then left. 3.Remove the curved, beige/white cover/panel (two screws) behind the control panel (noticea 4-pin connector).Depending upon the Equitraccable, the adapteron top of it may have to be removed. 4. Remove the black cover on the right side of the platen glass and break off the cut-out nearest the control panel/front. 5.Connect the Equitraccable referenced in step 1 into the to cable behind the control panel. 6.Run the cable through the outlet that was broken off. 7.Replace all the covers and powerON the machine. 8.Go to the Tech Rep mode, then billing mode (stop-9). 9.Select "management function choice" toenable the counter. 10. Select "key counter only" tab. 11. Select "End". 12. Select "Exit". 13. There should be a red box on the main screen that indicates "Insert Plug-In counter".Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate the Equitrac device. Vendor Connector 1. Equitrac must have the supply cable (Item #CABX0813) along with any adapters for the product. 2. Remove Back Cover. 3.Connect the Equitraccable referenced in step 1 into the to cable behind the control panel. 4.Run the cable through the outlet that was broken off. 5.Replace all the covers and powerON the machine. 6.Go to the Tech Rep mode, then billing mode (stop-9). 7.Select "management function choice" toenable the counter. 8. Select "Vendor 2 (+Key Counter)" tab. 9. Select "End". 10. Select "Exit". 11. There should be a red box on the main screen with a Vendor Message. Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate the Equitrac device. Note :The Production Models do not have a Billing Mode. Once you connect the cable (connector) the appropriate message will be displayed automatically. Please see the attached connector documents and attached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-028 for more details. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Earnest Newson - KMBS/Carrollton, TX and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description How to load a 32-bit driver on a 64-bit operating system. Solution Please follow this step-by-step procedure and refer to the attached video. 1. Load the 64-bit driver on the server and share it out. 2. Load a 32-bit driver on a workstation locally. 3. From the workstation perform the Run command to connect to the server (example: \\11.11.5.33) and press enter. This should bring up the server. 4.Navigate to the previously shared out printer on the server. 5. Right-click on the shared out printer and select properties. 6. Select the sharing tab and then click on the Additional Drivers button. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
552
bizhub PRO 950

7. Select or check-off the 32-bit driver to be added to the 64-bit system. 8. Select OK and then browse to the folder that houses the 32-bit driver to be installed and select OK. The Additional Drivers window should now have the 32-bitand 64-bit checked off. 9. Check the Additional Drivers of the Server to make sure that the 32-bit has been pushed up (right-click on the shared out printer of the server =>Properties =>Sharing Tab =>Additional Drivers). Notes : a.This was tested on like versions of 32-bit and 64-bit drivers. b.To viewthis procedure, Apple QuickTimeshould be installed.It can be downloaded for free at http://www.apple.com/quicktime/download/ . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801765EN* Solution Usage 21
August 2011
553
bizhub PRO C500

Description SC45-20 at power up or while making copies. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
554
bizhub PRO C500

PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Color registration failure. Perform the color correction calibration of the sensors PS8 and PS9 (p/n 4969-1729-01). To calibrate the sensors, perform the following: a. Disable Color Registration Correction Control in the 25 mode, software dipswitch 25, bits 3 to 1 (ON) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF). b. Run [Auto Color Registration Adjustment] in the 36 mode. c. Enable Color Registration Control (software dipswitch 25, bits 3 to 0 (OFF) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF)). d. Perform Auto Color Registration adjustment. 2. The shutter that covers the registration sensors PS8 or PS9 is not opening. Clean the mechanism and ensure that the shutter functions correctly. 3. Color registration sensors have failed. Replace the color registration unit (p\n 65AAR75800). 4. Failed PRCB. Replace the PRCB (8050/CF5001 - p/n 65AA-9033 and bizhub PRO C500 -p/n 65AA-9035). 5. Stripped developer gearsor binding developing unit. Note : When printing black and white prints, the black is missing on the page. Gradually the frequency of the voids increases and the SC45-20 is indicated when the machine is powered ON. Pull the transfer belt unit when the SC45-20 is indicated andobserve the CMYK pattern. If the K pattern is missing, then check the K developing unit (p/n1 65AA-972 2). Look for stripped developing gears (p/n 65AA 7721 0 orp/n 65AA 7722 0) and replace if necessary. If K developing unit is binding, replace the assembly. 6. The toner level detection sensor located inside the corresponding color toner hopper will register a false full state. The sensor itself becomes caked with toner. Note : Developer will run completely out of toner even though all relevant systems are operating normally. Open the toner hopper and clean the toner level detection sensor. This will allow the toner bottle to begin supplying the hopper with fresh toner.It maybe necessaryto manually tone up the developer. This is accomplished by using the 47 mode. a. First access the toner density sensor at switch 58 bit 0=yellow, bit 1=magenta, bit 2=cyan, bit 3=black. b.Check the level, it should be between 150-180. Ifthe value is greater than 180,add toner to the developer. c.To add toner to the developer, use switch 01 bit 1= yellow, bit 4=magenta, bit 7=cyan, bit 10=black. d.Continue to add toner untilreaching the desired value. e.When finished, cycle the machine power, then run some test copies to verify the correction ofthe problem. 7.Failed Transfer Belt Assembly. Replace the Transfer Belt Assembly (p/n 65AA-261 0). 8.Imaging Unit not fully seated intoMFP causing a poor electrical connection and resulting in developer being depleted ( 8050/CF5001 only ). Lubricate alignment pins on front right side of imaging unit. Replace developer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0800962EN* Solution Usage 40
Description Media Guide (paper specifications and recommendations) for the 8050/C500/CF5001. Solution 8050 paper specifications . Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html 2.Duplexing of double-sided coated stock paper is not recommended on the 8050.
August 2011
555
bizhub PRO C500
August 2011
556
bizhub PRO C5500

Description When printing, one of these image problems may occur: negative image color is greatlymisaligned a pattern is printed in the background or there are missing images Solution CAUSE:Electrical noise (interference)when sending and receiving the data in the MFP possibly due to: an incomplete connection between theMFP and cable or the controller and cable. system code. a failed IPB. failed Fiery I/F card. a failed Fusion board. The problem may be resolved temporarily by power-cycling the engine. SOLUTION: Check, installor replace the following: Loose or damaged Interface cable between the Fiery and the Image Processing Board Be sure the cable is firmly seated andsecured at the Fiery and the IPB. If the problem is intermittent,replace the Interface cable ( IC-303/IC-305 - p/n 45059133, IC-408 - p/n 45053602). System Code For a bizhub PRO C6500/C5500 with the CREO controller, install version 2.1 system code on the controller (IC-304). Install the INDriver patch fileif still using version 1.0. Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Failed IPB Replace the IPB (p/n A03U H020 28 forbizhub PRO C5500/C6500/C6500P and p/n A0U0 H020 02 for the bizhub PRO C5501/C6501/C6501P ). CAUTION : For a bizhub PRO C6500 series MFP withthe EFI Fiery controller, replace the IPB (p/n A03U H020 28) and Fiery I/F board (p/n 45053205) as a set . Notes : a. Both the MFP and the controller have a circuit on the interface; changing both boards is recommended. b. I/F boards have been modified (Rev.D). Please refer to the attached EFI Cut-in Serial Number List. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT : This pertains to the bizhub PRO C6500 series ONLY . The bizhub PRO C6501 series IPB is already modified. Failed IC-304 Fusion board Reseat the cable connections between the main body and the CREO controller. If the problem still exists, replace the fusion board (p/n 503-00351A). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD; Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Chuck Tripp/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801219EN* Solution Usage 201
Description Streaks and/or lines on copies, possibly accompanied by an abnormalnoise. Solution CAUSE: Drum cleaning blade has "flipped". SOLUTION: Depending upon the installed Drum Unit there are different recommendations: If using a DU-102 Drum Unit please install the cleaning blade (p/n65AA 2003 1)and2 cleaning blade holders (p/n 65AA 2012 0) from the 8050/bizhub PRO C500. The 8050/bizhub PRO C500 cleaning blade should be trimmed on the corners before installation. If using a DU-102B Drum Unit please install the cleaning blade (p/n65AA 2003 1)and2 cleaning blade holders (p/n 65AA 2012 0) from the 8050/bizhub PRO C500. The 8050/bizhub PRO C500 cleaning blade should NOT be trimmed on the corners before installation. If using themodified " Green Dot " Drum Unit no modifications are required. Please see the attached documents and Bulletin Number 6833for instructions.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0700146EN* Solution Usage 128
557
bizhub PRO C5500

Different types of uneven density may occur: When printing a full sheet halftone the center of the image is noticeably darker than the front and rear edges. This can also be reproduced by running halftone test prints set to 40 in the TechRep Mode. Uneven image density from front-to-rear on halftone patterns. Uneven density front-to-rear. This is a gradual density shift from thefront of the page to the rear of the page. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: Center of printed page is darker than the edges: 1. Incorrect firmware level/DipSW setting. Please install minimum firmware version 27 and set DipSW 2-5 to 1. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : Firmware version 27 MFP serial number cut- in: bizhub PRO C6500 A03U010002668 A03U011000031 A03UW10000162 bizhub PRO C5500 A0E7010000236 A0E7011000001 A0E7W10000016 bizhub PRO C6500P A03V010000055 2.A failed write unit. Replace the write unit(Black Write Unit:p/n A03U R7A5 00 and Color Write Unit:p/n A03U R7A6 00).Please see the attached document to determine if the write unit has failed. Note : Modified write unitMFP serial numbercut-in: bizhub PRO C6500 A03U010002588 A03U011000031 A03UW10000130 bizhub PRO C5500 A0E7010000104 A0E7011000001 A0E7W10000001 bizhub PRO C6500P A03V010000052
Gradual density shift from thefront of the page to the rear of the page on copies/prints and on halftone patterns: 1. Charge corona is not level with the drum. The level of the charge corona assembly can be adjusted on the drum unit. If this does not produce the desired results, please order mylar shims (p/n A03U P461 00 -blue adjusting film/1 and p/n A03U P462 00 - white adjusting film/2). See the attached document for details and procedure.To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2.The charge wire in the corona housing might not be seated properly. Remove the end caps on the charge corona and verify the charge wire is sitting at the bottom of the V-shaped groove. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD and Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE Solution ID TAUS0701662EN* Solution Usage 114
Description C-3102code possibly accompanied by an abnormal noise. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the gears in the fusing unit gearboxfails. The shaft for fusing unit gear/H has been changed so that it is now supported at both ends instead of just one end. The gear is now made of a stronger material. The new design has been incorporated into all bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P machines beginning with s/n A03U010000787. A replacement gearbox is available for machines with lower serial numbers. For the machines with serial numbers between A03U010000788 and A03U010001446 the fuser gearbox is already updated and only fusing gear/H (p/n A03U 8088 11) needs to be replaced. Note :See attached Bulletin Number5923.This only applies to bizhub PRO C6500. All other models have the new style. 2. The machine cannot determine the separation cam home position. Check the following items PS16 (p/n 08AA 8551 2) and Release Actuator flag (p/n A03U 7244 00). Make sure when the fuser jam release green knob is Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
558
bizhub PRO C5500

turned counterclockwise, the Release Actuator flag (p/n A03U 7244 00) blocks and unblocks PS16/PS17. Check to see if the sensor is disconnected. If turning the Fuser Jam removal Knob does not change the position of the Release Actuator flag, then check the drive gears associated withM30 (p/n 27LA 8003 0) for broken or stripped drive gears andreplace them if damaged. 3. A one-way gear (p/n A03U 8093 00) is slipping in the fixing drive assembly. Replace the (3) fixing drive gears with the modifiedFixing Drive Gear/M 22T (p/n A03U 8093 11) andthe fixing drive shaft/A (p/n A03U 7258 00). Please refer to the attached Parts Modification Notices for details. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 4. Failed fixing limiter. Replace fixing limiter (p/n 65AA 5365 1). 5. Failed ICP14 on Conveyance Drive Board. Reference attached for ICP14 location. Replace Conveyance Drive Board (p/n A03U H050 04). Note : If the female connector on the fuser drive motor (M29) is broken it can allow CN512 to be plugged into the wrong pins. This can cause ICP14 to fail on the Conveyance Drive Board. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy/David Aekus/Jim Behrends/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
559
bizhub PRO C5501

560
bizhub PRO C5501

C-3102code possibly accompanied by an abnormal noise. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the gears in the fusing unit gearboxfails. The shaft for fusing unit gear/H has been changed so that it is now supported at both ends instead of just one end. The gear is now made of a stronger material. The new design has been incorporated into all bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P machines beginning with s/n A03U010000787. A replacement gearbox is available for machines with lower serial numbers. For the machines with serial numbers between A03U010000788 and A03U010001446 the fuser gearbox is already updated and only fusing gear/H (p/n A03U 8088 11) needs to be replaced. Note :See attached Bulletin Number5923.This only applies to bizhub PRO C6500. All other models have the new style. 2. The machine cannot determine the separation cam home position. Check the following items PS16 (p/n 08AA 8551 2) and Release Actuator flag (p/n A03U 7244 00). Make sure when the fuser jam release green knob is turned counterclockwise, the Release Actuator flag (p/n A03U 7244 00) blocks and unblocks PS16/PS17. Check to see if the sensor is disconnected. If turning the Fuser Jam removal Knob does not change the position of the Release Actuator flag, then check the drive gears associated withM30 (p/n 27LA 8003 0) for broken or stripped drive gears andreplace them if damaged. 3. A one-way gear (p/n A03U 8093 00) is slipping in the fixing drive assembly. Replace the (3) fixing drive gears with the modifiedFixing Drive Gear/M 22T (p/n A03U 8093 11) andthe fixing drive shaft/A (p/n A03U 7258 00). Please refer to the attached Parts Modification Notices for details. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 4. Failed fixing limiter. Replace fixing limiter (p/n 65AA 5365 1). 5. Failed ICP14 on Conveyance Drive Board. Reference attached for ICP14 location. Replace Conveyance Drive Board (p/n A03U H050 04). Note : If the female connector on the fuser drive motor (M29) is broken it can allow CN512 to be plugged into the wrong pins. This can cause ICP14 to fail on the Conveyance Drive Board. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy/David Aekus/Jim Behrends/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0700023EN* Solution Usage 100
Description Indentations are being seen on 12x18 or 13x19 paper at the 11-inch mark after running mostly 8.5x11 paper. Solution CAUSE:These marks are caused by wear on the fuser belt. It occurs when most of the paper printed is 11" followed by changing to larger paper. SOLUTION: A conversion kit is available to enable customers in production print environments to exchange the fusing unit without the need for a technician (Customer Replaceable Fuser Unit). This kit will allow the fusing unit to be removed by the end user and swapped with another.Please see attached Bulletin Number 6756 for additional details. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. IMPORTANT : The only version of the CRU waiver form which is acceptable is the one which is attached to the bulletin. The technician should order the fuser kit and then work with the customer to have the waiver form filled out. The order number should be included in the appropriate space on the waiver form. The completed form should then be attached to the ticket. The ticket should then be transferred to ESS who will coordinate the release of the kit with the Parts department. No fusing unit modification kits will be shipped until ESS has received the signed CRU waiverform. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702861EN* Solution Usage 53
Description C-4520 error code at power up. with poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers). during color registration adjustment. after performinga PM. possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt. possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes. possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
561
bizhub PRO C5501

Solution At power up CAUSE: Ten (10) pixels of Color registration overlap is detected when comparing to a previous Color Registration adjustment. SOLUTION: In order to reduce the error occurrence ratio, the following function was added to firmware version 60. DIPSW 23-1 0 : SC detected condition 10 pixels (Default) 1 : SC detected condition 60 pixels Notes : 1. To change SC detected condition only, color registration accuracy itself is not change. 2. The purpose of this DIPswitch is to reduce the occurrence ratio. Color registration problem itself cannot be improved. 3. Download and install firmware version 60 if necessary. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers) PROBABLECAUSES: 1. Upper front bearing falling out of the holderbecause oflack of tension on the upper roller bearings. Remove and reverse the upper front bearing (p/n 5400 7605 0 listed on page 32, Key 5 in the Parts Manual) so that the bearing flange is outward and/or slightly re-form the holder in which it sits so that more pressure is applied to the bearing. 2. Tension roller in the Intermediate Transfer Assemblybecoming dislodged, permitting the transfer belt to walk off or the upper and lower tension rollers are not lining up correctly. Addition of a new spacer at each end of the tension roller prevents the roller from disengaging from the bracket. To accommodate the new spacer, the length of the roller has been increased slightly and a D shape placed on the ends. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6331 for additional detail. Also, adjusting the lower tension roller is suggested. Please see the attached document for directions. 3. Gaps between Tension Plate Rear Caulking (p/n 65AA -273 0) and Plate/Rear (p/n 65AA 2625 0E) after maintenance performed on the transfer belt unit. Set Tension Plate Rear Caulking properly so that no gap exists and firmly fix with screw. See attached files for more information. Note :Also refer to attached Bulletin Number 6522 which addresses Transfer Belt Sliding. During color registration adjustment PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Failed color registration sensor PS8 or PS9. To identify the failed sensor, you can swapPS8with PS9. Run Output Check, code 5, multi code 2 for Color registration sensor output voltageor code 5, multi code 6 for Color registration sensor. A number between 0 and 255 is displayed on the [IN] area of the LCD. Inspect the Color Compensating wiringconnecting each sensor to a CRB.The Color Registration assembly (p/n A03U R798 00) will need to be replaced if PS8 or PS9 has failed. 2. PS8 and PS9 not calibrated properly. To calibrate: a. Disable Color Registration Correction Control in the 25 mode, software DIPswitch 25, bit 3 to 1 (ON) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF). b. Run Color Registration Adjustment in the Service Mode ? Machine Adjustment ? Printer Adjustment ? Color Registration Adj. c. Enable Color Registration Control in the 25 mode, software DIPswitch 25, bit 3 to 0 (OFF) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF)). d. Perform Auto Color Registration adjustment again. After performinga PM CAUSE:The Color Registration adjustment was not performed (bizhub PRO C5500/C5501/C6500/C6501 ). SOLUTION: Perform the Color Registration adjustment: 1.Enter Service Mode. 2.Select Machine Adjustment. 3.Select Printer Adjustment. 4.Select Color Registration Adjustment and then Start. 5.Exit Service mode. Possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt CAUSE: The first transfer pressure release motor (M19) coupling gear is spring loaded and can become lodged in the back position. SOLUTION: Release the first transfer pressure release motor (p/n 08AA 8003 0) coupling gear (p/n 65AA 1714 0) so that it springs freely when pressed and released. Possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open ICP fuse on the Printer Control Board (PRCB). Check the continuity of the ICP fuses ICP17, ICP20, and ICP21 with the PRCB out of the machine. You can also carefully check that there is 24V DC on each side of the fuses while the board is in the machine. Voltage on just one side of the fuse would indicate that the fuse is open and the board needs replacing (p/n A03U R7B5 00 - Printer Control Unit). 2. If [09 Writing Init. Pos. Memory] is not performed, the adjustment value is not reset to the initial value. Consequently, adjustment margin is decreased in some cases. Whenthe write unit is replaced, clean the dust-proof glass and perform the following adjustments in order: a. Writing Init Pos. Memory b. LD Bias Adjustment Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
562
bizhub PRO C5501

c. I/O check mode d. CD Skew Adjustment e. Restart Timing Adjustment f. Color Registration Adjustment g. Color Registration/Manual (Adjustment) h. Auto Gamma Adjustment Note : Please refer to attached Machine Adjustment section taken from the March 2009, Version 2.0 bizhub C6501/C6501P/C65hc/C5501 Service Manual, Theory of Operation. Possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes CAUSE: ICP17 isOPEN on the Printer Control Board. The wiring between the printer control board and the hardware counters may be pinched. If the wire is shorted to ground, ICP17 on the printer control board will open, resulting in the error code. If the wire is broken internally without shorting, the machine will function but the counter will not increment. SOLUTION:Check the wiring between the PRCB and the Total Counter. There might be a short to ground close to the Total Counter. After the short is found and repaired, replace the PRCB (p/n A03U R7B5 00). If the wiring is not damaged, reposition it so that it is secured in the plastic hooks behind the counters. This will keep the wiring from being pinched when the cover is removed and reinstalled. It is recommended that all machines be inspected at setup or the next service call to prevent future incidents. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6196 for complete information, including illustrations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Mike McCarthy/Freddie Burnham/Ed Bellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703482EN* Solution Usage 51
Description C-2211, C-2212, C-2213 or C-2214usually when the machine is running in Thick Paper mode (1/2 line speed). These are drum drive error codes. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect drum speed. Please installminimum version 40 firmwareto correct the drum speed.The latest version firmware isavailable via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. After installing the firmware please set the following DIPSW to the recommended setting: DIPSW21 bit 6 bit 7 0 0 Default 1 0 0.1% up 0 1 0.2% up (Recommended) 1 1 0.3% up If the symptom reoccurs with the recommended value, try the 0.3% UP setting. 2. Cleaning blade has "flipped" on a corresponding color. Please refer to attached "Cleaning Blade Flipping" document if it is determined that the drum blade has flipped. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 3. Incorrect Belt Line Speed Adjustment setting. Check the setting by referring to section 10.3.8 Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment) in the Service Manual. If the setting value is not in the range between -5 to -35, readjust the value within -5 to -35. If -5 to -35 cannot give the satisfactory result, also perform the section 10.3.3. FD Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment). 4. Failed Drum Drive Unit. Replace the Failed Drum Drive Unit (p/n A03U R757 00 for Yellow / Cyan ) and p/n A03U R758 00 for Black / Magenta ). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE;Cesar Jimenez/Ed Bellone/Chuck Tripp/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702260EN* Solution Usage 42
Description FS-607, incorrect alignment or jamming when stapling.
August 2011
563
bizhub PRO C6500

564
bizhub PRO C6500

565
bizhub PRO C6500

August 2011
566
bizhub PRO C6500P

567
bizhub PRO C6500P

568
bizhub PRO C6500P

August 2011
569
bizhub PRO C6501

570
bizhub PRO C6501

Description Toner is adhering to the drum surface.It can be cleaned off, but returns a short time later. Solution CAUSE: It appears that there may be an issue with the coating on the drums which seems to be most sensitive when replaced in the black drum section. The other three colors, cyan, magenta and yellow, do not seem to be affected as much by this change to the drum surface. SOLUTION: If you are experiencing marks on the drum, please order a replacement 102C drum (p/n A0400Y4). All drums with a date code of January 2011 (11/01)or later have been modified.The date code is on a white sticker on the outside of the box. The format is Year/Month. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS Solution ID TAUS0902697EN* Solution Usage 71
Description FS-521 main tray does not lower correctly. Error J-7217 may occur. The tray may not move downward, even with a large stack of paper. The tray may move upward too far, causingan abnormalcrunching sound. The tray may simplyjitter up-and-down erratically. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
571
bizhub PRO C6501

PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Nearby light sources are falsely triggeringthe the main exit tray lift detection sensor. Ensure that FS-521 Control firmware version G00-30 or greater is installed. Replace the sensor mounting plates (p/n A0GY 899111 and p/n A0GY 8993 13). Note : The Prevention Kit(p/n U226-0410) originally referred to inattached Bulletin Number 7355 is no longer available. The sensor mounting plates must be ordered instead. J-7217 when large size paper jobs are sent to the Main tray of thefinisher, yet8.5x11 paper exits to the Main tray normally. 2. One of the red shipping brackets had not been removed. Remove the shipping bracket and test finisher operation.The location of this particular bracketisbehind a gray cover (see attached Page E3 of the FS-521 Installation Manual). Removepaper from the Main tray message. There is no paper in the Main tray. 3. The tray position sensor (Top) detects the incorrect position of the paper ejection paddle of Main tray.A firmware update is required. As a temporary countermeasure, openthe front door of the finisher. The paddle is then rotated by initializing the FS-521 andthe incorrectmessage is no longer indicated. To prevent the message from reoccurring, please install updated Base firmware version A0GY0Y0-00 N1-G00-40 . The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 4. Faulty or malfunctioning paper exit level sensor (LED1). Check the sensor in the I/O mode and replace defective sensor (p/n 13QJ 8551 0) if necessary. Please refer to attached Parts Manual pages, Item 38 on page 15.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt/Gabe Smith, ESS;KMBT (Japan) andFreddie Burnham/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702861EN* Solution Usage 53
Description C-4520 error code at power up. with poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers). during color registration adjustment. after performinga PM. possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt. possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes. possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes. Solution At power up CAUSE: Ten (10) pixels of Color registration overlap is detected when comparing to a previous Color Registration adjustment. SOLUTION: In order to reduce the error occurrence ratio, the following function was added to firmware version 60. DIPSW 23-1 0 : SC detected condition 10 pixels (Default) 1 : SC detected condition 60 pixels Notes : 1. To change SC detected condition only, color registration accuracy itself is not change. 2. The purpose of this DIPswitch is to reduce the occurrence ratio. Color registration problem itself cannot be improved. 3. Download and install firmware version 60 if necessary. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers) PROBABLECAUSES: 1. Upper front bearing falling out of the holderbecause oflack of tension on the upper roller bearings. Remove and reverse the upper front bearing (p/n 5400 7605 0 listed on page 32, Key 5 in the Parts Manual) so that the bearing flange is outward and/or slightly re-form the holder in which it sits so that more pressure is applied to the bearing. 2. Tension roller in the Intermediate Transfer Assemblybecoming dislodged, permitting the transfer belt to walk off or the upper and lower tension rollers are not lining up correctly. Addition of a new spacer at each end of the tension roller prevents the roller from disengaging from the bracket. To accommodate the new spacer, the length of the roller has been increased slightly and a D shape placed on the ends. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6331 for additional detail. Also, adjusting the lower tension roller is suggested. Please see the attached document for directions. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
572
bizhub PRO C6501

3. Gaps between Tension Plate Rear Caulking (p/n 65AA -273 0) and Plate/Rear (p/n 65AA 2625 0E) after maintenance performed on the transfer belt unit. Set Tension Plate Rear Caulking properly so that no gap exists and firmly fix with screw. See attached files for more information. Note :Also refer to attached Bulletin Number 6522 which addresses Transfer Belt Sliding. During color registration adjustment PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Failed color registration sensor PS8 or PS9. To identify the failed sensor, you can swapPS8with PS9. Run Output Check, code 5, multi code 2 for Color registration sensor output voltageor code 5, multi code 6 for Color registration sensor. A number between 0 and 255 is displayed on the [IN] area of the LCD. Inspect the Color Compensating wiringconnecting each sensor to a CRB.The Color Registration assembly (p/n A03U R798 00) will need to be replaced if PS8 or PS9 has failed. 2. PS8 and PS9 not calibrated properly. To calibrate: a. Disable Color Registration Correction Control in the 25 mode, software DIPswitch 25, bit 3 to 1 (ON) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF). b. Run Color Registration Adjustment in the Service Mode ? Machine Adjustment ? Printer Adjustment ? Color Registration Adj. c. Enable Color Registration Control in the 25 mode, software DIPswitch 25, bit 3 to 0 (OFF) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF)). d. Perform Auto Color Registration adjustment again. After performinga PM CAUSE:The Color Registration adjustment was not performed (bizhub PRO C5500/C5501/C6500/C6501 ). SOLUTION: Perform the Color Registration adjustment: 1.Enter Service Mode. 2.Select Machine Adjustment. 3.Select Printer Adjustment. 4.Select Color Registration Adjustment and then Start. 5.Exit Service mode. Possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt CAUSE: The first transfer pressure release motor (M19) coupling gear is spring loaded and can become lodged in the back position. SOLUTION: Release the first transfer pressure release motor (p/n 08AA 8003 0) coupling gear (p/n 65AA 1714 0) so that it springs freely when pressed and released. Possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open ICP fuse on the Printer Control Board (PRCB). Check the continuity of the ICP fuses ICP17, ICP20, and ICP21 with the PRCB out of the machine. You can also carefully check that there is 24V DC on each side of the fuses while the board is in the machine. Voltage on just one side of the fuse would indicate that the fuse is open and the board needs replacing (p/n A03U R7B5 00 - Printer Control Unit). 2. If [09 Writing Init. Pos. Memory] is not performed, the adjustment value is not reset to the initial value. Consequently, adjustment margin is decreased in some cases. Whenthe write unit is replaced, clean the dust-proof glass and perform the following adjustments in order: a. Writing Init Pos. Memory b. LD Bias Adjustment c. I/O check mode d. CD Skew Adjustment e. Restart Timing Adjustment f. Color Registration Adjustment g. Color Registration/Manual (Adjustment) h. Auto Gamma Adjustment Note : Please refer to attached Machine Adjustment section taken from the March 2009, Version 2.0 bizhub C6501/C6501P/C65hc/C5501 Service Manual, Theory of Operation. Possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes CAUSE: ICP17 isOPEN on the Printer Control Board. The wiring between the printer control board and the hardware counters may be pinched. If the wire is shorted to ground, ICP17 on the printer control board will open, resulting in the error code. If the wire is broken internally without shorting, the machine will function but the counter will not increment. SOLUTION:Check the wiring between the PRCB and the Total Counter. There might be a short to ground close to the Total Counter. After the short is found and repaired, replace the PRCB (p/n A03U R7B5 00). If the wiring is not damaged, reposition it so that it is secured in the plastic hooks behind the counters. This will keep the wiring from being pinched when the cover is removed and reinstalled. It is recommended that all machines be inspected at setup or the next service call to prevent future incidents. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6196 for complete information, including illustrations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Mike McCarthy/Freddie Burnham/Ed Bellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
573
bizhub PRO C6501
August 2011
574
bizhub PRO C6501P

575
bizhub PRO C6501P

Description Toner is adhering to the drum surface.It can be cleaned off, but returns a short time later. Solution CAUSE: It appears that there may be an issue with the coating on the drums which seems to be most sensitive when replaced in the black drum section. The other three colors, cyan, magenta and yellow, do not seem to be affected as much by this change to the drum surface. SOLUTION: If you are experiencing marks on the drum, please order a replacement 102C drum (p/n A0400Y4). All drums with a date code of January 2011 (11/01)or later have been modified.The date code is on a white sticker on the outside of the box. The format is Year/Month. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS Solution ID TAUS0902697EN* Solution Usage 71
Description FS-521 main tray does not lower correctly. Error J-7217 may occur. The tray may not move downward, even with a large stack of paper. The tray may move upward too far, causingan abnormalcrunching sound. The tray may simplyjitter up-and-down erratically. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
576
bizhub PRO C6501P

PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Nearby light sources are falsely triggeringthe the main exit tray lift detection sensor. Ensure that FS-521 Control firmware version G00-30 or greater is installed. Replace the sensor mounting plates (p/n A0GY 899111 and p/n A0GY 8993 13). Note : The Prevention Kit(p/n U226-0410) originally referred to inattached Bulletin Number 7355 is no longer available. The sensor mounting plates must be ordered instead. J-7217 when large size paper jobs are sent to the Main tray of thefinisher, yet8.5x11 paper exits to the Main tray normally. 2. One of the red shipping brackets had not been removed. Remove the shipping bracket and test finisher operation.The location of this particular bracketisbehind a gray cover (see attached Page E3 of the FS-521 Installation Manual). Removepaper from the Main tray message. There is no paper in the Main tray. 3. The tray position sensor (Top) detects the incorrect position of the paper ejection paddle of Main tray.A firmware update is required. As a temporary countermeasure, openthe front door of the finisher. The paddle is then rotated by initializing the FS-521 andthe incorrectmessage is no longer indicated. To prevent the message from reoccurring, please install updated Base firmware version A0GY0Y0-00 N1-G00-40 . The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 4. Faulty or malfunctioning paper exit level sensor (LED1). Check the sensor in the I/O mode and replace defective sensor (p/n 13QJ 8551 0) if necessary. Please refer to attached Parts Manual pages, Item 38 on page 15.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt/Gabe Smith, ESS;KMBT (Japan) andFreddie Burnham/Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702861EN* Solution Usage 53
Description C-4520 error code at power up. with poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers). during color registration adjustment. after performinga PM. possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt. possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes. possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes. Solution At power up CAUSE: Ten (10) pixels of Color registration overlap is detected when comparing to a previous Color Registration adjustment. SOLUTION: In order to reduce the error occurrence ratio, the following function was added to firmware version 60. DIPSW 23-1 0 : SC detected condition 10 pixels (Default) 1 : SC detected condition 60 pixels Notes : 1. To change SC detected condition only, color registration accuracy itself is not change. 2. The purpose of this DIPswitch is to reduce the occurrence ratio. Color registration problem itself cannot be improved. 3. Download and install firmware version 60 if necessary. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers) PROBABLECAUSES: 1. Upper front bearing falling out of the holderbecause oflack of tension on the upper roller bearings. Remove and reverse the upper front bearing (p/n 5400 7605 0 listed on page 32, Key 5 in the Parts Manual) so that the bearing flange is outward and/or slightly re-form the holder in which it sits so that more pressure is applied to the bearing. 2. Tension roller in the Intermediate Transfer Assemblybecoming dislodged, permitting the transfer belt to walk off or the upper and lower tension rollers are not lining up correctly. Addition of a new spacer at each end of the tension roller prevents the roller from disengaging from the bracket. To accommodate the new spacer, the length of the roller has been increased slightly and a D shape placed on the ends. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6331 for additional detail. Also, adjusting the lower tension roller is suggested. Please see the attached document for directions. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
577
bizhub PRO C6501P

3. Gaps between Tension Plate Rear Caulking (p/n 65AA -273 0) and Plate/Rear (p/n 65AA 2625 0E) after maintenance performed on the transfer belt unit. Set Tension Plate Rear Caulking properly so that no gap exists and firmly fix with screw. See attached files for more information. Note :Also refer to attached Bulletin Number 6522 which addresses Transfer Belt Sliding. During color registration adjustment PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Failed color registration sensor PS8 or PS9. To identify the failed sensor, you can swapPS8with PS9. Run Output Check, code 5, multi code 2 for Color registration sensor output voltageor code 5, multi code 6 for Color registration sensor. A number between 0 and 255 is displayed on the [IN] area of the LCD. Inspect the Color Compensating wiringconnecting each sensor to a CRB.The Color Registration assembly (p/n A03U R798 00) will need to be replaced if PS8 or PS9 has failed. 2. PS8 and PS9 not calibrated properly. To calibrate: a. Disable Color Registration Correction Control in the 25 mode, software DIPswitch 25, bit 3 to 1 (ON) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF). b. Run Color Registration Adjustment in the Service Mode ? Machine Adjustment ? Printer Adjustment ? Color Registration Adj. c. Enable Color Registration Control in the 25 mode, software DIPswitch 25, bit 3 to 0 (OFF) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF)). d. Perform Auto Color Registration adjustment again. After performinga PM CAUSE:The Color Registration adjustment was not performed (bizhub PRO C5500/C5501/C6500/C6501 ). SOLUTION: Perform the Color Registration adjustment: 1.Enter Service Mode. 2.Select Machine Adjustment. 3.Select Printer Adjustment. 4.Select Color Registration Adjustment and then Start. 5.Exit Service mode. Possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt CAUSE: The first transfer pressure release motor (M19) coupling gear is spring loaded and can become lodged in the back position. SOLUTION: Release the first transfer pressure release motor (p/n 08AA 8003 0) coupling gear (p/n 65AA 1714 0) so that it springs freely when pressed and released. Possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open ICP fuse on the Printer Control Board (PRCB). Check the continuity of the ICP fuses ICP17, ICP20, and ICP21 with the PRCB out of the machine. You can also carefully check that there is 24V DC on each side of the fuses while the board is in the machine. Voltage on just one side of the fuse would indicate that the fuse is open and the board needs replacing (p/n A03U R7B5 00 - Printer Control Unit). 2. If [09 Writing Init. Pos. Memory] is not performed, the adjustment value is not reset to the initial value. Consequently, adjustment margin is decreased in some cases. Whenthe write unit is replaced, clean the dust-proof glass and perform the following adjustments in order: a. Writing Init Pos. Memory b. LD Bias Adjustment c. I/O check mode d. CD Skew Adjustment e. Restart Timing Adjustment f. Color Registration Adjustment g. Color Registration/Manual (Adjustment) h. Auto Gamma Adjustment Note : Please refer to attached Machine Adjustment section taken from the March 2009, Version 2.0 bizhub C6501/C6501P/C65hc/C5501 Service Manual, Theory of Operation. Possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes CAUSE: ICP17 isOPEN on the Printer Control Board. The wiring between the printer control board and the hardware counters may be pinched. If the wire is shorted to ground, ICP17 on the printer control board will open, resulting in the error code. If the wire is broken internally without shorting, the machine will function but the counter will not increment. SOLUTION:Check the wiring between the PRCB and the Total Counter. There might be a short to ground close to the Total Counter. After the short is found and repaired, replace the PRCB (p/n A03U R7B5 00). If the wiring is not damaged, reposition it so that it is secured in the plastic hooks behind the counters. This will keep the wiring from being pinched when the cover is removed and reinstalled. It is recommended that all machines be inspected at setup or the next service call to prevent future incidents. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6196 for complete information, including illustrations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Mike McCarthy/Freddie Burnham/Ed Bellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
578
bizhub PRO C6501P
August 2011
579
bizhub PRO C65hc

Description Streaks and/or lines on copies, possibly accompanied by an abnormalnoise. Solution CAUSE: Drum cleaning blade has "flipped". SOLUTION: Depending upon the installed Drum Unit there are different recommendations: If using a DU-102 Drum Unit please install the cleaning blade (p/n65AA 2003 1)and2 cleaning blade holders (p/n 65AA 2012 0) from the 8050/bizhub PRO C500. The 8050/bizhub PRO C500 cleaning blade should be trimmed on the corners before installation. If using a DU-102B Drum Unit please install the cleaning blade (p/n65AA 2003 1)and2 cleaning blade holders (p/n 65AA 2012 0) from the 8050/bizhub PRO C500. The 8050/bizhub PRO C500 cleaning blade should NOT be trimmed on the corners before installation. If using themodified " Green Dot " Drum Unit no modifications are required. Please see the attached documents and Bulletin Number 6833for instructions.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE Solution ID TAUS0701662EN* Solution Usage 114
Description C-3102code possibly accompanied by an abnormal noise. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. One of the gears in the fusing unit gearboxfails. The shaft for fusing unit gear/H has been changed so that it is now supported at both ends instead of just one end. The gear is now made of a stronger material. The new design has been incorporated into all bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P machines beginning with s/n A03U010000787. A replacement gearbox is available for machines with lower serial numbers. For the machines with serial numbers between A03U010000788 and A03U010001446 the fuser gearbox is already updated and only fusing gear/H (p/n A03U 8088 11) needs to be replaced. Note :See attached Bulletin Number5923.This only applies to bizhub PRO C6500. All other models have the new style. 2. The machine cannot determine the separation cam home position. Check the following items PS16 (p/n 08AA 8551 2) and Release Actuator flag (p/n A03U 7244 00). Make sure when the fuser jam release green knob is turned counterclockwise, the Release Actuator flag (p/n A03U 7244 00) blocks and unblocks PS16/PS17. Check to see if the sensor is disconnected. If turning the Fuser Jam removal Knob does not change the position of the Release Actuator flag, then check the drive gears associated withM30 (p/n 27LA 8003 0) for broken or stripped drive gears andreplace them if damaged. 3. A one-way gear (p/n A03U 8093 00) is slipping in the fixing drive assembly. Replace the (3) fixing drive gears with the modifiedFixing Drive Gear/M 22T (p/n A03U 8093 11) andthe fixing drive shaft/A (p/n A03U 7258 00). Please refer to the attached Parts Modification Notices for details. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 4. Failed fixing limiter. Replace fixing limiter (p/n 65AA 5365 1). 5. Failed ICP14 on Conveyance Drive Board. Reference attached for ICP14 location. Replace Conveyance Drive Board (p/n A03U H050 04). Note : If the female connector on the fuser drive motor (M29) is broken it can allow CN512 to be plugged into the wrong pins. This can cause ICP14 to fail on the Conveyance Drive Board. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy/David Aekus/Jim Behrends/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0700023EN* Solution Usage 100
Description Indentations are being seen on 12x18 or 13x19 paper at the 11-inch mark after running mostly 8.5x11 paper. Solution CAUSE:These marks are caused by wear on the fuser belt. It occurs when most of the paper printed is 11" followed by changing to larger paper. SOLUTION: A conversion kit is available to enable customers in production print environments to exchange the fusing unit without the need for a technician (Customer Replaceable Fuser Unit). This kit will allow the fusing unit to be removed by the end user and swapped with another.Please see attached Bulletin Number 6756 for additional details. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. IMPORTANT : The only version of the CRU waiver form which is acceptable is the one which is attached to the bulletin. The technician should order the fuser kit and then work with the customer to have the waiver form filled out. The order number should be included in the appropriate space on the waiver form. The completed form should then be attached to the ticket. The ticket should then be transferred to ESS who will coordinate the release of the kit with the Parts department. No fusing unit modification kits will be shipped until ESS has received the signed CRU waiverform. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
580
bizhub PRO C65hc

SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902697EN* Solution Usage 71
Description C-4520 error code at power up. with poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers). during color registration adjustment. after performinga PM. possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt. possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes. possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes. Solution At power up CAUSE: Ten (10) pixels of Color registration overlap is detected when comparing to a previous Color Registration adjustment. SOLUTION: In order to reduce the error occurrence ratio, the following function was added to firmware version 60. DIPSW 23-1 0 : SC detected condition 10 pixels (Default) 1 : SC detected condition 60 pixels Notes : 1. To change SC detected condition only, color registration accuracy itself is not change. 2. The purpose of this DIPswitch is to reduce the occurrence ratio. Color registration problem itself cannot be improved. 3. Download and install firmware version 60 if necessary. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
581
bizhub PRO C65hc

Poor copy quality, lines, wrinkles. The transfer belt may mis-track or slide toward one side or the other ("walking" off the rollers) PROBABLECAUSES: 1. Upper front bearing falling out of the holderbecause oflack of tension on the upper roller bearings. Remove and reverse the upper front bearing (p/n 5400 7605 0 listed on page 32, Key 5 in the Parts Manual) so that the bearing flange is outward and/or slightly re-form the holder in which it sits so that more pressure is applied to the bearing. 2. Tension roller in the Intermediate Transfer Assemblybecoming dislodged, permitting the transfer belt to walk off or the upper and lower tension rollers are not lining up correctly. Addition of a new spacer at each end of the tension roller prevents the roller from disengaging from the bracket. To accommodate the new spacer, the length of the roller has been increased slightly and a D shape placed on the ends. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6331 for additional detail. Also, adjusting the lower tension roller is suggested. Please see the attached document for directions. 3. Gaps between Tension Plate Rear Caulking (p/n 65AA -273 0) and Plate/Rear (p/n 65AA 2625 0E) after maintenance performed on the transfer belt unit. Set Tension Plate Rear Caulking properly so that no gap exists and firmly fix with screw. See attached files for more information. Note :Also refer to attached Bulletin Number 6522 which addresses Transfer Belt Sliding. During color registration adjustment PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Failed color registration sensor PS8 or PS9. To identify the failed sensor, you can swapPS8with PS9. Run Output Check, code 5, multi code 2 for Color registration sensor output voltageor code 5, multi code 6 for Color registration sensor. A number between 0 and 255 is displayed on the [IN] area of the LCD. Inspect the Color Compensating wiringconnecting each sensor to a CRB.The Color Registration assembly (p/n A03U R798 00) will need to be replaced if PS8 or PS9 has failed. 2. PS8 and PS9 not calibrated properly. To calibrate: a. Disable Color Registration Correction Control in the 25 mode, software DIPswitch 25, bit 3 to 1 (ON) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF). b. Run Color Registration Adjustment in the Service Mode ? Machine Adjustment ? Printer Adjustment ? Color Registration Adj. c. Enable Color Registration Control in the 25 mode, software DIPswitch 25, bit 3 to 0 (OFF) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF)). d. Perform Auto Color Registration adjustment again. After performinga PM CAUSE:The Color Registration adjustment was not performed (bizhub PRO C5500/C5501/C6500/C6501 ). SOLUTION: Perform the Color Registration adjustment: 1.Enter Service Mode. 2.Select Machine Adjustment. 3.Select Printer Adjustment. 4.Select Color Registration Adjustment and then Start. 5.Exit Service mode. Possibly with C-2714 error code. No image is visible on the transfer belt CAUSE: The first transfer pressure release motor (M19) coupling gear is spring loaded and can become lodged in the back position. SOLUTION: Release the first transfer pressure release motor (p/n 08AA 8003 0) coupling gear (p/n 65AA 1714 0) so that it springs freely when pressed and released. Possibly with C-4501, C-4502, C-4503and/or C-4504 error codes PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Open ICP fuse on the Printer Control Board (PRCB). Check the continuity of the ICP fuses ICP17, ICP20, and ICP21 with the PRCB out of the machine. You can also carefully check that there is 24V DC on each side of the fuses while the board is in the machine. Voltage on just one side of the fuse would indicate that the fuse is open and the board needs replacing (p/n A03U R7B5 00 - Printer Control Unit). 2. If [09 Writing Init. Pos. Memory] is not performed, the adjustment value is not reset to the initial value. Consequently, adjustment margin is decreased in some cases. Whenthe write unit is replaced, clean the dust-proof glass and perform the following adjustments in order: a. Writing Init Pos. Memory b. LD Bias Adjustment c. I/O check mode d. CD Skew Adjustment e. Restart Timing Adjustment f. Color Registration Adjustment g. Color Registration/Manual (Adjustment) h. Auto Gamma Adjustment Note : Please refer to attached Machine Adjustment section taken from the March 2009, Version 2.0 bizhub C6501/C6501P/C65hc/C5501 Service Manual, Theory of Operation. Possibly with C-4521 and/or C-4522 error codes CAUSE: ICP17 isOPEN on the Printer Control Board. The wiring between the printer control board and the hardware counters may be pinched. If the wire is shorted to ground, ICP17 on the printer control board will open, resulting in the error code. If the wire is broken internally without shorting, the machine will function but the counter will not increment. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
582
bizhub PRO C65hc

SOLUTION:Check the wiring between the PRCB and the Total Counter. There might be a short to ground close to the Total Counter. After the short is found and repaired, replace the PRCB (p/n A03U R7B5 00). If the wiring is not damaged, reposition it so that it is secured in the plastic hooks behind the counters. This will keep the wiring from being pinched when the cover is removed and reinstalled. It is recommended that all machines be inspected at setup or the next service call to prevent future incidents. Refer to attached Bulletin Number 6196 for complete information, including illustrations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Mike McCarthy/Freddie Burnham/Ed Bellone/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703482EN* Solution Usage 51
Description C-2211, C-2212, C-2213 or C-2214usually when the machine is running in Thick Paper mode (1/2 line speed). These are drum drive error codes. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect drum speed. Please installminimum version 40 firmwareto correct the drum speed.The latest version firmware isavailable via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. After installing the firmware please set the following DIPSW to the recommended setting: DIPSW21 bit 6 bit 7 0 0 Default 1 0 0.1% up 0 1 0.2% up (Recommended) 1 1 0.3% up If the symptom reoccurs with the recommended value, try the 0.3% UP setting. 2. Cleaning blade has "flipped" on a corresponding color. Please refer to attached "Cleaning Blade Flipping" document if it is determined that the drum blade has flipped. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 3. Incorrect Belt Line Speed Adjustment setting. Check the setting by referring to section 10.3.8 Belt Line Speed Adj. (Printer Adjustment) in the Service Manual. If the setting value is not in the range between -5 to -35, readjust the value within -5 to -35. If -5 to -35 cannot give the satisfactory result, also perform the section 10.3.3. FD Mag. Adjustment (Printer Adjustment). 4. Failed Drum Drive Unit. Replace the Failed Drum Drive Unit (p/n A03U R757 00 for Yellow / Cyan ) and p/n A03U R758 00 for Black / Magenta ). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/BSE;Cesar Jimenez/Ed Bellone/Chuck Tripp/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702260EN* Solution Usage 42
Description FS-607, incorrect alignment or jamming when stapling.
Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
583
CAC
Description CAC/PIV installation instructions and update procedure. Solution IMPORTANT : The dipswitch settings detailed in the "Firmware installation procedure" section, need to be performed before the firmware update as detailed below.When the procedure is performed before the upgrade to CAC firmware, it should prevent the "License management" error from occuring. Procedure 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Enter System2 ? Soft switch settings. 3. Switch No. 10. 4. Hex assignment 00. 5. Press Fix. 6. Record the current MFP and scanner S/N for future reference. 7. When the firmware update screen appears, select the Start button at the lower right corner of the MFP LCD. 8. When each install item hasdownloaded completely and the check sum number appears: a. Power OFF the MFP. b. Remove the CF card from the MFP. c. PowerON the MFP. 9.If this procedure is not performed before thefirmware upgrade, then the only way to resolve the error is "Initialization" by calling and logging a ticket with SSD. Please perform the procedures mentioned in the attached documentation. Please read carefully and proceed in the order mentioned . To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and John Miller, Workgroup/SSD. Solution ID TAUS0902689EN* Solution Usage 2
Description CAC/PIV support. Solution Pleaserefer tothe attacheddocumentation for current supported models. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002287EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to set up an MFP for a CAC/PIV environment using special PKI firmware. Solution Utilizing the ActivClient functionality on Konica Minolta bizhub MFPs requires special firmware, loadable device drivers, special printer drivers, and installation procedures to provide guaranteed support for all historical versions of CAC Smart Cards using the AU-211P.ActivClient supports all current and future CAC profiles. The following card types are supported: Gemalto (32K, 64K, TOPDLGX 144) Oberthur (32K, 64K) CAC v1 CAC v2 GSCIS PIV Transitional PIV End-state Notes : 1.The special version firmware, printer drivers and documents are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.Select Solutions a AU-211P CAC/PIV to download the needed File Type. IMPORTANT : THIS FIRMWARE IS ONLY FOR A CAC/PIV ENVIRONMENT.DO NOT INSTALL THIS FIRMWARE ON non-CAC/PIV MFPs. 2. During the installation of this firmware and loadable device driver, various error codes will be indicated. These are notvalid error codesrequiring troubleshooting; however,it is necessaryto follow the outlined procedures in the exact order to properly complete the installation. 3. Ifa service center is scheduled to install or maintain a CAC/PIV enabled MFP, then it is strongly recommended that the servicing person complete the Learning Place webinars related to this technology. KMBS Webinars are available online at The Learning Place, which can be accessedon www.mykonicaminolta.com . Common Access Card/Personal Identity Verification Solution WBT for Machine Technicians, 702 - Service - TCCACTWBT1v1 Common Access Card/Personal Identity Verification Solution WBT for Systems Integrators, 702 - Service - TCCACAPWBT1v1 Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
584
CAC
bizhub C353/C253/C203 for PKI Card System Security Function, 702 - Service - C353PKTTWBTv1 4. Overview and sales-related materials for the KMBS CAC/PIV Card System, along with other security features, can be found at http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/products/subcategories/as_security.html . 5. Generic CAC Info can be found at http://www.cac.mil/CardInfo.html . 6. Please refer to the attachedupgrade instructions. bizhub 361/421/501 and bizhub 601/751 bizhub C203/C253/C353 bizhub C220/C280/C360, bizhub C452/C552/C652 and bizhub 423/363/283/223 To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Stu Dern, ESS Solution ID TAUS1002515EN* Solution Usage 2
Description With a CAC enabled bizhub 501/421/361 MFP, although User Authentication is successful, when attempting to perform Scan to Me, the scan fails with "Server Connection Failure" error. Correctly specifying the SMTP server via FQDN or TCP/IP address does not resolve the issue.SSL is not being used for SMTP (port 25 only). Solution CAUSE: This is a rare error and may only occur on some DOD networks. The SMTPrequestor (the MFP) is sending out it's host name in FQDN context, (i.e., KMBT421.adomain.af.mil), which is not resolvable in DNS, unless the MFP is properly registered in DNS. SOLUTION: To prevent the necessity of registering each MFP in DNS, in Network Settings a TCP/IPSettings a IP/DNS Domain, leave the Default DNS Domain Name field blank and specify the defaultDNS domain in DNS Search Domain Name 1 field. This causes the MFP to send it's TCP/IP address as the requester, which does not pass to DNS, thus allowing for SMTP communication between the MFP and the Microsoft Exchange server. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Holt, SSD District Service Manager/Midwest Region Solution ID TAUS0902761EN* Solution Usage 1
Description What is the correct procedure to upgrade to Common Access Card firmwarein order to prevent a"License Management Error"? Solution Follow the instructions in the attached file"bizhubC353_C253_C203 for PKI card system setup instructions.pdf" when upgrading to Common Access Card firmware. Note: If a License Management error does occurs after upgrading firmware,the Initialization procedure will be required to resolve the error. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS
August 2011
585
CF1501
586
CF1501
August 2011
587
CF1501
August 2011
588
CF2001
589
CF2001
August 2011
590
CF2001
August 2011
591
CF2001P
592
CF2001P
August 2011
593
CF2001P
August 2011
594
CF2002
595
CF2002
August 2011
596
CF2002
August 2011
597
CF2002P
598
CF2002P
August 2011
599
CF2002P
August 2011
600
CF3102
601
CF3102
August 2011
602
CF3102
August 2011
603
CF3102P
604
CF3102P
August 2011
605
CF3102P
August 2011
606
CF5001
Description SC45-20 at power up or while making copies. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
607
CF5001
PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Color registration failure. Perform the color correction calibration of the sensors PS8 and PS9 (p/n 4969-1729-01). To calibrate the sensors, perform the following: a. Disable Color Registration Correction Control in the 25 mode, software dipswitch 25, bits 3 to 1 (ON) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF). b. Run [Auto Color Registration Adjustment] in the 36 mode. c. Enable Color Registration Control (software dipswitch 25, bits 3 to 0 (OFF) and bit 4 to 0 (OFF)). d. Perform Auto Color Registration adjustment. 2. The shutter that covers the registration sensors PS8 or PS9 is not opening. Clean the mechanism and ensure that the shutter functions correctly. 3. Color registration sensors have failed. Replace the color registration unit (p\n 65AAR75800). 4. Failed PRCB. Replace the PRCB (8050/CF5001 - p/n 65AA-9033 and bizhub PRO C500 -p/n 65AA-9035). 5. Stripped developer gearsor binding developing unit. Note : When printing black and white prints, the black is missing on the page. Gradually the frequency of the voids increases and the SC45-20 is indicated when the machine is powered ON. Pull the transfer belt unit when the SC45-20 is indicated andobserve the CMYK pattern. If the K pattern is missing, then check the K developing unit (p/n1 65AA-972 2). Look for stripped developing gears (p/n 65AA 7721 0 orp/n 65AA 7722 0) and replace if necessary. If K developing unit is binding, replace the assembly. 6. The toner level detection sensor located inside the corresponding color toner hopper will register a false full state. The sensor itself becomes caked with toner. Note : Developer will run completely out of toner even though all relevant systems are operating normally. Open the toner hopper and clean the toner level detection sensor. This will allow the toner bottle to begin supplying the hopper with fresh toner.It maybe necessaryto manually tone up the developer. This is accomplished by using the 47 mode. a. First access the toner density sensor at switch 58 bit 0=yellow, bit 1=magenta, bit 2=cyan, bit 3=black. b.Check the level, it should be between 150-180. Ifthe value is greater than 180,add toner to the developer. c.To add toner to the developer, use switch 01 bit 1= yellow, bit 4=magenta, bit 7=cyan, bit 10=black. d.Continue to add toner untilreaching the desired value. e.When finished, cycle the machine power, then run some test copies to verify the correction ofthe problem. 7.Failed Transfer Belt Assembly. Replace the Transfer Belt Assembly (p/n 65AA-261 0). 8.Imaging Unit not fully seated intoMFP causing a poor electrical connection and resulting in developer being depleted ( 8050/CF5001 only ). Lubricate alignment pins on front right side of imaging unit. Replace developer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0647493EN* Solution Usage 34
Description Media Guide (paper specifications and recommendations) for the 8050/C500/CF5001. Solution 8050 paper specifications . Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html 2.Duplexing of double-sided coated stock paper is not recommended on the 8050. Solution ID TAUS0623030EN* Solution Usage 31
Description Evenly spaced yellow, magenta, cyan, or black lines from lead-to-trail after setup. Solution CAUSE: The time, date, and telephone numbers have not been programmed. SOLUTION: To program the time, date, and phone numbers: bizhub PRO C500/CF5001/8050 1. Press the Help key. 2. Select [Key operator mode]. 3. Select [1. System initial setting]. 4. Select [1. Date & Time setting]. 5. Enter the date and time pressing [Set] after each entry to scroll to the next number entry position. 6. After all numbers have been entered, select [Set], [Previous Screen], [Previous Screen] to return to the normal operations screen. 7. Enter the 25 mode (power ON the sub power switch while pressing the 2 and 5 keys). 8. Select [12. Setting date input]. 9. Input the proper date. Note: The date must be entered again even if the current displayed date is correct. The machine will cycle through the date, month, Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
608
CF5001
and year each time the numbers are entered. 10. Select [OK] after each number entry. 11. Select [7. Telephone number setting menu]. 12. Select [Service center Telephone number (16 digit)]. 13. Input up to 16 numbers. Note: A number must be entered. 14. Select [Service center FAX number (16 digit)]. 15. Input up to 16 digits. Note : A number must be entered. 16. Select [OK]. 17. Power the sub switch OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500/C6501/C6501P/C5501/C65hc/LD6500 Follow the setup instructions that come with the machine (Installation Manuals are attached)and do not powerOFF the machine until everything has been entered. Refer tomanuals for: Time and Date setting Setup Date Input Telephone number setting Notes : 1.To viewthe zipped PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. To open the ZIP file, WinZipshould be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run the contents. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
609
CF80
610
CF80
August 2011
611
CF80
August 2011
612
CF900
613
CF900
August 2011
614
CF900
August 2011
615
CF9001
616
CF9001
August 2011
617
CF9001
August 2011
618
CF910
619
CF910
August 2011
620
CF910
August 2011
621
CF911P
622
CF911P
August 2011
623
CF911P
August 2011
624
CF911PE
625
CF911PE
August 2011
626
CF911PE
August 2011
627
CN3101e
Description Properly acquiring all needed QuarkXPress files for testing. Solution Whenrequesting files for testing and theyare from QuarkXPress versions 7.3, 8.02 or newer make sure that the customer or technician selects the following: File Collect for Output Reasons Not all files may be attached or embedded in the file. Not an effective troubleshooting procedure. Unable to correct or properly resolve the problem. Along with the requested files, we will need: the exact customer's workflow.(step-by-step) the operating system of the customer's computer. the driver version being used. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
628
CN3101e
Note : Refer tothe attached filenoticing thelinks to various PDF filesthat are on a Server or the customer's local workstation. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
629
CN3102e
Description HTTP 400 - Bad Request error. Unable to view the printer web browser (PageScope Web Connection). Solution CAUSE: The reason for the error: 1. A bad request.The browser sent a request that the server could not understand. 2. An attempt to communicatewith plain HTTP to an SSL-enabled server port. Instead, use the HTTPS scheme to access the URL. 3.The request could not be understood by the server due to malformed syntax. The client SHOULD NOT repeat the request without modifications. Note : The first digit of the status code specifies one of five classes of response. 1xx Informational 2xx Success 3xx Redirection 4xx Client Error 5xx Server Error SOLUTION: The error can be eliminated by: 1. Checking for any enabled Pop-up blockers and reconfiguring them. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
630
CN3102e
2. Checking for Internet security software that may be blocking Web access and disabling the service. Example: Norton Internet Security. 3. Installing Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 Service Pack 1. Microsoft has confirmed that this is a problem inMicrosoft products that are listed in the "Applies to" section. This problem was first corrected in.NET Framework 1.1 Service Pack 1. Please refer to Microsoft Article ID: 826437 - FIX: "HTTP 400 Bad request" error message in the .NET Framework 1.1 . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
631
CN3102Pro
Description HTTP 400 - Bad Request error. Unable to view the printer web browser (PageScope Web Connection). Solution CAUSE: The reason for the error: 1. A bad request.The browser sent a request that the server could not understand. 2. An attempt to communicatewith plain HTTP to an SSL-enabled server port. Instead, use the HTTPS scheme to access the URL. 3.The request could not be understood by the server due to malformed syntax. The client SHOULD NOT repeat the request without modifications. Note : The first digit of the status code specifies one of five classes of response. 1xx Informational 2xx Success 3xx Redirection 4xx Client Error 5xx Server Error SOLUTION: The error can be eliminated by: 1. Checking for any enabled Pop-up blockers and reconfiguring them. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
632
CN3102Pro
2. Checking for Internet security software that may be blocking Web access and disabling the service. Example: Norton Internet Security. 3. Installing Microsoft .NET Framework 1.1 Service Pack 1. Microsoft has confirmed that this is a problem inMicrosoft products that are listed in the "Applies to" section. This problem was first corrected in.NET Framework 1.1 Service Pack 1. Please refer to Microsoft Article ID: 826437 - FIX: "HTTP 400 Bad request" error message in the .NET Framework 1.1 . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
633
Create!
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
634
Create!
Description Create!flash* information. Solution Create!flash spec sheet Notes: 1. To view the above link, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]. 2. [[Create!flash web page| URL http://www.createform.com/products/flashadvantages.htm]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0617220EN* Solution Usage 1
Description AS/400* Create!Print Evaluation results for IP421. Solution AS/400 Create!Print Evaluation results for IP421. . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0800134EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Back side prints upside-down when printing from Create!form. Solution CAUSE:The output is specification due to first page output time. SOLUTION:There may be a correction in the future, however the current recommendation is to replace the MFP with a 'Mosel' or 'Thames' model. Then use the following procedure to fix back side printing: Select Utility button a User Settings a Print Setting a Basic Setting a Printing Direction Adjust. Select "Control Adjustment" to correct the issue. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS Solution ID TAUS0617221EN* Solution Usage 0
Description AS/400* Create!Print Evaluation results for IP601. Solution AS/400 Create!Print Evaluation results for IP601. . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
635
Creo Darwin
Solution ID TAUS0802105EN* Solution Usage
Description Darwin VI Authoring Tool. Solution Darwin runs natively on Macintosh OS X and Microsoft Windows OS and is a plug-in to QuarkXPress and Adobe InDesign. Darwin is available in Desktop and Pro configurations. Please refer to attached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-041 for more details. To view the zipped PDF(s),you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. IMPORTANT : CREO has discontinued its development for the Darwin VI Authoring tool for QuarkXpress. End of Software Maintenance & Support Effective Immediately, no further bug fixes or service packs for Darwin/Quark products are planned. Konica Minolta will discontinue offering field level and SSD help desk level/escalation support for the Darwin/Quark product only. ITEM # PRODUCT 7640004642 Darwin Desktop (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004643 Darwin Pro (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004644 Upgrade Darwin Desktop to Pro (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004652 Annual Maintenance Darwin Desktop (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004653 Annual Maintenance Darwin Pro (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004654 Annual Maintenance Darwin Desktop to Pro Upgrade (Quark - Macintosh) Solution ID TAUS0802106EN* Solution Usage
Description Darwin VI Authoring Tool manuals and other documentation. Solution Please refer to the attched ZIP file (22.7MB) for various Darwin VI Authoring Tool manuals and documentation. Toaccess the file(s) using WinZip, WinZipshould be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file(s) can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. To view the zipped PDF(s),you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Additionaldocumentation (manuals, etc.) can be downloaded fromMyKonicaMinolta.com: 1. Click on the Products tab. 2.Select and click on Product Showcase link. 3. Choose Application Solutions. 4.Choose Variable Data Printing. 5.Select and click on Darwin VI Authoring Tool where you can select Overview, Features, Manuals or Software & Driver Download. -orFrom the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ), Business Products: 1. Click on the Products tab. 2. Choose Application Solutions. 3.Choose Variable Data Printing. 5.Select and click on Darwin VI Authoring Tool where you can select Overview, Features Manuals or Software & Driver Download. IMPORTANT : CREO has discontinued its development for the Darwin VI Authoring tool for QuarkXpress. End of Software Maintenance & Support Effective Immediately, no further bug fixes or service packs for Darwin/Quark products are planned. Konica Minolta will discontinue offering field level and SSD help desk level/escalation support for the Darwin/Quark product only. ITEM # PRODUCT 7640004642 Darwin Desktop (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004643 Darwin Pro (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004644 Upgrade Darwin Desktop to Pro (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004652 Annual Maintenance Darwin Desktop (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004653 Annual Maintenance Darwin Pro (Quark - Macintosh) 7640004654 Annual Maintenance Darwin Desktop to Pro Upgrade (Quark - Macintosh) Solution ID TAUS0802784EN* Solution Usage
Description CREO Darwin system requirements. Solution Darwin/Macintosh System Requirements Hardware Power Macintosh G5 or Intel-based Macintosh At least 1GB memory Macintosh OS X v10.4 500MB disk space Software options QuarkXPress v6.5 or later (including v7.3) QuarkXPress Passport v6.5 or later (including v7.3) Adobe InDesign CS2/CS3
August 2011
636
Creo Darwin
Darwin/Microsoft Windows System Requirements Hardware Intel Premium processor 500MB available hard-disk space 1GB RAM Software requirements Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition with Service Pack 4/Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition or Microsoft Windows Vista (32-bit only) Adobe InDesign CS2/CS3 Microsoft Excel 2003 Optional Adobe Photoshop CS2/CS3 for working with Personalized Images SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802785EN* Solution Usage
Description Darwin features and benefits. Solution
Features Benefits Rule-based logic No scripting or programming is required. Simple rule functionality enables you to create complex VI documents with ease. Common logic can be applied to text, image and even full page placement. Unlimited variability Any number of variable fields can be appliedpartial or even full pages can be replaced for every recipient. Complete QuarkXpress and Adobe Indesign feature set Enables full design freedom by allowing you to use any QuarkXpress or Adobe Indesign design function to create VI documents. Supports multiple output formats Supports Variable Print Specification, PostScript, Optimized PostScript and Xerox VIPP. The fact that elements are only RIPped once, regardless of how many times they are used makes Variable Print Specification the most highly-recommended solution for VI production. Integration with other data types Darwin supports any database source. The Windows edition of Darwin has ODBC connectivity for direct connectivity to any external data source. Create multi-page documents Personalized catalogs and similar large documents are easy to make. There is no length limit. Each recipient can receive a different number of pages. Print runs according to database criteria Print runs can be ordered, for example, alphabetically or by postal code. Creo APR (Automatic Picture Replacement) support for VI images. Enables you to spool smaller files and to leave hi-res images in a central server location, greatly reducing processing time. Supports EPS, TIFF, CREO CT, JPEG and PICT file formats Darwin hot folders (Darwin Pro QXP only) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
637
Creo Darwin
Import a database and execute a print run with a simple drag-and-drop operation. This fully automated feature requires one-time setup and is then initiated with a keystroke. Database cleansing tools (Macintosh version only) These include profile editing, uppercase and lowercase changes, and the ability to export a database. ODBC connectivity (Microsoft Windows version only) Enables direct connectivity to any external database, so you can link to server-based data and images, which streamlines your workflow and saves disk space. DDG (Darwin Driven Graphics) support (Darwin Pro only) DDG allows for the automatic creation of charts (area, pie, column, line, and bar) based on database information.. Zip code bar-coding (Darwin Pro only) Automatically generates barcodes containing U.S. zip code information for faster, more accurate mail delivery. Advanced preflight tool Advanced preflight enables you to preview your design and its variable elements in WYSIWYG format. It also allows you to select a specific record and preview it in real-time. Dynamic Page exception Create booklets with variable pages of several different paper types. Auto text fitting feature (Microsoft Windows only) Ensures that variable text data does not overflow the intended text box by automatically resizing the text as determined by user-defined parameters. Auto image fitting feature (Microsoft Windows only) Allows multiple image variation options, i.e., center, left, right and proportional fit, for precise image placement Multilingual support (Double-byte only) Supports additional non-Romance languages, such as Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew and others SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802786EN* Solution Usage
Description Darwin Pro features. Solution Darwin Pro The feature-rich and powerful Darwin Pro offers enhancements to Darwin Desktop such as support for Darwin Driven Graphics (DDG) and increased automation. DDG extends the range of variable information (VI) elements you can integrate into a document beyond variable text, colors, images, and pages to data-rich diagrams, charts, and bars. DDG parameters are defined using pop-down menus and drag-and-drop operations, offering maximum flexibility and ease of use. Unlike other available offerings, no programming is required to generate high-level graphic results. You can preview and soft proof graphics in QuarkXPress and Adobe InDesign. Darwin Pro features: An award-winning variable information authoring tool. An easy-to-use GUI based on the Macintosh OS X/Microsoft Windows user interface. Support for both Macintosh and Microsoft Windows (ID only) platforms. Full support for QuarkXPress and Adobe InDesign. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
638
Creo Darwin
Database manipulation tools including profile editing, case changing, and database export (Macintosh version only). ODBC connectivity: enables direct connectivity to any external database. Zip code bar-coding to automatically generate barcodes containing U.S. zip code. Darwin Driven Graphics (DDG) to automatically create area, pie, column, line, and bar charts. Hot folders for automating the VDP production (Macintosh QuarkXPress version). Dynamic page exception for variable pages in a booklet with several paper attributes. Auto fitting capabilities (text and images). Supports the most efficient VDP output formats: VPS, OPS, VIPP, PPML, PPML/VDX, PDF. Simple rule-based logic, not scripting and programming required. Multilingual support (double-byte). Supports additional non-Roman languages, such as Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew and others. Smoothly integration with Creo Color Servers. Personalized images creation for high creativity and impact. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802815EN* Solution Usage
Description CREO Darwin supported files. Solution CREO Darwin supports the following files: Text files DBF 4 (dbase IV) file Microsoft Excel documents Microsoft Access documents ODBC Data Source SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
639
CS Remote Care
Description Error 2039 when performing TX/RX Test in vCare. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Port 25 is blocked on thenetwork. Contact the network administrator on site and verify that port 25 is open.If not, it must be open to complete the installation. You can confirm that port 25 is being blocked by running the following command: telnet set localecho open 207.18.56.93 25 If the port is open, 220 csrcsmtp1.Minolta.com ESMTP Service <Lotus Domino Release 7.0.2FP1> ready at (Current Date and Time) will be indicated. Note : Please follow the attached steps to troubleshoot the SMTP port. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 2. Incorrect gateway address. Obtain the correct gateway from the network administrator. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Izzy Sanchez, vCare/SSD, Stephen San Juan- KMBS/Oakland and Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902986EN* Solution Usage 29
Description Error code 41FA when performing a TX/RX test at setup. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The DNS settings are incorrect or missing. Enter the correct DNS settings by performing the following: a. Select the "Utility" key, then"Administrator Mode" and enter thepassword 12345678 . b. Select "Network", "TCP/IP settings" and "DNS". c. Enter the correct DNS server TCP/IP address and exit the Administrator Mode. d. Reboot the machine and perform the TX/RX test to complete. 2. HTTP port 80 closed or SNMP port 25 closed. Perform Telnet session testing for port 80 or 25 open. Reference attached document. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 3. CS Remote Care communication mode is set incorrectly. Under CS Remote a Detail Settings a Software switch setting , switch 4 needs to be set to 0000 0010 for E-mail. 4. The error is time out response when sending E-mail to the E-mail server/mail transport. Verify the following settings on the MFP: Verify the proper SMTP/POP3 server TCP/IP address or FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name). Verify MFP E-mail address is entered. Verify POP3 Username and Password entered on the MFP. Verify the SMTP (default = 25) and POP3 (default = 110) are correct the for the E-mail server or mail transport agent being used. Verify the SMTP Authentication Username and Password are correct (this setting is used only if enabled on the mail server). The E-mail server is outside the intranet; use telnet to verify access to E-mail server via SMTP/POP3 TCP port numbers. Notes : a. Consult the IT messaging administrator for the E-mail correct settings. b. The problem is not a configuration issue. Perform network capture to determine the reason for the error code. 5. The customer is using a proxy server. To configure: a. Select the "Utility" key, then "Administrator Mode" and enter the password 12345678. b. Select "Network", "WebDav Server Setting" and then "Client Settings". c. Enter the TCP/IP address of the customer Proxy Server and, if they are using Authentication, enter in the username and password of the server. IMPORTANT : Consult thenetworkadministrator to allow access. Note : To troubleshoot the access issue, use a laptop set up with the machine credentials andthe network cable from the machine NIC. Browse to the Internet (example: www.mykonicaminolta.com or www.google.com ). 6. Auto-negotiation is selected for the NIC. In the network card, Flow Control can be changed from auto-negotiation to a fixed rate. In some network enviroments it may be nessary to set a fixed rate due to routers switching rates of speed. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
640
CS Remote Care
a. Select the "Utility" key, then "Administrator Mode" and enter the password 12345678. b. Select "Network", "Details Setting" and "Device Setting". c. Set a fixed rate of 100Mb Full. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD; Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD; Rick Veale, ESS and Eric Oakes/Brian McGuire, vCare/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801677EN* Solution Usage 28
Description Error 5217 is indicated. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The vCare E-mail account does not exist on the vCare Communication server. Verify the information input into the vCare windows is correct. Then if all is correct, but error code persists, contact the hotline at 1-800-825-5664 and ask for one of the vCare administrators. Note : A vCare E-mail account requires 24 hours to be created after the unit has been vCare-enabled in SAP. 2. The password was incorrectly entered. The password is case-sensitive; enter itusing all uppercase letters. 3. Machine has not been entered into the vCare system. Make certain that there is a work order for setting up vCare.The machine(s)must be entered into the system before they can be enabled. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Izzy Sanchez and Eric Oakes, vCare/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801683EN* Solution Usage 23
Description Error 3001 when setting up CS Remote Care (CSRC). Solution If errorappears when performing TX/RX test: CAUSE: Port 110 (POP3) is blocked on customer's network. SOLUTION: Contact the network administrator on site and verify that port110 is open. Confirm that port 110 is being blocked by running the following command. telnet set localecho open 207.18.56.93 110 If the port is open, Lotus Notes POP3 server version Release 7.0.2FP1 ready , will be displayed. Note : Please follow the attached steps to troubleshoot thePOP3 port. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. If error appears during Initial Connection of one way set-up: CAUSE: Machine has not been entered in SAP. SOLUTION:Enter machine into SAP, machine will not appear for vCare setup for 24 hours. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Izzy Sanchez/Eric Oakes, vCare/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701255EN* Solution Usage 18
Description Troubleshooting vCare/CS Remote Care E-mail communication failure.
August 2011
641
Cygwin
Description Using the Firmware Imaging Toolkit version 2.5.5, programming the CF card will appear to work okay. However when the card is used to install the Firmware Loadable Driver for the AU-201H Proximity Card reader, the download fails at the MFP panel showing "Download N.G." Solution CAUSE: The format of the CF Card is incorrect. This may be caused by using previous versions of the Firmware Imaging Toolkit to program the card, or by formatting it in FAT from Microsoft Windows. SOLUTION:Use Cygwin to program the card with the correct format, following this method: 1. Extract the firmware to the root (C:\) drive to create the following directory: C:\card_work . 2. Open the command prompt and change directory to C:\card_work 3 . Type the following command: mkcfldr ti1 f: 3b replace ti1 with the appropriate machine code: Note : Ti1 is the MFP model name code; this code will be different for each model as shown below. f: should read as the current drive where the CF card is inserted (e:, f:, etc.). Switches used for setting the MFP model environment in Cygwin are: bizhub C353 - Ti1 bizhubC253 - Ti2 bizhubC203 - Ti2.5 bizhubC650 - Mi1 bizhubC550 - Mi2 bizhubC451 - Mi3 Pleaserefer to appropriate bulletin for additional machine codes. Please also see attached documentation as an example of the Cygwin Directory structure and command for programming a CF Card. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Holt, SSD/DSM - Midwest Region Solution ID TAUS0702021EN* Solution Usage
Description The flash card is not recognized when doing NVRAM recovery. Solution CAUSE:The flash card was not properly programmed using either the Cygwin Utilityor the Firmware Imaging Toolkit. Note : Please refer to attached documentation foradditional information. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SOLUTION:The flash card must be programmed in the same manner as it is for flashing the machine firmware. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim DiSarro, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900889EN* Solution Usage
Description Error #0032: File Not Found "*_MS.bin" message when writing version 2 firmware. Solution CAUSE: Latest version of Firmware Imaging Toolkit required. SOLUTION: Write the firmware using Firmware Imaging Toolkit 2.5.5 or Cygwin utility. The latest version firmware, utilitiesor system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
642
Data Administrator
Description When installing or upgrading PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES) modules, it is necessary to enter the correct SQL instance name and "sa" password. If an "SQL" error occurs, this may indicate that an incorrect SQL instance name or "sa" password was entered. Solution If the issue cannot be resolved, installing the free Microsoft SQL Management Studio may assist with further troubleshooting. Refer to the attached file for details. The PSES database (DB) can be installed on a local (on the same server as PSES) or a remote SQL DB. If it is not possible to connect locally or remotely to the SQL DB through SQL Management Studio, then it will NOT be possible to connect to the SQL DB during the PSES/PSNCDM install or upgrade. SQL Management Studio can be used to browse and connect to SQL installations on the network. If attempting to connect to a remote SQL database, install this utility on the computer where PSES/PSNCDM is installed and test connecting to the remote SQL DB. If the sa user is not configured to log in through SQL Server Authentication, which is required for PSES, it is possible to change the sa user to use SQL Server Authentication. This can be done by first logging in to the SQL Server via SQL Management Studio through Windows Authentication. The sa user could then be modified to log in through SQL Server authentication and an sa password could then be created. This sa password would then be used during the PSES install/upgrade. Note: it is the responsibility of the technician to ensure that the customers SQL database has been backed up and a backup strategy is in place before making any changes to an SQL database. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS Solution ID TAUS0901757EN* Solution Usage
Description "PageScope Data Administrator 4.1.2. Failed to connect" error is displayed when attempting to import data to a C552. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect machine settings for Open API and Network Function settings. Both settings must be set to Allow. SOLUTION: To adjust appropriate settings, please perform the following: Open API 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode. 3. System Connection Open API. 4. Set to Allow. 5. Select Exit. Admin Mode 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode - Security button -Management Function Setting, then the Network Function Setting button. 3. Set to Allow. 4. Select Exit. If these settings fail to resolve issue reload firmware and reinitialize network settings. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Jim DiSarro, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
643
Data Administrator
Description Applications support planas regardsMicrosoft Windows Service Packs, .NET Framework Service Packs and Web Browsers. Solution Please see attached applications support plan. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS1001089EN* Solution Usage
Description Therevision numbering formatfor PageScope Data Administrator has changed. Solution The minor release level, which follows the last decimal, now has 5 digits instead of 4. Example (minor revision levels underscored): Old format: Version 4.1. 5000 New format: version4.1. 08000 In this example, the 08000 minor release is actually newer than the5000 release (which would be 05000 under the new system). To avoidany confusion as to which releases are newer, check the release dates and the release notes. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS
August 2011
644
Di151
645
Di151
August 2011
646
Di151
August 2011
647
Di151f
648
Di151f
August 2011
649
Di151f
August 2011
650
Di152
651
Di152
August 2011
652
Di152
August 2011
653
Di152f
654
Di152f
August 2011
655
Di152f
August 2011
656
Di1610
657
Di1610
August 2011
658
Di1610
August 2011
659
Di1610fp
660
Di1610fp
August 2011
661
Di1610fp
August 2011
662
Di1610p
663
Di1610p
August 2011
664
Di1610p
August 2011
665
Di181
666
Di181
August 2011
667
Di181
August 2011
668
Di1810
669
Di1810
August 2011
670
Di1810
August 2011
671
Di1810f
672
Di1810f
August 2011
673
Di1810f
August 2011
674
Di1811p
675
Di1811p
August 2011
676
Di1811p
August 2011
677
Di183
678
Di183
August 2011
679
Di183
August 2011
680
Di183f
681
Di183f
August 2011
682
Di183f
August 2011
683
Di200
684
Di200
August 2011
685
Di200
August 2011
686
Di200f
687
Di200f
August 2011
688
Di200f
August 2011
689
Di2010
690
Di2010
August 2011
691
Di2010
August 2011
692
Di2010f
693
Di2010f
August 2011
694
Di2010f
August 2011
695
Di250
696
Di250
August 2011
697
Di250
August 2011
698
Di250f
699
Di250f
August 2011
700
Di250f
August 2011
701
Di251
702
Di251
August 2011
703
Di251
August 2011
704
Di2510
705
Di2510
August 2011
706
Di2510
August 2011
707
Di2510f
708
Di2510f
August 2011
709
Di2510f
August 2011
710
Di251f
711
Di251f
August 2011
712
Di251f
August 2011
713
Di30
714
Di30
August 2011
715
Di30
August 2011
716
Di3010
717
Di3010
August 2011
718
Di3010
August 2011
719
Di3010f
720
Di3010f
August 2011
721
Di3010f
August 2011
722
Di350
723
Di350
August 2011
724
Di350
August 2011
725
Di350f
726
Di350f
August 2011
727
Di350f
August 2011
728
Di351
729
Di351
August 2011
730
Di351
August 2011
731
Di3510
732
Di3510
August 2011
733
Di3510
August 2011
734
Di3510f
735
Di3510f
August 2011
736
Di3510f
August 2011
737
Di351f
738
Di351f
August 2011
739
Di351f
August 2011
740
Di400
741
Di400
August 2011
742
Di400
August 2011
743
Di450
744
Di450
August 2011
745
Di450
August 2011
746
Di451
747
Di451
August 2011
748
Di451
Description NVRAM replacement.
August 2011
749
Di470
750
Di470
August 2011
751
Di470
August 2011
752
Di520
753
Di520
August 2011
754
Di520
August 2011
755
Di550
756
Di550
August 2011
757
Di550
August 2011
758
Di551
759
Di551
August 2011
760
Di551
August 2011
761
Di5510
762
Di5510
August 2011
763
Di5510
August 2011
764
Di620
765
Di620
August 2011
766
Di620
August 2011
767
Di620PE
768
Di620PE
August 2011
769
Di620PE
August 2011
770
Di621
771
Di621
August 2011
772
Di621
August 2011
773
Di650
774
Di650
August 2011
775
Di650
August 2011
776
Di7210
777
Di7210
August 2011
778
Di7210
August 2011
779
Di750
780
Di750
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers? Solution Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners. For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement: "The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with minor issues." Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
781
Di750
Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly. Notes : 1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista. 2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html 4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
782
Di750PE
783
Di750PE
784
Di750PE
August 2011
785
Di850
786
Di850
787
Di850
August 2011
788
Dispatcher
Description Konica Dispatcher software information. Solution Dispatcher is a task automation software solution developed by Konica's Systems Engineering Center (SEC). Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Does Dispatcher, automatically delete the TXT file associated with the image file? Solution Dispatcher will automatically delete the TXT file that is associated with the image file. Solution ID TAUS0624423EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to make Dispatcher work with a Macintosh* running Microsoft* Virtual PC version 6.1. Solution Dispatcher will not work with a MAC running Virtual PC 6.1. The unlock code generated for Dispatcher is based on the hardware seen on the workstation. Because the workstation is a MAC, the hardware is seen as incompatible and will not allow an unlock code to be generated. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0652582EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Dispatcher Document Task Automation Solution. Solution Konica Minolta Dispatcher document task automation solution allows you to streamline and simplify your most popular and often-used document manipulation functions (scan, clean, split, merge, annotate, etc.); and do it all automatically. An easy-to use task automation application, KMBS Dispatcher performs routine document routing, printing, backup and manipulation functions of TIFF and Jpg files. These functions include: 1. Merge TIFF - in addition to splitting TIFF files, Konica Dispatcher can merge multiple TIFFs into a single document 2. Annotation - add your own text at a specified location on each image 3. Watermark - add your own background image to files 4. AutoOpen - open retrieved files automatically in their default application 5. Scanner Integration - retrieve images directly from the scanner, including the bizhub C350 and bizhub Pro 1050 models 6. Scanner Configuration Files - create configuration files for fast, easy setup of future scanners 7. PDF Files - Konica Dispatcher supports PDF retrieval in addition to TIFF 8. Print Job - print various types of office documents that are specified in a directory without opening the applications 9. UNICODE Support - KMBS Dispatcher supports UNICODE strings for languages 10. KMBS Dispatcher is a task-based system. As the user, you setup the series of operations you wish to perform as tasks. You may then schedule these tasks to run at the specific times and intervals that best suit your needs. Tasks are controlled from the user interface and may be stopped and started at the touch of a button. The graphical interface lets you know instantly each task, its type and its status. With its easy-to-use interface, powerful options and numerous new features, KMBS Dispatcher can help save you valuable time and money by freeing you up to do the things you want to be doing. See Bulletin #5306 . Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
789
Dispatcher
Description Dispatcher 2.0 for Alchemy* will not install on Microsoft* Windows 98. A Windows error message may appear stating that a file is missing. Solution CAUSE: Windows 98 requires updates. SOLUTION: Make sure all latest Windows 98 OS Service Packs and patches have been installed; especially the one called Windows 98 Customer Service Packs . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by Greg McDermott, KBT WINDSOR * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0624446EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to install Dispatcher on a Macintosh* using Microsoft* Virtual PC software. Solution Dispatcher will not work with a Macintosh even if Virtual PC is used. * Trademark ownership information
Solution ID
TAUS0801946EN*
Solution Usage
Description How to register and unlock Dispatcher Pro. Solution To unlock Dispatcher Pro you must browse to Konica Minolta Business Solution Engineering Center (SEC) Website at http://www.sec.kmbs.us .To do this, refer to the attached document. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marge McLea, Production Customer Support/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801939EN* Solution Usage 1
Description What are the operating system requirements for Dispatcher Pro? Solution Microsoft Windows NT/2000/XP/Vista SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marge McLea, Production Customer Support/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801940EN* Solution Usage
Description On how may PCs can 1 license of Dispatcher Pro be installed? Solution One lincense of Dispatcher Pro can be installed on 1 PC. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marge McLea, Production Customer Support/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801941EN* Solution Usage
Description Can a Dispatcher Pro user transfer the license from one PC to another? Solution A Dispatcher Pro user cannot transfer the license from one PC to another. Note :Dispatcher Pro has a PER MACHINE license meaning the application is licensed/registered to be used on a specific PC only. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marge McLea, Production Customer Support/SSD
August 2011
790
Dispatcher Pro Phoenix

Description Unable to register Dispatcher Pro version 2.0 (Phoenix Edition). Solution CAUSE:Version 2.0 cannot be registered on the SEC website . SOLUTION:Download version 2.1 from the SEC website and use the purchase code from the CD to register/activate the software. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jamie Petrucelli, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
791
DocuBreeze
792
DocuBreeze
Description DocuBreeze features. Solution DocuBreeze features: 1. Create customized ad-hoc document workflows to automatically route documents from their collection through to their final destination. 2. Collect and distribute documents from any number of sources, including Microsoft* Windows, Macintosh*, LINUX*, mainframe, AS/400*, E-mail, FTP and Konica multifunction devices. 3. Process documents through image processing (crop/resize, noise reduction, etc.), OCR, barcode routing/indexing, and document annotation. 4. Includes a web-based "Explorer" type file browser for public and private document archiving. 5. Features a scripting engine for convenient integration with other applications and advanced workflow. 6. Can support any language - even Unicode. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0623621EN* Solution Usage 1
Description DocuBreeze information. Solution DocuBreeze information. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html Solution ID TAUS0627249EN* Solution Usage 1
Description After using the KP utility to create the Konica Minolta printers for DocuBreeze, the alias printers are not showing up under new Device. Under new MFP the alias does not show up in the drop-down listing. Solution CAUSE: The alias files were not edited. SOLUTION: The printers will be created by the KP Utility. Go to /usr/local/SEC01/KPalias and run the KPalias utility which will create an alias file for each printer. After creating an alias for each printer, the file that was created needs to be edited. After opening the file, there should be a line "lp -d {printername} -0 $*" which needs to be changed to "lp -d {printername} -0 $@", then saved. Now the printer alias should show in the Alias of new MFP devices. Solution ID TAUS0628549EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to use the KP utility to set up printers when setting up DocuBreeze. Solution To use the KP utility: 1. At the root, type in less/etc/printcap.local, hit enter. A full screen text editor will appear. 2. Hit Qto take you out. 3. Type /opt/kp1.5/, then type kpappendprinter => enter. 4. At the prompt, Local printer queue name (give a friendly name - no spaces) => enter. You will be prompted for the TCP/IP address => enter ip address. Printers port => port1 => enter. Then you will be taken back to the root. 5.Type cat/etc/printcap.local => enter. The last lines should have the printer that you just set up with the name andTCP/IP address. 6. Now type /etc/init.d/lpd restart => enter. This should start and stop theLPD service. The warning you will see is "normal";when it makes the spool queue. 7. Type /opt/kp1.5/kpconfig -a => enter. A menu choice of two items (lp and also the name of the printer). 8.Select the printer you created and hit enter. 9. Select thePPD file for that printer. Then select y for append each job. You will be prompted for Memory configuration; next will be the finisher then it will ask about sheet feeder choice, punch unit, large capacity tray; after which, you will be back to the root. 10. At the command prompt type /opt/kp1.5/kpconfig -l => enter. This will install and append changes. 11. Type kp/opt/kp1.5/readme.txt => enter. Put number of copies to print - 1 select p to print. This will bring up the option and verify that it can print. 12. Now type in cd/usr/local/SEC01/kpalias => enter. 13. Type in pwd => enter. kpalias (name you want to see in docubreeze - no spaces) => enter, number of copies - 1. Set up the options you want for this alias. 14.Go to text font, select the font => enter then type in courier => enter. 15.After options, press S to save and then enter. To verify, type cat /(aliasname) - to verify. Repeat the above directions to make another alias. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
793
DocuBreeze
16.Type ../bin/dbalias =>enter after it runs type ./(aliasname) /opt/kp1.5/readme.txt =>enter. 17.Type ls -l =>enter. 18.Type rm sample =>enter type Y for yes =>enter. You have now created printers that DocuBreeze will"see" when creating a new MFP Device for printing. Solution ID TAUS0651188EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Need to retrieve files from DocuBreeze server to store in alternate location. Solution When logged in as sysadm to the DocuBreeze server, files from the Public and Shared Archives can be selected and saved to an alternate location. It is necessary to login as each private user to access their private archive and files to download. Alternately if logging in to a console session as root and entering cd /usr/local/SEC01/archive then ls -l, the private, public and shared folders will be displayed. Each of these folders can be accessed and the files retrieved from there or saved in a TAR file. Solution ID TAUS0623616EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What languages does DocuBreeze support? Solution DocuBreeze can support any language - even Unicode - with a built-in language translation tool. Solution ID TAUS0623618EN* Solution Usage 0
Description DocuBreeze system requirements. Solution System requirements: LINUX* 2.4 1 GHz Intel* Pentium* processor 512MB available system RAM 20GB available disk space Minimum Microsoft* Internet Explorer 5.5, Netscape* 4.7, Mozilla* 5 Apache* 1.3.24 web server A Konica scan-to-file device Available Internet connection * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
794
eCopy
Description When performing a simplex TWAIN scan, each page is pulled into the ADF once, pushed out, then pulled in again, as if the page were being duplexed. This issue originally occurred when using the 361, 421, 501 RealTime No GUI Twain Driver (for eCopy) version 3.0.1.8 and specifying through the TWAIN driver interface to scan "Simplex" from the ADF. This also will occur when using the Konica Minolta NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) Ver.3.1.2.15b. (This TWAIN driver version is necessary to be used when the MFP firmware is at version 20.) However, when the scan is acquired by the eCopy client, Microsoft Word, Acrobat, or other TWAIN-compatible application, only the top page of the document has been scanned, which indicates that duplexing had not been performed. Solution CAUSE: This issue is a result of the bizhub 361,421,501 series MFP specifications for detecting mixed original sizes. SOLUTION: The KONICA MINOLTA NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) Version 3.1.2.15g has been released to address this issue. When this TWAIN driver is installed, when performing a simplex TWAIN scan, each page will no longer be pulled into ADF in the manner described above. However, the limitation of using this TWAIN driver is that mixed-original scanning is not supported. If it is necessary to perform a TWAIN scan of mixed originals, the Konica Minolta NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) version 3.1.2.15b must be installed on the PC and selected within the application as the TWAIN driver to be used when scanning. Both the Konica Minolta NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Drivers (for eCopy) Version 3.1.2.15g and 3.1.2.15b can be obtained from SSD support upon request. Note to SSD Support: Both TWAIN drivers can be download from the /Twain_eCopy directory on the Special FTP site. eCopy Sharescan Administrator configuration: To set the eCopy Sharescan client to use the KM NoGUI RealTime 3.1.2.15g TWAIN driver, in the eCopy ShareScan Administrator console Device Node -> Manage -> Status tab, change TWAIN driver setting to use the KM NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) Version 3.1.2.15g. Check the "Enable Twain" checkbox and verify that "Use TWAIN User Interface for Settings" check box is UNCHECKED. This will set scanning via the TWAIN driver in NonGUI mode. If mixed mode scanning needs to be performed then the KM NoGUI RealTime 3.1.2.15b TWAIN driver needs to be specified through this setting. Notes: 1. Konica Minolta NoGUI RealTime Twain drivers for this model series are intended to be used in NoGUI mode. 2. The KONICA MINOLTA NoGUI RealTime TWAIN Driver (for eCopy) Version 3.1.2.15g and 3.1.2.15b can coexist on the same PC. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp ASG/SSD. Solution ID TAUS0900199EN* Solution Usage 16
Description Information required in order to escalate an eCopy issue through Konica Minolta support. Solution eCopy support will not address any support issues unless they are escalated properly through Konica Minolta support. Even if a technician or customer is able to open a ticket through their "espn" login, the issue will not be addressed, because the ticket was not opened by authorized Konica Minolta support personnel. Note :"espn" is the eCopy support site which contains a knowledgebase and through which support tickets can be opened. Additionally, in order for Konica Minolta support to escalate a ticket to eCopy, required information must first be presented. REQUIREMENT : Product key or Serial Number In order for a ticket to be escalated to eCopy support, the Product key or Serial Number MUST first be provided. Please see the attached documents, "How To Generate eCopy License report" and Locate SN and Product Number on Scanstation". To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Once the eCopy License report has been generated, it can then be attached to the Konica Minolta support ticket. The Konica Minolta authorized technician will be able to retrieve the Product Key from this report to include in the eCopy escalation. Additionally, please provide the following information: Sharescan Admin Console, ScanStation client and/or ScanStation Desktop version MFP model andfirmware level PC Operating System and version TWAIN driver version eCopy connector which is experiencing issue A detailed description of the issue End user company Operating state If the technician on site CC:E-mail to be copied on responses SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0658273EN* Solution Usage 11
Description Scanner driver initialization error message when startingeCopy ScanStation client.Error message occursimmediately when the client is started. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
795
eCopy
Solution CAUSE: TWAIN driver is not selected in ShareScan administrator. SOLUTION:To enable theTWAIN driver inShareScan Administration perform the following: 1. Start ShareScan Administration. 2. Expand Devices. 3. Select Manage. 4. Select the Status tab. 5. Click the three (3) dots that open the navigation to the TWAIN driver, select Enable TWAIN and then select thecorrect TWAIN driver (if not already selected). 6. Save the configuration by selecting Save, then exit Administration. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends and Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703092EN* Solution Usage 11
Description MFP devices supported by eCopy ShareScan version 4.3 Solution Please refer to attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Notes : 1. The latest version firmware is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 2. The latest printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from theKMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byBill Hall, Workgroup/SSD and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0657135EN* Solution Usage 10
Description TWAIN driver does not connect to the MFP. Solution CAUSE: Improper Network Function setting. SOLUTION: To set the Network Function setting to 'Allow', perform the following: 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode, Security button, Management Function Setting, and Network Function Setting. 3. Set to Allow. 4. Select Exit.
Solution ID
TAUS0703779EN*
Solution Usage
10
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
796
eCopy
Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS1100558EN*
Solution Usage
Description Non-GUI TWAIN driver version 3.1.2.28 for eCopy ScanStation support. Solution Attached is the special TWAIN driver that was changed to support bizhub 652/552 and it is based on Real-time TWAIN driver version 3.1.2.28. Currently this TWAIN driver is also supported for eCopy ShareScan version 4.3.5. Supported Operating Systems Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition (SP3 or later) * MicrosoftWindows XP Professional (SP3 or later) * MicrosoftWindows Vista Home Basic (SP2 or later) * MicrosoftWindows Vista Home Premium (SP2 or later) * MicrosoftWindows Vista Business (SP2 or later) * MicrosoftWindows Vista Enterprise (SP2 or later) * MicrosoftWindows Vista Ultimate (SP2 or later) * MicrosoftWindows 7 Home Basic ** MicrosoftWindows 7 Home Premium ** MicrosoftWindows 7 Professional ** MicrosoftWindows 7 Enterprise ** MicrosoftWindows 7 Ultimate ** * Support for 32-bit (x86) OS ** Support for 32-bit (x86) / 64-bit (x64) OS Note : To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm. The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
797
EMS Plug-ins
Description When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link. Solution ID TAUS1001113EN* Solution Usage
Description New version of the OEM EMS-plugin has been released version 3.1.15.22. Solution EMS PlugIns Server operates in following OS and environment. - Windows NT Workstation 4.0 SP6a or later - Windows NT Server 4.0 SP6a or later - Windows 2000 Server - Windows 2000 Professional SP1 or later - Windows XP Home Edition - Windows XP Professional - Windows Server 2003, Standard Edition - Solaris 8 (SPARC) - HP-UX 11.x (PA-RISC) - RedHat Linux 7.0, 7.2 (x86) Consoles supported EMS PlugIns Server supports following consoles. - HP OpenView NNM 6.4 or 7.01 - Microsoft Management Console(MMC) - IBM Tivoli NetView Enterprise 7.1.1 or 7.1.3 - CA Unicenter NSM 3.0 or 3.1 - Java-Enables Web Browser Note: The EMS PlugIn package is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector: 1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com 2. Select the "Service" link located on the top of the page. 3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located on the left. 4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page. 5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located on the left. 6. Search on EMS_PlugIns_v31r1522.zip,located in Solutions -> PageScope EMS_ Plug_ins. The EMS PlugIn package is in a zip file format, you must extract the file to a folder. There you will find the Manual and setup folders. Navigate to the correct OS folder that you will be installing the EMS PlugIn on, and launch the installer. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo, ESS
August 2011
798
EP1030
Description Imaging Unit part number Solution SOLUTION: The part number is 4601-200. Solution ID TAUS0635624EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Item numbers for Parts or Service Manuals. Solution Please refer to this publications list . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0641315EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When using the single document handler on the EP1030 series, jams occur. Solution Check that the scanning glass is installed correctly; the bevel should be facing up and toward the entrance section of the SDH. Solution ID TAUS0701385EN* Solution Usage
Description C0000 at power up. Solution CAUSE: Failed PWB-A board. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
799
EP1030
SOLUTION: Replace the PWB-A board (p/n 1159-0101-05). Solution ID TAUS0901776EN* Solution Usage
Description No power condition EP1030. PWB- F board, PWB- D board and PU1 unit was replaced and still no power to the machine. Solution CAUSE: The fuser roller assembly is shorting out and the PWB-F board and PWB-Dboards fail after the short. SOLUTION: Check and replace the fuserassembly then replace the failed boards. Fuser (p/n 1159-0396-01) PWB-F board (p/n 1159-0106-02) PWB-D board(p/n 1159-0104-03) PU1(p/n 1159-6201-03) SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Jim DiSarro, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
800
EP1030F
Description Item numbers for Parts or Service Manuals. Solution Please refer to the COPIER/FAX/COLOR PUBLICATIONS PRICE LIST . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0641316EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Imaging Unit part number Solution SOLUTION: The part number is 4601-200. Solution ID TAUS0701385EN* Solution Usage
Description C0000 at power up. Solution CAUSE: Failed PWB-A board. SOLUTION: Replace the PWB-A board (p/n 1159-0101-05).
August 2011
801
EP1031
August 2011
802
EP1031F
August 2011
803
EP1080
Description The copier begins to cycle, and continues to cycle until the copier is powered off. This problem occurs when paper is fed from any of the paper sources including the bypass. Solution Cause: UN7 has failed. Solution: Replace UN7 "toner agitation motor drive board". This board is easily damaged if the developer assembly is slid out while the front door interlocks are cheated. Solution ID TAUS0632096EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What is the part number for the developer assembly for this copier? It is not indicated in the Parts Manual. Solution The part number for the developer unit is 1139-0424-01. A service bulletin has never been issued for this item. Solution ID TAUS0635636EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Thermostat replacement precautions for all models using Faston Terminals. Solution CAUSE: Damage to the Faston terminal when replacing the thermostat to the Faston terminal can result in the generation of heat and cause the plastic insulating material around the terminal to melt. SOLUTION: See Bulletin Number 5005 for details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
804
EP1081
August 2011
805
EP1083
Description Thermostat replacement precautions for all models using Faston Terminals. Solution CAUSE: Damage to the Faston terminal when replacing the thermostat to the Faston terminal can result in the generation of heat and cause the plastic insulating material around the terminal to melt. SOLUTION: See Bulletin Number 5005 for details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0800066EN* Solution Usage
Description How to enable or disable a key counter (such as Hecon)or a coin box. Solution To enable or disable a key counter or coin box, perform the following: 1. Enter the service mode by pressing [Stop] [0] [Stop] [1]. 2. Press [2] to enter Tech Rep Choice.The zoom ratio indication will display "C." 3. Press [6] to select C-6. 4. Press [Start] to display the current setting. 5. Press [Clear] to clear the current setting and press [1] to enable a key counter or [0] to disable a key counter and set the copier for normal operation. 6. Press [Start] to validate the new setting. 7. Press panel reset twice to return to the normal screen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
806
EP1084
August 2011
807
EP2010
Description Thermostat replacement precautions for all models using Faston Terminals. Solution CAUSE: Damage to the Faston terminal when replacing the thermostat to the Faston terminal can result in the generation of heat and cause the plastic insulating material around the terminal to melt. SOLUTION: See Bulletin Number 5005 for details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0800066EN* Solution Usage
Description How to enable or disable a key counter (such as Hecon)or a coin box. Solution To enable or disable a key counter or coin box, perform the following: 1. Enter the service mode by pressing [Stop] [0] [Stop] [1]. 2. Press [2] to enter Tech Rep Choice.The zoom ratio indication will display "C." 3. Press [6] to select C-6. 4. Press [Start] to display the current setting. 5. Press [Clear] to clear the current setting and press [1] to enable a key counter or [0] to disable a key counter and set the copier for normal operation. 6. Press [Start] to validate the new setting. 7. Press panel reset twice to return to the normal screen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
808
EP2030
Description How is starter loaded into the developing unit? Solution Enter the service mode of the copier and run an F8. Solution ID TAUS0641324EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Using an external auditor the vendor mode was set to coin-op or card and now the duplexing selection is gone. Solution When coin-op or card is selected it is normal for the duplex mode to disappear. This is because the machine cannot make more than one copy per charge on the card or per monetary amount with the coin-op. WORKAROUND: Turn on the key counter function, turn off the vendor mode. Solution ID TAUS0634414EN* Solution Usage
Description Paper jams in the sorter when feeding into the bin. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
809
EP2030
CAUSE: Improper sorter bin adjustment. SOLUTION: Improper sorter bin adjustment can also result in C0B60, C0B62, and C0B63 error codes. Please see attached Product and Technical Support Bulletin 2629 for the adjustment procedures on the following sorters: S-205, S-206, ST-206,S-207, S-208, ST-207, ST-210, ST-211, ST-212, ST-213, ST-214, ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html Solution ID TAUS0634455EN* Solution Usage
Description "Remove copies from the sorter" message but there is no paper in the sorter. Solution CAUSE: This can be caused if paper dust accumulates on the bin empty sensor Polyester Film (p/n 4478-5612-02). This, in addition to the angle of the bin empty sensor bracket, may allow the dirty polyester film to be mistaken for paper on the non-sort tray. SOLUTION: Clean the polyester film. The permanent solution is to install a new mounting bracket for the sensor, as described in attached Product and Technical Support Bulletin 2986. Notes : 1. This applies to the following models: ST-213, ST-214, ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200 2. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
810
EP2080
Description Is the backlight for the display of an EP2080 replaceable? Solution The backlight is available only as part of the control panel. Please see bulletin 3238 for pricing and item number. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0648722EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Smoking, short-circuit in fuser unit. Solution Refer to bulletin 5179 details. Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
811
EP2100
August 2011
812
EP2120
August 2011
813
EP2121
August 2011
814
EP2130
August 2011
815
EP2130 PRO
August 2011
816
EP2150
August 2011
817
EP2151
August 2011
818
EP2152
August 2011
819
EP2152 PRO
August 2011
820
EP3000
Description Smoking, short-circuit in fuser unit. Solution Refer to bulletin 5179 details. Note: To view the above PDFs, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0634414EN* Solution Usage
Description Paper jams in the sorter when feeding into the bin. Solution CAUSE: Improper sorter bin adjustment. SOLUTION: Improper sorter bin adjustment can also result in C0B60, C0B62, and C0B63 error codes. Please see attached Product and Technical Support Bulletin 2629 for the adjustment procedures on the following sorters: S-205, S-206, ST-206,S-207, S-208, ST-207, ST-210, ST-211, ST-212, ST-213, ST-214, ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
821
EP3000
Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
822
EP3120
August 2011
823
EP3150
August 2011
824
EP3190D
August 2011
825
EP4000
Description Jams occur on the feeder (AF-5 or AFR-12) as soon as the copy cycle is started, can this be corrected? Solution This can be corrected by following the adjustment procedure for the jam sensors on bulletin 2563 Solution ID TAUS0634188EN* Solution Usage 0
Description During the copy process, the document feeder stopped and is not recognized by the machine. Solution CAUSE: Dirty paper detection patches for the entrance and exit sensors. Original style PWB-A. Please check the following: 1) The PWB-A in the document feeder has been changed. The part number for the AFR-13 is 4475-0102-01 and for the AFR-1000 it is 4484-0104-01. Refer to Bulletin 2388 for further details. 2) Check the Black Patches for the Entrance and Exit Jam Sensors to be sure that they are clean. Build up of paper lint will cause them to malfunction. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0634196EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How can skewing of originals fed through the AFR-13 or AFR-1000 be corrected. Solution The skewing can be corrected by check the following items. 1) Check that the proper adjustments for the feeder have been carried out as outlined in the Service Manual. 2) A new style pre-separation plate is available (part number 4475-3315-03). Please refer to bulletin 2313 . 3) A anti-skew guide has also been made available (part number 4475-SKEW-01). Please see bulletin 2564 . 4) The changes described in bulletin 2711 can also reduce skewing. Solution ID TAUS0634200EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to correct for skewing on the second side of the original when fed in the AFR-13 or AFR-1000. Solution Solution: For second side skewing, there is an adjustment that can be made to minimize the skew. The clearance between plate (4475-4303-03) and plate (4475-4401-02) needs to be set to 2 mm.To correct for skewing in the AFR-13 or AFR-1000 carry out the following steps. 1) Remove the front cover (4475-1401-03) from the AFR-13. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
826
EP4000
2) Remove the transport belt assembly. 3) Remove the 4 screws that secure the front frame (4475-4301-01) of the turn over unit to the main frame (4475-1407-02). 4) Lift up the turnover unit so that it can be removed from the aligning pins on the main frame. 5) Move the turn over section to the left so that the screw that secures guide plate (4475-4303-03) to guide plate through the access hole in the front frame. Caution should be taken not to move the turn over unit to far to the left since the frame may be damaged. 6) Loosen the screw and move guide plate (4475-4303-03) so that the clearance between it and guide plate 7) Follow the above steps in reverse to reassemble the feeder. Solution ID TAUS0634204EN* Solution Usage 0 (4475-4401-02) is visible
(4475-4401-02) is 2mm.
Description Multiple sheet feeding on the AF-5/AFR-12. Solution Make sure that the document feeder still meets factory specifications (i.e.; that the pressure springs for the separator pads have not been cut or stretched). The existing separator pads in the AF-5 and AFR-12 (4474-0217-03) can be replaced with the pads from the AFR-1000 (4408-0751-01) as a temporary solution to help improve separation. Please follow the steps listed below to replace the separator pad: 1. Remove the separator pads from the AF-5/AFR-12. 2. Remove the Gray separator pad from the black holder (4474-0217-03) and discard only the gray pad. 3. Clean all the remains of the double-sided tape from the black holder. (This holder will be used again in Step 7.) 4. Remove the AFR-1000 (4408-0751-01) separator pad from the black holder and discard the holder. 5. Clean the remains of the double-sided tape from the backside of the AFR-1000 separator pad. 6. Trim 1mm from either short edge of the AFR-1000 separator pad (the gray pad may be used as template). 7. Attach the AFR-1000 separator pad into the black holder that was originally used in the AFR-12 using double-sided tape or glue. Note: When installing the pad into the holder, the curve of the pad should be facing out and the thicker edge down toward the mylar attached to the black holder. Solution ID TAUS0634468EN* Solution Usage 0
Description I have a problem with the control panel, but only the LCD needs to be replaced. Is there a part number for that by itself? Solution Bulletin 2322 lists the part number of the LCD Solution ID TAUS0634766EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Is the backlight for the display of an EP4000 replaceable? Solution The backlight is available only as part of the control panel. Please see bulletin 3238 for pricing and item number. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0635648EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Item numbers for Parts or Service Manuals. Solution Please refer to this publications list . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
827
EP4050
August 2011
828
EP4210
August 2011
829
EP4230
August 2011
830
EP4233
August 2011
831
EP4300
August 2011
832
EP4301
August 2011
833
EP4320
August 2011
834
EP4321
August 2011
835
EP5000
Description 'Close section properly' message indicating that a door or the EDH is open but there is no arrow to indicate which door needs to be checked. Solution CAUSE: This usually indicates that the toner collection bottle needs attention. SOLUTION: Please check the bottle (in the back of the machine) to see if it is full or not seated correctly. Note : Other items to check include the machine interlock switches and the the toner box sensor. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0634189EN* Solution Usage 0
Description During the copy process, the document feeder stopped and is not recognized by the machine. Solution CAUSE: Dirty paper detection patches for the entrance and exit sensors. Original style PWB-A. Please check the following: 1) The PWB-A in the document feeder has been changed. The part number for the AFR-13 is 4475-0102-01and for the AFR-1000 it is 4484-0104-01. Refer to Bulletin 2388 for further details. 2) Check the Black Patches for the Entrance and Exit Jam Sensors to be sure that they are clean. Build up of paper lint will cause them to malfunction. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0635376EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The machine is very noisy during operation and there is a blank spot at the trail edge of duplexed copies. Solution Cause: If the incorrect firmware has been installed in the machine these problems could be experienced.For example, if an EP5000 EPROM were installed in an EP4000. Solution: Check that the correct firmware has been installed as it corresponds to the EP4000/EP5000. Solution ID TAUS0635651EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Item numbers for Parts or Service Manuals. Solution Please refer to this publications list . Note: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
836
EP5000
To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0637257EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Why when trying to copy a small original such as a business card, does the copier display "Matching Paper Not Found." Solution Cause: The correct User Choice Settings have not been made. Solution: Please make sure that the following User Choice settings have been made: 1) On screen 1 (of 6), set Copier Mode Priority to "Auto Paper." 2) On screen 4 (of 6), set Smaller Originals to "On." Solution ID TAUS0637795EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When the print button is pressed, the scanner scans the 8.5x11 original, but the scanner returns slowly. The machine is runnig slowly because of this. Solution CAUSE: Worn or damaged scanner rail pads. SOLUTION: Please check the pads on the scanner rails. If they are discolored or dried out they should be replaced. Solution ID TAUS0641352EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to correct for skewing on the second side of the original when fed in the AFR-13 or AFR-1000. Solution Solution: For second side skewing, there is an adjustment that can be made to minimize the skew. The clearance between plate (4475-4303-03) and plate (4475-4401-02) needs to be set to 2 mm.To correct for skewing in the AFR-13 or AFR-1000 carry out the following steps. 1) Remove the front cover (4475-1401-03) from the AFR-13. 2) Remove the transport belt assembly. 3) Remove the 4 screws that secure the front frame (4475-4301-01) of the turn over unit to the main frame (4475-1407-02). 4) Lift up the turnover unit so that it can be removed from the aligning pins on the main frame. 5) Move the turn over section to the left so that the screw that secures guide plate (4475-4303-03) to guide plate through the access hole in the front frame. Caution should be taken not to move the turn over unit to far to the left since the frame may be damaged. 6) Loosen the screw and move guide plate (4475-4303-03) so that the clearance between it and guide plate 7) Follow the above steps in reverse to reassemble the feeder. (4475-4401-02) is visible
(4475-4401-02) is 2mm.
August 2011
837
EP5050
August 2011
838
EP5320
August 2011
839
EP5400
August 2011
840
EP5420
August 2011
841
EP6000
Description Thermostat replacement precautions for all models using Faston Terminals. Solution CAUSE: Damage to the Faston terminal when replacing the thermostat to the Faston terminal can result in the generation of heat and cause the plastic insulating material around the terminal to melt. SOLUTION: See Bulletin Number 5005 for details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
842
EP6000
Description Is the backlight for the display of an EP6001 replaceable? Solution The backlight is available only as part of the control panel. Please see bulletin 3238 for pricing and item number. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0634414EN* Solution Usage
Description Paper jams in the sorter when feeding into the bin. Solution CAUSE: Improper sorter bin adjustment. SOLUTION: Improper sorter bin adjustment can also result in C0B60, C0B62, and C0B63 error codes. Please see attached Product and Technical Support Bulletin 2629 for the adjustment procedures on the following sorters: S-205, S-206, ST-206,S-207, S-208, ST-207, ST-210, ST-211, ST-212, ST-213, ST-214, ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
843
EP8010
August 2011
844
EP8015
Description Is the backlight for the display of an EP8015 replaceable? Solution The backlight is available only as part of the control panel. Please see bulletin 3238 for pricing and item number. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0634414EN* Solution Usage
Description Paper jams in the sorter when feeding into the bin. Solution CAUSE: Improper sorter bin adjustment. SOLUTION: Improper sorter bin adjustment can also result in C0B60, C0B62, and C0B63 error codes. Please see attached Product and Technical Support Bulletin 2629 for the adjustment procedures on the following sorters: S-205, S-206, ST-206,S-207, S-208, ST-207, ST-210, ST-211, ST-212, ST-213, ST-214, ST-1000, ST-1100, ST-1200. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
845
EP8015
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
846
EP8601
August 2011
847
EP8602
August 2011
848
EP8603
August 2011
849
EP9760
August 2011
850
ePware
Description What applications can not register documents in ePware*. Solution It has been confirmed that the following applications cannot be registered in ePware. Adobe* PageMaker* 6.5 Adobe Illustrator 8.0 Adobe Photoshop* 5.5 Lotus ScreenCam* 2000 Lotus WordPro* 2000 documents (when registering on Windows* 9x and Windows Me operating systems, please set OFF the DDE setting in the folder option setting. No problems will occur with Windows NT4.0 and Windows 2000. Excel documents without any entered information (when trying to register such file, an alert screen will be displayed from the Excel and the file will not be converted into PDF. Notes: 1. When registration process is operated to the above application documents, it is necessary to stop the registration process by clicking the 'cancel' button in the 'PDF Conversion and Registration' dialog. When handling such application documents with the ePware, you need to convert the documents into PDF with the Adobe Acrobat, and then register the PDF converted documents. 2. The caution to be noted when registering the Excel documents is the sheet valid in Excel will only be PDF-converted. 3. If the application linked with the text document (.TXT) is memo pads, you can not register a text document over 32K. Either save it as a document with an application that can handle large volume text documents, or convert the documents into PDF before registration. 4. When registering several application documents in a batch, if the above-mentioned 'not-registrable document' is included, the file can not be registered. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622744EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Is Adobe* Acrobat* (full version) including Distiller a requirement before you can install ePware*? Solution The full version of Adobe Acrobat version 4 or newer must be installed prior to installing ePware version 1. ePware version 2.x recommends using the full version of Acrobat version 5 or newer. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description 'Failed to create PDF' message when loading Microsoft* Word 2000 document into software. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect conversion procedure. SOLUTION: In order to properly convert documents into a PDF and transfer to the Epware database you must use the PDF Writer in Adobe* Acrobat* version 4.05 or 5.0. Note: Please review the documentation for installing and running Epware (on the install CD) prior to using the utility. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622734EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Unable to register documents after installing ePware* version 1 or version 2 on a PC or server. Solution Administrative rights are required to properly install and use ePware. Please refer to the Readme1st.txt file located on the user CD. * Trademark ownership information Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
851
ePware
Description ePware* experienced a sudden error/failure, and when the application was restarted, a document could not be registered into a cabinet. Solution CAUSE: The database file which managed the cabinet has collapsed. SOLUTION: Restore the cabinet using "Cabinet Rebuilder", a cabinet restoration utility, located in the "TOOLS" folder on the product CD-ROM. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0629221EN* Solution Usage 1
Description When using ePware* 2.0. there appears to be an incompatibility problem with Acrobat* Professional version 6.0. Solution CAUSE: ePware needs to be updated. SOLUTION: ePware version 2.2 is required to support functionality of the program when used in conjunction with Acrobat Professional 6.0. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0621887EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Konica Dispatcher software information. Solution Dispatcher is a task automation software solution developed by Konica's Systems Engineering Center (SEC). Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622735EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Is the full version of Adobe* Acrobat* required before installing either version of ePware*? Solution Acobat Distiller is required to support the operation of ePware. Please refer to the Readme1st.txt file located on the User installation CD. The file contains all of the restrictions for this product. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622736EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Does the trial version of ePware* have to be uninstalled before installing the permanent version? Solution Before installing the purchased version, uninstall the trial version. It it also advised to restart the computer to change the registry settings. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
852
Equitrac
Description How to install/connect an Equitrac device. Solution There are 2 different methods for connecting the device. Key counter connector = 4-pin Vendor connector = 8-pin Please note that Production models only support the Key Counter Only 4-Pin Connector (Plug and Play).They DO NOT support Vendor 2 connections. To install/connect Equitrac : 1.Equitracmust have thesupply cable (Item #CABX0094)along with any adaptersfor the product. 2.Move the control panel up and then left. 3.Remove the curved, beige/white cover/panel (two screws) behind the control panel (noticea 4-pin connector).Depending upon the Equitraccable, the adapteron top of it may have to be removed. 4. Remove the black cover on the right side of the platen glass and break off the cut-out nearest the control panel/front. 5.Connect the Equitraccable referenced in step 1 into the to cable behind the control panel. 6.Run the cable through the outlet that was broken off. 7.Replace all the covers and powerON the machine. 8.Go to the Tech Rep mode, then billing mode (stop-9). 9.Select "management function choice" toenable the counter. 10. Select "key counter only" tab. 11. Select "End". 12. Select "Exit". 13. There should be a red box on the main screen that indicates "Insert Plug-In counter".Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate the Equitrac device. Vendor Connector 1. Equitrac must have the supply cable (Item #CABX0813) along with any adapters for the product. 2. Remove Back Cover. 3.Connect the Equitraccable referenced in step 1 into the to cable behind the control panel. 4.Run the cable through the outlet that was broken off. 5.Replace all the covers and powerON the machine. 6.Go to the Tech Rep mode, then billing mode (stop-9). 7.Select "management function choice" toenable the counter. 8. Select "Vendor 2 (+Key Counter)" tab. 9. Select "End". 10. Select "Exit". 11. There should be a red box on the main screen with a Vendor Message. Thismeans thatthe device is ready.End user codecan now be entered to activate the Equitrac device. Note :The Production Models do not have a Billing Mode. Once you connect the cable (connector) the appropriate message will be displayed automatically. Please see the attached connector documents and attached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-028 for more details. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Earnest Newson - KMBS/Carrollton, TX and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0648640EN* Solution Usage 15
Description Key Counter location (4-pin connector). Solution Please see the attacheddocumentation to see the various Key Counter (4-pin) locations. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : Equitrac must have the supply cable (Item #CABX0094) along with any adapters for the product. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703779EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Fiery Free Form Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
853
Equitrac
FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900230EN* Solution Usage 5
Description All print jobs print without any user logged into Equitrac. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect software switch settings. SOLUTION: Set the Software Switches 9-0 to0, 9-1 to 1 and 16-3 to 1: 1. Enter Tech Rep Mode. 2. Select System Input. 3. Select Software Switch Setting. 4. Select eachswitch as listed above. 5. Enter the appropriate value for each switch as listed above. 6. Exit Tech Rep Mode and cycle the machine power. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant and Greg Lantowski, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
854
Equitrac
Description Tandem copier, with Equitrac devices, how to log in on to both copiers to get a correct count for that client number. Solution The Equitrac external copy monitor must be installed on each of the tandem copiers. This system operates from the total counter system in the main body, and cannot identify copies made on the secondary copier unless a second unit is installed. With the second unit installed, it will be necessary to log in to both units. Solution ID TAUS0801712EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Equitrac cables for the Vendor 2 interface. Solution The Vendor 2 interface offers the ability to differentiate between color and B&W on a per page level. You can now track and differentiate between color and B&W for both copy and print based on user login when connected to Equitrac Professional, Equitrac Express or Equitrac Office. With the Vendor 2 interface you will have access to MFP features such as Auto Color, Duplex and Booklet that are not available with the Vendor 1 interface. Other features such as User Box and TWAIN scanning are restricted. Please refer to the Service Manual for a complete list of restrictions and see the attached Marketing Bulletin forItem numbers and requirements. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note :Please contact Konica Minolta foradditional parts information. Do not call Equitrac Customer Support. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902683EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How is Integrated Equitrac set up?
August 2011
855
FAX 820L
Description M041, CHECK DRUM shows in LCD. Solution CAUSE: The drum set is near the end of it's life (message shows at 14,900 prints). SOLUTION: Replace the drum unit with a new unit. If the drum unit was replaced and did not clear the error message, reset the drum counter using the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET] and [CONTRAST] three times. 2. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] and [SET]. 3. The display should now show SET PRINTER EEPROM DRUM = (current drum count) 4. Press [0] five times to zero out old drum count. 5. Press [SET]; then, [STOP] twice. 6. The LCD will still show CHECK DRUM. 7. Turn the fax OFF for about five seconds; then, turn it back ON. 8. CHECK DRUM message should now be cleared. Solution ID TAUS0600363EN* Solution Usage 110
Description How to program a multi-station and/or program a multi-station into a one-touch key. Solution Note : A maximum of 200 abbreviated numbers plus 10 long hand numbers can be specified for a multi-station transmission. PROCEDURE TO PROGRAM A MULTI-STATION 1. Place documents face down on the ADF. 2. Press [MULTI/CHAIN]. 3. Specify the desired fax numbers by using abbreviated numbers or long hand dialing. Press [SET] after each number. If you specify an abbreviated number, press the [ABBR/ALPHA] key before entering the 2-digit number. Example: [ABBR/ALPHA], [0], [1], [SET], [ABBR/ALPHA], [0], [2], [SET] etc. 6. Press [START]. 7. The fax will now scan all of the pages into memory and send the documents to each location. PROCEDURE TO PROGRAM A MULTI-STATION TRANSMISSION INTO A ONE-TOUCH KEY 1. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] twice and [SET]. 2. Select the one-touch key you want to program by pressing the corresponding one-touch program key on the operation panel. 3. Press [SET] and the LCD will start to flash. Place a document into the ADF. 4. Press [MULTI/CHAIN] 5. Specify the desired fax numbers by using abbreviated numbers or long hand dialing. Press [SET] after each number. If you specify an abbreviated number, press the [ABBR/ALPHA] key before entering the 2-digit number. Example: [ABBR/ALPHA], [0], [1], [SET], [ABBR/ALPHA], [0], [2], [SET] etc. 6. Press [START]. 7. The screen for storing the next one-touch program key will now be displayed. 8. If you want to store another one-touch key, start at step 2 and repeat the above procedure. If you are done, press [STOP] twice. Note : See pages 144 to 147 and 112 to 117 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0600366EN* Solution Usage 54
Description How to program a fax number into an one-touch key. Solution Note : One-touch keys 01 to 40 are preprogrammed to dial their corresponding abbreviated numbers. Example: If you press the one-touch key 03, it will automatically dial the fax number programmed in ABBR 03. The only time you should have to program a one-touch key, is if you want to program a special feature, such as a multi-station. Also, you cannot edit a one-touch key. In the case of a multi-station, stored in a one-touch key, you must completely reenter ALL locations. To program a fax number into an one-touch key, perform the following steps. IMPORTANT :If any documents are stored in memory programming the one-touch keys will not be available. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] twice and [SET]. 2. Select the one-touch key you want to program by pressing the corresponding one-touch program key on the operation panel. 3. Press [SET] and the LCD will start to flash. Place a document into the ADF. 4. Enter the remote fax number using the numeric ten key pad Note: Use the [DIAL/-] key to insert a hyphen. 5. Press [START]. 6. The screen for storing the next one-touch program key will now be displayed. 7. If you want to store another one-touch key, start at step 2 and repeat the above procedure. If you are done, press [STOP] twice. Note : See pages 60 to 65 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide. Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0600369EN* Solution Usage 54
856
FAX 820L
How to program ABBR Numbers (Abbreviated numbers). Solution To program an ABBR number, perform the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] and [SET]. 2. Enter the abbreviated number you want to store using the numeric ten key pad (00-99 and *00-*99). 3. Press [SET]; then, enter the fax number using the numeric key pad. Note: Press the [DIAL/-] key to enter a hyphen. 4. Press [SET]; then, enter the remote station name using the one-touch keys. Note: Use the one-touch key 39 to enter a space. 5. Press [SET]. You may now enter a second fax number for this same location and press [SET] twice or just press [SET] twice to bypass this feature. 6. The LCD will now show the next available abbreviated number. 7. To store another abbreviated number, repeat this procedure starting at step 2. To end programming, press [STOP]. See pages 53 to 59 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0600657EN* Solution Usage 53
Description How to reset the drum counter. Solution If drum unit was replaced and did not clear CHECK DRUM message, reset the drum counter using the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [CONTRAST] three times. 2. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW], and [SET]. 3. Display should now show SET PRINTER EEPROM DRUM = (current drum count) 4. Press [0] five time to zero out old drum count. 5. Press [SET] and then [STOP] twice. 6. The LCD will still show CHECK DRUM. 7. Turn fax OFF for about five seconds, and then turn it back ON. 8. CHECK DRUM message should now be cleared. Solution ID TAUS0600066EN* Solution Usage 50
Description M014 Solution CAUSE: Printer Jam. SOLUTION: Remove paper jam and reset error message by opening and closing recording section door. If error occurs again, check the following: 1. Burrs on inside of turnguide. Install turnguide modification (p/n FE97-1020) per FAX 820/825 Bulletin #11. 2. Replace Friction Pad (p/n 748046030) in PFU if worn. 3. Replace Paper Feed Roller (p/n 748046040) if worn. 4. Replace Paper Feed Roller Clutch (p/n 748085230) if slipping or not driving Paper Feed Roller. 5. Replace Resist Roller (p/n 7480-4610) if worn or glazed. 6. If this occurs on initial setup, check for colored shipping tape that might not have been removed from the bottom of the cassette lift-up plate. 7. The EEPROM (p/n 7500-9210) on the printer control board has failed. 8. Exit sensor or registration sensor is on at powerup. Try printer test mode in service mode. See page 5-5 in service manual form more details. Watch display for sensor activity. See Bulletin #11 for detailed information on the turnguide modification. Solution ID TAUS0600306EN* Solution Usage 48
Description Paper jams halfway past the paper exit rollers during reception and copy. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Over a period of time the paper exit rollers may become worn, hard or glazed. Clean exit roller with isopropyl alcohol. If this symptom continues, replace the upper exit roller (p/n 748046600) and lower exit roller (p/n 748046610). 2. The Exit Drive Belt (p/n 748015610) is slipping due to soiling or wear. Clean or replace belt as needed. 3. Exit roller bushings (p/n 750040680) are soiled, binding, or worn. Clean or replace bushings as needed.
August 2011
857
FAX 820L
Description Receive paper jams as it feeds from cassette. Solution CAUSE: Burrs have formed on the inside of the turnguide located on the right side of the fax. Other causes for paper jamming from casstte are worn friction pad, worn paper feed roller or a slipping paper feed clutch. SOLUTION: Install mylar turnguide modification (p/n FE97-1020) on guide (L) as per FAX 820/825 Bulletin #11. If burrs are not present on turnguides or modification does not correct jamming, inspect and/or replace the friction pad (p/n 748046030), paper feed roller (p/n 748046040) and paper feed roller clutch (p/n 748085230) as needed. See Bulletin #11 for detailed information on the turnguide modification.
August 2011
858
FAX 820L FP
Description How to program a fax number into an one-touch key. Solution Note : One-touch keys 01 to 40 are preprogrammed to dial their corresponding abbreviated numbers. Example: If you press the one-touch key 03, it will automatically dial the fax number programmed in ABBR 03. The only time you should have to program a one-touch key, is if you want to program a special feature, such as a multi-station. Also, you cannot edit a one-touch key. In the case of a multi-station, stored in a one-touch key, you must completely reenter ALL locations. To program a fax number into an one-touch key, perform the following steps. IMPORTANT :If any documents are stored in memory programming the one-touch keys will not be available. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] twice and [SET]. 2. Select the one-touch key you want to program by pressing the corresponding one-touch program key on the operation panel. 3. Press [SET] and the LCD will start to flash. Place a document into the ADF. 4. Enter the remote fax number using the numeric ten key pad Note: Use the [DIAL/-] key to insert a hyphen. 5. Press [START]. 6. The screen for storing the next one-touch program key will now be displayed. 7. If you want to store another one-touch key, start at step 2 and repeat the above procedure. If you are done, press [STOP] twice. Note : See pages 60 to 65 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0654982EN* Solution Usage 44
Description How to program FAX ID. Solution To program the FAX ID, perform the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [8], [0], [0] and [SET] three times. 2. Enter a name using the one-touch program keys on the right side of the operation panel. Note: Use one-touch key 39 to enter a space. 3. Press [SET], [SELECT] and [SET]. 4. Enter the fax phone number using the numeric ten key pad. Note: Use the [DIAL/-] key to enter a hyphen. 5. Press [SET] and then [STOP]. Note: The easiest way to erase or change the FAX ID is to use the steps above to overwrite the old information. See pages 49 to 52 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0600271EN* Solution Usage 13
Description M041, CHECK DRUM shows in LCD. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
859
FAX 820L FP
CAUSE: The drum set is near the end of it's life (message shows at 14,900 prints). SOLUTION: Replace the drum unit with a new unit. If drum unit was replaced and did not clear the error message, reset the drum counter using the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET] and [CONTRAST] three times. 2. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] and [SET]. 3. Display should now show SET PRINTER EEPROM DRUM = (current drum count) 4. Press [0] five times to zero out old drum count. 5. Press [SET]; then, [STOP] twice. 6. The LCD will still show CHECK DRUM. 7. Turn fax OFF for about five seconds; then, turn it back ON. 8. CHECK DRUM message should now be cleared. Solution ID TAUS0600260EN* Solution Usage 12
Description Receive paper jams as it feeds from cassette. Solution CAUSE: Burrs have formed on the inside of the turnguide located on the right side of the fax. Other causes for paper jamming from casstte are worn friction pad, worn paper feed roller or a slipping paper feed clutch. SOLUTION: Install mylar turnguide modification (p/n FE97-1020) on guide (L) per FAX 820/825 Bulletin #11. If burrs are not present on turnguides or modification does not correct jamming, inspect and/or replace the friction pad (p/n 748046030), paper feed roller (p/n 748046040) and paper feed roller clutch (p/n 748085230) as needed. See Bulletin #11 for detailed information on the turnguide modification. Solution ID TAUS0654983EN* Solution Usage 10
Description How to program FAX ID. Solution To program the FAX ID, perform the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [8], [0], [0] and [SET] three times. 2. Enter a name using the one-touch program keys on the right side of the operation panel. Note: Use one-touch key 39 to enter a space. 3. Press [SET], [SELECT] and [SET]. 4. Enter the fax phone number using the numeric ten key pad. Note: Use the [DIAL/-] key to enter a hyphen. 5. Press [SET] and then [STOP]. Note: To easiest way to erase or change the FAX ID is to use the steps above to overwrite the old information. See pages 45 to 48 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0600067EN* Solution Usage 8
Description M014 Solution CAUSE: Printer Jam. SOLUTION: Remove paper jam and reset error message by opening and closing recording section door. If error occurs again, check the following: 1. Burrs on inside of turnguide. Install turnguide modification (p/n FE97-1020) per FAX 820/825 Bulletin #11. 2. Replace Friction Pad (p/n 748046030) in PFU if worn. 3. Replace Paper Feed Roller (p/n 748046040) if worn. 4. Replace Paper Feed Roller Clutch (p/n 748085230) if slipping or not driving Paper Feed Roller. 5. Replace Resist Roller (p/n 7480-4610) if worn or glazed. 6. If this occurs on initial setup, check for colored shipping tape that might not have been removed from the bottom of the cassette lift-up plate. 7. The EEPROM (p/n 7500-9210) on the printer control board has failed. 8. Exit sensor or registration sensor is on at powerup. Try printer test mode in service mode. See page 5-5 in service manual form more details. Watch display for sensor activity.
August 2011
860
FAX 820L FP
See Bulletin #11 for detailed information on the turnguide modification. Solution ID TAUS0600061EN* Solution Usage 7
Description M005 Solution CAUSE: Abnormality of printer EEPROM. SOLUTION: Replace Printer EEPROM (p/n 7500-9210) and/or Printer Control Board (p/n 748085200).
August 2011
861
FAX 9615 FP
Description How to initialize the FAX 9615 FP. Solution To initialize the fax, perform the following steps: 1. Remove the plastic cover sheet on the operation panel. 2. Actuate the service switch, located below the LCD, with a paper clip or pin point. 3. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice. 4. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [0], [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER]. Solution ID TAUS0605252EN* Solution Usage 38
Description PAPER JAM 1 message. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If the paper reach transfer roller and the paper is skewed on the same side as the roller then check the cassette for damage. 2. Faulty Jam 1 sensor. Perform self test printing. If paper reach Jam 1 sensor, check and replace Jam 1 sensor. 3. Defective paper supply roller. If paper does not reach Jam 1 sensor, clean or replace paper supply roller. 4. If paper supply roller does not attempt to drive the paper: a. Check for a defective paper supply solenoid. b. Check for faulty power supply. c. Check for faulty main PCB. 5. The intermediate cassette drive gear (CF 2 gear) is not making proper contact with the main body drive gear. Paper feed will not take place. Remove the cassette feed unit from the main body and inspect the CF 2 gear to ensure that it is not bound up or that damage has not occurred. Ensure that the tension spring is attached to the gear lever to provide proper gear movement. Replace if damage has occurred to the CF 2 gear (p/n 759477020). Solution ID TAUS0611677EN* Solution Usage 37
Description REPLACE DEV message. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. REPLACE DEV message is displayed even though a new developer unit is installed, the toner is packed on one end of the developer unit. Gently shake the developer unit from side to side, being careful not to spill any toner. Reinstall the developer unit into the fax. 2. The toner in the developing cartridge has run out. Replace the developing cartridge. 3. If the message is premature, the lustrous film agitator inside the developer unit has become detached from it's shaft. The toner photosensor detects the agitator, causing the REPLACE DEV message. Replace the developer unit, PCUA 930966. Solution ID TAUS0603914EN* Solution Usage 29
Description How to program a one-touch key. Solution To program a fax number into a one-touch program key, perform the following steps; 2. Press the one-touch key to be programmed. 3. Press [ENTER]. 4. Dial the fax number of the remote party. 5. Press [ENTER]. 6. If you wish to program the party's name do as follows. If no name is to be entered press [ENTER]. [ONE-TOUCH 08]: enters a space [ONE-TOUCH 09]: cursors left [ONE-TOUCH 10]: cursors right Press the numeric keys below to cycle through the characters listed below. [1]: QZqz [2]: ABCabc [3]: DEFdef [4]: GHIghi [5]: JKLjkl [6]: MNOmno [7]: PRSprs Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
862
FAX 9615 FP
[8]: TUVtuv [9]: WXYwxy [0]: 0 [*]: */.,[]"[#]: # 7. Select the modem transmission speed. 0: H (14400) 1: L (4800) 8. Press [ENTER]. 9. If you do not wish to change the special speed setup press [ENTER]. To change the special speed setup press [0] for OFF and [1] for ON and press [ENTER]. 10. To program an additional one-touch key press [0] and [ENTER], then repeat this procedure. To end programming press [1] and [ENTER]. Solution ID TAUS0603920EN* Solution Usage 29
Description How to delete memory files. Solution Before deleting memory files, print out the memory files list by pressing [MENU], [5], [2] and [ENTER] twice. To delete the memory files perform the following steps; 1. Press [MENU], [1] twice and [ENTER]. 2. Press [MENU] repeatedly to select the desired file. 3. Press [ENTER]. 4. If there are no memory files showing on the list but memory still shows some a percentage less than 100%. Turn the machine off for 5 seconds and reboot. If the memory files cannot be cleared using the above procedure, initialize the memory using the following steps. Note: This will not delete user stored numbers. 1. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice. 2. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [1], [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER]. Solution ID TAUS0602677EN* Solution Usage 22
Description How to install memory upgrade/information. Solution To add the memory upgrade, perform the following steps; 1. Turn fax off and unplug the AC power cord from the fax. 2. Remove the rear plastic cover (2 screws). 3. Remove the metal cover plate over Main CB (4 screws). 4. Attach 4 spacers to the memory board. 5. Fasten memory board to the back of cover plate. 6. Reinstall the cover plate, pressing down on the connector section of the cover plate to plug in memory board. 7. Secure the cover plate (4 screws) and make sure ground wires are attached. 8. Reinstall the rear cover (2 screws). 9. Plug in AC power cord and turn power ON. The LCD should now show the memory capacity. Page capacity for fax memory. Standard 256KB memory = approximately 11 pages*. Optional 1MB memory expansion board (PCUA 930-968) = approximately 60 pages*. Optional 2MB memory expansion board (PCUA 930-969) = approximately 120 pages*. * Pages measured at 4% fill. Solution ID TAUS0603691EN* Solution Usage 22
Description Cannot transmit or receive. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The phone line is dead. Check phone line with by attaching a phone. If no dail tone is present on the line, end user should contact their local phone company to have phone line serviced. 2. If no dial tone on handset, but dial tone is present at wall jack, NCU board damaged. Replace NCU board (p/n 759387030). 3. Fax is installed on a PBX phone system that requires dialing a 9 (or another prefix number) before the phone number. Dial 9 before phone number to access an outside line. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
863
FAX 9615 FP
4. If the machine is locked-up, initialization is required.. To initialize the fax, perform the following steps. a. Remove the plastic cover sheet on the operation panel. b. Actuate the service switch, located below the LCD, with a paper clip or pin point. c. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice. d. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [0], [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER]. 5. The modem is not outputting tones. Bad Modem on Main Control Board. Replace main CB (p/n 759387020). 6. Faulty main control board. Replace main control board (p/n 759387020). Solution ID TAUS0603888EN* Solution Usage 20
Description REPLACE DRUM is displayed. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The drum has reached the end of its life cycle. Replace drum. 2. If the message is premature, the waste toner sensor is falsely actuated. Reseat the drum unit to reset the waste toner sensor actuator. 3. If the message is premature, incorrect supplies were added to the FAX 9615 FP developer unit. Incorrect supplies include those not designed for the 9615 as well as supplies that do not meet Konica quality standards. This caused the waste box on the drum unit to fill prematurely. Replace the developer and the drum units. Solution ID TAUS0602233EN* Solution Usage 18
Description Cannot receive. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Phone cord is plugged into the handset connector jack on the fax. Plug the phone cord into the TEL LINE jack. 2. If the machine cannot receive in AUTO mode, the fax's memory has become scrambled and needs to be initialized. To initialize the fax, perform the following steps. a. Remove the plastic cover sheet on the operation panel. b. Actuate the service switch, located below the LCD, with a paper clip or pin point. c. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice. d. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [0], [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER]. Solution ID TAUS0604185EN* Solution Usage 17
Description How to reset the drum counter. Solution The FAX 9615 FP does not have a drum counter. Drum replacement is sensed by a flag on the drum unit waste box.
August 2011
864
FAX 9660
Description How to initialize the machine. Solution To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Power the machine OFF. 2. Hold the COPY key down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press 3. 4. ALL DATA CLR is displayed. To clear all data press YES or press NO to select LOCATION DATA CLR or CONFIG DATA CLR and press YES. 5. ARE YOU SURE? is displayed. 6. Press YES. 7. Press STOP three times to return to the standby display. Solution ID TAUS0610824EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to enable the TCR/MCF. Solution To enable the TCR/MCF (transmit confirmation report/message confirmation report), perform the following: 1. Power ON the machine while pressing the SELECT FUNCTION key. 2. Press YES. 3. Press 0 and then 1. 4. Press NO to cycle between ON or OFF. 5. Press YES to save setting. 6. Press STOP four times to return to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0610983EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to program the fax for direct or memory transmission. Solution To program the FAX 9660 to transmit directly or from memory, perform the following: 1. Press the SELECT FUNCTION key. 2. Press the one-touch 09 key. 3. Press the YES key. 4. Enter 1 and 8 from the keypad. 5. Press NO to toggle between MEM and FEED and press YES. 6. Press STOP four times. Solution ID TAUS0613663EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to program and send to a group. Solution The FAX 9660 can be programmed for up to 20 groups, with each location having up to 129 locations. All locations to be called in a group must be programmed as one-touch or auto-dial numbers. To program the group, perform the following: 1. Press the [Select Function] key. 2. Press one-touch key [8/Location Program]. The display shows LOCATION PROGRAMMING. 3. On the numeric keypad, press the [#] key. The display shows GROUP SETTING. 4. Using the numeric keypad enter the 2 digit group number you want to program. The range is 01 to 20. 5. The display shows the number of your current group and SELECT LOC.(SAO). 6. You can now add a location to your group: a. To add a one-touch location, press the one-touch key. Press [YES] to add to the group. b. To add an auto-dial, enter the 2 digit auto-dial number. Press [YES] to add to the group. 7. After you have completed the selection by pressing [YES], the display shows SELECT LOC. again. Continue to add or delete locations from your group. Each group can contain up to all the one-touch and auto-dial locations of the FAX 9820. 8. When finished programming the group press [NO], the display will show LOCATION PROGRAMMING. 9. To program another group go back to step 3, to end press [SELECT FUNCTION]. To Broadcast using a group, perform the following: 1. Load documents. 2. Press [SELECT FUNCTION]. 3. Press one-touch key [2/ Broadcast Feeder] Display shows BROADCAST/MEMORY TX. 4. Using the numeric keypad press [#] followed by the 2 digit group number. 5. Press [YES] to confirm. 6. Press [NO] at SELECT LOCATION(S) to finish selection. 7. IF multiple locations have been selected the machine will display a confirmation screen. Follow the prompts. When all selections are correct press the [START] key. The documents will be scanned and transmission will begin.
August 2011
865
FAX 9660
Description The image of the first page is not printed on the TCR. Solution To have the image of the first transmitted page printed on the TCR, perform the following: 1. Turn OFF machine. 2. Press and hold the Select Function button while turning the machine ON. 3. Press Yes. 4. Press 0 and then 4. 5. Press the No button until ON is shown in the display. 6. Press Yes. 7. Turn the machine OFF/ON to exit the service mode. Note: The image will print on the TCR report as long as a memory transmission is performed. See to page 2-60 (Image in MCF) in the FAX 9660 Service Manual for details. Solution ID TAUS0614032EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How to program the paper size for the paper trays. Solution To program the paper trays, perform the following: 1. Press the SELECT FUNCTION button. 2. Press one-touch key 9. 3. Press YES. 4. On the key pad, press 1 and then 3. 5. Press NO until the proper paper size is displayed, then press YES. 6. The second paper tray selection will be displayed. Press NO until the correct paper size is displayed. 7. Press STOP until the standby screen is displayed. Solution ID TAUS0614424EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Unable to receive faxes. Solution CAUSE: Memory is corrupted. SOLUTION: Initialize the machine by performing the following: 1. Power machine OFF. 2. Hold the Copy key down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press 3. 4. Press the LEFT ARROW key three times. 5. Press STOP to return to the standby display. Solution ID TAUS0624521EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Add Toner Message does not clear after replacing the toner cartridge. Solution CAUSE: Toner packed in reservoir caused lever to move out of position SOLUTION: Reposition magnet lever in drum unit. Before replacing the toner cartridge in the future, perform the following: 1. Remove the drum/toner assembly and gently shake the assembly to the left and right. 2. Tap lightly on the left side of the drum/toner assembly to dislodge toner caked in the drum unit toner reservoir. 3. This will help the magnet lever from being forced out position within the toner reservoir prior to adding the new toner cartridge. Solution ID TAUS0610822EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to adjust the buzzer volume. Solution To adjust the buzzer volume, perform the following: 1. Power the machine OFF. 2. Press and hold the Select Function button down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press YES. 4. Enter 0 then 7. Note: Do not use the one-touch button 7. 5. Press NO to select LOW, MID or HIGH. 6. Press YES after making selection. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
866
FAX 9660
7. Press STOP until the normal standby screen is displayed. Solution ID TAUS0614180EN* Solution Usage 3
Description The Activity Journal is not automatically printing. Solution CAUSE: The activity journal does not print automatically. The Activity Journal must be manually printed. SOLUTION: To print an Activity Journal, perform the following: 1. Press the Select Function button. 2. Press the Report Print one-touch 6 button. 3. Press the Yes button.
August 2011
867
FAX 9750
Description How to program and send to a group. Solution The FAX 9750 can be programmed for up to 20 groups, with each location having up to 129 locations. All locations to be called in a group must be programmed as one-touch or auto-dial numbers. Programming the group: 1. Press the [Select Function] key. 2. Press one-touch key [8/Location Program]. The display shows LOCATION PROGRAMMING. 3. On the numeric keypad, press the [#] key. The display shows GROUP SETTING. 4. Using the numeric keypad enter the 2 digit group number you want to program. The range is 01 to 20. 5. The display shows the number of your current group and SELECT LOC.(SAO). 6. You can now add a location to your group . Refer to the instructions below. To add a one-touch location Press the one-touch key. Press [YES] to add to the group. To add auto-dial. Enter the 2 digit auto-dial number. Press [YES] to add to the group. 7. After you have completed the selection by pressing [YES], the display shows SELECT LOC. again. Continue to add or delete locations from your group. Each group can contain up to all the one-touch and auto-dial locations of the FAX 9820. 8. When finished programming the group press [NO], the display will show LOCATION PROGRAMMING. 9. To program another group go back to step 3, to end press [SELECT FUNCTION]. To Broadcast using a group: 1. Load documents. 2. Press [SELECT FUNCTION]. 3. Press one-touch key [2/Broadcast Feeder] Display shows BROADCAST/MEMORY TX. 4. Using the numeric keypad press [#] followed by the 2 digit group number. 5. Press [YES] to confirm. 6. Press [NO] at SELECT LOCATION(S) to finish selection. 7. If multiple locations have been selected the machine will display a confirmation screen. Follow the prompts. When all selections are correct press the [START] key. The documents will be scanned and transmission will begin. Refer to the FAX 9750 User's Guide pages 33, 34, 45 and 46 for further details. Solution ID TAUS0608536EN* Solution Usage 18
Description How to initialize the FAX 9750. Solution To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Power machine OFF. 2. Hold the copy key down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press 3. 4. Press the LEFT ARROW key three times. 5. Press STOP three times to return to the standby display. Solution ID TAUS0609145EN* Solution Usage 9
Description Unable to transmit or receive faxes. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Phone cord is plugged into the wrong phone jack on the FAX 9750 (a dial tone will be present by pressing the Hook V.Request button). Install telephone line from the wall into the LINE jack on the FAX 9750. 2. Phone line is dead or NCU is damaged. If a dial tone is not present after pressing Hook V.Request button with the phone line is installed properly (telephone line connected in the proper wall jack and in the LINE jack on the FAX 9750), verify the condition of the phone line by plugging an analog phone into the wall jack. If no dial tone is present, the phone line is dead. If a dial tone is present, the NCU (p/n 40044501) on the FAX 9750 is damaged and needs to be replaced. Solution ID TAUS0608892EN* Solution Usage 8
Description Unable to receive faxes. Solution CAUSE: Memory is corrupted. SOLUTION: Initialize the machine by performing the following: 1. Power machine OFF. 2. Hold the copy key down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press 3. 4. Press the LEFT ARROW key twice. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
868
FAX 9750
5. Press STOP to return to the standby display. Solution ID TAUS0612142EN* Solution Usage 8
Description How to enable/disable the transmit confirmation report (TCR). Solution To enable the TCR, perform the following: 1. Power ON the machine while pressing the FUNCTION button. 2. Press YES. 3. Press 0 and then 1. 4. Press NO to cycle between ON or OFF. 5. Press YES to save setting. 6. Press STOP three times. Solution ID TAUS0610564EN* Solution Usage 7
Description How to reset the drum counter. Solution Reset the drum counter only when you have finished installing a new image drum. You can only reset the counter when the CHANGE DRUM SOON message is on the display. After replacing the drum, clear the message by performing the following: 1. Wait until the time, date and the answering mode appear on the display. 2. Press the SELECT FUNCTION key. 3. Press the one-touch 7 key. The display shows DRUM COUNT. 4. Press the Yes key to clear the image drum unit counter. 5. Press the STOP key to finish and return to normal operation. Note: The CHANGE DRUM SOON message is a warning that the image drum cartridge in the fax may be approaching the end of its usable life. CAUTION: Do not reset the drum counter at this time, as this will accelerate drum life deterioration. The drum has used approximately 90% of its life based on an internal calculation. The drum yield count is based on the following print criterion: Using the ITU-T 4% Test Chart #1: 1 page jobs yields approximately 9000 sheets. 3 page jobs yields approximately 14,000 sheets. Continuous job yields approximately 20,000 sheets. The CHANGE DRUM SOON message does not mean that the drum must be replaced immediately, nor does it cause the fax to stop working. The drum can be used as long as print quality is acceptable, however, a replacement image drum and toner cartridge should be on hand. Replace the drum when print quality deteriorates below an acceptable level. Solution ID TAUS0610578EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Where is the serial number located on the FAX 9750? Solution The serial number is located on a white bar-coded label on the left side of the unit. Solution ID TAUS0608815EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Can the machine have more than 15 one-touch numbers programmed into it? Solution The FAX 9750 can only have 15 one-touch keys programmed. Solution ID TAUS0608956EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Light transmissions and copies. Solution CAUSE: The contact image sensor (p/n 40141401) is out of adjustment. SOLUTION: Perform sensor calibration test by performing the following: 1. Press FUNCTION, then the COPY key twice. 2. Press the LEFT ARROW key twice. 3. Press 2, then the LEFT ARROW. 4. Load a plain piece of white paper in the ADF. 5. Press the LEFT ARROW key. The contact image sensor will be calibrated automatically. 6. Press STOP three times to return to the standby display. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
869
FAX 9750
Description What is required to make the FAX 9750 a printer? Solution The required items for printing are the MFP PC I/F Kit (PCUA 950137). and Jetsuite Pro software. Notes: 1. The machine cannot scan or be networked. 2. The machine does not support Windows* 2000 or Windows XP. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
870
FAX 9760
Description How to initialize the machine. Solution To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Power machine OFF. 2. Hold the COPY key down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press 3. 4. Press the LEFT ARROW key three times. 5. Press STOP three times to return to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0611012EN* Solution Usage 8
Description CHANGE DRUM SOON message. Solution CAUSE: CHANGE DRUM SOON message is a warning that the image drum cartridge in the fax may be approaching the end of its usable life. CAUTION: Do not reset the drum counter at this time, as this will accelerate drum life deterioration. The drum has used approximately 90% of its life based on an internal calculation. The drum yield count is based on the following print criteria: Using the ITU-T 4% Test Chart #1: 1 page jobs yields approximately 9000 sheets. 3 page jobs yields approximately 14,000 sheets. Continuous job yields approximately 20,000 sheets. SOLUTION: This message does not mean that the drum must be replaced immediately, nor does it cause the fax to stop working. The drum can be used as long as print quality is acceptable, however, a replacement image drum and toner cartridge should be on hand. Replace the drum when print quality deteriorates below an acceptable level. Note: Reset the drum counter only when finished installing a new image drum. Only reset the counter when the CHANGE DRUM SOON message is on the display. After replacing the drum, clear the message by performing the following: 1. Wait until the time, date and the answering mode appear on the display. 2. Press the SELECT FUNCTION key. 3. Press the one-touch 7 key. The display shows DRUM COUNT. 4. Press the Yes key to clear the image drum unit counter. 5. Press the STOP key to finish and return to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0610994EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How to program a one-touch key. Solution To program a one-touch number, perform the following: 1. Press the SELECT FUNCTION key. 2. Press the one-touch 8 program key. The display shows LOCATION PROGRAMMING ENTER (SRCH, OT, A/D, #). 3. Press a one-touch key 1-15 to program. The display briefly shows NO= , ID= . Note: To program one touch keys 16-30, lift the one-touch keyboard up and swing to the right. 4. After the display clears, enter the main fax number and press the Start key. The display shows NO= for about three seconds. 5. Enter the optional alternate fax number if desired. 6. Press the Start key to finish programming. The display shows LOCATION PROGRAMMING. 7. To continue programming go back to step 3. 8. When completed, press the Select Function key. Solution ID TAUS0613717EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Does JetSuite* Pro version 1.1 support Windows* 2000. Solution JetSuite Pro version 1.1 does not support Windows 2000. * Trademark ownership information . Solution ID TAUS0615029EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Cannot receive intermittently. Solution CAUSE: The memory has become scrambled and must be initialized. SOLUTION: To initialize the machine, perform the following: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
871
FAX 9760
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Power machine OFF. Hold the COPY key down while powering the machine ON. Press 3. Press the LEFT ARROW key three times. Press STOP three times to return to normal operation. TAUS0611469EN* Solution Usage 3
Solution ID
Description Black vertical lines on transmitted facsimiles and copies, Solution CAUSE: The CIS (Contact Image Sensor) is dirty or has failed. SOLUTION: Clean CIS (Document Scanner Glass) with glass cleaner and soft cotton pad. Replace CIS (p/n 40141401) if the problem persists after cleaning. Solution ID TAUS0613343EN* Solution Usage 3
Description What is needed to make the FAX 9760 a printer? Solution The machine can be made a printer by installing the MFP Kit JetSuite* Pro (PCUA 950137). The kit includes the required drivers. Notes: 1. The machine cannot be networked. 2. The machine does not support Windows* NT. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0613345EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Does JetSuite* Pro version 1.1 support Windows* NT? Solution JetSuite Pro version 1.1 does not support Windows NT. * Trademark ownership information . Solution ID TAUS0613709EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to program and send to a group. Solution The FAX 9760 can be programmed for up to 20 groups, with each location having up to 129 locations. All locations to be called in a group must be programmed as one-touch or auto-dial numbers. To program the group, perform the following: 1. Press the [Select Function] key. 2. Press one-touch key [8/Location Program]. The display shows LOCATION PROGRAMMING. 3. On the numeric keypad, press the [#] key. The display shows GROUP SETTING. 4. Using the numeric keypad enter the 2 digit group number you want to program. The range is 01 to 20. 5. The display shows the number of your current group and SELECT LOC.(SAO). 6. You can now add a location to your group using either of the two methods below: a. To add a one-touch location, press the one-touch key. Press [YES] to add to the group. b. To add auto-dial, enter the 2 digit auto-dial number. Press [YES] to add to the group. 7. After you have completed the selection by pressing [YES], the display shows SELECT LOC. again. Continue to add or delete locations from your group. Each group can contain up to all the one-touch and auto-dial locations of the FAX 9760. 8. When finished programming the group press [NO], the display will show LOCATION PROGRAMMING. 9. To program another group go back to step 3, to end press [SELECT FUNCTION]. To Broadcast using a group, perform the following: 1. Load documents. 2. Press [SELECT FUNCTION]. 3. Press one-touch key [2/ Broadcast Feeder] Display shows BROADCAST/MEMORY TX. 4. Using the numeric keypad press [#] followed by the 2 digit group number. 5. Press [YES] to confirm. 6. Press [NO] at SELECT LOCATION(S) to finish selection. 7. If multiple locations have been selected the machine will display a confirmation screen. Follow the prompts. When all selections are correct press the [START] key. The documents will be scanned and transmission will begin. Solution ID TAUS0614029EN* Solution Usage 3
August 2011
872
FAX 9760
Description REPLACE TONER CART message after replacing the toner cartridge. Solution CAUSE: The toner sensor actuator is not flagging the toner sensor for the proper amount of time. The sensor is mouted on the ACDC Drop Pwr unit (p/n 40035901). SOLUTION: Clean the black toner actuator (p/n 50405501) (on the front, left corner of the FAX 9760) and on the bottom of drum cartridge above the actuator.
August 2011
873
FAX 9765
Description How to initialize the FAX 9765. Solution To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Power machine OFF. 2. Hold the copy key down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press 3. 4. Press the LEFT ARROW key three times. 5. Press STOP to return to the standby display. Note: All settings for the machine will be reset to back factory. Solution ID TAUS0617867EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to install Unimessage* Pro on Microsoft* Windows 2000. Solution To install Unimessage Pro, perform the following: Note: Administrator's authority is required for installation with Windows 2000. 1. Confirm both the printer and the computer are turned OFF, connect the fax machine and the computer with a parallel interface cable. (IEEE standard cable 1284) 2. Turn the computer ON and allow Windows to start. 3. Turn the fax machine ON. At the prompt indicating that a new device has been detected, select CANCEL. 4. Insert the Konica Unimessage Pro or LAN option CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive. 5. After the setup program has automatically started, click, 'Setup device driver and Unimessage Pro' and follow the on-screen instructions as appropriate. This installs both the printer and the Unimessage Pro software. Note: If you want to install only the driver, click 'Setup device driver'. Note: If the setup program does not automatically start or Auto insert notification is turned off, Click 'Start Run' , Type in 'd:\setup.exe' (where D is the drive letter of your CD-ROM drive) and click OK. 6. Click 'Next' on the Welcome Install screen. 7. Click 'Yes' on Software License Agreement screen. 8. Then 'Next' on the Language Default. 9. When 'Fax Port Installation' dialog appears, click OK. 10. When 'Welcome Add/Remove Hardware Wizard' dialog appears, click 'Next'. 11. When 'Choose a Hardware Task' dialog appears, select 'Add/Troubleshoot a device' and click 'Next'. 12. When 'New Hardware Detection' dialog appears, select 'Add a new device from the device list' and click 'Next'. 13. When 'Find New Hardware' dialog appears , select 'No, I want to select the hardware from a list' and click 'Next'. 14. When 'Hardware Type' dialog appears, select 'Ports (COM and LPT) from the list and click 'Next'. 15. When 'Select a Device Driver' dialog appears, click 'Have Disk'. 16. When 'Install from Disk' dialog appears, type 'D:\Driver\Setup\Disk1\Win2K' (where D is the drive letter of your CD-ROM drive) in 'Copy Manufacturer's files from' and click 'OK'. 17. Select 'Konica Fax Port' from the list and click 'Next'. 18. When the 'Start Hardware Installation' dialog appears, click 'Next'. 19. When the 'Completing the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard' dialog appears, click 'Finish'. 20. Click 'Yes' to reboot. leave the CD-ROM in drive to complete installation of program at startup. Solution ID TAUS0618550EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Paper jams in the fuser unit. Solution CAUSE: Soiled or worn lower fuser roller. SOLUTION: Clean and/or replace the roller (p/n 3PB4083-6064P002). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by Steven Deutsch, KBT Minneapolis. Solution ID TAUS0615446EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Does this model operate on an ISDN (Integrated Service Digital Network) phone service. Solution This model will only operate on PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) or PBX (Private Branch Exchange) which provide an analog signal. Solution ID TAUS0616405EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to change dial parameters; redial tries, redial interval,dial tone detect, busy tone detect, MF (tone)/DP (pulse), PBX line, Auto start, and Dial prefix. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
874
FAX 9765
To change Dial Parameters do the following: 1. Press the [Select Function] key. 2. Press the [9/User Program One Touch] key. 3. Press the [2] on the numeric keypad the display shows 2: DIAL PARAMETER. 4. Press the [YES ] key until the setting you want appears in the display. 6. Press the [YES Solution ID TAUS0623186EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to enable the Long Document feature, 8.5 x 14 and longer. (380mm to 1500mm). Solution To enable long document transmission, perform the following: 1. Press Select Function key. The display will show: SELECT FUNCTION (OT) MEMORY AVAIL.=100% 2. Press Copy key twice. The display will show: TECH. PROGRAMMING YES( ) 3. Press the left arrow. The display will show: 1: LOCAL TEST YES( /1-6) 4. Press the right arrow. The display will show: 2.: TECHNICAL FUNCTION YES ( /1-6) 5. Enter two-digit function. The display will show: FUNCTION NO. [ ] ENTER 01 - 31 6. Select 10 Long Document Transmission. The display will show: 10 : LONG DOC. SCAN [ X] YES( ) uses arrows to toggle off/on. 7. Press Stop three times to return to ready screen. Note: This feature only works to send and the receiving machine must have Page Continue or Split Page feature, or some other feature that provides the largest size paper and to continue it onto another page. Solution ID TAUS0616102EN* Solution Usage 2
Description FAX 9765 will print same fax multiple times. Solution CAUSE: Memory is corrupted. SOLUTION: Initialize the machine by performing the following: 1. Power machine OFF. 2. Hold the copy key down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press 3. 4. Press the LEFT ARROW key three times. 5. Press STOP to return to the standby display. Solution ID TAUS0618248EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Unable to select features after the select function key has been pressed with the one-touch keys. Solution CAUSE: The one-touch keypad cover is not actuating the switch on the operator panel board so that one-touch keys 16 through 30 are the only available keys. SOLUTION: Fully close the one touch keypad cover or adjust so that the switch is actuated. Solution ID TAUS0629320EN* Solution Usage 2
Description "Replace Toner Cartridge" message does not clear after adding toner. Solution CAUSE: Technical Function (TF31) 31 is not set to ON. SOLUTION: To turn ON the the Toner Count Clear option, perform the following: 1. Enter the Technical Programming mode. 2. Press 2 , for Technical Function. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
875
FAX 9765
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Press YES. Press 3 and 1. Press NO. (Option should change to ON) Press YES. Press SELECT FUNCTION (The display will show PROGRAMMING). TAUS0634060EN* Solution Usage 2
Solution ID
Description List of equipment that is no longer being supported. Solution Please see attached Product & Technical Support Bulletins 1792 and 2443 andMarketing Bulletin#07-GB-016. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
August 2011
876
FAX 9820
Description PRINTER ALARM 3 error message. Solution CAUSE: Fan motor rotation error has occurred. SOLUTION: Open the printer section cover, then close it. If the error does not clear, check the fan motor and connectors. Solution ID TAUS0607641EN* Solution Usage 34
Description How to enable the TCR. Solution To enable the TCR, perform the following: 1. Power ON the machine while pressing the FUNCTION button. 2. Press YES. 3. Press 0 and then 1. 4. Press NO to cycle between ON or OFF. 5. Press YES to save setting. 6. Press STOP three times. Solution ID TAUS0607730EN* Solution Usage 33
Description How to initialize machine. Solution To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Power machine OFF. 2. Hold the copy key down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press 3. 4. Press the LEFT ARROW key three times. 5. Press STOP three times to return to the standby display. See page 2-21 and 6-25 in the FAX 9820 Service Manual. Solution ID TAUS0608152EN* Solution Usage 33
Description How to reset the drum counter. Solution To reset the drum counter, perform the following: 1. Press FUNCTION and then ONE-TOUCH 7. 2. Press YES and then STOP. CAUTION: The drum counter should not be reset unless new drum is installed. Solution ID TAUS0608817EN* Solution Usage 18
Description How to program and send to a group. Solution The FAX 9820 can be programmed for up to 20 groups, with each location having up to 129 locations. All locations to be called in a group must be programmed as one-touch or auto-dial numbers. Programming the group: 1. Press the [Select Function] key. 2. Press one-touch key [8/Location Program]. The display shows LOCATION PROGRAMMING. 3. On the numeric keypad, press the [#] key. The display shows GROUP SETTING. 4. Using the numeric keypad enter the 2 digit group number you want to program. The range is 01 to 20. 5. The display shows the number of your current group and SELECT LOC.(SAO). 6. You can now add a location to your group . Refer to the instructions below. To add a one-touch location Press the one-touch key. Press [YES] to add to the group. To add auto-dial. Enter the 2 digit auto-dial number. Press [YES] to add to the group. 7. After you have completed the selection by pressing [YES], the display shows SELECT LOC. again. Continue to add or delete locations from your group. Each group can contain up to all the one-touch and auto-dial locations of the FAX 9820. 8. When finished programming the group press [NO], the display will show LOCATION PROGRAMMING. 9. To program another group go back to step 3, to end press [SELECT FUNCTION]. To Broadcast using a group: 1. Load documents. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
877
FAX 9820
2. Press [SELECT FUNCTION]. 3. Press one-touch key [2/ Broadcast Feeder] Display shows BROADCAST/MEMORY TX. 4. Using the numeric keypad press [#] followed by the 2 digit group number. 5. Press [YES] to confirm. 6. Press [NO] at SELECT LOCATION(S) to finish selection. 7. IF multiple locations have been selected the machine will display a confirmation screen. Follow the prompts. When all selections are correct press the [START] key. The documents will be scanned and transmission will begin. Refer to the FAX 9820 User's Guide pages 33, 34, 45 and 46 for further details. Solution ID TAUS0609193EN* Solution Usage 15
Description PRINTER ALARM 2 in display. Solution CAUSE: PRINTER ALARM 2 indicates an engine control error (optional second tray). SOLUTION: Power the unit OFF/ON. If a lower tray option is installed make sure the manual feed tray is open. If this does not clear the message replace the main CB. Solution ID TAUS0608311EN* Solution Usage 13
Description Unable to receive faxes. Solution CAUSE: Memory is corrupted. SOLUTION: Initialize the machine by performing the following: 1. Power machine OFF. 2. Hold the copy key down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press 3. 4. Press the LEFT ARROW key three times. 5. Press STOP to return to the standby display. See page 2-21 and 6-25 in the FAX 9820 Service Manual. Solution ID TAUS0611019EN* Solution Usage 13
Description CHANGE DRUM SOON message. Solution CAUSE: CHANGE DRUM SOON message is a warning that the image drum cartridge in the fax may be approaching the end of its usable life. CAUTION: Do not reset the drum counter at this time, as this will accelerate drum life deterioration. The drum has used approximately 90% of its life based on an internal calculation. The drum yield count is based on the following print criterion: Using the ITU-T 4% Test Chart #1: 1 page jobs yields approximately 9000 sheets. 3 page jobs yields approximately 14,000 sheets. Continuous job yields approximately 20,000 sheets. SOLUTION: This message does not mean that the drum must be replaced immediately, nor does it cause the fax to stop working. The drum can be used as long as print quality is acceptable, however, a replacement image drum and toner cartridge should be on hand. Replace the drum when print quality deteriorates below an acceptable level. Note: Reset the drum counter only when you have finished installing a new image drum. You can only reset the counter when the CHANGE DRUM SOON message is on the display. After replacing the drum, clear the message by performing the following: 1. Wait until the time, date and the answering mode appear on the display. 2. Press the SELECT FUNCTION key. 3. Press the one-touch 7 key. The display shows DRUM COUNT. 4. Press the Yes key to clear the image drum unit counter. 5. Press the STOP key to finish and return to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0608140EN* Solution Usage 12
Description How to adjust the speaker volume. Solution To adjust the speaker volume, perform the following: 1. Power the machine OFF. 2. Press and hold the Select Function button down while powering the machine ON. 3. Press yes. 4. Enter 0 then 6. Note: Do not use the one-touch button 6. 5. Press no to select off, low or high. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
878
FAX 9820
6. Press yes after making selection. 7. Press stop until the normal standby screen is displayed. Solution ID TAUS0608224EN* Solution Usage 12
Description How to program paper trays. Solution To program the paper trays, perform the following: 1. Press the SELECT FUNCTION button. 2. Press one-touch key 9. 3. Press YES. 4. On the key pad press 1 then 3. 5. Press NO until the proper paper size is displayed then press YES. 6. The second paper tray selection will be displayed. Press NO until the correct paper size is displayed. 7. Press STOP until the standby screen is displayed.
August 2011
879
FAX 9825
Description Intermittent jamming under the drum. Solution CAUSE: Paper drive assembly, motors and\or drum are binding. SOLUTION: To resolve the problem, perform the following: 1. To verify the drum unit is not packed with toner, perform the following: a. Remove the toner stick. b. If toner is packed to the top of toner entrance, vacuum out a small portion of the toner. c. Run some copies through the FAX 9825. d. Replace the drum (Item #950121), as necessary. Note: This can be caused by adding toner before the Add Toner message is lit 2. Clean and lubricate the drive assembly gears and roller shafts with lithium grease. Replace the following parts, as necessary: Pick Up roller assembly (p/n 7660-00010-00) Pick Up roller bearings (p/n 7660-00054-00) One-way clutch gear (p/n 7660-00047-00) Fuser idler gear (p/n 7660-00048-00) Eject Roller gear (p/n 7660-00049-00) Stepping motor gear (p/n 7660-00046-00) Reduction gear (p/n 7660-00050-00) 3. If necessary, return the printer control board (p/n 6200-00025-00) to the Electronic Service Center for modification and reinstall it when it has been returned. CAUTION: Do not replace the Printer CB until steps 1 and 2 have been completed. Notes: 1. See FAX 9825 Technical Bulletin 2 for repair procedures . 2. To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0607458EN* Solution Usage 58
Description How to connect the FAX 9825 to a network using JetSuite* for Networks. Solution Konica JetSuite for Networks (PCUA 950136) works in the following environments: 1. Windows 9x* peer-to-peer network (workgroup). 2. Windows NT* 4.0 server with the Konica FAX 9825 attached to an external print server like the HP JetDirect* or attached to the server's parallel port. 3. Novell* 4.x network with the Konica FAX 9825 attached to an external print server like the HP JetDirect, attached to the server's parallel port and running the Pserver.nlm or attached to a remote station running the nprinter utility. Konica JetSuite for Networks supports the Windows 3.x, Windows 9x or Window NT 4.0 operating systems for network clients. JetSuite for networks software can have unlimited users. Note: A patch (9825_NTpatch.exe) is available on the Konica FTP Site that is required for faxing with NT 4.0 workstations. FTP site [[(Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information)| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]] FTP_ user site.txt file [[(Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information)| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]] Note: For larger network environments, Konica recommends the use of an external print server like the HP JetDirect 150X or EX+. Konica recommends this due to the ability of an external print server to provide superior installation flexibility and printing performance. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0608169EN* Solution Usage 43
Description How to initialize the FAX 9825. Solution To initialize the FAX 9825, perform the following: 1. Press the left arrow. 2. Press the star (*) button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash. 3. Press MENU, 6 and 2 twice. 4. Press the right arrow to select one of the following: Documents Phonebook Configuration Software Switches Counters Everything 5. Press ENTER. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
880
FAX 9825
6. Press the START button to confirm initialization. Solution ID TAUS0609399EN* Solution Usage 31
Description Intermittently, paper is jamming under the drum. Solution CAUSE: The mylar that guides paper in the turn around area has become separated from the adhesive backing. This damaged mylar is not visible without disassembly. SOLUTION: Remove the damaged section of this mylar with a razor blade and ensure that any exposed adhesive backing material is also removed, and the frame cleaned with alcohol. Note: This procedure requires extensive disassembly to separate the plastic cover from the metal frame. Solution ID TAUS0609143EN* Solution Usage 29
Description Replace printer drum, Not installed message on display. There is a drum unit with toner installed in the machine. Solution CAUSE: The drum present/toner empty sensor is not functioning correctly. SOLUTION: Make sure toner is evenly distributed in the drum unit by removing it from the machine and gently shaking it from side to side. Replace the drum unit in the machine making sure that it seats properly. If this does not resolve the problem test the sensor to make sure that it is free to move. There is a small magnet on the sensor that is attracted to the toner, lifting it moving the shutter through an optical interrupter located on the power supply board. Use a folded piece of paper to lift the sensor and close the cover without a drum installed. After the warm-up period the unit will go into the ready state if the sensor is detected as being up through the warm-up. If it doesn't detect the sensor being up during up it will display the drum not installed message. If the sensor is up and the drum not installed message is still present it indicates a failed power supply board (p/n 6200-00015-00) or dirty optical interrupter. The machine will have to be disassembled to check the interrupter condition. Note: This is a new machine setup, verify the toner sensor magnet is installed. The magnet is not installed, replace the toner size actuator (p/n 7660-00011-00). Solution ID TAUS0607557EN* Solution Usage 19
Description JetSuite* for Networks software information. Solution Konica JetSuite for Networks (PCUA 950136) works in the following environments: 1. Windows 9x* peer-to-peer network (workgroup). 2. Windows NT* 4.0 server with the Konica FAX 9825 attached to an external print server like the HP JetDirect* or attached to the server's parallel port. 3. Novell* 4.x network with the Konica FAX 9825 attached to an external print server like the HP JetDirect, attached to the server's parallel port and running the Pserver.nlm or attached to a remote station running the nprinter utility. Konica JetSuite for Networks supports the Windows 3.x, Windows 9x or Window NT 4.0 operating systems for network clients. JetSuite for networks software can have unlimited users. Note: A patch (9825_NTpatch.exe) is available on the Konia FTP Site that is required for faxing with NT 4.0 workstations. FTP site [[(Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information)| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]] FTP_ user site.txt file [[(Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information)| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]] Note: For larger network environments, Konica recommends the use of an external print server like the HP JetDirect 150X or EX+. Konica recommends this due to the ability of an external print server to provide superior installation flexibility and printing performance. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0608223EN* Solution Usage 14
Description How to flash the FAX 9825 from a computer. Solution To flash the FAX 9825 from a computer, perform the following: Note: The phonebook should be printed out before the flash takes place, as it will be erased during this process. 1. Hold down SHIFT key as machine is powered on. 2. Boot to DOS (Command Prompt), by pressing F8 when Verifying DMI Pool Data appears. 3. Insert the floppy. 4. Type A: and then press ENTER from the keyboard. 5. Type "copy /b filename.rom lpt1:" and then press ENTER from the keyboard. 6. The FAX 9825 will reboot after the flash is completed. Refer to page 2-33 in the FAX 9825 Service Manual. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
881
FAX 9825
Description How to read the total counter. Solution The 9825 does not have a mechanical meter. The total printed page count is listed on the Configuration Report. To print the report, sequentially press the Menu key, the 1 key, the 3 key. Solution ID TAUS0610294EN* Solution Usage 13
Description NO DIAL TONE message at power up. Solution CAUSE: The connectors on the printer board were removed during troubleshooting and then connected at the wrong location. The LIU/Jack board (modem board in back) connector is plugged into the main CB J10 instead of the SOLUTION: Insure the connector from the LIU/Jack board located at the rear of the unit on top of the printer board is connected to the LIU/Jack board, (LIU/Jack board is mounted/piggy backed onto the main CB). Solution ID TAUS0607239EN* Solution Usage 12
Description How to clear a jam. Solution There are three main areas that you can locate and remove paper jams. 1. Pull out the paper tray and check for paper partially feed into the machine. 2. Open the printer cover (where the toner and drum are) and carefully lift the black drum unit out. Do NOT touch the green drum as this may cause poor copy quality! Remove any paper stuck under the drum. 3. Paper can be partially fed out of the blue exit guide. In this case, push the blue plastic exit guide back into the machine to release pressure and pull the paper out.
August 2011
882
FAX 9830
Description INVALID TONER CARTRIDGE error message. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: IMPORTANT NOTE (1-21-2003): Corrected toner is now being shipped. The toner will have the same lot number (5FA2Y165), but the magnet position has been corrected. The individual toner can be identified by the cellophane bag the cartridge comes in. The faulty toner has a bag that is sealed on both ends and sealed down the center. The corrected toner has been repackaged and only sealed on the bag's ends. 1. The magnet in the toner cartridge is incorrectly positioned. Move the end cap detection magnet on the toner unit from position 2 to position 3. To move the magnet, perform the following: a. Remove the end cap cover on the toner unit . b. Move the end cap detection magnet on the toner unit from position 2 to position 3 . c. Replace the end cap cover. Note: This is a temporary solution for this problem. The faulty toner stock has been identified and will no longer be shipped. The faulty toner can be identified as 'Made in UK' will appear on the label on the outside of the 6 carton box and the lot number is 5FA2Y165 . 2. The memory is corrupted and needs to be reset. To initialize the machine, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number "3. SYSTEM RESET" is displayed. Press the ENTER key. c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. e. When the display returns to the previous All data clear screen, turn the FAX 9830 OFF/ON. 3. If the message is still appears after performing ALL DATA CLEAR reset, enter the service mode and print the Self Diagnostic List. To print the Self Diagnostic List, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. Select "LOCAL TEST". c. Press ENTER. d. Select "SELF DIAG". e. Press ENTER. f. FAX 9830 should be displayed in the "Device ID". The FAX 9930 is not displayed in the Device ID field; please contact the National Systems Solution Group for further instructions. Note: Please fax the "Self Diagnostics" page with the serial number and ticket number to 860-902-7643 4. Non-Konica toner is being used. Install Konica toner cartridge (item #950133). 5. The Toner Lockout Board has failed. Reseat the wiring harness from TLK to the main CB. Replace the TLK board (p/n 40807201), as required. 6. The lockout magnet is missing from the toner cartridge. Pry off the small gray cover and check that the magnet is in magnet holder number 3. If it is missing replace the toner cartridge. Hyperlink for internal use only. Solution ID TAUS0610666EN* Solution Usage 29
Description How to initialize the unit to factory defaults. Solution To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. 2. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key. 3. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. 4. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. Solution ID TAUS0610818EN* Solution Usage 11
Description How to enable TCR/MCF (transmission confirmation report). Solution To enable the TCR, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT button. 2. Press 7 and 0 from the keypad to display (70: MCF /Off/On). 3. Press Down Arrow button to toggle to On 4. Press ENTER button to confirm the change. 5. Press STOP three times to return to the standby mode. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
883
FAX 9830
Description MSG IN MEMORY and SWITCH OUTPUT LEVER message, but the FAX 9830 does not print the received fax. Solution CAUSE: The position of the grey lever on the left side of the machine is lower position (face up output). SOLUTION: Put the grey lever to the up position for face down output. Solution ID TAUS0611048EN* Solution Usage 9
Description How to program a group dial (multistation). Solution To program a group dial, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT. 2. Press the down arrow to select LOCATION PROGRAM, press ENTER. 3. Press the down arrow to select GROUP, press ENTER. 4. Input a group number (from 1-20), press ENTER. 5. Enter the desired location by pressing either a one-touch key or a speed dial search key, press ENTER. Continue until all desired locations (up to 140) are entered, press START. 6. Enter a group ID, press enter. 7. Press MENU/EXIT to return to standby mode. Solution ID TAUS0613094EN* Solution Usage 9
Description Does JetSuite* Pro version 2.1 support Windows* 2000 Professional? Solution JetSuite Pro 2.1 does not support Windows 2000 Professional. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611049EN* Solution Usage 8
Description How to transmit a fax using a group dial. Solution Note: A group dial must be programmed before this feature may be used (see How to program a group dial). To transmit using group dial, perform the following: 1. Insert document into feeder of the fax. 2. Press SPEED DIAL SEARCH. 3. Enter the first character of the group ID. The group name will appear on the display. 4. Press START. Solution ID TAUS0612813EN* Solution Usage 8
Description How to enable Department codes. Solution The FAX 9830 does not have the ability to use Department codes. This feature is available on the FAX 9825 and FAX 9925. Solution ID TAUS0611393EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Error codes 14C2 and 41CE when transmitting. Solution CAUSE: Corrupted machine memory is causing a transmission conflict. SOLUTION: To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. 2. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to 3 SYSTEM RESET. Press the ENTER key. 3. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
884
FAX 9830
4. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. Solution ID TAUS0611551EN* Solution Usage 6
Description How to flash upgrade the firmware from a computer. Solution To flash the firmware from a computer, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT button on the FAX 9830. 2. Press the RESOLUTION button twice. 3. Press the SHIFT DOWN button four times until the display reads "PC LOADING". 4. Press ENTER to display the following: PC LOADING ARE YOU SURE ? ENTER WHEN DONE 5. Ensure the parallel cable is connected between the PC and the FAX 9830. 6. If using Windows* 9x, it is highly recommended to restart the PC to the DOS Command Prompt. Reboot the PC and press the F8 function key during the reboot. Note: Flash updates performed from a Windows 9x Command Prompt window will not be successful. 7. If using Windows NT or 2000, perform the following: a. Press Start. b. Click on Run. c. Type in 'CMD' to open command prompt window. Note: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT or 2000 Command Prompt window. 8. Type in the following command: "copy /b A:\filename.bin LPT1". Notes: The filename will be different. The directory "A:\" would be different if the file was downloaded to a hard drive instead of a floppy disk. 9. Press ENTER from the keyboard. 10. Press ENTER from the FAX 9830. Note: Steps 9 and 10 must be performed within 60 seconds of each other. 11. The FAX 9830 will display "PC LOADING/RECEIVING. 12. When the flash is completed the FAX 9830 will beep and display will read "PC LOADING/RESULT OK. 13. To initialize the machine, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key. c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. Note: To date there have been no firmware upgrades for the FAX 9830. If the machine needs to be flashed with the base level firmware, contact Technical Support. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
885
FAX 9880
Description How to initialize the unit to factory defaults. Solution To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. 2. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key. 3. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. 4. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. Solution ID TAUS0618196EN* Solution Usage 10
Description INVALID TONER CARTRIDGE error message. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The memory is corrupted and needs to be reset. To initialize the machine, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to '3. SYSTEM RESET'. Press the ENTER key. c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. e. When the display returns to the previous All data clear screen, turn the FAX 9880 OFF/ON. 2. If the message is still appears after performing ALL DATA CLEAR reset, enter the service mode and print the Self Diagnostic List. To print the Self Diagnostic List, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. Select 'LOCAL TEST'. c. Press ENTER. d. Select 'SELF DIAG'. e. Press ENTER. f. FAX 9880 should be displayed in the 'Device ID'. If the FAX 9880 is not displayed in the Device ID field, please contact the National Systems Solution Group for further instructions. Note: Please fax the 'Self Diagnostics' page with the serial number and ticket number to 800-968-4213. 3. Non-Konica toner is being used. Install Konica toner cartridge (item #950133). 4. The ID/Toner Lockout Board has failed. Reseat the wiring harness from DLK to the main CB. Replace the DLK board (p/n 41286801), as required. Hyperlink for internal use only. Solution ID TAUS0618519EN* Solution Usage 7
Description MCF\TCR (message confirmation\transmission confirmation) report with first page of transmitted image enabled will pull from the legal size cassette instead of the letter size cassette. Solution CAUSE: The machine to print MCF with image of first page transmitted image enabled to legal sized cassette because a firmware bug. SOLUTION: Flash the machine to the latest firmware level. To determine latest firmware level, perform the follow. 1. Press MENU/EXIT button on the FAX 9880. 2. Press the RESOLUTION button twice. 3. Press ENTER twice to print Self Diagnosis Report 4. Go the fourth line under Main Board should read PROGRAM1 VERSION AA4. If this line reads PROGRAM1 VERSION AA2 then update the machine to latest firmware level. To download and flash the firmware from a computer, perform the following: 1. Go to 'NSSG Web Support'. 2. Click on 'Download EPROMs' hyperlink. 3. Click 'Eprom for Plain Paper Fax' and then LIST FILES button. 4. Download 9980-codaaa4.zip to temporary directory (C:\9880). Note: Firmware file '9980-codaaa4.zip" is used with FAX 9880 and 9980. 5. Unzip the file to temporary directory. 6. Press MENU/EXIT button on the FAX 9880. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
886
FAX 9880
7. Press the RESOLUTION button twice. 8. Press the SHIFT DOWN button four times until the display reads "PC LOADING". 9. Press ENTER to display the following: PC LOADING ARE YOU SURE ? ENTER WHEN DONE 10. Ensure the parallel cable is connected between the PC and the FAX 9880. 11. If using Windows* 9x, it is highly recommended to restart the PC to the DOS Command Prompt. Reboot the PC and press the F8 function key during the reboot. Note: Flash updates performed from a Windows 9x Command Prompt window will not be successful. 12. If using Windows NT 4.0 or 2000, perform the following: a. Click on START. b. Click on RUN. c. Type 'CMD' to open command prompt window. Notes: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT or 2000 Command Prompt window. Will have disable Unimessage* Pro and set FAX 9880 and Unimessage Pro driver to DISK during firmware upgrade. 13. Type in the following command: "copy /b A:\filename.bin LPT1". Notes: The filename will be different. The directory "A:\" would be different if the file was downloaded to a hard drive instead of a floppy disk. 14. Press ENTER from the keyboard. 15. Press ENTER from the FAX 9880. Note: Steps 8 and 9 must be performed within 60 seconds of each other. 16. The FAX 9880 will display "PC LOADING/RECEIVING. 17. When the flash is completed the FAX 9880 will beep and display will read "PC LOADING/RESULT OK. 18. To initialize the machine, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key. c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0616116EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to flash upgrade the firmware from a computer. Solution To flash the firmware from a computer, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT button on the FAX 9880. 2. Press the RESOLUTION button twice. 3. Press the SHIFT DOWN button four times until the display reads "PC LOADING". 4. Press ENTER to display the following: PC LOADING ARE YOU SURE ? ENTER WHEN DONE 5. Ensure the parallel cable is connected between the PC and the FAX 9830. 6. If using Windows* 9x, it is highly recommended to restart the PC to the DOS Command Prompt. Reboot the PC and press the F8 function key during the reboot. Note: Flash updates performed from a Windows 9x Command Prompt window will not be successful. 7. If using Windows NT 4.0, perform the following: a. Press Start. b. Press Programs. c. Press Command Prompt to display C:\ or similar command prompt. Note: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT Command Prompt window. 8. Type in the following command: "copy /b A:\filename.bin LPT1". Notes: The filename will be different. The directory "A:\" would be different if the file was downloaded to a hard drive instead of a floppy disk. 9. Press ENTER from the keyboard. 10. Press ENTER from the FAX 9880. Note: Steps 8 and 9 must be performed within 60 seconds of each other. 11. The FAX 9880 will display "PC LOADING/RECEIVING. 12. When the flash is completed the FAX 9880 will beep and display will read "PC LOADING/RESULT OK. 13. To initialize the machine, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key. c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. Note: To date there have been no firmware upgrades for the FAX 9880. If the machine needs to be flashed with the base level firmware, contact Technical Support. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
887
FAX 9880
Description T37 IFAX, how to setup the internet fax (sending/receiving E-mail) option. Solution The following information will be required before setting up the T37 IFAX: 1. Static or permanent lease TCP/IP* address assigned to the T37 IFAX. 2. Subnet mask assigned to T37 IFAX 3. Default gateway for T37 IFAX option. 4. SMTP server name or TCP/IP server address. 5. POP server name or TCP/IP server address. 6. POP User ID and POP password must be created on the POP server. 7. DNS primary and secondary DNS server's TCP/IP addresses, if required. 8. Host Name and Fax E-mail Address for T37 IFAX option. Note: DHCP server will assign an TCP/IP address, subnet mask, gateway and primary and secondary DNS TCP/IP address to T37 IFAX. Before setting up T37 IFAX network setting, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT. 2. Press 9 and then 3 from the keypad. 3. Press ENTER. 4. Press DOWN ARROW until '13: NIC INITIALIZE' is displayed. 5. Press OK twice. 6. Power OFF/ON. To enter network information for the T37 IFAX, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT. 2. Press 9 and then 3 from the keypad. 3. Press ENTER. 4. Enter the T37 IFAX TCP/IP address from the keypad and then press ENTER. 5. Press DOWN ARROW to move the cursor to 'SUBNET MASK' and then press ENTER. 6. Enter Subnet Mask from the keyboard and then press Enter. 7. Press DOWN ARROW to move the cursor to 'DEFAULT GATEWAY' and then press Enter. 8. Enter Default Gateway from keypad and then press Enter. 9. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'SMTP SERVER NAME' and then press Enter. 10. Enter SMTP server TCP/IP address from keypad or server name from one-touch keys and then press Enter. 11. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP SERVER NAME' and then press Enter. 12. Enter POP server TCP/IP address from keypad or server name from the one-touch keys and then press Enter. 13. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP USER ID' and press Enter. 14. Enter the Pop User Id from the one-touch keys and then press Enter. 15. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP PASSWORD' and then press Enter. 16. Enter the Pop Password from the one-touch keys and then press Enter. 17. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'DNS. P. SRV ADDRESS' and then press Enter. 18. Enter DNS Primary Server TCP/IP address from keypad and press Enter. 19. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'DNS S. SRV ADDRESS' and then press Enter. 20. Enter DNS Secondary Server TCP/IP address and then press Enter. 21. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'HOST NAME' and then press Enter. 22. Enter Host Name from one-touch keys and then press Enter. 23. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'FAX EMAIL ADDR.' and press Enter. 24. Enter the email address for FAX 9930 from one-touch keys and press Enter. 25. Power OFF/ON. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0618059EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How is the dial prefix option used? Solution The dial prefix option is used to store a four digit number/password that enables access to an outside line and is programmed to eliminate the need to dial the password when accessing an outside line. At some locations a password is used to prevent unauthorized individuals from using the phone system. It is not used to eliminate the dialing of the number 9 to access an outside line. When transmitting, the number 9 (normally used to access an outside line) will have to be dialed before the fax number to access an outside line. Solution ID TAUS0616043EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to enable TCR/MCF (transmission confirmation report). Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
888
FAX 9880
To enable the TCR, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT button. 2. Press 7 and 0 from the keypad to display (70: MCF /Off/On). 3. Press Down Arrow button to toggle to On 4. Press ENTER button to confirm the change. 5. Press STOP three times to return to the standby mode. Solution ID TAUS0616092EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to display the print (total), scan, or drum counters. Solution To display the counters, perform the following: 1. Press Menu/Exit button. 2. Press Up or Down arrow buttons to display [12 COUNTER]. 3. Press Enter to access counter menu. 4. Press Up or Down Arrow to scroll to display the following: DRUM COUNT: Do not clear the drum counter until replacement drum has been installed. PRINT COUNT: This is the total counter of receive faxes, internal test pages and copies. SCAN COUNT: This is the total number of copies and transmitted faxes. 5. Press Enter to display the counter. 6. Press Stop to return to standby mode. Note: The drum counter will only show when the Technical Function Service Bit (01) to set to ON. Also Two additional counters, TONER COUNT and DRUM(T) COUNT, are available. Solution ID TAUS0616094EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How many fax numbers can be entered for a broadcast fax? Solution A broadcast fax will allow for a maximum of 20 numbers to be entered at one time. Solution ID TAUS0616286EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to retrieve the password if forgotten or lost by the end user. Solution To retrieve the password, perform the following: 1. Power ON the fax machine while holding the MENU/EXIT key. 2. Press Down Arrow until the cursor is next to [02. ID/PASSWORD PRG]. 3. Press Enter. 4. Press Down Arrow to until cursor is next to [06. DEPARTMENT CODE]. 5. Press Enter. 6. Enter the 2 digit [DEPARTMENT NO.] and press Enter. If not known start at 01 and advance in single digit increments to 99. If the department number is correct a 4 digit password will be displayed. 7. Press the MENU/EXIT key to return to normal operation.
August 2011
889
FAX 9925
Description The FAX 9925 is not keeping proper time. Solution The FAX 9925 time specification is +/- 5 minutes per month. If you are experiencing symptoms outside of the specifications reset the clock or replace the main control board (3044-KON71-00). Following is the procedure for resetting the clock. To reset the clock, perform the following: 1. Press [MENU], [6] and [1]. The LCD will display the following: _______Time_______ Time display 12 Hour 2. Press [ ] and [ENTER]. 3. Press [ ] until the desired time format displays: 12 Hour or 24 Hour. 4. Press [ENTER]. The LCD will display the following: _______Time_______ Date/time: 00-00-00 00:00PM Enter date and time 5. Use the numeric keypad to enter the date and time. 5. Press [ ] until AM or PM is selected. 6. Press [ENTER]. 7. Press [STOP] to go to standby mode. Solution ID TAUS0610160EN* Solution Usage 60
Description How to flash upgrade the firmware. Solution The firmware can upgraded either remotely or from a connected PC. Since the flash will clear all user data from the fax, print out the phonebook and configuration page before performing the flash procedure. To update the firmware remotely, initialize the local and remote fax and then follow the procedure for flashing the machine. To initialize the local and remote fax, perform the following: 1. Press the left arrow once. 2. Press the star [*] button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash. 3. Press MENU, 7, 2, and 2. 4. Press the right arrow to select the following: Everything 5. Press ENTER. 6. Press the START button to confirm initialization. To remotely update the firmware, perform the following steps: 1. Place the FAX 9925 in the service mode by pressing No Press , then ENTER. 4. Press until FLASH THE PROM is displayed. 5. Press ENTER. Note: When upgrading the firmware, it is recommended to back up or at least print out current program information such as the Configuration, Phonebook and softswitch list, 6. After the FLASH THE PROM option is selected, the display shows: ____Remote_Setup____ Password ____ Enter Password 7. Enter a four-digit password using the numeric keypad. The default password is 0000. Press ENTER. 8. The display shows: ____Remote_Setup____ Enter phone number: __________ Enter phone number 9. Enter a phone number that the setup information is to be sent to. 10. Press Enter. 11. The FAX 9925 will call the number entered and send the flash information. Once done, the display shows SUCCESSFUL. To update the firmware using a connected PC, perform the following: 1. Power the FAX 9925 OFF. 2. While powering the unit ON, press SHIFT on the one-touch key pad. Release the SHIFT key once the LCD displays: M7BootXX - 10/01/99 (this data may vary) 0: Calibrate CIS 1: EMI test mode 2: Copy 3. Ensure the parallel cable is connected between the PC and the FAX 9925. 4. If using Windows* 9x, it is highly recommended to restart the PC using the Command Prompt. Restart the PC into DOS mode. Reboot the PC and press the F8 function key during reboot. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
890
FAX 9925
5. The DOS prompt should be indicated. 6. Locate the file 9925-111.rom (the file name may vary) on the PC (i.e. to whichever directory the file was downloaded). If the rom file has been copied to c:\temp\, type: copy /b c:\temp\9925-111.rom lpt1: 7. Press Enter. 8. The file is now sent to the FAX 9925. This should normally take less than one minute. 9. After the file has been downloaded, the machine will reboot. The new firmware version will appear in the LCD. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611498EN* Solution Usage 41
Description JetSuite* for Networks does not fax properly from network workstations with the FAX 9925 connected directly to a workstation or server. Solution Sending faxes from network workstations in a Windows* NT server environment does work with the FAX 9925 connected to the parallel port of Windows NT server or to a HP JetDirect* 170x, 300, or 500. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0609923EN* Solution Usage 39
Description How to initialize the FAX 9925. Solution To initialize the FAX 9925, perform the following: 1. Press the left arrow. 2. Press the star (*) button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash. 3. Press MENU, 7 and 2 twice. 4. Press the right arrow to select one of the following: Documents Phonebook Configuration Software Switches Counters Everything 5. Press ENTER. 6. Press the START button to confirm initialization. Solution ID TAUS0613926EN* Solution Usage 29
Description 1187 error code (No Fax Detected) when receiving faxes. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The 1187 error code will occur when a voice call is received by FAX 9925. This is normal operation when receiving a voice call. 2. The FAX 9925 needs to be initialized. To initialize the FAX 9925, perform the following: a. Press the left arrow. b. Press the star (*) button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash. c. Press MENU, 7 and 2 twice. d. Press the right arrow until 'Everything' is selected. e. Press ENTER. f. Press the START button to confirm initialization. Note: Full initialization will reset the all machine settings back to factory default. Solution ID TAUS0610439EN* Solution Usage 22
Description Intermittently, receive faxes are partially printed or blank with Header only. Activity Journal shows fax received OK. Solution CAUSE: Flash firmware requires an update. SOLUTION: Install flash firmware version 1.13 which is available from the Konica website (www.konicabt.com). The flash procedure is outlined on pages 143 and 151 of the FAX 9925 Service Manual . The flash can be accomplished with either a PC or from a remote fax. Make sure to print all phone numbers and machine configuration before flashing machine as the data may be erased during the flash. For all non ECM (error correction mode) communications, set Softswitch 18 to 00001010. To change this Softswitch, perform the following: 1. Press the left arrow once. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
891
FAX 9925
2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. Press the star (*) button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash. Press MENU, 721. Enter the software switch 18 and then press ENTER. Changes bit 7 to bit 0 to following 00001010. Press ENTER and then STOP. After these changes have been made, turn the fax OFF/ON to allow the machine to reset and make use of these changes.
If using JetSuite* (Pro or For Networks), set Softswitch 349, bit 6, to 0. To change this Softswitch, perform the following: 1. Press the left arrow once. 2. Press the star (*) button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash. 3. Press MENU, 721. 4. Enter the software switch 349 and then press ENTER. 5. Change bit 6 to a 0 and then press ENTER and then STOP. 6. After these changes have been made, turn the fax OFF/ON to allow the machine to reset and make use of these changes. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0610757EN* Solution Usage 21
Description 791 error codes and black bars when receiving. Solution CAUSE: Flash firmware requires an update. SOLUTION: Install flash firmware version 1.13 which is available from the Konica website (www.konicabt.com). The flash procedure is outlined on pages 143 and 151 of the FAX 9925 Service Manual . The flash can be accomplished with either a PC or from a remote fax. Make sure to print all phone numbers and machine configuration before flashing machine as the data may be erased during the flash. Note: If problem persists after flashing machine, change softswitch 23, bit 7, to 0 and softswitch 271, bit 4, to 0. If using JetSuite* (Pro or For Networks), set Softswitch 349, bit 6, to 0. To change this Softswitch, perform the following: 1. Press the left arrow once. 2. Press the star (*) button three times. The upper portion of the display screen will start to flash. 3. Press MENU, 721. 4. Enter the software switch 349 and then press ENTER. 5. Change bit 6 to a 0 and then press ENTER and then STOP. 6. After these changes have been made, turn the fax OFF/ON to allow the machine to reset and make use of these changes. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0609961EN* Solution Usage 20
Description What is the part number for the parallel printer cable. Solution The printer cable is a standard parallel cable that uses a small Centronics* connector (10 feet or less, IEEE A-C 1284 with half pitch Centronics 36 IEEE Type C connector). The cable should be sourced from a local computer or electronics store. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0610423EN* Solution Usage 19
Description JetSuite* Pro and JetSuite for Networks availability. Solution Konica is pleased to announce that both connectivity options are available for use with the Konica FAX 9925. Both JetSuite Pro and JetSuite for Networks are software programs that help connect your FAX 9925 to become a full-featured multi-functional product. See Info Source Bulletin # 30-00 for more information. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0609996EN* Solution Usage 14
Description How to enable/disable the TCR. Solution To enable/disable the TCR, perform the following: 1. Press [MENU], [1], [7] and [1]. 2. Select the desired option with the down arrow key. 3. Press [ENTER]. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
892
FAX 9925
August 2011
893
FAX 9930
Description INVALID TONER CARTRIDGE error message. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: IMPORTANT NOTE (1-21-2003): Corrected toner is now being shipped. The toner will have the same lot number (5FA2Y165), but the magnet position has been corrected. The individual toner can be identified by the cellophane bag the cartridge comes in. The faulty toner has a bag that is sealed on both ends and sealed down the center. The corrected toner has been repackaged and only sealed on the bag's ends. 1. The magnet in the toner cartridge is incorrectly positioned. Move the end cap detection magnet on the toner unit from position 2 to position 3. To move the magnet, perform the following: a. Remove the end cap cover on the toner unit . b. Move the end cap detection magnet on the toner unit from position 2 to position 3 . c. Replace the end cap cover. Note: This is a temporary solution for this problem. The faulty toner stock has been identified and will no longer be shipped. The faulty toner can be identified as 'Made in UK' will appear on the label on the outside of the 6 carton box and the lot number is 5FA2Y165 . 2. The memory is corrupted and needs to be reset. To initialize the machine, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number "3. SYSTEM RESET" is displayed. Press the ENTER key. c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. e. When the display returns to the previous All data clear screen, turn the FAX 9930 OFF/ON. 3. If the message is still appears after performing ALL DATA CLEAR reset, enter the service mode and print the Self Diagnostic List. To print the Self Diagnostic List, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. Select "LOCAL TEST". c. Press ENTER. d. Select "SELF DIAG". e. Press ENTER. f. FAX 9930 should be displayed in the "Device ID". The FAX 9930 is not displayed in the Device ID field; please contact the National Systems Solution Group for further instructions. Note: Please fax the "Self Diagnostics" page with the serial number and ticket number to 860-902-7643 4. Non-Konica toner is being used. Install Konica toner cartridge (item #950133). 5. The ID/Toner Lockout Board has failed. Reseat the wiring harness from DLK to the main CB. Replace the DLK board (p/n 41286801), as required. Hyperlink for internal use only. Solution ID TAUS0611346EN* Solution Usage 24
Description How to initialize the unit to factory defaults. Solution To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. 2. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll until number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key. 3. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. 4. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. Solution ID TAUS0613566EN* Solution Usage 18
Description Does JetSuite* Pro version 2.1 support network faxing and printing? Solution JetSuite* Pro version 2.1 supports only standalone faxing, printing and scanning on Windows* 9x and Windows NT 4.0 workstations. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0613095EN* Solution Usage 12
894
FAX 9930
Does JetSuite* Pro version 2.1 support Windows* 2000 Professional? Solution JetSuite Pro 2.1 does not support Windows 2000 Professional. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0614501EN* Solution Usage 10
Description T37 IFAX, how to setup the internet fax (sending/receiving E-mail) option. Solution The following information will be required before setting up the T37 IFAX: 1. Static or permanent lease TCP/IP* address assigned to the T37 IFAX. 2. Subnet mask assigned to T37 IFAX 3. Default gateway for T37 IFAX option. 4. SMTP server name or TCP/IP server address. 5. POP server name or TCP/IP server address. 6. POP User ID and POP password must be created on the POP server. 7. DNS primary and secondary DNS server's TCP/IP addresses, if required. 8. Host Name and Fax E-mail Address for T37 IFAX option. Note: DHCP server will assign an TCP/IP address, subnet mask, gateway and primary and secondary DNS TCP/IP address to T37 IFAX. Before setting up T37 IFAX network setting, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT. 2. Press 9 and then 3 from the keypad. 3. Press ENTER. 4. Press DOWN ARROW until '13: NIC INITIALIZE' is displayed. 5. Press OK twice. 6. Power OFF/ON. To enter network information for the T37 IFAX, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT. 2. Press 9 and then 3 from the keypad. 3. Press ENTER. 4. Enter the T37 IFAX TCP/IP address from the keypad and then press ENTER. 5. Press DOWN ARROW to move the cursor to 'SUBNET MASK' and then press ENTER. 6. Enter Subnet Mask from the keyboard and then press Enter. 7. Press DOWN ARROW to move the cursor to 'DEFAULT GATEWAY' and then press Enter. 8. Enter Default Gateway from keypad and then press Enter. 9. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'SMTP SERVER NAME' and then press Enter. 10. Enter SMTP server TCP/IP address from keypad or server name from one-touch keys and then press Enter. 11. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP SERVER NAME' and then press Enter. 12. Enter POP server TCP/IP address from keypad or server name from the one-touch keys and then press Enter. 13. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP USER ID' and press Enter. 14. Enter the Pop User Id from the one-touch keys and then press Enter. 15. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'POP PASSWORD' and then press Enter. 16. Enter the Pop Password from the one-touch keys and then press Enter. 17. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'DNS. P. SRV ADDRESS' and then press Enter. 18. Enter DNS Primary Server TCP/IP address from keypad and press Enter. 19. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'DNS S. SRV ADDRESS' and then press Enter. 20. Enter DNS Secondary Server TCP/IP address and then press Enter. 21. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'HOST NAME' and then press Enter. 22. Enter Host Name from one-touch keys and then press Enter. 23. Press DOWN ARROW to scroll to 'FAX EMAIL ADDR.' and press Enter. 24. Enter the email address for FAX 9930 from one-touch keys and press Enter. 25. Power OFF/ON. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611335EN* Solution Usage 9
Description How to enable the TCR/MCF (transmission confirmation report/message confirmation report). Solution To enable the message confirmation feature (TCR/MCF), perform the following: 1. Press the MENU/EXIT key. 2. Using the ARROW key scroll to SETUP and press ENTER. 3. Scroll to REPORT OPTIONS and press ENTER. 4. Scroll to MCF. (SINGLE-LOCATION.) and press ENTER. 5. Using the ARROW key select ON and press ENTER. 6. Press STOP three times to return to normal operation. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
895
FAX 9930
Note: To quickly access this function press the MENU/EXIT key and then press 7 and 0 from the keypad to display [70: MCF /Off/On]. Go to step 5 and continue. Solution ID TAUS0612962EN* Solution Usage 8
Description How to set the FAX 9930 and JetSuite* Pro to receive faxes into the PC. Solution To set the FAX 9930 to PC MODE, perform the following: 1. Press Menu/Exit. 2. Enter 10 from the keypad. 3. Press the Down Arrow until PC: PC MODE is displayed. 4. Press Enter 5. Press Stop. To enable the Receive Fax to PC feature, perform the following procedure: 1. Open JetSuite by double-clicking on the desktop icon or the JetSuite icon in the task bar. 2. Select Options on the Menu bar. 3. Select PC Fax. 4. Select Receive and then check the box that indicates Receive to PC. 5. Select OK. Note: JetSuite Pro desktop must be running in the background to receive faxes. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0613208EN* Solution Usage 8
Description Does FAX 9930 support the dual line modem and T37 IFAX board at the same time? Solution The FAX 9930 does not support the dual line modem and T37 IFAX board at the same time. The IFAX board and dual line modem use the same connector on the main CB. Solution ID TAUS0611612EN* Solution Usage 7
Description How to program the FAX SENDER ID (company or individual name). Solution To program the FAX SENDER ID, perform the following: 1. In rapid sequence press the MENU/EXIT key, then 0 and 3. 2. Enter the name of the company or individual using the alphabetical keys on the upper right hand side of the operation panel. 3. Press ENTER to store the information and then press the MENU/EXIT key to return to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0611683EN* Solution Usage 7
Description How to set the Option Line Type for the second fax line. Solution To set the Option Line Type, perform the following: 1. Press Menu/Exit. 2. Enter 3 then 1 from the keypad for OPTION LINE TYPE 3. Press Up or Down Arrow to select TX (transmit only), RX (receive only), or ALL (transmit and receive). 4. Press Menu/Exit to return to the standby mode.
August 2011
896
FAX 9980
Description INVALID TONER CARTRIDGE error message. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The memory is corrupted and needs to be reset. To initialize the machine, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to '3. SYSTEM RESET'. Press the ENTER key. c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. e. When the display returns to the previous All data clear screen, turn the FAX 9980 OFF/ON. 2. If the message is still appears after performing ALL DATA CLEAR reset, enter the service mode and print the Self Diagnostic List. To print the Self Diagnostic List, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. Select 'LOCAL TEST'. c. Press ENTER. d. Select 'SELF DIAG'. e. Press ENTER. f. FAX 9980 should be displayed in the 'Device ID'. If the FAX 9980 is not displayed in the Device ID field, please contact the National Systems Solution Group for further instructions. Note: Please fax the 'Self Diagnostics' page with the serial number and ticket number to 800-968-4213. 3. Non-Konica toner is being used. Install Konica toner cartridge (item #950158. 4. The ID/Toner Lockout Board has failed. Reseat the wiring harness from DLK to the main CB. Replace the DLK board (p/n 41286801), as required. Hyperlink for internal use only. Solution ID TAUS0616117EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to flash upgrade the firmware from a computer. Solution To flash the firmware from a computer, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT button on the FAX 9980. 2. Press the RESOLUTION button twice. 3. Press the SHIFT DOWN button four times until the display reads "PC LOADING". 4. Press ENTER to display the following: PC LOADING ARE YOU SURE ? ENTER WHEN DONE 5. Ensure the parallel cable is connected between the PC and the FAX 9980. 6. If using Windows* 9x, it is highly recommended to restart the PC to the DOS Command Prompt. Reboot the PC and press the F8 function key during the reboot. Note: Flash updates performed from a Windows 9x Command Prompt window will not be successful. 7. If using Windows NT 4.0, perform the following: a. Press Start. b. Press Programs. c. Press Command Prompt to display C:\ or similar command prompt. Note: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT Command Prompt window. 7. Type in the following command: "copy /b A:\filename.bin LPT1". Notes: The filename will be different. The directory "A:\" would be different if the file was downloaded to a hard drive instead of a floppy disk. 8. Press ENTER from the keyboard. 9. Press ENTER from the FAX 9980. Note: Steps 8 and 9 must be performed within 60 seconds of each other. 10. The FAX 9980 will display "PC LOADING/RECEIVING. 11. When the flash is completed the FAX 9980 will beep and display will read "PC LOADING/RESULT OK. 12. To initialize the machine, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key. c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. Note: To date there have been no firmware upgrades for the FAX 9980. If the machine needs to be flashed with the base level firmware, contact Technical Support. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
897
FAX 9980
Description How to install Unimessage* Pro on Microsoft* Windows 2000. Solution To install Unimessage Pro, perform the following: Note: Administrator's authority is required for installation with Windows 2000. 1. Confirm both the printer and the computer are turned OFF, connect the fax machine and the computer with a parallel interface cable. (IEEE standard cable 1284) 2. Turn the computer ON and allow Windows to start. 3. Turn the fax machine ON. At the prompt indicating that a new device has been detected, select CANCEL. 4. Insert the Konica Unimessage Pro or LAN option CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive. 5. After the setup program has automatically started, click, 'Setup device driver and Unimessage Pro' and follow the on-screen instructions as appropriate. This installs both the printer and the Unimessage Pro software. Note: If you want to install only the driver, click 'Setup device driver'. Note: If the setup program does not automatically start or Auto insert notification is turned off, Click 'Start Run' , Type in 'd:\setup.exe' (where D is the drive letter of your CD-ROM drive) and click OK. 6. Click 'Next' on the Welcome Install screen. 7. Click 'Yes' on Software License Agreement screen. 8. Then 'Next' on the Language Default. 9. When 'Fax Port Installation' dialog appears, click OK. 10. When 'Welcome Add/Remove Hardware Wizard' dialog appears, click 'Next'. 11. When 'Choose a Hardware Task' dialog appears, select 'Add/Troubleshoot a device' and click 'Next'. 12. When 'New Hardware Detection' dialog appears, select 'Add a new device from the device list' and click 'Next'. 13. When 'Find New Hardware' dialog appears , select 'No, I want to select the hardware from a list' and click 'Next'. 14. When 'Hardware Type' dialog appears, select 'Ports (COM and LPT) from the list and click 'Next'. 15. When 'Select a Device Driver' dialog appears, click 'Have Disk'. 16. When 'Install from Disk' dialog appears, type 'D:\Driver\Setup\Disk1\Win2K' (where D is the drive letter of your CD-ROM drive) in 'Copy Manufacturer's files from' and click 'OK'. 17. Select 'Konica Fax Port' from the list and click 'Next'. 18. When the 'Start Hardware Installation' dialog appears, click 'Next'. 19. When the 'Completing the Add/Remove Hardware Wizard' dialog appears, click 'Finish'. 20. Click 'Yes' to reboot. leave the CD-ROM in drive to complete installation of program at startup. Solution ID TAUS0616078EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How to program receive to memory. Solution To program the receive to memory feature perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT. 2. Use the DOWN ARROW to scroll to SETUP and press ENTER. 3. Use the DOWN ARROW to select MACHINE SETTINGS and press ENTER. 4. AUTO ANSWER MODE is displayed, press ENTER. 5. Use the DOWN ARROW to select MEMORY RX and press ENTER. 6. Press the MENU/EXIT key to return to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0616095EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How many fax numbers can be entered for a broadcast fax? Solution A broadcast fax will allow for a maximum of 20 numbers to be entered at one time. Solution ID TAUS0618520EN* Solution Usage 4
Description MCF\TCR (message confirmation\transmission confirmation) report with first page of transmitted image enabled will pull from the legal size cassette instead of the letter size cassette. Solution CAUSE: The machine to print MCF with image of first page transmitted image enabled to legal sized cassette because a firmware bug. SOLUTION: Flash the machine to the latest firmware level. To determine latest firmware level, perform the follow. 1. Press MENU/EXIT button on the FAX 9980. 2. Press the RESOLUTION button twice. 3. Press ENTER twice to print Self Diagnosis Report Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
898
FAX 9980
4. Go the fourth line under Main Board should read PROGRAM1 VERSION AA4. If this line reads PROGRAM1 VERSION AA2 then update the machine to latest firmware level. To download and flash the firmware from a computer, perform the following: 1. Go to 'NSSG Web Support'. 2. Click on 'Download EPROMs' hyperlink. 3. Click 'Eprom for Plain Paper Fax' and then LIST FILES button. 4. Download 9980-codaaa4.zip to temporary directory (C:\9980). 5. Unzip the file to temporary directory. 6. Press MENU/EXIT button on the FAX 9980. 7. Press the RESOLUTION button twice. 8. Press the SHIFT DOWN button four times until the display reads "PC LOADING". 9. Press ENTER to display the following: PC LOADING ARE YOU SURE ? ENTER WHEN DONE 10. Ensure the parallel cable is connected between the PC and the FAX 9980. 11. If using Windows* 9x, it is highly recommended to restart the PC to the DOS Command Prompt. Reboot the PC and press the F8 function key during the reboot. Note: Flash updates performed from a Windows 9x Command Prompt window will not be successful. 12. If using Windows NT 4.0 or 2000, perform the following: a. Click on START. b. Click on RUN. c. Type 'CMD' to open command prompt window. Notes: Flash updates can be successfully performed from a Windows NT or 2000 Command Prompt window. Will have disable Unimessage* Pro and set FAX 9980 and Unimessage Pro driver to DISK during firmware upgrade. 13. Type in the following command: "copy /b A:\filename.bin LPT1". Notes: The filename will be different. The directory "A:\" would be different if the file was downloaded to a hard drive instead of a floppy disk. 14. Press ENTER from the keyboard. 15. Press ENTER from the FAX 9980. Note: Steps 8 and 9 must be performed within 60 seconds of each other. 16. The FAX 9980 will display "PC LOADING/RECEIVING. 17. When the flash is completed the FAX 9980 will beep and display will read "PC LOADING/RESULT OK. 18. To initialize the machine, perform the following: a. Press the MENU/EXIT key and then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press the RESOLUTION key twice. b. TECHNICAL PRG will be displayed. Use the down arrow and scroll to number 3, SYSTEM RESET is displayed. Press the ENTER key. c. Select one of the following using the up/down arrow keys. 1: ALL DATA CLEAR. 2: LOCATION DATA CLR. 3: CONFIG DATA CLR. d. Press ENTER twice and STOP twice to return to normal mode. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0616075EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to enable time and date stamp on received faxes. Solution To enable time and date stamp, perform the following: 1. Press MENU/EXIT button, then, quickly, in rapid sequence, press RESOLUTION twice to display TECHNICAL PRG. 2. Press Down Arrow until cursor is at SETUP. 3. Press Enter. 4. Press Up or Down Arrow until cursor is at [04 TIME DATE PRINT]. 5. Press Enter. 6. Press Up or Down Arrow until the cursor is at the desired setting. The options are OFF, ONCE or ALL. 7. Press Enter to enable the change. 8. Press Stop button twice to return back to the standby mode. Solution ID TAUS0616093EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to display the print (total), scan, or drum counters. Solution To display the counters, perform the following: 1. Press Menu/Exit button. 2. Press Up or Down arrow buttons to display [12 COUNTER]. 3. Press Enter to access counter menu. 4. Press Up or Down Arrow to scroll to display the following: DRUM COUNT: Do not clear the drum counter until replacement drum has been installed. PRINT COUNT: This is the total counter of receive faxes, internal test pages and copies. SCAN COUNT: This is the total number of copies and transmitted faxes. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
899
FAX 9980
5. Press Enter to display the counter. 6. Press Stop to return to standby mode. Note: The drum counter will only show when the Technical Function Service Bit (01) to set to ON. Also Two additional counters, TONER COUNT and DRUM(T) COUNT, are available. Solution ID TAUS0616221EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to program the FAX SENDER ID (company or individual name). Solution To program the FAX SENDER ID, perform the following: 1. In rapid sequence press the MENU/EXIT key, then 0 and 3. 2. Enter the name of the company or individual using the alphabetical keys on the upper right hand side of the operation panel. 3. Press ENTER to store the information and then press the MENU/EXIT key to return to normal operation. Solution ID TAUS0617794EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Unimessage* Pro, how many users does the software support? Solution Unimessage Pro supports the following number of users: Unimessage Single User (Item #950143) Unimessage 5 User (Item #950144) Unimessage 10 User (Item #950173) * Trademark ownership information
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
900
FAX-810L
August 2011
901
FAX825L/FAX825L-FP
Description M005 Solution CAUSE: Abnormality of the printer EEPROM. SOLUTION: Replace the printer EEPROM (p/n 7500-9210) and/or printer control board (p/n 748085200). Solution ID TAUS0612187EN* Solution Usage 76
Description How to program the FAX ID. Solution To program the FAX ID, perform the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [8], [0], [0] and [SET] three times. 2. Enter a name using the one-touch program keys on the right side of the operation panel. Note: Use one-touch key 39 to enter a space. 3. Press [SET], [SELECT] and [SET]. 4. Enter the fax phone number using the numeric ten key pad. Note: Use the [DIAL/-] key to enter a hyphen. 5. Press [SET] and then [STOP]. Note: To easiest way to erase or change the FAX ID is to use the steps above to overwrite the old information. See pages 49 to 52 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0654991EN* Solution Usage 56
Description How to enable/disable the TCR (transmit confirmation report). Solution To enable/disable the transmit confirmation report, perform the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [8], [0], [0] and [SET]. 2. Press [UP ARROW] repeatedly until HOME POSITION is displayed. 3. Press [SET] four times. 4. Press [SELECT] repeatedly to select between OFF, PRINT, XMIT and PRINT&XMIT. 5. Press [SET]; then, [STOP]. Transmit Confirmation Report Options. OFF: Transmit report is neither printed, nor sent. PRINT: Transmit report is automatically printed at the end of transmission (default setting is PRINT). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
902
FAX825L/FAX825L-FP
XMIT: Transmit report is sent to the remote station at the end of transmission. PRINT&XMIT: Transmit report is sent to the remote station at the end of transmission; then, automatically printed. See pages 134 to 136 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0600366EN* Solution Usage 54
Description How to program a fax number into an one-touch key. Solution Note : One-touch keys 01 to 40 are preprogrammed to dial their corresponding abbreviated numbers. Example: If you press the one-touch key 03, it will automatically dial the fax number programmed in ABBR 03. The only time you should have to program a one-touch key, is if you want to program a special feature, such as a multi-station. Also, you cannot edit a one-touch key. In the case of a multi-station, stored in a one-touch key, you must completely reenter ALL locations. To program a fax number into an one-touch key, perform the following steps. IMPORTANT :If any documents are stored in memory programming the one-touch keys will not be available. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] twice and [SET]. 2. Select the one-touch key you want to program by pressing the corresponding one-touch program key on the operation panel. 3. Press [SET] and the LCD will start to flash. Place a document into the ADF. 4. Enter the remote fax number using the numeric ten key pad Note: Use the [DIAL/-] key to insert a hyphen. 5. Press [START]. 6. The screen for storing the next one-touch program key will now be displayed. 7. If you want to store another one-touch key, start at step 2 and repeat the above procedure. If you are done, press [STOP] twice. Note : See pages 60 to 65 in the FAX 820L/825L User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0600659EN* Solution Usage 54
Description How to reset the drum counter. Solution If drum unit was replaced and did not clear CHECK DRUM message, reset the drum counter using the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [CONTRAST] three times. 2. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW], and [SET]. 3. Display should now show SET PRINTER EEPROM DRUM = (current drum count) 4. Press [0] five times to zero out the old drum count. 5. Press [SET]; then, [STOP] twice. 6. The LCD will still show CHECK DRUM. 7. Turn fax OFF for about five seconds; then, turn it back ON. 8. CHECK DRUM message should now be cleared. Solution ID TAUS0600307EN* Solution Usage 49
Description Paper jams halfway past the paper exit rollers during reception and copy. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Over a period of time the paper exit rollers may become worn, hard or glazed. Clean exit roller with isopropyl alcohol. If this symptom continues, replace the upper exit roller (p/n 748046600) and lower exit roller (p/n 748046610). 2. The Exit Drive Belt (p/n 748015610) is slipping due to soiling or wear. Clean or replace belt as needed. 3. Exit roller bushings (p/n 750040680) are soiled, binding, or worn. Clean with isopropyl alcohol or replace bushings as needed. Solution ID TAUS0612154EN* Solution Usage 41
Description M014 Solution CAUSE: Printer Jam. SOLUTION: Remove paper jam and reset error message by opening and closing recording section door. If error occurs again, check the following: 1. Burrs on inside of turnguide. Install turnguide modification (p/n FE97-1020) per FAX 820/825 Bulletin #11. 2. Replace Friction Pad (p/n 748046030) in PFU if worn. 3. Replace Paper Feed Roller (p/n 748046040) if worn. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
903
FAX825L/FAX825L-FP
4. Replace Paper Feed Roller Clutch (p/n 748085230) if slipping or not driving Paper Feed Roller. 5. Replace Resist Roller (p/n 7480-4610) if worn or glazed. 6. If this occurs on initial setup, check for colored shipping tape that might not have been removed from the bottom of the cassette lift-up plate. 7. The EEPROM (p/n 7500-9210) on the printer control board has failed. See Bulletin #11 for detailed information on the turnguide modification.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
904
FAX9635
Description Internet Fax requirements. Solution The following is required to use the Internet Fax capability of the FAX 9635. 1. Internet Fax Kit, PCUA# 950-623. Internet Fax Kit contains (1) Class 1 I/F Kit , Internet Fax Software, and Internet Fax User's Manual. 2. A RS-232C cable is required. This cable is not supplied with the Internet Fax kit. 3. The computer must be an Intel* 80486SX 20MHz or higher PC with a minimum of 16MB of memory. The PC must have a modem that works with the user's internet service provider (ISP). 4. The user must have access to an internet service provider. 5. The operating system for the workstation can ONLY be Windows 95*. The Internet Fax capability WILL NOT work on a workstation with Windows NT*, Windows* 3.x, OS/2*, etc. 6. The workstation must use Microsoft Exchange*. 7. Microsoft Exchange must be able to work properly with the user's internet service provider. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0605517EN* Solution Usage 63
Description How to initialize the FAX 9635. Solution To initialize the fax, perform the following steps: 1. Remove the plastic cover sheet on the operation panel. 2. Actuate the service switch , located below the LCD, with a paper clip or pin point. 3. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice. 4. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [0], [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER]. 5. Press [FUNCTION], and [#] to exit the service mode. Solution ID TAUS0605391EN* Solution Usage 53
Description How to put a group dial under a program key. Solution To put a group dial under a program key, first you must program your numbers as one-touch keys or telephone directories or use a maximum of 10 long hand numbers. To assist in this process, a Dial List should be printed prior to placing a group dial under a program key. To print this list, perform the following: a. Press (MENU), (5), (4), (ENTER) and (ENTER) again. b. Retain the printed pages for use in the following procedure. To place a group dial under a program key, perform the following: 1. Press (MENU), (4), (1) and (ENTER) a. display should read PROGRAM DIAL. 2. Press (ENTER) a. SELECT OT KEY should be displayed 3. Press the one-touch key that is to be programmed. a. if the key is already programmed as a one-touch key, ASSIGNED OT KEY will be displayed and another one-touch key must be selected. Note: Refer to the Dial List for a unused one-touch keys. b. P-XX (XX= corresponding two-digit one-touch key number): NEW DIAL will be displayed. 4. Press (ENTER) and SELECT LOCATION will show in the LCD. 5. Enter the full number, one-touch, or directory dial. a. To enter a telephone directory number: Press (TEL DIRECTORY). b. Press the key associated with the first letter of the desired destination, i.e. pressing the (2) will show the first program directory dial with a name beginning with A, B, or C. Pressing (2) again will advance the display to the next programmed directory beginning with A, B, or C. Note: The Directory Dial List (previously printed) can be used as a reference for first letter of the Directory Dial names and numbers d. Press (ENTER) to place the Directory Dial destination under the program key. 6. SELECT LOCATION should be displayed. Repeat step 5 for multiple locations. Note: (CLEAR) can be used to correct some initial entry mistakes. 7. After all locations have been entered, and the display reads SET LOCATION, press (ENTER). 8. Use the keypad to input the name of the group. a. Press the key associated with the letter to be used, i.e. pressing the (2) will show A. Pressing (2) again will show B, and pressing (2) again will show C. Pressing (2) again will cycle the letters in lowercase. b. Use the right and left arrow keys (one-touch 19 and 20) to advance to next letter. c. When group name is complete, press (ENTER). 9. Enter the time for transmission (optional). 10. Press [ENTER] and (ENTER) again. 11. 0: CONTINUE/ 1: END should be displayed. Press [1] and [ENTER]. Solution ID TAUS0605830EN* Solution Usage 39
August 2011
905
FAX9635
Description How to turn on the Transmit report. Solution To turn on the Transmit report. perform the following: 1. Press [MENU], 2. Press [2], [8], 3. Press [ENTER] twice, 4. Press [0], [9], 5. Press [ENTER], [1], [ENTER], [1], 6. Press [ENTER]. Solution ID TAUS0605516EN* Solution Usage 36
Description How to enable or disable the transmission report (TCR). Solution To enable or disable the transmission report, perform the following steps. 1. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice. 2. Press [0], [9] and [ENTER]. 3. Choose one of the following selections: a. Press [0] to disable the transmit report printout. b. Press [1] to enable the transmit report printout. c. Press [2] to enable the printing of the transmit report ONLY when a communication error occurs. 4. Press [ENTER] and then [STOP]. Solution ID TAUS0606410EN* Solution Usage 30
Description System error 003. Solution CAUSE: Failed thermistor and thermostat. SOLUTION: Replace thermistor assembly (p/n 7594-5340) and thermostat (p/n 759485530). Solution ID TAUS0605540EN* Solution Usage 27
Description Cannot transmit or receive. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If no dial tone on handset, but dial tone is present at wall jack, NCU board damaged. Replace NCU board (p/n 759387030). 2. Fax is installed on a PBX phone system that requires dialing a 9 (or another prefix number) before the phone number. Dial 9 before phone number to access an outside line. 3. If the machine is locked-up, initialization is required. To initialize the fax, perform the following steps. a. Remove the plastic cover sheet on the operation panel. b. Actuate the service switch, located below the LCD, with a paper clip or pin point. c. Press [MENU], [2], [8] and [ENTER] twice. d. Press [4], [6], [ENTER], [0], [ENTER], [1] and [ENTER]. 4. The modem is not outputting tones. Bad Modem on Main Control Board. Replace main CB (p/n 121A87020). 5. Faulty main control board. Replace main CB (p/n 121A87020). Solution ID TAUS0605537EN* Solution Usage 26
Description PAPER JAM 1 message. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If the paper reaches the transfer roller and the paper is skewed on the same side as the roller then check the cassette for damage. 2. Faulty Jam 1 sensor. Perform self test printing. If paper reaches Jam 1 sensor, check and replace Jam 1 sensor. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
906
FAX9635
3. Defective paper supply roller. If paper does not reach Jam 1 sensor, clean or replace paper supply roller. 4. If paper supply roller does not attempt to drive the paper: a. Check for a defective paper supply solenoid. b. Check for faulty power supply. c. Check for faulty main PCB. Solution ID TAUS0605523EN* Solution Usage 21
Description How to program a one-touch key. Solution To program a fax number into a one-touch program key, perform the following steps. 1. Press [MENU], [4], and [ENTER] twice. 2. Press the one-touch key to be programmed. 3. Press [ENTER]. 4. Dial the fax number of the remote party. 5. Press [ENTER]. 6. If you wish to program the party's name do as follows. If no name is to be entered press [ENTER]. [ONE-TOUCH 08]: enters a space [ONE-TOUCH 09]: cursors left [ONE-TOUCH 10]: cursors right Press the numeric keys below to cycle through the characters listed below. [1]: QZqz [2]: ABCabc [3]: DEFdef [4]: GHIghi [5]: JKLjkl [6]: MNOmno [7]: PRSprs [8]: TUVtuv [9]: WXYwxy [0]: 0 [*]: */.,[]"[#]: # 7. Select the modem transmission speed. 0: H (14400) 1: L (4800) 8. Press [ENTER]. 9. If you do not wish to change the special speed setup press [ENTER]. To change the special speed setup press [0] for OFF and [1] for ON and press [ENTER]. 10. To program an additional one-touch key press [0] and [ENTER], then repeat this procedure. To end programming press [1] and [ENTER]. Solution ID TAUS0605526EN* Solution Usage 21
Description REPLACE DRUM is displayed prematurely. Solution CAUSE: The waste toner sensor is falsely actuated. SOLUTION: Remove the drum and gently tap on the top black cover to compact the toner and reseat the waste toner sensor actuator. This will allow the toner waste sensor to fall back downward and eliminate the REPLACE DRUM message.
August 2011
907
FAX9715FP
Description M041, CHECK DRUM. Solution CAUSE: The drum is close to end of it's life (message shows at 11,900 prints). SOLUTION: Replace the drum set (PCUA number 930978) as soon as possible. If the CHECK DRUM message needs to be reset manually, perform the following procedure. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [CONTRAST] three times. 2. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] and [SET]. 3. Press [0] five times; then, press [SET]. 4. Exit service mode by pressing [STOP] twice. 5. When back to standby, turn the fax OFF; then, back ON. Solution ID TAUS0600412EN* Solution Usage 305
Description How to program a one-touch key for multi-station transmission. Solution To program a one-touch key for multi-station transmission, perform the following steps. Note: A maximum of 200 abbreviated numbers, plus 10 long hand numbers can be specified for a multi-station transmission. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [2] and [SET]. 2. Select the one-touch key you want to program by pressing the corresponding one-touch program key on the operation panel. 3. Press [SET] and the LCD will start to flash. Place a document on the ADF. 4. Specify the first desired fax number by using abbreviated numbers or long hand dialing. Note: You MUST press [SET] within two seconds after specifying the first destination. If you specify an abbreviated number, press the [ABBR/ALPHA] key before entering the 2-digit number. Example: [ABBR/ALPHA], [0], [1], [SET], [ABBR/ALPHA], [0], [2], [SET] etc. 5. Enter the next number; then, press [SET]. 6. Repeat step 5 until all destinations are specified. 7. Press [START]. 8. The screen for storing the next one-touch program key will now be displayed. If you want to store another one-touch key, start at step 2 and repeat the above procedure. If you are done, press [STOP] twice. For detailed instructions, see pages 139 to 140 (multi-station transmission) and pages 112 to 113 (program one-touch key with multi station operation) in the FAX 9715 FP User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0611575EN* Solution Usage 201
Description How to reset the drum counter. Solution To reset the drum counter, perform the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET] (displays " USER ID=_____" ), press [CONTRAST] x 3 times. 2. The display should now show SERVICE MODE. 3. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] and [SET]. 4. Press zero five times; then, press [SET]. 5. Exit the service mode by pressing [STOP] twice. 6. When back to the standby display, turn fax off; then, back on. 7. The CHECK DRUM message should now be reset. Solution ID TAUS0611550EN* Solution Usage 171
Description M004 is constantly displayed. Solution CAUSE: Fuser not heating up within 180 seconds. Possible component failure. SOLUTION: Check fuser lamp (p/n 754085430), thermostat (p/n 754085440) and fuse (p/n 754085470). Turn power off and then on to reset the code. Solution ID TAUS0600411EN* Solution Usage 148
Description How to set ABBR number. Solution Note: Up to 200 ABBR numbers (00-99 and *00-*99) can be stored in the FAX 9715 FP. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
908
FAX9715FP
To program an ABBR number, perform the following steps: 1. Press [FUNCTION], [1] and [SET]. 2. Enter the ABBR number you want to store the fax number under (00-99 and *00-*99). Example: [*] [1] [9] 3. Press [SET]. 4. Enter the fax number using the numeric keypad. Note: Use [DIAL/-] to enter a dash. 5. Press [SET]. 6. Enter the name for the location using the one-touch program keys on the right. Note: Use one-touch key [29] to enter a space. 7. Press [SET]. 8. If wanted, enter a 2nd fax number; then, press [SET] twice -or- leave this entry blank and press [SET] twice. 9. If additional ABBR numbers need to be programmed, repeat the procedure starting at step 2. If programming is completed, press [STOP]. For more details, see [[page 51 to page 54| FILE V:\TEXT\PWH002.TXT NEW NoWordWrap]] in the FAX 9715 FP User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0655172EN* Solution Usage 131
Description Blank prints or blank areas on printed pages. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. LED printhead is soiled or defective. Clean/replace LED printhead (p/n 754085100). 2. Transfer corona unit is soiled or defective. Clean/check transfer corona unit (p/n 7540-2500). 3. Drum and toner units are not seated properly. Reseat drum and toner unit into the main body. 4. A voltage spike has possibly corrupted the memory. Power the fax OFF for about five seconds, then turn the power back ON. Solution ID TAUS0612184EN* Solution Usage 122
Description M014, M015 or M016 Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Paper has jammed in the recording unit. Open the top printer cover of the fax, remove paper and close the cover. Note: If paper is in the main body, you may have to remove the drum and toner unit. Check the registration and exit sensors. It may be necessary to turn the fax OFF and back ON to reset the fax. If the error will not clear, perform an INITIAL ROM CHANGE using the following steps: a. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [CONTRAST] three times. b. The display should now show SERVICE MODE. c. Press [FUNCTION] and then [7]. d. The display should show INITIAL, MODE=ROM CHANGE. e. Press [SET] to perform ROM CHANGE initialization. f. Press [STOP] twice to return to standby display. 2. Constant M014 caused by a bad printer EEPROM. Replace the EEPROM (p/n 754085300). 3. The fuser unit not installed properly and the exit photo sensor is hung up. Reinstall the fuser unit. 4. The backstop paper guide in the paper cassette is loose. Tighten the screw in the proper position. Solution ID TAUS0600790EN* Solution Usage 104
Description How to enable or disable the TCR (transmit confirmation report). How to disable the first page image on the TCR. Solution To enable/disable the TCR, perform the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET], [8], [0], [0] and [SET]. 2. Press [UP ARROW] five times. 3. The display should show SETTING, HOME POSITION. 4. Press [SET] four times. 5. The display should show SET HOME, TCR = (current setting). 6. Press [SELECT] repeatedly to select between OFF, PRINT, XMIT and PRINT&XMIT. 7. Press [SET] and then [STOP]. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
909
FAX9715FP
Transmit Confirmation Report Options. OFF: The transmit report is neither printed, nor sent. PRINT: The transmit report is automatically printed at the end of transmission (default setting is PRINT). XMIT: The transmit report is sent to the remote station at the end of transmission. PRINT&XMIT: The transmit report is sent to the remote station at the end of transmission, and then automatically printed. To disable printing of image, set function parameter address 163, bit 7, to 0, by performing the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET] and [CONTRAST] three times. 2. The display should show SERVICE MODE. 3. Press [FUNCTION], [1], [DOWN ARROW] twice and [SET]. 4. The LCD will show SET FP across the top line. 5. Press [1], [6], and [3]. 6. Press [SELECT] twice, [0], [SET] and [STOP] twice. For more details on setting the TCR, see page 130 and 131 in the FAX 9715 FP User's Reference Guide. Solution ID TAUS0600058EN* Solution Usage 102
Description M005 Solution CAUSE: The EEPROM on the Printer Control Board is bad. SOLUTION: Replace the EEPROM (p/n 754085300) on Printer Control Board. Note: After replacing the printer control board EEPROM, the LED print density data must be entered into the EEPROM and the EPROM's U1, U2, and U3 must be level GP (p/n 971511-05.0, 971512-05.0, and 971513-05.0) or higher. To enter the LED print density data, perform the following steps: 1. Press [FUNCTION], [SET] and [CONTRAST] three times. 2. Display should now show SERVICE MODE. 3. Press [FUNCTION] and [1]. 4. Display should now show SETTING, SET EEPROM. 5. Press the [DOWN ARROW]. 6. Display should now show SETTING, SET PRINTER EEPROM. 7. Press [SET] and [DOWN ARROW] twice. 8. Display should now show SET PRINTER EEPROM, PRINT DENSITY = (two digit number). Note: Technical Support's FAX 9715 FP was set at a value of 32. 9. Enter the two digit value specified on the label attached to the LED printhead. 10. Press [SET] and [STOP] twice. 11. Display should show SELF DIAG for several seconds, and then return to the standby display. The adjustment procedures are in the FAX 9715 FP service manual, pages 10-3 to 10-5. The EEPROM adjustments are in the service manual, pages 4-5 to 4-7. Solution ID TAUS0601264EN* Solution Usage 91
Description How to program FAX ID. Solution To store FAX ID, perform the following steps. 1. Press [FUNCTION] and [SET]. 2. Press [8], [0], [0] and [SET]. 3. Press [SET] twice. 4. Enter a name using the one-touch keys. Note: Use one-touch key [29] to insert a space. 5. Press [SET]. 6. Press [SELECT] and [SET]. 7. Enter fax phone number using numeric keypad. Note: Use the [DIAL/-] key to enter a hyphen. 8. Press [SET] and [STOP]. See pages 47 to 49 in the FAX 9715 FP User's Reference Guide.
August 2011
910
FaxTool
August 2011
911
Fiery S300 for CF5001

Description Citrix compatibility. Solution Citrix has published a list of KMBS products and their compatibility with different versions of Citrix . These are known as Citrix Ready products. KMBS has also done some testing that might notdocumented on theCitrix Ready products web page.Attached is a document with additional information on Konica Minolta's Citrix Ready Certified products. Also, refer to the attached Citrix compatibility list for additional information.Some products not listed below arelisted in the attached document.It covers other MFPs like the bizhub 600/601/750/751/360/361/362/420/421/500/501/162/180/210/222/282, the bizhub C350/C353/C253/C203, the bizhub PRO 1050/920 and controllers like theIC-303 and IC-409. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : The test resultsfor bizhub C652DS/C552DS and C360/C280/C220with XenApp 6.0 are included. bizhub 652/602 for XenApp 5.0 are included. bizhub C20 for XenApp 5.0 are included. Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driverare included.
August 2011
912

IC-202 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1, the Adobe PostScript driver version 1.0.0 or the PCL driver version 1.01 the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-203 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003/Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 2.0.28, the Adobe PostScript driver version 2.0.28 or the PCL driver version 2.0.0, the print controller can be used without restrictions. IC-205 Tested in both theCitrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and theCitrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the GDI driver version 1.00 or the PCL driver version 1.00 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. Cancelled print jobs may stay in queue when using the GDI driver. 2. The printer icon may disappear when cancelling a print job when using the GDI driver. 3. Print jobs may hang when printing from two or more workstations simultaneously using the GDI driver. IC-302 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. IC-401 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PostScript driver version 1.0. The following restrictions: 1. The mixed media function may not be used. 2. Enabling the "Delete pending print jobs at logout" on the Metaframe server does not result in the print jobs being deleted. 3. Print job access codes should not be used. IC-402 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The following are restrictions that were found: 1. Custom Size setting is not available. 2.Owner Information, Lock Job and Copier store print functions are not available. 3. The client default settings are not saved. IC-405 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 2.0. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were thatMedia Mixed function is not available by network printer. IC-611 Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.0.7, the PostScript Adobe driver version 1.0.0.7 or the PCL driver version 1.0.1 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The watermark function will not function when using the PCL driver. 2. The PostScript Visual driver is not available with Microsoft Windows 2003 Server. 3. Booklet mode may not function when called within Adobe Acrobat. IP-901 Tested withCitrix Metaframe FR3 on Microsoft Windows 2000 and 2003 Server, using PostScript version 1.1 and 2.1. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6. The only restrictions found were that Owner Information functions were not available. bizhub C350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6 applications loaded. Testing has been performed with the PCL driver version 1.0 with the following restriction: The watermark feature will not be available on a locally installed printer. bizhub 200/250/350 Standard Controller Tested in both the Citrix Metaframe XP (FR3) and the Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 environments with the Microsoft Office, Microsoft Excel and Adobe Acrobat 6.0 applications loaded. When utilizing the PostScript Visual driver version 1.0.1 or the PCL driver version 1.0.2 the print controller can be used with the following restrictions: 1. The custom paper size setting is not available. 2. The default selections made on client workstations will not be reflected on the printer properties screens. bizhub C650/C550/C451/C450/C352/C351/C300/C252/C250 Tested withCitrix Metaframe. Applications tested were Microsoft Word 2003, Excel 2003 and Adobe Acrobat 6.No restrictions were found in testing. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)
August 2011
913

Description HTTP 400 - Bad Request error. Unable to view the printer web browser (PageScope Web Connection).
August 2011
914
Fiery X2 for 7823

Description Properly acquiring all needed QuarkXPress files for testing. Solution Whenrequesting files for testing and theyare from QuarkXPress versions 7.3, 8.02 or newer make sure that the customer or technician selects the following: File Collect for Output Reasons Not all files may be attached or embedded in the file. Not an effective troubleshooting procedure. Unable to correct or properly resolve the problem. Along with the requested files, we will need: the exact customer's workflow.(step-by-step) the operating system of the customer's computer. the driver version being used. Note : Refer tothe attached filenoticing thelinks to various PDF filesthat are on a Server or the customer's local workstation. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900738EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Requirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery, CREO, Emperon and applications. Solution Requirements are: Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled. Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible). Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40. Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information). All machine management and adjustment list printouts. If relevant, Fiery configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page. If relevant, CREO configuration page. Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13), driver versions. A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observed Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
915
Fiery X2 for 7823

prior to sending to SSD or ASG. If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. The archive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD. If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO that also contains the rasters (RIPped data) The original application file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number and or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to E-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. If the files were created on a Macintosh system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh for the files to be good. You cannot take the files from the Macintosh and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will be useless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable. a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh. b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make them portable. c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft Windows PC. Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh to start with. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0608883EN* Solution Usage 9
Description What are the port names for the Fiery* X2 external print controller? Solution The following are the print, hold and direct ports on the external Fiery X2 controller: print_prn-M hold_prn-M direct_prn-M Note: These are not case sensitive. The print queue is the normal print queue, and the Fiery prints jobs in the order they are received. The hold queue is for jobs that will be printed at a later time or will be printed repeatedly. Print jobs sent to this queue will require intervention from Fiery Spooler, WebSpooler, or Command Workstation to print. The direct queue is used to print or download jobs without spooling. The queue is used by the Fiery Downloader to print jobs stored on the User CD such as the Pantone* charts. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0800767EN* Solution Usage 6
Description How to perform a calibration with ColorCal or ES-1000. Solution Steps to reproduce using ColorCal : 1. Run ColorWise Pro Tools and login to the Fiery; then click Calibrator. 2. Select the following: a. Measurement Method = ColorCal b. Print Settings => Calibration Set => Media = Normal 3. Print Measurement Page. Place on the MFP glass with grayscale strip (Kodak Gray Scale - p/n 10012662). 4. Click "Measure". 5. Select "Yes" for Scanner Calibration and follow the instructions. 6. After successful scanner calibration, click "Measure" and follow the instructions to completion. 7. After successful measurement process, print comparison page. 8. Click "Apply". 9. Click Done to close Calibration. Note :See the attached MPEG file (CalScan.MPG), for ColorCal procedure. Steps to reproduce using an ES-1000 : 1. Run ColorWise Pro Tools and login to the Fiery; then click Calibrator. 2. Select the following: a. Measurement Method = ES-1000 b. Print Settings => Calibration Set => Media = Normal 3. Print Measurement Page. Place on the MFP glass with grayscale strip (Kodak Gray Scale - p/n 10012662). 4. Click "Measure". 5. Select "Yes" for Scanner Calibration and follow the instructions. 6. After successful scanner calibration, click "Measure" and follow the instructions to completion. 7. After successful measurement process, print comparison page. 8. Click "Apply". 9. Click Done to close Calibration. Note : Please see ColorWise Pro Tools and calibration attachments for further details. To viewa PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
916
Fiery X2 for 7823

can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byChuck Tripp and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802047EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Cannot launch Configure from WebTools. Login may appear but configure applet is a grey square. Solution CAUSE: Java version 1.6.xx may cause conflict on some systems. SOLUTION: From Microsoft Windows Control Panel select Add/Remove programs and remove all Java updates and the Java run-time environment (may be listed as J2RE) - download version 1.4.2_17 from the Java archive site ( http://java.sun.com/products/archive/ )listed under J2SDK/J2RE-1.4. After version 1.4.2_17 is installed relaunch WebTools and launch Configure. If prompted to update, select "Do Not Install", select OK/Allow for any additional pop-ups. Login screen will appear and applet will now work. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
917
Fiery X2 for Pi6200

Description Security features of the Fiery controller. Solution The EFI Fiery Security White Paper for Microsoft Windows XP Microsoft Windows NT LINUX provides a general overview of the Fiery Network Controller so that end users may research beneficial security features and potential vulnerabilities that may be encountered. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0629636EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Fiery* Controller Parts Support. Solution Fiery Controller Parts Support Notes To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0636711EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Parts manual for the Fiery* Pi6200. Solution Parts manuals for the EFI controllers are not published. However, the most commonly requested parts are listed in bulletin 3378 . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0639575EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Current printer driver(s) for the X2/Pi6200. Solution Printer drivers can be found in the "Library" section of MyKonicaMinolta.com. Users without MyKonicaMinolta.com access can download drivers from the public web site: [[http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/Support_Center/Home| URL http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/Support_Center/Home]] Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
918
Fiery X2 for Pi6200

Description Unable to connect to the Fiery* using the Web interface from Microsoft* Internet Explorer. Solution CAUSE: There are several reasons: 1. Connection is through a proxy server and the local subnet is not excluded from the proxy access. 2. Java is not installed or enabled in IE. 3. Security is configured to prevent Java from executing the web interface. SOLUTION: If still unable to connect using IE, it is possible to use Netscape* as an alternative. Download the latest version of [[Netscape| URL http://www.netscape.com]] and install only the basic browser and Java client. Netscape is less restrictive than IE and should allow access to the controller. Ensure that the popup blocker is disabled when connecting to the Fiery. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
919
Fiery X2e for 7823

Description How to install the 160MB upgrade kit. Solution To install the 160MB upgrade kit (PCUA 950603), perform the following: 1. Remove one of the 32MB DIMMS and install the 128MB DIMM that comes in the kit. 2. Install the software which comes in the kit. This requires a Laptop. The Hard Drive on the X2e MUST be formatted prior to installing the software upgrade. The current version of system software is v1.06. 3. A software key will be required after the system is reinitialized. When the system first boots, a message will appear that states the software switch is not authorized and a 4-digit error code will be generated. This code is required to generate the key code. The customer/technician must call Konica Technical Support (1-800-825-5664) and provide the error code. Konica will then have to contact EFI* to obtain the key. Once Konica has the key, they will call the customer/technician back and provide them with the key. In the near future Konica will have the key generator and will not have to contact EFI for this number. Notes: a. The 160MB upgrade kit is for the X2e Fiery controller only. b. The patch should only be applied to a system that has been fully initialized and configured at least once. If the system is modified in any manner (i.e. Memory been upgraded or system software reloaded) the controller must be initialized and configured before adding the patch . If the memory configuration is changed, the patch should not be applied until a software password is entered to enable the new memory configuration. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0608321EN* Solution Usage 37
Description How to obtain a 4-digit or 5-digit software switch when upgrading a Fiery* X2e controller from 64MB of memory to 160MB? Solution To obtain a 4-digit or 5-digit software switch the user needs to contact the Technical Support Hotline at 800-825-5664. The user will be sent to 2nd Level Support to receive the 4-digit or 5-digit switch. Before receiving an authorizaton code, the user must provide a code to technical support. This code will be displayed on the Fiery control panel and consists of alpha numeric characters. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0608519EN* Solution Usage 32
Description SOFTWARE SWITCH NOT AUTHORIZED message. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The system was powered OFF during initialization and the software authorization key is corrupted. Install the 50371.uxe file posted on the public FTP site (ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com) in a folder called Fiery X2e. This file enables the user to recover the system from the "Software Not Authorized" message. It will bring the system back to its original state. Configuration settings are not affected. To install the file, perform the following: a. Power system ON b. Press any key when LCD displays: To update/setup press any key. c. Select option "install software" (DO NOT FORMAT DRIVE) d. Select "parallel port option" c. LCD will display "Please copy file to paral. port" e. At the DOS prompt type: copy 50371.uxe lpt1 /b f. After installation is completed, LCD displays: "must reboot after installation" g. System will reboot, and LCD will display "Recovering system, do not turn OFF" h. Right away, LCD will display: "Finish recovering, please turn OFF" i. At this message, power OFF/ON the 7823. j. At this point, the system is recovered. k. A new section is created in the config page to reflect the patch installation. This section is called "Update info" and is located after the Printer Setup information. The update information will display the following : 50371C Notes: 1. If you have previously installed another patch to the system, and the Config page reflects the change; by installing patch 50371.uxe the "Update Info" information will delete the previous info patch, and it will only display 50371C. There is no need to install the previous patch. Only the information of the Config page has been changed. If you want both of the patches to reflect on the Config page, then first install 50371.uxe, and then install the other patches. 2. The patch should only be applied to a system that has been fully initialized and configured at least once. If the system is modified in any manner (i.e. Memory upgraded or system software reloaded) the controller must be initialized and configured before adding the patch. If the memory configuration is changed, the patch should not be applied until a software password is entered to enable the new memory configuration. 2. The error may occur when the memory upgrade kit is installed. A new password is required to enable the software after installing the additional memory. If the patch file is applied before the new password is enabled, the software will become corrupt and will not function correctly. To correct this problem, the memory will have to be brought down to the original 64MB and a new password will have to be entered to enable it. After this is done, the additional memory can be installed and another password will have to be entered to enable it. To obtain a password, perform the following: a. The 4 digit alphanumeric error code will be generated on the Fiery's LCD after initializing the software. b. Call Konica National Systems Solutions Group (800-825-5664) and ask for 2nd level support. c. Provide the 4 digit code and a password will be given to you. The password is unique to each controller and can only be generated using the 4 digit error code. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
920
Fiery X2e for 7823

Description Print jobs using Quark Xpress 7.01 or higher will not print to any Fiery controller.
Solution CAUSE: There is a compatibility issue with Quark Xpress 7.01 and 7.02 when printing through any Fiery-based Macintosh OS 10.4x print driver. The issue is related to the CUPS filter used by the Fiery driver and how CUPS is accessed from Quark Xpress 7.01x. SOLUTION:There are EFIdrivers to correct this issuefor the IC-402 and the IC-406 and EFI will be updating drivers on a regular basis.If a driver has not been updated or will not get this upgrade, EFI has released an updated CUPS filter that replaces the one used by their driver. This is a universal installer (attached)that will cover all of the Fiery drivers that are installed. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
921
Fiery X2e for 7823

Install this filter after the Fiery driver has been installed to overwrite the older version. This filter will also work with Intel Macintosh machines. Notes : 1.The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 2. Please be sure to refer to the attached Release Notes for the IC-402 and IC-406. To viewthe PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html 3.Ifa customer has a controller other than the IC-402 or the IC-406, then please establish a new problem ticket and reference this solution ID number (TAUS0657485EN0*).This will allowcommunication ofthe field impactconcerningprovision of the drivers/installer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description Properly acquiring all needed QuarkXPress files for testing.
August 2011
922
Fiery X3e for 7832

Description How to enable support for Copy Track when printing from a Microsoft* Windows 2000 workstation or server. Solution Windows 2000 does not support the Copy Track function. This limitation is noted in the release notes enclosed with the product. System code version 2.0 bypasses this limitation by adding a menu choice under the Server Setup Menu. Enable "No Account Printing" to bypass the Copy Track feature. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0614863EN* Solution Usage 16
Description Unable to print from a Windows* 98 workstation with the Copy Track feature on the main body enabled. INVALID USER CODE is displayed. Solution CAUSE: The User ID set in the print driver is at the default of zero. SOLUTION: To program the User ID in the print driver to a value other than zero, perform the following: 1. Click Start, go to Settings and then select Printers. 2. Right click on the Fiery* X3e driver icon. 3. Select Properties. 4. Click on the Fiery Printing tab. 5. Click on User Identification in the menu. 6. Under Account Number, enter any number from 1 to 998. 7. Click Apply to save changes. 8. Close the print driver properties. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS1001318EN* Solution Usage 14
Description Properly acquiring all needed QuarkXPress files for testing. Solution Whenrequesting files for testing and theyare from QuarkXPress versions 7.3, 8.02 or newer make sure that the customer or technician selects the following: File Collect for Output Reasons Not all files may be attached or embedded in the file.
August 2011
923
Fiery X3e for 7832

Not an effective troubleshooting procedure. Unable to correct or properly resolve the problem. Along with the requested files, we will need: the exact customer's workflow.(step-by-step) the operating system of the customer's computer. the driver version being used. Note : Refer tothe attached filenoticing thelinks to various PDF filesthat are on a Server or the customer's local workstation. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0617142EN* Solution Usage 11
Description What applications are supported for use with the Fiery* Scan twain driver when scanning from a Fiery connected Konica printer? Solution EFI* states that the only application which is supported for use with the Fiery Scan twain driver is Adobe* Photoshop* (Full or LE version 4 or above). The Fiery Acquire plugin for Photoshop should be used in a Macintosh* environment. The Macintosh Fiery Scan twain driver has limitations on the scanned file size and should not be used with Photoshop. Note: It's possible that other applications will function correctly with the Fiery Scan twain driver, but problems with these applications will not be supported. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0657485EN* Solution Usage 11
Solution CAUSE: There is a compatibility issue with Quark Xpress 7.01 and 7.02 when printing through any Fiery-based Macintosh OS 10.4x print driver. The issue is related to the CUPS filter used by the Fiery driver and how CUPS is accessed from Quark Xpress 7.01x. SOLUTION:There are EFIdrivers to correct this issuefor the IC-402 and the IC-406 and EFI will be updating drivers on a regular basis.If a driver has not been updated or will not get this upgrade, EFI has released an updated CUPS filter that replaces the one used by their driver. This is a universal installer (attached)that will cover all of the Fiery drivers that are installed. Install this filter after the Fiery driver has been installed to overwrite the older version. This filter will also work with Intel Macintosh machines. Notes : 1.The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 2. Please be sure to refer to the attached Release Notes for the IC-402 and IC-406. To viewthe PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html 3.Ifa customer has a controller other than the IC-402 or the IC-406, then please establish a new problem ticket and reference this solution ID number (TAUS0657485EN0*).This will allowcommunication ofthe field impactconcerningprovision of the drivers/installer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD
August 2011
924
Fiery X3e for CF2001/CF1501

925
Fiery X3e for CF2001/CF1501

August 2011
926
Fiery X3e for CF2001P

927
Fiery X3e for CF2001P

August 2011
928
Fiery X3e for CF9001

929
Fiery X3e for CF9001

August 2011
930
Fiery X3e PLUS

Description Cannot print to the Fiery* X3e PLUS. Rebooting the Fiery X3e PLUS and/or the main body resolves the problem temporarily. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Low Power mode is set to a very short amount of time. To change the Low Power setting, perform the following: a. Press the Utility key. b. Select User's Choice 1 c. Select 2/2. d. Select Low Power. e. Press the Clear QTY key. f. Enter a value of 240. g. Press Enter and then Exit twice. 2. Auto Shut Off is enabled. To disable Auto Shut Off, perform the following: a. Press Utility b. Press Admin Mode c. Enter the Administrator's Code (default is 0000) d. Press Admin Set e. Press Disable Shut Off Mode f. Select YES g. Press ENTER h. Press EXIT twice i. Press User's Choice 1 j. Press 2/2 k. Press Shut Off l. Select NO m. Press ENTER n. Press EXIT twice. 3. Early version of software is installed on the engine. Upgrade the engine firmware to the latest version. A utility for Windows* 2000 and Windows XP (p/n U192-0300) is available to replace the system made available in 7915/7920 Technical Bulletin #3. The new utility uses the PCMCIA slot of a Windows 2000/XP laptop to program the flash card, instead of the old style Swap box. The 8020/8031 requires the 16MB flash card (p/n U192-0250), the 8MB flash card for the 7915/7920 will not work. 4. Early version of system code is installed on the conroller Reload system code on the controller with the latest version. 5. Conflicting IP address with another device on the network. Disconnect the network connection on the controller and PING the IP address of the controller from the command prompt of a PC. If you receive a reply from the PING while the controller is disconnected from the network, then there is another device on the network with the same IP address as the controller. Work with the network administrator to eliminate the conflict. 6. If an administrator password is set on the Fiery X3e Plus, print jobs will not print. This issue has been resolved with a software patch. The patch file name is 1-AK2RR.ps (only to be used with 1.2 Fiery system code) and is on the Konica FTP site . The file is posted as 13zhpt1ak2rr.exe. To install the patch, perform the following: a. Download/Import the patch file "1-AK2RR.ps" with either Fiery Downloader or Command Workstation to the "Direct" queue. b. You must wait at least 60 seconds after the patch file download/import before rebooting the system. This will ensure the patch file is completely processed. c. The system must be rebooted twice for the patch to be effective. Please select "Shut Down" and then "Reboot System" on the Fiery LCD. If you are using CWS 4, please select Server" on the menu bar and select Reboot Server". When the Fiery has come to Idle", repeat the steps to reboot the system. d. Please wait until the Fiery has come to idle after the second reboot to print out the configuration page. e. Verify the Update Info section. It should contain the patch number "1-AK2RR". 7. The PWB-F is faulty. When the engine enters Low Power mode it may loose communications with the X3e* Plus controller. Inspect the cables from the controller to the engine for bent pins. If no pins are bent, replace the PWB-F (65FA-9030). 8. The Fiery control board is faulty. Replace the Fiery control board (45029059) * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers? Solution Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
931
Fiery X3e PLUS

For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement: "The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with minor issues." Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly. Notes : 1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista. 2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html 4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0621213EN* Solution Usage 35
Description How to setup scan to hard drive. Solution To setup scan to hard drive, perform the following: 1. Enter the IP address of the Fiery* X3e PLUS in your web browser. 2. Log on as an administrator. 3. Click on the File tab and then the Create box under the mailboxes. 4. Input a mailbox number and password that you select in the proper fields. 5. Click on Apply and after the browser returns to the previous screen you can create another mailbox or log-out. 6. After all your mailboxes have been created and you have logged-out as an administrator you click on the Scan tab to set up a One-Touch key. 7. Select the Index number you wish to set the One-Touch key under and then click on an open box. 8. On the destination screen that opens select Scan to Mailbox and click on the Next box. 9. Name the mailbox with the name you want on the machine display in the destination name field. 10. Select the mailbox name or number for the location using the drop down menu. 11. Click on Create to finish creating the mailbox and making it available as a one touch key. Note: You do not have to assign a password when you are creating a mailbox. You can leave the field blank so that no password is needed. The default mailboxes (admin, operator, and guest) can also be selected for scanning * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0621078EN* Solution Usage 30
Description Fiery* X3e PLUS, is not recognized by the main body engine at set up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The memory module (MU-433) was installed in the Fiery instead of the main body. Remove the MU-433 from the Fiery and install it on the copier board which is located on the right, rear of the machine (the location where the Fiery X3e was installed on the models 7915 and 7920). Memory Upgrade, MU-433 (256MB) (Item #960833) must be installed in the main body at initial install for proper machine operation. 2. The incorrect controller type was selected. Perform the following steps: a. Enter Service Mode (Utility, Meter Count, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1) b. System Input c. Peripheral Setting d. Controller 2 and Mode 1 e. Select End and Fin.Time to return to copier display. 3. The Fiery system code has become corrupted. Reload system code. 4.The Fiery hard drive has become inoperative. Replace the Fiery hard drive and reload system code. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Paper Test requirements. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
932
Fiery X3e PLUS

For initial test the dealer/branch must supply 1000 sheets of the media paper. Once the paper is received the ticket is transferred to ESS. If the initial test does not have any issues then a second test can be done. The dealer/branch must supply enough media to cover 1/3 of a PM cycle. There is a charge involved to cover labor and supplies. The dealer/branch will be notified byESS before the test to communicate the charges. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
933
Fiery X4 for 7823

Solution CAUSE: There is a compatibility issue with Quark Xpress 7.01 and 7.02 when printing through any Fiery-based Macintosh OS 10.4x print driver. The issue is related to the CUPS filter used by the Fiery driver and how CUPS is accessed from Quark Xpress 7.01x. SOLUTION:There are EFIdrivers to correct this issuefor the IC-402 and the IC-406 and EFI will be updating drivers on a regular basis.If a driver has not been updated or will not get this upgrade, EFI has released an updated CUPS filter that replaces the one used by their driver. This is a universal installer (attached)that will cover all of the Fiery drivers that are installed. Install this filter after the Fiery driver has been installed to overwrite the older version. This filter will also work with Intel Macintosh machines. Notes : 1.The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site ( Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
934
Fiery X4 for 7823

http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 2. Please be sure to refer to the attached Release Notes for the IC-402 and IC-406. To viewthe PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html 3.Ifa customer has a controller other than the IC-402 or the IC-406, then please establish a new problem ticket and reference this solution ID number (TAUS0657485EN0*).This will allowcommunication ofthe field impactconcerningprovision of the drivers/installer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900738EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Requirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery, CREO, Emperon and applications. Solution Requirements are: Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled. Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible). Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40. Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information). All machine management and adjustment list printouts. If relevant, Fiery configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page. If relevant, CREO configuration page. Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13), driver versions. A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observed prior to sending to SSD or ASG. If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. The archive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD. If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO that also contains the rasters (RIPped data) The original application file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number and or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to E-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. If the files were created on a Macintosh system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh for the files to be good. You cannot take the files from the Macintosh and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will be useless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable. a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh. b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make them portable. c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft Windows PC. Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh to start with. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802047EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Cannot launch Configure from WebTools. Login may appear but configure applet is a grey square. Solution CAUSE: Java version 1.6.xx may cause conflict on some systems. SOLUTION: From Microsoft Windows Control Panel select Add/Remove programs and remove all Java updates and the Java run-time environment (may be listed as J2RE) - download version 1.4.2_17 from the Java archive site ( http://java.sun.com/products/archive/ )listed under J2SDK/J2RE-1.4. After version 1.4.2_17 is installed relaunch WebTools and launch Configure. If prompted to update, select "Do Not Install", select OK/Allow for any additional pop-ups. Login screen will appear and applet will now work. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0637663EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to completely remove a printer driver in Microsoft Windows 2000/XP/Vista/7.
August 2011
935
Fiery X4 for CF910

Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
936
Fiery X4 for CF910

CAUSE: There is a compatibility issue with Quark Xpress 7.01 and 7.02 when printing through any Fiery-based Macintosh OS 10.4x print driver. The issue is related to the CUPS filter used by the Fiery driver and how CUPS is accessed from Quark Xpress 7.01x. SOLUTION:There are EFIdrivers to correct this issuefor the IC-402 and the IC-406 and EFI will be updating drivers on a regular basis.If a driver has not been updated or will not get this upgrade, EFI has released an updated CUPS filter that replaces the one used by their driver. This is a universal installer (attached)that will cover all of the Fiery drivers that are installed. Install this filter after the Fiery driver has been installed to overwrite the older version. This filter will also work with Intel Macintosh machines. Notes : 1.The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 2. Please be sure to refer to the attached Release Notes for the IC-402 and IC-406. To viewthe PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html 3.Ifa customer has a controller other than the IC-402 or the IC-406, then please establish a new problem ticket and reference this solution ID number (TAUS0657485EN0*).This will allowcommunication ofthe field impactconcerningprovision of the drivers/installer. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD
August 2011
937
Fiery Z4 for 7823

938
Fiery Z4 for 7823

Description Availability and specifications, Fiery* Z4. Solution The Fiery Z4 controller was introduced in Info Source Branch Bulletin #40-00 , dated March 24, 2000. See the Info Source bulletin for specifications and features. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0802047EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Cannot launch Configure from WebTools. Login may appear but configure applet is a grey square. Solution CAUSE: Java version 1.6.xx may cause conflict on some systems. SOLUTION: From Microsoft Windows Control Panel select Add/Remove programs and remove all Java updates and the Java run-time environment (may be listed as J2RE) - download version 1.4.2_17 from the Java archive site ( http://java.sun.com/products/archive/ )listed under J2SDK/J2RE-1.4. After version 1.4.2_17 is installed relaunch WebTools and launch Configure. If prompted to update, select "Do Not Install", select OK/Allow for any additional pop-ups. Login screen will appear and applet will now work. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
939
Fiery Z4 for 7823
August 2011
940
Fiery Z4 for 7832

941
Fiery Z4 for 7832

August 2011
942
Fiery Z4 for 7920

943
Fiery Z4 for 7920

August 2011
944
Fiery Z4 for CF2001

945
Fiery Z4 for CF2001

August 2011
946
Fiery Z4 for CF9001

947
Fiery Z4 for CF9001

August 2011
948
Fiery Z5 for CF1501

Description Can Scantrip be used with the Fiery* Z5? Solution Scantrip cannot be used with any of the Fiery-designed controllers. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0655341EN* Solution Usage 1
Description In Microsoft Publisher 2002/2003, publications/records are not individually collated and stapled when duplexing and using the Mail Merge feature. Solution CAUSE: Registry edit required. WARNING : In Microsoft Windows, system configuration information is centrally located in the registry. While this simplifies the administration of a computer or network, one incorrect edit to the registry can disable the operating system. The following list provides some best practices for using the registry and Registry Editor safely: Before making changes to the registry, make a backup copy. Back up the registry by using a program such as Backup. After making changes to the registry, create an Automated System Recovery (ASR) disk. For troubleshooting purposes, keep a list of the changes you make to the registry. For more information, see System State data. Do not replace the Microsoft Windows registry with the registry of another version of the Microsoft Windows or Microsoft Windows NT-type operating systems. Use reliable tools and programs other than Registry Editor to edit the registry. Incorrectly editing the registry may severely damage the system. Use tools and programs that provide safer methods for editing the registry. Never leave Registry Editor running unattended. Konica Minolta is not responsible for any system errors that may result from using a registry editor incorrectly. SOLUTION: Microsoft Publisher can be enabled to individually collate, staple and duplex publications/records when using the Mail Merge feature of Publisher through a registry edit. This can be done either manually or by a script. To manually edit the registry Open the Registry Editor by clicking Start, click Run, type regedit , and then click OK. Go to: 1. HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Office\ \Publisher\Printing 2. Right-click on the Printing folder, select New => String Value. 2. Create new "string value" called: NumberOfRecordsPerBatch 3. Double-click and set the Value Data to 1 . Instead of grouping records together into groups of 10to send to the printer (Publisher default), the records are now sent in groups of 1 (i.e., each document is sent separately). Note : A value for this size setting can be set between 0 and 99999. To update the registry "automatically" from a script 1. Download the scriptfrom http://ed.mvps.org/20031Rec.reg and save the REG file to the Desktop (script is also attached in case the URL cannot be accessed). 2. Double-click on the icon, and then click on Yes to the question, "Are you sure you want to add the information in C:DOCUME~1\administrator account \Desktop\20031Rec.reg to the registry?" 3. The new value will be added to the registry. Note :Refer to Windows registry information for advanced users ( http://support.microsoft.com/kb/256986 ) for additional registry editinformation. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
949
Fiery Z5 for CF1501

Description Security features of the Fiery controller. Solution The EFI Fiery Security White Paper for Microsoft Windows XP Microsoft Windows NT LINUX provides a general overview of the Fiery Network Controller so that end users may research beneficial security features and potential vulnerabilities that may be encountered. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
August 2011
950
Fiery Z5 for CF2001

951
Fiery Z5 for CF2001

August 2011
952
Fiery Z5 for CF9001

953
Fiery Z5 for CF9001

August 2011
954
Fiery ZX for 7823

Description How to completely remove a printer driver in Microsoft Windows 2000/XP/Vista/7. Solution When removing a printer from the Printers folder, the printer driver file is not removed completely from the hard disk drive. The following describesprocedures to use if a printer driver file is corrupted and requires removal: WINDOWS 2000 WARNING : If using Registry Editor incorrectly, serious problems may occur that will require reinstallation of the operating system. Microsoft/KMBS cannot guarantee that problems can be solved that result from using Registry Editor incorrectly. Use Registry Editor with extreme caution. 1. Remove the printer using the Printers folder in Microsoft Windows 2000. 2. In Microsoft Windows 2000, in Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, double-click Services, and then stop the Spooler service. 3. Run Registry Editor (Regedt32.exe) and go to the following subkey (note that this is all one path, which has been wrapped for readability): HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environments\Windows NT x86\Drivers\Version-3\ Note : Version-3 is Microsoft Windows 2000, and is the name of the printer to be removed. 4. Notice the values on the right and write down the file names. 5. With the printer driver key selected, click Delete on the Edit menu. 6. Go to the following directory and delete the printer driver files noted in step 4: %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\ Note :If unable to delete the files and folders in the above directory structure after stopping the spooler service because of an error message that the files are in use (such as, Rasddui.dll), set the startup type for the Spooler service to Disabled, restart the computer, and then attempt to delete the files and folders again. After deleting the files, restore the Spooler startup to Automatic. 7. In Microsoft Windows 2000, in Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, double-click Services, and then start the Spooler service. 8. If reinstalling a printer, use the Printers folder. 9. Delete the %windir%\inf\oem?.inf file that is associated with the removed printer driver. This removes the printer from the printer selection list when adding new printers. Note : In addition to the steps listed above, it may be necessary to delete the printer's associated unidriver (Rasdd.dll, Pscript.dll, or Plotter.dll). If printing has been initialized or if a process is using this file, it will be locked open and cannot be deleted. The file can be renamed or the system can be restarted to free up the driver. Refer to the Printer.inf file to see which unidriver is used by a particular printer. WINDOWS XP Microsoft Windows XP adds a user interface feature to delete driver files so the steps for Microsoft Windows 2000 are no longer necessary. To delete printer driver files in Microsoft Windows XP: 1. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes. 2. On the File menu, click Server Properties. 3. On the Drivers tab, click the printer driver to be deleted, and then click Remove. WINDOWS VISTA / WINDOWS 7 To completely remove a printer driver, please refer to attached documentation for procedure. Notes : 1. Microsoft Windows 7 Home or Home Premium, does not have the "Print Management" snap-in for MMC. You have to run command prompt as ADMINISTRATOR, enter printui /s /t2 , remove the printer driver and reboot. 2.If you are prompted for an administrator password or confirmation, type the password or provide confirmation. 3.Remember, you cannot remove a printer if you have items in the print queue. If items are waiting to print when you try to remove a printer, Microsoft Windows will wait until printing is complete, and then remove the printer. If you have permission to manage documents on the printer, you can also cancel all print jobs and then try to remove the printer again. For more information, see attached documentation concerning how to cancel printing and printer permissions. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0611760EN*
Solution Usage
Description What are the port names for the Fiery* ZX external print controller? Solution The following are the print, hold and direct ports on the external Fiery ZX controller: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
955
Fiery ZX for 7823

print_PRN-M hold_PRN-M direct_PRN-M Note: These are not case sensitive. The print queue is the normal print queue, and the Fiery prints jobs in the order they are received. The hold queue is for jobs that will be printed at a later time or will be printed repeatedly. Print jobs sent to this queue will require intervention from Fiery Spooler, WebSpooler, or Command Workstation to print. The direct queue is used to print or download jobs without spooling. The queue is used by the Fiery Downloader to print jobs stored on the User CD such as the Pantone* charts. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0619651EN* Solution Usage 1
Description The selection for LPR port does not show up when trying to set up a printer port under Microsoft* Windows NT. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect configuration. SOLUTION: Microsoft TCP/IP* Printing Services needs to be enabled from the Windows NT network setup window. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622965EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Unable to find the Fiery* ZX when browsing the network to setup SMB printing from Windows* 9x or ME. Solution CAUSE: There is not a workgroup or domain name entered under Service Setup. SOLUTION: Enter a workgroup or domain name on the Fiery ZX. To enter the workgroup or domain name, perform the following: 1. Press the MENU button on the Fiery control interface then use the down arrow to access the second screen, select REBOOT SERVER. When setup message is on the display, press any key. 2. After the START UP menu is displayed select RUN SETUP, NETWORK SETUP, SERVICE SETUP, and WINDOWS SETUP in that order. 3. Enter and verify the correct data under WINDOWS SETUP making certain that you enter a name at the SET DOMAIN NAME option. 4. Select SAVE CHANGES and reboot the server. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0623117EN* Solution Usage 1
Description CorelDRAW* 9 is not positioning the image correctly on the output. Solution CAUSE: CorelDRAW will not print correctly if the PPD (PostScript* Printer Description) is not installed correctly within CorelDRAW. SOLUTION: To make the CorelDRAW output print in the proper orientation, install the PPD by performing the following: 1. Print out a Microsoft* Windows test page and determine the correct PPD for the printer. 2. On the general tab of the print dialog box, click the "Use PPD" checkbox. If a PPD has not been previously loaded, a "Select PPD File" dialog will appear. 3. Browse to the folder containing the PPD (search .ppd will locate the proper folder). Select the PPD stated on the Windows test page and click OK. 4. Once the PPD is selected, click on the "Properties" button in the print dialog and choose the proper paper size and orientation. The document should then print properly. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0642343EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Separate jobs based on name or address are required yet when using Mail Merge, all pages are stapled together. Solution CAUSE: A macro should be copied into the normal.dot document. SOLUTION: Import word_mail_merge_printing macro into normal.dot. Set up the driver you want to use as the default and then set the finishing features desired in Printing Preferences. Run normal.dot under macros; you should be presented with a question of how many sections are in the merge (i.e., how many pages before the next name or address in the merge).
August 2011
956
Fiery ZX-2100
Description Can Scantrip be used with the Fiery* ZX2100? Solution Scantrip cannot be used with any of the Fiery-designed controllers. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0629652EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Fiery* Controller Parts Support. Solution Fiery Controller Parts Support Notes To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0632614EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to clear the password from the Fiery*. Solution The Fiery password can be cleared by reinstalling System Software on the controller. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0632780EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Where to acquire the system software for the Fiery* controller. Solution System software for the controller is available on CD-ROM. Please see the list for individual item numbers. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0636778EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Parts manual for the Fiery* ZX2100. Solution Parts manuals for the EFI controllers are not published. However, the most commonly requested parts are listed in bulletin 3378 . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0639587EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Current printer driver(s) for the ZX2100. Solution Printer drivers can be found in the "Library" section of MyKonicaMinolta.com. Users without MyKonicaMinolta.com access can download drivers from the public web site: [[http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/Support_Center/Home| URL http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/Support_Center/Home]] Solution ID TAUS0640409EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Unable to connect to the Fiery* using the Web interface from Microsoft* Internet Explorer. Solution CAUSE: There are several reasons: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
957
Fiery ZX-2100
1. Connection is through a proxy server and the local subnet is not excluded from the proxy access. 2. Java is not installed or enabled in IE. 3. Security is configured to prevent Java from executing the web interface. SOLUTION: If still unable to connect using IE, it is possible to use Netscape* as an alternative. Download the latest version of [[Netscape| URL http://www.netscape.com]] and install only the basic browser and Java client. Netscape is less restrictive than IE and should allow access to the controller. Ensure that the popup blocker is disabled when connecting to the Fiery. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0640428EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When printing scanned images (as PDFs), the print process is very slow. Solution CAUSE: The check box for "Print as image" is not checked when printing from Acrobat* Reader. SOLUTION: Select the check box for "Print as image" when printing from Acrobat* Reader. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0642862EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Web Tools or the Fiery Utilities are inaccessible. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Web services are not enabled. Enable Web Services. 2. Queues (print, hold, and direct) are not set to yes. In the printer set-up screen of the Fiery, all queues must be set to yes. Solution ID TAUS0642904EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to configure Windows 2000* to print to the Fiery X2, X2e, X4, ZX, Z4, and Pi6200. Solution Please refer to the linked file, faq024.pdf . * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
958
Fiery ZX-2100 for CF900

Description Requirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery, CREO, Emperon and applications. Solution Requirements are:
August 2011
959

Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled. Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible). Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40. Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information). All machine management and adjustment list printouts. If relevant, Fiery configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page. If relevant, CREO configuration page. Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13), driver versions. A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observed prior to sending to SSD or ASG. If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. The archive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD. If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO that also contains the rasters (RIPped data) The original application file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number and or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to E-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. If the files were created on a Macintosh system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh for the files to be good. You cannot take the files from the Macintosh and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will be useless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable. a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh. b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make them portable. c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft Windows PC. Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh to start with. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
960

August 2011
961

August 2011
962
Fiery ZX-3300
Description Requirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery, CREO, Emperon and applications. Solution Requirements are: Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled. Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible). Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40. Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information). All machine management and adjustment list printouts. If relevant, Fiery configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page. If relevant, CREO configuration page. Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13), driver versions. A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observed prior to sending to SSD or ASG. If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. The archive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD. If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO that also contains the rasters (RIPped data) The original application file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number and or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to E-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. If the files were created on a Macintosh system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh for the files to be good. You cannot take the files from Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
963
Fiery ZX-3300
the Macintosh and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will be useless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable. a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh. b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make them portable. c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft Windows PC. Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh to start with. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802047EN* Solution Usage 6
Description How to uninstall EFI Command WorkStation from a Macintosh OS 10.x system. Solution To uninstall EFI Command WorkStation from a Macintosh OS 10.x system: IMPORTANT :Be sure to delete only the files listed. Other deletions or changes can lead to system problems. Ifany other EFI utilities areinstalled, skip steps 4 and 5. 1. Double-click the hard disk drive icon onthe desktop. 2. Delete the /Applications/Fiery/CWS Macintosh Edition folder. 3. In the /Applications/Fiery folder, delete the following if they were installed with Command WorkStation, Macintosh Edition: ColorWise Pro Tools folder EFI ImageViewer folder 4. Delete the following files starting with the letter h in the /Library/Frameworks folder: h10.framework haddress.framework harmony.framework hbalance.framework hbasic.framework hbridge.framework hclick.framework hcore.framework hcorp.framework hcsp.framework hctp.framework hefi_color.framework hefi.framework hefim.framework hextra.framework hgasetup.framework Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
964
Fiery ZX-3300
hglobobj.framework hlicense.framework hpageman.framework hprintme.framework hpserver.framework hscan.framework 5. Delete the file i1C.framework in the /Library/Frameworks folder. 6. In the /Users/ /Library/Preferences folder, wherethe name is of the user currently logged in to the Macintosh OS X computer, delete the files and folder starting with the string CWS. 7. In the ~/Users/ /Library/Preferences folder, delete the following files (if ColorWise Pro Tools and ImageViewer were installed with Command WorkStation, Macintosh Edition): CWPT Preferences EFI ImageViewer Preferences SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703381EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to set a Fiery device to use the output profile of a different Fiery device. Solution IMPORTANT :The Graphic Arts Package must be installed to accomplish this. To usethe output profile of a different Fiery device: 1. Open Command WorkStation. 2. Log into the Fieryhaving the output profileto emulate. 3. Select "Server". 4. Select "Manage Color". "ColorWise Pro Tools" interface opens. 5. Select "Profile Manager". In the "Output list" (right side, third section from the top) click the small icon that resembles a target to organize Output list and select desired paper setting profile. 6. When profile selected, a green arrow will appear to the left of selection. Click green arrow and theSave As window opens. 7. Select name forprofile (*using IC-405 as example* suggest changing profile name from"Fiery 50C-KM Plain N v4" to "IC-405 Plain" for ease of customer use). 8. After profile has been saved select "Server". 9. Select"Log In/Log Out". Login window opens. 10. Log into Fieryto which the device profileis to beadded. 11. Select "Server". 12. Select "Manage Color". "ColorWise Pro Tools"window opens again. 13. Select "Profile Manager". Locate profilethat was saved from list on left side of window and click profile. When profile is selected,green arrows appear pointing to "Simulation" section and "Ouput" section. 14. Click arrow pointing to "Output" section and pop-up appears. 15. Click OK. Another pop-up appears that indicates "Download "Succesful". 16. Click OK. Third pop-up opens. Checkbox next to "Appear in Driver as". 17. Select "Output 1 - 10". Each output can be used only once. Ifattempting tosaveanotherprofile as a previously selected Output, it will override the previous profile. 18. Click "Apply". 19. Click "Done". 20. Close "ColorWise Pro Tools". Now the output profile is available in the expert color settings of the devices print driver GUI. To access from application (may vary depending on Fiery version) select File=> Print=> Properties=> Color=> Expert Settings. Under "Ouput Profile" select "Use Output Profile". Select desired profile from drop down menu. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900464EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to remove Fiery printer driver PPD from Macintosh OS 10.x.
August 2011
965

August 2011
966

August 2011
967

August 2011
968

Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
969
FORCE50
970
FORCE50
August 2011
971
FORCE50
August 2011
972
FORCE60
973
FORCE60
Description F51-5, lines on copies and possible abnormal noise. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Excessive friction between the front edge of the cleaning blade and the non-coated surface of the drum may cause the cleaning blade to "flip" in the opposite direction. Install the new style cleaning blade (p/n 55WA20020), which reduces the risk of the blade flipping by using a different material in the location where the cleaning blade contacts the non-coated area of the drum. Notes : a.Before installing the cleaning blade, apply toner to 20mm of the front and rear edges of the cleaning blade. The newly installed Urethane part of the blade does not need to be coated with toner. b.See attached 7060/FORCE 60/7065/7150 Technical Bulletin #36. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. Off-brand drums and setting powder were used. Useonly authorized setting powder (p/n 000V-19-0) and drums (PCUA 950786). Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
974
FORCE60
Paper Test requirements. Solution
Description The entire print job is stapled instead of each set when printing multiple stapled sets from Microsoft Word. Solution CAUSE:The Collate option in the Microsoft Word dialog box is selected. SOLUTION:When printing and stapling multiple sets, the Collate option in the Microsoft Word dialog box must be deselected. Please refer to attached example. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution byMark D'Attilio and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
975
Force65
976
Force65
August 2011
977
Force65
August 2011
978
Force75
979
Force75
980
Force75
August 2011
981
Force85
982
Force85
983
Force85
August 2011
984
FormKaster
985
FormKaster
Description Not able to print forms created from FormKaster on any of the newer model Konica printers. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect print driver version is being used. SOLUTION: The latest version print drivers must be used when printing from FormKaster. The exception is the IP511/ 7155/7165. The work around is to use an HP3 PCL* driver. Note: This problem will be corrected in the next version of the driver. * Trademark ownership information
Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
Description Compatibility between applications and firmware. Solution Please see the attached files that address compatibility between applications and firmware. 1. Compatibility with Phase 1.8 and Phase 2.0 Does the application for Phase 2.0 work on Phase 1.8 firmware? Does the application for Phase 1.8 work on Phase 2.0 firmware? 2. Compatibility with Phase 2.0 and Phase 2.5 Does the application for Phase 2.5 work on Phase 2.0 firmware? Does the application for Phase 2.0 work on Phase 2.5 firmware? 3. Compatibility with Phase 2.5 and Phase 3.0 Does the application for Phase 3.0 work on Phase 2.5 firmware? Does the applicationfor Phase 2.5 work on Phase 3.0 firmware? Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan).
August 2011
986
general info
Description Parts Department information. Solution A dealer or end user can obtain parts directly from Konica by calling the Parts Department at 1-800-284-5555. The end user can order parts using a credit card. Solution ID TAUS0603899EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Recommended transparencies for copiers and printers. Solution All Konica copiers and printers (except those listed below) use the standard transparency (PCUA 946427 equivalent to the 3M* type PP2500 (688/503). Models 4065, 6090, 6090M and 7090S/RF should use (PCUA 946428), which is thicker and is equivalent to the 3M type PP2410 (703/536) which has a paper back to actuate the light sensors. The lead edge white strip type is not recommended for these models. The model 9028 and 7728 should use only (PCUA 947923). Use of the OHP mode and an external fuser is necessary for colors to be transparent. Note: Feed transparencies from the bypass tray one sheet at a time for best results. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Recommended EPROM programmer. Solution The AllWriter* Device Programmer is recommended. System Requirements: PC with a minimum hardware and software configuration as follows: 1. 486-33 SX 2. Microsoft Windows 95* 3. 8MB RAM 4. 4MB free hard disk space Features: 1. Fastest baud rate of 230400 for the serial port (dependant on computer). 2. Parallel port support. This mode is typically faster than serial. The parallel interface is based on the IEEE 1284 high-speed specification. 3. The Chip List can be viewed without operating the programmer. 4. The software has a demo function, which allows you to work with the software without a programmer connected. 5. An auto-connect function bypasses the Communication Screen setup. Note: The auto identify feature contained in the APRO* programmer (NLA) is not available at this time. Plans of releasing new software with this feature is forthcoming.
August 2011
987
general info
To order, send or fax a standard Konica B-439 or B-439F (for fax) parts order form to: System General Corporation 163 South Main Street Milpitas, CA 95035 Tel: (800) 967-4776 or (408) 263-6667 Fax: (408) 262-9220 E-mail: Sales@systemgeneral.com Do not mix other parts with this order. System General will ship the order to you directly, and Konica will add the charge to your monthly parts invoice. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0626619EN* Solution Usage 21
Description Total Counter Resetprocedure. Solution There is a Total Counter Reset Request Form that must be completed prior to resetting the total counter. Total Counter Reset Request Form Procedure 1. When there is a request to reset the electronic total counter bya dealer orbranch (not end user), please realize that the procedure is confidential, and to prevent liability on the part of Konica Minolta, the Total Counter Reset Request Form must be used. 2. The Technical Manager is the only one authorized to complete the form. 3. Once completed, it is faxed toSSD for review (860-902-7643). 4. If approved, the counter reset information will be sent to the requesting party. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0703093EN* Solution Usage 19
Description "Invalid card" message. Solution CAUSE: The CF card may have been accidentally or otherwise formatted for use with Microsoft Windows, and it is no longer useful as a device for installing firmware to the MFP. SOLUTION: There are 3 options for recovering a CF card. However, before attempting a recovery, confirm that the card is indeed the problem. Before begining a recovery procedure: 1. Download the firmware file again and verify that the same problem reoccurs. 2. Download the firmware file from another computer. If the problem still exists, select the appropriate option below. OPTION 1: Reformat using Windows The CF card can be reformatted in Windows. After reformatting it, DO NOT permit Windows to open the card. Windows will change the drive size, and it will no longer be usable for installing firmware on MFPs. Important: This procedure does not apply to the CF card for the following models because they use the FAT16 file format: C200, 200/250/350, 222/282/362. These models do not recognize FAT32 or any other format. OPTION 2: Recover the CF card to Factory Default - No OS, No Data Use this option if Option 1 is not successful. For detailed step-by-step instructions, refer to the attached file "Countermeasure for Formatted CF Card.pdf". This procedure uses a disk HEX editor (the attached HxDen.zip file) to remove the data that prevents the MFP from loading the firmware. CAUTION : This firmware has been used successfully in the the field; however, if the procedure is not followed completely, damage can result in the CF card, which may also damage the MFP. SSD and KMBS have no responsibility for the use or misuse of the procedure and the software that it references. OPTION 3: Recover a CF card by duplicating a working CF card. This procedure "rescues" an improperly formatted CF card by cloning a known-good CF card. This has the dual advantages of both making the "bad" card usable again while saving the time of downloading the firmware file again. For detailed step-by-step instructions, refer to the attached file "Cloning CF Cards.pdf". This procedure uses a disk HEX editor (the attached HxDen.zip file) to remove the data that Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
988
general info
prevents the MFP from loading the firmware. CAUTION : This firmware has been used successfully in the the field; however, if the procedure is not followed completely, damage can result in the CF card, which may also damage the MFP. SSD and KMBS have no responsibility for the use or misuse of the procedure and the software that it references. Notes: 1. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. To open the HxDen.zip file, WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Paul Santangelo/Craig Blyther, ESS; Cesar Jimenez and IanLynch, Production Print/SSD; and Edwin Murphy-Johns.
Solution ID
TAUS0607884EN*
Solution Usage
18
Description How can an end-user obtain a User Manual? Solution There are two ways an end-user can obtain User Manuals. They can go to [[Konica's Website| URL http://www.konicabt.com/Support/ug.html]] (www.konicabt.com) and print out the manual (if available), or complete a parts order form and obtain a hard copy book. Konica recommends printing User Manual from the website. This is by far the quickest, most efficient, and least costly method of obtaining the information desired. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
989
HDD Backup Utility

Description After restoring the backup data with the HDD backup utility, C-D354 (CD354) is indicated. Solution CAUSE: Firmware update required. SOLUTION: Please update base firmware toat least Phase 2.52. IfPhase 2.51 firmware is already installed in the machine, it is not necessary to update firmware to Phase 2.52. Note : For a customer already using the backup utility: Please install the updated firmware to the MFP, and then perform the HDD backup with the utility. For a customer currently not using the backup utility: Please update the firmware before the customer uses the HDD backup utility. The problem happens on the units with the Phase 2.0 level firmware or Phase 2.5 level installed. The firmware versions are shown in the table below.
C450/C450P Card ver. MFP Cont. ver C351 Card ver. MFP Cont. ver C250/C250P Card ver. MFP Cont. ver C352/C352P Card ver. MFP Cont. ver C300 Card ver. MFP Cont. ver Phase2.0 ( NG) A7 G00-B6-000 A8 G00-B6-000 81 G00-75-000 08 G00-07-000 08 G00-07-000 Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
990
HDD Backup Utility
Phase2.0 Modified ( Fixed) GCU-A7 GCU-B6-000 GCU-A8 GCU-B6-000 GCU-81 GCU-75-000 GCU-07 GCU-07-000 GCU-08 GCU-07-000 Phase2.5 ( NG) D2 G00-D1-000 No Production A3 G00-A1-000 No production No Production Phase2.51 ( Production D4 G00-D3-000 No Production A5 G00-A3-00 33 G00-33-000 33 G10-33-000 Phase2.52 ( Fixed version for field update ) D7 G00-D7-000 D7 G00-D6-000 A8 G00-A6-000 The same as above (Phase2.51) The same as above (Phase2.51) To clear the C-D354 error, please perform the following: 1. On the control panel, press [Stop] => [0] => [7] => [1] => [3] => [9]. [*] will appear on the LCD panel. 2. Touch [*]. The NVRAM data saved in Flash memory will be restored in NVRAM. 3. After completion of the restore, power the machine OFF/ON. 4. With procedures above, the NVRAM data stored in flashROM will be written into NVRAM. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 Fixed)
991
HDD Backup Utility

To delete improper HDD data restored, please perform the HDD logical format: 1. Administrator mode, Security Setting, HDD Setting, HDD Formatting. 2. If the HDD is not installed, please perform the previous procedure. Solution ID TAUS0703108EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Compatibility between applications and firmware. Solution Please see the attached files that address compatibility between applications and firmware. 1. Compatibility with Phase 1.8 and Phase 2.0 Does the application for Phase 2.0 work on Phase 1.8 firmware? Does the application for Phase 1.8 work on Phase 2.0 firmware? 2. Compatibility with Phase 2.0 and Phase 2.5 Does the application for Phase 2.5 work on Phase 2.0 firmware? Does the application for Phase 2.0 work on Phase 2.5 firmware? 3. Compatibility with Phase 2.5 and Phase 3.0 Does the application for Phase 3.0 work on Phase 2.5 firmware? Does the applicationfor Phase 2.5 work on Phase 3.0 firmware? Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan). Solution ID TAUS0800971EN* Solution Usage 1
Description HDD Backup Utility and Device Set-up User Guides. Solution HDD Backup Utility Main features covered: Backing up (saving) Restoring (recovering) Wizard operations (program in dialog format) Access limitations through auto protect Encoding backup data Device Set-up For the Device Set-up, installing the following plug-ins allows you to obtain the information of an MFP on the network and/or change its settings. PageScope Data Administrator HDD Backup Utility Log Management Utility Font Management Utility Copy Protection Utility Please refer to the attached documentation. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0700882EN*
Solution Usage
Description Is the HDD backup utility the same as the utilities available for other bizhub products? Solution The HDD backup utility is the same as for the other bizhub products. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1000264EN* Solution Usage
Description Applications support planas regardsMicrosoft Windows Service Packs, .NET Framework Service Packs and Web Browsers. Solution Please see attached applications support plan. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
992
HDD Backup Utility

SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS1001063EN* Solution Usage
Description After initializing the MFP, the one-touch buttons disappear. Solution CAUSE: When initializing the MFP, the data stored on the HDD is affected. This data includes the one-touch buttons and Account Track data. SOLUTION: Prior to initializing the MFP, print out the Account Track data. Once the initialization procedure completes, the data will be lost. To save the one-touch data: 1. Enter Service mode and select System 2. 2.Disable the HDD and reboot the MFP. 3.Run the initialization procedure and enable the HDD after the procedurehas completed. Note : Use the HDD Backup Utility or PageScope Data Administrator to store the customer data in case of an accidental erasure. The HDD Backup Utilityand PageScope Data Administrator are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
993
IC-202
Description How to load a 32-bit driver on a 64-bit operating system. Solution Please follow this step-by-step procedure and refer to the attached video. 1. Load the 64-bit driver on the server and share it out. 2. Load a 32-bit driver on a workstation locally. 3. From the workstation perform the Run command to connect to the server (example: \\11.11.5.33) and press enter. This should bring up the server. 4.Navigate to the previously shared out printer on the server. 5. Right-click on the shared out printer and select properties. 6. Select the sharing tab and then click on the Additional Drivers button. 7. Select or check-off the 32-bit driver to be added to the 64-bit system. 8. Select OK and then browse to the folder that houses the 32-bit driver to be installed and select OK. The Additional Drivers window should now have the 32-bitand 64-bit checked off. 9. Check the Additional Drivers of the Server to make sure that the 32-bit has been pushed up (right-click on the shared out printer of the server =>Properties =>Sharing Tab =>Additional Drivers). Notes : a.This was tested on like versions of 32-bit and 64-bit drivers. b.To viewthis procedure, Apple QuickTimeshould be installed.It can be downloaded for free at http://www.apple.com/quicktime/download/ . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
994
IC-203
August 2011
995
IC-204
August 2011
996
IC-205
August 2011
997
IC-208
Description How to load a 64-bit driver on a 32-bit Server system (Microsoft Windows 2003 Server/Vista). Solution Please follow this step-by-step procedure and refer to the attached video. 1. Load the 64-bit driver on the client. 2. Load the 32-bit driver on the server and share it out. Note : If you receive a pop-up indicating COPY ERROR, setup cannot copy this file. Example: KOZJA_.PP_. This could possibly be a file path length limitation. Try reducing this limitation by pulling out the specific driver needed and placing it on the desktop. 3. From the 64-bit client perform the Run command to connect to the 32-bit server (example: \\11.11.5.33) and press enter. 4. Double-click on the shared out printer. 5. Select printer and then properties. 6. Select the Sharing tab and click on the additional drivers box. 7. Select or check-off the 64-bit (x64) driver to be added to the 32-bit server. 8. Select OK and the 64-bit driver should be pushed up to the server. 9. Check the additional drivers of the client and server to confirm that the x86 (32-bit) and x64 are both installed. Notes : a.This was tested on like versions of 32-bit and 64-bit drivers. b.To viewthis procedure, Apple QuickTimeshould be installed.It can be downloaded for free at http://www.apple.com/quicktime/download/ . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
998
IC-208
Description Requirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery, CREO, Emperon and applications. Solution Requirements are: Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled. Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible). Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40. Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information). All machine management and adjustment list printouts. If relevant, Fiery configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page. If relevant, CREO configuration page. Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13), driver versions. A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observed prior to sending to SSD or ASG. If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. The archive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD. If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO that also contains the rasters (RIPped data) The original application file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number and or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to E-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. If the files were created on a Macintosh system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh for the files to be good. You cannot take the files from the Macintosh and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will be useless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable. a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh. b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make them portable. c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft Windows PC. Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh to start with. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
999
IC-301
Description Requirements for troubleshooting file or printing issues on a CREO (CREO Troubleshooting Template). Solution
In order to simulate, the followingis needed:
Clear Problem Description Paper Tray Setup Archived files PDF2Go Configuration Information Screen Shots and/or Desktop Video recording. Data Logs file using the POD Check Tool System Performance Monitoring Tool NetTest Tool Diagnostics Operating System Application(s) Original file
For Software/ Printing issues :
August 2011
1,000
IC-301
Clear Problem Description Paper Tray Setup Archived files PDF2Go Configuration Information Screen Shots and/or Desktop Video recording. Data Logs file using the POD Check Tool Operating System Application(s) Original file Hard Copy Samples if it is Print Quality Related.
For Suspecting Hardware issues with the CREO :
Clear Problem Description Configuration Information Data Logs file using the POD Check Tool System Performance Monitoring Tool (Taskmon) Diagnostics Operating System
Description of each item requested :
ITEM Description Clear Problem Description The exact workflow recreation (step-by-step) If need to, provide screen shot steps or video.
Paper Tray setup (includes weight and size for trays being used)
August 2011
1,001
IC-301
Archive Files. From the application File menu g Archive- A CAB file is created in the destination folder. (for backup or for problem submission - right-click on the file and select Archive). a. Archive saves RTP file, Job Parameters and original PDL file. b. CAB files should be sent together with the problem report. Note : Verify the file, in fact, recreates the related issue before archiving.
Export file to PDF2Go format. This will provide a visual reference for what the file will look like. (Right-click on the file and select PDF2Go)
Configuration Information. Export to txt file, IC-301, IC-304 or IC-307configuration information. (Info menu g Configuration g Export)
Data Logs Collection To collect application logs whenever a problem occurs on the CREO color server. You need to have the Color Server Application shutdown before you start. Select Start g IC-307 Print Controller g IC-307 Print Controller Tools g Data Logs Collection You will be prompt to the same instructions and location to where the Data Log will be saved. Once you start it, Start the CREO Color Server Application and reproduce the customer's workflow in order to re-crete the problem. Once this is completed STOP it. The Data Log will be saved in D:Shared\Data_logs.cab
POD Check Tool (Color Server Check Tool) To collect system,software information and logs (used whenever a problem is detected at a customer site). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,002
IC-301
To start the Color Server Check tool: Start>IC-307 g IC-307 Tools g Color Server Check Tool g Color Server Check Tool. Two files are created on D:\Shared\Support_Tools_Logs a. HTML - collects the system information and the last 500 lines of each log. b. ZIP file includes all files. Note : Both files should be sent with the problem description. Do not minimize any pop-ups or warnings. Do not minimize the Color Server Workspace.
System Performance Monitoring Tool (Taskmon) Recommended in caseperformance issues are detected on the CREO Color Server. Two files are created on D:\Shared\Support_Tools_Logs a. Taskmon.html Displays the CREOcolor server processes. b. Taskmon.csv graphic display of the processes which have performance problems. Note :Both files should be sent with the problem description. Do not minimize anypop-ups or warnings. Do not minimize the Color Server Workspace.
NetTest Tool (Network Throughput Monitoring Tool) -recommended when network issues are detected. nettest.html displays throughput results. The log file is created in D:\Shared\Support_Tools_Logs\Network monitor.html
Diagnostics When there is a suspicion on a hardware problem and problem to print jobs. When using the Diagnostics Utility, make sure the Color Server Application is turned OFF or Shutdown. The log file is created in the *HTML folder: C:\IC-307\Diagnostics\JServer\Html * Provide the entire HTML folder.
Operating System versions and Service Pack The Customers Workstation Operating System. (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.)
August 2011
1,003
IC-301
Application(s) Name and version (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13)
Original file If unable to correctly print the archive file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard.Include the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including available screen shots) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number and/or name of the account).These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to E-mail andwill have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Note : All the mentioned tools and instructions are included in the attached file.
Notes : 1. If you need assistance or guidance please contact the SSD hotline. 2. All the mentioned tools and instructions are included in the attached file. 3. To open the file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. 4. Please see the attached videos for assistance in gathering the requested items. Microsoft Windows Media Player download version 9 or newer is suggested. 5. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,004
IC-302
August 2011
1,005
IC-303
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers? Solution Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners. For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement: "The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with minor issues." Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly. Notes : 1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista. 2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html 4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0701834EN* Solution Usage 34
1,006
IC-303
Scan to SMB setup instructions for the Fiery IC-303 and IC-408. Solution Please refer to the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802597EN* Solution Usage 30
Description Part numbers for IC-303/IC-305 system code versions. Solution IC-303/IC-305/Fiery S450 65-55C-KM/Fiery PRO80 65-55C-KM system code version part numbers: IC-303 Service Kit System Software version 1.02 (p/n 45062138) IC-303/IC-305 system code version 2.0 (p/n 45076554) IC-303/IC-305 system code version 2.1 (p/n 45083022 or available from the SSD Download Selector) IC-305 Service Kit System Software version 3.0 (p/n 45086963). IC-303/IC-305System Software version 3.0A (p/n 45097070).The system code is not available for download andis an FOC part item. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS and Ed Bellone/Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
August 2011
1,007
IC-304/Plus
Clear Problem Description Paper Tray Setup Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,008
IC-304/Plus
Archived files PDF2Go Configuration Information Screen Shots and/or Desktop Video recording. Data Logs file using the POD Check Tool System Performance Monitoring Tool NetTest Tool Diagnostics Operating System Application(s) Original file
August 2011
1,009
IC-304/Plus
Export file to PDF2Go format. This will provide a visual reference for what the file will look like. (Right-click on the file and select PDF2Go)
Data Logs Collection To collect application logs whenever a problem occurs on the CREO color server. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,010
IC-304/Plus
You need to have the Color Server Application shutdown before you start. Select Start g IC-307 Print Controller g IC-307 Print Controller Tools g Data Logs Collection You will be prompt to the same instructions and location to where the Data Log will be saved. Once you start it, Start the CREO Color Server Application and reproduce the customer's workflow in order to re-crete the problem. Once this is completed STOP it. The Data Log will be saved in D:Shared\Data_logs.cab
POD Check Tool (Color Server Check Tool) To collect system,software information and logs (used whenever a problem is detected at a customer site). To start the Color Server Check tool: Start>IC-307 g IC-307 Tools g Color Server Check Tool g Color Server Check Tool. Two files are created on D:\Shared\Support_Tools_Logs a. HTML - collects the system information and the last 500 lines of each log. b. ZIP file includes all files. Note : Both files should be sent with the problem description. Do not minimize any pop-ups or warnings. Do not minimize the Color Server Workspace.
System Performance Monitoring Tool (Taskmon) Recommended in caseperformance issues are detected on the CREO Color Server. Two files are created on D:\Shared\Support_Tools_Logs a. Taskmon.html Displays the CREOcolor server processes. b. Taskmon.csv graphic display of the processes which have performance problems. Note :Both files should be sent with the problem description. Do not minimize anypop-ups or warnings. Do not minimize the Color Server Workspace.
August 2011
1,011
IC-304/Plus
Notes : 1. If you need assistance or guidance please contact the SSD hotline. 2. All the mentioned tools and instructions are included in the attached file. 3. To open the file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. 4. Please see the attached videos for assistance in gathering the requested items. Microsoft Windows Media Player download version 9 or newer is suggested. 5. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
For initial test the dealer/branch must supply 1000 sheets of the media paper. Once the paper is received the ticket is transferred to ESS. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,012
IC-304/Plus
If the initial test does not have any issues then a second test can be done. The dealer/branch must supply enough media to cover 1/3 of a PM cycle. There is a charge involved to cover labor and supplies. The dealer/branch will be notified byESS before the test to communicate the charges. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,013
IC-305
Description Scan to SMB setup instructions for the Fiery IC-303 and IC-408. Solution Please refer to the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802597EN* Solution Usage 30
Description Part numbers for IC-303/IC-305 system code versions. Solution IC-303/IC-305/Fiery S450 65-55C-KM/Fiery PRO80 65-55C-KM system code version part numbers: IC-303 Service Kit System Software version 1.02 (p/n 45062138) IC-303/IC-305 system code version 2.0 (p/n 45076554) IC-303/IC-305 system code version 2.1 (p/n 45083022 or available from the SSD Download Selector)
August 2011
1,014
IC-305
IC-305 Service Kit System Software version 3.0 (p/n 45086963). IC-303/IC-305System Software version 3.0A (p/n 45097070).The system code is not available for download andis an FOC part item. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS and Ed Bellone/Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Job Properties cannot be viewed within the OS10.4 or 10.5 version of Command WorkStation. This occurs on both an Intel and Power PC version of the Macintosh.
August 2011
1,015
IC-306/Fiery Pro80 80C-KM

Description Unable to install the FACI. The monitor screenremains blank when the Fiery is booted from the Feature Update CD; theinstallation does not complete. Solution CAUSE:The Feature Update CD that came with the FACI kit is being usedto complete the installation. SOLUTION:Use theFiery Options utilityversion 1.11 CD that came with the IC-305 or version 1.5 CD that came with the IC-306to complete the installation. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1100048EN* Solution Usage 8
Description Incorrect image rotation of prints after updating to Macintosh OS 10.6.5.(image outputs as portrait direction on landscape sheet) This issue may only occurwith Adobe applications, especially InDesign, but can occurwith any application. Solution CAUSE:The Macintosh OS 10.6.5 update modifies the CUPS filter. Thisis an industry-wide issue and is notrelated to any issues with Konica Minolta drivers and/or software. SOLUTION: Apple has identified the root cause of the issuewhichis resolvedwith the version 10.6.6 update. Please update to Macintosh OS 10.6.6. Note : To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,016
IC-306/Fiery Pro80 80C-KM

SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS0629424EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Unable to staple and/or duplex all sheets from Microsoft Excel with print "Entire Workbook" option selected. Solution CAUSE: The staple and duplex selections are only being applied to the first sheet of the Workbook. This issue is with Microsoft Excel and not related to the print drivers. Note : See attached Microsoft Knowledge Base Articles - 166274, 169033, 214383. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SOLUTION: The selections for duplex and stapling must be made to each sheet. The selections can made via Pagesetup for each sheet, then selected to print the "Entire Workbook" from the "Print Dialog" window. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701150EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to set up LDAP on a Fiery IC-303, Fiery IC-305or Fiery IC-408. Solution Please see the attachments for complete setup procedures. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Notes : 1.Fiery IC-303 and Fiery IC-305 use the same system software. 2. On the engine select DIPSW 15-7 Enable (1) 3. The procedure is the same for the bizhub PRESS C8000 w/IC-306 4. Correctionof procedure within attached documentation: After setting up the controller with the LDAP information, and when performing the step, FROM THE C6500 ? step 1, "Click on the Scan Tab", you will need to first select the EMAIL button in order to see the SEARCH option of step 2. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002334EN* Solution Usage 5
Description IC-306 and IC-412 parts. Solution The IC-306 version 1.1 and IC-412 version 1.1 parts lists include: IC-306 version 1.1 45071391(Motherboard) 45090801(Video Board) 45091312(CPU) - Intel Core2 Quad, Q9400/2.66GHz 45091314(Memory) - DIMM, 1GB/DDR-2 800 45086558(Hard Disk) - 160GB/7200RPM SATA IC-412 version 1.1 45072543 (Motherboard) 45080978 (Video Board) 45080979 (CPU) - Single Core, Celeron M 440/1.86GHZ 45080980 (Memory) - DIMM, 512MB, PC2-3200/DDR2-400,Reg/ECC 45072544 (Hard Disk) - 80GB SATA Note : Please refer to attached documentation for more details. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1001661EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Setting up Scan-to-E-mail using a account.
August 2011
1,017
IC-307(70/60PPM)
August 2011
1,018
IC-307(70/60PPM)
Export file to PDF2Go format. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,019
IC-307(70/60PPM)
This will provide a visual reference for what the file will look like. (Right-click on the file and select PDF2Go)
System Performance Monitoring Tool (Taskmon) Recommended in caseperformance issues are detected on the CREO Color Server. Two files are created on D:\Shared\Support_Tools_Logs a. Taskmon.html Displays the CREOcolor server processes. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,020
IC-307(70/60PPM)
b. Taskmon.csv graphic display of the processes which have performance problems. Note :Both files should be sent with the problem description. Do not minimize anypop-ups or warnings. Do not minimize the Color Server Workspace.
August 2011
1,021
IC-307(70/60PPM)
Description CREO Color Server Update Tool (Auto Update for CREO).
August 2011
1,022
IC-307(80PPM)
August 2011
1,023
IC-307(80PPM)
Export file to PDF2Go format. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,024
IC-307(80PPM)
This will provide a visual reference for what the file will look like. (Right-click on the file and select PDF2Go)
System Performance Monitoring Tool (Taskmon) Recommended in caseperformance issues are detected on the CREO Color Server. Two files are created on D:\Shared\Support_Tools_Logs a. Taskmon.html Displays the CREOcolor server processes. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,025
IC-307(80PPM)
b. Taskmon.csv graphic display of the processes which have performance problems. Note :Both files should be sent with the problem description. Do not minimize anypop-ups or warnings. Do not minimize the Color Server Workspace.
August 2011
1,026
IC-307(80PPM)
Description CREO Color Server Update Tool (Auto Update for CREO).
August 2011
1,027
IC-401
August 2011
1,028
IC-402
Description Unable to print internal/Fiery* test pages or network printing with the IC402 installed. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect main body firmware is installed. SOLUTION: Upgrade main body firmware to latest level. Minimum confirmed firmware level for IC402 support is version 50. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description How to load a 32-bit driver on a 64-bit operating system.
August 2011
1,029
IC-405
August 2011
1,030
IC-406
August 2011
1,031
IC-408
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers? Solution Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners. For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement: "The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with minor issues." Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly. Notes : 1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista. 2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html 4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0700316EN* Solution Usage 39
1,032
IC-408
Part number(s) for the IC-408 system code. Solution IC-408 system codeversion 1.0(p/n 45057679), version 1.0a (p/n U226-0190 - 2 DVD set),version 1.1 (p/n 45072657)version 2.0 (p/n 45079926) andversion 2.0 SP3 (p/n 45094053). All the ISO files to create a DVD (or DVDs)are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Please refer to the attached Release Notes and installation instructionsprior to any system code installation.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant/Mike McCarthy/Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701834EN* Solution Usage 34
Description Scan to SMB setup instructions for the Fiery IC-303 and IC-408. Solution Please refer to the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701250EN* Solution Usage 27
Description How to install system code on the IC-408 through the Ethernet port or USB flash drive. Solution ETHERNET LOAD Version 2.0 systemsoftware or higher can be run directly from the DVD; 1. Disconnect cables from Fiery and power it down. Power downthe MFP using sub-switch. 2. Double-click on Fiery Installer.exe. 3. Flip both DIP switches (one inch away from LED display on Fiery - sometimes covered by gray tape). 4. Approve license screen and Ethernet connection screen. 5. TurnON the Fiery power switch and wait 15 seconds or so until "FF" is seen on the Fiery LED (green switch light must be ON). Within 2-3 minutes "1 of 12" will show on installer screen. 6. This will take 35-50 minutes. 7. Once "12 of 12" is done, with status bar not moving and "0KB" visible, click "Finish". 8. Ignore verbiage in installer, power down Fiery using the AC switch, reset DIP switches to original, then power down the MFP using the main sub-switch. 9. Reconnect normal cables, power up the MFP, then the Fiery AC switch making sure the green soft-switch light goes ON. 10. At this point it can take the Fiery up to 60 minutes to complete self-install. When the Fiery is done the "Controller" button on the MFP LCD is active and "00" is seen on Fiery LED. 11. Set up the Fiery partially through the MFP interface, or via Web Configure (more settings). Notes : Video port is totally dead when monitor is connected to Fiery VGA port. When Fiery is booted up, "00" is in LED display. FLASH DRIVE LOAD Preparation PC must have a DVD drive and USB 2.0 port (remove USB devices prior to procedure). According to the manual, 6GB flash drive is minimum size, but a 5GB drive will work. A 4GB drive may also work, but it has been reported that some features are not loaded as the result of this. BIOS on the PC must be set so that DVD drive is bootable. Procedure 1. Put flash tool version 3.11 CDROM into the PC drive and boot to it. Follow prompts to insert system DVD and flash drive; then select language. 2. Continue to follow prompts. DVD contents will copy to flash drive. 3. Load Fiery with prepared flash drive: a. PowerOFF sub-switch on the MFP and powerOFF Fiery AC switch. b. Plug in flash drive. c. DIP switches do NOT have to be changed for this load method. d. PowerON the Fiery AC switch. If green light does not come on, push soft-switch until it does. Shortly, observe LED on flash drive itself sporadically flashes. e. When done (about 10 minutes), LED on Fiery shows "FF" and stays there; flash drive ceases blinking. f. PowerOFF Fiery AC switch, wait at least 30 seconds, remove flash drive andreconnect cables. g. Power ON the MFP sub-switch, then the Fiery,watching to ensure green light comes on. h. The Fiery must self-configure for 45 minutes. Unfortunately, there is nothing, other than very intermittent Fiery LED activity to show if anything is really happening. Be patient and wait 45 minutes. i. IMPORTANT - Power down the Fiery andcompletely power down the MFP. Power up the MFP, wait for normalMFP screen to appear and then bring up Fiery, making sure green soft-switch light is ON. Within 3-5 minutes "Controller" button on LCD should be active. Notes :
August 2011
1,033
IC-408
The documentation states that the controller button will appear after about 60 minutes. During testing, waiting 70+ minutes, "Controller" button never appeared. But as soon as the controller and the MFP are powered up again, it does. Recommend following the above procedure (step i). Flash drive and Fiery LED behavior while transfer from flash drive to Fiery (steps d and e above): On initial power up, for about 20 seconds, there willbe rapid Fiery LED changes and the flash drive will flash a few times. Then, Fiery LED will count 00, 01, 02 ... 13, 14, FF(changing values about every 30 seconds or so). Once the flash drive stops blinking and Fiery LED has not changed from "FF", transfer is complete. The IC-408 Service Manual, pages 50-61, covers this procedure (see attached). To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
August 2011
1,034
IC-409
Description TheMFP will not come out of Power Save Mode when a print job is sent to the IC-409. This occurs mainly in the morning when the machine stays in Power Save Mode overnight. Main body and controller may need to be power-cycled in order for printing to take place. Solution CAUSE: System code version 1.0 firmware bug causing the IC-409 to lose communication with the main body. SOLUTION: The IC-409 must have patches 1-U52ZX and 1-UF108 installed to allow communication to be maintained during the Low Power Mode. These patches only apply to IC-409 system code version 1.0 and should not be installed on the the IC-409 running system code version 1.01 and above. Note : The latest version firmware and system software are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ron Reed and Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description How to load a 32-bit driver on a 64-bit operating system.
August 2011
1,035
IC-412
Description What is Memory Check and how is it used? Solution Functions To check correspondence of data written to andread from memory through write/read check. Rough Check - A check is made to see if the image data reading and writing are correctly made in a very limited area. The progress of the check sequence is displayed in percentage. Detail Check - A check is made to see if the image data reading and writing are correctly made at the addresses and busses in all areas. The progress of the check sequence is displayed in percentage. When Used If the copy image is faulty. Adjustment Procedure 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen. 2. Touch these keys: [State Confirmation] ? [Memory / HDD Adj.] ? [Memory Check] 3. Select the desired type of check, either [Rough Check] or [Detail Check]. 4. Press the Start key to start the check procedure. You can press the Stop key to interrupt the check sequence. 5. When the check procedure is completed, the results are shown on the screen. Note : If the check results are NG, check the memory for proper connection or replace the memory with a new one. INDICATION The Memory Check screen in the Service Mode indicates the condition of the memory. bizhub C203/C253/C353 WORK0: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped atDIMM0 slot on MFPB WORK1: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped atDIMM1 slot on MFPB WORK2: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped atDIMM2 slot on MFPB FILE0/1: Solder-mountedSDRAM on MFPB FILE2/3: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-GIF - I/F board for Fiery (excludes bizhub C203) bizhub C451/C550/C650 WORK0/1: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped at DIMM0 slot on PWB-MFP WORK2: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped at DIMM1 slot on PWB-MFP for i-Option FILE0/1: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-MFP FILE2/3: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-GIF - I/F board for Fiery bizhub C452/C552/C652 WORK0: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped at DIMM0 slot on PWB-MFP WORK1: Expanded DDR SDRAM equipped at DIMM1 slot on PWB-MFP for i-Option FILE0/1: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-MFP FILE2/3: Solder-mounted SDRAM on PWB-GIF - I/F board for Fiery FILE4/5: For future machine (Solder-mounted SDRM on PWB-DS that is for double scan control) bizhub C220/C280/C360 WORK0: Standard memory (DIMM0) WORK1: Standard memory (DIMM1) FILE0/1:Memory of ASIC200 installed in the MFPB board FILE2/3: Memory of ASIC200 installed in the EIF board for the Fiery IC-412 FILE4/5: Not used SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) andJim DiSarro/Stephen Schmelcke, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0648443EN* Solution Usage 8
Description How to remove print drivers from Macintosh OS X, 10.2x, 10.3x, 10.4x, 10.5x. Solution Follow the How to remove Macintosh OS X drivers instructions to correctly remove driver files prior to installing a new or updated version of the driver. This is highly recommended to avoid driver conflict. Completely deleting\removing the PPD plug-ins for the loading of the driver will NOT overwrite the previous versions. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,036
IC-412
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ASG/SSD and Freddie Burnham/Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902479EN* Solution Usage 8
Description How to set up Scan to SMB on Microsoft Windows 2008 Server. Solution Please see the attached video for the procedure. The video should be played on Microsoft Windows Media Player version 9 or later. The latest Media Player can be downloaded at: http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/default.mspx . NOTE: Video is only for the settings on the server. Settings on the main body vary by model. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902593EN* Solution Usage 8
Description How to print toFiery controllers from a Macintosh running OS 10.6. Solution To print to the current Fiery controllers from a Macintosh running OS 10.6, follow the procedure in the attached ZIP file. To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. Toview the zippedPDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Note :Please realize that this is only a workaround untilthe final printer driver version is released by EFI. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Don St. Onge, Workgroup/SSD and Gary Scimeca, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002380EN* Solution Usage 7
August 2011
1,037
IC-413/Fiery E100 70-60C-KM

Description The IC-413 mayindicate a "AA" code on the LED that will notgo away after booting the controller. Solution Following are some possible causes and corrections for this symptom. If none of them resolve the issue, compile the information that is requested at the end of the suggestions to assist with further troubleshooting. There are a number of areas where a misstep by a technician can cause the controller to exhibit this symptom. Read all of the information below, as many of the steps are interrelated. Notes on IC-413 USB flash drive load The USB drive capacity must be 8GB minimum. When you are using the USB Prep Tool Windows application, you select source,then the target and then proceed. It takes about 20-40 minutes to copy the files over. The application will stop and wait for selection of the Language from the drop-down which is blank. At this point you might think everything is done (since copy status slider is all the way to right and "time remaining" = 0). CAUTION : You could very well close application and insert the prepped USB drive into the Fiery and go through load process.Ifyou do, you will see during Fiery boot thenormal status changes in on the LED - then "FF", which according to documentation is when you power down the Fiery, remove the USB drive and then set one DIP switch back to normal. When the Fiery is started up, after POST, then a minute or so of "00", Fiery goes to "AA" andstays there forever.This is because user did not specify Language, and then select "Proceed" and then "Finish" to close USB Prep Tool application. IC-413 USB Load Procedure 1. Remove all USB devices from Fiery and shut down Fiery with thesoftswitch button or, preferably, fromMFP panel (not the rocker switch). 2. PowerOFF the printer. 3. Disconnect the network and printer interface cables from Fiery. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,038
IC-413/Fiery E100 70-60C-KM

4. As you are looking at the two DIP switches next to LED, move the right one to the up position. 5. Plug the prepared USB drive into the Fiery and power it on using the softswitch button. 6. LEDs will quickly go thru POST sequence, then to "00". 7. Approximately 2-4 minutes later LED will start incrementing: 01, 02, ...up to about 28, and then get to "FF" (00 up to FF takes about 20 minutes). 8. Push the softswitch until the Fiery powers down (but leave rocker switch on). 9. Remove the USB flash drive, re-attach printer cable, and then connect the network cable. 10. PowerON the printer. 11. Flip the DIP switch on the right back into the down position (both switches normally are in the down position). 12. Push the softswitch to start the Fiery. 13. The Fiery LED quickly goes thru POST, then to "AA" for several minutes. Then for the next 15 minutes or so LED will toggle between codes such as 02, AA, 03. At end of 15 minutes, Fiery should go to "00" which means Fiery is fully booted. (This Fiery does not have aStart Page enabled - so no start page will print.) 14. At this time, the controller icon should be active on printer operation panel. If the issue is not resolved If the problem has not been resolved using the steps above, consider the following questions: 1. Does this happen on a new Fiery, the first time it is bootedout of the box? ? If so, how is unit made operable again? (software reload? Reboot?...) 2. Did the Fiery work OK for a period of time and then fail with the "AA" code? ? If so, when Fiery fails (before a reboot is attempted), what code is seen on the Fiery LED display? ? In this state, is the "Controller" icon still active onMFP panel, and can the Fiery be connectedwith Command WorkStation (CWS) or PING? ? How is unit made operable again? (software reload? Reboot?...) 3.Is there a Configuration page (that couild show patch levels, network settings, etc.) that was printed before "AA" failure available? SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS
August 2011
1,039
IC-601
1,040
IC-601
Description How to perform a file capture. Note : IC-601 will support bizhub PRESScolor MFPsin April of 2011. Solution Pleaseunzip the attached WinZip file to accessthe procedure.WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. To viewthe zipped PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Thedocument addresses the topics: USB memory Key files for log acquisition Setting of the controller Situation of needed controller log and captured files Procedure of acquisition of the controller defective log Procedure of acquisition of the controller capture The required key files (showalllog and getcapture) are also included. Key file for acquisition of the defective log of the controller: showalllog Key file for acquisition of the controller capture: getcapture Store either key filein the USB memory.If both key files are stored in the USB memory at the same time, the files may not be captured correctly. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002380EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Unable to staple and/or duplex all sheets from Microsoft Excel with print "Entire Workbook" option selected. Solution CAUSE: The staple and duplex selections are only being applied to the first sheet of the Workbook. This issue is with Microsoft Excel and not related to the print drivers. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,041
IC-601
Note : See attached Microsoft Knowledge Base Articles - 166274, 169033, 214383. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SOLUTION: The selections for duplex and stapling must be made to each sheet. The selections can made via Pagesetup for each sheet, then selected to print the "Entire Workbook" from the "Print Dialog" window. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1000160EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Slow printing or locking up when printing multiple print jobs or large PDF files (500 pages+). Most noticeable when using a NearStar application. Solution When the machine is printing multiple print jobs,it will cycle between the print jobs slowing the machinedown, and if the queue fills up enough, it could "lock up". The reason the machine cycles between print jobs is becauseitchecks which printer language (PCL or PostScript) the next print job is using. Toprevent this from happening,the machine needs to identfy which PDL to use.To accomplish this, please perform the following settings: Utility a User Settings a Printer Settings a Basic Settings a PDL Settings a thenchoose PostScript or PCL (depending on what driver is being used)
For the bizhub 200/250/350/222/282/362 follow these steps: Utility a Printer Settings a PDL Set For the bizhubPRO 950 and 1050efollow these steps: Machine a Controller a Printer Settings a Basic Settings a PDL Settings a thenchoose PostScript or PCL (depending on what driver is being used) Options are: Auto PCL PS TIFF For the bizhubPRO1051 and 1200follow these steps: Machine a Controller a Printer Settings a Basic Settings a PDL Settings a thenchoose PostScript or PCL (depending on what driver is being used) Options are: Auto PCL PS TIFF PPML Note : All computers that are printing to this machine will have to use the same printer languageto whichthe machine has defaulted (PCL or PostScript). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Randy Marquardt, Workgroup/SSD and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002341EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Controller defective log acquisition and controller data capture log. Showalllog - the last errors that the controller produced. Getcapture - the print captures. Problems when printing and print job errors. Solution Acquire Controller Defective Log Requirements: USB Memory Stick 512MB or larger (FAT or FAT32 Format) (A) Procedure of acquisition of the controller defective log (showalllog) 1. On theMFP go to: Machine a Controller a Spool Print job in HDD before RIP a Enable. 2. Reboot the MFP. 3. Download the following file: showalllog 4. Unzip the file and copy this file into the root of the USB Memory Stick. 5. Insert the USB Memory into the Controller Service Port. 6. Wait approximately 20 seconds. 7. Remove the USB Memory Stick. 8.There should beapproximately 15 files as shown in the attachment. 9. Remove these files before starting the next procedure. Acquire Controller Data Capture Log Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,042
IC-601
Requirements: USB Memory Stick 512MB or larger (FAT or FAT32 Format) (B) Procedure of acquisition of controller capture log (getcapture) Note: Do not need to perform the next 2 steps if previously performed. 1. On theMFP go to: Machine a Controller a Spool Print job in HDD before RIP a Enable. 2. Reboot the MFP. 3. Download the following file: getcapture 4. Unzip the file and copy this file into the root of the USB Memory Stick. 5. Insert the USB Memory into the Controller Service Port. 6. Send a print job to the controller. 7. Wait approximately 20 seconds. 8. Remove the USB Memory Stick. 9. There should beapproximately 3 files as shown in the attachment. Note : To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. To viewthe zippedPDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,043
IC-611
August 2011
1,044
i-Option
Description i-Option Deactivation is performed when an MFP licensed for i-Option will no longer be used for that function. This applies to both the LK-101 and LK-102 i-Option components. After the Deactivation procedure has been completed, the i-Option Token or License will be available for use to be activated on another i-Option-capable MFP. Solution Use these steps to perform license deactivation. This process removes the link between serial number and the i-Option License Token so that the i-Option License Token can be activated on another i-Option-capable MFP. Access the LMS (License Management Server) 1. Access theLMS through mykonicaminolta.com. It is locatedunder the Service License Management Server (LMS) section. 2. Through the LMS select [Deactivate License Code] from the top menu;then enter the MFPs serial number. 3. Press[Retrieve]. 4.Select the i-Option Token Number to be deactivated. Note:If both the i-Option LK-101 and LK-102 Tokens are listed, select only one at a time. 5. Press[Registration], then[OK]. 6. Print the Deactivation Code. Enter the Deactivation Code at the MFP 7. At the MFP, enter Service Mode (Utility, Details, Stop,0,0, Stop, 0, 1). 8. Enter the Billing mode (Stop, 9). 9. Select[Deactivation]. 10. Manually enter the Deactivation Code obtained from the LMS. 11. Select the i-Option function to disable. Note: The i-Option function to be disabled must match the function selected through the LMS either the LK-101 or LK-102. Only one a time can be selected. 12. Press [Apply].A [Deactivation Complete Code] will be displayed. 13. Print the Deactivation Complete Code. Note: If the Deactivation Complete Code was not printed before cycling power, it can be obtained again.Re-enter Service Mode Billing Mode;press[List], Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,045
i-Option
then the [Start] button. 14. Cycle the MFP power off/on. Access the LMS 15. On theLMS, select[Deactivate License Code in LMS] from the top menu. 16. Enter the MFPs serial number and the Deactivation Complete Code printed from the MFP (step 13, above). 17. Press[Registration], then[OK].The message You have successfully completed the deactivation process should appear. 18. Repeat the entire procedure to deactivate any other i-Option tokens on the MFP. Refer to the attached document for images shots of the various screens that are displayed during this procedure. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802041EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Why the "Repair" procedure is unsuccessful in resolving "License Management error occurred" message on the MFP. Solution Some reasons why the "Repair" procedure may be unsuccessful: If the serial number of the MFP is input with lower case letters, the request can not be resolved correctly. Ensure that the serial number is in Upper Case letters prior to performing the Repair Process. When replacing the NVRAM or the EEPROM board, please replace them with new parts. When the parts are replaced with used parts, the License Management error condition cannot be resolved by performing the Repair operation. If both the NVRAM and the EEPROM board are replaced. If "Initialization" is required, please collect the following information before calling support: If i-Option ever was ever licensed on the MFP and if the additional 512MB of memory was ever installed at any time A history of recent NVRAM or EEPROM board replacement Obtain a machine Management List and have it ready to attach to the ticket. A screenshot of the message returned from the LMS if "Repair" was unsuccessful A "Request Code" from the MFP and theserial numbermust be obtained in order to start the "Initialization" procedure (see attached"Obtain Request Code"). Note to SSD support :After all the necessary information has been collected, escalate the issue to ASG through your team leader. A member of the i-Option support team will then take ownership of the ticket and obtain an"Initialization" code. which will be recorded in the ticket. The technicianwill then enter the Initialization code at the MFP, following theinstructions in the attached "Perform Initialize Procedure" document. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . IMPORTANT: It may take from 1-3 days to receive an "Initialization" code from support If i-Option features had previously been registered on the MFP, it will be necessary to re-register and re-license the i-Option functions after Initialization is completed (see attached"i-Option Setup Instructions and License Activation"). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp and Ron Reed, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802327EN* Solution Usage 7
Description What steps should be performed if the "Initialization" procedure fails to clear the "License Management Error"? Solution After an "Initialization" code has been received from SSD Technical Support, the "Initialization" procedure fails to clear the "License Management" error on the MFP. An "Invalid setting" message may be displayed on the MFP after entering the "Initialization" code. If the "Initialization" procedure fails to clear the "License Management" error on the MFP The NVRAM and Service EEPROM boards need to be replaced with brand-new NVRAM and Service EEPROM boards at the same time, so that both will then be in an initial condition After this is completed reload the latest firmware. Notes : 1.If any i-Option functions had been purchased for this MFP, the i-Option License registration procedure will need to be performed again. 2. The online NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form is referenced in attached Bulletin Number 5783. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 3. IMPORTANT : All requests for NVRAMs must be approved by the SSD Hotline and a problem ticket generated. If a request is received without an established problem ticket number the request will be denied. Before replacing the NVRAM, thoroughly troubleshoot the problem. The NVRAM should be replaced only as the last resort. Many times replacing it DOES NOT solve the issue and, when it does, only a setting in the NVRAM may have caused the problem. The NVRAM can be ordered via the Online Technical & Special Program order form located within MyKonicaMinolta.com: a. Login to MKM.com. b. Select the Service tab. c. Select Warranty, Repair, & Special Programs (menu at left side of screen). d. Click on Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs (in center of screen). e. Select NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program and completely fill in the NVRAM/BRU Replacement RA/Claim form. 4. EEPROM replacement is a standard parts order using the following part numbers. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,046
i-Option
bizhub C451/C550/C650 - A00J H00C 00 bizhub C203/C253/C353 - A02E H002 01 SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801652EN* Solution Usage 5
Description TCP socket error occurs when using PageScope Web Connection if latest Adobe Flash Player version 9.0.124.0 is installed. This problem does not occurwith Adobe Flash Player version 9.0.115.0.
August 2011
1,047
IP-011
Description Does the IP011 support Microsoft* Windows 2000 printing? Solution Windows 2000 network printing is available using IP011 firmware version 3.02a and print driver version 13.00 or higher. The firmware and print drivers are available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]. Notes: 1. The print drivers are for network connected IP011 controllers. They don't include the setup program and port monitoring utility which would normally be used on an IP011 directly connected to a PC. Driver files that include the setup program will soon be uploaded to the Konica FTP site. 2. Instructions on updating IP011 firmware . 3. The IP011 Windows 2000 print drivers are to be only used with Windows 2000 operating systems. This driver will NOT install correctly on any other operating system. 4. If using this driver in an environment with both NT4 and Windows 2000, the NT4 driver must be loaded on the NT4 clients or the server. 5. If a Windows 2000 client attaches to an NT4 server, the printer will only be partially created on the client. You must install the Windows 2000 driver locally on the client. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description What driver should be used when printing from Microsoft* Windows XP? Solution The Konica IP011 Nozomi version 13.02 Windows 2000 driver (which is not part of Windows XP), has been tested and approved for use in Windows XP. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0600001EN* Solution Usage 30
Description Will the IP011 support DOS printing? Solution The IP011 will not support DOS printing. The IP011 can only be installed on Windows* based computers running Windows 9x, Windows NT 4.0, and Windows 2000. Using the optional KN304 network interface (Item #950235), the IP011 also supports the following: Networks: 100BaseT/10BaseT Ethernet Protocols: IPX/SPX (NetWare*), LPD/LPR (TCP/IP*), and peer-to-peer (TCP/IP) * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0600003EN* Solution Usage 29
Description On what platforms can the IP011 be installed? Solution The IP011 can only be installed on Windows* based computers running Windows 9x, Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000. Using the optional KN304 Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,048
IP-011
network interface (Item #950235), the IP011 also supports the following: Networks: 100BaseT/10BaseT Ethernet Protocols: IPX/SPX (NetWare*), LPD/LPR (TCP/IP*), and peer-to-peer (TCP/IP) * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
August 2011
1,049
IP-101
Description KN101, installation procedures for the network card. Solution Procedures are outlined in the IP101 Service Manual, [[Page 3-4| FILE V:\TEXT\wce003.txt NEW NoWordWrap]]. KN101 Installation Kit Photo . IP101 Back Panel Photo . CIC Board Photo . IP101 Interior Photo Solution ID TAUS0654989EN* Solution Usage 56
Description Site requirements and installation procedures, IP101. Solution Verify that all Site Requirements are met prior to IP101 installation. ===================================== IP101 INSTALLATION SITE REQUIREMENTS ===================================== I. MACHINE CONFIGURATION PCUA NUMBER ITEM 947948 IP101 Print Controller 947946 7728 Video Interface Kit 947943 Full Color Upgrade** 947944 PostScript(5) Upgrade** 947942 KN101 Network Card** ** Options. Not required for basic non network PC installation. II. POWER REQUIREMENTS Grounded 115V, 10A AC line separate from 7728. III. PC PARALLEL CONNECTION (Not supplied by Konica Minolta) Parallel cable with DB25 male to male connectors (25-wire). Length not to exceed 25 feet (Customer supplied). IV. PC SERIAL CONNECTION (Not supplied by Konica Minolta) Null modem cable (9-wire) with DB9 female connector for IP101 and either DB9 or DB25 female connector for PC connection. (Customer supplied). V. MACINTOSH* CONNECTION KN101 network card. Ethertalk Port with either 10BaseT or 10Base2 connector (Customer supplied). 10BaseT or 10Base2 cable. If Macintosh is not connected to a network but directly connected to KN-101, 10Base2 cabling must be used with T connectors and terminators (Customer supplied). VI. PC SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS (Without KN101 network card) DOS version 5.0 or greater (Customer supplied). Microsoft* Windows version 3.1, 3.11 or Windows 95. 7728 Windows PCL* printer driver (not Windows 95 compatible). 7728 Windows PostScript* printer driver (Optional - Need PostScript upgrade kit). VII. MACINTOSH SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS (With KN101 network card) AppleTalk* Network operating system (Customer supplied). Macintosh System 7.x or greater (Customer supplied). Apple Laserwriter* printer driver, version 8.3.3 or greater (Customer supplied). 7728 Macintosh printer driver (Included in PostScript upgrade kit). PostScript upgrade kit. VIII. NETWORK CONNECTION (With KN101 network card) Ethernet Network Interface. 10BaseT or 10Base2 cabling. VIIII. SUPPORTED NETWORK OPERATING SYSTEMS (With KN101 network card) Novell Netware* 2.15 or greater. HPUNIX*; IBMAIX*; SCO SVR4 on Intel Platform; Silicon Graphics INDYIRIX; SUN OS 4.1.3 BSD on SPARC; SUN OS 5.2 SVR4 on SPARC; SUN OS 5.1 SVR4 on Intel x86. OS/2* LAN Manager V2.0c or higher; IBM* LANServer V1.3 or higher. Macintosh system 7.x or higher. ============================ IP101 INSTALLATION CHECKLIST ============================ Special Tools required: Gradation correction chart #3 (p/n U131-1290) for printer color balancing. Gradation correction chart #4 (p/n U131-1300) for printer color balancing. PLCC extractor (p/n 50F5444). For upgrading EPROM's and PAL's. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,050
IP-101
External monitor and keyboard. Optional but useful in troubleshooting. Laptop computer or Data Generator (p/n U131-1360). Optional but helpful in testing equipment prior to connecting to customer PC. 9-pin null modem cable or 9-pin serial cable with null modem adapter. Optional but helpful in troubleshooting printing problems. Parts Required: DB25 pin male to male shielded 25 conductor cable. 10' or less (pre-tested on IP101 to verify operation) Video interface kit Full color upgrade (optional). To enable 16.7M color palette on 8.5x11 paper. PostScript Upgrade (optional). To print postscript images. Needed for full color upgrade. Installation Steps: 1. Install video interface kit. Verify that 3 new EPROMs are installed in correct sockets and ROM/T is removed from old video interface board and installed on new board. (Service 2-1 to 2-4) 2. Verify that all 7728 main body adjustments have been performed and color balance has been optimized. 3. Remove the cover of the IP101 and install the full color upgrade if available. Make sure that the 4MB SIMM in bank 0 is removed and the 16MB SIMM in bank 1 is moved to bank 0. Observe anti-static procedures and use demagnetized tools. (Service 2-5). 4. Verify that all connectors and boards are seated properly then replace cover. 5. Connect Connectors 1 & 2 from the 7728 to the proper connectors on the back of the IP101. (Service 2-4). 6. Plug the IP101 into a grounded outlet and turn on power. Turn on power of the 7728 after the IP101 is turned on. 7. If the 7728 initializes, print the PCL test print from the menu screen on the 7728 control panel. (URG 3-4). 8. Turn off the 7728; then, the IP101. Insert the PostScript upgrade disk (If available) into the IP101 floppy drive and turn on power to the IP101. When the IP101 starts beeping, installation is complete. Turn off power to the IP101 and remove the disk from the floppy drive. (Service 2-5). 9. Turn on the IP101; then, the 7728. After the 7728 is ready to print, print the PostScript test print from the menu screen on the 7728 control panel. (URG 3-4). 10. Turn the 7728 OFF; then, the IP101. Connect the 25 pin cable to the parallel port of the IP101 (found on the CIC card) and connect the other end to the laptop or data generator if available. 11. Verify that the 7728 PCL and PostScript (if PostScript is installed) printer drivers are loaded on the PC being used for testing. Using the 7728 PCL driver, print a test document from Windows Write if using a laptop. If PostScript is installed, print the same document using the 7728 PostScript driver. Refer to Data Generator User Manual for instructions on its use for printing. 12. Perform all printer balancing adjustments as outlined in Section 4 of the IP101 service manual. [[Installation procedures| FILE V:\TEXT\WCE002.TXT NEW NoWordWrap]] are outlined in the IP101 Service Manual, Pages 2-1 thru 2-5 and 4-1 thru 4-4. [[Site Requirements| FILE V:\TEXT\WCE005.TXT NEW NoWordWrap]]. IP101 Internal Photo . IP101 Rear Panel Photo . * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Requirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery, CREO, Emperon and applications. Solution Requirements are: Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,051
IP-101
Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible). Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40. Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information). All machine management and adjustment list printouts. If relevant, Fiery configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page. If relevant, CREO configuration page. Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13), driver versions. A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observed prior to sending to SSD or ASG. If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. The archive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD. If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO that also contains the rasters (RIPped data) The original application file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number and or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to E-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. If the files were created on a Macintosh system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh for the files to be good. You cannot take the files from the Macintosh and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will be useless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable. a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh. b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make them portable. c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft Windows PC. Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh to start with. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0601011EN* Solution Usage 9
Description Microsoft* Windows 95 Installation/Configuration information for 7728 PostScript* print driver. Solution The 7728 print drivers are not available on the Windows 95 disk and need to be installed separately. The available print drivers can be made available by contacting your local service provider. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0600340EN* Solution Usage 6
Description How to install Windows* printer drivers. Solution Printer drivers are installed in Control Panel using the 'Install Unlisted or Updated Printer' option. Select 'Control Panel' from the 'Main' program group. Select 'Printers' from 'Control Panel'. Select 'ADD' and highlight 'Install unlisted or updated printer'. Select install and place driver disk into the floppy drive and press 'OK'. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0600194EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Large fonts/graphics won't print when using the 7728 PCL* driver. Fonts above 48 will not print. PCL printer driver versions below 13 are affected. Solution Version 13 of the PCL Printer Driver corrects this problem. Upgrade to the current release levels. Part number IP101M1-13.0 * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,052
IP-102
Description When using BOOTP Lite, what should be used to separate the MAC address information? Solution When entering the TCP/IP address, MAC hardware address, subnet mask (optional), and gateway (optional) into BOOTP Lite , separate the MAC hardware address (Network address) information using colons (i.e, 00:e0:bb:05:31:d3), not spaces or hyphens. Other information is separated as normal Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,053
IP-102
TCP/IP format (i.e, 198.169.2.12). Note : The BOOTP Lite program is attached below and also can be downloaded via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Solution ID TAUS0637663EN* Solution Usage 5
August 2011
1,054
IP-201
Description KN101 or KN201, how to install the KN card on a Windows* NT 4.0 network. Solution What you need before starting: If installing the KN201 and DHCP* is enabled on the network, refer to KN201 INSTALLATION ADDENDUM FOR DCHP ENABLED NETWORKS at the end of this solution for additional information prior to installation a. TCP/IP* protocol loaded on the NT Server b. TCP/IP Printing Services loaded on the NT Server c. Defined IP address that is to be assigned to the KN101/KN201 d. Ethernet address of the KN101/KN201 network card e. 7050 PostScript* print driver for NT 4.0 f. 7050 print drivers for client workstations g. The NT 4.0 Server CD 1. Verify that the TCP/IP Printing Services are loaded. The services are loaded in the Network group under control panel. 2. Once the TCP/IP print services are loaded, functionality of the TCP/IP protocol must be verified. From your server, open a DOS window and type ipconfig /all This will display information regarding the server IP address, Subnet mask, Routing and DHCP information. This information may not initially be useful other than for verifying that TCP/IP is recognized on the system but is required information when trying to troubleshoot a TCP/IP related problem. 3. The next step is to verify whether TCP/IP is functioning correctly on the segment that the KN101 is to be installed on. Type ping 127.0.0.1 to verify if TCP/IP is running. If a response is received, ping the address of the host NT Server. If a response is received, ping another address on the same segment as the Host Server. If the KN101/KN201 is going to be installed on another segment and routing is enabled, ping a known address on the segment that is being routed. If a response is not received from any of the tests, there may be a problem on the network which will need to be resolved before proceeding Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,055
IP-201
further. 4. The IP address must now be set on the KN101/KN201 using ARP (Address Resolution Protocol). Note: If the KN201 has had an IP address previously entered on the card, ARP will not change this address. The KN201 will need to be reset back to factory defaults to allow a new address to be set using ARP. Instructions for a hardware reset can be found on page A10 of the KN201 user guide. The syntax for the ARP command is 'arp -s [Desired IP address of the card] [ethernet address of the card] [IP address of the host server]'. The ethernet address must be entered in pairs with a - between each pair (e.g. 00-40-92-00-a2-a0). After the IP address has been set on the KN101/KN201, enter 'arp -a' to verify that the ARP entry has been entered in the ARP table. After verifying the ARP entry, ping the IP address of the KN101/KN201. The KN201 will not respond to the ping command at this time but the KN101 should. The KN201 will have to be reset by powering it down for 30 seconds and then powering on. Initialization takes approximately 2 minutes. Note: Any time the IP301 is reset, the power must be off for 30 seconds or the KN201 will not reinitialize and may not connect to the network. If there is no response to the ping command after reset, the IP address may not have been set, the KN101/KN201 may not be functioning, the IP address may be invalid for the network segment or the network connection to the KN101/KN201 is not functioning. 5. The next step involves creating the printer. Press the START button and select Settings and Printers. Select Add Printer 6. Select 'My Computer' when creating the 7050 printer from the Server. Printer administration and spooling will then be performed on the server. 7. The Network port must now be created. Select 'Add Port'. From the Printer Ports Dialog, select 'LPR Port' and Press 'New Port' Note: If LPR Port is not a selection, TCP/IP Printing Services are not loaded. 8. Enter the IP address that was assigned to the KN101 as the address of server providing LPD and enter PORT_1 as the print queue on that server. Press OK. The KN201 uses PORT1 as the print queue on that server. 9. After selecting OK to create the LPR Port, there will be a 5 minute delay before the port is created. Note: This delay and subsequent error message only occurs if the KN101 is using firmware version 611. This delay and error message does not occur with firmware version 612 or with the KN201. The KN101 does not support NT's test command and requires 5 minutes before the test times out and creates an error message. Press OK when the error message comes up and the port will have been created. Select 'Next' in the Printer Wizard to load the print driver. 10. Select 'Have Disk' when choosing which driver to install. Insert the Konica 7050 PostScript driver disk into Drive A and press OK. 11. Choose the Konica 7050PS-US driver and press NEXT. 12. Assign a name to the printer. This name is not the name that will be used as the shared name. 13. The next dialog box will ask if the printer will be shared and what the share name is. You will also have the option of loading printer drivers for the servers clients Note: This only applies to Windows 95 or NT Workstation clients. Press Next when finished. 14. Select YES to print a test page after the print drivers are loaded. 15. The files will start to load from the floppy at this point and then NT will ask for the location of the driver files on the NT CD. The typical directory for these files is the i386 directory. 16. If installed correctly, a test page should have printed shortly after this message appears. At this point the printer is setup on NT 4.0 Note: If the test print was not successful, the printer and controller may need to be reset before the network correctly recognizes them. Turn off the print controller and 7050 and then turn them on. Send another test print after they are in a ready to print status. The driver can now be configured if necessary with default settings. Access permissions can also be assigned at this time. 17. To configure the driver, right click with the mouse on the newly created printer icon and select properties from the drop down menu. 18. The printer properties screen will come up. Port Configuration, Scheduling, Sharing, Security and the 7050 Device settings are administered from here. KN201 INSTALLATION ADDENDUM FOR DHCP ENABLED NT NETWORKS The KN201 comes configured with DHCP support enabled. The KN201 can have an IP address entered through the use of ARP or NTBOOTP. Once an IP address is set, ARP or NTBOOTP cannot be used to change that address. Once an IP address is set, the Konica MAP program, an internet browser pointing to the KN201's IP address or a Hardware reset are the only methods that can be used to change the IP address. If DHCP is running on the network, the DHCP manager will automatically assign an address to the KN201 upon powerup. Use the following procedure to assign a permanent fixed address to the KN201 if DHCP is enabled on the network. 1. If this is a new KN201, after installation and connection to the network, power the IP301 on. If the KN201 has been used on previous installations or you are unsure as to whether this is a new unit, perform a Hardware Reset on the card prior to installing it on the network. a. To perform a hardware reset, with power off, move Jumper #10 on the KN201 to the FACT position then power the unit on for approximately 30 seconds. Power the unit off and move the Jumper back to the NORM position. Note: This procedure uses the KN201's built in HTTP server to change the IP address that was assigned with DHCP 2. After the KN201 is powered on and initialized (a process that can take approximately 2 minutes), a test page generated by the KN201 should print out. The IP address that has been assigned to the KN201 will be listed under the TCP/IP* Network Information section of the test page. Using either a Netscape* or Microsoft* browser, enter the HTTP address of the KN201 to browse to the KN201's internal HTTP server. The KN201's configuration menu should then be visible in the browser window. Select the 'Setup TCP/IP' menu choice and enter the new IP address Note: Ensure that the new IP address is not an address that is available in the DHCP pool. In this case the address would need to be excluded from the pool. A password must be entered in the box at the bottom of the setup screen. The default password is sysadm in lowercase letters. Press the Accept Settings button. Turn the IP301 off and leave off for a minimum of 30 seconds. Turn the unit back on and the next test page that is printed should reflect the changes made to the IP address. Now skip to step #5 of the NT 4.0 installation procedures. Note: This is reprinted from the Installation Procedures on the Konica Web page. File name is KN NT40.pdf * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0902450EN* Solution Usage 14
Description Microsoft Windows 7 printer drivers included with the OS.
August 2011
1,056
IP-301
Description KN201, how to install on a Microsoft* Windows NT 4.0 network. Solution PREREQUISITES Note: If installing the KN201 and DHCP* is enabled on the network, refer to KN201 INSTALLATION ADDENDUM FOR DHCP ENABLED NETWORKS at the end of this solution for additional information prior to installation. Also, the latest Service Pack should be installed on the NT Server. a. TCP/IP* protocol loaded on the NT Server b. TCP/IP Printing Services loaded on the NT Server c. Defined TCP/IP address that is to be assigned to the KN101/KN201 d. Ethernet address of the KN101/KN201 network card f. 7050 PostScript* print driver for NT 4.0 g. 7050 print drivers for client workstations h. The NT 4.0 Server CD 1. Verify that the TCP/IP Printing Services are loaded. The services are loaded in the Network group under control panel. 2. Once the TCP/IP print services are loaded, functionality of the TCP/IP protocol must be verified. From the server, open a DOS window and type ipconfig /all. This will display information regarding the server TCP/IP address, Subnet mask, Routing and DHCP information. This information may not initially be useful other than for verifying that TCP/IP is recognized on the system but is required information when trying to troubleshoot a TCP/IP related problem. 3. The next step is to verify whether TCP/IP is functioning correctly on the segment the KN201 is to be installed on. Type ping 127.0.0.1 to verify if TCP/IP is running. If a response is received, ping the address of the host NT Server. If a response is received, ping another address on the same segment as the Host Server. If the KN101/KN201 is going to be installed on another segment and routing is enabled, ping a known address on the segment that is being routed. If a response is not received from any of the tests, there may be a problem on the network which will need to be resolved before proceeding further. 4. The TCP/IP address must now be set on the KN101/KN201 using ARP (Address Resolution Protocol). Note: If the KN201 has had an TCP/IP address previously entered on the card, ARP will not change this address. The KN201 will need to be reset back to factory defaults to allow a new address to be set using ARP. Instructions for a hardware reset can be found on page A10 of the KN201 user guide. The syntax for the ARP command is 'arp -s [Desired TCP/IP address of the card] [ethernet address of the card] [TCP/IP address of the host server]'. The ethernet address must be entered in pairs with a - between each pair (e.g. 00-40-92-00-a2-a0). After the TCP/IP address has been set on the KN101/KN201, enter 'arp -a' to verify that the ARP entry has been entered in the ARP table. After verifying the ARP entry, ping the TCP/IP address of the KN101/KN201. The KN201 will not respond to the ping command at this time but the KN101 should. The KN201 will have to be reset by powering it down for 30 seconds and then powering on. Initialization takes approximately 2 minutes. Note: Any time the IP301 is reset, the power must be off for 30 seconds or the KN201 will not reinitialize and may not connect to the network. If there is no response to the ping command after reset, the TCP/IP address may not have been set, the KN101/KN201 may not be functioning, the TCP/IP address may be invalid for the network segment or the network connection to the KN101/KN201 is not functioning. Use a web browser to input the TCP/IP address and access the MAP Utility. Check/set the subnet mask and default gateway via the TCP/IP setup function. If a password is required to make any change, the default password is sysadm (all lowercase letters). 5. The next step involves creating the printer. Press the START button and select Settings and Printers. Select Add Printer 6. Select MY COMPUTER when creating the 7050 printer from the Server. Printer administration and spooling will then be performed on the server. 7. The Network port must now be created. Select ADD PORT. From the Printer Ports Dialog, select LPR PORT and Press NEW PORT Note: If LPR Port is not an available selection, TCP/IP Printing Services are not loaded. 8. Enter the TCP/IP address that was assigned to the KN101/KN201 as the address of server providing LPD. PORT_1 is the only name allowed as the print queue name when using the KN101 card. PORT1 is the only name allowed as the print queue name when using the KN201 card. Press OK. 9. After selecting OKAY to create the LPR Port, there will be a 5 minute delay before the port is created. Note: This delay and subsequent error message only occurs if the KN101 is using firmware version 611. This delay and error message does not occur with firmware version 612 or with the KN201. The KN101 does not support NT's test command and requires 5 minutes before the test times out and creates an error message. Press OK when the error message comes up and the port will have been created. Select NEXT in the Printer Wizard to load the print driver. 10. Select HAVE DISK when choosing which driver to install. Insert the Konica 7050 PostScript driver disk into Drive A and press OK. 11. Choose the Konica 7050PS-US driver and press NEXT. 12. Assign a name to the printer. This name is not the name that will be used as the shared name. 13. The next dialog box will ask if the printer will be shared and what the share name is. There is also the option of loading printer drivers for the server clients. Note: This only applies to Windows 95 or NT Workstation clients. Press Next when finished. 14. Select NO to print a test page after the print drivers are loaded. 15. The files will start to load from the floppy at this point and then NT will ask for the location of the driver files on the NT CD. The typical directory for these files is the i386 directory. 16. If installed correctly, a test page should have printed shortly after this message appears. At this point the printer is setup on NT 4.0 Note: If the test print was not successful, the printer and controller may need to be reset before the network correctly recognizes them. Turn off the print controller and 7050 and then turn them on. Send another test print after they are in a ready to print status. The driver can now be configured if necessary with default settings. Access permissions can also be assigned at this time. 17. To configure the driver, right click with the mouse on the newly created printer icon and select properties from the drop down menu. 18. The printer properties screen will come up. Port Configuration, Scheduling, Sharing, Security and the 7050 Device settings are administered from here. KN201 INSTALLATION ADDENDUM FOR DHCP ENABLED NT NETWORKS The KN201 comes configured with DHCP support enabled. The KN201 can have a TCP/IP address entered through the use of ARP or NTBOOTP. Once an IP address is set, ARP or NTBOOTP cannot be used to change that address. Once a TCP/IP address is set, the Konica Minolta MAP program, an internet browser pointing to the KN201 TCP/IP address or a hardware reset are the only methods that can be used to change the TCP/IP address. If DHCP is running on the network, the DHCP manager will automatically assign an address to the KN201 upon power up. Use the following procedure to assign a permanent fixed address to the KN201 if DHCP is enabled on the network. 1. If this is a new KN201, after installation and connection to the network, power the IP301 on. If the KN201 has been used on previous installations or there is doubt as to whether this is a new unit, perform a Hardware Reset on the card prior to installing it on the network. a. To perform a hardware reset, with power off, move Jumper #10 on the KN201 to the FACT position then power the unit on. Power the unit off for a Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,057
IP-301
minimum of 30 seconds and move the Jumper back to the NORM position. Note: This procedure uses the KN201's built in HTTP server to change the TCP/IP address that was assigned with DHCP 2. After the KN201 is powered on and initialized (a process that can take approximately 2 minutes), a test page generated by the KN201 should print out. The TCP/IP address that has been assigned to the KN201 will be listed under the TCP/IP Network Information section of the test page. Using either a Netscape* or Microsoft browser, enter this address to browse to the KN201 internal HTTP server. The KN201 configuration menu should then be visible in the browser window. Select the "Setup TCP/IP" menu choice and enter the new TCP/IP address. Note: ensure that the new TCP/IP address is not an address that is available in the DHCP pool. In this case the address would need to be excluded from the pool. A password must be entered in the box at the bottom of the setup screen. The default password is 'sysadm' in lowercase letters. Press the Accept Settings button. Turn the IP301 controller off and leave off for a minimum of 30 seconds. Turn the unit back on and the next test page that is printed should reflect the changes made to the TCP/IP address. Now skip to step #5 of the NT 4.0 installation procedures. Notes: a. HTTP access is not possible with the KN101 card. Refer to the KN_NT40setup.pdf for additional information. b. See the [[NSSG Quick Reference Guide|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/IP_KN_Driver_matrix.pdf]] which includes the IP unit and KN card compatibility along with the latest IP unit Start-Up version (system code) and KN card firmware version. The new matrix now includes PCL and PostScript support listing for Microsoft Windows operating systems and the latest public release version number for each driver. This matrix does not include any information pertaining to special or beta code/drivers, HOST, UNIX, printing. c. Matrix is subject to change without notice. d. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0610845EN* Solution Usage 43
Description Are the Konica print drivers currently supported in a Windows* 2000 environment? Solution At present, the use of Konica print drivers in a Windows 2000 environment is not officially supported. Konica does not currently have native Windows 2000 print drivers, but does have a workaround that allows for the installation of Windows NT4 drivers under Windows 2000 (server only). This pertains only to PostScript* drivers (PCL* drivers are not supported at this time). Notes: 1. Installation procedures can be found in the Adobe* Acrobat document w2Kknsetup.pdf . 2. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0607547EN* Solution Usage 30
Description KN301, can the KN301 be used with the IP301? Solution The KN301 will not function with the IP301. The IP301 only supports the KN101 and KN201 network cards. The KN301 can only be installed in the IP302, IP302 PLUS, IP303, IP402 and IP402 PLUS. See the NSSG Quick Reference Guide for more detailed information. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0605753EN* Solution Usage 27
Description How to copy downloaded IP system software to floppy disk. Solution To copy downloaded IP system software to floppy disk, perform the following steps: 1. When downloading the system software, it should be saved to a directory created on the hard drive of your system. 2. When the file is executed it will ask where the information should be copied to. Pressing 'A' on the keyboard will copy the files to the floppy drive. 3. The files will each expand as they are downloaded to an individual disk. Each of the files downloaded from the website should be copied to one floppy disk. Note: The latest version system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]. Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Paper Test requirements. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,058
IP-301
Description KN201, how to configure for a Microsoft* Windows 95 peer-to-peer network. Solution To configure the KN201 for a Windows 95 peer-to-peer network, perform the following: 1. Verify the KN201 has at least version 1.06 firmware installed. 2. Install the Konica Minolta peer-to-peer utility. There is currently an IP and IPX version of the peer-to-peer utility available. 3. Connect the KN201 to the network. 4. Load the 'Redirecter Utility' from the driver disk provided, onto each Windows 95 workstations that will print to the Konica Minolta printer. 5. Reboot the Workstation, Printer, and IP unit. 6. Verify that IP or IPX protocols are active on the PCs to be networked. 7. Use the ADD PRINTER WIZARD to install a new LOCAL printer. 8. From the list of available printer ports, select the KN2-xxxxxx-0. Notes: a. The KN201 does not support Windows 3.11 on a peer-to-peer network. Konica Minolta recommends an HP* or Intel* external print server. b. The latest peer-to-peer utilities are available from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]. See page A-11 in the KN201 User's Reference Guide and the [[NSSG Quick Reference Guide|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/IP_KN_Driver_matrix.pdf]] for more information. c. Matrix is subject to change without notice. d. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0607358EN* Solution Usage 24
Description Is there a PCL* driver for Windows* NT workstation for the IP301? Solution There is no PCL driver for Windows NT workstation. The PostScript* driver must be used. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,059
IP-302
Description Microsoft* Windows 2000 print driver availability. Solution Konica Windows 2000-compatible print drivers with an approved Microsoft* Digital signature are not yet available. Notes: 1. Konica Windows 2000 print drivers are available on the [[Driver selector on the Konica Minolta Web Site| URL http://www.konicabt.com/Support/Drivers2/info.html]] 2. Currently, only Windows 2000 PostScript* drivers are available. 3. These drivers are only for Windows 2000 systems (Professional or Server) and are not be used with Windows NT systems (Workstations or Server). 4. The PostScript driver to be used with the 7050 and IP302 controller configuration is version 1.3.4. 5. The PostScript driver to be used with the 7060 and IP302 controller configuration is version 1.4.4. 6. The IP302 must have, as a minimum, system software version 4.1.2. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0607410EN* Solution Usage 80
Description KN301 cannot be seen on the network. May not be able to ping the card or see it with the MAP utility/web browser. Solution IMPORTANT NOTE: Konica is collecting information regarding KN301 cards that cannot be seen on networks in efforts to isolate and correct this issue. When receiving a call for this issue, please record the following information: 1. Serial number of KN301 card. 2. KN301 firmware level. 3. Is the KN301 connected to a switchable hub? a. If yes, please provide the name and model of switchable hub. b. If no, please provide the name and model of the hub. 4. Network operating system. 5. Is it having problems connecting to a server? If so, which server OS and version? 6. Are there any service packs applied to the server? If so, which service packs? 7 Software level of IP302. 8. Is network traffic light or heavy? 9. Is problem intermittent or constant? PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The KN301 card is improperly configured, has an incorrect IP address or contains corrupted data. Perform the following to initialize the KN301 card: a. Power down the IP unit and remove the cover. b. Remove the KN301 from the IP unit. c. Set jumper OP2 to the FACT position (for factory initialization). d. Reseat the card in the IP unit. e. Power the IP unit ON and leave it on for five minutes. f. Power down the IP unit and remove the KN301 card. g. Reset jumper OP2 to the NORMAL position. h. Reseat the card into the IP unit and reassemble the cover. i. The card should now be initialized and should print a status page once both the IP unit and the printer have come to a ready state. 2. The system software requires updating. The controller should be updated to the latest IP system software, version 4.1.2 (noa2 code). This is available from the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]. Note: Updating the IP system software to version 4.1.2 requires updating the KN301 card to firmware version 5.55 or later, which is available on the Konica FTP site. 3. The KN301 card may require updating to the latest level firmware. Install firmware version 5.55, which is available on the Konica FTP site . This level firmware may add some stability in an environment with 10/100BaseT auto-switching hubs. Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]. 4. The environment is using switchable hubs so they can run 100MB/s or 10MB/s signal speed. The KN301 auto-senses the network speed and, therefore, may have a problem with switchable hubs, causing the KN301 to drop off the network. Install a mini-hub that is set for one speed (10MB/s recommended) and connect the KN301 to that hub, then connect the hub to the network. Solution ID TAUS0606363EN* Solution Usage 62
Description How to print from a Macintosh*. Solution IP system software, version 3.0.4 or later is required for Macintosh connectivity and support is currently available using a KN101 or KN301 ONLY. A KN201 is not supported on Macintosh connections. The KN301 must also have firmware version 5.26 or later installed on the card. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,060
IP-302
Notes: 1. When using system software version 3.0.4, the seventh disk or spooling disk is used to turn off spooling for the Macintosh environment. When using system software version 4.1.2, disk 7 is not used. 2. LPR printing is available in a Macintosh environment using a KN101 or KN301 card. See the KN101/KN301 LPR Printing Procedure hyperlink for detailed instructions. 3. Refer to the [[NSSG Quick Reference Guide|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/IP_KN_Driver_matrix.pdf]] which includes the IP unit and KN card compatibility along with the latest IP unit Start-Up version (system code) and KN card firmware version. The new matrix now includes PCL* and PostScript* support listing for Microsoft* Windows* operating systems and the latest public release version number for each driver. This matrix does not include any information pertaining to special or beta code/drivers, HOST, UNIX, printing. 4. Matrix is subject to change without notice. 5. To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0607537EN* Solution Usage 60
Description Unable to print when short edge bind is selected. Solution CAUSE: The 3.0.4 system software code (or earlier) does not work with short edge bind. SOLUTION: Install latest version system software to correct the short edge bind issue. The latest version system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]. Solution ID TAUS0608297EN* Solution Usage 57
Description KN302, how to set up the KN card on a Novell* 4.x network using NDS (NetWare* Directory Services). Solution To set up a KN302 on a Novell 4.x network using NDS, perform the following: Set up the printer objects using NWadmin.exe at the workstation: 1. Log on as administrator or equivalent for the container where the printer objects will be placed. 2. Enter NetWare Administrator (NWadmin95.exe located in the public directory on the server volume). 3. Move to the context where the printer objects will be placed. 4. Select tools on the pull down menu. 5. Select Print Services Quick Setup. If you do not have access to this function, then you do not have sufficient rights to create objects (do not continue). 6. Enter the print server name (example: KN302_74E2). 7. Enter the printer name (example: 7060). 8. Enter the print queue name (example: Konica_7060) Note: Windows* 9x/NT workstations will see the queue name in the printers area, use a name that users can identify with. 9. Under Type select other/unknown. 10. Under Banner select text. 11. Press OK. The three objects will be created and attached on each other in the container. Set-up the KN302 card using the MAP utility at the workstation: 1. Load the Konica map 3.7 utility on a Windows 9x or Windows NT workstation. The map program can be downloaded from the Konica Digital FTP site . The utility is an executable file, MAP37.exe, located in the Map_utilities folder found under the KN3xx_Utilities folder. Refer to the FTP_ site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. Note: TCP/IP* must be installed and configured on the workstation in order to use the MAP utility. 2. After installing MAP, select MAP set-up and configure the utility to search using IP and IPX, and select OK to complete setup. 3. Open the MAP program (the program is a browser utility that will search for the KN302 cards) and select the KN card. 4. Select Setup NetWare. 5. Enter the print server name. Use the same name that was entered in NetWare (example: KN302_74E2). 6. Enter the preferred file server name (server object name). 7. Enter NDS context where the printer objects were created. For example if the printer object's NDS context is: O = CORP OU = HEADQUARTERS then enter .ou=headquarters.o=corp (typeful) OR headquarters.corp (typeless) 8. Enter preferred NDS tree. 9. Enter the password sysadm (must be lowercase). 10. Select Accept settings. 11. Reboot the controller and check the status page for network information. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]] [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,061
IP-302
Description DLL errors while loading PCL* driver. Solution CAUSE: DLL error messages may occur if one of the following programs are running while loading the print driver: 1. Microsoft* Office Tool Bar. 2. Virus protection software. 3. File and Printer Sharing is enabled. File and Printer Sharing can be enabled after the driver is loaded. 4. There may be problems if HP JetAdmin* software is running on the PC while the driver is being installed. 5. The PCL driver was installed and one of the PCL driver files is corrupt. SOLUTION: Shut down all programs and tool bars prior to loading the PCL driver. Completely delete the PCL driver from the PC: 1. Use add/remove programs in control panel to remove the PCL driver. 2. Verify that the following files were deleted from the PC: Windows* 9x PCL driver for the 7060/7150/FORCE 60 (old style IP302 driver and 3.0.4 system software compatible driver). C:\windows\system\kbm7060.pdd C:\windows\system\ppgprint.ini C:\windows\system\efgnpcl2.drv C:\windows\system\efgndlg2.dll C:\windows\system\efgnplay.exe C:\windows\system\efgn5fx2.dll C:\windows\system\tab16d20.dll C:\windows\system\pclwin95.hlp Windows 9x PCL driver for the 7050/FORCE 50 (3.0.4 system software compatible driver). C:\windows\system\kbm70502.pdd C:\windows\system\ppgprint.ini C:\windows\system\efgnpcl2.drv C:\windows\system\efgndlg2.dll C:\windows\system\efgnplay.exe C:\windows\system\efgn5fx2.dll C:\windows\system\tab16d20.dll C:\windows\system\pclwin95.hlp Delete all of these files prior to loading the PCL driver. If any of these files remain in the windows\system directory and are corrupt, loading the PCL driver again will not resolve the problem. The corrupt file will not be rewritten by the new driver. Notes: 1. Exclude the PCL driver files from being scanned by antivirus software to reduce the occurrence of file corruption after the driver is installed. For specific instruction on how to exclude files from being scanned, review the documentation for the virus protection software being used. 2. The latest print drivers are available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP_ user site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]]. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]]. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
1,062
IP-303
Description Microsoft* Windows 2000 print driver availability. Solution Konica Windows 2000-compatible print drivers with an approved Microsoft* Digital signature are not yet available. Notes: 1. Konica Windows 2000 print drivers are available on the [[Driver selector on the Konica Web Site| URL http://www.konicabt.com/Support/Drivers2/info.html]] 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Currently, only Windows 2000 PostScript* drivers are available. These drivers are only for Windows 2000 systems (Professional or Server) and are not be used with Windows NT systems (Workstations or Server). The PostScript driver, to be used with the 7055 and IP303 controller, is version 1.5.3. The PostScript driver, to be used with the 7065 and IP303 controller, is version 1.5.3. The IP303 must have, as a minimum, system software version 4.2.5.
Description Unable to print. The IP controller appears to intermittently lock up. Rebooting the controller may temporarily resolve the problem. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If the main body is powered OFF then ON without rebooting the IP unit, IP lock-up may occur due to loss of communication with the main body. Instruct end-users to reboot both the IP and mainbody if rebooting is required. 2. Software patch required. Konica Corporation has provided several different patches which should prevent these lockups. Install the latest version IP system software and system software patches. Note: The latest version system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
August 2011
1,063
IP-303
August 2011
1,064
IP-304
Description Intermittent bolding of text when printing from Microsoft* Office* applications with the IP304 PCL* driver. Solution CAUSE: An anomaly with the IP304 PCL driver causing intermittent/random bolding of text from various Microsoft* Office* applications. SOLUTION: A new IP304 PCL driver is now available that resolves this issue.. Notes: 1. New driver versions; Windows* 2000/XP ver. 2.0.11, Windows 9x/Me ver. 1.7.16, Windows NT4 ver. 1.7.16. 2. These drivers apply to the 7055/7065 IP304 configuration. 2. These drivers are available for download on the Konica FTP site * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0614461EN* Solution Usage 16
Description IP304 is not recognized by the main body. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect EPROM levels on the main body (7055 or 7065). SOLUTION: Install the latest level EPROMs. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,065
IP-304
Note: The following are the minimum EPROM levels required to allow recognition of the IP304: Latest 7065 EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7065 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7065.txt]] Latest 7055 EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current 7055 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\7055.txt]] 7055 level 23 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . 7055 level 15.5 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . 7065 level 23 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . FS108/FS108B level 41.0 firmware enhancement list in Adobe* Acrobat* format. . FS106 level 20 firmware enhancement list in Adobe Acrobat format. . DF312 Technical Bulletin #1 for information on DF312 EPROMs. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]]
August 2011
1,066
IP-402
Description Unable to print. The IP controller appears to lock up. Rebooting the controller may temporarily resolve the problem. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. If the main body is powered OFF then ON without rebooting the IP unit, IP lock-up may occur due to loss of communication with the main body. Instruct end-users to reboot both the IP and mainbody if rebooting is required. 2. Software patch required. Konica Corporation has provided several different patches which should prevent these lockups. Install the latest version IP system software and system software patches. Note: The latest version system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Solution ID TAUS0613049EN* Solution Usage 90
Description Microsoft* Windows 2000 print driver availability. Solution Konica Windows 2000-compatible print drivers with an approved Microsoft Digital signature are not yet available. Notes: 1. Konica Windows 2000 print drivers are available on the [[Driver selector on the Konica Minolta Web Site| URL http://www.konicabt.com/Support/Drivers2/info.html]] 2. Currently, only Windows 2000 PostScript* drivers are available. 3. These drivers are only for Windows 2000 systems (Professional or Server) and are not be used with Windows NT systems (Workstations or Server). 4. The PostScript driver to be used with the 7050 and IP302 controller configuration is version 1.3.4. 5. The PostScript driver to be used with the 7060 and IP302 controller configuration is version 1.4.4. 6. The IP302 must have, as a minimum, system software version 4.1.2. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0613318EN* Solution Usage 62
Description Intermittent lockup. Solution Please download and install the 422_lock-up_patch located on the FTP site to resolve the symptom of intermittent lock-up on the IP402. Requirements: 1. IP402 code version 4.1.2 must be installed prior to installing this patch update. 2. The main body must be equipped with a finisher and the firmware levels should be at version 44 control and 26 image. Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description PRINTER BOARD FAILURE message on the printer LCD. Solution CAUSE: The EIC board is not communicating with the 7033/7040. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,067
IP-402
SOLUTION: Reseat the EIC board and the IP upgrade kit box unit respectively. Replace the EIC board (p/n U131-6600) if problem persists. Note: The EIC board is installed within the IP upgrade kit box unit, which is located on the back of the 7033/7040. The EIC board allows the IP402 PLUS and the 7033/7040 to communicate. Solution ID TAUS0608299EN* Solution Usage 42
Description KN301, how to set up the KN card on a Novell* 4.x network using NDS (NetWare* Directory Services). Solution To set up a KN301 on a Novell 4.x network using NDS, perform the following: Set up the printer objects using NWadmin.exe at the workstation: 1. Log on as administrator or equivalent for the container where the printer objects will be placed. 2. Enter NetWare Administrator (NWadmin95.exe located in the public directory on the server volume). 3. Move to the context where the printer objects will be placed. 4. Select tools on the pull down menu. 5. Select Print Services Quick Setup. If you do not have access to this function, then you do not have sufficient rights to create objects (do not continue). 6. Enter the print server name (example: KN301_74E2). 7. Enter the printer name (example: 7040). 8. Enter the print queue name (example: Konica_7040) Note: Windows* 9x/NT workstations will see the queue name in the printers area, use a name that users can identify with. 9. Under Type select other/unknown. 10. Under Banner select text. 11. Press OK. The three objects will be created and attached on each other in the container. Set up the KN301 card using the MAP utility at the workstation: 1. Load the Konica map 3.7 utility on a Windows 9x or Windows NT workstation. The map program can be downloaded from the Konica Digital FTP site . The utility is an executable file, MAP37.exe, located in the Map_utilities folder found under the KN3xx_Utilities folder. Refer to the FTP_ site.txt file on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. Note: TCP/IP* must be installed and configured on the workstation in order to use the MAP utility. 2. After installing MAP, select MAP set-up and configure the utility to search using IP and IPX, and select OK to complete setup. 3. Open the MAP program (the program is a browser utility that will search for the KN301 cards) and select the KN card. 4. Select Setup NetWare. 5. Enter the print server name. Use the same name that was entered in NetWare (example: KN301_74E2). 6. Enter the preferred file server name (server object name). 7. Enter NDS context where the printer objects were created. For example if the printer object's NDS context is: O = CORP OU = HEADQUARTERS then enter .ou=headquarters.o=corp (typeful) OR headquarters.corp (typeless) 8. Enter preferred NDS tree. 9. Enter the password sysadm (must be lowercase). 10. Select Accept settings. 11. Reboot the controller and check the status page for network information. [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP site information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC009.txt]] [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing FTP_ user site.txt file information| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC010.txt]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606901EN* Solution Usage 41
Description How to install the IP402 controller with the KN301, IP Upgrade kit, and PostScript* kit. Solution Follow the controller installation/upgrade procedure . To flash the 7033/7040 ROMs, use the Windows* 95 flash procedure. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,068
IP-411
Description Microsoft* Windows 2000 print driver availability. Solution Konica Windows 2000-compatible print drivers with an approved Microsoft* Digital signature are not yet available. Notes: 1. Konica Windows 2000 print drivers are available on the [[Driver selector on the Konica Web Site| URL http://www.konicabt.com/Support/Drivers2/info.html]] 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Currently, only Windows 2000 PostScript* drivers are available. These drivers are only for Windows 2000 systems (Professional or Server) and are not be used with Windows NT systems (Workstations or Server). The PostScript driver to be used with the 7050 and IP302 controller configuration is version 1.3.4. The PostScript driver to be used with the 7060 and IP302 controller configuration is version 1.4.4. The IP302 must have, as a minimum, system software version 4.1.2.
Description Installation requirements, IP411 with and without scanning capabilities. Solution The following is a list of hardware and firmware requirements to properly install the IP411 (Item #950401): 1. The 7033/7040 must be at minimum firmware level 37 (scanning requires level 42) for the system and level 25 for the image board. The DF311 (RADF) should be at a minimum of level 16 and the FS105 (finisher) should be at a minimum of level 18. A finisher is NOT required for printing or scanning with the IP411. 2. The IP Upgrade kit (Item #950417) and IP411 kit are required. The IP Upgrade kit is the enclosure in which the IP411 mounts. If the IP411 is replacing an existing IP402 installation, the upgrade kit would already be installed in the printer. CAUTION: Use contact fixed plate/K (p/n U135-4590) that is included in the IP411 kit (Item #950401) IP411 board (pcua U135-4510), rather than the contact fixed plate/K (p/n 127L10040) included with the IP Upgrade kit. Refer to the IP411 Installation Instructions for more detail. 3. If PostScript * is required, the PostScript upgrade kit (Item #950419) is required. The PostScript chip can be installed in either socket U21 or U34 on the IP411 main board. 4. The KN302 (Item #950400) is the network interface for the IP411. A 3rd-party external print sever has not been tested, and none are not currently certified on this product. When testing is complete, a bulletin will be issued regarding 3rd-party support. Refer to the KN302 Installation Instructions for more detail. 5. Print drivers for the IP411 are the same as those used on the IP402 with the latest system software installed. The drivers can be found on the [[Konica FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]. 6. The IP411 comes with 32MB of RAM (Item #950023). The memory can be upgraded by replacing the single DIMM with either a 64MB DIMM (Item #950807) or 128MB DIMM (Item #950808). CAUTION: The 128MB DIMM is available, but may cause problems when printing jobs of 50 pages or greater. Note: EPROM files for the 7033/7040 RADF and finisher can be downloaded from the [[NSSG Web Support page| URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/scripts/web_access.cgi?FUNC=DISP_LOGIN]]. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611176EN* Solution Usage 33
Description How to update the IP411 system software to allow the scanning option. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,069
IP-411
To identify the system software version, print a system configuration page. If any code lower than 4.1.13 is identified, scanning is not available. As there are currently no utilities for loading system software on an IP411 hard drive, the following instructions explain how to use an IDE adapter to load the system software by connecting the hard drive to a standard IP controller or PC. These items are required to load system software in the field: 1. A 2.5" laptop IDE hard drive adapter. This adapter can be found at most computer stores that sell a wide variety of cables and adapters. One online source for this adapter is [[www.cablesonline.com| URL http://www.cablesonline.com]]. 2. An IP controller or standard PC. The IDE adapter will need to be plugged into a standard IDE cable that is connected to the master channel of the PC or IP controller. Power is supplied by the IP/PC's power supply through a standard power connector. 3. System software 3-disk set. This software can be downloaded from the Konica FTP site and requires a keyboard and monitor to install. To install the latest system software, perform the following: 1. Power OFF the IP/PC and disconnect the power cord. 2. Connect the HD104 to the 40-pin connector on one side of the adapter and connect the IP/PC's IDE cable to the 44-pin connector on the other side of the adapter. Note: Ensure that Pin 1 on the IDE connector and hard drive are connected to Pin 1 on the adapter . 3. Connect the power connector to the IP/PC's power supply. 4. Place Disk #3 into the floppy drive of the IP/PC, reconnect the IP/PC power cord, and power ON the IP/PC. 5. Once the IP/PC boots from the floppy, press return at the date and time prompts to get to the A: prompt. 6. Type "setup". This will run a batch file that formats the hard drive. =================================C A U T I O N================================= If the IP411 hard drive is not connected to the IDE master channel, and is not configured to be the MASTER drive, the setup program will format whatever drive is connected and setup as the MASTER drive. ============================================================================= 7. Once the hard drive is formatted, at the A: prompt type "install" to start loading system software. Follow the prompts on the monitor to continue installation of the system software. Note: System software installation starts and ends with Disk #3. 8. Once Disk #3 completes loading, power OFF the IP/PC and disconnect the adapter from the main IDE cable and power supply. 9. Install the 2.5" hard drive back into the IP411 for use. Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
August 2011
1,070
IP-412
Description IP412 printing capabilities. Solution The IP412 drivers can only be installed on Windows* based computers running Windows 9x and Windows NT 4.0. Using the optional network interface (Item #950623), the IP412 supports the following: Networks: 100BaseT/10BaseT Ethernet Protocols: IPX/SPX (NetWare*), LPD/LPR (TCP/IP*), peer-to-peer (TCP/IP), and NetBEUI Printing resolution: 600 dpi Command type: PCL5e (PostScript* is not available) * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0613607EN* Solution Usage 13
Description Can not access the IP412 through the network. BiAdmin* does not locate the network card. The link light on the network card is solid green. Solution CAUSE: Failed network card. SOLUTION: Cycle power for the main body and check communication through BiAdmin. Reseat the connector for the card located on the IP412. If problem persists, replace the network card (PCUA 950623). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,071
IP-412
* Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,072
IP-413
Description Requirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery, CREO, Emperon and applications. Solution Requirements are: Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled. Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible). Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40. Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information). All machine management and adjustment list printouts. If relevant, Fiery configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page. If relevant, CREO configuration page. Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13), driver versions. A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observed prior to sending to SSD or ASG. If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. The archive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD. If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO that also contains the rasters (RIPped data) The original application file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number and or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,073
IP-413
E-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. If the files were created on a Macintosh system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh for the files to be good. You cannot take the files from the Macintosh and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will be useless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable. a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh. b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make them portable. c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft Windows PC. Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh to start with. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0619529EN* Solution Usage 8
Description Replacement procedure for EPROM included in the IP413 installation kit. Solution The EPROM included in the IP413 installation kit will be installed in U8 on PWB(C). Previous to replacing the EPROM, verify which version is installed in the main body. It is possible that the EPROM will not have to be updated if the version is 3.51 or above. To verify installed EPROM version on non-fax units, perform the following: 1. Enter the Tech Rep mode by pressing Counter, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1. 2. Enter 6 for ROM version and press Start. 3. The first three digits of the version will display. Use the Image Darker key to scroll to all 12 digits. The last four digits are the ROM version. To verify the ROM version on fax installed units, perform the following: 1. Enter Service Mode by pressing Initial Set, Stop, 0, 0, Stop, 0, 1. 2. Press the down arrow until 4) Display is shown. Press Yes. 3. Press the down arrow until Engine F/W Ver. is displayed. Press Yes. The last four digits on the display will be the ROM version. If all zeroes are displayed, check the EPROM label on PWB(C).
August 2011
1,074
IP-418
Description When using BOOTP Lite, what should be used to separate the MAC address information? Solution When entering the TCP/IP address, MAC hardware address, subnet mask (optional), and gateway (optional) into BOOTP Lite , separate the MAC hardware address (Network address) information using colons (i.e, 00:e0:bb:05:31:d3), not spaces or hyphens. Other information is separated as normal Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,075
IP-418
TCP/IP format (i.e, 198.169.2.12). Note : The BOOTP Lite program is attached below and also can be downloaded via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Solution ID TAUS0637663EN* Solution Usage 5
August 2011
1,076
IP-421
Description What is required to successfully use the PostScript* kit, PS-341 (Item #950320)? Solution PostScript Upgrade Requirements: 1. PS-341 Kit (includes 16MB Compact Flash Card and CPC chip). 2. The latest IP421 PostScript and PCL* Compact Flash (CF) files. 3. The IP421 controller requires a minimum of 64MB of ram to use the PostScript feature. The IP421 is shipped with 32MB of base memory and can be upgraded to a maximum of 160MB of RAM. Available memory modules (SODIMM): MU-403 - 32MB (Item #950217) MU-404 - 64MB (Item #950218) MU-405 - 128MB (Item #950219) CAUTION: a. The memory card slot is only designed for expansion of 32MB, 64MB, and 128MB DIMMs. b. There are two types of 128MB DIMM. One type has 1 tipselect signal and the other has 2 tipselect signals in the circuit configuration. The MU-405 is a DIMM using 1 tipselect signal. When a DIMM with 2 tipselect signals is used on the IP431, only 64MB of the available 128MB is recognized. CAUTION: To rewrite the PostScript system software version 5.5.0, the only method available, at this time, is via the Compact Flash procedure. To upgrade the system software via the Compact Flash method, the following tools are required: Notebook PC with PCMCIA slot. Windows* 95/98/2000 PCMCIA-CF adapter- ADTEC*, TDK*, Green House* or other comparable compact flash adapter. To rewrite the PS-341kit compact flash (CF) card, use the following procedure: 1. Insert the CF card into the CF adapter and then insert the CF adapter into the PCMCIA slot. Use Windows Explorer to ensure that the CF is recognized as a drive. 3. Format the CF card using Explorer. It is recommended to do a full format of the CF. 4. Copy the latest PostScript files onto the CF card. 5. After files have been copied into CF card, remove the CF from the adapter using the following procedure: a. Go into Control Panel and double click on PC card (PCMCIA). b. Select the adapter from the list, click Stop or End and then OK. c. When the message "You can safely remove the device safely" is displayed, click OK. d. Remove the CF. 6. Install the PostScript CF card into the IP421 as described in the PS341 installation instructions. Notes: 1. It is also required to update the PCL Compact Flash card to latest version (5.5.2) when installing the PostScript upgrade. The PCL Compact Flash card is the card that comes with the IP421 and it mounted on top of the Printer relay board/3. Remove the PCL card and update its system software using the same procedure used for the PostScript Compact flash card. 2. The latest version of PCL and PostScript system software is available on the Konica FTP site . 3. PostScript system software version 5.5.0 and PCL system software version 5.5.2 and above no longer require to install the HD103 when installing the PostScript option (PS-341), although please be aware of the following capabilities that are lost with out the HD103 installed; a. Print jobs can no longer be spooled to HD. Spooling print jobs to a HD can speed up printing and relieve network traffic. b. The ability to download fonts with a print job is not available without a HD installed. c. Scanning is not available without a HD installed. d. The full functionality of PC faxing is unavailable without a HD installed. e. Password print option is unavailable without a HD installed. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611717EN* Solution Usage 89
Description What is required for scanning with an IP421 and a 7020/7025/7030/7035? Solution The HD103 hard drive kit (PCUA 950231) and the KN303 network card (PCUA 950230) are required to use the scanning feature of the 7020/70257030/7035 with an IP421. A TWAIN driver is supplied on the IP421 User CD which will allow scanning from any TWAIN-compliant application. Solution ID TAUS0613551EN* Solution Usage 58
Description Is Windows* 2000 and Windows NT 4.0 supported? Solution There is a new Windows PostScript* driver which allows printing from Windows 9x, Windows NT, and Windows 2000. In order to print using the PostScript driver the PostScript kit, PS-341 (Item #950232) must be installed. PostScript Upgrade Requirements: 1. PS-341 Kit (includes 16MB Compact Flash Card and CPC chip). 2. The latest IP421 PostScript and PCL Compact Flash (CF) files. 3. The IP421 controller requires a minimum of 64MB of ram to use the PostScript feature. The IP421 is shipped with 32MB of base memory and can be upgraded to a maximum of 160MB of RAM. Available memory modules (SODIMM): MU-403 - 32MB (Item #950217) MU-404 - 64MB (Item #950218) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,077
IP-421
MU-405 - 128MB (Item #950219) CAUTION: a. The memory card slot is only designed for expansion of 32MB, 64MB, and 128MB DIMMs. b. There are two types of 128MB DIMM. One type has 1 tipselect signal and the other has 2 tipselect signals in the circuit configuration. The MU-405 is a DIMM using 1 tipselect signal. When a DIMM with 2 tipselect signals is used on the IP431, only 64MB of the available 128MB is recognized. CAUTION: To rewrite the PostScript system software version 5.5.0, the only method available, at this time, is via the Compact Flash procedure. To upgrade the system software via the Compact Flash method, the following tools are required: Notebook PC with PCMCIA slot. Windows* 95/98/2000 PCMCIA-CF adapter- ADTEC*, TDK*, Green House* or other comparable compact flash adapter. To rewrite the PS-341kit compact flash (CF) card, use the following procedure: 1. Insert the CF card into the CF adapter and then insert the CF adapter into the PCMCIA slot. Use Windows Explorer to ensure that the CF is recognized as a drive. 3. Format the CF card using Explorer. It is recommended to do a full format of the CF. 4. Copy the latest PostScript files onto the CF card. 5. After files have been copied into CF card, remove the CF from the adapter using the following procedure: a. Go into Control Panel and double click on PC card (PCMCIA). b. Select the adapter from the list, click Stop or End and then OK. c. When the message "You can safely remove the device safely" is displayed, click OK. d. Remove the CF. 6. Install the PostScript CF card into the IP421 as described in the PS341 installation instructions. Notes: 1. It is also required to update the PCL Compact Flash card to latest version (5.5.2) when installing the PostScript upgrade. The PCL Compact Flash card is the card that comes with the IP421 and it mounted on top of the Printer relay board/3. Remove the PCL card and update its system software using the same procedure used for the PostScript Compact flash card. 2. The latest version of PCL and PostScript system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP site index on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. 3. PostScript system software version 5.5.0 and PCL system software version 5.5.2 and above no longer require to install the HD103 when installing the PostScript option (PS-341), although please be aware of the following capabilities that are lost with out the HD103 installed; a. Print jobs can no longer be spooled to HD. Spooling print jobs to a HD can speed up printing and relieve network traffic. b. The ability to download fonts with a print job is not available without a HD installed. c. Scanning is not available without a HD installed. d. The full functionality of PC faxing is unavailable without a HD installed. e. Password Print option is unavailable without a HD installed. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description System software update procedure (via parallel port). Solution The IP421 is equipped with a compact flash card that can be upgraded via the parallel port. This only applies to PCL only controllers. To rewrite the PCL only system software, perform the following: Rewriting PCL system software via the parallel port, by performing the following: 1. Boot the PC to a DOS command prompt or boot from a DOS start up disk. To get to a DOS command prompt, press F8 before the Windows* splash screen comes up. When the Windows Start Menu comes up, Press Shift F5 to get to a command prompt. Place the copier in printer mode before updating firmware. Select the settings tab from the printer LCD. 2. Change directories to the one in which the PCL pkg files are stored. Copy the PCL file to the LPT1 port using the 'Copy' command. Example: C:\copy /b filename.pkg lpt1 (where C: is the location of the pkg firmware file) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,078
IP-421
3. From the settings screen you will get a message that the firmware is being updated and then a message that the update is complete. CAUTION: Do not power OFF the printer during the update. 4. When the update is complete, turn the main power switch OFF and wait approximately 15 seconds and turn the main power back ON. 5. When the IP421 is completely initialized, print out a printer configuration page to verify that the system code has been updated. To rewrite the PostScript system software version 5.5.0, the only method available, at this time, is via the Compact Flash procedure. To upgrade the system software via the Compact Flash method, the following tools are required: Notebook PC with PCMCIA slot. Windows* 95/98/2000 PCMCIA-CF adapter- ADTEC*, TDK*, Green House* or other comparable compact flash adapter. To rewrite the PS-341kit compact flash (CF) card, use the following procedure: 1. Insert the CF card into the CF adapter and then insert the CF adapter into the PCMCIA slot. Use Windows Explorer to ensure that the CF is recognized as a drive. 3. Format the CF card using Explorer. It is recommended to do a full format of the CF. 4. Copy the latest PostScript files onto the CF card. 5. After files have been copied into CF card, remove the CF from the adapter using the following procedure: a. Go into Control Panel and double click on PC card (PCMCIA). b. Select the adapter from the list, click Stop or End and then OK. c. When the message "You can safely remove the device safely" is displayed, click OK. d. Remove the CF. 6. Install the PostScript CF card into the IP421 as described in the PS341 installation instructions. Notes: 1. It is also required to update the PCL Compact Flash card to latest version (5.5.2) when installing the PostScript upgrade. The PCL Compact Flash card is the card that comes with the IP421 and it mounted on top of the Printer relay board/3. Remove the PCL card and update its system software using the same procedure used for the PostScript Compact flash card. 2. The latest version of PCL and PostScript system software is available on the Konica FTP site . Refer to the FTP site index on the FTP site for detailed information concerning site contents. 3. PostScript system software version 5.5.0 and PCL system software version 5.5.2 and above no longer require to install the HD103 when installing the PostScript option (PS-341), although please be aware of the following capabilities that are lost with out the HD103 installed; a. Print jobs can no longer be spooled to HD. Spooling print jobs to a HD can speed up printing and relieve network traffic. b. The ability to download fonts with a print job is not available without a HD installed. c. Scanning is not available without a HD installed. d. The full functionality of PC faxing is unavailable without a HD installed. e. Password Print option is unavailable without a HD installed. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0613816EN* Solution Usage 52
Description PRINTER INITIALING message after updating system software or after installation of PS kit with hard drive. Reformatting the hard drive does not resolve the issue. Solution CAUSE: Hard drive corrupt/failed or the IP system code on the CF card is corrupt. SOLUTION: 1. If accessable, perform a hard drive reformat from the operation panel, then reboot. 2. If necessary, remove the hard drive from the IP-421 and boot the machine without the drive installed. 3. If necessary, examine the CF card to determine if the correct files and file structure are contained on the card. Solution ID TAUS0614896EN* Solution Usage 48
Description PC/LAN Fax and Password Print hardware, firmware and software requirements. Solution The following are the hardware requirements for PC/LAN Fax and Password Print option: IP421 Print Controller (Item #950229) KN303 Ethernet Network card (Item #950230) HD103 Hard Disk drive (Item #950231) FK101 Fax Kit (Item #950227) The following are firmware and software minimum requirements to allow PC/LAN Fax and Password Print to function: 7020 System control firmware version 32 and Image control version 28. 7025 System control firmware version 32 and Image control version 28. 7030 System control firmware version 32 and Image control version 29. 7035 System control firmware version 32 and Image control version 16. FK101 firmware version 17. IP421 system software version 5.3.1. KN303 firmware version 5.70. IP421 PCL* Print driver version 1.5.10. Note: See to Info Source Bulletin # 87-01 for functionality information. . To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,079
IP-421
downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,080
IP-422
Description HD107, F87-03 error message. Solution CAUSE: Disk rotation control of the hard drive has failed. SOLUTION: Replace the hard drive (Item #950258) and apply base system code version 5.8.2 along with the 5.8.2n patch. Keeping the old HD107 and only installing the new patch may or may not resolve the problem depending upon how much the drive was accessed. Also, a compact flash card hard drive is available to eliminate failures of the regular hard disk. The 2GB compact flash card is recommended for most cases, as the 1GB compact flash card may not have enough space if the customer creates large jobs. 1GB compact flash card and PCMCIA adapter (p/n HDCF107-1GB) 2GB compact flash and card PCMCIA adapter (p/n HDCF107-2GB) Note: The IP-422 system code must upgarded to a minimum version of 5.9.0 to support the use of CF card in place of the HD-107. Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description How to configure Scan to E-mail. Solution In order to utilize Scan to E-mail, the printer must be connected to a network and have a dedicated E-mail server attached (and in the same physical network segment). Also, the 422NIC must have a minimum firmware version of 6.29c which requires update using the 1.40dFTP download utility. To configure Scan to E-mail using the operation panel, perform the following: 1. Press the SCAN/PRINT key for the Printer Mode. 2. Press Setting on the touchscreen. 3. Press 5 for Network Setup. Press OK 4. Press the NEXT and then 9 for E-mail Setup. Press OK. 5. Select (SMTP Server Name) and press OK. Input the IP address or DNS name of the E-mail server and press OK. 6. Select (SMTP Port Number) and press OK. Enter 25 for the port number and press OK. 7. No action is required for (SMTP Access Timeout seconds setting). 8. No action required for (Max Message Size 100 kilobytes). 9. Enter the desired information in the SUBJECT, SENDER, and MESSAGE BODY fields and press OK. 10. Press CANCEL to back out of the configuration mode. At this point a message will be indicated, (NIC Parameters is changed), Press yes, and then enter sysadm for the password and press OK to accept the change. 11. Press the Mode key to return to copy mode. To configure Scan to E-mail by browsing to the NIC, perform the following: 1. Access the Web utilities using the MAP utility or browse to the address of the IP422 NIC. 2. Select Scanner Setup and the (locate Default SMTP Message Parameters) section. 3. Input the IP address or DNS name of the E-mail server where (SMTP Server IP Address or DNS Name is indicated). 4. Enter 25 where (SMTP Server Port Number) is indicated. 5. No action is required for (SMTP Access Timeout seconds setting). 6. No action required for (Maximum Message Size * 100 kilobytes). 7. In the SCAN TO E-MAIL section, enter an internal E-mail account or E-mail address of the person to be notified when the E-mail is rejected or denied or the name of the machine (Example7130/IP422@konicabt.com) where FROM is indicated. 8. Enter the desired information in the SUBJECT, SENDER, and MESSAGE BODY fields. 9. Enter sysadm for the password and select ACCEPT SETTINGS.
August 2011
1,081
IP-422
Description IP422 NIC, how to reset to factory defaults. Solution To reset the NIC, perform the following: 1. Remove the IP422 from the main body and then remove the top cover. 2. Locate SW2 and SW3 and toggle them to the FACT position. CUST and FACT are printed in the proximity of the switch. 3. Reinstall the IP unit. Power the unit ON and wait 5 minutes. 4. Power the unit OFF. 5. Remove the IP unit and toggle SW2 and SW3 back to CUST. 6. Reinstall the cover and IP unit and then power the unit ON. 7. The card should now be initialized and should print a status page once both the IP unit and the printer have come to a ready state. Solution ID TAUS0619282EN* Solution Usage 32
Description PRINTER INITIALIZING at start up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Corrupted system code (HD107). The hard drive needs to be formatted. SOLUTION: To format the hard drive, perform the following: 1. Press the Scan/Print button. 2. Press [Setting]. 3. Press [Next]. 4. Press [7]. 5. Press [OK]. The following message will be displayed: Are you sure you want to format HD? 1. Yes 2. No. 6. Press [1]. 7. Press [OK]. 8. The following message will display: Power off and restart the system. 9. Power the machine OFF/ON. Note: If this procedue does not correct the issue, format the drive using Fdisk and format by placing the drive in a laptop PCMCIA slot. 2. Failed hard disk drive (HD107). Reseat the HD107 and verify that printing takes place. If problem persists, remove the HDD and try printing without it installed. If printing takes place, replace the HD107 (PCUA 950258). Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
August 2011
1,082
IP-423
Description HD107, F87-03 error message. Solution CAUSE: Disk rotation control of the hard drive has failed. SOLUTION: Replace the hard drive (Item #950258) and apply base system code version 5.8.2 along with the 5.8.2p patch. Keeping the old HD107 and only installing the new patch may or may not resolve the problem depending upon how much the drive was accessed. Also, a compact flash card hard drive is available to eliminate failures of the regular hard disk. The 2GB compact flash card is recommended for most cases, as the 1GB compact flash card may not have enough space if the customer creates large jobs. 1GB compact flash card and PCMCIA adapter (p/n HDCF107-1GB) 2GB compact flash and card PCMCIA adapter (p/n HDCF107-2GB) Note: The IP-423 system code must upgarded to a minimum version of 5.9.0 to support the use of CF card in place of the HD-107. Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description IP423 NIC, how to reset the internal NIC to factory defaults. Solution To reset the NIC, perform the following: 1. Remove the IP423 from the main body and then remove the rear cover. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,083
IP-423
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Locate SW1 and toggle it to the FACT position. CUST and FACT are printed in the proximity of the switch. Reinstall the IP unit. Power the unit ON and wait 5 minutes. Power the unit OFF. Remove the IP unit and toggle SW1 back to CUST. Reinstall the cover and IP unit and then power the unit ON. The card should now be initialized and should print a status page once both the IP unit and the printer have come to a ready state.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description Microsoft Windows 7 printer drivers included with the OS. Solution Please refer to attached document for a list of drivers included with the Microsoft Windows 7 operating system. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)
August 2011
1,084
IP-431
Description Can the IP431 be utilized in a Microsoft* Windows NT environment? Solution Windows NT printing is not yet officially supported. The IP431 is currently only supported in an environment with Windows 9x clients using PCL*. The IP431 can be connected to a network running Windows NT 4.0 Server, but there are currently no official Windows NT4.0 print drivers. To set up the IP431 on a Windows NT4.0 server, a 'generic' HP* PCL driver must be installed to create the printer share (an HP5si PCL driver is recommended). Once the share is created, the 7045 print driver is loaded locally on the Windows 9x workstations. In this scenario, the HP5si driver on the server is being used only as a placeholder for the jobs that are being spooled, and is not used for actual printing. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description What is required for scanning with the IP431 controller and 7045 printer? Solution The HD103 hard drive kit (Item #950231) and the KN303 network card (Item #950230) are required to use the scanning feature of the 7045 with an IP431. A TWAIN driver is supplied on the IP431 User CD which will allow scanning from any TWAIN-compliant application.
August 2011
1,085
IP-432
Description PRINTER BOARD FAILURE message after upgrading the system code via the Compact Flash (CF) procedure. Printer unit will not initialize. Solution CAUSE: The CF card was formatted to Windows* format before copying the new firmware files to it. SOLUTION: 1) Connect CF connector of IP-432 with the CF to be formatted. 2) Connect IP-432 with 7145 main body. 3) Connect the IP-432 with the computer via serial port (DB9 null modem cable) and startup hyper terminal on PC so that service port (*1) becomes ready to use. ((*1) Please see IP-432 Service Handbook for the details of service port) 4) Turn ON main power switch of the IP432. 5) While "xxxxxx Ext Memory Passed" is being displayed on Hyper terminal of PC, press the "k"then the "a" keys continually until enter new date appears as described in step 6. If unsuccessful reboot the pc and try again. 6) When "Enter new date(mm-yy-dd):" is displayed, press [Enter] key. 7) When "Enter new time(hh:mm:ss):" is displayed, press [Enter] key. 3) According to CF type (*2), execute partition configuration setting command. (*2) CF type is the alphabet and numeric printed on the rear side of CF at right bottom. Type Capacity Manufacture Command HB289016C4 16MB Hitachi cf16h4 HB28C016C6 16MB Hitachi cf16h4 HB289032C4 32MB Hitachi cf32h4 HB288032C6 32MB Hitachi cf32h4 Ex: When HB289016C4, input "cf16h4" then press [Enter] key. Note) Operation is guaranteed only for the CF in the above list. 9) Type "reboot" and press [Enter] key and restart IP-432. 10) While "xxxxxx Ext Memory Passed" is being displayed on Hyper terminal of PC, press [k] - [a] keys. 11)When "Enter new date(mm-yy-dd):" is displayed, press [Enter] key. 12)When "Enter new time(hh:mm:ss):" is displayed, press [Enter] key. 13) Type "vxformat" and then press [Enter]key. 14) After formatting CF, turn OFF main switch of 7145 and remove IP-432 from main body then CF from IP-432. 15) Set CF to the general compact flash reader etc. so that PC can recognize it. 16) Copy the following folder with files to the CF by using Explorer. All folders and files in the ip432 folder. 17) Install the CF to the IP-432. 18) Install IP-432 to the 7145 series and turn ON the main switch. You can check the version by the following procedure. 1) Touch the Setting key to display the main screen. Touch the number key for Test Print and then touch OK. 2) Touch a number key for Config.Data and then touch OK. 3) Among the version information in the outputted Config.Data, the following items show the versions. SYS: 5.6.21 (firmware version)
* Windows is the registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation in the United States and respective countries. * Other company names and product names are the registered trademarks for respective companies. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description What Konica Minolta printer drivers will come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista and what is the release schedule for Vista-compatible drivers? Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,086
IP-432
Solution Please refer to the Windows Vista Hardware Compatibility List for Printers & Scanners. For EFI legacy products that will not receive a Vista-specific driver, refer to the following statement: "The previous drivers ( System 5/5e-8/8e ) will not work on 64-bit Vista. However, these drivers will work on the 32-bit version of Windows Vista with minor issues." Known issue : Borders and frames around icons and panes within the driver UI may not show up correctly. Notes : 1. If a previous driver was Microsoft Windows XP WHQL certified, Microsoft also honors the digital signature (CAT file) on Windows Vista. 2. The latest print drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the KMBS public site (http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 3. The Windows Vista Compatibility Legend can be viewed at: http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/support/vistasupport.html 4. Refer to the attached document for a list of Konica Minolta printer drivers that come bundled with Microsoft Windows Vista. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Ehmke, ESS/SSD and Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description Is the IP432 capable of scanning to POP3 E-mail servers? Solution POP3 E-mail scanning is not available at this time. The POP3 E-mail feature on the 7145/IP432 is for incoming (to the machine) E-mail only. SMTP E-mail is available for outgoing E-mail and requires an anonymous log-in at the local E-mail server.
August 2011
1,087
IP-511
Description How to configure Scan to E-mail. Solution In order to utilize Scan to E-mail, the printer must be connected to a network and have a dedicated E-mail server attached (and in the same physical network segment). Also, the 511 NIC must have a minimum firmware version of 6.29c which requires update using the FTP download utility . Scan to E-mail can be configured by using the operation panel or simply browsing to the NIC. To configure Scan to E-mail perform either of the following procedures: METHOD 1. 1. Access the Web utilities using the MAP utility or browse to the address of the IP511 NIC. 2. Select Advanced Features and the (locate Default SMTP Message Parameters) section. 3. Input the IP address or DNS name of the E-mail server where (SMTP Server IP Address or DNS Name is indicated). 4. Enter 25 where (SMTP Server Port Number) is indicated. 5. No action is required for (SMTP Access Timeout seconds setting). 6. No action required for (Maximum Message Size * 100 kilobytes). 7. In the SCAN TO E-MAIL section, enter an internal E-mail account or E-mail address of the person to be notified when the E-mail is rejected or denied or the name of the machine (Example7165/IP511@konicabt.com) where FROM is indicated. 8. Enter the desired information in the SUBJECT, SENDER, and MESSAGE BODY fields. 9. Enter sysadm for the password and select ACCEPT SETTINGS. METHOD 2 1. Press the MODE key to select PRINTER. 2. Press Network Setup on the touchscreen. 3. Press the DOWN arrow until E-mail Setup is indicated. Select E-mail Setup and press OK. 4. Select (SMTP Server Name) and press OK. Input the IP address or DNS name of the E-mail server and press OK. 5. Select (SMTP Port Number) and press OK. Enter 25 for the port number and press OK. 6. No action is required for (SMTP Access Timeout seconds setting). 7. No action required for (Max Message Size 100 kilobytes). 8. In the SCAN TO E-MAIL section, enter an internal E-mail account or E-mail address of the person to be notified if the E-mail is rejected or denied or the name of the machine (Example7165/IP511@konicabt.com) where FROM is indicated. 9. Enter the desired information in the SUBJECT, SENDER, and MESSAGE BODY fields and press OK. 10. Press CANCEL to back out of the configuration mode. At this point a message will be indicated, (NIC Parameters is changed), Press yes, and then enter sysadm for the password and press OK to accept the change. 11. Press the Mode key to return to copy mode. Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description How to configure and perform the Scan-to-FTP option. Solution Preliminary Note: To utilize Scan-to-FTP, the IP511 must be connected to a network and have a dedicated (local) FTP server attached. To configure and perform Scan-to-FTP perform the following: 1. From the main body operation panel, access the PRINTER mode using the MODE key located above the CHECK and HELP keys. 2. On the LCD touch screen, using the arrows on the right, scroll to and select NETWORK SETUP. 3. From NETWORK SETUP, scroll to and select FTP SETUP. 4. Select FTP PORT NUMBER. 5. Set the PORT number to match that of the FTP server, default is 21. 6. Select FTP TIMEOUT. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,088
IP-511
7. Set the TIMEOUT as desired between 1 and 60 seconds, the default is 15. 8. Press CANCEL once. 9. Scroll to and select UPDATE NIC. Note: The UPDATE NIC selection will be unavailable (grayed out) if no changes were made to the FTP PORT NUMBER or TIMEOUT. 10. Select YES. 11. Enter the necessary NIC password. The default is [sysadm] all lower case. Note: The LCD will display PRINTER INITIALIZING. 12. After the printer initializes, and READY TO PRINT is displayed again, power OFF/ON the main power switch (SW1) located on the left rear corner of main body for at least 10 seconds. 13. After the printer has come back to READY, from the main body operation panel, access the SCANNER/SERVER mode using the MODE key located above the CHECK and HELP keys. 14. On the LCD touch screen, select SCAN TO NETWORK. 15. Select FTP. 16. Select ADDRESS MANUAL INPUT. 17. Enter a PROFILE NAME; this name can be any alphanumeric name up to 10 characters long. This name will display in the TRANSMISSION OBJECT window. 18. Enter the HOST ADDRESS; this is the TCP/IP* address of the FTP host server. 19. Enter the FILE PASS (path) by entering a backslant. As the FTP software knows where to send the document, a backslant \ is all that is needed. 20. Enter the LOGIN (username) of the FTP server, up to 47 characters long that may be case sensitive, depending on the setup. Example: ftp://USERNAME:password@ftp.konicabt.com/ 21. Enter the PASSWORD of the FTP server. Example: ftp://username:PASSWORD@ftp.konicabt.com/ 22. This is an optional step - Press the PORT NO. Key, the ENTER PORT NO. screen appears. Enter the port number for the FTP server. This step is only needed if the PORT NO. differs from the default that was set in step 5. 23. Press the [ENTRY] key to register (save) the information that was entered. 24. The PROFILE NAME will now be displayed in the [SELECT TRANSMISSION OBJECT] screen, select it and press OK. 25. Insert the document(s) in the RADF or on the PLATEN GLASS to be scanned and select the desired scanning options on the LCD screen and press START. 26. Download the document(s) using an FTP utility such as [[SmartFTP*| URL http://www.smartftp.com/download/]] or [[FTP Surfer*| URL http://www.whispertech.com/surfer/download.htm]]. 27. Select a file from the FTP server (remember where you put it) and then download it to the PC. It should now be able to be retrieved and opened. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0617044EN* Solution Usage 27
Description Unable to send to a remote E-mail address. E-mail sent to local LAN users work fine. The E-mail server is on the local LAN. Solution CAUSE: SMTP routing has to be enabled on the local E-mail server to send E-mail to remote addresses. Some E-mail servers are set up to prevent direct SMTP requests from being routed. This requires the user to validate on the server before remote mail can be sent. SOLUTION: The IP511 does not have the ability to log onto a SMTP server, and, therefore, cannot send remote E-mail if SMTP routing is not enabled. In some cases, an exception list can be created for addresses that can have their SMTP requests forwarded. Solution ID TAUS0615888EN* Solution Usage 26
Description How is system code loaded on the IP511? Solution System code is loaded on the IP511 through the parallel port. The installation method is the same as used on the IP421 and IP431. A PKG file is copied to the parallel port and extracted onto the controllers hard drive. If a crossover serial cable is connected to the IP511 service port, the software installation can be observed through a Hyper Terminal session. Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
August 2011
1,089
IP-511 Type-A
Description Intermittent SC49-01. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Failed printer control board assembly. Ensure that the system code on the IP511A is at minimum version 6.2.0. Remove the IP511A from the main body and inspect the connection to the main body for any damage or pins out of place. Reseat the IP511A onto the main body and verify operation. If the service code continues to occur, replace the printer control board assembly (p/n 13RN-7320). 2. The IP511A hard drive start up code is corrupt. Ghost the hard drive with the available image via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. In most cases ghosting the IP511A hard drive will resolve the SC49-01 issue. Note : The IP511a-26.3.0-ghost.exe image can be used with a licensed version of Symantec Ghost (version 6.5 or greater)on a formatted PC or laptop hard drive. This file was created by request for Konica Minolta service organizations who use the Symantec Ghost application. CAUTION : The drive from which this image was createdis 41GB. Use ONLY on a drive of the same size when "ghosting" this image to another drive. This code is NOT compatible with Ghost version 9.0. Ifunable to purchasea licensed copy of Symantec Ghost, please use the standard method of updating IP-511A code. To purchase Symantec Ghost (now Norton Ghost) visit the Norton from Symantec Store http://shop.symantecstore.com/store/symnahho/DisplayHomePage/en_US/ThemeID.106300 3. The IP511A hard drive has failed. Replace the failed hard drive (p/n 14KX-9040). Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,090
IP-511 Type-A
Note : The IP511A will not boot up and cannot be seen in HyperTerminal. 4. Failed IP511A memory module. To check the memory module, perform the following: a. Power the printer OFF (using the main power switch located on the rear left side of the main body). b. Remove any additional memory modules, which have been installed on the IP unit. c. Power the copier ON. If, the IP boots up successfully one or more of the memory modules has failed. Replace the memory modules [MU-404/64MB] (Item #950218) or [MU405/128MB] (Item #950219) as necessary. 5. The power being supplied to the printer is suspect. Install a power monitor to determine if the AC outlet is causing the problem. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Don St. Onge, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,091
IP-601
Description What is required for PostScript* printing? Solution The following items are required for PostScript support: 1. The 7075 main body firmware should be at minimum version 31 for Control and for Image. A new version of the ISW program, version 3.25, is recommended to update the 7075 because the utility also includes support for the FORCE 75 and 7045. 2. IP601 system software version 4.5.0 is required for PostScript support. This software is also recommended for PCL* only systems, as the PCL interpreter has been updated. 3. The Windows* 9x PCL driver has been updated to version 1.2.23 and the PostScript driver is at version 1.1.8. The PostScript driver uses Adobe* PostScript driver which can be downloaded from the FTP site or directly from Adobe's web site at [[http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/main.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/main.html]]. When installing the Adobe PostScript driver, the installation program will prompt to select the printer model. By default, a generic PostScript printer is selected. Click on the Browse button and locate the 7075 PPD file (K0601751.ppd). If this is not done, the printer will not be setup using the Konica driver files. Notes: a. The PostScript 3 option (Item #950648) for the Konica 7075 is released, but will be initially on allocation due to the tremendous response for this capability. Orders can be placed and will be filled on a limited basis until full inventory is received. b. After loading system code, the PostScript test pages are not shown under the test print menu on the 7075/FORCE75 until a PostScript page is sent to the IP601 (the PostScript Demo, Fonts and Config pages will not show). Once a PostScript page is sent through the network or parallel port, these items will always be in the Test Print menu. This issue only occurs after install of the system code. c. The latest version system software, print drivers, firmware and utilities are available on the [[Konica FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0622072EN* Solution Usage 52
Description Can the IP601 be utilized in a Microsoft* Windows NT PCL* environment? Solution A PCL driver is available for download from the [[Support & Drivers| URL http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/Support_Center/Home]] section on the public web site and on the [[FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]. Note: This driver also supports secure printing when used with IP601 system code 5.1.0 or higher. A hard drive is required on the 7075/FORCE 75 for secure printing. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0611789EN* Solution Usage 30
Description ERROR IN GETTING NODE FROM EUI message on a monitor prior to the completion of warm-up. Solution CAUSE: The printer relay board/2 has failed (engine component). SOLUTION: Confirm the printer relay wiring is secured into the socket of the printer relay board 2. Replace printer relay board 2 (p/n 13JQ-7330) as necessary.
August 2011
1,092
IP-601
Description Can the IP601 be utilized in a Macintosh* environment? Solution The IP601 can be utilized in a Macintosh* environment under the following conditions: 1. IP601 PostScript upgrade PS-361 contains Macintosh Adobe* PostScript* drivers for system versions 7.1 or higher (PS version 8.5.1) and system versions 8.1 or higher (PS version 8.7). 2. It has been found that Adobe PS version 8.7 for OS 8.1 or higher is not compatible with all MAC* systems running OS version 8.1 even though Adobe's documentation states that it is. To avoid possible problems, do not load this driver on a MAC with an OS version below 8.5. It is recommended that the Adobe PostScript driver version 8.6 be loaded on MAC OS versions 7.5.5 to 8.1. Notes: a. This driver is not on the PS-361 CD but can be downloaded from the [[Adobe web site| URL http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/584e.htm]]. b. Adobe PostScript version 8.5.1 can be loaded from the CD and is located in the OS7_1 or higher folder. 3. If the Adobe PostScript version 8.7 driver is loaded on a MAC running OS 8.1, the following error message may be indicated when trying to create a printer: 'The application "Chooser" has unexpectedly quit, because an error of type 3 occurred.' If this error occurs, a printer will not be able to be created using either the Adobe PostScript driver or the Apple* LaserWriter* driver. To correct this problem, perform the following: A. Download the Adobe PostScript driver version 8.6 from the [[Adobe web site| URL http://www.adobe.com/support/downloads/584e.htm]]. B. Open the Extensions folder on the MAC (found in the System Folder) and drag the PrintingLib file to the trash can. C. Install the Adobe PostScript 8.6 driver and restart the system. The driver file is in MAC BinHex format and will require a program like StuffIt* Expander to extract. This is a free program and can be found at the [[Aladdin Systems website| URL http://www.stuffit.com/expander/macindex.html]]. D. Once the system is restarted, printing should occur normally. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
August 2011
1,093
IP-601M
Description Unable to print. The IP controller appears to lock up. Solution CAUSE: An irregularity with system software which causes the IP601M to reboot with specific PCL* files. SOLUTION: Update the IP601M system software. There are currently patches that will update system software to minimum version 5.5.4f. These patches are available on the FTP site . Notes: 1. This problem may only occur when the IP601M is first powered up and has come to ready and prior to any other printing/test prints are performed. 2. As an interim solution, print out the IP601M configuration page after the IP601M has come to ready. This may allow the job to print without a problem. 3. System software must be at version 5.5.4 prior to installing the patches. 4. It is highly recommended that the IP is rebooted and an IP configuration page is printed after each system software patch is installed. 5. It is highly recommended that the main body firmware is updated to the latest firmware listed on the [[Konica FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]. Solution ID TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
Description The IP will not completely boot up with the KN302A card installed. Solution CAUSE: The KN card is installed in an incorrect PCI slot. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,094
IP-601M
SOLUTION: Confirm that the IP will boot normally without the KN card installed. If the IP boots properly without the KN card installed, install the KN card in third PCI slot from the top.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
Description Memory specifications. Solution The IP-602 is shipped with 64MB of base memory and can be upgraded to a maximum of 512MB. To achieve this capacity, install four MU-402 1B memory modules (128MB) into memory slots 1 through 4 of the IP-602 motherboard. Notes : 1. Please refer to IP-602 Technical Bulletin #1 for complete memory upgrade options for the controller. 2. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
August 2011
1,095
IP-711
Description Requirements needed for testing and escalation to SSD or ESS of print quality or related issues for Fiery, CREO, Emperon and applications. Solution Requirements are: Hard copy samples of issue, with the issue identified/highlighted/circled. Hard copy samples of what the copies should look like (if possible). Engine test prints of gradations, halftones at different densities levels, 255, 100, 80, 40. Mixed halftones at different density levels (see attached Mixed halftones document for additional information). All machine management and adjustment list printouts. If relevant, Fiery configuration page, PostScript and or PCL test page. If relevant, CREO configuration page. Operating System versions (Service packs, 32-bit or 64-bit, etc.), application versions (e.g., Adobe Acrobat Pro 8.13), driver versions. A print to file. PCL or PostScript test print file. This file must have been tested using an LPR command to copy to the MFP and the reported failure observed prior to sending to SSD or ASG. If applicable, an archive jobfrom the Fiery with rasters (RIPped data). This archive should have been tested and verified to contain the reported failure. The archive folder and associated files must be zipped before sending or placed directly on a CD or DVD. If applicable, an archivefrom the CREO that also contains the rasters (RIPped data) The original application file. If the problem is with Quark or InDesign, we need the file and all of its assets (fonts, linked graphics, etc.). Use the feature Select Package within the application for Portability (see attached InDesign file document for additional information). Fill out the wizard, put in the associated ticket number and special instructions of how the job was set up (detailed, including screen shots if available) and a folder name (usually of the ticket number and or name of the account). Archive the files into a Folder or burn it from the Macintosh. These files will typically be too large to attach to a ticket or to Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,096
IP-711
E-mail and will have to be sent on a CD/DVD. Notes : 1.To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. If the files were created on a Macintosh system the CD/disk needs to be burned on the Macintosh for the files to be good. You cannot take the files from the Macintosh and store them on a USB drive then burn a CD on a Microsoft Windows machine.They are not portable using that method and will be useless when burned. If you must burn them on a Microsoft Windows machine you have to use the following method to make them portable. a. All the files must be saved/stored in the same folder on the Macintosh. b. You must use the"Compress " function on the Macintosh to save all of the files in the folder in a zipped file format. This must be done to make them portable. c. Once this is done then you can then burn them on a Microsoft Windows PC. Rather than going through the additional steps it is easier to burn them on the Macintosh to start with. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Cesar Jimenez/, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0620964EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Installation Guide, IP711. Solution IP711 Installation Guide . Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,097
IP-901
Description Printing to the IP901 controller through Microsoft* Windows 2000 is slow. Solution CAUSE: There is a problem with the standard TCP/IP* port implementation in Windows 2000 and possibly Windows XP. The Windows port monitor is waiting for an ack (response) from the printer within a preset amount of time and will not send the next packet until receiving the ack. Controllers that are running Windows seem to be mostly affected by this. Embedded Fiery controllers are running LINUX* and do not seem to have an issue. SOLUTION: There is a temporary fix for this that is currently only available by calling Microsoft. Microsoft Knowledge Base Article - 816627. This fix is specific to Windows 2000 only. Konica Minolta cannot provide this patch as it is only available by directly contacting Microsoft and requesting it. It is not publically available for download. An easier workaround is to load the "Print Services for Unix" on Windows 2000 . To install "Print Services for Unix", perform the following: 1. Click on Start = Settings = Control Panel. 2. Start "Add Remove Programs" and select "Windows Components". 3. From the "Windows Components" list, select "Other network file and print services" . "Print Services for Unix" is the only selection available from that list. 4. Once loaded, this will add "LPR port" to the ports list when adding a new printer port. 5. When selecting an LPR port, the top line of the LPR port dialog box is the TCP/IP address of the Fiery and the bottom line is the queue to be printed to. The choices for the bottom line would be print, direct, or hold. Notes: a. Printing with the LPR port should be significantly faster on a 100BaseT network when sending large files. b. The latest version of [[Windows Media Player| URL http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/download/default.asp]] must be installed to view the above link. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0656768EN* Solution Usage 54
Description How to make booklets on the 8050/IP901 with version 1.1 system code. Solution Booklet mode settings vary slightly, depending on the application being used. 8050 IP-901 Booklet Mode V1.1 System Code document. These instructions illustrate the specific application and driver settings required to make a booklet on 8.5x11 or 11x17 paper, 12 X 18 is not supported as a printer function. Note: These instructions are specific to version 1.1 system code and do not apply to version 1.0. Booklet mode settings vary slightly, depending on the application being used. Updated instructions can be found in the 8050 IP-901 Booklet Mode V1.1 System Code document. These instructions illustrate the specific application and driver settings required to make a booklet on 8.5x11 or 11x17 paper. Notes: 1. These instructions are specific to version 1.1 system code and do not apply to version 1.0. 2. To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0801706EN* Solution Usage 26
1,098
IP-901
Paper Test requirements. Solution
August 2011
1,099
IP-921
Description Not booting after new installation; unable to see the controller icon or the details when pressing the PRINT button on the operation panel. Solution CAUSE: The IP921 controller is unable to boot or communicate with the machine. SOLUTION: Reseat the connectors on the controller and check for bent pins on the hard drive connector. Solution ID TAUS0643033EN* Solution Usage 19
Description IP921 locks up randomly. Solution CAUSE: Wrong type memory installed. SOLUTION: If p/n 7640000106 (256Mb DIMM) is used in the IP921 it will cause lockup issues. Please remove this memory and use p/n 7640000801 (256Mb DIMM). Notes: 1. The 7640000106 DIMM can be identified by the word "CANRAM" printed on the circuit board. 2. If the 7640000106 DIMM was ordered for the IP921 it can be returned for replacement with the correct DIMM free of charge using the standard warranty RA process.
August 2011
1,100
ISWTrns
Description When installing the ISWTRNS utility on a Microsoft Windows Vista PC, the USB selection is greyed out. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Earlier ISWTrns version is being used. The USB feature is available in ISWTrns utility version 3.73E and newer. 2. Incorrect setup procedure. Correct procedure: a. With the utility closed, plug in USB connector into PC and MFP in the power ON idle state. b. When prompted to install the correct Konica Minolta USB driver, select YES, install. c. Once installed correctly, right-click the ISWTRNS icon on the desktop. d. Select Properties/Compatibility tab. e. Under Compatibility mode, check "Run this program in compatiblity mode for Windows XP (SP2)". f. Then check "Run this program as an administrator". Press Apply. g. Select "Show settings for all users". h. Select Continue. i. Under Compatibility mode, check "Run this program in compatiblity mode for Windows XP (SP2)". j. Then check "Run this program as an administrator". Press Apply. k. Open the ISWTRNS utility and select Allow. l. In the utility select the Setting button and set communication. The USB selection should now be available for use. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Felix Burgen, ESS Solution ID TAUS1002524EN* Solution Usage 3
Description When attempting to install firmware for the GP-501 using ISWTrns, the GBC is not selectable in the Board pull-down menu under Select Type section if Machine selected is 950. Solution CAUSE: Bug in ISWTrns utility. SOLUTION:Please updateISWTRNS utility to version 3.81E.The utility can bedownloaded from the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Note : Supported 32-bit OS: Microsoft Windows 95/98/2000/ME/NT 4.0/XP/Vista SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) and Felix Burgen, ESS Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to lock the paper traysto preventunauthorized use. Solution KMBS does not offer this solution directly.Marketing Data Solutions has developed a universal cable lock product.Please contact MDS directly for this type of product. Jeffrey W. Rasa Marketing Data Solutions, Inc. Office Direct: 508-528-7323 Fax Direct: 508-553-0925 email: jeff.rasa@marketingdatasolutions.com Web: www.marketingdatasolutions.com SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS
August 2011
1,101
KIP 1880
August 2011
1,102
KIP 3000
Description How to manually remove jobs from the IPS. Solution Manually removing a JOB from KIP IPS 1. On the IPS, shut down the GUI (click ? => Service => Password => Enter => OK on service screen => ? => Reset). 2. From desktop, open VNCviewer. Plug in the KIP TCP/IP address and use kip as the password to VNC into the controller. 3. In the Queue View program, click "Configuration - Exit program". 4.Open Task Manager by right clicking the top blue bar of the VNVviewer window and select "Send CTRL-ALT-DEL". 5.Select the "Processes" tab. 6.Search for following processes and if running, select and end task these processes. Process name: MH2 Process name: Pscript 7. Go to D:\Monpath1\Logdir and remove Joblist.dat . 8. Go to D:\Monpath1\PRequest and empty the folder. 9. Go to D:\TU and empty that folder. 10. Click Start => Programs => Startup => KIP Unattend. 11. Click 'Restart KIP UI" on the controller desktop. Note : Steps 4-6 may not be necessary. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902311EN* Solution Usage 30
Description Condition 52 error is indicated on the KIP user interface. IfOK is pressed to clear message, it immediately returns. Solution CAUSE: A corrupted file is preventing Unattend from opening correctly. SOLUTION: Please install the latest version of UltraVNC (both the 32-bit and 64-bit version are attached) and review the attacheddocumentation for adetailed walk-through with screenshots. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0901964EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description How to obtain IPS system code version 7.0. Solution IPS version 7.0 system code (DVDp/n IPSRESTORECD7 ) may be obtained through normal parts ordering procedures. When ordering via the web, in the Notes field, please include the Model Number, Printer Serial Number and KIP IPS Number for each unit that the DVD isbeing obtained. KIP will ship the KIP 7.0 IPS Software DVD and PrintNET Enterprise CD free of charge using standard ground shipping. If faster delivery is required, the dealer will be invoiced $12 per shipment. A DVD drive/reader is required for installation;complete upgrade instructions are included on the DVD. Note :The ISO can also be downloadedfrom the download selector site under: Wide Format a KIPIPS a System Code Download and install the following: 7.0.463-02-Restore.ISO (System Code) KIPUPDATE IPS7 7.1.44-01RB.exe (Update Patch) CAUTION : During the upgrade, which reimages the hard drive, all data and files will be deleted.Be surethat all data, including the log data, is backed up before starting the upgrade process. IMPORTANT :System Code version 7.2 is not officially released yet. (ETA 12/2010) SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1000794EN* Solution Usage 23
Description Touch panel will not wake from sleep mode. The machine will print, but the touch panel has no display. Touch panel will display correctly if the mainbody is shut down for more than 3 minutes before powering back up/IPS is rebooted. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Sleep settings need to be modified. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,103
KIP 3000
Open the WINUNTD.INI file on the IPS in C:/Program Files/KIP/Unattend andedit the lines ADVANCEDSLEEP=TRUE and SLEEPCOLDSTANBY=TRUE to =FALSE . 2. One of the Power Management Settings in theBIOS Setupis set incorrectly. Change the Power Management setting in the BIOS to the correct value by following these steps. For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000: a. Attach a USB Keyboard to the IPS from the back of the printer. (USB connection) b. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON". c. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility. d. Once in the BIOS, use the Arrow keys to highlight and the Enter key to open the "Power Management Setup". e. Find the line "USB KB Wakeup From S3". f.Change this setting to ENABLED . g. Save and Exit the BIOS Utility by pressing the F10 key. h. Remove the USB Keyboard. i. Reboot the Printer/IPS. Note : Please refer to attached KIP Tech Tip, TIP K116-005. For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900: a. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON". b. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility. c. Once in the BIOS, navigate to the Advanced Tab. d. In the Advanced tab, select the Power Configuration line. e. Find the line "USB Device Wakeup From S3/S4". f. Change this setting to ENABLED . review the attached "BIOS_Advanced_Power.jpg" for a screen shot of the correct settings. g. Save and Exit the BIOS Utility by pressing the F10 key. h. Remove the USB Keyboard. i. Reboot the Printer/IPS. 3. On the KIP 7700/7900, the"Shut Down" serial cable is connected in the wrong location. Connect the "Shut Down" cable to the proper serial port on the IPS. Refer to the attached Sleep Mode 77_7900 document for more detailed information. 4. On the KIP 700m/7100 the patch needs to be reinstalled. Please reinstall the patch from a thumb drive. If the issue occurs again, run the patch again and when a message appears asking if you want to Modify or Repair , select Repair . After the second install, all buttons will be back to normal. Refer to the attached 7.2.280-01 Release Notes document for more detailed information. Notes : a. Attached is the required patch. To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. b. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K116-005 and solution contribution by Chuck Tripp/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0901966EN* Solution Usage 22
Description E-034 error anddisplay does not light. This error may occur after replacing the developer roller. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Short in the regulation roller. Check that the resistance between the central part of Regulation Roller and the ground is 5 Megaohms (MO) or less. If a short is detected, replace the regulation roller (p/n Z054600650). Please see the attached page from the KIP Service Manual for the measurement point on the Regulation Roller. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : The e-clip that holds the regulating roller may also cause a short. Install a modified plastice-clip. 2. Failed HVPS. Replace the HVPS (p/n 6606600010). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mike McCarthy and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002144EN* Solution Usage 21
Description How to enable the KIP Color Advance option for the KIP Color Touch Screen Software version 7.2. Solution To enable the KIP Color Advance, please read the attached documents andview the attached videos. The 1stvideo shows the enabling on the setup wizard Key Code Options for available features such as Copy, Scan to File, Network Printing, Network Printing PDF & PS and KM Advanced. The 2ndvideo shows the color File Features and the Key Code after it has been scanned in. To scan instead of manually entering the 40-digit key code, go to the Configuration, Key Code, and then enter the Arrow Barcode sheet that came with the option, into the scanner. Then press the Scan Target button. After scanning the Key Code should populate and the features are now enabled. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,104
KIP 3000
Notes : 1.The confirmation that the KM Color Advanced option is enabled is only shown in the initial set up wizard. It is not shown in the options section of Configuration 2.To get back to the initial set up wizard enter the service mode, go to screen 5 of 7 and select Re-Enable Kip Setup followed by Reboot IPS on the same screen. 2. To automatically enter the Color Advanced Key Code, the scannable barcode must be printed on 8.5x11, as shown in the attached Color Advanced Key Code entry document. 3. Information for this solution is from the following KIP documentation. KM-TIP-K117-001 TIP-K115-9900-002 TIP-K120-7700-004 TIP-K120-7900-004 TIP-K124-001 4.To view the videos you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player or Apple QuickTime. 5. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Jim Behrends/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0901996EN* Solution Usage 20
Description Ghosting/re-imaging the KIP IPS. Solution See attached documentation concerning ghosting/re-imaging of the KIP IPS. The information includes: Instructions for Ghosting the KIP IPS Re-imaging the Hard Drive on the KIP IPS Controller To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,105
KIP 3100
Solution ID
TAUS0901964EN*
Solution Usage
23
1,106
KIP 3100
Description How to enable the KIP Color Advance option for the KIP Color Touch Screen Software version 7.2. Solution To enable the KIP Color Advance, please read the attached documents andview the attached videos. The 1stvideo shows the enabling on the setup wizard Key Code Options for available features such as Copy, Scan to File, Network Printing, Network Printing PDF & PS and KM Advanced. The 2ndvideo shows the color File Features and the Key Code after it has been scanned in. To scan instead of manually entering the 40-digit key code, go to the Configuration, Key Code, and then enter the Arrow Barcode sheet that came with the option, into the scanner. Then press the Scan Target button. After scanning the Key Code should populate and the features are now enabled. Notes : 1.The confirmation that the KM Color Advanced option is enabled is only shown in the initial set up wizard. It is not shown in the options section of Configuration 2.To get back to the initial set up wizard enter the service mode, go to screen 5 of 7 and select Re-Enable Kip Setup followed by Reboot IPS on the same screen. 2. To automatically enter the Color Advanced Key Code, the scannable barcode must be printed on 8.5x11, as shown in the attached Color Advanced Key Code entry document. 3. Information for this solution is from the following KIP documentation. KM-TIP-K117-001 TIP-K115-9900-002 TIP-K120-7700-004 TIP-K120-7900-004 TIP-K124-001 4.To view the videos you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player or Apple QuickTime. 5. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Jim Behrends/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,107
KIP 3100
Description Ghosting/re-imaging the KIP IPS. Solution See attached documentation concerning ghosting/re-imaging of the KIP IPS. The information includes: Instructions for Ghosting the KIP IPS Re-imaging the Hard Drive on the KIP IPS Controller To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0901152EN* Solution Usage 15
Description How to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS. Solution Perform the below procedure to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS: 1.Enter Service Mode on the IPS. 2.Press the right arrow on the touch screen until page 5 of 6 is displayed. 3.Press the [Click] button on the touch screen under Restore Factory Hard Drive Image. CAUTION : This will restore the C: drive and all information that is not backed up will be lost. 4. After the restore is complete the KIP engine model will have to be selected, the keycodes will need to be reentered and the network configuration will have to be set up again. Note : Please see the attached video for reference. The videocan be played on Microsoft Windows Media Player. The latest Media Player can be downloaded at: http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/default.mspx. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,108
KIP 5000
Solution ID
TAUS0901964EN*
Solution Usage
23
1,109
KIP 5000
Description How to enable the KIP Color Advance option for the KIP Color Touch Screen Software version 7.2. Solution To enable the KIP Color Advance, please read the attached documents andview the attached videos. The 1stvideo shows the enabling on the setup wizard Key Code Options for available features such as Copy, Scan to File, Network Printing, Network Printing PDF & PS and KM Advanced. The 2ndvideo shows the color File Features and the Key Code after it has been scanned in. To scan instead of manually entering the 40-digit key code, go to the Configuration, Key Code, and then enter the Arrow Barcode sheet that came with the option, into the scanner. Then press the Scan Target button. After scanning the Key Code should populate and the features are now enabled. Notes : 1.The confirmation that the KM Color Advanced option is enabled is only shown in the initial set up wizard. It is not shown in the options section of Configuration 2.To get back to the initial set up wizard enter the service mode, go to screen 5 of 7 and select Re-Enable Kip Setup followed by Reboot IPS on the same screen. 2. To automatically enter the Color Advanced Key Code, the scannable barcode must be printed on 8.5x11, as shown in the attached Color Advanced Key Code entry document. 3. Information for this solution is from the following KIP documentation. KM-TIP-K117-001 TIP-K115-9900-002 TIP-K120-7700-004 TIP-K120-7900-004 TIP-K124-001 4.To view the videos you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player or Apple QuickTime. 5. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Jim Behrends/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,110
KIP 5000
Description How to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS. Solution Perform the below procedure to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS: 1.Enter Service Mode on the IPS. 2.Press the right arrow on the touch screen until page 5 of 6 is displayed. 3.Press the [Click] button on the touch screen under Restore Factory Hard Drive Image. CAUTION : This will restore the C: drive and all information that is not backed up will be lost. 4. After the restore is complete the KIP engine model will have to be selected, the keycodes will need to be reentered and the network configuration will have to be set up again. Note : Please see the attached video for reference. The videocan be played on Microsoft Windows Media Player. The latest Media Player can be downloaded at: http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/default.mspx. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,111
KIP 7000
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
23
Description Touch panel will not wake from sleep mode. The machine will print, but the touch panel has no display. Touch panel will display correctly if the mainbody is shut down for more than 3 minutes before powering back up/IPS is rebooted. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Sleep settings need to be modified. Open the WINUNTD.INI file on the IPS in C:/Program Files/KIP/Unattend andedit the lines ADVANCEDSLEEP=TRUE and SLEEPCOLDSTANBY=TRUE to =FALSE . 2. One of the Power Management Settings in theBIOS Setupis set incorrectly. Change the Power Management setting in the BIOS to the correct value by following these steps. For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000: a. Attach a USB Keyboard to the IPS from the back of the printer. (USB connection) b. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON". c. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility. d. Once in the BIOS, use the Arrow keys to highlight and the Enter key to open the "Power Management Setup". e. Find the line "USB KB Wakeup From S3". f.Change this setting to ENABLED . g. Save and Exit the BIOS Utility by pressing the F10 key. h. Remove the USB Keyboard. i. Reboot the Printer/IPS. Note : Please refer to attached KIP Tech Tip, TIP K116-005. For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900: a. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON". b. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility. c. Once in the BIOS, navigate to the Advanced Tab. d. In the Advanced tab, select the Power Configuration line. e. Find the line "USB Device Wakeup From S3/S4". f. Change this setting to ENABLED . review the attached "BIOS_Advanced_Power.jpg" for a screen shot of the correct settings. g. Save and Exit the BIOS Utility by pressing the F10 key. h. Remove the USB Keyboard. i. Reboot the Printer/IPS. 3. On the KIP 7700/7900, the"Shut Down" serial cable is connected in the wrong location. Connect the "Shut Down" cable to the proper serial port on the IPS. Refer to the attached Sleep Mode 77_7900 document for more detailed information. 4. On the KIP 700m/7100 the patch needs to be reinstalled. Please reinstall the patch from a thumb drive. If the issue occurs again, run the patch again and when a message appears asking if you want to Modify or Repair , select Repair . After the second install, all buttons will be back to normal. Refer to the attached 7.2.280-01 Release Notes document for more detailed information. Notes : a. Attached is the required patch. To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. b. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K116-005 and solution contribution by Chuck Tripp/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS1002144EN* Solution Usage 21
1,112
KIP 7000
How to enable the KIP Color Advance option for the KIP Color Touch Screen Software version 7.2. Solution To enable the KIP Color Advance, please read the attached documents andview the attached videos. The 1stvideo shows the enabling on the setup wizard Key Code Options for available features such as Copy, Scan to File, Network Printing, Network Printing PDF & PS and KM Advanced. The 2ndvideo shows the color File Features and the Key Code after it has been scanned in. To scan instead of manually entering the 40-digit key code, go to the Configuration, Key Code, and then enter the Arrow Barcode sheet that came with the option, into the scanner. Then press the Scan Target button. After scanning the Key Code should populate and the features are now enabled. Notes : 1.The confirmation that the KM Color Advanced option is enabled is only shown in the initial set up wizard. It is not shown in the options section of Configuration 2.To get back to the initial set up wizard enter the service mode, go to screen 5 of 7 and select Re-Enable Kip Setup followed by Reboot IPS on the same screen. 2. To automatically enter the Color Advanced Key Code, the scannable barcode must be printed on 8.5x11, as shown in the attached Color Advanced Key Code entry document. 3. Information for this solution is from the following KIP documentation. KM-TIP-K117-001 TIP-K115-9900-002 TIP-K120-7700-004 TIP-K120-7900-004 TIP-K124-001 4.To view the videos you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player or Apple QuickTime. 5. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Jim Behrends/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0901996EN* Solution Usage 20
Description How to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS. Solution Perform the below procedure to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS: 1.Enter Service Mode on the IPS. 2.Press the right arrow on the touch screen until page 5 of 6 is displayed. 3.Press the [Click] button on the touch screen under Restore Factory Hard Drive Image. CAUTION : This will restore the C: drive and all information that is not backed up will be lost. 4. After the restore is complete the KIP engine model will have to be selected, the keycodes will need to be reentered and the network configuration will have to be set up again. Note : Please see the attached video for reference. The videocan be played on Microsoft Windows Media Player. The latest Media Player can be downloaded at: http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/default.mspx. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900467EN* Solution Usage 11
Description How to back up KIP IPS Accounting information, Mailbox Information, Log/Meter Reports and IPS UI/Queue View INI files, mailbox information. Solution To backup IPS information, pleaseperform the following: 1. With KIP Request open, select Manage/Push File to IPS. 2. Enter the administrator password. 3. Browse to the folder that contains KIP Backup.exe and select the file. 4. Close all applications that are running on IPS including the user interface. 5. From the touchscreen, browse to D:\monpath1\installers and run KIP Backup.exe. 6. Select which options are to be included in the backup file. 7. Select Backup, which will generate a file in the problem directory.The name of the file is the current date with an extension of KBK. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,113
KIP 7000
8. Open KIP Request, select Transfer/Get Problem Files.This will create a Backup.zip file on the local workstation directory (C:\Program Files\KIP\Request\TR\Problem). 9. Backup.zip can be opened to retrieve the *.KBK file. Torestore IPS information, perform the following: 1. Using KIP Request Push the .KBK file and KIP Backup.exe to the IPS. 2.Close all running applications. 3.Launch KIP Backup.exe. 4.Click Restore. 5.Browse to the desired directory and choose which backup file to use. 6.The files in the backup are automatically placed in the correct locations. Notes : a.You cannot choose which options to restore. All files inside the backup file will be restored. b. Please refer to attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703779EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Where to obtain support for solutions.
August 2011
1,114
KIP 700M
Description Touch panel will not wake from sleep mode. The machine will print, but the touch panel has no display. Touch panel will display correctly if the mainbody is shut down for more than 3 minutes before powering back up/IPS is rebooted. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Sleep settings need to be modified. Open the WINUNTD.INI file on the IPS in C:/Program Files/KIP/Unattend andedit the lines ADVANCEDSLEEP=TRUE and SLEEPCOLDSTANBY=TRUE to =FALSE . 2. One of the Power Management Settings in theBIOS Setupis set incorrectly. Change the Power Management setting in the BIOS to the correct value by following these steps. For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000: a. Attach a USB Keyboard to the IPS from the back of the printer. (USB connection) b. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON". c. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility. d. Once in the BIOS, use the Arrow keys to highlight and the Enter key to open the "Power Management Setup". e. Find the line "USB KB Wakeup From S3". f.Change this setting to ENABLED . g. Save and Exit the BIOS Utility by pressing the F10 key. h. Remove the USB Keyboard. i. Reboot the Printer/IPS. Note : Please refer to attached KIP Tech Tip, TIP K116-005. For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900: a. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON". b. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility. c. Once in the BIOS, navigate to the Advanced Tab. d. In the Advanced tab, select the Power Configuration line. e. Find the line "USB Device Wakeup From S3/S4". f. Change this setting to ENABLED . review the attached "BIOS_Advanced_Power.jpg" for a screen shot of the correct settings. g. Save and Exit the BIOS Utility by pressing the F10 key. h. Remove the USB Keyboard. i. Reboot the Printer/IPS. 3. On the KIP 7700/7900, the"Shut Down" serial cable is connected in the wrong location. Connect the "Shut Down" cable to the proper serial port on the IPS. Refer to the attached Sleep Mode 77_7900 document for more detailed information. 4. On the KIP 700m/7100 the patch needs to be reinstalled. Please reinstall the patch from a thumb drive. If the issue occurs again, run the patch again and when a message appears asking if you want to Modify or Repair , select Repair . After the second install, all buttons will be back to normal. Refer to the attached 7.2.280-01 Release Notes document for more detailed information. Notes : a. Attached is the required patch. To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. b. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K116-005 and solution contribution by Chuck Tripp/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002144EN* Solution Usage 21
Description How to enable the KIP Color Advance option for the KIP Color Touch Screen Software version 7.2. Solution To enable the KIP Color Advance, please read the attached documents andview the attached videos. The 1stvideo shows the enabling on the setup wizard Key Code Options for available features such as Copy, Scan to File, Network Printing, Network Printing PDF & PS and KM Advanced. The 2ndvideo shows the color File Features and the Key Code after it has been scanned in. To scan instead of manually entering the 40-digit key code, go to the Configuration, Key Code, and then enter the Arrow Barcode sheet that came with the option, into the scanner. Then press the Scan Target button. After scanning the Key Code should populate and the features are now enabled. Notes : 1.The confirmation that the KM Color Advanced option is enabled is only shown in the initial set up wizard. It is not shown in the options section of Configuration 2.To get back to the initial set up wizard enter the service mode, go to screen 5 of 7 and select Re-Enable Kip Setup followed by Reboot IPS on the same screen. 2. To automatically enter the Color Advanced Key Code, the scannable barcode must be printed on 8.5x11, as shown in the attached Color Advanced Key Code entry document. 3. Information for this solution is from the following KIP documentation. KM-TIP-K117-001 TIP-K115-9900-002 Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,115
KIP 700M
TIP-K120-7700-004 TIP-K120-7900-004 TIP-K124-001 4.To view the videos you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player or Apple QuickTime. 5. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Jim Behrends/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902918EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Microsoft Windows 7 compatibility. Solution To allow printing from Microsoft Windows 7 operating systems, the IPS system must be updated to version 7.1.44 or higher. The version 7 Windows Driver, AutoCAD (HDI) driver, and Request software are required as well. The driver and Request software files can be downloaded directly from the IPS thru PrintNet or from www.KIPAmerica.com . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902077EN* Solution Usage 9
Description Machine is switching rolls to the incorrect size. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect setting in PrintNet; Print Setting set toNEAREST. SOLUTION:To change PrintNet setting: 1. Enter PrintNet via a web browser. 2. Select Basic Configuartion. 3. Set Print Setting to EXACT. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900737EN* Solution Usage 6
Description "Incorrect User name or password" message when logging into Admin via the Web. Solution CAUSE: The Admin password has been changed or is corrupted. SOLUTION : To correct: 1. Connect to the machine via Request. 2. From the Option tab select Prompt setup. 3. Check the 'Make the Requester: field a Pull down Menu', and click OK. 4. In the Requester pull down select Admin, and a pop-up will prompt for a new password, which should now be input. 5. From the Transfer tab select upload settings to printer. 6. From Service mode =>Service Menu 2 on the machine, click Import Settings. 7. The password created in request should now enable Admin login via the Web. Note : Please see the attached video for procedures. To view the video, Microsoft Windows Media Player version 9 or newer is recommended. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends/Cesar Jimenez/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900996EN* Solution Usage 4
Description What is the default user name and password for Administrative access to KIP PrintNET? Solution The default user name for accessing the Administrative account is: admin . The default password for accessing the Administrative account is: kip . Note : Please see attachment for reference. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,116
KIP 7100
Description Touch panel will not wake from sleep mode. The machine will print, but the touch panel has no display. Touch panel will display correctly if the mainbody is shut down for more than 3 minutes before powering back up/IPS is rebooted. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Sleep settings need to be modified. Open the WINUNTD.INI file on the IPS in C:/Program Files/KIP/Unattend andedit the lines ADVANCEDSLEEP=TRUE and SLEEPCOLDSTANBY=TRUE to =FALSE . 2. One of the Power Management Settings in theBIOS Setupis set incorrectly. Change the Power Management setting in the BIOS to the correct value by following these steps. For KIP 3000/3100/5000/7000/9000: a. Attach a USB Keyboard to the IPS from the back of the printer. (USB connection) b. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON". c. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility. d. Once in the BIOS, use the Arrow keys to highlight and the Enter key to open the "Power Management Setup". e. Find the line "USB KB Wakeup From S3". f.Change this setting to ENABLED . g. Save and Exit the BIOS Utility by pressing the F10 key. h. Remove the USB Keyboard. i. Reboot the Printer/IPS. Note : Please refer to attached KIP Tech Tip, TIP K116-005. For KIP 700m/7100/7700/7900/9900: a. Reboot the IPS by switching "OFF" the printer power then 3 minutes later, switch the power back "ON". b. As the IPS is booting up, hit the Delete key to enter into the BIOS Setup Utility. c. Once in the BIOS, navigate to the Advanced Tab. d. In the Advanced tab, select the Power Configuration line. e. Find the line "USB Device Wakeup From S3/S4". f. Change this setting to ENABLED . review the attached "BIOS_Advanced_Power.jpg" for a screen shot of the correct settings. g. Save and Exit the BIOS Utility by pressing the F10 key. h. Remove the USB Keyboard. i. Reboot the Printer/IPS. 3. On the KIP 7700/7900, the"Shut Down" serial cable is connected in the wrong location. Connect the "Shut Down" cable to the proper serial port on the IPS. Refer to the attached Sleep Mode 77_7900 document for more detailed information. 4. On the KIP 700m/7100 the patch needs to be reinstalled. Please reinstall the patch from a thumb drive. If the issue occurs again, run the patch again and when a message appears asking if you want to Modify or Repair , select Repair . After the second install, all buttons will be back to normal. Refer to the attached 7.2.280-01 Release Notes document for more detailed information. Notes : a. Attached is the required patch. To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. b. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K116-005 and solution contribution by Chuck Tripp/Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002144EN* Solution Usage 21
Description How to enable the KIP Color Advance option for the KIP Color Touch Screen Software version 7.2. Solution To enable the KIP Color Advance, please read the attached documents andview the attached videos. The 1stvideo shows the enabling on the setup wizard Key Code Options for available features such as Copy, Scan to File, Network Printing, Network Printing PDF & PS and KM Advanced. The 2ndvideo shows the color File Features and the Key Code after it has been scanned in. To scan instead of manually entering the 40-digit key code, go to the Configuration, Key Code, and then enter the Arrow Barcode sheet that came with the option, into the scanner. Then press the Scan Target button. After scanning the Key Code should populate and the features are now enabled. Notes : 1.The confirmation that the KM Color Advanced option is enabled is only shown in the initial set up wizard. It is not shown in the options section of Configuration 2.To get back to the initial set up wizard enter the service mode, go to screen 5 of 7 and select Re-Enable Kip Setup followed by Reboot IPS on the same screen. 2. To automatically enter the Color Advanced Key Code, the scannable barcode must be printed on 8.5x11, as shown in the attached Color Advanced Key Code entry document. 3. Information for this solution is from the following KIP documentation. KM-TIP-K117-001 TIP-K115-9900-002 Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,117
KIP 7100
TIP-K120-7700-004 TIP-K120-7900-004 TIP-K124-001 4.To view the videos you may need to download a free copy of Windows Media Player or Apple QuickTime. 5. To viewa PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham/Jim Behrends/Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902918EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Machine is switching rolls to the incorrect size. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect setting in PrintNet; Print Setting set toNEAREST. SOLUTION:To change PrintNet setting: 1. Enter PrintNet via a web browser. 2. Select Basic Configuartion. 3. Set Print Setting to EXACT. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0901975EN* Solution Usage 8
Description How to obtain Keycodes. Solution A website has been designed to assist authorized KIP dealers with maintaining and tracking KIP 3000 keycode information. The site, www.kipkeycodes.com is a permanent repository of your keycode information relating to all KIP 3000 purchases. Please visit this website to obtain keycode information for allKIP 3000 systems. The site ( www.kipkeycodes.com ) supplies keycode information based on the authorized dealer entering the following: E-mail address KIP customer ID# KIP 3000 serial # The E-mail address is defaulted to the current recipient of KIP 3000 keycode E-mails. Please contact KIP if you wish to modify the authorized E-mail address. KIP telephone number is 800-252-6793. Note : Theattached Bulletin Number 6925details the keycode tracking process. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900737EN* Solution Usage 6
Description "Incorrect User name or password" message when logging into Admin via the Web. Solution CAUSE: The Admin password has been changed or is corrupted. SOLUTION : To correct: 1. Connect to the machine via Request. 2. From the Option tab select Prompt setup. 3. Check the 'Make the Requester: field a Pull down Menu', and click OK. 4. In the Requester pull down select Admin, and a pop-up will prompt for a new password, which should now be input. 5. From the Transfer tab select upload settings to printer. 6. From Service mode =>Service Menu 2 on the machine, click Import Settings. 7. The password created in request should now enable Admin login via the Web. Note : Please see the attached video for procedures. To view the video, Microsoft Windows Media Player version 9 or newer is recommended. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends/Cesar Jimenez/David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,118
KIP 7100
Description Microsoft Windows 7 driver installation procedure. Solution Please review the attached Microsoft Windows 7 driver installation procedure for detailed instructions on installing the Microsoft Windows 7 driver. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,119
KIP 7200
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
23
1,120
KIP 7200
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,121
KIP 7200
ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902918EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Microsoft Windows 7 compatibility. Solution To allow printing from Microsoft Windows 7 operating systems, the IPS system must be updated to version 7.1.44 or higher. The version 7 Windows Driver, AutoCAD (HDI) driver, and Request software are required as well. The driver and Request software files can be downloaded directly from the IPS thru PrintNet or from www.KIPAmerica.com . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,122
KIP 7700
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
23
1,123
KIP 7700
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,124
KIP 7700
KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902918EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Machine is switching rolls to the incorrect size. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect setting in PrintNet; Print Setting set toNEAREST. SOLUTION:To change PrintNet setting: 1. Enter PrintNet via a web browser. 2. Select Basic Configuartion. 3. Set Print Setting to EXACT. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,125
KIP 7900
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
23
1,126
KIP 7900
1,127
KIP 7900
August 2011
1,128
KIP 9000
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
23
1,129
KIP 9000
Description How to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS. Solution Perform the below procedure to restore the factory hard drive image for the IPS: 1.Enter Service Mode on the IPS. 2.Press the right arrow on the touch screen until page 5 of 6 is displayed. 3.Press the [Click] button on the touch screen under Restore Factory Hard Drive Image. CAUTION : This will restore the C: drive and all information that is not backed up will be lost. 4. After the restore is complete the KIP engine model will have to be selected, the keycodes will need to be reentered and the network configuration will have to be set up again. Note : Please see the attached video for reference. The videocan be played on Microsoft Windows Media Player. The latest Media Player can be downloaded at: http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/default.mspx. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703779EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,130
KIP 9000
Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,131
KIP 9200
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
23
1,132
KIP 9200
1,133
KIP 9200
Description Microsoft Windows 7 compatibility. Solution To allow printing from Microsoft Windows 7 operating systems, the IPS system must be updated to version 7.1.44 or higher. The version 7 Windows Driver, AutoCAD (HDI) driver, and Request software are required as well. The driver and Request software files can be downloaded directly from the IPS thru PrintNet or from www.KIPAmerica.com . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,134
KIP 9900
Solution ID
TAUS1000794EN*
Solution Usage
23
1,135
KIP 9900
1,136
KIP 9900
August 2011
1,137
KIP Color 80
Description Wire cleaning interval. Solution The KC80 is equipped with an automatic charge wire cleaner. From factory, the controller is set to run the cleaner every 10,000 square feet. To increase how often the wire cleaning occurs, change the interval by the following method. The recommended interval is 1500 square feet. 1. First turn OFF the wire cleaner in the printers service mode. 2. Log into PrintNet as admin. 3. Select Printer Calibration. 4. Set Wire Clean Amount to 1,500 (from 10,000). SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K107-001 Solution ID TAUS1103614EN* Solution Usage
Description E-0001 error code (Fuser Rise Error) occurs soon after the machine is switched ON after remaining OFF for a period of time or overnight. Solution CAUSE: Fuser lamp failure, dirty or faulty thermistors, incorrect signals at the (SSR) solid state relays from I/O B PCB or Main Control PCB. These items are described in the troubleshooting section of the KC80 Service Manual. SOLUTION: If the E-0001 error code continues to occur after following the troubleshooting steps outlined in the service manual; please try replacing the Phase Control PCB D Assembly (p/n Z076260241). SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K107-006 Solution ID TAUS1103617EN* Solution Usage
Description Corona Head part numbers. Solution
SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K107-007 Solution ID TAUS1103618EN* Solution Usage
Description Prints with light lines when submitting PostScript (.ps) and (.pdf) files from KIP Request, KIP PrintNet and KIP Windows driver with Output Format set to KIPScript. Solution IMPORTANT : Please verify the Printer Density/ LED Strobe settings are correct before continuing. Go to the Configuration Page in KIP PrintNet and confirm these values for the KIP Color 80. CAUSE: Some PDFs are created with very thin or colored lines; these lines have to be represented by black or grayscale. Very thin lines can appear to be printing too light when in fact they are printing accurately (the KIP can print a 1 Pixel Line). SOLUTION: Manually adjust PostScript (.pdf) settings to more accurately represent how the file was created. The attached document outlines two methods to manually adjust these settings. 1. Use KIP PrintNet Configuration. 2. Edit the Print Queue/Unattend configuration file (winuntd.ini). The recommended method is through KIP PrintNet Configuration. The switches available within this page are easily accessed and adjusted. For better understanding of the uses for each switch, please read the attached document. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K107-009 Solution ID TAUS1103619EN* Solution Usage
Description X-Rite - Eye One (i1)Densitometer Solution Please refer to attached KIP TIP-K107-002 for detailed information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1103621EN*
Solution Usage
Description Recommended adjustments for different media types. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,138
KIP Color 80
Solution Please refer to attached KIP TIP-K107-011 for detailed information. Media types addressed are: Bond/Plain Paper 24# Premium 40# Heavy Weight 20# Standard 32# Premium Vellum/Tracing Translucent Bond 18# KIP Clear Adhesive 6mil KIP White Opaque Adhesive 6mil KIP Blueback 32# Film/Mylar Double Matte Film 3mil and 4mil KIP Digital Banner Media 10mil Weatherproof Banner Film Gloss KIP Hi-Gloss Media 32# Rite in the Rain 24# Fluorescent Media 24# Note : To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1103622EN*
Solution Usage
Description Precision level calibration notes. Solution During installation the KC80 must be properly leveled to achieve the best possible registration. If the level is out of adjustment, the proper level cannot be achieved. The Precision Machinists Level (p/n SUPMISC-132) can be calibrated in the field. Theattached KIP TIP K107-003is a detailed procedure that will ensure proper accuracy when leveling the KC80. Each Precision Machinists Level comes with a Service Manual and adjustment tool that includes steps for calibration. Note : To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1103624EN*
Solution Usage
Description What might cause voids on prints? Please note that the void could only affect one color and can appear horizontally or vertically as shown below. Solution There may be a number of potential causes: 1. Media slipping on Roll Spool 2. Incorrect Cutter Angle 3. Transport Drawer not fully closed 4. Missing or broken Separation Guide Fingers 5. Metal Transport Guides out of position 6. Transfer / Separation cortron unit out of position 7. Fuser entrance guide, tension sensor (Load Cell) malfunctioning 8. Excessive Relative Humidity in the room 9. Debris in Developer Unit SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K107-004 Solution ID TAUS1103625EN* Solution Usage
Description Toner add cycle runs for extended time (for more than 10 minutes) and the Toner Empty Indicator light remains lit. Solution CAUSE: Toner Shutter Solenoid linkage may be binding or misaligned. SOLUTION: Check and adjust Shutter Solenoid linkage to have full range of motion. SPECIAL NOTE : Information from KIP TIP-K107-005
August 2011
1,139
KIP Color 80
Solution ID
TAUS1002416EN*
Solution Usage
Description How to set the date. Solution The date cannot be changed through the KIP GUI. To set the date on the KIP it must be done on the Microsoft Windows GUI.This can be done by remoting into the IPS using VNC, then from the Microsoft Windows GUI double-click on the time in the bottom right corner of the screen.Thedate can be changed on this screen. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1001039EN* Solution Usage
August 2011
1,140
KL-3015
Description What telephone number do customers call for technical support on their unit? Solution The number customers call is (800) 934-2679. Solution ID TAUS0607335EN* Solution Usage 132
Description A RUNDLL32 error is displayed on the workstation when the KL3015 PCL* driver is selected or when a PCL print job is sent to the printer. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The KL3015 PCL driver is corrupted due to open software applications during the driver installation. Follow this procedure before reloading the KL3015 PCL print driver: a. Delete the current KL3015 printer icon from the Printer window. b. Delete the following files from the directory C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM\ KO301510.PDD PPGPRINT.INI EFGNPCL1.DRV or EFGNPCL2.DRV EFGNDLG1.DLL or EFGNDLG2.DLL EFGNPLAY.EXE EFGN5FX1.DLL or EFGN5FX2.DLL TAB16D20.DLL c. Before installing the driver ensure that all software applications are closed. This includes any virus protection software, toolbars, or any other programs that maybe running in the background. We recommend running the Task Manager to view any TSR programs. In some cases, temporarily disabling Print and File Sharing may be required while loading the driver. d. Install the new print driver using the Add Printer Wizard. 2. A program was added to the PC that is conflicting with the print driver. As a test, uninstall any newly added software that may be interfering with the print driver. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606399EN* Solution Usage 102
Description TEST FAILED. EFI DIMM type IB0x1823. Solution CAUSE: Failed or corrupted PostScript* DIMM. SOLUTION: Replace the DIMM (PCUA 950039) or install the files from the KL3015 Support CD-ROM (p/n 3015SUPTCD-1.0) and flash the DIMM. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0610188EN* Solution Usage 102
Description Are the Konica print drivers currently supported in a Microsoft* Windows 2000 environment? Solution The KL3015 supports Windows 2000 PostScript* printing. The Postscript print driver is part of Windows 2000. Windows 2000 PCL* printing is not supported. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0608228EN* Solution Usage 80
Description Poor print quality. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Dirty laser optic glass. Clean laser optic glass by sliding the write unit glass cleaning knob fully back and forth one time. Be sure to return the cleaning knob back to its original position marked by a triangle (left side) 2. Dirty paper charging brush. Clean the drum charging wire by sliding the main wire cleaning knob back and forth several times. Be sure to return the cleaning knob to its original position marked by a triangle (left side). 3. Dirty transfer roller. Replace the transfer maintenance kit (PCUA 950035). 4. Light density is caused by a high content of moisture in paper. Replace paper with paper from an unopened ream of paper. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,141
KL-3015
5. Install firmware level 21.1. This firmware helps correct for yellow toner reproduction. Level 21.1 EPROM is available from Konica's website (www.konicabt.com) as 3015-21A.EXE and through the Parts Distribution Center as p/n 3015102-21.1. [[Internal Link containing KL3015 image quality/error code information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC003.txt]] Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current KL3015 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\3015.txt]] Solution ID TAUS0606346EN* Solution Usage 76
Description Cannot print from Windows* NT 4.0 Server. The KL3015 was just installed. Solution CAUSE: The KL3015 and NT 4.0 Server needs to have TCP/IP* and an LPR port set on the NT Server for network printing. SOLUTION: Enable TCP/IP and create a LPR port on the NT 4.0 Server. Note: The TCP/IP Protocol and Microsoft* TCP/IP Printing software should already be installed on the Windows NT workstation. To setup TCP/IP and LPR printing for Windows NT 4.0, perform the following steps. 1. Open the Printer Properties dialog box for the KL3015. Click Ports to display the Ports property tab. 2. Click Add Port. The available port types are displayed. 3. Select LPR Port and click New Port. If the LPR port is not listed, install the TCP/IP protocols. For details, see your Windows NT documentation. 4. In the Add LPR compatible printer dialog box, enter the IP address of the KL3015. If your network uses Domain Name Services (DNS), enter the DNS name assigned to the KL3015 instead of the IP address. 5. Press Tab and type the internal name of the Konica KL3015 in lowercase letters. The name must be one of these: xjdirect xjprint (Use this internal name only if your printer has a hard disk drive and a minimum of 32MB of memory.) Note: Type this name exactly as shown; it is required for communication with the KL3015. 6. Click OK. The workstation checks the address or DNS name that you entered and notifies you if it cannot resolve the address. 7. Close the Printer Ports dialog box. The Ports property tab shows the new port configuration. 8. Click OK to close the Ports property tab. The new port has been configured. You should now print a test page to verify the connection. 9. Open the Printer Properties dialog box for the KL3015. Click General to display the General property tab and click Print Test Page. When you print, your PCL files are transmitted over the LPR Port connection to the KL3015. 10. Click OK to exit the Printer Properties dialog box. See pages 1-17 to 1-19 in the KL3015 User's Manual. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606072EN* Solution Usage 66
Description Macintosh* compatibility. Solution The KL3015 supports Macintosh Operating Systems v7.5x, 7.6x & 8. The KL3015 will work with a Macintosh in a networked environment. The KL3015 requires an optional ethernet or token ring network interface card to be networked. Macintosh drivers are available on the KL3015 User's Software & Utilities Cdrom that comes with the printer. Notes: 1. The KL3015 cannot be directly connected to a Macintosh. The KL3015 must be networked to be used by a Macintosh. An option is to create a small ethernet network by putting an ethernet card in the Macintosh computer and an ethernet card in the KL3015. The Macintosh and the KL3015 can then be connected using a four port ethernet hub. 2. PostScript* must be installed on the printer as the Macintosh only supports PostScript printing. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606338EN* Solution Usage 60
Description How to verify the PostScript* option is installed. Solution Verify the PostScript option by printing out the configuration page. To print the configuration page, perform the following steps. 1. Press [MENU] and [ONLINE\ENTER] twice. 2. Go to the eighth line under Printer Information. If the PostScript option is installed, a PostScript Version number will show on this line. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606567EN* Solution Usage 60
Description F59 error message. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,142
KL-3015
Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. A laser index error. Occasionally, a F59 error message may erroneously occur. F59 errors can be remedied by upgrading existing controller firmware using the KL3015 Support CD ROM (p/n 3015SUPTCD-1.0) which contains the latest code level "ROMAN" and by upgrading existing engine firmware to EPROM level 18 (p/n 3015102-18.0) or later, which is also available on the Konica BBS as filename 3015-18a.exe. Note: This EPROM should only be used in production models with serial number 08AE00071 or higher. [[Internal Link containing KL3015 image quality/error code information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\CBC003.txt]] Latest EPROM level and [[Internal Link for Faxing/Printing current KL3015 EPROM information.| RUN V:\text\Wordpad.exe v:\text\newrom\3015.txt]] 2. The write unit has failed. Replace the write unit (p/n 08AA-6500) as needed. Solution ID TAUS0606237EN* Solution Usage 59
Description What type of DIMM memory is used in the KL3015? Solution 16MB DIMM memory (Item #950022) is available for the KL3015. The memory is 10ns SDRAM, 3.3V, unbuffered memory. DIMM memory modules should be obtained from Konica. There can be false error codes on the KL3015 if Konica memory is not used. Due to specification changes, the (MU-105) 32MB memory module (Item #950023) for the KL3015 color laser printer is no longer available directly through Konica Business Technologies. The 32MB memory module can be ordered through Konica Computer Solutions by calling 858-549-2199 x2267. The (MU-104) 16MB DIMM (Item #950022) can still be ordered directly through Konica Business Technologies. Notes: 1. The maximum memory for the KL-3015 printer using the (MU-104) 16MB DIMM is 48MB. 2. The (MU-105) 32MB memory module (Item #950023) is still available as an option for our popular IP print controller series. 3. The KL3015 color printer ships standard with 16MB of memory 4. See InfoSource Bulletin #101-00 for information on obtaining 32BM DIMM through Konica Computer Solutions. To view this PDF link, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,143
Konica Minolta Fax2900

Description After upgrading firmware via the RSD utility, copies and transmitted faxes are black or have gray background. Solution CAUSE: When performing a firmware upgrade all the settings are at default level and the CIS is not calibrated after the update. The shading may need to be refreshed. SOLUTION: To correct: 1. Access the RSD utillity. 2. Press Stop 0, 0, Stop 0, 1. 3.Press the down arrow to[2. ADJUST]. 4.Press up arrow to SHADING LEVEL. 5.Insert asheet of white 8.5x11Rand press START. 6.Adjusment will display COMPLETE, then press Panel Reset twice. Solution ID TAUS0648323EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Toner Cartridge TC type setting. Solution To change the TC type to match the market area, power OFF/ON while holding the "Panel Reset" and "No" keys together. Then go to the service mode and the TC type can be adjusted. Note: In the USA no TC is needed. Solution ID TAUS0645424EN* Solution Usage 8
Description Lock up, gibberish display, and/or wrong characters in activity journal. Solution CAUSE: Corrupt firmware. SOLUTION: Please update the firmware to level 1.05 Solution ID TAUS0639423EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Introduction of the Konica Minolta FAX 2900. Solution See [[Bulletin #04-GB-096|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/Bulletin04-GB-096.pdf]] for details. Notes To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0642881EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Part number for EEPROM U39. Solution EEPROM (U39)is notsupplied as a spare part. If a new EEPROM is needed,the procedure is similartoNVRAM replacement. 1. Logon to "mykonicaminolta.com" and select the "Service" tab. 2.Select "Warranty, Repair & Special Programs". 3.Select "Warranty Services &Technical/FOC". 4.Select "NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program" and choose U39. Notes : a.The EEPROMs are no longer sent to ESS for programming. b. Use the original EEPROM when replacing the PWB-P board as mentioned in the Service Manual. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0649674EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How to upgrade (download) the firmware. Solution Please refer to pages D-42 through D-44 of the Field Service Manual. Note: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,144

To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0641843EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Data or faxes are stuck in memory. The machine may not print reports. Faxes may not print. It may not be possible to send faxes. The machine could be locked up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect marketing area. Please make sure the machine is set to the USA marketing area. The machine Shipping destination should be set to "Inch." 2. Memory full. To Free up the memory do a DRAM clear and power-cycle the machine. Please see section 5 of the Field Service Manual for details. Solution ID TAUS0658341EN* Solution Usage 3
Description There a drum change indication even though the drum unit has been changed. Solution CAUSE: The I/C counter requires resetting. SOLUTION: Go into the service mode under the clear data menu and reset the I/C counter.
August 2011
1,145

Description Data or faxes are stuck in memory. The machine may not print reports. Faxes may not print. It may not be possible to send faxes. The machine could be locked up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect marketing area. Please make sure the machine is set to the USA marketing area. The machine Shipping destination should be set to "Inch." 2. Memory full. To free up the memory do a DRAM clear and power-cycle the machine. Please see section 5 of the [[Fax 2900/3900 Service Manual|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/FAX29003900.pdf]] for details. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0647595EN* Solution Usage 10
Description After upgrading firmware via the RSD utility, copies and transmitted faxes are black or have gray background. Solution CAUSE: When performing a firmware upgrade all the settings are at default level and the CIS is not calibrated after the update. The shading may need to be refreshed. SOLUTION: To correct: 1. Access the RSD utillity. 2. Press Stop 0, 0, Stop 0, 1. 3.Press the down arrow to[2. ADJUST]. 4.Press up arrow to SHADING LEVEL. 5.Insert asheet of white 8.5x11Rand press START. 6.Adjusment will display COMPLETE, then press Panel Reset twice. Solution ID TAUS0645425EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Lock up, gibberish display, and/or wrong characters in activity journal. Solution CAUSE: Corrupt firmware. SOLUTION: Please update the firmware to level 1.05 Solution ID TAUS0640044EN* Solution Usage 5
Description How to perform initialization. Solution To initialize the machine, perform the following: 1. Enter the Tech rep mode. 2. Using the up arrow scroll to [9. data clear]. 3. Select YES on the display panel. 4. Scroll to [DRAM CLEAR]. 5. Select YES, and follow the instructions on the display panel. Solution ID TAUS0652966EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Unable to send or receive, but the phone line is working. Solution CAUSE: NCU modem is damaged. SOLUTION: Do a SRAM clear and DRAM. If no results replace the NCU (p/n 1391101401). The main fax board (PWB Assy Main - p/n 1391102001) may need to be replaced as well. Note: Reseat NCU board on the fax CB and harness and connectors, before replacing any of the boards. Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0642881EN* Solution Usage 4
1,146

Part number for EEPROM U39. Solution EEPROM (U39)is notsupplied as a spare part. If a new EEPROM is needed,the procedure is similartoNVRAM replacement. 1. Logon to "mykonicaminolta.com" and select the "Service" tab. 2.Select "Warranty, Repair & Special Programs". 3.Select "Warranty Services &Technical/FOC". 4.Select "NVRAM/BRU Replacement Program" and choose U39. Notes : a.The EEPROMs are no longer sent to ESS for programming. b. Use the original EEPROM when replacing the PWB-P board as mentioned in the Service Manual. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0649672EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How to upgrade (download) the firmware. Solution Please refer to pages D-42 through D-44 of the Field Service Manual. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0639799EN* Solution Usage 3
Description PF125, legal size receive faxes print on letter paper with an additional blank page printed. Solution CAUSE: Reduction RX is OFF. SOLUTION: To enable Reduction RX perform the following: 1. Press Utility. 2. Press the up arrow to RX OPERATION? 3. Press YES. 4. Press the down arrow to 3 REDUCTION RX? 5. Press left or right arrow to select ON. 6. Press YES to confirm setting. 7. Press PANEL RESET for the STANDBY MODE. Note: Reset your Marketing Area to U.S.A. and confirm the Paper Tray Priority is set for Letter paper.
Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,147
Konica Network Scanner Driver

August 2011
1,148
LD-5100
Description Is GBC pre-punched paper a supported paper type? Solution At this time GBC pre-punched paperis not a supported papertype. If attempting to run this stock and jamming occurs, it may be possible to lessen jamming by: Feeding paper in the 8.5x11Rdirection. Rotating the output image and aligining the paper to feedwith the punched holes on thetrail edge (non-feed side). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1000271EN* Solution Usage 7
Description Controller support. Solution Controller support for the LD product line is handled through Konica Minolta Digital Solutions Center. Please dial 1-800-456-5664 then press 1 ? 3 ? 3 ? 2. IMPORTANT :Please wait for each prompt to finish before pressing the next number in the call tree or your call may be dropped. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0800291EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Image of holes from 3-hole punch paper on side 2 of duplexed pages. Solution CAUSE: Lower transfer roller retains toner passed through the holes of the three-hole punched paper and isthen placed on the backside ofthe duplexedpage. SOLUTION: There is no cleaning mechanism for the lower transfer roller. The only solution is to scale the image and perform an image shift as to not allow the image to intersect the holes. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1100026EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Microsoft Office PowerPoint 2007 locks up when printing using Konica Minolta PostScript or PCL drivers. Solution CAUSE: "PopUP Authentication Dialog When Printing" is selected. SOLUTION: Disable "Print in background" in PowerPoint 2007. 1.Click onthe OfficeButton on the top left-hand corner. 2. Select PowerPoint Options at the bottom. 3.Click onAdvanced on the left pane. 4. Deselect Print in background under the "Print" section. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Victor Miranda, SSD District Service Manager/East Region Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,149
LD-5100
Description Some PDF files won't print Solution CAUSE: Security restrictions preventing printing. SOLUTION: 1. Open the file in question on a PC and select "File" 2. Click "Document properties" 3. Click "Security" 4. View if there are any restrictions for printing. This feature can be viewed with all versions of Acrobat reader but can be changedwith Acrobat standard or higher. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by John Miller, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1001039EN* Solution Usage
Description How to lock the paper traysto preventunauthorized use.
August 2011
1,150
LD-6500
Description FS-607, incorrect alignment or jamming when stapling. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Excessive static build-up in the Staple/Folding section. Remove Teflon guides . 2. The rear mylar (p/n 15AA 4334 0) is caught behind the stapler rear guide plate (p/n 15AA 4225 0) causing the first sheet of a corner staple job to be missed. The following pages fall into the stapler because the first sheet acts as a guide. Reform the rear mylar in the up direction to guide the paper over the stapler rear guide plate. 3. The front stopper is cracked, causing paper to get above top part of stopper. Replace the broken stopper (p/n 15JM 4331 0). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Dan Lantz, Infomax Office Systems Solution ID TAUS0623030EN* Solution Usage 31
Description Evenly spaced yellow, magenta, cyan, or black lines from lead-to-trail after setup. Solution CAUSE: The time, date, and telephone numbers have not been programmed. SOLUTION: To program the time, date, and phone numbers: bizhub PRO C500/CF5001/8050 1. Press the Help key. 2. Select [Key operator mode]. 3. Select [1. System initial setting]. 4. Select [1. Date & Time setting]. 5. Enter the date and time pressing [Set] after each entry to scroll to the next number entry position. 6. After all numbers have been entered, select [Set], [Previous Screen], [Previous Screen] to return to the normal operations screen. 7. Enter the 25 mode (power ON the sub power switch while pressing the 2 and 5 keys). 8. Select [12. Setting date input]. 9. Input the proper date. Note: The date must be entered again even if the current displayed date is correct. The machine will cycle through the date, month, and year each time the numbers are entered. 10. Select [OK] after each number entry. 11. Select [7. Telephone number setting menu]. 12. Select [Service center Telephone number (16 digit)]. 13. Input up to 16 numbers. Note: A number must be entered. 14. Select [Service center FAX number (16 digit)]. 15. Input up to 16 digits. Note : A number must be entered. 16. Select [OK]. 17. Power the sub switch OFF/ON to exit the 25 mode. bizhub PRO C6500/C6500P/C5500/C6501/C6501P/C5501/C65hc/LD6500 Follow the setup instructions that come with the machine (Installation Manuals are attached)and do not powerOFF the machine until everything has been entered. Refer tomanuals for: Time and Date setting Setup Date Input Telephone number setting Notes : 1.To viewthe zipped PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 2. To open the ZIP file, WinZipshould be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run the contents. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703731EN* Solution Usage 30
Description Dark bandin the main scan (front-to-rear) direction at the lead edge. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect separation setting. Note : Please refer to attached sample of dark band. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,151
LD-6500
SOLUTION: Adjust theDC separationsetting: 1. Set Dip-SW 1-0 to 1. 2. Select Paper setting => Change => Process Adj. => Separation DC (Front) and (Back). 3. Change the Separation DC settings from -20 to -30. 4. Please check the dark band level. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS/SSD and Mark D'Attilio/Ed Bellone/Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701654EN* Solution Usage 28
Description Image registration and adjustment front-to-rear when using the PF-601 (Trays 4 and 5).
Solution ID
TAUS0902304EN*
Solution Usage
Description Log Viewer selection in PageScope Data Administrator (PSDA) does not display or is not accessible. Solution CAUSE: In order for the Log Viewer selection to be accessible through PageScope Data Administrator (PSDA), the Log Management Utility first must be installed on the same PC as PSDA. The Log Management Utility also needs to be compatible with the version of PSDA. Note : The Log Viewer selection button in PSDA will only be available for selection after receiving log information from an MFP. Selecting the Log Viewer selection button in PSDA will then launch the Log Management Utility. SOLUTION: Install the attached Log Management Utility.The utility can also be downloaded from the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Notes : 1. To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. 2.For more information, please refer to the attacheddocumentation.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS Solution ID TAUS1000264EN* Solution Usage
Description Obtaining MFP Logs through the Log Management Utility. Solution MFP Audit and Communication logs can be obtained through the Log Management Utility (LMU). The Log Management Utility can be installed individually or as an add-in application to PageScope Data Administrator. Follow these steps to configure LMU Log Collection: From the Top Menu, select Registration of Device". Highlight the Device from which logs will be collected; then select Edit. Select Log Management Settings from the "Setup Group" menu. Select Enable log reception from this device. To collect logs on a schedule, select "Set as specified device for Log reception" then press "OK". From the Top Menu, select Tool g Option g Log Management Options. Specify a "Periodic Reception Interval"; then press "OK". From the "Log" tab, select "Receive Log Periodically" to initiate log collection. Note : Please refer to the attacheddocument for detailed instructions. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS
August 2011
1,152
LP3110
Description "Device can not print in accordance w/guidelines pick another printer" message when trying to print postage from Stamps.Com. Solution CAUSE: Driver incompatibility. SOLUTION: Stamps.com states that they will not work with Konica Minoltadrivers.The only thing they will do is print labels, and you have to purchase the labels from Stamps.com. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0800433EN* Solution Usage
Description IsMagneCote paper or magnetic backed paper supported? Solution MagneCote paperor magnetic backed paper is not supported. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marge McLea, ProductionCustomer Support/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801791EN* Solution Usage
Description How to change the printer name. Solution SOLUTION: The name of the printer can be changed while running the Add Printer Wizard.At the screen where the printer is listed(e.g. "KONICA MINOLTA bizhub 40P") click the "Next" button.The name can be changed on the next screen.Please see the attached document for an example. The name can also be changed after installation is completed by right-clicking on the printer and selecting "Rename." Please refer to the attached document. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,153
magicolor 1600W
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description IsMagneCote paper or magnetic backed paper supported? Solution MagneCote paperor magnetic backed paper is not supported. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marge McLea, ProductionCustomer Support/SSD
August 2011
1,154
magicolor 1650EN
1,155
magicolor 1650EN
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description Konica Minolta Universal PostScript/PCL Printer Drivers. Solution Updated versions of the Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driver (PostScript) and Universal Printer Driver (PCL) are available. This recent printer driver release includes the following new features: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2/Microsoft Windows 7 WHQL support Enhancements to Network Search a Printer Status You can make sure that a printer does not have an error or warning to prevent printing a Number of Jobs Waiting to Print Check the backlog of jobs Additional Individual Child Driver Support for: a Konica Minolta bizhub C652 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C360 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C35 a Konica Minolta bizhub C35P a Konica Minolta magicolor 4750EN/DN Note : Function version 3 requires the latest firmware to be installed on the bizhub C652 series/C360 series in order to take advantage of the Individual Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,156
magicolor 1650EN
Printer Driver. If you do not have the latest firmware installed on those devices, the UPD will use the bizhub Common Child Driver instead. New version available for download: Universal Printer Driver PCL version 1.10.1.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.1.0) Universal Printer Driver PostScript version 1.10.0.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.0.0) These printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : This is a new release version and not a patch update. If a previous version of the UPD driver exists you will have to uninstall the old version first. Please refer to the attachedUniversal Printer Driver (UPD) brochure for more detailed information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS0801980EN*
Solution Usage
Description "Device can not print in accordance w/guidelines pick another printer" message when trying to print postage from Stamps.Com.
August 2011
1,157
magicolor 1680MF
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description IsMagneCote paper or magnetic backed paper supported? Solution MagneCote paperor magnetic backed paper is not supported. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Marge McLea, ProductionCustomer Support/SSD
August 2011
1,158
magicolor 1690MF
Solution ID
TAUS1001525EN*
Solution Usage
Description How to set up Scan-to-SMB (file sharing): in a Domain environment. in a Workgroup (Peer-to-Peer environment). Solution The attacheddocumentation will guide you on whatrequired in order to share a folderthen make it available on the network, andwhatsettings must beentered on the various machines via a web browseror as a walkup. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Related Topics Microsoft Windows XP setup procedure: Confirm the User and available Shared Folders Verify the network information of the Workstation Create and Share a Folder Checkthe firewall Check from another computer Review Procedure on a Domain via a Web Browser oras a walkup Scan using a Host Name Set up a hidden Share Scan to a hiddenShare (Web Browser and walkup settings) Scan to a Sub-Folder (Web Browser and walkup setup) Create a Favorite SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902848EN* Solution Usage 4
August 2011
1,159
magicolor 1690MF
Description How to set up Scan-to-SMB (file sharing)for Microsoft Windows Vista andMicrosoft Windows 7: in a Domain environment. in a Workgroup (Peer-to-Peer environment).
August 2011
1,160
magicolor 2210
Description How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program. Solution Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program . Items that can be returned : bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C351/C450/C450P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C300/C352/C352P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C451/C550/C650 Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box Items that cannot be returned : Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500. Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On PagePro 1100 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1200/1250 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1300 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 4100 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 6 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 8 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 12 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 18 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 20 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 25 Series Toner Cartridge Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,161
magicolor 2210
QMS 1060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2560 Series Toner Cartridge Color Printers/All-In-Ones magicolor 330 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2200/2210 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum magicolor 2300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2500 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 3100 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 3300 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 5400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 7300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black Color PageWorks Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801980EN* Solution Usage 0
Description "Device can not print in accordance w/guidelines pick another printer" message when trying to print postage from Stamps.Com. Solution CAUSE: Driver incompatibility. SOLUTION: Stamps.com states that they will not work with Konica Minoltadrivers.The only thing they will do is print labels, and you have to purchase the labels from Stamps.com. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,162
magicolor 2300DL
Description Microsoft Windows XP driver for the Microsoft Windows Vista operating system. Solution The Microsoft Windows XP driver can be used in the Microsoft Windows Vista operating environment for the following printers. magicolor 2200DL magicolor 2300 DL magicolor 2300W magicolor 2400W magicolor 2430 DL magicolor 2480MF magicolor 2490MF magicolor 2500W magicolor 2530 DL magicolor 2550 magicolor 5430DL magicolor 5440DL magicolor 5450 magicolor 5550/5570 magicolor 6100DL magicolor 7450 PagePro 1200W/1250W PagePro 1300W/1350W PagePro 1400W magicolor 2300 DL, magicolor 2300W, magicolor 2430 DL, PagePro 1200W/1250W, PagePro 1300W/1350W : 1. USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. While the Status Monitor is not supported for use in Windows Vista, it can be installed by running the Setup.exe file in the driver set after the initial install above. You can delete the second copy of the driver that is created in the Printers control panel. magicolor 2530 DL : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. Status Monitor feature will not function (shows constant Power Off/Communication Error). magicolor 2400W, magicolor 2500W : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. Status Monitor feature will not install. magicolor 2480MF/2490MF : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). PagePro 1400W : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. Status Monitor feature will not install. magicolor 2200DL, magicolor 2550; magicolor 5430DL; magicolor 5440DL; magicolor 5450; magicolor 5550/5570; magicolor 6100DL, magicolor 7450 : USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. Note : For all listed models, please see attached documentation for additional installation instructions. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0900776EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Installing a magicolor 2300DL on a Microsoft Windows Vista 64-bit system. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,163
magicolor 2300DL
Solution Please see attached documentationfor step-by-step instructions. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by SSD Printer Support Solution ID TAUS0900830EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program. Solution Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program . Items that can be returned : bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C351/C450/C450P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C300/C352/C352P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C451/C550/C650 Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box Items that cannot be returned : Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500. Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On PagePro 1100 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1200/1250 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1300 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 4100 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 6 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 8 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 12 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 18 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 20 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 25 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 1060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2560 Series Toner Cartridge Color Printers/All-In-Ones Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,164
magicolor 2300DL
magicolor 330 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2200/2210 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum magicolor 2300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2500 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 3100 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 3300 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 5400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 7300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black Color PageWorks Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,165
magicolor 2300W
Description Microsoft Windows XP driver for the Microsoft Windows Vista operating system. Solution The Microsoft Windows XP driver can be used in the Microsoft Windows Vista operating environment for the following printers. magicolor 2200DL magicolor 2300 DL magicolor 2300W magicolor 2400W magicolor 2430 DL magicolor 2480MF magicolor 2490MF magicolor 2500W magicolor 2530 DL magicolor 2550 magicolor 5430DL magicolor 5440DL magicolor 5450 magicolor 5550/5570 magicolor 6100DL magicolor 7450 PagePro 1200W/1250W PagePro 1300W/1350W PagePro 1400W magicolor 2300 DL, magicolor 2300W, magicolor 2430 DL, PagePro 1200W/1250W, PagePro 1300W/1350W : 1. USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. While the Status Monitor is not supported for use in Windows Vista, it can be installed by running the Setup.exe file in the driver set after the initial install above. You can delete the second copy of the driver that is created in the Printers control panel. magicolor 2530 DL : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. Status Monitor feature will not function (shows constant Power Off/Communication Error). magicolor 2400W, magicolor 2500W : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. Status Monitor feature will not install. magicolor 2480MF/2490MF : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). PagePro 1400W : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. Status Monitor feature will not install. magicolor 2200DL, magicolor 2550; magicolor 5430DL; magicolor 5440DL; magicolor 5450; magicolor 5550/5570; magicolor 6100DL, magicolor 7450 : USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. Note : For all listed models, please see attached documentation for additional installation instructions. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0900830EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program. Solution Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program . Items that can be returned : bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C351/C450/C450P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box
August 2011
1,166
magicolor 2300W
bizhub C300/C352/C352P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C451/C550/C650 Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box Items that cannot be returned : Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500. Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On PagePro 1100 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1200/1250 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1300 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 4100 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 6 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 8 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 12 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 18 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 20 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 25 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 1060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2560 Series Toner Cartridge Color Printers/All-In-Ones magicolor 330 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2200/2210 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum magicolor 2300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2500 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 3100 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 3300 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 5400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 7300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black Color PageWorks Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,167
magicolor 2300W
Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801980EN* Solution Usage 0
August 2011
1,168
magicolor 2480MF
Solution ID
TAUS0603556EN*
Solution Usage
Description Microsoft Windows XP driver for the Microsoft Windows Vista operating system. Solution The Microsoft Windows XP driver can be used in the Microsoft Windows Vista operating environment for the following printers. magicolor 2200DL magicolor 2300 DL magicolor 2300W magicolor 2400W magicolor 2430 DL magicolor 2480MF magicolor 2490MF magicolor 2500W magicolor 2530 DL magicolor 2550 magicolor 5430DL magicolor 5440DL magicolor 5450 magicolor 5550/5570 magicolor 6100DL magicolor 7450 PagePro 1200W/1250W PagePro 1300W/1350W PagePro 1400W magicolor 2300 DL, magicolor 2300W, magicolor 2430 DL, PagePro 1200W/1250W, PagePro 1300W/1350W : 1. USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. While the Status Monitor is not supported for use in Windows Vista, it can be installed by running the Setup.exe file in the driver set after the initial install above. You can delete the second copy of the driver that is created in the Printers control panel. magicolor 2530 DL : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. Status Monitor feature will not function (shows constant Power Off/Communication Error).
August 2011
1,169
magicolor 2480MF
magicolor 2400W, magicolor 2500W : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. Status Monitor feature will not install. magicolor 2480MF/2490MF : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). PagePro 1400W : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. Status Monitor feature will not install. magicolor 2200DL, magicolor 2550; magicolor 5430DL; magicolor 5440DL; magicolor 5450; magicolor 5550/5570; magicolor 6100DL, magicolor 7450 : USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. Note : For all listed models, please see attached documentation for additional installation instructions. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0900830EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program. Solution Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program . Items that can be returned : bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C351/C450/C450P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C300/C352/C352P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C451/C550/C650 Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box Items that cannot be returned : Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500. Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On PagePro 1100 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1200/1250 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1300 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 4100 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 6 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 8 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 12 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 18 Series Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,170
magicolor 2480MF
Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 20 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 25 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 1060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2560 Series Toner Cartridge Color Printers/All-In-Ones magicolor 330 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2200/2210 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum magicolor 2300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2500 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 3100 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 3300 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 5400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 7300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black Color PageWorks Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,171
magicolor 2490MF
Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
Description Though the printer and scanner driver can be installed correctly on Microsoft Windows Server 2003, neither "Windows Scanner and Camera Wizard" nor "PaperPort SE" detects any installed scanner. "The service cannot be started, either because it is disabled or because it has no enabled devices associated with it." message when trying to scan using the "Windows Scanner and Camera Wizard". WIA is listed in the Microsoft Windows Device Manager correctly. This problem is related to the setting of the services on Microsoft Windows Server 2003. Solution CAUSE: Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) service is disabled. SOLUTION: Enable Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) service in Administrative Tools (Start => Programs => Administrative Tools => Services). Note : By default, this service is disabled on Microsoft Windows Server 2003. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan). Solution ID TAUS0801995EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Microsoft Windows XP driver for the Microsoft Windows Vista operating system. Solution The Microsoft Windows XP driver can be used in the Microsoft Windows Vista operating environment for the following printers. magicolor 2200DL magicolor 2300 DL magicolor 2300W magicolor 2400W magicolor 2430 DL magicolor 2480MF magicolor 2490MF magicolor 2500W magicolor 2530 DL magicolor 2550 magicolor 5430DL magicolor 5440DL magicolor 5450 magicolor 5550/5570 magicolor 6100DL magicolor 7450 PagePro 1200W/1250W PagePro 1300W/1350W PagePro 1400W magicolor 2300 DL, magicolor 2300W, magicolor 2430 DL, PagePro 1200W/1250W, PagePro 1300W/1350W : 1. USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. While the Status Monitor is not supported for use in Windows Vista, it can be installed by running the Setup.exe file in the driver set after the initial install above. You can delete the second copy of the driver that is created in the Printers control panel. magicolor 2530 DL : Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,172
magicolor 2490MF
1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. Status Monitor feature will not function (shows constant Power Off/Communication Error). magicolor 2400W, magicolor 2500W : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. Status Monitor feature will not install. magicolor 2480MF/2490MF : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). PagePro 1400W : 1. USB and Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. 2. When the driver installs, the port defaults to FILE. You will want to manually change the port to USB, Parallel or TCP/IP (as applicable). 3. Status Monitor feature will not install. magicolor 2200DL, magicolor 2550; magicolor 5430DL; magicolor 5440DL; magicolor 5450; magicolor 5550/5570; magicolor 6100DL, magicolor 7450 : USB and/or Parallel installs should be performed using the Found New Hardware Wizard. Note : For all listed models, please see attached documentation for additional installation instructions. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0900830EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program. Solution Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program . Items that can be returned : bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C351/C450/C450P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C300/C352/C352P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C451/C550/C650 Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box Items that cannot be returned : Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500. Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On PagePro 1100 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1200/1250 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1300 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 4100 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 6 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 8 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,173
magicolor 2490MF
PageWorks/Pro 12 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 18 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 20 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 25 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 1060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2560 Series Toner Cartridge Color Printers/All-In-Ones magicolor 330 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2200/2210 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum magicolor 2300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2500 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 3100 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 3300 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 5400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 7300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black Color PageWorks Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,174
magicolor 2590MF
Solution ID
TAUS0902848EN*
Solution Usage
Description How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program. Solution Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program . Items that can be returned : bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C351/C450/C450P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C300/C352/C352P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C451/C550/C650 Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box Items that cannot be returned : Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500. Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On PagePro 1100 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1200/1250 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1300 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 4100 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 6 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 8 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 12 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,175
magicolor 2590MF
PageWorks/Pro 18 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 20 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 25 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 1060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2560 Series Toner Cartridge Color Printers/All-In-Ones magicolor 330 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2200/2210 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum magicolor 2300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2500 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 3100 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 3300 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 5400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 7300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black Color PageWorks Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,176
magicolor 3100
Description How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program. Solution Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program . Items that can be returned : bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C351/C450/C450P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C300/C352/C352P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C451/C550/C650 Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box Items that cannot be returned : Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500. Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On PagePro 1100 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1200/1250 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1300 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 4100 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 6 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 8 Series Toner Cartridge Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,177
magicolor 3100
OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 12 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 18 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 20 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 25 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 1060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2560 Series Toner Cartridge Color Printers/All-In-Ones magicolor 330 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2200/2210 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum magicolor 2300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2500 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 3100 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 3300 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 5400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 7300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black Color PageWorks Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801980EN* Solution Usage 0
August 2011
1,178
magicolor 3300
Description How to package toner cartridges and waste toner boxes for the Clean Planet Program. Solution Forinformation please see the Konica Minolta Recycling Program . Items that can be returned : bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C351/C450/C450P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C300/C352/C352P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C451/C550/C650 Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P Toner Cartridges CMYK Waste Toner Box Items that cannot be returned : Toner Bottles for bizhub 200/250/350, bizhub 360/420/500, bizhub 600/750, bizhub PRO 920, bizhub PRO 1050, bizhub PRO C500, bizhub C6500. Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. Eligible Printer Consumables Monochrome Printers/All-In-On PagePro 1100 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 1200/1250 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,179
magicolor 3300
PagePro 1300 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PagePro 4100 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 6 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 8 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 12 Series Toner Cartridge OPC Drum PageWorks/Pro 18 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 20 Series Toner Cartridge PageWorks/Pro 25 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 1060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2060 Series Toner Cartridge QMS 2560 Series Toner Cartridge Color Printers/All-In-Ones magicolor 330 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2200/2210 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum magicolor 2300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 2500 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 3100 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 3300 Series Imaging Unit magicolor 5400 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black magicolor 7300 Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black Print Unit Assemblies: Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Black Color PageWorks Series Toner Cartridges: cyan, magenta, yellow, black OPC Drum Please recycle these items using your local recycling centers.The toner bottles are made of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE, SPI Code #2) which many recycling centers will accept. IMPORTANT : Only items listed above will be accepted for recycling by KMBS under the Clean Planet Program.However, many of the supplies used in Konica Minolta products are safe for local disposal.Please dispose or recycle these items locally. Please E-mail us to receive a listing of KMBS Recycling Centers kmbscleanplanet@kmbs.konicaminolta.us SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Freddie Burnham, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,180
magicolor 4650DN
1,181
magicolor 4650DN
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description Power consumption data. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,182
magicolor 4650DN
Please see attachedpower consumption data for warm-up, standby, and running modes. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,183
magicolor 4650EN
1,184
magicolor 4650EN
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description The toner is replaced and the count resets. A day or so later, the toner indicates low or empty. The problem reoccurs after another toner cartridge is installed. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,185
magicolor 4650EN
CAUSE: The sensor in the imaging unit detects that toner needs replenishing. The supply motor rotates and causes the toner count to decrease. The shutter mechanism on the toner or imaging unit is not open or in the locked position. Therefore, the toner is not being supplied to the imaging unit. SOLUTION: To correct: 1. Make sure toner cartridge has been shaken before installation. 2. Shake the imaging unit from left to right before installation of toner. 3. Make sure shutter on imaging unit and cartridge are all the way in the locked position and fully opened. 4. Replace imaging unit and toner cartridge. Parts : Imaging units: Cyan (C) - A0310GF, Magenta (M)- A0310AF, Yellow (Y)- A03105F, Black (K)- A03100F Toner cartridges: High C- A0DK432 M- A0DK332 Y- A0DK232 K- A0DK132 Standard C- A0DK431 M- A0DK331 Y- A0DK231 K- A0DK131 Note : Please see attached zipped videos for additional assistance. To open the file, WinZipshould be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. The videosare to be played on Microsoft Windows Media Player. The latest Media Player can be downloaded at: http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/default.mspx . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBS - Mobile, AL
August 2011
1,186
magicolor 4690MF
Solution ID
TAUS1001525EN*
Solution Usage
Description How to set up Scan-to-SMB (file sharing): in a Domain environment. in a Workgroup (Peer-to-Peer environment). Solution The attacheddocumentation will guide you on whatrequired in order to share a folderthen make it available on the network, andwhatsettings must beentered on the various machines via a web browseror as a walkup. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Related Topics Microsoft Windows XP setup procedure: Confirm the User and available Shared Folders Verify the network information of the Workstation Create and Share a Folder Checkthe firewall Check from another computer Review Procedure on a Domain via a Web Browser oras a walkup Scan using a Host Name Set up a hidden Share Scan to a hiddenShare (Web Browser and walkup settings) Scan to a Sub-Folder (Web Browser and walkup setup) Create a Favorite Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,187
magicolor 4690MF
SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902848EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Power consumption data. Solution Please see attachedpower consumption data for warm-up, standby, and running modes. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,188
magicolor 4695MF
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description How to set up Scan-to-SMB (file sharing): in a Domain environment. in a Workgroup (Peer-to-Peer environment). Solution The attacheddocumentation will guide you on whatrequired in order to share a folderthen make it available on the network, andwhatsettings must beentered on the various machines via a web browseror as a walkup. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Related Topics Microsoft Windows XP setup procedure: Confirm the User and available Shared Folders Verify the network information of the Workstation Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,189
magicolor 4695MF
Create and Share a Folder Checkthe firewall Check from another computer Review Procedure on a Domain via a Web Browser oras a walkup Scan using a Host Name Set up a hidden Share Scan to a hiddenShare (Web Browser and walkup settings) Scan to a Sub-Folder (Web Browser and walkup setup) Create a Favorite SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902848EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Macintosh OS X version 10.6 (Snow Leopard) printer driver information.
August 2011
1,190
magicolor 4750DN
1,191
magicolor 4750DN
August 2011
1,192
magicolor 4750DN
Description After replacing toner, a "INCORRECT TONER" message is indicated. Solution CAUSE: Firmware update is required. SOLUTION: Please download and install the following firmware. bizhub C35: C35-ENG-G0070000 bizhub C35P: C35P-ENG-G0080000 magicolor 4750DN: mc4750-ENG-G0080000 magicolor 4750EN: mc4750-ENG-G0080000 The firmware is available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Note : Please refer to attached Bulletin Number7653 and the update procedure for more detail.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS Solution ID TAUS1002476EN* Solution Usage
Description Caution when updating firmware.
August 2011
1,193
magicolor 4750EN
1,194
magicolor 4750EN
August 2011
1,195
magicolor 4750EN
Description Euro symbol '' support. Solution Euro symbol '' support .
August 2011
1,196
magicolor 5650EN
1,197
magicolor 5650EN
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,198
magicolor 5650EN
Description The toner is replaced and the count resets. A day or so later, the toner indicates low or empty. The problem reoccurs after another toner cartridge is installed. Solution CAUSE: The sensor in the imaging unit detects that toner needs replenishing. The supply motor rotates and causes the toner count to decrease. The shutter mechanism on the toner or imaging unit is not open or in the locked position. Therefore, the toner is not being supplied to the imaging unit. SOLUTION: To correct: 1. Make sure toner cartridge has been shaken before installation. 2. Shake the imaging unit from left to right before installation of toner. 3. Make sure shutter on imaging unit and cartridge are all the way in the locked position and fully opened. 4. Replace imaging unit and toner cartridge. Parts : Imaging units: Cyan (C) - A0310GF, Magenta (M)- A0310AF, Yellow (Y)- A03105F, Black (K)- A03100F Toner cartridges: High C- A0DK432 M- A0DK332 Y- A0DK232 K- A0DK132 Standard C- A0DK431 M- A0DK331 Y- A0DK231 K- A0DK131 Note : Please see attached zipped videos for additional assistance. To open the file, WinZipshould be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm .The file can either be saved to disk or opened.It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. The videosare to be played on Microsoft Windows Media Player. The latest Media Player can be downloaded at: http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/default.mspx . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBS - Mobile, AL Solution ID TAUS0901684EN* Solution Usage 3
August 2011
1,199
magicolor 5670EN
1,200
magicolor 5670EN
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description Power consumption data. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,201
magicolor 5670EN
Please see attachedpower consumption data for warm-up, standby, and running modes. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Clinton Marquardt, ESS and Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,202
magicolor 7450II
1,203
magicolor 7450II
Solution ID
TAUS1002380EN*
Solution Usage
Description Konica Minolta Universal PostScript/PCL Printer Drivers. Solution Updated versions of the Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driver (PostScript) and Universal Printer Driver (PCL) are available. This recent printer driver release includes the following new features: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2/Microsoft Windows 7 WHQL support Enhancements to Network Search a Printer Status You can make sure that a printer does not have an error or warning to prevent printing a Number of Jobs Waiting to Print Check the backlog of jobs Additional Individual Child Driver Support for: a Konica Minolta bizhub C652 Series for function version 3 (see note) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,204
magicolor 7450II
a Konica Minolta bizhub C360 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C35 a Konica Minolta bizhub C35P a Konica Minolta magicolor 4750EN/DN Note : Function version 3 requires the latest firmware to be installed on the bizhub C652 series/C360 series in order to take advantage of the Individual Printer Driver. If you do not have the latest firmware installed on those devices, the UPD will use the bizhub Common Child Driver instead. New version available for download: Universal Printer Driver PCL version 1.10.1.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.1.0) Universal Printer Driver PostScript version 1.10.0.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.0.0) These printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : This is a new release version and not a patch update. If a previous version of the UPD driver exists you will have to uninstall the old version first. Please refer to the attachedUniversal Printer Driver (UPD) brochure for more detailed information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
Solution ID
TAUS1002050EN*
Solution Usage
Description Jam code 3001 or 3201 (magicolor 8650DN). Paper Jam - Fuser/Exit or Paper Jam - Second Trans message (magicolor 7450/7450II).
August 2011
1,205
magicolor 8650DN
Description C2152 at power up. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Detecting Plate not positioned properly. Shape of the detecting plate has been modified. Install the modified Detecting Plate (p/n A02E 5033 01). Please refer to the attached procedure for instructions on how to install the modified bracket. Note :The following are the serial number cut-inswith themodified Detecting Plate installed: bizhub C353 - A02E010005899 and onward bizhub C203 - A02E012005777 and onward bizhub C253 - A02E011005566 and onward bizhub C353P - A02E013000060 and onward magicolor 8650 - no cut-in available 2. Transfer Belt Retraction Sensor (PS31) mounting bracket (p/n A02E 1121 00) is fixed with a screw and it can be tilted while assembling. If the bracket is tilted, the sensor cannot detect the Transfer Belt position properly. In order to avoid tilting the bracket, the shape of the bracket has been changed.The shape of the sensor actuator has also been changed because the actuator could touch the other parts. PARTS A02E 1121 00 -current Bracket A02E 1121 11 - modified Bracket A02E 1122 01 - current Actuator A02E 1122 12 - modified Actuator Notes : a.When at the machine, please check the condition of Sensor Bracket and change the Sensor Bracket and Actuator if necessary. b. Please refer to details in attachedBulletin Number 6252 (applies tobizhub C203/C253/C353). To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. 3. Somepacking material was not removed froma new Transfer belt before installation. Ensure that allpacking material has been removed before the Transfer belt is installed. 4. Failure of the Transfer Belt Retraction clutch (CL7). Check for wiring being pinched from bypass door and replace the failed parts. PARTS CL7 (p/n A02E M200 00) bizhub C353 Drive Wiring/1(p/n A02E N10F 02) bizhub C253 Drive Wiring/2 (p/n A02E N117 02) bizhub C203 Drive Wiring/3 (p/n A02E N10Y 02) bizhub C353P Drive Wiring/4 (p/n A02E N11A 00) magicolor 8650 Drive Wiring/6 (p/n A02E N11C 00) SPECIAL NOTE :Solution contribution by Rich Raynor, ESS; Freddie Burnham/Mike McCarthy, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends/Don St. Onge, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701083EN* Solution Usage 34
Description C255x. Code can be cleared butmay reoccur. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: bizhub C203/C253/C353/C353P/C252/C300/C352/magicolor 8650 1. Toner is not supplied due to abnormal position of coupling. After toner installation, codemay occur withina few hundred prints. Push the couplinglightly and release it from the bracket. (see attached documentation) bizhub C250/C250P/C252/C252P/C300/C350 2. Toner cartridge, Imaging Unit or ATDC connection issues. Please refer to the attached documentation addressingC255x codes. bizhub C250/C250P/C300/C352/C352P 3. Toner is not replenished properly from the Toner Cartridge to the Imaging Unit. TCR sensor detected abnormal low toner density (C2551 - Cyan, C2553 Magenta, C2555 - Yellow, C2557 - Black). Part of the mylar film from the toner bottle blocks the toner replenishment entrance or Toner Cartridge is not set properly. Remove any obstruction; reseat toner cartridge. Note :See attached TNI (Technical Notice & Information)for additional information. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. bizhub C252/C300/C352 4. Failed Imaging Unit. Replace Imaging Unit. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,206
magicolor 8650DN
bizhub C252 Image Units: Black(Item #4062201) Yellow(Item #4062301) Magenta(Item #4062401) Cyan(Item #4062501) bizhub C300/C352 Image Units: Black(Item #4062221) Yellow (Item #4062321) Magenta (Item #4062421) Cyan(Item #4062521) SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez and Gregg Gallant, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703575EN* Solution Usage 29
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,207
MARS Mini II
Description IC and PW board-A change. Solution See KOM060298.pdf for details. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS1002370EN* Solution Usage
Description MARS Mini II does not function when the RFC15A is connected. Solution CAUSE:SW3 isset to OFF and the cartridge gap is incorrectly adjusted. SOLUTION:Set SW 3 to ON for the RFC15A and adjust gap on cartridge lever as shown in the attached document. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0645550EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to setup LDAP setting on an MFP device. Solution Refer to the How to setup LDAP Setting on MFP Device document. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,208
MF161
August 2011
1,209
MF1700
Description The fax unit is printing very light copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The transfer roller if the image on the drum is dark. Clean or replace, as necessary. 2. Dirty optics in the printhead. Clean or replace, as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0634165EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Explanations for error messages: * LD error * Heater error * Fan error Solution Please refer to bulletin 2527 . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0634167EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to release documents that do not automatically eject after canceling the transmission. Solution To eject documents press: STOP, COPY, & STOP again. Solution ID TAUS0634171EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The fax prints blank pages. Solution CAUSE: In the take-up section the spring has stretched beyond its limit. SOLUTION: Replace the Gear, Collar, and Spring in the take-up section. Note: The MF1800 has the same feeding section as the MF1700/MF1900. Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0634174EN* Solution Usage 0
1,210
MF1700
How to delete or modify a number in a Group Dial. Solution The Group Key must be deleted before modifying/deleting One Touch or Speed Dial. Please refer to the Operator's Manual for details. Solution ID TAUS0635698EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Various fax communications issues, MF1700. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect firmware. Ensure the firmware in the machine is current and the machine has been properly reset. 2. Phone line noise. Check the phone line for any noise and/or try connecting the machine to another phone line. 3. Incorrect phone service. Ensure that the machine is not connected to a DSL line with a filter. Solution ID TAUS0645554EN* Solution Usage 0
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,211
MicroPress 6
Description Slow printing issue when utilizing Macintosh OS 10.4.x. Solution CAUSE: Issue with the CUPS daemon configuration file on Macintosh OS 10.4.x. being corrupt. SOLUTION: The old CUPS daemon configuration file must be deleted and a new one created. Please see the attached document for instruction on how to remove and re-create the daemon configuration file. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tim Blevins - KMBS/Cleveland
August 2011
1,212
MicroPress 7
Description SC49-01. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Failed IC Controller board or HDD/2. Check HDD and IC Controller board connections. If deemed necessary, replace the IC controller board (p/n 56UA -910 2E). Ifproblem persistsor error code changes to a different SC-49xx code, replace HDD/2 (p/n 56UE -922 0) 2. Incorrect settings. Note : Other than the error, when printing the same job to 2 different machines, one prints the job right away and the other one takes time. At the printer, make sure 'Spool' mode is set to 'Auto'. When printing from MicroPress, select (in order): Machine tab Controller tab 04 - Spool andselect 'Auto' SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0650308EN* Solution Usage 9
Description How to print from Macintosh OSX to MicroPress 7.x Solution At the MicroPress, complete the following steps (the first five steps will only have to be completed on an SX or DX Server. If an MX Server is available, go directly to step 6): 1. Right-click on My Network Places and select Properties. 2. Right-click on Local Area Connection and select Properties. 3. Select Install. 4. Select Protocol and click Add. 5. Select the DLC Protocol then click Ok. 6. Go to Start/Settings/Control Panel. 7. Double-click on Add/Remove Programs. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,213
MicroPress 7
8. Double-click on Add/Remove Windows Components. 9. Scroll down and put a check next to Other Network File and Print Services. 10. Click on Details. 11. Make sure there is a check mark in front of Print Services for Unix. 12. Click OK. The necessary software will be installed and the window will close. 13. Then close the Add/Remove Programs window. 14. Go to Start/Setting/Printers. 15. Double-click on Add Printers and click Next. 16. Select Local printer and make sure that Automatically detect and Install My Plug and Play Printer is deselected and then click Next. 17. Select Create a new port and from the drop menu select LPR Port. 18. Go to Start/run/cmd. 19. Type net start lpdsvc and hit enter on the keyboard. 20. Complete the next window: Name or TCP/IP address of the server providing LPD and Name of printer or print queue on that serverto whichyou wish to print. The queue name should be the name of the printer as it appears in the Printers window. It would be a good idea for the printer name and share name to be the same. Example: MP 085r Monochrome N1, and then click OK. 21. In the next window under Manufacturers scroll down and select T/R Systems. 22. In the same window under Printer select the appropriate driver for the printer and then click Next. 23. Select Keep existing driver (recommended) and then click Next. 24. Select a Printer name for the printer, eight characters or less and then click Next. 25. In the next window select Share as and the printer name will automatically come up from the last window, it can be changed. Then click Next. 26. Click Next again because it is not necessary to put in a Location or Comments 27. Select Yes and allow it to print a test page then click Next. 28. In the next window click Finish. On the Macintosh,do the following: 1. Double-click on the hard drive. 2. Double-click on the Applications folder. 3. Double-click on the Utilities folder. 4. Double-click on the Print Center utility. 5. When this utility comes up, click on Add. The Name of the MicroPress or its TCP/IP address will be required. The Name of the Print Queue will also be required. 6. Once this is done, open an application and print a job to the MicroPress to confirm that it is set up correctly. Notes : a. After Selecting Unix Print Servicesstart the servicevia Admin Tools/Services as it is set to MANUAL. b.Re-boot the Macintosh if printing fails SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,214
MicroPress 7.5
Description How to print from Macintosh OSX to MicroPress 7.x Solution At the MicroPress, complete the following steps (the first five steps will only have to be completed on an SX or DX Server. If an MX Server is available, go directly to step 6): 1. Right-click on My Network Places and select Properties. 2. Right-click on Local Area Connection and select Properties. 3. Select Install. 4. Select Protocol and click Add. 5. Select the DLC Protocol then click Ok. 6. Go to Start/Settings/Control Panel. 7. Double-click on Add/Remove Programs. 8. Double-click on Add/Remove Windows Components. 9. Scroll down and put a check next to Other Network File and Print Services. 10. Click on Details. 11. Make sure there is a check mark in front of Print Services for Unix. 12. Click OK. The necessary software will be installed and the window will close. 13. Then close the Add/Remove Programs window. 14. Go to Start/Setting/Printers. 15. Double-click on Add Printers and click Next. 16. Select Local printer and make sure that Automatically detect and Install My Plug and Play Printer is deselected and then click Next. 17. Select Create a new port and from the drop menu select LPR Port. 18. Go to Start/run/cmd. 19. Type net start lpdsvc and hit enter on the keyboard. 20. Complete the next window: Name or TCP/IP address of the server providing LPD and Name of printer or print queue on that serverto whichyou wish to print. The queue name should be the name of the printer as it appears in the Printers window. It would be a good idea for the printer name and share name to be the same. Example: MP 085r Monochrome N1, and then click OK. 21. In the next window under Manufacturers scroll down and select T/R Systems. 22. In the same window under Printer select the appropriate driver for the printer and then click Next. 23. Select Keep existing driver (recommended) and then click Next. 24. Select a Printer name for the printer, eight characters or less and then click Next. 25. In the next window select Share as and the printer name will automatically come up from the last window, it can be changed. Then click Next. 26. Click Next again because it is not necessary to put in a Location or Comments 27. Select Yes and allow it to print a test page then click Next. 28. In the next window click Finish. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,215
MicroPress 7.5
On the Macintosh,do the following: 1. Double-click on the hard drive. 2. Double-click on the Applications folder. 3. Double-click on the Utilities folder. 4. Double-click on the Print Center utility. 5. When this utility comes up, click on Add. The Name of the MicroPress or its TCP/IP address will be required. The Name of the Print Queue will also be required. 6. Once this is done, open an application and print a job to the MicroPress to confirm that it is set up correctly. Notes : a. After Selecting Unix Print Servicesstart the servicevia Admin Tools/Services as it is set to MANUAL. b.Re-boot the Macintosh if printing fails SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone and Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808269EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Supported peripherals and configurations. Solution PrintStation 6565km supports the following peripherals : PF-601 -Two-Tray Universal Paper Feed Unit HT-504 -Heater for PF-601 LU-202 -Large Capacity Tray HT-503 -Heater for LU-202 FD-501 -Multi-Folding Unit OT-502 -Output Tray FS-503 -Staple/Stacker Unit SD-501 -Saddle-Stitch Unit LS-501 -Large Capacity Stacker FS-607 -Booklet Finisher PK-512(US) -Punch Kit PK-512(EU) -Punch Kit PK-513 -Punch Kit PI-502 -Post Inserter FS-520 -Staple Finisher PB-501 -Perfect Binder PrintStation 6565km supported configurations include: FS-503 FD-501 SD-501 LS-501 FD-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + SD-501 FD-501 + LS-501 OT-502 FD-501 + SD-501 PB-501 FD-501 + PB-501 SD-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + SD-501 + PB-501 LS-501 + PB-501 SD-501 + FS-503 FD-501 + SD-501 + FS-503 FS-607 (may include PI-502 + PK-513) FS-520 (may include PI-502 + PK-513) PrintStation 0105km supported peripherals: PF-701 -Paper Feeder Unit LS-501/LS-502 -Large Capacity Stacker FS-503 -Stapler Finisher FD-501 -Folding Unit SD-501 -Booklet Maker PB-501 -Perfect Binder Finsher Printstation 0150km Supported combinations include: FD-501 FD-501 + SD-501 FD-501 + FS-503 FD-501 + SD-501 + FS-503 LS-501 + LS-502 LS-501 + FS-503 Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,216
MicroPress 7.5
LS-501 + LS-501 + FS-503 LS-502 SD-501 FS-503 LS-501 + SD-501 FD-501 + LS-502 FD-501 + LS-501 + FS-503 SD-501 + FS-503 PB-501 SD-501 + PB-501 LS-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + SD-501 + PB-501 FD-501 + LS-501 + PB-501 LS-501 + SD-501 + FS-503 SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,217
MicroPress 8
Description Significant pause between print sets. Solution CAUSE: Continuation print is OFF. SOLUTION: Enable continuation print. To turn ON continuation print: bizhub PRO 1050/1050e 1. Press Utility/Counter. 2. Select Machine Manager Setting. 3. Select Copy/Printer setting. 4. Select Continuation Print (Print). 5. Select ON Save changes - touch OK to exit. bizhub PRO C5500/6500/C5501/C6501 1. Press Utility/Counter. 2. Select Machine Admin Setting. 3. Select Common Setting. 4. For Continuation Print Select Printer ON. 5. Exit Administrator mode. bizhub PRO 1051/1200 1. Press Utility/Counter. 2. Select Administrator Setting. 3. Select Copy/Printer setting. 4. Select Continuation Print (Print). 5. Select ON Save changes - touch OK to exit. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0650986EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Slow printing to a bizhub PRO 1050 connected to MicroPress controller. The entire job spools to theprinter beforeprinting begins. Solution CAUSE: On the MFP, Spool mode is set to ON. SOLUTION: When printing from a MicroPress controller, set spool to AUTO.From the bizhub PRO 1050 operation panel, access Machine tab a Controller tab a 04- Spool and select Auto . Note : Be sure to reboot the bizhub PRO 1050using the main power switch after changing the spool setting. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0651750EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to archive a file from a MicroPresssystem. Solution To archive a file from a MicroPress system, perform the following: 1. From PrintStation Manager, select Tools, Options, Archive, Format - verify that MSM is checked. 2.From PrintStation Manager highlight the file that is to be archived. 3. From the PrintStation Manager toolbar, press the Archive button. This will bring up a dialog box which prompts for a destination to save the file. 4. Select a location to save the file and select OK. The file will then be saved with an MSM extension. This is the archive format used by MicroPress. The file is then portable and can be "unarchived" on the same or another system. Job settings will be saved with the file. Note : Archiving is the method that SSD (Solutions Support Division)requires if a file is to besubmitted for testing. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900587EN* Solution Usage 1
Description PDF version support. Solution MicroPress system software version 8.0.0 supports PDF version 1.7 (Adobe Acrobat 8 and prior). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0901621EN* Solution Usage 1
Description MicroPress 8 guide for migrating from Microsoft Windows Vista to Microsoft Windows XP Professional. Solution The attached documentionwill guide you through the process of migrating your MicroPress 8.0.0.0km and MicroPress 8.0.2.0km Server from the Microsoft Windows Vista Business 64-bit Edition Operating System to the Microsoft Windows XP Professional 64-bit Edition Operating System. The Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,218
MicroPress 8
three main steps are: Preparing for the Operating System Migration Migrating the MicroPress Server Preparing MicroPress Client Computers. Note: To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0903007EN* Solution Usage 1
Description MicroSpool fails to launch when launching the MicroPress software using the LaunchMPress.bat file in the Microsoft Windows Startup folder. A security device error message is displayed. Solution CAUSE: The sentinel driver does not have time to load before MicroSpool starts. SOLUTION: Replace the LaunchMPress.bat file with the attached LaunchMPressM.bat file in the Microsoft Windows Startup folder. Note : A 5-second delay was added to the batch file to give the sentinel driver time to load when Microsoft Windows boots. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1103563EN* Solution Usage 1
Description IC-413 version 1.0 patches and supported equipment for MicroPress version 8.2.0.0km. Solution MicroPress version 8.2.0.0km Supported Print Engines : bizhub PRESS C6000/C7000 PrintStation 7070km : Support for the Konica Minolta bizhub PRESS C6000/C7000 Default PrintStation Name :BH System support for PrintStation 7070km :IC-413 Controller, version 1.0 Note : The controller must have the supported version of the server software installed BEFORE the MicroPress is physically connected to the engine. Failure to do so may render the controller inoperable. Previous versions of the controller, not listed in this Service Bulletin, are not supported with this release. IC 413 Controller/PrintLink version 1.0 required patches 1st additional patch: 1-19QIXT (attached) 2nd additional patch: 1-1A2SSM (attached) 3rd additional patch: 1-1AI6PH_2 (attached) 4th additional patch: 1-1AQ6IT (attached) Patch location: C:\MicroPress\Firmware\EnginePatch\PrintStation 7070km Note : MicroPress connectivity requires specific patches. General Fiery patches are not supported for MicroPress connectivity and therefore should not be installed. Loading a patch file other than that which is listed may render the controller inoperable. Approved patches must be applied in the order indicated. Once the approved patch versions have been installed no other patches should subsequently be applied. Supported optional equipment for PrintStation 7070km DF-622 Automatic Duplexing Document Feeder FD-503 Multi-Folding Unit FS-521 100-sheet Stapler/Stacker Finisher FS-531 50-sheet Stapler Finisher FS-612 Booklet Finisher GP-501 GBC Multi-Hole Punch Unit HD-514 Optional Hard Drive Unit LS-505 Large Capacity Stacker LU-202 2,500-Sheet Paper Feed Unit PB-503 Perfect Binder Unit PF-602 6,000-Sheet Paper Feed Unit PI-502 Post Inserter (for FS-612 and FS-531) PK-512 Punch Kit (for FS-612 and FS-531) RU-506 Relay Unit (for GP-501) RU-509 Relay Unit SD-506 Saddle Stitch Unit Cautionary statements for PrintStation 7070km 1. The paper sizes below must be entered as custom paper sizes on the engine for them to print through the MicroPress. Folio (8.5x13) Folio Small (8.25x13) Foolscap (8.125x13.25) 2.7070km engine may not recover correctly if engine jams in first 10 pages of a job by pressing "start" on engine after clearing the paper path. The job must Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,219
MicroPress 8
be aborted, and restarted from the PrintStation Manager. 3. When setting Tab Stock (Letter or A4) media in a source tray, you must deactivate the ATS for that tray. If not, standard Letter or A4 jobs may empty tray switch and begin printing on Tab Stock for job run. 4. The Perfect Binder does not support Z-Fold pages within a Perfect Binder job at this time. 5. Selecting a cover size smaller that the recommend size will prevent the generated job from printing. The recommend practice is to select a cover size of the paper size in the tray or to use Auto Calculation. Known issues for PrintStation 7070km: 1. Generate Cover used with the 7070km does not support Right binding. All jobs must be laid out as left binding. 2. Generate Cover does not work with SEF jobs. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900588EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to set a virtual engine to hold all incoming jobs. Solution To set a virtual engine as a hold queue perform the following: 1. In PrintStation Manager (PSM) select the virtual engine. 2. Select Engine Defaults from the Virtual Engine menu in PSM. 3. Check the Hold Incoming Jobs check box. 4. Click OK. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,220
MicroSP 2000
Description Part numbers for the oscillators that control the printer. Solution Please see bulletin 2995 . Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0632283EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What oscillator should be changed when installing the MSP-2000L printer onto a MS6000? Solution When the MSP-2000L is installed, remove both oscillators from PW Board-B and install the oscillator supplied with the MSP-2000L printer into the OSC1 socket. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Ken Walker, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701898EN* Solution Usage
Description What is the speed of the oscillator chip for OSC1 and OSC2? Solution The speed of the oscillator chip OSC1 (p/n 0820-6704-01)is 43MHz and OSC2 (p/n 0820-6703-01) is 95MHz. Solution ID TAUS0807925EN* Solution Usage
Description What is the part number for the lamp? Solution The part number for the lamp is (p/n 9351-2820-81) SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808601EN* Solution Usage
Description Copier indicatesa CF code on start up. It was recently switched fromthe Micro SP 2000 to a Micro SP 3000 as part of an update and now the code will not clear. Solution Cause: The Oscillator chips are different on the MS6000 depending on what Micro SP is installed. Since the Micro SP has been installed a new Oscillator chip needs to be installed on the MS6000 PW Board-E. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,221
MicroSP 2000
Solution: Replace the Oscillator chip on the MS6000 PW Board-E (p/n 0820-6702-01). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Ken Walker, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808603EN* Solution Usage
Description Howdo you determineif the correct oscillator is installed on the PW Board-E for the printer? Solution The oscillator chip for the printer is stamped with a number indicating what printer it is used for. Look on the PW Board-E on theprinter and see if the oscillator on the chip holder OSC1 is stamped 2000H for MSP 3000 or 2000L for the MSP 2000. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Ken Walker, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0901783EN* Solution Usage
Description What is the part number for the wiring harness from PU2 to the lamp? Solution The part number for the wiring harness for the lamp is (p/n 0820-6811-02). See PDF attachment for further details. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,222
MicroSP 2000/3000/6000/7000 Printer

Description C-1520, C-1521, C-1522, C-1523, and C-1524 are not listed in the Service Manual. What do these codes indicate? Solution These codes are listed in Product & Technical Support Bulletin 3298. C-1520 : Fusing Unit Malfunction (fusing unit -p/n 0993-0347-03) C-1521 : Laser Diode Failure (print head unit -p/n 0993-0531-22) C-1522 : Polygon Motor Failure (print head unit -p/n 0993-0531-22) C-1523 : Main Motor Failure (M1 -p/n 0993-6101-01) C-1524 : Fan Motor (M3 -p/n 0993-6104-01, M4 -p/n 0993-6103-01) Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html Solution ID TAUS0701898EN* Solution Usage
Solution ID
TAUS1000675EN*
Solution Usage August 2011
1,223
MicroSP 2000/3000/6000/7000 Printer

Description Intermittently trays are not being recognized. Solution CAUSE: The Power board B was replaced with a new board and settings are missing. SOLUTION: Perform an ATDC adjustment. Note: Open the front panel, asmall hole will be present witha push-button switch. Push the button with a paper clip to run the drum dry. Solution Provided by Don St.Onge - Windsor SSD
August 2011
1,224
MicroSP 3000
Description Part numbers for the oscillators that control the printer. Solution Please see bulletin 2995 . Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0632283EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Copier indicatesa CF code on start up. It was recently switched fromthe Micro SP 2000 to a Micro SP 3000 as part of an update and now the code will not clear. Solution Cause: The Oscillator chips are different on the MS6000 depending on what Micro SP is installed. Since the Micro SP has been installed a new Oscillator chip needs to be installed on the MS6000 PW Board-E. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,225
MicroSP 3000
Solution: Replace the Oscillator chip on the MS6000 PW Board-E (p/n 0820-6702-01). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Ken Walker, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808603EN* Solution Usage
August 2011
1,226
Minolta Micropress Cluster Printing System

Description How to set up and connect MicroPress* to the bizhub C500. Solution Follow the instructions in the Setup Guide to configure the bizhub C500 for use with the MicroPress. The bizhub C500 will require a minimum firmware level of 12 to support connectivity with the version 7.x MicroPress. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0639755EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to set the TCP/IP* address of PrintLink. Solution Changing the TCP/IP address requires the use of Telnet. To use Telnet to change the TCP/IP address, perform the following: 1. Go to the Start menu. 2. Click Run. 3. When the Run dialog is displayed, type telnet 10.10.10.2 (or the current TCP/IP address of the Print Link) and click OK. 4. At the next prompt, type setip and press Enter. 5. Press Enter until inet on ethernet (e) : is displayed. The current TCP/IP address is displayed also. 6. Enter the new TCP/IP address and press Enter until other (o) : is displayed. Press Enter again and the - prompt will be displayed, signifying that the new TCP/IP address has been recorded (it may take a few seconds for this to happen). 7. Power the engine OFF/ON to switch to the new TCP/IP address. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0634060EN* Solution Usage 2
Description List of equipment that is no longer being supported. Solution Please see attached Product & Technical Support Bulletins 1792 and 2443 andMarketing Bulletin#07-GB-016. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,227
Minolta Micropress Cluster Printing System

Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,228
MINOLTAFAX 1600
Description Unimessage PRO won't log on. Solution CAUSE: Unimessage has 3 parts to its program: the scheduler, the user interface, and the device drivers. This error usually occurs when the scheduler is not running on the system and a client (user) is trying to log on. SOLUTION: Start the scheduler. Note: See section 1 of the quick start guide for more details. Solution ID TAUS0624014EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The message "Caution Recording Paper Jam" is indicated on the LCD. When the machine prints there is no paper lift and a recording paper jam occurs in the paper take-up section. Solution CAUSE: Sometimes the gear used for the mechanical clutch is not turned by the tension of the torsion spring even if the paper take-up solenoid is energized. As a result, the paper take-up roller does not turn. SOLUTION: Replace the torsion spring in the clutch with the enhanced spring. The new spring will apply more pressure to the gear in the mechanical clutch ensuring reliable paper lift. The part number is 4111-3319-05. Please see Bulletin 3546 for further details. Solution ID TAUS0629300EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Can the fax be used as a PC TX/RX device? Solution SOLUTION: Section 10 in the Operator Manual explains in further detail. The PC must have fax software (such as UniMessage or WinFax Pro). Solution ID TAUS0629482EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Can a document be scanned into a PC with the MF1600? Solution The MF 1600 does have scan to PC capabilities. Detailed information can be found in Section 10 of the Operator's Manual. The PC must have fax software installed such as UniMessage or Winfaxpro. Solution ID TAUS0632296EN* Solution Usage 0
Description An XSYSxx trouble code is displayed. Solution CAUSE: An XSYSxx trouble code is an indication of a problem in the PWB-MAIN. SOLUTION: The code may be reset by turning the power off and on. If this does not resolve the problem, the PWB-MAIN will need to be replaced. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,229
MINOLTAFAX 1600
Description Lines or bars in the feed direction only when transmitting or copying. Receptions or printing reports are ok. Solution CAUSE: The CIS is dirty or needs adjustment. SOLUTION: Clean the CIS unit make sure that there is no dirt imbedded into the glass. Perform a shading adjustment. If necessary, replace the CIS unit. Solution ID TAUS0632304EN* Solution Usage 0
Description There is noise from the paper take-up section. Solution CAUSE: The separation pad and guide are worn. SOLUTION: Replace the separation pad and guide. For part numbers, see Service Bulletin 2845 . Solution ID TAUS0632307EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Which print driver is used with the MF1600/MF1600e? Solution There are no print drivers for this machine. The machine needs a third party fax program (such as WinFax Pro) that will work with a Class 1 modem. The machine needs to be connected to a computer through the serial port. To print, one needs to fax to number 888. Please see Section 10 of the Operator's Manual for additional details. Link
August 2011
1,230
MINOLTAFAX 1600e
Description The display indicates "Do Shading Adjustment" and the MF1600e won't copy or transmit faxes. Solution The SRAM has lost its settings. This is usually caused by a SRAM clear. Do a Shading adjustment. See service manual page G-21 for futher information. Solution ID TAUS0632819EN* Solution Usage 0
Description CAUTION MACHINE TROUBLE message. Solution CAUSE: Problem with the Printer Engine section. The usual culprits are; Fan, Fuser Unit, or Laser Print Head. If one of these unitshas failed, it will be indicated in the Video I/F Test Mode. All three models have the Video I/F Test Mode, but the Status register names are slightly different. SOLUTION: Refer to the Video I/F section of the Service Manual (located in the Service mode section). Also, pleaserefer to Bulletin 2937 for additional information. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0639556EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Various fax communications issues, MF1600e. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect firmware. Ensure the firmware in the machine is current and the machine has been properly reset. 2. Phone line noise. Check the phone line for any noise and/or try connecting the machine to another phone line. 3. Incorrect phone service. Ensure that the machine is not connected to a DSL line with a filter. Solution ID TAUS0639682EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Item numbers for Parts or Service Manuals. Solution Please refer to the COPIER/FAX/COLOR PUBLICATIONS PRICE LIST . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,231
MINOLTAFAX 1600e
Description To what doe the "Machine Trouble." message refer? Solution Refer to the Video I/F section of the Service Manual (located in the service mode section). See Bulletin 2937 for additional information. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0644460EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Unimessage PRO won't log on. Solution CAUSE: Unimessage has 3 parts to its program: the scheduler, the user interface, and the device drivers. This error usually occurs when the scheduler is not running on the system and a client (user) is trying to log on. SOLUTION: Start the scheduler. Note: See section 1 of the quick start guide for more details. Solution ID TAUS0644625EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Can a document be scanned into a PC with the MF1600? Solution The MF 1600 does have scan to PC capabilities. Detailed information can be found in Section 10 of the Operator's Manual. The PC must have fax software installed such as UniMessage or Winfaxpro. Solution ID TAUS0644883EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The message "Caution Recording Paper Jam" is indicated on the LCD. When the machine prints there is no paper lift and a recording paper jam occurs in the paper take-up section. Solution CAUSE: Sometimes the gear used for the mechanical clutch is not turned by the tension of the torsion spring even if the paper take-up solenoid is energized. As a result, the paper take-up roller does not turn. SOLUTION: Replace the torsion spring in the clutch with the enhanced spring. The new spring will apply more pressure to the gear in the mechanical clutch ensuring reliable paper lift. The part number is 4111-3319-05. Please see Bulletin 3546 for further details.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,232
MINOLTAFAX 170
August 2011
1,233
MINOLTAFAX 1800e
Description How to setup LDAP setting on an MFP device. Solution Refer to the How to setup LDAP Setting on MFP Device document. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0646224EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The unit will transmit but can not receive. Solution CAUSE: The unit is not in FAX Mode. SOLUTION: Depress the Mode key until FAX is in the display.
August 2011
1,234
MINOLTAFAX 1800e
Description When transmitting, the received pages are all black. Same with copies. Solution CAUSE: Adjustment is necessary. SOLUTION: Run the CIS Compensation adjustment in Service Mode. Solution ID TAUS0646254EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to set up the unit to recognize legal size paper. Solution Place legal size paper in the tray, and make a copy with a legal size document. Solution ID TAUS0646283EN* Solution Usage 0
Description "Engine error" message. Solution CAUSE: There are several possible causes. Diagnostics does not identify the failed component. SOLUTION: Please refer to bulletin 2397 for details. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0646297EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The MF1800 or MF1800e is displaying "NO LINE CURRENT" when attempting to transmit. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The RJ11 cord is plugged into the TEL port instead of the LINE port. Plug it into the correct jack. 2. Fuse F1 on the NCU board has blown. Replace the fuse.
August 2011
1,235
MINOLTAFAX 1900
Description Various fax communications issues. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect firmware. A technician should make sure the firmware in the machine is current and the machine has been properly reset. 2. Phone line noise. Check the phone line for any noise; try connecting the machine to another phone line. 3. Incorrect phone service. Make sure that the machine is not connected to a DSL line with a filter. Solution ID TAUS0639559EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to setup LDAP setting on an MFP device. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,236
MINOLTAFAX 1900
Refer to the How to setup LDAP Setting on MFP Device document. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0645618EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The fax unit is printing very light copies. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. The transfer roller if the image on the drum is dark. Clean or replace, as necessary. 2. Dirty optics in the printhead. Clean or replace, as necessary. Solution ID TAUS0646173EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Explanations for error messages: * LD error * Heater error * Fan error Solution Please refer to bulletin 2527 . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0646223EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to delete or modify a number in a Group Dial. Solution The Group Key must be deleted before modifying/deleting One Touch or Speed Dial. Please refer to the Operator's Manual for details. Solution ID TAUS0646298EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The fax prints blank pages. Solution CAUSE: In the take-up section the spring has stretched beyond its limit. SOLUTION: Replace the Gear, Collar, and Spring in the take-up section. Note: The MF1800 has the same feeding section as the MF1700/MF1900.
August 2011
1,237
MINOLTAFAX 195
August 2011
1,238
MINOLTAFAX 2300
Description MF2300 or MF3700 making blank copies. The TX side was fine, but copies and RX faxes were blank. Solution CAUSE: The black flap/shutter inside the printhead metal plate is blocking the laser beam. SOLUTION: Re-position the shutter. Solution ID TAUS0646281EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Copies and received documents are printing out light and blotted. Solution CAUSE: The transfer roller material is dissolving or deteriorating. SOLUTION: Replace unit or roller.
August 2011
1,239
MINOLTAFAX 2500
Description Paper size error is displayed intermittently. Solution The PC Drum's protective shutter may be out of timing. Also check for a broken actuator, PC1. Solution ID TAUS0628963EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Paper skew jams occur frequently at the transport section of the MF2500. Solution To correct this problem, the transport roller 01 has been changed from two small rollers to one larger roller. Please refer to bulletin 2429 for a detailed explanation including part numbers and serial number cut in's for this modification. Link Solution ID TAUS0630634EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Sporadically, the first 24 speed dial entries are lost (Speed Dials 00 to 23). Solution CAUSE: The Speed Dials may be lost by powering down the unit or if power is lost due to problems with the line voltage. SOLUTION: A firmware upgrade to Version 1.00A-24 has been released to correct this issue. The Speed Dials will now be retained in memory when the unit is powered down or when power is lost. Please refer to bulletin 2360a . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0632819EN* Solution Usage 0
August 2011
1,240
MINOLTAFAX 2500
Description The red PAPER JAM indicator light is lit and the display message read PLEASE REMOVE PAPER. Paper jams occur everytime the fax unit is printing a document. Solution CAUSE: It is possible that the exit sensor actuator has popped from its housing, feeding back faulty signals to the main board. SOLUTION: Please see bulletin 2431 for details. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0635704EN* Solution Usage 0
Description To what doe the "Machine Trouble." message refer? Solution Refer to the Video I/F section of the Service Manual (located in the service mode section). See Bulletin 2937 for additional information. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,241
MINOLTAFAX 2600
Description What printer driver should be used for PC printing? Solution Add a printer using the HP Laserjet* IIP driver and enable (ON) PCL4. Please refer to section 5.2, page 5-11 of the Operator's Manual. The setting is referenced under GROUP [8. SET PRINTER], SETTING ITEM [7. PCL4]. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0628587EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to change the redial interval. Solution Please refer to the service manual and bulletin 2664 and change soft switch #48-bit7. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0632325EN* Solution Usage 0
Description There is no flap detect (change of the control panel menu based on the one-touch button template). Solution CAUSE: Memory problem. SOLUTION: If there is no flap detect, perform a country code reset and an SRAM clear. Solution ID TAUS0632327EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Talking is indicated on the LCD when the telephone line cord is plugged into the machine. Solution Make sure that no other devices are sharing the line. Make sure that your are using a 2-conductor line cord. If that does not resolve the problem, then replace the NCU board. See Bulletin 2680 for details. Solution ID TAUS0632331EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to disable auto reception. Solution Auto reception can be disabled by going into the "set utilities" under the RX operation heading and setting the RX mode for manual. See operations manual pages 5-11 and 5-19 for further information. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,242
MINOLTAFAX 2600
Description Squealing from the speaker after replacing CPU assembly. Solution CAUSE: The wrong CPU assembly is being used SOLUTION: Order the correct board. Please see bulletin 3037 . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0632334EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What is the procedure to enter service mode? Solution The service mode can be entered by pressing the right arrow key three times, pressing the asterisk (*) key, and then pressing the start key. See page 4-1 in the fax service manual for further information. Solution ID TAUS0632819EN* Solution Usage 0
Description CAUTION MACHINE TROUBLE message. Solution CAUSE: Problem with the Printer Engine section. The usual culprits are; Fan, Fuser Unit, or Laser Print Head. If one of these unitshas failed, it will be indicated in the Video I/F Test Mode. All three models have the Video I/F Test Mode, but the Status register names are slightly different. SOLUTION: Refer to the Video I/F section of the Service Manual (located in the Service mode section). Also, pleaserefer to Bulletin 2937 for additional information. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
August 2011
1,243
MINOLTAFAX 2800
Description How to clear the drum counter. Solution To clear the drum counter press the Program key. Scroll to Machine Operations and press Yes. Scroll to Drum Counter and press Yes. Press No to delete the current count. (The count will only clear if it has reached a count of 20,000.) See page 4-12 in the operations manual for more details. Solution ID TAUS0634060EN* Solution Usage 2
Description The machine is resetting itself. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Power supply issues. Check that the power supply is not dropping out and resetting. 2. Firmware problem. Make sure the firmware is at least version 1.29 or higher. 3. Failed main board. If the machine generates a CSUM error replace the main fax board. 4. Failed PWB-MC. If the machine does not generate a CSUM error try replacing the PWB-MC board. 5. Incorrect line voltage. Use a line monitor to see if the AC power supply is varying out of specifications. There may also be damage to electrical components due to the fluctuating power. Monitor the DC power supply for proper voltage output, check for abnormal electrical loads such as a shorted motor, etc. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description When sending a fax or copying a single page, multiple pages will be received or printed, each having only part of the original page printed on each page. Solution CAUSE: This is usually caused by ADF sensor actuators that have been knocked out of place when originals have been removed improperly. SOLUTION: Please check the mounting of all sensors, and sensor flags in the ADF. Solution ID TAUS0631897EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What can be done about the memory full indication when faxing large documents or multiple transmissions? Solution The memory full message can be corrected with the installation of the fax memory upgrade. The part number is: 4968-560 Solution ID TAUS0632340EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Cannot print to the serial port using the PCL5e driver. Solution Only the GDI and PCL4 drivers can print to the serial port. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,244
MINOLTAFAX 2800
Description After installing the PCL5e driver kit the MF2800 won't print large print jobs. Solution The 16MB memory upgrade is recommended with this upgrade. The part number is: 4968-260 Solution ID TAUS0632349EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The machine comes with a printer port already installed. What print driver is used? Solution SOLUTION: The GDI driver can be used to print directly to the machine without any other upgrades, order part number 4968-520. Solution ID TAUS0632351EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What is procedure to enter the service mode? Solution The service mode can be entered by pressing the "yes" key three times. Page D-1 in the service manual provides further detailed information.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,245
MINOLTAFAX 3300
August 2011
1,246
MINOLTAFAX 3600
Description The LCD is too light to read. Solution If the LCD display is too light to read please follow the steps below to correct the problem: 1) Try to adjust the contrast control. See page 5-22 of operations manual. 2) Check all connections between the control panel and the board. 3) Try another LCD display. Solution ID TAUS0628571EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What printer driver should be used for PC printing? Solution Add a printer using the HP Laserjet* IIP driver and enable (ON) PCL4. Please refer to section 5.2, page 5-11 of the Operator's Manual. The setting is referenced under GROUP [8. SET PRINTER], SETTING ITEM [7. PCL4]. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0632338EN* Solution Usage 0
Description All black, or mostly black image when scanned for copy or transmission. Solution Cause: The shading adjustment is not set properly. Solution: Carry out the shading adjustment following the steps listed on bulletin 2666 . Solution ID TAUS0632819EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Item numbers for Parts or Service Manuals. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,247
MINOLTAFAX 3600
Please refer to this publications list . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0639563EN* Solution Usage 0
Description To what doe the "Machine Trouble." message refer? Solution Refer to the Video I/F section of the Service Manual (located in the service mode section). See Bulletin 2937 for additional information. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0644052EN* Solution Usage 0
Description After a fax has been received the machine repeatedly prints it. Solution CAUSE: Corrupted video file in memory. SOLUTION: The only way to clear this is to perform a DRAM clear. This clear will not affect any of the adjustments; it will only delete any documents in the working memory. Refer to the MF2600/MF3600 Service Manual, page 4-19 . Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,248
MINOLTAFAX 361
August 2011
1,249
MINOLTAFAX 3700
Description MF2300 or MF3700 making blank copies. The TX side was fine, but copies and RX faxes were blank. Solution CAUSE: The black flap/shutter inside the printhead metal plate is blocking the laser beam. SOLUTION: Re-position the shutter. Solution ID TAUS0646282EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Copies and received documents are printing out light and blotted. Solution CAUSE: The transfer roller material is dissolving or deteriorating. SOLUTION: Replace unit or roller.
August 2011
1,250
MINOLTAFAX 380
August 2011
1,251
MINOLTAFAX 3800
Description NIC NOT EXIST false error message. Solution CAUSE: The error message is the result of a firmware issue. SOLUTION: Please upgrade firmware to minimum version 1.29. Refer to bulletin #4677 for more detail. Note: To view this PDF hyperlink, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0643967EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Scanning one page but it is counted as multiple pages. Some pages may only be partial. Solution CAUSE: Check the ADF sensors for loose actuators, connections or sensors. SOLUTION: Ensure all connections and mounting hardware are secure. Solution ID TAUS0644893EN* Solution Usage 1
Description The message "Caution Recording Paper Jam" is indicated on the LCD. When the machine prints there is no paper lift and a recording paper jam occurs in the paper take-up section. Solution CAUSE: Sometimes the gear used for the mechanical clutch is not turned by the tension of the torsion spring even if the paper take-up solenoid is energized. As a result, the paper take-up roller does not turn. SOLUTION: Replace the torsion spring in the clutch with the enhanced spring. The new spring will apply more pressure to the gear in the mechanical clutch ensuring reliable paper lift. The part number is 4111-3319-05. Please see Bulletin 3546 for further details. Solution ID TAUS0653350EN* Solution Usage 1
Description When attempting to do a fax broadcast, the machine goes into the redial waiting state. Solution CAUSE: The machine's second line is not set properly. The machine is trying to use the second line for some of the broadcast. SOLUTION: If the second line is not being used it must be set for TX Prohibit. Solution ID TAUS0632341EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Cannot print to the serial port using the PCL5e driver. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,252
MINOLTAFAX 3800
Solution Only the GDI and PCL4 drivers can print to the serial port. Solution ID TAUS0632354EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Can the machine be used for network printing? Solution To print via the network, the LAN print card or NIC (p/n 4968-530) must be installed. Solution ID TAUS0632359EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Cannot fax from the MF3800 using the second line on a new, out of the box machine. Solution The MF3800 comes configured for single line use out of the box. Solution ID TAUS0632819EN* Solution Usage 0
Description CAUTION MACHINE TROUBLE message. Solution CAUSE: Problem with the Printer Engine section. The usual culprits are; Fan, Fuser Unit, or Laser Print Head. If one of these unitshas failed, it will be indicated in the Video I/F Test Mode. All three models have the Video I/F Test Mode, but the Status register names are slightly different. SOLUTION: Refer to the Video I/F section of the Service Manual (located in the Service mode section). Also, pleaserefer to Bulletin 2937 for additional information. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
August 2011
1,253
MINOLTAFAX 5500
Description How to reset the drum counter. Solution Press program, J, 2 , 1, and enter twice. Note: See page 7 of the MF5500/e operators manuals. Solution ID TAUS0639565EN* Solution Usage 0
Description No power control display lit, not cycling to power up condition. Solution CAUSE: Possible failed main board. SOLUTION: Replace the PWB-MAIN US BOARD, EPROM and jumper's no. 1 and no.2. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by PETER CODRINGTON, KMBS NEW YORK Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0644464EN* Solution Usage 0
1,254
MINOLTAFAX 5500
Unimessage PRO won't log on. Solution CAUSE: Unimessage has 3 parts to its program: the scheduler, the user interface, and the device drivers. This error usually occurs when the scheduler is not running on the system and a client (user) is trying to log on. SOLUTION: Start the scheduler. Note: See section 1 of the quick start guide for more details. Solution ID TAUS0644962EN* Solution Usage 0
Description The red PAPER JAM indicator light is lit and the display message read PLEASE REMOVE PAPER. Paper jams occur everytime the fax unit is printing a document. Solution CAUSE: It is possible that the exit sensor actuator has popped from its housing, feeding back faulty signals to the main board. SOLUTION: Please see bulletin 2431 for details. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0645571EN* Solution Usage 0
Description There is noise coming from the paper take-up section. Solution CAUSE: Loose set screw. SOLUTION: Please refer to bulletin 2574 . Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,255
MINOLTAFAX 5600
Description How to reset the drum counter. Solution Press program, J, 2, 3, and enter twice. Note: See page 7 of the MF5600 operators manual. Solution ID TAUS0632363EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Can the machine be configured to dial a "9" for a PBX system to get an outside line? Solution This machine does not support automatic dialing of a "9" for an outside line on a PBX system. Solution ID TAUS0635725EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Unimessage PRO won't log on. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,256
MINOLTAFAX 5600
Solution CAUSE: Unimessage has 3 parts to its program: the scheduler, the user interface, and the device drivers. This error usually occurs when the scheduler is not running on the system and a client (user) is trying to log on. SOLUTION: Start the scheduler. Note: See section 1 of the quick start guide for more details. Solution ID TAUS0645572EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to setup LDAP setting on an MFP device. Solution Refer to the How to setup LDAP Setting on MFP Device document. Note: To view the above PDF(s), Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0901987EN* Solution Usage
Description How can distinctive ring be configured? Solution
Distinctive ring is not supported on this model. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by David Silverstein, Workgroup/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,257
MS2000
August 2011
1,258
MS3000
August 2011
1,259
MS6000
Description Intermittent L2 codes. The projection lamp operates normally. Solution CAUSE: False L2 codes may appear when a high contrast film is used. SOLUTION: If this is the case, change service switch o8 from d0 to d1 to disable this code. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Is batch scanning supported? Solution A: Yes batch scanning is supported by checking the Batch Scan box in the driver. Batch scanning must be done from the scanner and can not be done at the driver/PC. Solution ID TAUS0630101EN* Solution Usage 1
Description SCSI cards recommended to be used with the scanner. Solution Adaptec AHA-2940AU andAHA-2930U are the recommended SCSI cards.All drivers are available from Adaptec except Microsoft Windows XP which has the drivers preinstalled. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0644904EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How can scanning be enabled on workstations with "User/PowerUser" rights using driver version 4.0.6.4? Solution Solution: Scanning can be enabled on workstations with "User/PowerUser" rights by preforming the following steps: 1) Sign on as administrator, install scanner and driver. 2) Reboot PC per driver installation request. 3) Sign on as administrator and delete file "jflmread.sys". Using the Search Tool on the Start Menu is most helpful. 4) Update ASPI Layer and reboot PC. 5) Sign on as administrator and run config tool to remove the scanner with red "X" through it. 6) Re-start the PC and sign on as user. Scanning should now be possible. Note: On the MS2000, MS3000, and PS3000 the Enhanced SCSI board and the proper version eproms must be installed. Solution ID TAUS0700234EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to reset the unit. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,260
MS6000
Solution To reset the unit, enter F8 mode and then press the "Drum dry" reset button in the front. When the display flashes, the unit is reset. Solution ID TAUS0800217EN* Solution Usage 1
Description What type fuse is used on the UC-6? Solution The fuse is a 2A slow-blow fuse, measuring 5mmx20mm. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801922EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Can the unit be upgraded with a USB port? Solution The unit cannot be upgradedwith a USB port. Note :This unithas a SCSI interface only.The MS6000 MKII can be upgraded with a USB port. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,261
MS6000 MKII
Description TWAIN driver and firmware for use with Microsoft Windows Vista. Solution The TWAIN driver for the PS5000Cis minimum version1.5.1.0 and the firmware is minimum version1.56. The latest print drivers and firmware are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. For printer drivers, access the Selector from the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ), Support & Drivers tab, or for drivers and firmware, from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Notes : 1.For the PS5000C.theItem number for the firmware is 7119660307. There is no recently released firmware for the MS6000/MS7000 MKII. 2. Please refer to attachedMarketing Bulletinfor additional information. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0700234EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to reset the unit. Solution To reset the unit, enter F8 mode and then press the "Drum dry" reset button in the front. When the display flashes, the unit is reset. Solution ID TAUS0800217EN* Solution Usage 1
Description CL error or blank display. Solution CAUSES: The correct Oscillator (IC) for the correct printer model is not installed or the IC is installed backwards;or the firmware version is below 25-G1-04-00. SOLUTIONS: 1, Install theOSC3and OSC4, which are in the kit (p/n 0820075301). Be sure that the ICs are installedin the correct position (note the location of Pin 1). 2. Install firmware version 25-G1-04-00 or above (a firmware EPROM is also included in the kit). This is neededto resolve the no-display or CL error. Refer to the attached document for installation instructions. Note: Remove OSC3 and OSC4 from the Main Control Board (PWB-B3). Install the Oscillator (OSC4B3) from the kit to the OSC4 socket. the OSC3remains empty.
August 2011
1,262
MS6000 MKII
Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD; Craig Blyther, ASG/SSD. Solution ID TAUS0901709EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to find the firmware version? Solution To find the firmware version, perform the following steps: 1. Enter Service Mode. 2. Press the Exposure Mode Select key, Multi-Print Key and Clear/Stop simulatenouly until "F" is displayed. 3. Press the Darker key until 1 is shown, (F1 should be displayed on the screen) and then press the "Start" key. 4. The firmware version is displayed in four sections, eg. 25, G1, 05, 00. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0657838EN* Solution Usage
Description Part number for the USB (firmware)EPROM and MS3500 compatibility. Solution The part number for the USB firmware is (p/n 0820USBKIT). If the MSP3500 printer is attached, use EPROM version 05 (p/n 0820-7801-06)and above. Note: Applied to machine with (S/No. x5018409) and above.
Solution ID
TAUS0700250EN*
Solution Usage
Description CE is indicated after the USB kit was installed. Solution CAUSE: Firmware upgrade required. SOLUTION: Upgrade the firmware to the USB version (25G1-02-00). Notes : 1. USB firmware (p/n 0820USBKIT). 2. See page 120 in the Service Manual for the firmware upgrade procedure.
Solution ID
TAUS0701898EN*
Solution Usage
Description What is the speed of the oscillator chip for OSC1 and OSC2? Solution The speed of the oscillator chip OSC1 (p/n 0820-6704-01)is 43MHz and OSC2 (p/n 0820-6703-01) is 95MHz.
August 2011
1,263
MS7000
Description Information for parts number (housing). Solution See KOM050749 for details. Note: To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description SCSI cards recommended to be used with the scanner. Solution Adaptec AHA-2940AU andAHA-2930U are the recommended SCSI cards.All drivers are available from Adaptec except Microsoft Windows XP which has the drivers preinstalled. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Jim Behrends, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0646130EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How is the scanner on the MS6000, MS7000 initialized to Factory Defaults? Solution SOLUTION: To reset the scanner to factory defaults, use the F8 function. Refer to the service manual for more details. Solution ID TAUS0700234EN* Solution Usage 1
August 2011
1,264
MS7000
Description Is it normal for the scanner to be seen in Device Manager with an exclamation point? Solution The scanner will be seen in Device Manager under Other Devices with an exclamation point (!). This is normal. Solution ID TAUS0628641EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Will the Hybrid and Planetary Scanners work in a UNIX* environment? Solution The scanners will not work in an UNIX environment. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,265
MS7000 MKII
Description CL error or blank display. Solution CAUSES: The correct Oscillator (IC) for the correct printer model is not installed or the IC is installed backwards;or the firmware version is below 25-G1-04-00. SOLUTIONS: 1, Install theOSC3and OSC4, which are in the kit (p/n 0820075301). Be sure that the ICs are installedin the correct position (note the location of Pin 1). 2. Install firmware version 25-G1-04-00 or above (a firmware EPROM is also included in the kit). This is neededto resolve the no-display or CL error. Refer to the attached document for installation instructions. Note: Remove OSC3 and OSC4 from the Main Control Board (PWB-B3). Install the Oscillator (OSC4B3) from the kit to the OSC4 socket. the OSC3remains empty.
August 2011
1,266
MS7000 MKII
Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD; Craig Blyther, ASG/SSD. Solution ID TAUS0901709EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to find the firmware version? Solution To find the firmware version, perform the following steps: 1. Enter Service Mode. 2. Press the Exposure Mode Select key, Multi-Print Key and Clear/Stop simulatenouly until "F" is displayed. 3. Press the Darker key until 1 is shown, (F1 should be displayed on the screen) and then press the "Start" key. 4. The firmware version is displayed in four sections, eg. 25, G1, 05, 00. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0658348EN* Solution Usage
Description Part number for the USB kit. Solution The USB kit is standard on the unit. There is no 'part number'. Solution ID TAUS0700340EN* Solution Usage
Description L4 error. Solution CAUSE: Optics irregularity. SOLUTION: Check the optics section for proper operation including the scan mirror andlens. Enter the F8 mode and press theMemory Input Key;after the LED flashes, the unit is reset. Solution ID TAUS0700959EN* Solution Usage
Description How to re-scan before the ACF-7 ejects the card in the ouput tray. Solution To re-scan before the ACF-7 ejects the card in the ouput tray, perform the following: 1. Remove the communication Cable between the main unit (Scanner) and the ACF-7. By doing this, each unit (Scanner and ACF-7) will function individually. a.Feed the card into ACF-7 by depressing the "Eject/Feed button" on ACF-7. b. Scan the image from either PC (driver) or depress the "Scan button" on the scanner. This action causes the scanner to scan the image. c. Check the scanned image quality. d. If it is not acceptable, go back to stepb. e. Verify it as an acceptable condition then depress the "Eject/Feed button" on ACF-7.
August 2011
1,267
MSP3000
Description Are there two inputs toconnect multiple scanners? Solution There are two input connectors on the printer that can be connected to print from two scanners. This will support any combination of the MS6000 MKII and MS7000 MKII scanners. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900338EN* Solution Usage
Description What is the part number for the Imaging Unit? Solution The part number for the Imaging unit is (p/n 4161106). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1000969EN* Solution Usage
Description Can a third party printer be used with the scanner? Solution No, third party printers are incompatible. Due to the specification of the scanner, only the MSP2000, MSP3000 or the MSP3500 is compatible with the scanner. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,268
MSP3500
Description Part number for the USB (firmware)EPROM and MS3500 compatibility. Solution The part number for the USB firmware is (p/n 0820USBKIT). If the MSP3500 printer is attached, use EPROM version 05 (p/n 0820-7801-06)and above. Note: Applied to machine with (S/No. x5018409) and above.
Solution ID
TAUS0900275EN*
Solution Usage
Description Are there two inputs toconnect multiple scanners? Solution There are two input connectors on the printer that can be connected to print from two scanners. This will support any combination of the MS6000 MKII and MS7000 MKII scanners. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900284EN* Solution Usage
Description What is the part number for the universal cassette? Solution Universal cassette (p/n 4128-0414-18). SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900338EN* Solution Usage
Description What is the part number for the Imaging Unit? Solution The part number for the Imaging unit is (p/n 4161106). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900683EN* Solution Usage
Description What is the part number for the Fusing Unit? Solution The part number for the Fusing Unit is (p/n 4570-221). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902394EN* Solution Usage
Description PF error. Solution CAUSE: There is a paper jam in the printer. SOLUTION: Please check the paper path on the MSP3500 for a paper jam. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1000969EN* Solution Usage
Description Can a third party printer be used with the scanner? Solution No, third party printers are incompatible. Due to the specification of the scanner, only the MSP2000, MSP3000 or the MSP3500 is compatible with the scanner. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,269
MSP3500
Description Is the MSP3500 printer compatible with the MS6000 or MS7000 scanner? Solution Due to product specification, the printer is not compatible.The MS6000/MS7000 scanners areonly compatible with the MSP2000 and MSP3000 printers. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1100292EN* Solution Usage
Description Test print mode B7 does not print ouput.
August 2011
1,270
Objectif Lune
1,271
Objectif Lune
How to do tray pulls as well as ATS between Tray 4 and Tray 5 on the 1050 using PlanetPress*. Solution Set the trays in ATS as the same color and pull that color from PlanetPress. The following is how the 1050 is set up: TRAY LABEL 1 Yellow 2 Blue 3 White 4 Pink 5 Pink Set up the printer as the following: 1. Utility-Function setting - Feed tray- Feed tray auto selection=ALL trays in the following order, 4, 5, 1, 2, 3. 2. ATS Permit = ON 3. Auto paper type = Normal, 72-91gm (White, Yellow, Pink, Blue), No Hole-punch Note: In PlanetPress, use the Ko1050u-1.ppd PPD. This PPD has been rewritten to include auto tray select. The only time to use it is for the entire document, not for individual pages. Set the tray call to Printer default, fill in the appropriate color, type and weight and then select media selection. Obtain the PPD from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]] under Solutions/PlanetPress. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701559EN* Solution Usage 2
Description When the printer is turned off, forms that were loaded with PlanetPress disappear. Solution CAUSE: PlanetPress serializes the form by using a Majic number series. This Majic number is based on the serial number being given from the PostScript interpreter. The serial number given by the PostScript interpreter is too small, only two digits, for PlanetPressto recognize, therefore, the form is not applied to the hard drive. SOLUTION:Load Phase 3 system code, minimum version G30-70. Please confirm the serial number is input to the system Input-Serial Number in the Tech Rep mode. Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Is Objectif Lune PlanetPress* compatible in an AS/400* environment? Solution PlanetPress has been tested and functions correctly in this environment. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0617411EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Sales Engineering Support (SES) Third Party Solutions matrix. Solution SES Third Party Solutions matrix . Note: To view the above link, Microsoft* Word must be installed. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0625819EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When a job is created with PlanetPress* and is sent to the printer, in a small number of cases, the job prints very slow. If the job is recreated, it prints at Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,272
Objectif Lune
normal speed. Solution CAUSE: The incorrect print driver is used to create files in PlanetPress. SOLUTION: Do not use the Visual PostScript* driver to create the files. Use only the PostScript driver. Note: This limitation is scheduled to be corrected in the next software release. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0640144EN* Solution Usage 0
Description After adding the Adobe* PPD to PlanetPress*, the Advance Paper Handling feature shows blank entries for options. Solution CAUSE: Following the OpenUI commands in the PPD, there are two spaces before the procedure label. PlanetPress can not translate this and when the form is being developed and the page options are being set, those options are not displayed. As an example, in the fourth line entry below, there are 2 spaces prior to the page size procedure label. 1 *% Paper Handling =================== 2 *% Use these entries to set paper size most of the time, unless there is 3 *% specific reason to use PageRegion. 4 *OpenUI *PageSize/Page Size : PickOne 5 *OrderDependency: 90 AnySetup *PageSize 6 *DefaultPageSize: Letter SOLUTION: Remove the extra space from the line or obtain the [[modified PPD|URL http://techweb.konicabt.com/tpm/media/Modified_PPD.zip]]. CAUTION: 1. Attempting to modify any PPD file may result in corrupting the file. Always make a copy of the original prior to editing. 2. This issue ONLY applies to the Adobe PPD being used with PlanetPress. The file should not cause problems with any other tested application. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0642432EN* Solution Usage 0
Description PlanetPress* 4 wants to print black and white or greyscale when a PDF or PP4 file is in color. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect settings. SOLUTION: Go to to advanced paper handling by selecting the document in the document structure, then from the menu select Format and Document -select Advanced Paper Handling. In the Paper handling before the document dialog box right-click and select the ADD button. In the section field, select the Color Mode option; in the General field select Greyscale. Select OK. Select OK. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,273
Omnipage Pro
Description Can Omnipage Pro OCR an image file and then have the information bought into another application? Solution Image files can be imported or scanned into OmniPage Pro and then have OCR performed on them. The OCR'd text can be either saved to a file format or copied to the Clipboard and pasted into another application that supports having text pasted from the Clipboard. Solution ID TAUS0647945EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Batch Manager in OmniPage* 14 will not start, or will flash on the screen and shut down. Solution This can be caused by a corrupt Batch job to correct follow these steps: 1. Go to: C:\Documents and Settings\[userid]\Application Data\ScanSoft\OmniPagePro14 2. Elsewhere on your drive (for instance, on your Desktop), create folders with the same names that you see in that directory. Copy the files from C:\Documents and Settings\[userid]\Application Data\ScanSoft\OmniPagePro14 into those folders and delete the files (but not the folders) in C:\Documents and Settings\[userid]\Application Data\ScanSoft\OmniPagePro14. 3. Start the Batch Manager. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Unable to scan more than one page at a time using OmniPage* Pro version 10 using the Microsoft* Windows 9x TWAIN driver. Although, the entire document can be downloaded from Scantrip. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect setting within OmniPage Pro Scan Manager. SOLUTION: Change 'Support TWAIN Batch Scanning' to YES. To change the setting, perform the following: 1. Click on 'Start'. 2. Highlight 'Settings'. 3. Click on 'Control Panel'. 4. Double click on the 'Scan Manager' icon. 5. Double click on the TWAIN driver icon. 6. Click on the 'TWAIN Scanner Settings' tab. 7. Select 'YES' for 'Support TWAIN Batch Scanning'. 8. Click on 'Apply'. 9. Click on 'OK'. * Trademark ownership information . Solution ID TAUS0703116EN* Solution Usage 1
Description When installing Unity Suite on a Microsoft Windows Vista computer, the software will verify the installation procedures and then populate a dialog box requesting certain programs to be stopped before installation can proceed. Among these programs is Explorer.exe. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect configuration. SOLUTION: To correct: 1.Disable all Startup items and services from MSCONFIG: a. Click Start => Run => type msconfig and click OK. b. On the General tab, enable the Selective Startup radio button. c. Underneath Selective Startup, uncheck the Load Startup Items checkbox. d. Click the Services tab. e. Check the Hide all Microsoft services checkbox.Take note of which services are already disabled (so that they can be resetcorrectly after testing is Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,274
Omnipage Pro
complete). f. Click the Disable all button. g. Click OK to apply the changes, but select --Restart later--. 2.Next, disable Data Execution Prevention (DEP): a. Click on the Windows Start Menu, then open the Control Panel. b. Click Classic View. c. Double-click System. d. Click on Advanced System Settings in the System window. e. On the System Properties dialog box, click on the Advanced tab. f. Click the --Settings-- button in the --Performance-- section. g. Click the --Data Execution Prevention-- tab. h. Click on --Turn on DEP for essential Windows programs and services only--. i. Click "OK" to apply the changes, but click --Restart later--. 3.Finally, disable User Account Control: a. Click Start => Control Panel. b. Click --Classic View--. c. Click --User Accounts--. d. Click --Turn User Account Control on or off--. e. Uncheck the --Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your computer--. f. Click "OK" to apply the changes. g. Restart the system. Once the system has restarted, try to install PaperPort 11 on the system to see if the Explorer.exe error still appears. Ifthe error still occurs: a. Advise to close all processes listed in the ScanSoft PaperPort 11 InstallShield Wizard dialog from the TaskManager. b. Note that the task bar and desktop icons will disappear but that this is normal and they will reappear after the computer is restarted. c. Once all the items referenced have been closed click Retry. Installation should continue. d. Reboot the system following installation. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Felch, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS1000106EN* Solution Usage 1
Description The results of OCR do not closely resemble the original document. Solution CAUSE: The original is of poor quality or is very complex. ScanSoft products provide editable text, but not necessarily finished copy, since any OCR is not perfect and works best with certain types of documents. OCR does not work with handwriting, and does not work well with a bad photocopy, a printout of a fax, and other poor-quality documents. SOLUTION: Make sure that OCR is working correctly: 1. Load and perform OCR on Sample.tif. This file is on your hard drive. The location of Sample.tif and the procedure for loading it will vary, depending on which version and which ScanSoft product you own. Refer to your program's User Manual for additional information about the location of your program's sample files. 2. There should be few or no errors produced by this page. If this is the case, proceed to Step 4. 3. If the OCR was not done correctly on Sample.tif, then try using the following options within OmniPage Pro. a. In the Tools => Options => Accuracy tab, make sure there is a check mark in the "Use Language Analyst" box. Also, check to see that the "Character Type" box is set correctly for the type of document you are using (in this case it would be set for "Normal"). b. In the Tools => Options => Page Format tab, set "Output Format" to "Retain flowing columns" or "True Page". c. In the Tools => Options => Language tab, make sure that the "Main Language" is set correctly. 4. Scan the sample sheet that came with OmniPage and perform OCR. If the OCR was performed correctly, you should see that there are few to no errors produced by this page. 5. If OCR on the sample sheet is correct, check for the following problems that may be related to the image: a. The issue may be the quality of the scan effecting the image quality. Set your scanner's software to scan at a Resolution of 300 DPI, a Scaling of 100% and a Black and White or Lineart mode. If the original is very light or dark, adjust the Brightness slider within your scanner software or in the Tools => Options => Scanner tab in OmniPage Pro. b. Try various combinations of the options below to determine which is best for your particular documents. If the original document has a colored background, try setting your scanner for Grayscale (if your scanner supports it). Turn the "Automatically detect reverse text" in the Tools => Options => Accuracy tab on and then off. Check or uncheck the "Hard Carriage Return" at the end of every line box in the Save As dialog. Use the "Automatically straighten page image", "Automatically correct page orientation" in the Tools => Options => Accuracy tab. If your document contains tables, have the "Look for table when creating zones automatically" box checked in the Tools => Options => Tables tab. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Aekus, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0615035EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Image is clipped when using the TWAIN driver with OmniPage* Pro 10. Solution CAUSE: Improper TWAIN scanner setting. SOLUTION: Change the [Show TWAIN settings before scan] to 'Yes'. To change this setting, perform the following: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,275
Omnipage Pro
1. Select Start. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Control Panel. 4. Double-click on the OmniPage Pro icon. 5. Right-click on the TWAIN driver icon. 6. Select Properties. 7. Select [TWAIN Scanner Settings] tab. 8. Select 'Yes' for [Show TWAIN settings before scan]. 9. Select Apply. 10. Select OK to exit. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0615109EN* Solution Usage 0
Description PLEASE ENTER AN INTEGER BETWEEN 1 AND 100 message while attempting to make changes to the scanner settings within OmniPage Pro*. Any input from 1 to 100 does not allow settings to change, and selecting CANCEL deletes the message. Solution CAUSE: The Konica TWAIN driver does not support settings such as paper size, ADF, brightness, and contrast. SOLUTION: Do not attempt to adjust any scanner settings for the Konica TWAIN driver in OmniPage Pro. These settings are accomplished at the printer before scanning. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0617412EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Sales Engineering Support (SES) Third Party Solutions matrix. Solution SES Third Party Solutions matrix . Note: To view the above link, Microsoft* Word must be installed. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0621886EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Konica Dispatcher software information. Solution Dispatcher is a task automation software solution developed by Konica's Systems Engineering Center (SEC). Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,276
PagePro 4650EN
1,277
PagePro 4650EN
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description Konica Minolta Universal PostScript/PCL Printer Drivers. Solution Updated versions of the Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driver (PostScript) and Universal Printer Driver (PCL) are available. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,278
PagePro 4650EN
This recent printer driver release includes the following new features: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2/Microsoft Windows 7 WHQL support Enhancements to Network Search a Printer Status You can make sure that a printer does not have an error or warning to prevent printing a Number of Jobs Waiting to Print Check the backlog of jobs Additional Individual Child Driver Support for: a Konica Minolta bizhub C652 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C360 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C35 a Konica Minolta bizhub C35P a Konica Minolta magicolor 4750EN/DN Note : Function version 3 requires the latest firmware to be installed on the bizhub C652 series/C360 series in order to take advantage of the Individual Printer Driver. If you do not have the latest firmware installed on those devices, the UPD will use the bizhub Common Child Driver instead. New version available for download: Universal Printer Driver PCL version 1.10.1.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.1.0) Universal Printer Driver PostScript version 1.10.0.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.0.0) These printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : This is a new release version and not a patch update. If a previous version of the UPD driver exists you will have to uninstall the old version first. Please refer to the attachedUniversal Printer Driver (UPD) brochure for more detailed information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
August 2011
1,279
PagePro 5650EN
1,280
PagePro 5650EN
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Description Konica Minolta Universal PostScript/PCL Printer Drivers. Solution Updated versions of the Konica Minolta Universal Printer Driver (PostScript) and Universal Printer Driver (PCL) are available. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,281
PagePro 5650EN
This recent printer driver release includes the following new features: Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2/Microsoft Windows 7 WHQL support Enhancements to Network Search a Printer Status You can make sure that a printer does not have an error or warning to prevent printing a Number of Jobs Waiting to Print Check the backlog of jobs Additional Individual Child Driver Support for: a Konica Minolta bizhub C652 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C360 Series for function version 3 (see note) a Konica Minolta bizhub C35 a Konica Minolta bizhub C35P a Konica Minolta magicolor 4750EN/DN Note : Function version 3 requires the latest firmware to be installed on the bizhub C652 series/C360 series in order to take advantage of the Individual Printer Driver. If you do not have the latest firmware installed on those devices, the UPD will use the bizhub Common Child Driver instead. New version available for download: Universal Printer Driver PCL version 1.10.1.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.1.0) Universal Printer Driver PostScript version 1.10.0.0 (replaces previous version 1.0.0.0) These printer drivers are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from the the KMBS public site ( http://www.kmbs.konicaminolta.us ) Support & Drivers tab or from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Note : This is a new release version and not a patch update. If a previous version of the UPD driver exists you will have to uninstall the old version first. Please refer to the attachedUniversal Printer Driver (UPD) brochure for more detailed information. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
August 2011
1,282
PagePro 9100
Solution ID
TAUS0902450EN*
Solution Usage
14
Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
Description When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,283
PagePro 9100
CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link. Solution ID TAUS0801980EN* Solution Usage 0
August 2011
1,284
PageScope Address Book Utility

Description Password for the PageScope Address Book utility. Solution When prompted with User Name and Password for the Address Book utility, enter EKC as the User Name and 00000000 as the Password. Solution ID TAUS0703779EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,285

RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0630465EN* Solution Usage 5
Description 'This device does not support scanning function' error message when retrieving address book from 7075/7085/7155/7165/7255/7272/8050. Solution CAUSE: The engine address book was trying to downloaded via the IP controller network port. SOLUTION: To download or upload address book information will have connected to the engine's network port. To configure TCP/IP* address on the engine, perform the following: 1. Press HELP (?) to access Key Operator mode. 2. Press (1. System Initial) 3. Set engine's TCP/IP address, subnet mask and gateway. 4. Exit key operator mode. 5. Download the address book from the engine. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0641733EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Unable to log into the 7255/IP511A with the PageScope Address Book utility using the default username and password provided in the documentation. Solution CAUSE: On Konica legacy units supported by the PageScope ABU, use the main engine NIC instead of the IP Controller NIC. SOLUTION: Utilize the main engine NIC not the IP Controller NIC. Configure the main engine NIC with a TCP/IP* address; plug in and cycle the copier; the ABU will work normally. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution provided by John Witter, OFFICE TECHNOLOGY, INC. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description The one-touches do not appear in the address book when registered via PageScope Address Book Utility. Solution CAUSE: The main body memory is corrupt. SOLUTION:Perform a Data Clear: IMPORTANT : Prior to the Data Clear: The one touches will be erased so it is recommended to export the addresses from the machine. The E-mail information will be erased so please export the Device information from the machine. Make a note of the TCP/IP address configuration as the machine will be reset to DHCP. Backup any account codes with PageScope Data Administrator. Data Clear 1. Enter Tech Rep Mode. 2. Press System 1. 3. Press Initialization. 4. Press Data Clear and then the Start key. 5. When [OK] is displayed, wait 10 seconds or more and cycle the main power switch OFF/ON. After the Data Clear: 1. Reinstall the HDD under System 2/HDD and power the machine OFF/ON. 2. If a Fax is installed, set the target back to U.S. in System1/Marketing. 3. Reinput the TCP/IP address information. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,286

4. Import the address book and device settings. Note : Reinstall the HDD, TCP/IP address and set the machine to U.S. target if a FK-502 is installed. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark D'Attilio, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0638901EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Limited to only 100 E-mail addresses returned from the LDAP server. Solution CAUSE: Default setting. SOLUTION: To increase the number of hits returned from the LDAP server from the default of 100, select 'Tools - LDAP Configuration' from the top menu, select a created entry, then increase the maximum number of hits setting. Solution ID TAUS0642410EN* Solution Usage 1
Description When uploading E-mail data to the 7145, the Character to Search field is not entered. Solution CAUSE: If no selection is made, all the addresses are grouped under the "No Etc." field and appear under that heading on the copier. SOLUTION: Once addresses are moved from Importable Address Field to the Address List, if an entry is double-clicked, the desired Character to Search field can be entered there from a drop down list. The data can then be Exported to the 7145. Solution ID TAUS0647784EN* Solution Usage 1
Description After installing the FAXTool utility, the Address Book Utility no longer functions and an error message is displayed that refers to a file that is out of date. Solution CAUSE: Corrupt Address Book Utility. SOLUTION: Re-install the Address Book Utility and both applications will function properly.
August 2011
1,287
PageScope Box Operator

Description Unable toconnect from Pagescope Data Administrator to a device with a standard controller. Solution CAUSE:Possible incorrect settings. SOLUTION: Please perform the following steps. On the device check : Administrator Settings ? System Connection ? Open API Setting The settings should be set as below: Access Setting ? Allow Port5001 Auth ? Off If the default OpenAPIport5001 has been changed on the device or an OpenAPI User Name and Password is required to access the device, settings need to be adjusted in Data Administrator in order for Data Administrator to connect. In Data Administrator when registering a device or selecting to Edit a device from the Device Registration screen, select the Detail button. The bizhub OpenAPI Port, OpenAPI Port (SSL Connected) and OpenAPI User Name and Password can be set here. Additional checks : Admin Settings ? Security Setting ? Management Function Settings ? Network Function Setting ?Set to Allow. (may affect PageScope Web Connection, PageScope Job Spooler, PC-Fax, HD TWAIN, PageScope Box Operator, etc.) Admin Setting ? Network Setting ?HTTP Server Setting. TheHTTP Server Settingisset to ON and PageScope Web Connection is set to ON. Admin Settings ? Network Settings ? TCP/IP Settings ? IP Filtering, the TCP/IP address of the PC attempting to connect is not filtered. Admin Settings/Network Settings/Select Screen #2/SSDP Settings/Set to ON. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS; John Miller, Workgroup/SSD and Gary Scimeca, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703779EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,288

Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802589EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Is PageScope Box Operator supported on 64-bit operating systems? Solution PageScope Box Operator 64-bit version is tentatively scheduled for release in Feb/March of 2011. The workaround until the release of the 64-bit version is to use the most current version of PageScope Box Operator and utilize "XP mode" on the 64-bit workstation on which the program is running. Please see the attachedfile for PDFs which detail requirements and instructions for configuring Microsoft Windows 7 "XP Mode". To open the ZIP file WinZip should be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/downwz.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view. Note : To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tom Kelly, Workgroup/SSD and Mark Kemp ESS Solution ID TAUS0808581EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Certain MFP settings may affect PageScope applications from communicating with Konica Minolta devices. Solution For newer model Konica Minolta MFPs, the following MFP settings may affect communication with several PageScope applications. Note : Depending on the MFP model and the PageScope application, these settings may differ. This setting will affect most PageScope applications: Admin Mode 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode - Security button -Management Function Setting, then the Network Function Setting button. 3. Set to Allow. 4. Select Exit. This setting will affect PageScope applications such as Data Administrator, Box Operator, Net Care and PageScope Enterprise Suite (depending on which PSES function is being used): Open API 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode. 3. System Connection Open API. 4. Set to Allow. 5. Select Exit. Additionally, if theSNMP settings are not set to the default settings, they may need to be updated in the PageScope application. Default SNMP v1/v2 settings Admin mode=> Network Setting=> SNMP Setting Read=> Public Write=>Private SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,289

Description The PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES)/PageScope Netcare Device Manager (PSNCDM) login page does not diplay, or an error occurs such as "Error in the Application"when attempting to login. In the Windows Event Viewer Application log, an error similar to the following occurs: Event Type:Warning Event Source:ASP.NET 2.0.50727.0 Application Virtual Path: /PSES Application Path: C:\Inetpub\wwwroot\PageScope Enterprise Suite\ Exception information: Exception type: ConfigurationErrorsException Exception message: The operating system cannot run . (Exception from HRESULT: 0x800700B6) Request information: Request URL: http://localhost/PSES/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=A configuration error has occurred.fpsesA configuration error has occurred.fMainMenu.aspx Request path: /PSES/Login.aspx Solution CAUSE: This is caused by an improper setting. SOLUTION: Confirm that the the ASP.NET extension is set to Allow.See the attached "IIS_Setting Unable to launch PSES.pdf" Note: The latest version of .Net Framework needs to be set to "Allow" Check the Windows Event Viewer Application log for an error similar to the one listed above. If this error has occurred it may be necessary to completely uninstall PSES/PSNCDM, upgrade to the latest .NET Framework version, then re-install PSES/PSNCDM. To do this: 1. Uninstall PSES from Add/Remove Programs, removing the PageScope Netcare Device Manager component last. 2. Install the latest version of .NET Framework. 3. After rebooting, confirmed that the C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Enterprise Suite folder has been deleted. If it has not been,delete this folder. 4.Reinstall PSES/PSNCDM. CAUTION: The PSES information should still be present in the SQL database. However, if backups of the PSES database had not been previously performed, and if data loss occurred during this procedure, the information would not be able to restored from backup. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0801431EN* Solution Usage 3
Description When too many users simultaneously attempt to perform PageScope Box Operator functions while accessing the same MFP, it is possible that the PageScope Box Operator (PSBO)application may lock up intermittently. The PSBO application and/or the MFP may need to be restarted in order to resume using the PSBO application. Solution CAUSE: It is possible for multiple users to connect to the same MFP simultaneously through PSBO. However, only one document can be downloaded at a time from the same device, either through PSBO or PageScope Web Connection (PSWC). As a result, if two or more users attempt to download a document in a box by PSWC or PSBO simultaneously from the same MFP, the second user will have to wait until the previous download is completed. SOLUTION:If the lockup issue occurs, the number of simultaneous connections from PSBO to the same MFP will need to be reduced. It is possible that this specification may be changed for future models. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS/SSD
August 2011
1,290
PageScope Cabinet
1,291
PageScope Cabinet
Description When setting up scan to FTP in the MFP web utilities, scans do not go through if the anonymous user box is checked. Solution CAUSE: These machines require a password to be input at all times. When using the anonymous check box a password is automatically created in the background for you. In a typical FTP environment (such as Microsoft Windows 2000/XP) this does not matter because the password is ignored when using "anonymous" and the scans will work properly. The problem is specific to the PageScope Cabinet FTP service. PageScope Cabinet handles anonymous just like any other user. When a user password is used with anonymous, the same password must be registered in PageScope Cabinet. If not, it will not accept the connection. Because there is no way of knowing what password is automatically generated when the anonymous check box is used, the corresponding password cannot be entered in PageScope Cabinet. SOLUTION: When using PageScope Cabinet as your FTP server do not use the "anonymous" check box. Instead, enterthe user name and password manually. For additional information on scanning to FTP with PageScope Cabinet, please see section 9.2 of the attached PageScope CabinetUser Manual. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0703108EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Compatibility between applications and firmware. Solution Please see the attached files that address compatibility between applications and firmware. 1. Compatibility with Phase 1.8 and Phase 2.0 Does the application for Phase 2.0 work on Phase 1.8 firmware? Does the application for Phase 1.8 work on Phase 2.0 firmware? 2. Compatibility with Phase 2.0 and Phase 2.5 Does the application for Phase 2.5 work on Phase 2.0 firmware? Does the application for Phase 2.0 work on Phase 2.5 firmware? 3. Compatibility with Phase 2.5 and Phase 3.0 Does the application for Phase 3.0 work on Phase 2.5 firmware? Does the applicationfor Phase 2.5 work on Phase 3.0 firmware? Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan). Solution ID TAUS0700487EN* Solution Usage
Description MFP and Fiery settings which may affect PageScope Web Connection, PageScope Net Care, PageScope Job Spooler, PageScope Data Administrator, PageScope Box Operator, PC-Fax, HD TWAIN. Solution Please refer to the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0902411EN* Solution Usage
Description Unable to install PageScope Cabinet Pro on Windows Vista. Solution CAUSE: Windows Vista is not supported with PageScope Cabinet Pro. SOLUTION: Use IIS FTP Service. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,292
PageScope Cabinet
Description Fiery patches allowing connection from PageScope applications. The 1-QRIU1 patch changes the Fiery MIB (Management Information Base) status to Konica Minolta. This will enable connection from certain PageScope applications which support the bizhub PRO C5500/C6500. The 1-QRIU7 patch reverses the action of the 1-QRIU1 patch, above. When applied, itwill change the MIB from Konica Minolta back to the Generic version. Applying this patch will disable the ability to connect from PageScope applications. Solution Follow these steps to install the 1-QRIU1 patch: 1. Import the patch into the direct connection of the print controller through Command WorkStation (CWS). 2. After importing, wait 60 seconds; then reboot the controller from the shutdown menu on the LCD panel. IMPORTANT : Do not reboot from CWS. 3. After the Fiery returns to "Idle", reboot again. Note : Reboot must be performed twice. 4. After the Fiery returns to "Idle", print the configuration page. "1-QRIU1" should appear on the update info section of the configuration sheet. 5. When PageScope Web Connection is accessed, check that the KONICA MINOLTA logo appears on the page. Notes : a. If it is necessary to "uninistall the 1-QRIU1 patch, follow the same procedureto installthe 1-QRIU7 patch. b. The patches are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS
August 2011
1,293
PageScope Cabinet Server

Description PageScope Cabinet Pro does not install correctly and cannot be uninstalled or reinstalled properly. Solution CAUSE: User is not logged on with administrator rights. SOLUTION: When installing PageScope Cabinet Pro , it is necessary to log on and install as the Local Administrator. After installing PageScope Cabinet Pro, the computer needs to be rebooted. When logging onto the PC after restarting, again log in as the Local Administrator. The first time PageScope Cabinet Pro is actually launched, it must be done by the Local Administrator account. This is not required for any subsequent logins. However, before a new installation of PageScope Cabinet Pro is attempted, any currently installed Cabinet Pro application must be removed. To prepare for the new installation, perform the following: 1. In Add/Remove Programs, remove PageScope Cabinet Pro, Microsoft* SQL Server Desktop Engine (if present) and the XeloPDF* driver, then reboot. 2. In Windows Explorer, go to the [drive letter]:\Program Files folder and expand it. 3. Under the Program Files folder, check to see if a Microsoft SQL Server folder is listed. If no other program is installed that would utilize that component, delete that folder. Otherwise, expand the Microsoft SQL Server folder and delete the MSSQL$MPSC_DB subfolder under Program Files. 4. Go to the Minolta folder under Program Files and delete the PSC2 folder if it is present. 5. Delete the XeloPDFWriter folder (located off the root directory) if it is present, then reboot. Notes: a. There is an InstallShield string that is installed by Cabinet Pro which often prevents the successful reinstallation of the application. If running Windows XP, in Windows Explorer, go to Program Files = Installshield Installation Information and perform the following: -- Find the folder labeled {A8DD7529-A4EC-4D50-84B9-AEE53B37C6C1} -- To verify that the correct folder has been selected, open the setup.ini file within that folder (use WordPad to open it if it does not open automatically). -- Within that setup.ini file, it should indicate AppName = PageScope Cabinet Pro. After confirming this, delete the folder. -- Complete any remaining deinstallation, reboot and reinstall. CAUTION: This works for Windows XP only. For Windows 2000 or XP (if the previous solution is not present) a registry edit is necessary. WARNING: Using Registry Editor incorrectly can cause serious problems that may require reinstallaton of the operating system. Konica Minolta or Microsoft cannot guarantee that problems resulting from the incorrect use of Registry Editor can be solved. Use Registry Editor at your own risk. b. To perform the registry edit, perform the following: -- Type 'regedit' in the Run box and navigate to [[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall| -- Locate the key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\{A8DD7529-A4EC-4D50-84B9-AEE53B37C6C1} -- In the right-hand pane, verify the value for Display Name = PageScope Cabinet Pro . -- Delete Only the key -- Reboot and reinstall the application as the Local Administrator. c. For information about how to edit the registry, view the "Change Keys And Values" Help topic in Registry Editor (Regedit.exe) or the "Add and Delete Information in the Registry" and "Edit Registry Information" Help topics in Regedt32.exe. d. Back up the registry before editing it and update your Emergency Repair Disk (ERD). e. To view any PDF links above, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0703779EN* Solution Usage 10
1,294

Description When using the OCR feature with Microsoft* Office 2003 Word, the process results in a garbled document. Solution CAUSE: The application is not registered in PageScope Cabinet Pro. SOLUTION: When using Microsoft Office 2003 Word, the application must be registered in Cabinet Pro by browsing and selecting the executable "Winword.exe". This is normally located in Program Files/Microsoft Office/OFFICE11. If the shortcut icon (named as "Microsoft Office Word 2003") is selected, proper OCR will not occur due to the length of the shortcut name. Alternatively, the shortcut can be renamed with a shorter name. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0638570EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Unable to save multipage TIFFs as one Microsoft* Word document. Solution CAUSE: Requires software update. SOLUTION: Update to [[PageScope Cabinet Pro version 2.1.5| URL http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/eprise/main/KMBS/pagescope/pagescope_downloads]] or higher. This update will allow for a multipage TIFF to be saved as a single Word document. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0629772EN* Solution Usage 2
Description When installing PageScope Cabinet Pro, the SQL component either does not load or SQL errors result. These include errors such as [DBNET] [LIB] SQL Component is not installed or recognized, SQL Server Does Not Exist or Access Denied. Solution Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,295

CAUSE: Incorrect installation setup. SOLUTION: The Server service needs to be started during the installation of Cabinet Pro. Ensure File and Print Sharing for Microsoft* Networks is installed/enabled and be sure to install the service as the Local Administrator. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0629894EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Why, when scanning TIFFs and trying to use OCR from a Di470/Pi4700e, does only the first page of the downloaded document show? Solution After installing the multipage patch, and then scanning multiple pages, the software indicates multipages but can only display one page. Thumbnail shows multipage, but when the document is opened, only the first page displays. PageScope Cabinet Pro version 2.14 fixes the multipage issue, however, instead of combining the pages into one job, it stacks each page as a separate instance in the application. To view the other instances, select Window from the menu bar and in the lower part of the column will be the separate instances. Click on the one to view. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to set up PageScope Cabinet Pro FTP server to startup automatically for all users on Windows* 2000 Pro or XP Pro workstations. Solution To set up Cabinet Pro FTP server to startup automatically, perform the following: 1. Verify the local PageScope Cabinet Pro FTP Root Folder is setup for each user account. Note: 'There is no FTP root folder. Please specify one' error message on the initial user login on after copying shortcut file in the default folder unless step 1 is performed. 2. Locate MPSCFTPS.exe file in the 'C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PSC2\BinPro' folder. 3. Right click on the file. 4. Select Create ShortCut. 5. Copy the file into the 'Startup' folder. The path is 'C:\Document and Settings\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\Startup'. Note: This folder path will depend on the network logon script. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0630999EN* Solution Usage 1
Description PageScope Cabinet Pro cannot be re-installed on a Microsoft* Windows XP workstation. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect uninstall/install data. SOLUTION: To allow Cbinet Pro to install, perform the following: 1. Go to Program Files/Installshield Installation Information. 2. Find the folder labeled {A8DD7529-A4EC-AD50-84B9-AEE53B37C6C1}. CAUTION: To verify that the correct folder has been selected, open the setup.ini file within that folder (use Wordpad to open if it does not open automatically). Within that setup.ini file, it should state AppName=Pagescope Cabinet Pro. 3. After confirming this, delete the folder. DO NOT make any deletion until you confirm this. 4. Then continue with the uninstall, reboot and reinstall. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,296
PageScope Data Administrator

1,297

Description How can Address Book and Authentication informationbe imported/exported with PageScope Data Administrator, version 2.21.4516? Solution A device can saveAddress or Authentication information by saving that information to a ".txt" or "tab text" file. To save "Address Information": 1.Connect to a device and import the existing information from that device. 2.From the left-hand pane, expand Address Settings, and select the "Address Book" icon. 3. From the top menu select File => Export=> "Save the address book by Tab Text type". Alternatively, "Save all data to the file" could be selected, which would then save a Data Administrator *.bin file to the PC. Notes : a. The main difference between Data Administrator *.bin files and "Tab Text" files is that *.bin files for certain models contain password information while the"Tab Text" files often do not. The *.bin files can also contain all Authentication and Address settings. Data Administrator "*.bin" files can only be imported to another device from the same model family of the device that originally saved the *.bin file. b.The bizhub 250/300/350 series does not support exporting or saving a *.bin file from that device. To save "Authentication" Information,expand "Authentication Settings" in the left hand pane. To save "Account Track" settings: 1.Select the "Account track Settings" icon. 2.From the top menu, select "Export"=> "Save the account by the Tab Text type". To save User Authentication settings: 1.Select the "User Authentication Settings" icon. 2.Select "Save the user list by the Tab Text form". 3.From either of these settings,"Save all data to the file" could also be selected which will save the settings in a Data Administrator *.bin file. Additionally, when importing a Data Administrator *.bin file, Address book, Authentication and Account Track settings could all be applied at once. This can often be performed by selecting the device icon on the left pane when connected to a device and then selecting to import a Data Administrator *.bin file. To "Import" Address or Authentication information to a device: 1.The device first must be connected to and current information retrieved. 2.From the left-hand side, select the Device Icon. 3. From the top menu select, Import => "Import all data from the file" in order to import a Data Administrator *bin file (from a device in the same family) which will contain all settings. Note : Data Administrator *.bin files can also be imported when any of following icons in the left side pane => Account Track Settings, User Authentication Settings or Address settings is selected and File => Import => "Import each data from the file" is selected from the Top menu. Additionally, when selecting any of these icons and selecting to "Import from a file" a *.txt or *.CSV file can be imported, which will then launch an "Import Wizard". In the "Import Wizard" a "delimiter" must be specified and the fields being used for the data must be mapped. The "Tab text" files which were saved from devices or any existing .CSV or .txt file (with the necessary information) could be used. If a "Tab text" file from a device does not contain necessary information such as password information, that .txt file should be edited before being imported through Data Administrator. Authentication and Address data can be imported from LDAP: 1.Select one the following icons from the left pane- (Account Track Settings, User Authentication Settings or Address settings). 2. From the top menu, select, File-Import => Import(LDAP). The other choice is File => Import => Import from the Previous device". Note :Import from the previous Device will list a number of Legacy Konica and Minolta Devices from which information could be imported. It will then be necessary to supply the TCP/IP address of that Legacy device. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,298

Description How to import Account Track data stored in a CSV or TXT (tab delimited) file into PageScope Data Administrator 2.0. Solution To import Account Track data stored in a CSV or TXT (tab delimited) file into PageScope Data Administrator 2.0, perform the following: 1. In Data Administrator 2.0, once the device has been accessed, in the Device Info dialog box, expand the items on the left. 2. Select Account Track Settings. 3. From the top menu, select File-Import each data from the device. Use the drop down box to select either CSV or TXT (tab delimited) depending on the type of file that was originally saved. 4. The Import Wizard will then appear. Specify the delimiter and parameters for the imported file. Solution ID TAUS0702771EN* Solution Usage 5
Description Howto Copy Biometric User Authentication Settings ornon Biometric Authentication settingsfrom one MFP to one or multiple similar MFPs. Solution This procedure can be used to Copy Biometric User Authentication data from one C451/C550/C650 MFP to one or multiple similar devices. (This procedure could also befollowed to Copy non-Biometric Authentication information from one MFP, to one or multiple similar devices. (Please see attached document for detailed instructions with screenshots) The following isthe procedure to copy User Authentication settings from one (1) MFP to different MFPs using PageScope Data Administrator (PSDA). Settings copied include: User name, Password, email address and user Biometric profile. Multiple similar devices could also be Copied to at the same time. 1. From the PSDA main window tool bar select "Processing/Copy" 2. From the "Copy Collectively" window click the "Authentication" radio button and select Next. 3. Select the desired "Source" machine and click "Select". This is the MFP storing the desired user information to be copied. Click "Next" to continue. Select the desired destination MFP or multiple MFPs and click "Select". Click Next to continue. 4. PSDA will then initiate communication to selected MFPs to determine status and availability to prepare the copy process. You will see the import status within the "Status" window. 5. Once the process is complete select "Start" to begin the "Copy" process. 6. Upon completion of writing the data to the selected MFP you will see "Normal End" displayed in the Processing Result field. 7. Select Finish to complete the Copy process. 8. T he selected MFPs now contain all User name, Password, email address and user Biometric profile. Solution ID TAUS0650648EN* Solution Usage 4
Description How can Address Data be backed up from one device in order that it can be used to configure another compatible device? Solution After selecting a device, then the Configure Address Data button in the Address Setting dialog box, select the addresses to be backed up. Then select from the top menu the "Backup" selection icon. Browse to desired location and save the file as a MFP Backup File with a .bin extension. This file can then be used to import the saved settings when configuring another device and selecting Import(File) in the Address Setting dialog box. Solution ID TAUS0702769EN* Solution Usage 4
Description When you "Export" or Save the Biometric User Authentication settings from the C451/C550/C650 installed), through PageScope Data Administrator ver 3.1.2 (with the PSDA Biometric plug-in installed on that PC), as a PSDA *.bin file, the Biometric profile data is NOT saved.
(FW ver 58 with the AU-101 Biometric Unit
As a result, that backup PSDA *bin file can not later be imported into PSDA at a later time, to thenbe written to either the same MFP or t C451/C550/C650 device. Solution Please see attached document for detailed instructions and screenshots.
o another
(Additionally, there is the ability to Copy an MFP's Bio Authentication data from one MFP to another or multiple MFPS in the same family which is covered in another solution) User Authentication settings including User name, Password, email address and biometric profile can be programmed via PageScope Data Administrator. ALL settings for each MFP can be saved to the local PC or any location on the network to be used at a later time. Note: If User settings are imported from a programmed MFP and a backup file is completed on a daily or weekly basis all user counter information will also be saved and can be restored.
August 2011
1,299

1. Complete User Authentication and biometric setup with PSDA and Write all data to the desired MFP. Before writing ensure all user profiles have been registered using the AU-101. 2. Once all data has been written to the MFP select File/Export/Save all data to the file. 3. Create a folder on the local PC or anywhere on the network to store the backup data. When naming the file it is very important to identify the exact MFP you are backing up. This data will be specific to this MFP and cannot be restored to a different MFP. Select Save when complete. 4. PSDA has the ability to apply an encryption password meaning the file cannot be opened or used unless the password is entered at the time of use. It is not required to enter a password but if one is used dont forget to record it for future use. Select OK to continue. 5. When completed a message indicating Export to the file will be displayed, select OK t o complete the backup process. 6. If the authentication settings are lost and you wish to restore them, select the desired MFP within PDSA and import the Authenticatrion settings. 7. Once the MFP information has been imported, select Authentication Settings from the Selection Functions options 8. Select File/Restore Authentications Settings. 9. Navigate to the saved backup file and select open. Please note that each file is specific to an MFP. You cannot restore biometric settings from one MFP to a different MFP. 10. If an encryption password was entered enter when creating the backup file enter it h ere. 11. You can choose to reset all user counters to 0 or set to the value at the time the backup occurred. Select Next to continue. You will now see an overview of the settings to be written to the MFP including the total number of users to be added. Select Start to begin the restore process. Upon completion of writing all data to the MFP you will receive a Restoration of Authentication Settings complete notification. All data, including the biometric profiles, have been restored to the MFP. Note: If the data is imported from the MFP and a backup is completed on a daily or weekly basis all user counter information will also be saved can and restored
Solution ID
TAUS0808581EN*
Solution Usage
Description Certain MFP settings may affect PageScope applications from communicating with Konica Minolta devices.
August 2011
1,300
PageScope Direct Print

1,301

Certain MFP settings may affect PageScope applications from communicating with Konica Minolta devices. Solution For newer model Konica Minolta MFPs, the following MFP settings may affect communication with several PageScope applications. Note : Depending on the MFP model and the PageScope application, these settings may differ. This setting will affect most PageScope applications: Admin Mode 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode - Security button -Management Function Setting, then the Network Function Setting button. 3. Set to Allow. 4. Select Exit. This setting will affect PageScope applications such as Data Administrator, Box Operator, Net Care and PageScope Enterprise Suite (depending on which PSES function is being used): Open API 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode. 3. System Connection Open API. 4. Set to Allow. 5. Select Exit. Additionally, if theSNMP settings are not set to the default settings, they may need to be updated in the PageScope application. Default SNMP v1/v2 settings Admin mode=> Network Setting=> SNMP Setting Read=> Public Write=>Private SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Will PageScope Direct Print support PDF version 1.6? Solution PDF version 1.6 is notsupported by PageScope Direct Print on the bizhub PRO 920/1050 series.Therefore, please use PDF version 1.4 or 1.5. Note : The upcoming model releases will support PDF version 1.6. Solution ID TAUS0703108EN* Solution Usage 1
August 2011
1,302

Description Is PageScope Direct Print supported in the Macintosh environment? Solution All the PageScope products are Microsoft Windows-based products with no support for Macintosh. Solution ID TAUS0802419EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Shortcut for Center Staple and Fold is grayed out. This does not occur when a Hotfolder is used that specifies the Fold Multi Center Fold setting. This issue has been confirmed to occur with PageScope Direct Print version 1.1.24 installed on XP Pro, with the bizhub PRO 920 firmware at version 40.0. Solution CAUSE: An updated .dll file needs to be installed. SOLUTION: Copy the updated kmdpui01.dll to resolve this issue following this procedure. The original kmdpui01.dll is located in the folder C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Direct Print 1.1. 1. Rename the original kmdpui01.dll to kmdpui01.dll.old. 2. Copy the upated kmdpui01.dll patch to this folder. 3. Reboot the machine. Refer to the attached PDF file for details. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD
August 2011
1,303
PageScope Enterprise Suite

1,304

AU-201H HID Proximity Card Reader information and instructions. Solution The AU-201H is aproximity card reader that provides compatibility to commonly used HID proximity cards. Based on a 125kHz RFID interface that reads the unique number from HID proximity cards. Reader provides a confinement, secure and efficient method for machine access and user authentication to a bizhub MFP. Supports HID card formats from 26-bit to Corporate 1000 ( http://www.hidglobal.com/page.php?page_id=9 ) and everything in-between. The AU-201H is also a proximity card authentication device that connects directly to the USB port of the Color workgroup MFPs (bizhub C203/C253/C353/C451/C550/C650) as well as the bizhub 361/421/501 Black and White MFPs. Usinga custom loadable driver, it works in conjunction with the machine internal authentication capabilities or can be used with the optional PageScope Enterprise Suite. Please seeattached Marketing Bulletin 08-GB-108and other AU-201Hdocumentation for complete details. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Notes : 1.Refer to the attached photosas a reference. 2.Please use Cygwin in order to place the firmware information onto the CF Card.Use the following command: mkcfldr.See attached Cygwin documentation for instructions. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802519EN* Solution Usage 5
Description PageScope Enterprise Suite Install and Configuration Guide. Solution To install PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES), configuration ofthe various PSES components and preparation ofthe MFP for communication with PSES, plus several prerequisites and steps need to be followed. Please see the "PSES setup_config_guide FINAL.pdf" for detailed instructions. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0802370EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Can PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES) add-on application (chargeable) licenses be re-issued? Solution There are certain situations where PageScope Enterprise Suite (PSES) add-on application (chargeable) licenses may need to be re-issued. These include when the hardware on which PageScope Enterprise Suite was installed"crashed", or if the customer wants to move their PageScope Enterprise Suite installation to a different PC. In order to have a PSES add-on licenses re-issued, the original PSES Application License Certificate(s) must be scanned and attached to the ticket. Additionally, the reason for the license re-issue must be stated.A new PSES license code will then be re-issued for purchased add-on applications (the original license code will then be de-activated by support and will not be able to be used again). It will take up to three (3)business days for a PSES license re-issue request to be addressed. It may take longer for the PSES license to be re-issued. SSD can only address PSES license re-issue requests, when the original PSES Application License Certificate has been scanned and attached to the ticket. If the original PSES Application License Certificate(s) have been lost, the technician or customer must contact their sales representative or local sales administration. IMPORTANT : SSD support please send an email forescalationof the ticketto SME_queueonce all the required information has been collected. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD, John Miller, SSD Solution ID TAUS0808581EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Certain MFP settings may affect PageScope applications from communicating with Konica Minolta devices. Solution For newer model Konica Minolta MFPs, the following MFP settings may affect communication with several PageScope applications. Note : Depending on the MFP model and the PageScope application, these settings may differ. This setting will affect most PageScope applications: Admin Mode 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode - Security button -Management Function Setting, then the Network Function Setting button. 3. Set to Allow. 4. Select Exit. This setting will affect PageScope applications such as Data Administrator, Box Operator, Net Care and PageScope Enterprise Suite (depending on which PSES function is being used): Open API 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode. 3. System Connection Open API. 4. Set to Allow. 5. Select Exit. Additionally, if theSNMP settings are not set to the default settings, they may need to be updated in the PageScope application. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,305

Default SNMP v1/v2 settings Admin mode=> Network Setting=> SNMP Setting Read=> Public Write=>Private SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808616EN* Solution Usage 4
Description What troubleshooting steps and information should be collected to troubleshoot PageScope Enterprise Suite and PageScope NetCare Device Manger issues? Solution Refer to the attached file for a list of logs and other troubleshooting information. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD
August 2011
1,306
PageScope Job Spooler

1,307

Description Certain MFP settings may affect PageScope applications from communicating with Konica Minolta devices. Solution For newer model Konica Minolta MFPs, the following MFP settings may affect communication with several PageScope applications. Note : Depending on the MFP model and the PageScope application, these settings may differ. This setting will affect most PageScope applications: Admin Mode 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode - Security button -Management Function Setting, then the Network Function Setting button. 3. Set to Allow. 4. Select Exit. This setting will affect PageScope applications such as Data Administrator, Box Operator, Net Care and PageScope Enterprise Suite (depending on which PSES function is being used): Open API 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode. 3. System Connection Open API. 4. Set to Allow. 5. Select Exit. Additionally, if theSNMP settings are not set to the default settings, they may need to be updated in the PageScope application. Default SNMP v1/v2 settings Admin mode=> Network Setting=> SNMP Setting Read=> Public Write=>Private SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
August 2011
1,308

Description PageScope Box Operator, Job Spooler and Direct Print will not function with the new Phase 2.0 firmware for the C250/C351/C450. Solution CAUSE: An older version of these utilites are being used with the newer firmware. SOLUTION: Updated versions of these utilites are available for download from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]. The minimum versions required for PageScope Box Operator is 2.0.3.0, Job Spooler 1.5.0.7 and Direct Print 1.1.5.26. Solution ID TAUS0652094EN* Solution Usage 0
Description In PageScope Job Spooler 1.5.0.7, can Active Jobs be held and reprinted in Job Spooler? Can completed jobs be reprinted? Solution Active jobs can only be changed in priority and not held. Completed jobs are only listed and can not be re-printed. Only by selecting in the driver for Output method -Save in User Box, can documents then be retrieved through Job Spooler. They are retrieved by accessing the User Box through Job Spooler. At this point, Job Settings can be changed and the document reprinted from Job Spooler.
August 2011
1,309
PageScope Light
1,310
PageScope Light
Description What is required to scan to file and/or scan to E-mail using the Pi5500? Solution First, make sure the current firmware is installed in the copier/printer and the current system software is installed in the print controller. Please refer to Bulletin Number3103L for the current firmware for the Di450/Di550. The Scanner Mode requires that 64MB of memory be installed in the copier/printer. Memory requirements are detailed in Product & Technical Support Bulletin 3159 . Please refer to the following for the correct peripheral mode setting in the copier/printer. The information is from Product & Technical Support Bulletin 3646 . Pi5500 with system software 2.0 or greater Peripheral Mode 4 Pi5500 with system software less than 2.0 Peripheral Mode 3 Pi5501 Peripheral Mode 5 The above settings are accessible through Tech Rep Service mode, Tech Rep Choice, Controller set, and Peripheral mode. After making sure the copier/printer is configured properly, select the scan key, select the direct button, enter a number from 0001 to 9999 and hit the start key to scan. To retrieve the scan from the Pi5500, open PageScope Light by entering the TCP/IP address of the controller in the web browser. Click on the Fiery WebTools button at the bottom of the PageScope Light window and select Fiery WebScan. Enter the four-digit number entered at the copier/printer when the original was scanned and click the refresh button. The scanned image should be listed. Click the Save As button to save the scanned image as a TIF or PDF file. Also refer to the Setup instruction for the Pi5500 controller using the Scan to E-mail option document. Notes : 1. The Pi5501 is not supported on the Di470; the Di470 supports the Pi5500 and the Pi4700e. The Pi5501 is compatible only with the Di450 and Di550. 2. Prior to Pi5500 system software version 2, the peripheral mode was set to 3. 3. The controller type should always be set to 0. 4. Scanning to FTP is not supported by the Pi5500. 5. Please also see the Pi5500 Getting Started manual . 6. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html Solution ID TAUS0634277EN* Solution Usage 0
Description After applying the PageScope Light patch, PageScope still shows the generic printer picture. Solution CAUSE: PageScope caches printer descriptions and pictures. Until the cache is cleared, it will still display the generic printer picture. SOLUTION: To force it to cache the new picture (installed with the patch) the printer must first be deleted from the printer list then reinstalled. Solution ID TAUS0700487EN* Solution Usage
Description MFP and Fiery settings which may affect PageScope Web Connection, PageScope Net Care, PageScope Job Spooler, PageScope Data Administrator, PageScope Box Operator, PC-Fax, HD TWAIN. Solution Please refer to the attached documentation. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0901698EN* Solution Usage
Description Setting up PageScope Light for E-mail scanning. Solution Please follow the procedures mentioned in the attachedtraining document and Product& Technical Support Bulletin#3453 in order to set up Scan to E-mail using PageScope Light (Web browser)with the Pi5501. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,311
PageScope Light
August 2011
1,312
PageScope Net Care

1,313
PageScope Net Care

What models are supported for the Counter Reader function in PageScope Net Care 5.23.024? Solution PageScope Net Care 5.23.024 supports the Counter Reader Function for the C350, Di3510-Di2010 series, Di470, 8031/8020/CF3102/CF2002, Bizhub 1050 and with plug-ins installed the Bizhub C351, C450, C250, 920 and 600/750. When a model is listed as supported for Netcare, it does not necessarily mean that it is supported for Counter Reader unless specifically stated. Solution ID TAUS0702823EN* Solution Usage 6
Description Why devices drop off the network and the Device Count drops to 0 with PageScope Net Care 5.53.0, build 4. Solution PageScope Net Care Version 5.53.1 update module has been released to address a memory leak issue in JavaService.exe. This is a beta-version of Net Care and will only be available by request for technicians experiencing this issue at a customer site. The official version is expected to be releasedshortly. Although devices are no longer disappearing from Net Care over time, all devices may disappear from Net Care at once and the Device list will be empty or at zero (0). This version of Net Care has been designed to address the issue of devices dropping off from Net Care over a period time. For the most part the issue of devices dropping from Net Care over an extended time period has been addressed. However, if the same device is given a different TCP/IP address, without first having its old entry deleted from Net Care through List Manager - Remove Devices, this issue could occur. Additionally, the Default Discovery Range should NEVER be deleted from Net Care, even if Auto-Discovery is not used. Complete removal and reinstallation of Net Care would be necessary in this case. If a Net Care database backup had been performed, that backup can be restored through the Net Care Console Tools. IMPORTANT : A Database Initialization has to be performed before a Database Restore is performed with the Console Tools. Net Care database backups should be performed on a weekly basis in a Production environment. Please see the attachedDB backup documentationfor the procedure of backing up the Net Care database. If a backup of the actual Server, on which Net Care is installed, had been performed, restoring the following directory folder and all its subfolders from a date previous to when all the devices disappeared from Net Care may restore the device data: C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Net Care If this is successful, an immediate backup of the Net Care database should be performed. If all Devices have disappeared, and when trying to add a device manually, the message "This IP Address already exists" is indicated, try the following procedure: 1. First try to remove the Devices from Net Care through List Manager (if the Devices are still present there). 2. Use the drop down box on the Left to Select Server Settings - List Manager. 3. If there are any devices Listed, try removing them first from List Manager Select Remove Device, from the drop down menu. Then place a checkmark next to the devices to be removed. Select Apply. 4. If there are no devices present in List Manager, or this is unsuccessful, close out of Net Care and then Login to the Console Tools and follow the procedure to "Initialize" the Database. 5. After performing the "Initialization", log back into Net Care and try to add the devices. 6. If this is unsuccessful, refer to attached Adding & Removing Devices documentation for instructions on deleting Net Care .state files. Note : In certain reported cases, the symptom is as described below: The login screen displays only the top logo and "console Tools" menu. Admin or user login screen is not displayed. When entering console tools, HTTP 500 is displayed. IMPORTANT : Confirm if this is the case. Regardless if this symptom is occurring, if all devices have disappeared, have the technician collect the following information to be included in the escalation to Japan. Japan has reported: There seems to be a problem in JavaService.exe used by PageScope Net Care. In these cases, a memory usage by JavaService.exe on Task Manger becomes large. To check this issue, please give us information below: Specification of server PC: OS Version, Service Pack, Maker, model name, CPU, RAM amount, etc. Information of CPU and memory usage by JavaService.exe on Task Manager when the problem happens. Take the same screenshots as shown in the attached Task Manager document. To view the document, Microsoft Word or Word Viewer must be installed. Word Viewer 2003 (11.7MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft at the following URL; http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?DisplayLang=en&FamilyID=95e24c87-8732-48d5-8689-ab826e7b8fdf . Log files. Files under directory C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\PageScope Net Care\logs These files will be deleted after restarting the PageScope Net Care. Therefore, copy files after the problem occurred before restarting PageScope Net Care or PC. Any server maintenance being performed on the server such as Microsoft Windows updates, backups etc.Obtain the schedule if possible. Note :To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808581EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Certain MFP settings may affect PageScope applications from communicating with Konica Minolta devices. Solution For newer model Konica Minolta MFPs, the following MFP settings may affect communication with several PageScope applications. Note : Depending on the MFP model and the PageScope application, these settings may differ. This setting will affect most PageScope applications: Admin Mode Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,314
PageScope Net Care

1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode - Security button -Management Function Setting, then the Network Function Setting button. 3. Set to Allow. 4. Select Exit. This setting will affect PageScope applications such as Data Administrator, Box Operator, Net Care and PageScope Enterprise Suite (depending on which PSES function is being used): Open API 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode. 3. System Connection Open API. 4. Set to Allow. 5. Select Exit. Additionally, if theSNMP settings are not set to the default settings, they may need to be updated in the PageScope application. Default SNMP v1/v2 settings Admin mode=> Network Setting=> SNMP Setting Read=> Public Write=>Private SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0630242EN* Solution Usage 3
Description The Counter Reader function of PageScope Net Care is not working. Solution CAUSE: The time/date setting of the Netcare Server and the engine are not synchronized. SOLUTION: Make sure the time/date setting of the Netcare Server and the engine are synchronized. Solution ID TAUS0652826EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to add new plug-ins through PageScope Net Care 5.5 via Auto Version Check. Solution To add new plug-ins through PageScope Net Care 5.5 via Auto Version Check, perform the following: 1. In Server Setting-Auto-Version Check Setting set Check Interval, Day of Week, Day and Time settings. 2. To have the result of the Notification Check sent to the already configured Net Care Administrator account, select the Notify option. If the network where Net Care is installed is accessing the Internet through a Proxy Server, the TCP/IP address and port number of the Proxy Server must be specified here. If it is necessary to specify a HTTP Proxy account to access their Proxy Server, it would be specified under 'Use HTTP Proxy Account'. 3. After making these settings, to immediately check for updates, go out of Net Care and then login to the Console Tools. 4. Select Download Install. 5. Click on Check Now to check immediately for available Plug-in updates. 6 Once available plug-ins are listed, select the plug-ins to install, then select the Install button. 7. Prompted to restart the Server. Select to Restart. It may be necessary to stop and restart the Net Care service or reboot the computer for the change to take effect. Solution ID TAUS0702483EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Setting SNMP v1/v2c read/write community names through PageScope Net Care. Solution Changing the read and/or write SNMP "community names" can be implemented as a security measure through PageScope Net Care. Please see attached document for instructions. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html Solution ID TAUS0638479EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Unable to log on to PageScope Net Care. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Incorrect password. The Net Care default Administrator password is "admin". It is case-sensitive. It is possible to change the Administrator password in Net Care so, if unable to login as the Administrator, reinstall Net Care. 2. The PageScope Net Care service is not running. Ensure that the Konica Minolta PageScope Net Care service is started and running under Microsoft* Windows Services. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,315
PageScope Net Care

* Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,316
PageScope Router
1,317
PageScope Router
Description "License Exception was thrown, object reference not set to an instance of an object" error message when trying to add a permanent license. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect procedure to add the license. SOLUTION: To successfully add the license, perform the following: 1. Stop all the related services. 2. Copy the permanent license to the PSRRepository Directory. 3. Restart all of the services. Solution ID TAUS0631039EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Unable to login to Administrator Console. Time out error. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect configuration. SOLUTION: Check that all services including WWW service are stated. In Microsoft* IIS, set the TCP/IP* address of the default web site to (All Unassigned). It was previously set to the TCP/IP address of the computer which caused problems with the Administrator Console accessing the router web site. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0639414EN* Solution Usage 1
Description PageScope Router temporary license information. Solution PageScope Router comes with a 30-day temporary license. It is fully functional during this time period. A new license must be installed before this time period ends in order to keep PageScope Router running. After 30 days, PageScope Router will cease to function. A permanent license can be issued at this point, which will re-activate PageScope Router. Purchases are checked against a database before a permanent license is issued. Solution ID TAUS0642435EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to configure PageScope Router UNC Path. Solution When creating a Route for a UNC path the Computer/Domain must be specified and the user used for authentication must have Read and Write rights on the shared folder being accessed. Solution ID TAUS0643599EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Receiving "Destination error" when scanning by E-mail to the PageScope Router Server. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect configuration. SOLUTION: In setting up the One-Touch scan to E-mail buttons, the Route name plus the FQDN as listed in IIS under "Default Virtual SMTP Server Domains" needs to be used. Solution ID TAUS0643600EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Can MFPs other than the ones listed on the drop-down menu be registered under MFP devices in the Server Console? Is it necessary to register each MFP? Solution Registering a MFP causes files scanned into Router by FTP to have a machine reference appended to the file. There is a Generic selection that can be used Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,318
PageScope Router
for Konica Minolta MFPs that are not listed as well as for non-Konica Minolta MFPs. It is only necessary to register MFPs when scanning to Router by FTP. Scan to E-mail does not require it. Solution ID TAUS0703108EN* Solution Usage 1
August 2011
1,319
PageScope Software
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS1000509EN* Solution Usage
1,320
PageScope Software
Fiery patches allowing connection from PageScope applications. The 1-QRIU1 patch changes the Fiery MIB (Management Information Base) status to Konica Minolta. This will enable connection from certain PageScope applications which support the bizhub PRO C5500/C6500. The 1-QRIU7 patch reverses the action of the 1-QRIU1 patch, above. When applied, itwill change the MIB from Konica Minolta back to the Generic version. Applying this patch will disable the ability to connect from PageScope applications. Solution Follow these steps to install the 1-QRIU1 patch: 1. Import the patch into the direct connection of the print controller through Command WorkStation (CWS). 2. After importing, wait 60 seconds; then reboot the controller from the shutdown menu on the LCD panel. IMPORTANT : Do not reboot from CWS. 3. After the Fiery returns to "Idle", reboot again. Note : Reboot must be performed twice. 4. After the Fiery returns to "Idle", print the configuration page. "1-QRIU1" should appear on the update info section of the configuration sheet. 5. When PageScope Web Connection is accessed, check that the KONICA MINOLTA logo appears on the page. Notes : a. If it is necessary to "uninistall the 1-QRIU1 patch, follow the same procedureto installthe 1-QRIU7 patch. b. The patches are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ESS
August 2011
1,321
PageScope Suite
1,322
PageScope Suite
Certain MFP settings may affect PageScope applications from communicating with Konica Minolta devices. Solution For newer model Konica Minolta MFPs, the following MFP settings may affect communication with several PageScope applications. Note : Depending on the MFP model and the PageScope application, these settings may differ. This setting will affect most PageScope applications: Admin Mode 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode - Security button -Management Function Setting, then the Network Function Setting button. 3. Set to Allow. 4. Select Exit. This setting will affect PageScope applications such as Data Administrator, Box Operator, Net Care and PageScope Enterprise Suite (depending on which PSES function is being used): Open API 1. Press the Utility button. 2. Select Administrator mode. 3. System Connection Open API. 4. Set to Allow. 5. Select Exit. Additionally, if theSNMP settings are not set to the default settings, they may need to be updated in the PageScope application. Default SNMP v1/v2 settings Admin mode=> Network Setting=> SNMP Setting Read=> Public Write=>Private SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0638625EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Where the latest PageScope Software can be downloaded. Solution Access [[MyKonicaMinolta.com| URL http://www.mykonicaminolta.com/konicode/Logon]] Sales= Product Showcase= Solutions= Document Management and Distribution Click on Pagescope Cabinet Pro= Download Pagescope Software CAUTION: DO NOT attempt to dowload the PageScope application files unless using a high-speed Internet connection. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0651666EN* Solution Usage 3
Description PageScope Box Operator, Job Spooler, Data Administrator and Direct Print will not function with the new Phase 2.0 firmware for the C250/C351/C450. Solution CAUSE: An older version of these utilites are being used with the newer firmware. SOLUTION: Updated versions of these utilites are available for download from the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]. The minimum versions required for PageScope Box Operator is 2.0.3.0, Job Spooler 1.5.0.7, Data Administrator 2.0.0.3196 and Direct Print 1.1.5.26. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to detect the bizhub Pro 1050 with PageScope Job Spooler. Solution Set Discovery Network Range. Select "Discovery Now" button. Enter the TCP/IP* address manually if necessary. Make sure that at least version 1.0.5.6 is being used which is available on the [[Konica Minolta FTP site| URL ftp://kbtdigital:kx15@ftp.konicabt.com]]. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,323
PageScope Suite
Description Unable to login through PageScope Web Connection on the 1050/920/C250/C351/C450/bizhub 600/bizhub 750. User is prompted for a user name and password. Solution CAUSE: This indicates that Authentication is enabled. SOLUTION: Either provide valid username and password (Active Directory, SMB, NDS or MFP Authentication) or turn Authentication OFF. Solution ID TAUS0630549EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When setting up NDPS printers using the Konica Minolta NDPS Gateway, TCP/IP* addresses are not available for selection by the Konica Minolta Gateway setup. Solution CAUSE: The Enhanced Security feature is set on the 7145/IP432 or 7222/IP424 (or other models with this feature). As a result, an NDPS Printer for these devices can not be created. SOLUTION: Disable the Enhanced Security feature during setup of NDPS Printers for these models. Once an NDPS printer for these models is configured, enabling the Enhanced Security feature will not affect printing. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,324
PageScope Web Connection

Description WEB PAGE CAN NOT BE DISPLAYED message using Microsoft Windows XP. Unable to browse to the controller, but able to print and to PING. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1. Early version firmware installed on the MFP. Updatethe firmware to version 50 (minimum). The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 2. Possible incorrect settings with in the Proxy Server. To check and see if the TCP/IP address for the controller is set for Exceptions for browsing out to it, check the following. a. Select TOOLS and INTERNET OPTIONS. b. Select the CONNECTIONS tab. c. Select LAN Settings. d. Select PROXY SERVER. e. Check to make sure that both USE PROXY SERVER FOR YOUR LAN and BYPASS PROXY SERVER FOR LOCAL ADDRESS is checked off. f. Select the ADVANCED button, and put in the TCP/IP address in the EXCEPTIONS (example 11.11. * ). The asterisk is for all TCP/IP addresses that start with that prefix. 3. Possible PageScope Web Connection (PSWC) is disabled or has to be reenabled by turningOFF/ON.Ifthis does notcorrect the issue, disable the browser on the engine and then reenable it. In some cases, it does not get enabled when initially set and must be reset to function correctly. 4. Corrupt setting and/or older version web browser. Enter the menu Administrator setting => Network setting => Detail setting => PSWC setting, then disable/enable PSWC. Update the web browser to the most current version. Note : This does not apply to the IC-402. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0657757EN* Solution Usage 11
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,325

Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702992EN* Solution Usage 7
Description "HTTP 400 Bad Request" error message when trying to browse to the controller via PageScope Web Connectionusing Microsoft Internet Explorer 7with Microsoft .Net Framework 3.0 installed on a Microsoft Windows XP SP2 workstation. Solution CAUSE: Bug in controller firmware. SOLUTION: Install minimum version 21-COS0 (IC-203) or 31-COS0 (IC-611) print controller firmware. The firmware files (IC-203 - 27.4MB) or (IC-611 28.6MB) and corresponding Release Notes are attached. Notes : 1. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html 2. The latest version firmware or system software is also available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bob Felch, ESS/SSD Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,326

Description TCP socket error occurs when using PageScope Web Connection if latest Adobe Flash Player version 9.0.124.0 is installed. This problem does not occurwith Adobe Flash Player version 9.0.115.0. Solution CAUSE: Firmware update required. SOLUTION: Please upgrade the MFP firmware to version J8 (i-Option 2) for bizhub C451/C550/C650/C203/C253/C353, versionGWJ-K1 for bizhub C252/C252P/C300/C351, version GWJ-K0 for bizhub C250/C250P/C352/C352P/C450/C450P,version GUC-13 for bizhub 501/421/361 and version 30-D4for bizhub 600/750. The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. Notes : 1.Please make sure to read the attached zipped Release Notes for other enhancements. To open the ZIP file, WinZipshould be installed. WinZip can be downloaded from the WinZip website: http://www.winzip.com/ddchomea.htm . The file can either be saved to disk or opened. It is recommended to download the ZIP and open from the local computer to view or run. 2. To viewthe zipped PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . 3. Please see attached Web sample of the error. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD and Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD
August 2011
1,327
PageScope Workware
1,328
PageScope Workware
Can PageScope Workware convert an image file (i.e., TIF) that has text and graphics to a Microsoft* Word document (using OCR)? Solution Workware can covert an image file (TIFF, JPEG, BMP) that contains graphics to an RTF file that can be opened and saved in Microsoft Word. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Pagescope Workware version 1.1 will not import or open Acrobat 8 documents. Solution CAUSE: PageScope Workware ver 1.1 only supports upto Acrobat 7.0 Standard or Professional. Acrobat Reader is not supported. When a file is imported into PageScope Workware 1.1, the original file is retained and the file is also converted to a PDF. If Acrobat 7 was updated to Acrobat 8, PageScope Workware 1.1 would no longer be compatible with the updated Acrobat version. SOLUTION: Be sure that Acrobat 7 or earlier is installed (not Acrobat 8). With Acrobat 7 installed on the PC, ensure in Windows Explorer that PDF files are selected to open by default with Acrobat 7. From the top menu in Windows Explorer, select Tools -> Folder Options -> File Types and make sure that the PDF extension is set to open by default with Acrobat 7. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mark Kemp, ASG/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703108EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to convert an image to RTF Solution If you would like to convert an image to RTF, follow steps below. 1. Open image with ImageEditor. 2. Select [File] [Save As] menu. 3. Select RTF in file type list. 4. Click save button. Solution ID TAUS0649908EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When importing a file, an underline may be displayed for the filename Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,329
PageScope Workware
Solution Please perform "Update PDF". Then the underline will disappear. Solution ID TAUS0649911EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When using the Index Service in Windows XP, what filter should be used. Solution When the index service is used in WindowsXP, use Adobe PDF IFilter 6.0. Solution ID TAUS0649913EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What considerations need to be made if the firewall is enabled in Windows XP sp2 Solution A warning message will be displayed when PageScope Workware starts. Then select "Unblock".
August 2011
1,330
PaperPort
1,331
PaperPort
Error 1713 when trying to uninstall PaperPort* 8.x or upgrading to PaperPort 9.x, and manual uninstall instructions for PaperPort 8.x. Solution CAUSE: Incomplete uninstall. SOLUTION: Prior to uninstalling the application, ensure to 1. Back up all of the PaperPort data files by copying or moving them from their current location to another location on the system. By default, these files are located at the following location: %USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My PaperPort Documents 2. Follow the steps exactly. 3. Download the [[Remover Tool| URL ftp://ftp.scansoft.com/pub/updates/paperport/PP8ManualRemover.exe]]. When the download is complete, perform the following: a. When prompted, select "Save" and choose a location on the hard drive. b. Once it is downloaded, double-click the file to unzip the remover files. By default these files are extracted to C:\PaperPort_Remover\. c. Double click the file "Remover.exe" to remove PaperPort. d. Please restart the computer when prompted. e. After the Remover has completed, navigate to c:\Program Files\ScanSoft\ and delete the "PaperPort" folder. If this folder is not available, delete the folder C:\Paprport. f. Remove any PaperPort printers that are left on the system by going into "Start Settings Printers". Right-click on any PaperPort Printer and click delete, choose "Yes" when prompted to confirm removal of the printer. g. Empty the Microsoft* Windows Recycle Bin by right-clicking on it and choosing "Empty Recycle Bin". h. Please restart the computer. MANUALLY REMOVING PAPERPORT CAUTION: These steps include removing items from the Windows Registry. If running a Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 system, log on as the Administrator for all of these steps. Please follow each step carefully. Follow these steps to make sure that no PaperPort processes are running in the background: 1. Press "Ctrl + Alt + Delete" to bring up the Task Manager (on Windows NT 4.0, 2000, and XP click the "Task Manager" button and then click the "Processes" tab). 2. Locate the following processes and if they exist, highlight them and click "End Task" or "End Process": pptd40nt.exe pplinks.exe paprport.exe ssindexer.exe ppscanmg.exe ppwebcap.exe Follow these steps to remove all PaperPort Windows Registry keys and files from the computer: 1. Open the Registry Editor by clicking "Start Run". Type in "regedit" without the quotes and click OK. 2. Export a backup copy of your Registry in case problems occur during the following procedures by going to: Windows 2000: Registry menu Export registry file. Windows XP: File Export Registry File. 3. Save this file to the Windows Desktop and name the file "backup" (keep "backup" for a few days and if all is well, this file can be deleted). 4. Delete the following Registry keys (folders on the left side) by right-clicking and choosing delete. Click Yes when prompted to confirm. Note: Some of these keys may not exist. HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\086F24A86DD24D11A9C800046F89C202 HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\2769252AA47599A4685A1C77A0E013EF HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\51C9ECDF54BE5D11987C0005AD61A252 HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\BA2BDFA119FD8B74A8C96A4EBBDA65B2 HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Products\3F1D2FEA69605D11E8A6000CF4F72A43 HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Features\086F24A86DD24D11A9C800046F89C202 HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Features\2769252AA47599A4685A1C77A0E013EF HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Features\51C9ECDF54BE5D11987C0005AD61A252 HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Installer\Features\BA2BDFA119FD8B74A8C96A4EBBDA65B2 HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PageViewer HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort Desktop Group HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort Desktop View HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort Linkbar HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort SimpleSearch HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PresistentData HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\PpwebCap HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ScanSoft\Uploader HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Visioneer HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\ZEON HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Installer\Products \3F1D2FEA69605D11E8A6000CF4F72A43. HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\PaperPort SimpleSearch HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\PersistentData HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\PpwebCap HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\ScanSoft\Shared HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Visioneer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\Current Version\Uninstall\AEF2D1F3069611D58E6A00C04F7FA234\ HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\Current Version\Uninstall\8A42F6802DD611D49A8C0040F6982C20 5. Exit out of the Windows Registry. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,332
PaperPort
6. Navigate to c:\Program Files\ScanSoft\ and delete the "PaperPort" folder. If this folder is not available, delete the folder C:\Paprport. 7. Restart the computer. 8. Confirm that the PaperPort print driver has been removed: a. Go to "Start","Settings","Control Panel","Printers". b. Confirm that PaperPort is not listed. c. If PaperPort is listed, right click on the PaperPort icon and select Delete. d. Empty the Recycle Bin. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0638879EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Number of folders and files supported by PaperPort*. Solution PaperPort 9 can only support 26 top level folders, each having a maximum of 200 folders and each one of those folders can support 200 sub-folders and continue down the line with 200 sub-folders supported in each sub-folder. The extreme limit of documents that PaperPort 9 can handle is 15GB of documents. This is equivalent to approximately 200,000 small files. [[PaperPort 10| URL http://www.digitalriver.com/dr/v2/ec_MAIN.Entry16?V1=666647&PN=1&SP=10023&xid=19198&V5=31032863&S1=&S2=&S3=&S4=&S5=&V2=&V3=&V4=& DSP=0&CUR=840&PGRP=0&CACHE_ID=0]] is now available. The application will be able to support 16 million documents, but will have the same file structure as version 9 with 26 top folders and 200 subfolders in each sub folder. The index engine will be changing in version 10 that will allow more flexibility on building indexes. The indexing load can be shared amongst different workstation and have it all shared out on a server to everyone in the group. Indexing can be scheduled and certain folders can be omitted for indexing in a particular indexing job. The indexing process is done on the workstation and not the server. After the indexing is complete, tit is automatically stored on the server and is shared out. The only other limitation that both versions will share is that if the data is stored on a read-only drive, therefore the indexes can only be stored locally on the workstation and not the server, and everyone will need their own indexing. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0647733EN* Solution Usage 2
Description When installing Unify, "Please insert the disk" message. Solution CAUSE: The issue occurs when installing PDF CREATER 2.0. The part number on the front of the CD is 33-F31A-10131. SOLUTION: Select the No button and continue with the installation. Then obtain a special installer from NSSG which is an English-only version of the software. Use the SETUP.exe file to install the software. When complete, register the software and follow those instructions. Please reboot machine after installer is complete. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Printing from ScanSoft* PaperPort* Deluxe 8.0 using latest PCL* driver will cause a 'PPPRINT' runtime error or reboot the Microsoft* Windows 2000 Professional and XP Professional workstations. Solution CAUSE: The 'PaperPort Tips' document is corrupted. SOLUTION: The other files in 'Sample Folder' and scanned in TIF files from different Konica engines will print correctly. To print 'PaperPort Tips' document, perform the following: 1. Perform search for 'My PaperPort Documents' folder. Note: This folder is usually subfolder to the 'My Documents'. 2. Double click on 'PaperPort Tips' document to open PaperPort PageViewer window. 3. Print the document. * Trademark ownership information Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,333
PaperPort
Description How to get information concerning a lost or missing serial number. Solution [[Lost or missing serial number information| URL http://knowledgebase.scansoft.com/view.asp?tnID=1589]]. Solution ID TAUS0624583EN* Solution Usage 1
Description After uninstalling PaperPort* 9.x from a Microsoft* Windows NT4/2000/ XP system, the computer will not boot with an error message like Boot - can't find NTLDR. -orWindows NT could not start because the following file is missing or corrupt: . -or[[NTLDR is missing| URL http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;318728]] Press any key to restart Note: PaperPort was installed as part of the Unity Desktop Suite or as a standalone install. Solution CAUSE: All files from the root of C: have been deleted. NTLDR, NTDETECT.COM and Boot.ini have to be replaced to get the system to boot again. SOLUTION: Scansoft has provided a patch for this issue which is available upon requrest, as there are only a few installations that may have this issue. The patch does not update the version number of the application, but the version number of the application under "Add Remove Programs" in Control Panel will update after installing the patch. To verify the version number, select "Support Info" under Paperport 9. The version is 9.01.0000 before installation and 9.01.0001 after installation. A new version of the Unity Desktop CD is being manufactured and will replace all disks in the field. The version of Paperport on those installs will be 9.2.0.810. Solution ID TAUS0639430EN* Solution Usage 1
Description After installing PaperPort*, OmniPage* Pro fails to load with an error code of 1713. Solution CAUSE: Incomplete install of PaperPort or OmniPage Pro. SOLUTION: Unistall the entire suite and reinstall the programs. For instructions on how to properly unistall the suite, refer to the [[ScanSoft Knowledge Base| URL http://knowledgebase.scansoft.com/view.asp?tnID=1344&sQuery=1713]].
August 2011
1,334
PAS
1,335
PAS
What is PAS? Solution Printer Accounting Server (PAS) is an advanced network print tracking solution that enables users to monitor, measure and manage all network printing and copying activity. PAS simplifies the management of printers and both digital and analog copiers, and offers flexible methods to charge printing costs incurred by users. PAS offers a complete solution for hardcopy Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) management, by tracking usage patterns, collecting copier data, and helping to identify the costs associated with printer and copier management. Scalable Architecture The PAS architecture consists of a central accounting server and one or more print servers, with low-overhead authenticated connections between them. While retaining centralized management and administration, this structure provides great scalability in network environments with thousands of users, hundreds of network printers and multiple sites. Simplified upgrades and useful add-on modules complete the PAS product line, providing a more scalable and flexible solution than that of any single product offering. Use add-on modules to expand tracking coverage to additional print servers, broaden the solution to cover NetWare or UNIX environments, and extend functionality to include card readers, or copy tracking terminals. With the addition of Macintosh Services, all printing data originating from Macintosh workstations can be tracked and stored in the same database and used for effective and detailed reporting. Flexible Configuration PAS can be configured to meet specific requirements for many different organizations. The configuration wizard helps to easily create user accounts, and schedule automated reports and transactions. When System Manager is first initiated, the wizard starts automatically. Solution ID TAUS0617602EN* Solution Usage 2
Description When secure printing via the NTS device. The message 'No Documents to Release' is displayed on the NTS device after entering the passcode. Solution CAUSE: Both the copier and printer must be configured using System Manager. SOLUTION: To configure the System Manager, perform the following: 1. Under NTS services, highlight devices and select modify devices. 2. Verify that there is an entry (i.e. 7045) in the Copier Controlled pull down and an entry (i.e. Konica 70xx Series) under the Copier Type pull down. 3. Review the configuration of the copier and printer in System manager and verify that the devices are registered. See pages 269 to 270 in PAS Administrators Guide. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Konica Minolta Announces partnership with Equitrac Corporation. Solution Konica Minolta Announces partnership with Equitrac Corporation . Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . Solution ID TAUS0617454EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Unable to print from Windows* 2000 workstations. Users are prompted for billing codes that they are unable to enter. Solution CAUSE: The Windows 2000 workstations are not logging into the domain in that the PAS server is in. SOLUTION: In order for the billing codes to be accessed by the workstations, the workstations must log into the domain in which PAS server is located when using the Enterprise version of PAS.
August 2011
1,336
PAS
Description Printer Accounting Server (PAS) has been running trouble-free, but now an error message has appeared in the messages node of System Manager or the WinNT Event Viewer indicating "com exception caught". Solution CAUSE: The database has become corrupt. SOLUTION: If using the Jet database, open the database through Microsoft Access and it will indicate if it needs repairs. Oracle* and SQL* should also indicate if the database needs to be repaired. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0616534EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Macintosh* documents are printing on Printer Accounting Server (PAS) configured printers, but they are not being charged. Solution CAUSE: This will commonly occur with a PAS Enterprise Edition that does not have a Macintosh Services keycode. SOLUTION: Verify that the Macintosh Services Add-on key is installed with your Enterprise Edition. Without the key, the service will run but print count information will not be submitted to the PAS database. Contact Konica Sales to purchase a keycode for the Macintosh Services. Single Server does not support the Macintosh Services Add-on. An upgrade to the Enterprise Edition and the purchase of Macintosh Services Add-on (or the Professional Edition, which comes with Macintosh Services) is required. * Trademark ownership information
Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
Description Applications support planas regardsMicrosoft Windows Service Packs, .NET Framework Service Packs and Web Browsers. Solution Please see attached applications support plan. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan)
August 2011
1,337
Pi1501
August 2011
1,338
Pi1601e
Description How to completely remove a printer driver in Microsoft Windows 2000/XP/Vista/7. Solution When removing a printer from the Printers folder, the printer driver file is not removed completely from the hard disk drive. The following describesprocedures to use if a printer driver file is corrupted and requires removal: WINDOWS 2000 WARNING : If using Registry Editor incorrectly, serious problems may occur that will require reinstallation of the operating system. Microsoft/KMBS cannot guarantee that problems can be solved that result from using Registry Editor incorrectly. Use Registry Editor with extreme caution. 1. Remove the printer using the Printers folder in Microsoft Windows 2000. 2. In Microsoft Windows 2000, in Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, double-click Services, and then stop the Spooler service. 3. Run Registry Editor (Regedt32.exe) and go to the following subkey (note that this is all one path, which has been wrapped for readability): HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environments\Windows NT x86\Drivers\Version-3\ Note : Version-3 is Microsoft Windows 2000, and is the name of the printer to be removed. 4. Notice the values on the right and write down the file names. 5. With the printer driver key selected, click Delete on the Edit menu. 6. Go to the following directory and delete the printer driver files noted in step 4: %SystemRoot%\System32\Spool\Drivers\ Note :If unable to delete the files and folders in the above directory structure after stopping the spooler service because of an error message that the files are in use (such as, Rasddui.dll), set the startup type for the Spooler service to Disabled, restart the computer, and then attempt to delete the files and folders again. After deleting the files, restore the Spooler startup to Automatic. 7. In Microsoft Windows 2000, in Control Panel, double-click Administrative Tools, double-click Services, and then start the Spooler service. 8. If reinstalling a printer, use the Printers folder. 9. Delete the %windir%\inf\oem?.inf file that is associated with the removed printer driver. This removes the printer from the printer selection list when adding new printers. Note : In addition to the steps listed above, it may be necessary to delete the printer's associated unidriver (Rasdd.dll, Pscript.dll, or Plotter.dll). If printing has been initialized or if a process is using this file, it will be locked open and cannot be deleted. The file can be renamed or the system can be restarted to free up the driver. Refer to the Printer.inf file to see which unidriver is used by a particular printer. WINDOWS XP Microsoft Windows XP adds a user interface feature to delete driver files so the steps for Microsoft Windows 2000 are no longer necessary. To delete printer driver files in Microsoft Windows XP: 1. Click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,339
Pi1601e
2. On the File menu, click Server Properties. 3. On the Drivers tab, click the printer driver to be deleted, and then click Remove. WINDOWS VISTA / WINDOWS 7 To completely remove a printer driver, please refer to attached documentation for procedure. Notes : 1. Microsoft Windows 7 Home or Home Premium, does not have the "Print Management" snap-in for MMC. You have to run command prompt as ADMINISTRATOR, enter printui /s /t2 , remove the printer driver and reboot. 2.If you are prompted for an administrator password or confirmation, type the password or provide confirmation. 3.Remember, you cannot remove a printer if you have items in the print queue. If items are waiting to print when you try to remove a printer, Microsoft Windows will wait until printing is complete, and then remove the printer. If you have permission to manage documents on the printer, you can also cancel all print jobs and then try to remove the printer again. For more information, see attached documentation concerning how to cancel printing and printer permissions. To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader.
August 2011
1,340
Pi1800
1,341
Pi1800
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
August 2011
1,342
Pi1803e
1,343
Pi1803e
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
August 2011
1,344
Pi3502
August 2011
1,345
Pi3505e
August 2011
1,346
Pi4700e
Description The Pi4700e with system version 3 is unable to print a configuration page and can not be installed on the network when connected to the Di450 or Di550. PageScope Light on the Pi4700e controller is unavailable when trying to access the controller via the network. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect firmware on the Pi4700e. SOLUTION: The Pi4700e print controller should be downgraded to version 1.02 firmware to allow connection with the Di450/550. Please flash it with the following firmware file: [[md2sv102nfm.exe| URL ftp://techweb:HelpMe@ftp.konicabt.com/md2sv102nfm.exe]]. Notes: 1. This must be done while connected to a Di470. The instructions for flashing the controller are on page T-8 of the Pi4700e Service Manual. 2. Use controller type 0 and peripheral mode 5 (the same controller and peripheral mode settings that would be used for the Pi5501). 3. The Pi4700e Phase 2 enhancements will not be available to the Di450 or Di550. 4. To view the above PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0634440EN* Solution Usage 6
Description When scanning with the controller, can the default setting for TIFF/PDF be set to PDF? Can the default resolution be changed? Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,347
Pi4700e
Solution It is not possible to change the scanning default for the Pi4700e, Pi5501, or Pi5500. PDF must be selected manually to scan in PDF format. The default scanning resolution cannot be changed. Note: To change the resolution for an individual job, press the clear button and then entering the desired resolution.
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
August 2011
1,348
Pi5501
August 2011
1,349
Pi6000
1,350
Pi6000
Solution ID
TAUS0656768EN*
Solution Usage
54
August 2011
1,351
Pi6500e
August 2011
1,352
Pi6500Pro
August 2011
1,353
Pi7200e
August 2011
1,354
Pi7500
August 2011
1,355
Pi8500Pro
August 2011
1,356
Pi8501Pro
August 2011
1,357
PIV
Description CAC/PIV installation instructions and update procedure. Solution IMPORTANT : The dipswitch settings detailed in the "Firmware installation procedure" section, need to be performed before the firmware update as detailed below.When the procedure is performed before the upgrade to CAC firmware, it should prevent the "License management" error from occuring. Procedure 1. Enter Service mode. 2. Enter System2 ? Soft switch settings. 3. Switch No. 10. 4. Hex assignment 00. 5. Press Fix. 6. Record the current MFP and scanner S/N for future reference. 7. When the firmware update screen appears, select the Start button at the lower right corner of the MFP LCD. 8. When each install item hasdownloaded completely and the check sum number appears: a. Power OFF the MFP. b. Remove the CF card from the MFP. c. PowerON the MFP. 9.If this procedure is not performed before thefirmware upgrade, then the only way to resolve the error is "Initialization" by calling and logging a ticket with SSD. Please perform the procedures mentioned in the attached documentation. Please read carefully and proceed in the order mentioned . To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and John Miller, Workgroup/SSD. Solution ID TAUS0902689EN* Solution Usage 2
Description CAC/PIV support. Solution Pleaserefer tothe attacheddocumentation for current supported models. To view the PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002287EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to set up an MFP for a CAC/PIV environment using special PKI firmware. Solution Utilizing the ActivClient functionality on Konica Minolta bizhub MFPs requires special firmware, loadable device drivers, special printer drivers, and installation procedures to provide guaranteed support for all historical versions of CAC Smart Cards using the AU-211P.ActivClient supports all current and future CAC profiles. The following card types are supported: Gemalto (32K, 64K, TOPDLGX 144) Oberthur (32K, 64K) CAC v1 CAC v2 GSCIS PIV Transitional PIV End-state Notes : 1.The special version firmware, printer drivers and documents are available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector.Select Solutions a AU-211P CAC/PIV to download the needed File Type. IMPORTANT : THIS FIRMWARE IS ONLY FOR A CAC/PIV ENVIRONMENT.DO NOT INSTALL THIS FIRMWARE ON non-CAC/PIV MFPs. 2. During the installation of this firmware and loadable device driver, various error codes will be indicated. These are notvalid error codesrequiring troubleshooting; however,it is necessaryto follow the outlined procedures in the exact order to properly complete the installation. 3. Ifa service center is scheduled to install or maintain a CAC/PIV enabled MFP, then it is strongly recommended that the servicing person complete the Learning Place webinars related to this technology. KMBS Webinars are available online at The Learning Place, which can be accessedon www.mykonicaminolta.com . Common Access Card/Personal Identity Verification Solution WBT for Machine Technicians, 702 - Service - TCCACTWBT1v1 Common Access Card/Personal Identity Verification Solution WBT for Systems Integrators, 702 - Service - TCCACAPWBT1v1 Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,358
PIV
bizhub C353/C253/C203 for PKI Card System Security Function, 702 - Service - C353PKTTWBTv1 4. Overview and sales-related materials for the KMBS CAC/PIV Card System, along with other security features, can be found at http://kmbs.konicaminolta.us/content/products/subcategories/as_security.html . 5. Generic CAC Info can be found at http://www.cac.mil/CardInfo.html . 6. Please refer to the attachedupgrade instructions. bizhub 361/421/501 and bizhub 601/751 bizhub C203/C253/C353 bizhub C220/C280/C360, bizhub C452/C552/C652 and bizhub 423/363/283/223 To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Stu Dern, ESS Solution ID TAUS0902691EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What is CAC and PIV? Solution The Common Access Card (CAC) is a United States Department of Defense (DoD) smart card standard that is used as a general identification card as well as for authentication to enable access to DoD computers, networks, and certain DoD facilities. This includes access by Multi-Function Printers (MFP). Konica Minolta has co-developed a Common Access Card System that meets the most technically aggressive requirements for user access and authentication to bizhub MFPs. The Personal Identity Verification (PIV) Card is a United States Government Agency (Non-DoD) smart card standard that is used as a general identification card as well as for authentication to enable access to DoD computers, networks, and access to DoD facilities. This includes access by Multi-Function Printers (MFP). Konica Minolta has co-developed a Common Access Card System that meets the most technically aggressive requirements for user access and authentication to bizhub MFPs.For additional information please see the attached documentation. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS1100059EN* Solution Usage
Description How to uninstall CAC/PIV firmware. Solution CAC/PIV firmware uninstallation procedure must be followed exactly or the MFP will generate errors. 1. Change softswitch 12 to hex 00 and press Fix. 2. Change softswitch 41 to hex 00 and press Fix. 3. Call the Service Mode to the screen. 4. Press Stop ? 9. Billing Setting menu will appear. 5. Select Management Function Choice, press Unset, press End and then Reset to return to the Service Mode screen. 6. Select System 1 a Initialization a Clear All Data then press the Start button. Once this is complete, the machine will prompt to power it OFF. 7. While the machine is OFF, unplug the card reader then power ON the MFP. 8. Flash the MFP to the current base firmware. Note : The latest version firmware or system software is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more'. 9. In Service Mode select System 2 a HDD a Installed. 10. Power the machine OFF by the main power switch and wait ten seconds before powering the machine ON. Note : At this point the machine will be fully functional, however the SSD partition of the hard drive will still be in place and thus needs to be removed in order to gain the full use of the hard drive. Removal of SSD Partition 1. In Service Mode select State Confirmation a Memory-HDD Adj. then perform a physical format of the hard drive. Once the machine is finished it will prompt to power it OFF. Note : This may take several minutes. 2. Power the machine OFF by the main power switch and wait ten seconds before powering the machine ON. 3. Service Mode select State Confirmation a Memory-HDD Adj. then perform a logical format of the hard drive. Once the machine is finished it will prompt to power it OFF. Note : This may take several minutes. 4. Power the machine OFF by the main power switch and wait ten seconds before powering the machine ON. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by David Holt, SSD District Service Manager/Midwest Region
August 2011
1,359
Print Makeready
Description Unable to communicate to the Floating License Server. The license(s) derived by the Floating License Server client may berejectedwhen installing the license(s) toPCswhere Print Make Ready version 4.3 and later is installed. Solution CAUSE:Configuration offirewall settings on thePCwhere Floating License Server is installed. The firewall prohibits the network communication of the programs that are necessary for the license authentication. SOLUTION:The followingthree programs must be allowed to communicate through the firewall. Oce PRISMAprepare (application on the client) lmgrd.exe (executable on Floating License Server) ocelmgrd.exe (executable on Floating License Server) Foradditional detail,please refer tothe attached document which explains theprocedure toconfigure settings on the Microsoft Windows firewall. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan) Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
August 2011
1,360
Printgroove POD
Description "You are not licensed for this module" message occurs with all Printgroove modules. Solution PROBABLE CAUSES: 1.The license dongle is NOT installed in the Printgroove server. Install the license dongle and reboot the Printgroove server. The license donglecan be plugged into any of the available USB ports on the server. To confirm that the dongle is recognized by the server, execute the wku list command from the server's Ubuntu console mode.A dotted line box with the dongle information should appear after executing this command. 2.The Printgroove software is corrupt and will not recognize the license dongle. A bug has been identified with PG build [PSG0101030732002] where the WIBU server becomes corrupt after a period of time, and then is unable to run.The WIBU Server is the license serverused to verifylicenserestrictions and worksin conjuction with license parametersprogramed into the license dongle. Upgrade the server to the latest Printgroove version. System code, firmware, and drivers are available for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector: 1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com 2. Select the "Service" link located on the top of the page. 3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located on the left. 4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page. 5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located on the left. Please be sure to read all documenation prior toupgrading the Printgroove server. 3. -FOR KONICA MINOLTASALES DEMOPRINTGROOVESERVERS ONLY The Printgroove Sales demo server 12-monthlicensehas expired. To obtain a renewed 12 month license, please submit an SSD ticket and include the following information: 1. The KMBS location of the Printgroove server. 2. The license numberthat is printed on the dongle. 3. The dongle information that is listedwhenexecuting the wku list command from the server's Ubuntu console mode.A dotted line box with the dongle information should appear after executing this command (see the attached screen shot example of the wku list command). Note :Printgroove servers purchased by customers are not configured with license expiration dates and should not be subject to any License expiration issues. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS Solution ID TAUS0703779EN* Solution Usage 10
Description Where to obtain support for solutions. Solution In order to obtain the best support to meetcustomer needs, please contact the appropriate source for each of the listed solutions: Konica Minolta Business Solutions (Technical Support Hotline): 800-825-5664 Dispatcher Doc Builder Pro DocuBreeze eCopy (TWAIN driver, installation support; refer connector issues to eCopy at http://www.ecopy.com/Support_Overview.asp ) EFI Color Profiler EFI Graphic Arts Package Fiery Free Form FormKaster Linkcom MicroPress OmniPagePro PageScope Paperport Planet Press PrintGroove Recollect Scantrip Unify vCare/CS Remote Care Create!Print (v2.5) KIP 3000/3000 plus, 3100, 5000, 7000, 7200, 7700, 7900,9000, 9200, 9900and associated options. Atlas Software : 877-647-8715 ObjectifLune Printshop Mail Bottomline Technologies : 800-839-9029 Create!Form Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,361
Printgroove POD
Create!Print (except v2.5) Captaris : 520-320-7070 RightFax Equitrac Corporation : 877-378-4872 Equitrac solutions Printlog Accounting Server (PAS) Jamex : 800-289-6550 Jamex vending solutions KIP America Corporation : www.kipamerica.com KIP models other than listed above. Prism Software : 949-855-3100 DocForm DocRecord DocSystem DocTransform Quite Software : help@quite.com Quite Imposing Plus Rochester Software Associates : 585-327-7129 RSA DTPrint RSA IPDS Print RSA MIS Print RSA Qdirect RSA RDO Print RSA Web CRD Additionalinformation is contained in attached Bulletin Number 6255.To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Gabe Smith, ESS; Chuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD and Jim Behrends, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0701663EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Printgroove supported models. Solution The followingare supported by Printgroove version 1.5.0: bizhub PRO 1050/1050P/1050e/1050eP(embedded) bizhub PRO 950(embedded) bizhub PRO 920(IC-203) 7085(IP-602/IP-602M) bizhub PRO C500/8050(IP-901/IC-302/IC-405) bizhub PRO C500(IC-301) bizhub PRO C6500(IC-303/IC-305/IC-408/IC-304) bizhub PRO C6500P(IC-303/IC-305/IC-304) bizhub PRO C6501(IC-305/IC-408) bizhub PRO C6501P(IC-305) bizhub PRO C65hc(IC-305) bizhub PRO C5500(IC-408) bizhub PRO C5501(IC-305/IC-408) bizhub PRO C650(IC-409) bizhub PRO C550(IC-409) Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,362
Printgroove POD
bizhub PRO 1051/1200/1200P(embedded) bizhub PRO 1600PwithSmart Imager R11 bizhub PRO 2000P withSmart Imager R11 bizhub PRO 2500P withSmart Imager R11 Xerox DocuTech 6100 seriesDocuSP4.x Note : Please refer to the attacheddocument for additional information on Printgroove supported models. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS and Ed Bellone, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0702058EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Default usernames and passwords for the various Printgroove modules. Solution The default user name andpassword are: Printgroove POD ADMIN Username: sysadmin Password: password Printgroove POD SERVE Username: joeuser Password: password Username: sueboss Password: password Note : Sueboss is the default administrator.Joeuser is the default user. Printgroove POD GUIDE Username: psc Password: password Username: appadmin Password: password Printgroove POD QUEUE Username: qadmin Password: password Username: wtell Password: sysadm Printgroove (Ubuntu) console mode Username: sysadmin Password: The password for the sysadmin account is unique to each factory configured installation of Printgroove. The password can be found on the "Server Information" document, which is included with each Printgroove server that is shipped. IMPORTANT NOTE: If the "Server Information" document is not available and the password is unknown,you will need to boot the Printgroove server into a "Recovery" mode to set a new password for the sysadmin account. Refer to the attached document forstep-by-step directionsto perform this task. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS Solution ID TAUS0703122EN* Solution Usage 4
Description Unable to manually enable printer with possible error message of "The selected printer is not PDF supported". Solution CAUSE: SNMP communication between Queue and printersis not established. SOLUTION:To manually enable printer in Queue,wait approximately 3 minutes for the SNMP communication to be properly established between Queue and the printer. Please refer to the attacheddocumentation for detail instructions on this process. Note : To viewthe PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD
August 2011
1,363
Printgroove POD
Description How to verifyPrintgroove version. Solution To verify the version of all the modules of the Printgroove POD Server, perform the following: 1. From a Web browser, log intoPrintgroove Admin. 2. On the left-hand side, click on Control. 3. From the Control screen click onthe Printgroove module to view the version information. To verify version of the Queue client software, perform the following; 1. Open Queue client software and login into Queue module. 2. Select Help -> About Printgroove POD Queue 3. The version and the build number will be listed for the Queue Client software. Note : Please refer tothe attached screen shots for additional aid in locating theversion information SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703314EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to collect log files from the Printgroove Server. Solution To collect log files from the Printgroove Server, perform the following: 1. From a Web browser, log into Printgroove Admin. Note : The default username is sysadmin and the password is password . 2. Select "Logs" from the selections on the left side. 3. Select "Files" from the three Log selections. 4.Select the desired module. 5. Click on the log file to download and save. Notes : a. It is not necessary to save all log files from a particular module, just save the log files that pertain to date of problem occurrence. b. Please see attacheddocumentation for additional information onPrintgroove log files. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html c. Thefollowing isadditionaldetail on the function of the Modules listed in the log files. PdfServer - Usedby Queue to inspect PDF files Apache2 (Error & Access) - Web server used to manage incoming web requests Postgresql - Used to store data for Admin/Serve/SG/Queue SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
Description Unable to access Serve, Guide, and Queue modules."You are not licensed to access this module" message will appear in Web browser when attempting to access Serve or Guide. An "Invalid Entry" window will pop-up when attempting to loginto Queue.
August 2011
1,364
Printgroove POD ADMIN

1,365

1,366

Description When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link. Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0703095EN* Solution Usage 2
1,367

How to verifyPrintgroove version. Solution To verify the version of all the modules of the Printgroove POD Server, perform the following: 1. From a Web browser, log intoPrintgroove Admin. 2. On the left-hand side, click on Control. 3. From the Control screen click onthe Printgroove module to view the version information. To verify version of the Queue client software, perform the following; 1. Open Queue client software and login into Queue module. 2. Select Help -> About Printgroove POD Queue 3. The version and the build number will be listed for the Queue Client software. Note : Please refer tothe attached screen shots for additional aid in locating theversion information SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703314EN* Solution Usage 2
Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,368
Printgroove POD GUIDE

1,369

1,370

1,371

Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,372
Printgroove POD QUEUE

1,373

1,374

Description Unable to manually enable printer with possible error message of "The selected printer is not PDF supported". Solution CAUSE: SNMP communication between Queue and printersis not established. SOLUTION:To manually enable printer in Queue,wait approximately 3 minutes for the SNMP communication to be properly established between Queue and the printer. Please refer to the attacheddocumentation for detail instructions on this process. Note : To viewthe PDFs, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD
August 2011
1,375

Description How to verifyPrintgroove version. Solution To verify the version of all the modules of the Printgroove POD Server, perform the following: 1. From a Web browser, log intoPrintgroove Admin. 2. On the left-hand side, click on Control. 3. From the Control screen click onthe Printgroove module to view the version information. To verify version of the Queue client software, perform the following; 1. Open Queue client software and login into Queue module. 2. Select Help -> About Printgroove POD Queue 3. The version and the build number will be listed for the Queue Client software. Note : Please refer tothe attached screen shots for additional aid in locating theversion information SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0703314EN* Solution Usage 2
Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,376
Printgroove POD READY

1,377

Description Default usernames and passwords for the various Printgroove modules. Solution The default user name andpassword are: Printgroove POD ADMIN Username: sysadmin Password: password Printgroove POD SERVE Username: joeuser Password: password Username: sueboss Password: password Note : Sueboss is the default administrator.Joeuser is the default user. Printgroove POD GUIDE Username: psc Password: password Username: appadmin Password: password Printgroove POD QUEUE Username: qadmin Password: password Username: wtell Password: sysadm Printgroove (Ubuntu) console mode Username: sysadmin Password: The password for the sysadmin account is unique to each factory configured installation of Printgroove. The password can be found on the "Server Information" document, which is included with each Printgroove server that is shipped. IMPORTANT NOTE: If the "Server Information" document is not available and the password is unknown,you will need to boot the Printgroove server into a "Recovery" mode to set a new password for the sysadmin account. Refer to the attached document forstep-by-step directionsto perform this task. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,378

http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Cesar Jimenez, Production Print/SSD and Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Printgrooveversion 1.5.01 update patch Solution Printgroove patch updateversion 1.5.01 isavailable forPrintgroove version 1.5.0.This update provides many new enchancements and corrections to all modules and software for Printgroove.Refer to attached release notes(DLBT0903200EN00.pdf) for full details. Printgroove server must be beat version 1.5.0 bofore the 1.5.01 patch can be installed.Refer to the attached documents that describe the previous updates that must be done before the 1.5.01 patch is applied. Upgrade to 1.5.0: TAUS0902885EN00.pdf Printgroove_v1.5_Install_Support__Guide_10_1_09.pdf DLBT0902827EN01.pdf (ver. 1.5.0 release notes) Upgrade to version 1.3.2: TAUS0901915EN00.pdf How_to_Upgrade_to_Ver._1.3.2_20090305.pdf DLBT0900434EN00.pdf (ver. 1.3.2 release notes) Notes: 1.Be sure to perform a system backup prior to any upgrade. 2.Be sure to uninstall the Printgroove Queue client and POD driver software fromPCs/Macsand install new versions provided with version 1.5.01. Patch update version 1.5.01 isavailable for download via the Konica Minolta Download Selector : 1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com 2. Select the "Service" link located on the top of the page. 3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS )" link located on the left. 4. Select the "Continue on to the SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page. 5. Select the "Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more" link located on the left. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/BSE
Solution ID
TAUS0702773EN*
Solution Usage
Description Update/Patch information to Printgroove server server versions 1.1.x only(Serve, Guide, and Queue). Solution An update/patch is now available forPrintgroove serversr versions 1.1.x only.This update will bring the server to build "PSG0101040807301". The patch file is a 542.97MB ISO image file (PSG0101040807301p.iso)that will need to be burned to a CD prior to installation. This update with upgrade the Serve, Guide and Queue Modules: Serve - Build PSG0101040807301 Guide - Build PSG0101040807301 Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,379

Queue - Build PSG010 160 xxxxxx Note : Disregard the last six digits of the Queue as these values may change each time system is rebooted. This version of Queue is1.60. After applying this upgrade be sure to also upgrade the Queue client and POD driver as these have been changed as well. The lastest Queue client and POD driver can be downloaded directly off the Printgroove server. The update/patch is available via the Konica Minolta Download Selector. Access the Selector from SSD Web Support (CS Expert Support) by clicking on 'Download MSDS, Drivers, Firmware and more': 1. Login in via www.mykonicaminolta.com 2. Select the "Service" link located on the top of the page. 3. Select the "SSD (DNA, Drivers, MSDS)" link located on the left. 4. Select the "SSD Home Page" link located in the middle of the page. 5. Select the "Download MSDS,Drivers,Firmware and more" link located on the left. 6. Select "Solutions" for Product Group. 7.Select "Printgroove" for Product. Note : Please refer to the attached instructions on how to install patch file onto the Printgroove server. To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808609EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Printgroove POD Driver Error Message: Unable to connect to the server (ipaddressofserver)" when attempting to upload files. Solution CAUSE:Port 8180 is blocked by firewall, whichispreventing communication to the Printgroove server. SOLUTION:Modify firewall settings to allow communication over port 8180 from client PCto the Printgroove server. The followingopen ports are required forPrintgroove: 80 - HTTP 161 - SNMP Communication with KM MFP 443 - SSL Communication (default setting with POD driver) 445 - SMB (Creo Devices) 6000 - ClientNotification with Printgroove Queue Client program 8180 - http communication with Printgroove server (required for POD driver) 8192 -Job spooler (7085/IP-602) 9100 - Print Channel for bizhub Pro 920 and 1050 9101 - Print Channel for 7085/IP-602 10001 - Print Channel for 7085/IP602 59158 - TCP/IP Job Spooler - bizhub Pro 920 and 1050 8021 & 8022 - Harmony SDK - Fiery Controllers SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/BSE Solution ID TAUS1001948EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Printgroove 32-bitor 64-bit support. Solution All Printgroove operations aresupported only by 32-bit operating systems. Customers may use64-bit client OSweb browsers to communicate withPrintgroove Admin, Printgroove Server and Printgroove Guide (SG)since they are web-based programs, butthis operationis notofficially supported by KMBS. Furthermore, Printgroove Queue clientand Printgroove POD driver, which are installed on a local client system, aresupported only with 32-bit operating systems. There are no development plans tosupport 64-bit operating systems. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS
August 2011
1,380
Printgroove POD SERVE

1,381

1,382

1,383

Solution ID
TAUS0801970EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,384
PrintShop Mail
Description Unable to select Booklet feature when using FreeForm. Solution CAUSE: FreeForm does not support the booklet feature. SOLUTION: Unfortunately, there is no solution that will allow the functionality of creating a booklet from a document when using FreeForm. It is recommendend to first have document imposed as needed and then utilize FreeForm. The IC-303/IC-305 does have an Impose module option available that can be used to impose the file prior to utlizing FreeForm. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Tony Pizzoferrato, ESS/SSD andChuck Tripp, Production Print/SSD Solution ID TAUS0619517EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Does PrintShop Mail* 4.0 support subset stapling? Solution True subset stapling is not supported by Konica's Printers. Printshop Mail 4.0 has a work around for printers that do not support this. To print with subset stapling, go to the File menu, select Print. In the Print box under the "Record Range" area, check the box for "Split Job Every ______ Pages", and fill in the page amount for each set. WARNING: If the variable data is different lengths and the amount of data that is placed on each page can vary, changing the amount of pages, this option will not work the amount of pages per set can not change. This work around is not true subset stapling; a large document is split into many individual jobs depending on the amount of pages selected. Because of this, the more pages per set, the longer wait time will be incurred between jobs on the printer. For example, if the sets are set to eight pages the time between when the first job finishes printing and the next job starting to print is 15 seconds. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0648162EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to make booklets with Printshop Mail and the C500. Solution To make booklets with Printshop Mail 5.0 and the C500, use an IP901 with system 6 loaded. Once the job has been created, go to file print and select the system 6 printer. Under Record Range, put a check next to Split job every and then put in how many pages are in the booklet. Select the Properties button, go to paper source and make sure that paper size is set to letter and print size is set to 11x17. Proceed to the finishing area and select Folding: Center Fold, Duplex: Top to Top, Staple Mode: Center and then Booklet Maker: Saddle. Print the job. The number of records that are in the database will be how many jobs are sent to the printer. Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to print to Fiery with FreeForm from PrintShop Mail. Solution Use FreeForm to set up this job: 1. In PrintShop Mail select Edit and Preferences. 2.Select the Print Job Icon and under the technology there is the setting forFreeForm. 3.Then select a number that is not used; the default is 15. 4.Click OK.This sets of the Master form document. 5. Select File and Print. 6.Next, at the Send option, select Master data. 7.Set the number of records to 1. 8.Select Properties of the Driver.For this form select: a. Layout b.Duplex right to left c.Finishing d.Half fold Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,385
PrintShop Mail
e.VDP f.Create Form 9.Use'15' for the numberset when selectingFreeForm above. 10.Click OK. 11.Print the form.This sends the variable data using the form. 12.Select File and Print. 13.Then, at the send option, select Variable Data. 14.Select the number of records to print. 15.Select the properties button. 16.Set the parameters EXACTLY as when setting up the Masterform.If the variable data form does not match the master, thejob will not print with the options. 17.For this form select: a.Layout b.Duplex right to left c.Finishing d.Half fold e.VDP f.Use Form 18.Use '15' for the number set when selectingFreeForm above. 19.Click OK. 20.Click Print. Solution ID TAUS0617714EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Test Synopsis evaluating PrintShop Mail* and providing printing speed results for the IP601, IP304, IP431, and IP421. Solution Test Synopsis results . PrintShop Mail product information PrintShop Mail Release Notes PrintShop Mail User's Manual Note: To view the above links, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0620506EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Current version of Printshop Mail. Solution When testing and supporting Printshop Mail 4.0 make sure you are using the latest build downloaded from [[www.printshopmail.com| URL http://www.printshopmail.com]]. As of 11/20/02 the current build is 21. The printshop mail 4.0 versions on the disks that are being sent out are build 10. There are several issues with this build that are fixed by downloading the current version off of the website. Solution ID TAUS0648145EN* Solution Usage 1
Description When using Printshop Mail subset feature, if there are more than 12 jobs in the queue, printing will pause for over a minute at the 12th job, then resume and print the next 12 jobs and then pause again every 12 jobs. Solution CAUSE: This is caused by the way Microsoft* uses LPR ports to print. SOLUTION: Set up the printer port to be RAW using port 9100. * Trademark ownership information
August 2011
1,386
Prism
1,387
Prism
Description How to exclude an asterisk that is displayed at the end of a barcode when mapped to a form. Solution Use is the following piece of script to do a search and replace on the text in the barcode (this is a single line of code even though it may appear wrapped): CurrentForm["Barcode1"].Text = System.Text.RegularExpressions.Regex.Replace(CurrentForm["Barcode1"].Text,"\\\\*","");
August 2011
1,388
PRISM DocForm V3
1,389
PRISM DocForm V3
When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link. Solution ID TAUS0639745EN* Solution Usage
Description Installation error: A required DLL file, MSVCP60.dll was not found. Solution CAUSE: Attempting to install PRISM DocForm on a Microsoft Windows 98 platform, which is not supported. SOLUTION:DocForm needs to be installed either on Microsoft Windows 2000, XP or Windows 2003. Try to reinstallon one of these supported operating systems. Solution ID TAUS0639747EN* Solution Usage
Description Installation error: 1920 - Service DocFormSvc Failed to start. Verify that you have sufficient privileges to start system services. Solution CAUSE: The latest updates toMicrosoft .NET Framework are not installed. SOLUTION: Make sure the latest updates toMicrosoft .NET Framework are loaded by using the Microsoft Update service or Center . Once the updates are installed, reboot and try the PRISM DocForm installation again. Solution ID TAUS0639910EN* MSDN Download
Solution Usage
Description PRISM DocForm version 3 is available. Solution See attached Marketing Bulletin#04-GB-108 for details. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
August 2011
1,390
PRISM DocForm V4
1,391
PRISM DocForm V4
When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link. Solution ID TAUS0639745EN* Solution Usage
Description Installation error: A required DLL file, MSVCP60.dll was not found. Solution CAUSE: Attempting to install PRISM DocForm on a Microsoft Windows 98 platform, which is not supported. SOLUTION:DocForm needs to be installed either on Microsoft Windows 2000, XP or Windows 2003. Try to reinstallon one of these supported operating systems. Solution ID TAUS0639747EN* Solution Usage
Description Installation error: 1920 - Service DocFormSvc Failed to start. Verify that you have sufficient privileges to start system services. Solution CAUSE: The latest updates toMicrosoft .NET Framework are not installed. SOLUTION: Make sure the latest updates toMicrosoft .NET Framework are loaded by using the Microsoft Update service or Center . Once the updates are installed, reboot and try the PRISM DocForm installation again. Solution ID TAUS0701939EN* MSDN Download
Solution Usage
Description How to change the printer in Prism DocForm. Solution To change the printer in Prism DocForm, perform the following: 1. Make a backup of the existing projects. 2.Select Locally installed printer only. When installing the printer driver, 'Locally attached' was selected, not 'Network'. 3. Select Outputs from the menu. a. Select Edit output.A list of output definitions will be displayed. Select the one to bechanged. b. A screen will pop up; click the Select Printer button.A drop down list will be displayed on the side that contains installed windows printer drivers. c. Select the desired printer and click OK. 4.Save the setting by choosing File => Save, and save it in C:\Program Files\Docform\Server\Projects. Solution ID TAUS0701948EN* Solution Usage
Description When printing a form with a PDF background, the output comes out pixelated and low-quality. Solution CAUSE: This is a known issue with Prism DocForm version 4.0, and has been resolvedin version 4.2 of DocForm. SOLUTION: Open the output properties within DocForm and enable the "Use Print Optimization" option. This option allows DocForm to gather information about the selected printer driver. Once this has been done, disable the "Use Print Optimization" option. Now that DocForm has the printer driver information, it will maintain the quality of the original PDF file and it should print out fine. Note :A printer that has been added directly over a shared network will not be able to use the "Use Print Optimization" option within DocForm. Instead, add the printer over a TCP/IP port andthe "Use Print Optimization" option will be able to be used. Solution ID TAUS0701949EN* Solution Usage
Description Prism DocForm version 4 system requirements. Solution Prism DocForm version 4 runs in a Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows 2003 Serverenvironment. DocForm v4 supports a TCP/IP network, such as Microsoft Windows networking. Minimum Requirements are: 1. CPU -Intel Pentium IV,2GHz 2. Total RAM - 1GB 3. Disk Space -100MB free disk space (for Program files) andstorage space of 200MB (for archiving input files and generating temporary files) 4. Adobe Acrobat Distiller (6.0 or higher) for PDF output Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,392
PRISM DocForm V4
5. Printer - any LAN-attached printer with a Microsoft Windows-compatible driver Solution ID TAUS0701950EN* Solution Usage
Description Troubleshooting the Prism DocForm version 4 service. Solution Please refer to the attached document for troubleshooting details. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html Solution ID TAUS0701951EN* Solution Usage
Description Printer Port Checklist. Solution Please refer to the attached document forthechecklistdetails. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
August 2011
1,393
PRISM DocRecord
1,394
PRISM DocRecord
When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link.
August 2011
1,395
PRISM DocSystem
1,396
PRISM DocSystem
When searching solutions by models,referenced links for the documentsare notaccessible. Solution CAUSE: This is a search of the printed database. The links are locatedwithin the solution in the database. SOLUTION: Copy the solution ID number into the Knowledgebase look-up Keyword field and select Search to access the solution complete with active links to attached documents. Note : If there is an actual 'dead' link within the solution, please send an E-mail to cses@kmbs.konicaminolta.us with the solution ID number and please identify the link.
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,397
PS5000C
Description What versions of SCSI does Microsoft Windows Vista support? Solution Windows Vista does not support any SCSI interface device. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0800850EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Does Infotrieve Ariel 4.1 or 4.1.1 works with Microsoft Windows 2003? Solution Ariel 4.1 or 4.1.1 is supported by Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP, but is not officially supported by Microsoft Windows 2003. Notes : 1. Batch scanning does not work with Ariel 4.1 or 4.1.1. 2. Refer to the attached document for specifications. To view the document(s), Microsoft Word or Word Viewer must be installed. Word Viewer 2003 (11.7MB) can be obtained free from Microsoft at the following URL; http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?DisplayLang=en&FamilyID=95e24c87-8732-48d5-8689-ab826e7b8fdf . Solution ID TAUS0807926EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Recommended PC specification. Solution The recommended PC specification is as follows: CPU: At least Pentium IV 2.6MHz. RAM: At least 2GB. SCSI card: Adaptec AHA-2940AU andAHA-2930U . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0807960EN* Solution Usage 1
Description PROBLEM: Image waving on output. Solution Cause: Due to ceiling lights overhead,light reflects offtheglossy surface ofhard cover books and affects image output. Solution: Put sky shot paper (flat black) on the book cover. Provided by: Karl Esaka Field advisor and Don St.Onge - SSD Solution ID Description Wavy lines. Solution CAUSE: Wavy lines are usually caused by wrinkles in the originals, extraneous lights or the originals being too glossy. SOLUTION: TAUS0900682EN* Solution Usage 1
August 2011
1,398
PS5000C
1. Flatten the original as much as possible. 2. Try varying the Auto Exposure setting for the best result and if the best result cannotobtained, then try varying the manual exposure settings to obtain the best result. 3. Try controlling the lighting around the scanner. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0638745EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Release of PS5000C face up color book scanner.
August 2011
1,399
PS5000C MKII
Description Stitching issue when scanning documents. Solution CAUSE:EPROM update is required. SOLUTION:An EPROM Version Up Kit 2.0 has been released to resolve the stitching issue problem. Please see attached example of the problem. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. FOCVersion Upgrade Kit The Version Upgrade Kit (PS7000 MKII p/n7133018202, PS5000 MKII p/n7119019202) can be ordered free of charge via the Online Technical (FOC) & Special Program order form in MyKonicaMinolta.com. To place your FOC claim, please go to Service ? Warranty Repair & Special Programs ? Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs ? KMBS Technical (FOC) & Special Programs. Access and complete the SSD Program claim form that is located in the Claim Type Drop Down by selecting SSD Solution Claim. After you select SSD Solution Claim, you must then select the appropriate Solution ID from the SSD Solutions pop-up box in the Product RA/Claim Information at the bottom of the form. Your choice will then display a description of the associated FOC part that will be shipped to you. Under this SSD program, KMBS will ship all parts at no-charge and no return to KMBS is necessary. Upon our receipt and verification of your online claim information, KMBS Service Operations will process a Free-of-Charge parts order. All parts will be shipped via UPS 2-day Air Service, and an automated e-mail will be sent to the submitting KMBS Customer confirming the shipment and the KMBS claim number, parts order status and the UPS tracking number for the delivery. Questions related to your FOC parts claims may be directed to KMBS Logistics Operations at (201) 934-5339 IMPORTANT : There is a limit of 1 FOC Version Upgrade Kit per location. Once the limited stock is exhausted, no further Version Upgrade Kits will be available FOC. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS Solution ID TAUS0808574EN* Solution Usage 1
Description What application software can be used with this scanner? Solution Application software compatible with Twain32. (32-bit application compatible with Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900602EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Incorrect color reproduction.Update kit was installed. Solution CAUSE:The setup adjustment is required for the initial installation or for a unit out of adjustment. SOLUTION: Setup adjustment: 1. Turn the power ON and wait at least 10 minutes before proceeding with the adjustment. 2. Make sure the labels are installed as shown in the attached label pasting instructions. 3.Verify firmware version 2.0 EPROM is installed on the scanner and TWAIN version 3.0X on the PC. 4. Place the adjustment sheet on the Book Table, as shown in attachment, select Setup ?Start.When the dialog box appears. Click "OK". 5. When the setup screen disappears, setup is completed. 6.If the color reproduction is still not correct, then continue with the Black/White Shading, White Balance, Tone Curve and the Image Registration using the correct jigs.See attached instructions.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : It may be necessary to vary the Auto Exposure setting for the best color. If the Auto Exposure settings do not help, then try tovary the Manual Exposure settings to obtain the best quality image. Image quality problems can occur if the Setup Adjustment Sheet (p/n 7119-7202-01) is dirty, bent, or wrinkled. Replace itif necessary. Also check for extraneous lighting. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808624EN* Solution Usage
Description How to enter the Maintenance mode. Solution To enter maintenance mode, perform the following: 1. Select the "Adjustment" Checkbox tab on the Book Scanner screen. 2. Click on the drop-down and select "Maintenance" and click "Start". 3. Enter "7119" for the Maintenance Code and press "OK". 4. Click "Exit" to close the "Maintenance" Screen. Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,400
PS5000C MKII
Note : To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1000071EN* Solution Usage
Description Display is in Japanese. Solution CAUSE: Incorrect language setting. SOLUTION: 1. Enter Service Mode, press and hold "SET" and "ESC" key on the Control Panel while turning on the Main Switch. (Display is now in English). 2. Use the up or down arrows and scroll to "LANGUAGE" and press "SET" key. 3. Scroll to "ENGLISH" and press "SET". 4. Power cycle the unit to exit Service Mode. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1000796EN* Solution Usage
Description The machine will not perform the "stitch" function. This may occur intermittently. Solution CAUSE: The firmware and TWAIN driver need to be updated. SOLUTION: The following conditions must be met: EEPROM must be upgraded to Version 2.2 TWAIN driver must be upgraded to Version 3.1.1.0 The Skew, Stitch, and Magnification adjustments must be made. The following materials are required: Kodak Grey Scale (p/n 10012662) - not part of the upgrade kit Upgrade kit (p/n 7133018201), which includes: EEPROM v2.0 TWAIN driver v3.0.2.0 Labels Adjustment Plate Test Sheets Test Sheets (new) - used for Stitch and Magnification adjustments. Instructions for use are attached to this solution, as are reduced samples of the test sheets(attached only for reference - not for actual use). PS5000C MKII (p/n 7119830102) PS7000C MKII (p/n 7133830102) EEPROM v2.2 (or higher) PS5000C MKII (p/n 7119661024) PS7000C MKII (p/n 7133661026) TWAIN driver v3.1.1.0 or higher (available via the SSD Download Selector on MyKonicaMinolta.com) Follow this basic procedure, referring to the attached documents for details. Install the upgrade kit labels and adjustment plate. The v2.0 EEPROMs and v3.0.2.0 TWAIN driver are not needed. Install the v2.2 (or higher) EEPROM. Install the v3.1.1.0 (or higher) TWAIN driver. Initialize the setting valuesas described in the firmware v2.2 (or higher) Update Manual. Perform the Skew, Stitch, and Magnification Adjustments as described in the Optical Adjustment Manual (attached). Perform the Upgrade Electronic Adjustments as described in the Firmware v2.2 Update Manual. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD, Davoid Holt/DSM,and Craig Blyther/ESS.
August 2011
1,401
PS7000
Description What versions of SCSI does Microsoft Windows Vista support? Solution Windows Vista does not support any SCSI interface device. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0800557EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Is Microsoft Windows XP supported? Solution Microsoft Windows XP is supported andversion 17 firmware must be installed. Part number for IC34 is 0818-6605-03 and IC35 is 0818-6606-03. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0626274EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Is it normal for the scanner to be seen in Device Manager with an exclamation point? Solution The scanner will be seen in Device Manager under Other Devices with an exclamation point (!). This is normal. Solution ID TAUS0626392EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Is the gain adjustment jig the same for both planetary scanners (PS3000 and PS7000)? Solution Both Planetary Scanners use the same gain adjustment jig (p/n 0814-7901-01). Solution ID TAUS0626518EN* Solution Usage 0
Description What is the BTU rating for the PS7000? Solution The BTU rating for the PS7000 and its different versions are listed below: 1) PS7000 PC Version Standby 130 BTU Scanning 2700 BTU 2) PS7000 PR Version (Scanner & MSP3000 Printer) 1) Scanner Standby 130 BTU Scanning 2350 BTU 2) Printer Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,402
PS7000
Standby Scanning 3) Total Standby Scanning Solution ID 550 BTU 1600 BTU 680 BTU 3950 BTU Solution Usage 0
TAUS0629009EN*
Description Does the PS7000 support printer sharing in the direct print mode? Solution SOLUTION:The PS7000 does not support printer sharing in the direct print mode. Solution ID TAUS0629010EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Does the TWAIN driver 2.0 support "Batch Scanning"? Solution We recommend using any TWAIN-compliant software for the scanners, but the basic TWAIN driver itself does NOTsupport "Batch scanning". For batch scanning we recommend using PageScope Cabinet software. Solution ID TAUS0629011EN* Solution Usage 0
Description How to enable grayscale scanning on a PS7000 with a serial number lower than 2196. Solution To enable grayscale scanning install the SCSI Memory Kit, part number 7660-8180-1, and Grayscale Memory Board, part number 4614-331.
August 2011
1,403
PS7000C MKII
Description Stitching issue when scanning documents. Solution CAUSE:EPROM update is required. SOLUTION:An EPROM Version Up Kit 2.0 has been released to resolve the stitching issue problem. Please see attached example of the problem. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. FOCVersion Upgrade Kit The Version Upgrade Kit (PS7000 MKII p/n7133018202, PS5000 MKII p/n7119019202) can be ordered free of charge via the Online Technical (FOC) & Special Program order form in MyKonicaMinolta.com. To place your FOC claim, please go to Service ? Warranty Repair & Special Programs ? Warranty Services & Technical/FOC Programs ? KMBS Technical (FOC) & Special Programs. Access and complete the SSD Program claim form that is located in the Claim Type Drop Down by selecting SSD Solution Claim. After you select SSD Solution Claim, you must then select the appropriate Solution ID from the SSD Solutions pop-up box in the Product RA/Claim Information at the bottom of the form. Your choice will then display a description of the associated FOC part that will be shipped to you. Under this SSD program, KMBS will ship all parts at no-charge and no return to KMBS is necessary. Upon our receipt and verification of your online claim information, KMBS Service Operations will process a Free-of-Charge parts order. All parts will be shipped via UPS 2-day Air Service, and an automated e-mail will be sent to the submitting KMBS Customer confirming the shipment and the KMBS claim number, parts order status and the UPS tracking number for the delivery. Questions related to your FOC parts claims may be directed to KMBS Logistics Operations at (201) 934-5339 IMPORTANT : There is a limit of 1 FOC Version Upgrade Kit per location. Once the limited stock is exhausted, no further Version Upgrade Kits will be available FOC. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Craig Blyther, ESS Solution ID TAUS0808574EN* Solution Usage 1
Description What application software can be used with this scanner? Solution Application software compatible with Twain32. (32-bit application compatible with Windows 7/Vista/XP/2000). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900602EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Incorrect color reproduction.Update kit was installed. Solution CAUSE:The setup adjustment is required for the initial installation or for a unit out of adjustment. SOLUTION: Setup adjustment: 1. Turn the power ON and wait at least 10 minutes before proceeding with the adjustment. 2. Make sure the labels are installed as shown in the attached label pasting instructions. 3.Verify firmware version 2.0 EPROM is installed on the scanner and TWAIN version 3.0X on the PC. 4. Place the adjustment sheet on the Book Table, as shown in attachment, select Setup ?Start.When the dialog box appears. Click "OK". 5. When the setup screen disappears, setup is completed. 6.If the color reproduction is still not correct, then continue with the Black/White Shading, White Balance, Tone Curve and the Image Registration using the correct jigs.See attached instructions.To view a PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. Note : It may be necessary to vary the Auto Exposure setting for the best color. If the Auto Exposure settings do not help, then try tovary the Manual Exposure settings to obtain the best quality image. Image quality problems can occur if the Setup Adjustment Sheet (p/n 7119-7202-01) is dirty, bent, or wrinkled. Replace itif necessary. Also check for extraneous lighting. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID Description Wavy lines. Solution CAUSE: Wavy lines are usually caused by wrinkles in the originals, extraneous lights or the originals being too glossy. SOLUTION: Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0900682EN* Solution Usage 1
1,404
PS7000C MKII
1. Flatten the original as much as possible. 2. Try varying the Auto Exposure setting for the best result and if the best result cannotobtained, then try varying the manual exposure settings to obtain the best result. 3. Try controlling the lighting around the scanner. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808470EN* Solution Usage 0
Description When scanning without using the pop up dialog box, the system will lock up after the first scan. Solution CAUSE: Because the scan action must be generated by the scanner, the dialog box must be used. If the the dialog box is not used, it is necessaryto use the optional manual switch to generate the scan. SOLUTION: Install the optional manual switch, (p/n 7133-1701-01) to allow the scan to be generated by the scanner without using the dialog box. SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Mike Galletta, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0808575EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Can the manual switch for the PS5000C be used in the PS7000MKII? Solution Yes, the manual switch for the PS5000C (p/n 7119-6303-01) can be usedfor the PS7000MKII manual switch (p/n 7133-0171-01). SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0900301EN* Solution Usage 0
Description PS7000 MKII specifications. Solution See attached documentfor specification information. Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html .
August 2011
1,405
Recollect
1,406
Recollect
Description 'Scanner problem encountered. Check the scanner cables and connections' message when using a SCSI scanner, but unable to scan. Solution CAUSE: SCSI connections can be very temperamental at times. SOLUTION: The following recommendations may resolve this error: 1. Use the best SCSI cables and connectors. 2. The shorter the cable the better. 3. Eliminate unnecessary cable gender ad adapter connectors. 4. The SCSI scanner must be powered-on before connecting PC is powered ON. 5. ISIS* drivers require system level drivers. 6. Add the Aspi drivers for the SCSI card to the config.sys file if required. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0607053EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Whenever scanning (or importing) into a particular drawer the following error occurs 'Could not created document. Could be due to insufficient memory.' There is plenty of drive space and RAM on the PC. Solution CAUSE: This could be caused due to drive failure, cross-linked files, fragmented drive or drawer index problem. SOLUTION: Perform the following steps. 1. Run SCANDISK on drive where drawer is located. 2. Run DEFRAG against the drive where drawer is located. 3. Run recondition against the drawer being scanned/imported. 4. The above steps will usually correct any problem. If problem persists, create a new drawer. 5. Create a new folder for the new drawer. 6. Scan (or import) to verify it is working without a problem 7. Drag and drop the folder(s) from the problem drawer to the new drawer. 8. The older drawer can then be deleted. Solution ID TAUS0612666EN* Solution Usage 1
Description 'Cannot scan/delete into this document. Some other user may be using this document. (Lock Error)' message. Cannot scan, move or delete documents. There are no other Recollect* users on the system at the time of the error message. NetWare* 4.11 is in use. Solution CAUSE: This error is caused by Novell* Client32 V2.11. SOLUTION: Upgrade to the latest Novell Client32. If the latest Novell Client32 is being used and the error still occurs, ensure a Preferred Tree and Context name are specified in the Novell NetWare Client32 properties (located in Control Panel = Network). Exit and re-start the PC. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0652086EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How can documents be imported automatically into Recollect* Courier 6.5? Solution When defining a Hot-Folder through Backgrounder, any files copied into that folder will be automatically processed and Imported into Recollect. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0606992EN* Solution Usage 0
1,407
Recollect
Administrator or users are not seen during installation when prompted to add users in a Recollect* LAN (NetWare*) environment. Solution CAUSE: The bindery context is not set correctly on the server. SOLUTION: Ensure the bindery context is set correctly on the server. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606993EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Cannot add users to Recollect* in a Recollect LAN (NetWare*) environment. Solution CAUSE: Do not have the proper rights. SOLUTION: Logg in as Administrator for Novell* NetWare 4.1x or supervisor or supervisor equivalent for Novell NetWare 3.12. Note: [[Discontinuance of Technical Support for NetWare 3.12 by Novell.| FILE V:\text\novell.txt NEW]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0606994EN* Solution Usage 0
Description In a Recollect LAN (NetWare*) environment, do the drive mappings have to be in the login scripts? Solution The drive mappings have to be in the login scripts, otherwise environmental variables are not set properly. * Trademark ownership information
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description How can the Print Counter be displayed? Solution ThePrint Counterof the RFC11 can be displayed using the following steps: 1) Press the Exposure Mode Selection (Auto)Key, Multi-Print Key and the Clear/Stop Key at the same time and hold them down until the S is displayed. 2) Press the Multi-Print Key until the F is displayed. 3) Press the Lighter Exposure Adjustment Key until the3 is displayed. 4) With F3 being shown on the display press the Start Key to display thePrint Counter. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Dave Bruni, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,408
RFC12
Description What is the part number for the speed control volume? Solution Speed control volume(p/n 1354-6018-01). Note : This pertains to the unit with the knob mounted on the front cabinet. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS1002370EN* Solution Usage
Description MARS Mini II does not function when the RFC15A is connected. Solution CAUSE:SW3 isset to OFF and the cartridge gap is incorrectly adjusted. SOLUTION:Set SW 3 to ON for the RFC15A and adjust gap on cartridge lever as shown in the attached document. To viewthe PDF, you may need to download a free copy of Adobe Reader. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,409
RFC15M
Description What is the part number for the speed control volume? Solution Speed control volume(p/n 1354-6018-01). Note : This pertains to the unit with the knob mounted on the front cabinet. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Malcolm Hibbert, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0634060EN* Solution Usage 2
August 2011
1,410
RFC20A/M
Description Part number for the potentiometer on the control box. Solution Potentiometer on the control box (p/n 1354-6018-01). Solution ID TAUS1000083EN* Solution Usage
Description Where is the service manual for the RFC22,RFC21,RFC20A/M andwiring diagram? Solution Please refer to the attached service manual, wiring diagrams, and service diagrams. NOTE: RFC-22, RFC-21 and RFC-20 are the same with the exception of a few parts. Note: To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE: Solution contribution by John Miller, Workgroup/SSD
August 2011
1,411
RFC21
Description Part number for the potentiometer on the control box. Solution The part number for the potentiometer on the control box is 1354-6018-01. Solution ID TAUS0700265EN* Solution Usage
Description Part number for the main control board (PWB-A). Solution Main CB (p/n 1371-0766-11). Solution ID TAUS0700427EN* Solution Usage
Description Service and Parts Manuals. Solution There are no service or parts manuals for the RFC21. Use the RFC20 Service Manual, and see bulletin REF.NO. 003 for the difference in parts for the RFC20 vs the RFC21. Note : The major difference is the PWB-A (p/n 1371-0766-11). Solution ID TAUS1000083EN* Solution Usage
August 2011
1,412
RFC22
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,413
RightFax (Captaris)
1,414
RightFax (Captaris)
FK-502, unable to TX from operation panel or with RightFax. The fax screen cannot be accessed on the operation panel. Solution CAUSE: Fax TX Restrict is ON. SOLUTION: Set Fax TX Restrict OFF. To set Fax TX Restrict OFF, perform the following: 1. Enter the Administrator mode. 2. Select Security Setting. 3. Select Security Details. 4. Select the down arrow. 5. Select Restrict Fax TX. 6. Select OFF. 7. Select Close 4 times to exit the Administrator mode. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution provided by Shane Dempsey, U.S. Imaging Solutions, LLC. and Ian Lynch, Production Print/SSD
Solution ID
TAUS0634060EN*
Solution Usage
Description Part number for the projection lamp (LA1). Solution Projection lamp (p/n 0870-6511-01). Solution ID TAUS0808523EN* Solution Usage
Description Discontinuation of accessories for book scanners and microfilm scanners. Solution Due to the new Konica Minolta corporate initiative to meet the RoHs environmental standard, the following accessories will be or have been discontinued. The comprehensive list is outlined inattached Marketing Bulletin #08-GB-087. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . The models affected are: PS7000 MS6000 MKII/MS7000 MKII RP600, RP603, RP605, RP606, RP607, RP609
August 2011
1,415
RP603Z
Description Part number for the PWB-A. Solution PWB-A (p/n 0876-0751-09). Solution ID TAUS0654907EN* Solution Usage 1
Description Where to find the total meter count? Solution To find the total meter count, perform the following: 1. Press Clear/Stop Key and the Screen Brightness Select Key together at the same time. 2. Press the Multi-print Kkey till Ad is displayed on the display screen. 3. Press the Auto Key. Solution ID TAUS0700614EN* Solution Usage 1
Description What is a C7 error? Solution The C7 error is an ATDC failure. Solution ID TAUS0648187EN* Solution Usage 0
Description Installation of the Jamex Model 4300 Coin-Op box. Solution See Bulletin 5127 for details. Note: To view the PDF, Acrobat* Reader must be installed. Acrobat Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe* Web site at: [[http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html| URL http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html]] * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0700232EN* Solution Usage
Description How to enable Auto Skew Rotation. Solution To enable Auto Skew Rotation, enter the Option installation setting 05 and change from d0 to d1. Solution ID Description Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011 TAUS0702310EN* Solution Usage
1,416
RP603Z
Does the developer come standard in the Imaging Unit? Solution The developer/starter (p/n 8910-412) must be ordered separately. Solution ID TAUS0808523EN* Solution Usage
Description Discontinuation of accessories for book scanners and microfilm scanners. Solution Due to the new Konica Minolta corporate initiative to meet the RoHs environmental standard, the following accessories will be or have been discontinued. The comprehensive list is outlined inattached Marketing Bulletin #08-GB-087. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . The models affected are: PS7000 MS6000 MKII/MS7000 MKII RP600, RP603, RP605, RP606, RP607, RP609
Solution ID
TAUS0808523EN*
Solution Usage
Description Discontinuation of accessories for book scanners and microfilm scanners. Solution Due to the new Konica Minolta corporate initiative to meet the RoHs environmental standard, the following accessories will be or have been discontinued. The comprehensive list is outlined inattached Marketing Bulletin #08-GB-087. To viewthe PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html . The models affected are: PS7000 MS6000 MKII/MS7000 MKII RP600, RP603, RP605, RP606, RP607, RP609 Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
August 2011
1,417
Scantrip
1,418
Scantrip
When using Scantrip for Macintosh* OSX (version 10.2.x) , 'Error detected in CMDSocket Got Server Error 425/Can't open data connection' message is indicated. Solution CAUSE: The Macintosh personal firewall was enabled on the workstation. SOLUTION: To disable the personal firewall, perform the following: 1. Click on the Apple. 2. Click on the System Preferences. 3. Click on Sharing icon in the 'Internet + Network' row. 4. Click on Firewall tab. 5. Click on the Start button to disable the firewall. * Trademark ownership information . Solution ID TAUS0618909EN* Solution Usage 3
Description Scantrip utility information. Solution Konica has developed an FTP download utility called Scantrip. This utility allows downloading of files from the hard drive to the workstation. Note: Scanning utilities (Scantrip and Scantrip Admin) are now posted on the [[Konica SEC website| URL http://www.sec.konicabt.com/main.html]]. Solution ID TAUS0640717EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to get a Scantrip license reissued if the program is loaded onto another PC, the hard drive is replaced or the PC is rebuilt. Solution Go to the Assistance section of the SEC website, select the "click here" linkunder License Issues, log in to your Konica Minolta SEC accountandfollow the instructions to obtain another license. SEC will allow 1 license reissue for each license that was purchased subject to qualification verification. SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by Bill Hall, Workgroup/SSD Solution ID TAUS0618910EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Scantrip Admin utility information. Solution Scantrip Admin is an enterprise-level administration tool for Konica's Scan-to-Disk feature. Groups of images from multiple scanner/print engines can be retrieved and deleted with Scantrip Admin. The Scan-to-Disk activity can be checked and the information saved to file for audit purposes. Scantrip Admin can even be used to perform a back up of the Scan-to-Disk file system. Konica's Scan-to-Disk technology allows scanning of documents from the print engine's platen glass or the document feeder directly to file where it is stored in a mailbox on the print engine's internal hard disk. For details on Konica's Scan-to-Disk technology, please refer to the Konica print engine's documentation. Scantrip Admin functions as a general user tool as well as an administration tool. It allows retrieval and deletion of image files (created with the print engine's Scan-to-Disk feature) from a personal mailbox. These user-level operations can be performed manually or automatically (with the Auto-Polling feature). Note: Scanning utilities (Scantrip and Scantrip Admin) are now posted on the [[Konica SEC website| URL http://www.sec.konicabt.com/main.html]]. Solution ID TAUS0619326EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to obtain the verification key for the demo version of Scantrip for the Macintosh* version 2.0. Solution The Scantrip for the Macintosh application will not run without an unlock code. Start Scantrip for the Macintosh for the first time and the program registration screen is displayed. Write down the lock code and go to the SEC web site at http://www.sec.konicabt.com. Click on the REGISTER button and provide the requested information and the lock code. The unlock code will be E-mailed. Enter the unlock code and Scantrip for the Macintosh will start. Note: The license is per machine and not transferable. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0619328EN* Solution Usage 2
Description The Auto-Polling function in Scantrip is not saved, even though 'Save Current Settings' is checked. Solution CAUSE: When Scantrip is closed, it checks to see if the 'Save Current Settings' is enabled. If it is enabled, Scantrip will save all settings except the Auto-Polling checkbox setting. SOLUTION: This is correct operation for Scantrip. Due to the numerous requests, the SEC is now looking into adding this feature into the next version of Scantrip. Please continue to monitor [[Konica SEC website| URL http://www.sec.konicabt.com/main.html]] for the availability of the new Scantrip version.
August 2011
1,419
Scantrip
Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,420
Unify
1,421
Unify
Unify* is unable to communicate with the KN302 or KN302A on an IP601 or IP601M. Solution CAUSE: The firmware version on the KN302A is at an incompatible level and unable to communicate properly with the AHT Unify server. SOLUTION: Verify that the KN302A is at firmware level 5.72a. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0617065EN* Solution Usage 3
Description How to install PPD and printer driver files onto Macintosh*. Solution To install PPD and printer driver files onto Macintosh, perform the following: 1. Insert the Unify software CD into the CD ROM drive of the Macintosh client. 2. From the hard drive, open the directory System Folder/Extensions/Printer Descriptions. 3. From the CD ROM, open Drivers/Mac. 4. Copy all the PPD files in the Drivers/Mac directory to the Macintosh Printer Descriptions folder. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0620947EN* Solution Usage 2
Description How to print LPR on mainframe to Unify*. Solution Turn on TCP/IP* print services on the Unify machine. Add a print driver - any will do. Share it out (this name will be the LPR port name on the mainframe). Note: Make sure the print driver is pointing to the queue2: port on the Unify machine. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0701964EN* Solution Usage 2
Description Does every 7075 or FORCE 75 in a Unify* printing cluster need to have an IP601 connected? Solution Each 7075 or FORCE 75 main body in a Unify cluster must be attached to an IP601. * Trademark ownership information Solution ID TAUS0616753EN* Solution Usage 1
Description How to generate Book Files with AHT Unify* Server from the Submit Job window? Solution To generate Book Files with AHT Unify Server from the Submit Job window, perform the following: 1. Launch and access the system interface using your Web browser. 2. Click on the Submit Job Hyperlink. The Submit Job window appears 3. Click on Browse to select your job. The choose file window appears. 4. Locate the document you wish to generate into a book and click Open. The file will appear in the Submit Job window File Name field. 5. Click on Finishing. Click in the Generate Book menu and select Yes. 6. Modify job options for the file if desired. 7. Click on Print. 8. The document will print. At the same time, it is saved as a book file in the server under the directory C:\Program Files\DOD Server\Books. * Trademark ownership information Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc. August 2011
1,422
Unify
Description Jobs leave the Microsoft* Windows queue but do not hit Unify*. Solution CAUSE: The AHT service process was disabled. SOLUTION: Enable the service process. Solution ID TAUS0622184EN* Solution Usage 1
Description What equipment is supported by AHT Unify*? Solution AHT Unify supports the following equipment: Machines: 7075 and FORCE 75 IP Units: 601 and 601M KN Cards: KN 301, KN 302 and KN 302A NT 4.0 Server * Trademark ownership information
Solution ID
TAUS0701964EN*
Solution Usage
August 2011
1,423
Web JetAdmin Plugin

Description Compatibility between applications and firmware. Solution Please see the attached files that address compatibility between applications and firmware. 1. Compatibility with Phase 1.8 and Phase 2.0 Does the application for Phase 2.0 work on Phase 1.8 firmware? Does the application for Phase 1.8 work on Phase 2.0 firmware? 2. Compatibility with Phase 2.0 and Phase 2.5 Does the application for Phase 2.5 work on Phase 2.0 firmware? Does the application for Phase 2.0 work on Phase 2.5 firmware? 3. Compatibility with Phase 2.5 and Phase 3.0 Does the application for Phase 3.0 work on Phase 2.5 firmware? Does the applicationfor Phase 2.5 work on Phase 3.0 firmware? Note : To view a PDF, Adobe Reader must be installed. Adobe Reader can be downloaded for free from the Adobe web site at: http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html SPECIAL NOTE : Solution contribution by KMBT (Japan). Solution ID TAUS1000264EN* Solution Usage
August 2011
1,424

Top 10 Solutions KONICA MINOLTA

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Top 10 Solutions KONICA MINOLTA

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

SSD SUPPORT SOLUTIONS

TOP 10 SOLUTIONS August 2011

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Description Latest EPROM level, 1212. Solution EPROM history hyperlink .

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

CORONA Charge Transfer Separation

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

2560 Print System

2560 Print System

2560 Print System

Description How to change the printer name.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Description Paper Test requirements. Solution

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Description Latest EPROM level, 4145. Solution EPROM history hyperlink .

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.

Copyright 2011, Konica Minolta Business Solutions U.S.A., Inc.